B.J.

OF DAVENPORT*
philosopher, scientist, artist, builderthe bit of a mortal being
whom Innate Intelligence developed.
*Oil Portrait by Raymond P. R. Neilson Studios, 131 East 66th Street, New York City
HISTORY REPEATS
By
B. J. Palmer, D.C., Ph.C.
President, the Palmer School of Chiropractic
CHIROPRACTIC FOUNTAIN HEAD
DAVENPORT, IOWA, U. S. A.
ORIGINAL COPYRIGHT, 1951, BY
B. J. PALMER
Printed in the United States of America
W. B. CONKEY COMPANY
PRINTERS AND BINDERS
HAMMOND, INDIANA
FOREWORD
At the beginning, we anticipate this subject, as presented, will be
taken at face value and understood by some, even many of our
profession. Many, in our opinion, possess preconceived ideas which
need reconstruction.
We record our knowledge, gained through research, of the
fundamentals upon which Chiropractic rests as promulgated by our
father but never clearly explained by him. By careful reading of his
writings, gleanings of these ideas are apparent.
To be consistent with the objective of this book, these are written
with WE and US in mind. Ordinarily, we and us imply and are
understood to be TWO different and separate persons. Ordinarily, I
implies ONE fellow who lives in a material body and runs it.
Whenever and wherever I is used, we refer to the educated fellow
who thinks, speaks and writes for himself alone as one of the two
fellows he is. He does so within the limitations of his education. This
book, so far as the author is concerned, writes from the duality of
personalitiesthe inseparable, indivisible, Siamese-twin personalities
living in one structurethe Innate and Educated individualities.
WE serves several purposes:
1. It eliminates that disgusting and egotistical selfish pronoun I
which constantly intrudes itself.
2. It permits the author to delineate his concept of the duality of
personalities inhabiting one human home.
3. It broadly includes and spreads credit where credit is due, to any,
every, and all people who have or are cooperating in building the
structures, organizations, institutions, and associations which are an
integral part of their lives.
It will be difficult for the reader, as he reads we, to think we,
because he will constantly interpret it into ordinary channels of thot of
TWO different and separate people. To read this book and gain
viewpoint of its author, reader must know we or HE will fail to gain
the fundamental purpose of this book.
B. J. PALMER.
vii

A WORD OF EXPLANATION
Following are reprinted articles from THE CHIROPRACTOR, from
Volume I, No. 1, 1904, up thru the years. Also, more recent articles
from Fountain Head News.
These are reproduced as they were printed then. They were written
in the singular I. To change them to the editorial we which format
we used in our recent books, would mean to change their original
form.
We mention this so our readers will understand the difference
between I of older days and we of the modern day.
Bear this in mind when reading these stories.
viii
CHAPTER 1
The Story Of
CHIROPRACTIC HISTORY
By D. D. Palmer
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 1,
December, 1904 (47 years ago). Published by The Palmer School
of Chiropractic.)
In 1886 I began healing as a business. Although I practiced under
the name of magnetic, I did not slap or rub, as others. I questioned
many M.D.s as to the cause of disease. I desired to know why such a
person had asthma, rheumatism, or other afflictions. I wished to know
what difference there was in two persons that caused one to have
certain symptoms called disease, which his neighbor living under
same conditions did not have. Physicians answered me by saying that
they would give such-and-such remedies. I did not want to know what
they would give; I desired to learn what difference there was in the
man of health, and the one who was diseased. I wanted to learn the
cause of disease; why one was afflicted and the other was not.
In my practice of the first ten years under which I named magnetic, I
treated nerves, followed and relieved them of inflammation. I made
many good cures, as many are doing today under a similar method.
My constant thoughts were that there was a difference in the person
affected and the one not so. I was fully aware that I was treating
effects. What was the cause of those ailments was what I desired to
learn. I had progressed far enough to learn in what region was the
cause of any described symptoms.
There must be a turning point. It was so with Chiropractic. But it
took years to discover and develop that which I named Chiropractic,
which means hand fixing. A Chiropractor is one who adjusts or repairs
with his hands.
Ninety-five per cent of all deranged nerves are made by subluxations
of vertebrae which pinch nerves in some one of the fifty-one joint
articulations of the spinal column. Therefore, to relieve the pressure
upon THESE nerves means to restore normal actionhence normal
functions, perfect health.
1
HISTORY REPEATS
The laws upon which this science is founded are as old as the
vertebrate of the animal kingdom, but have been overlooked because
of inherent superstition misdirecting the unlightened mind of
investigators.
The cause of disease has been, and is yet, mysterious to the great
mass of humanity. Chiropractic has solved the mystery. The old idea,
that the cause of disease is outside of man, still prevails in most of the
schools of healing, and the cure consists in finding something outside,
which, by being introduced into the body of the sufferer, will drive the
disease out. Therapeutic methods give remedies to treat the effects.
The Chiropractic idea is that the cause of disease is in the person
afflicted, and the cure consists in correcting the wrong that is
producing it.
Chiropractic finds the cause in pinched nerves of the person ailing,
and releases that pressure by adjusting some of the 52 articulations of
the vertebral column. In doing this there is no rubbing, slapping, knife,
drugs, artificial heat, electricity, magnetism, hypnotism, stretching, or
mental treatment, in fact nothing but the adjustment of the displaced
vertebra. This is not done with any surgical appliances nor any
apparatus whatever, but simply by the use of the hands. The
adjustment is almost instantaneous. The movements are unique and
Chiropractic in every respect; no other system has anything similar.
Chiropractic is the only system that exactly locates the cause of
disease and cures by hand adjusting.
A large share of diseases are caused by nerves being impinged in the
foramina, which are occluded by the displacement of the vertebra.
These vertebra are replaced by the hands, using the processes as
handles.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 1,
December, 1904 (47 years ago). Published by The Palmer School
of Chiropractic.)
2
CHAPTER 2
The Story Of
TAKE OFF THE BRAKE
By L. H. (Uncle Howard) Nutting
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 2, January,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Are you struggling on through life
With a burden hard to bear?
Are you weary of the strife
And almost in despair?
Hunt up the cause and shake it.
If it does not go just make it.
Take off the brake.
If your business is depressing,
And your friends all pass you by,
If you have to keep a-guessing
How to keep from being shy,
Hunt up the cause and shake it,
If it does not move just make it.
Take off the brake.
Dont give up the fight and worry,
Take the Choir cure and win,
Be joyful and not sorry,
And a blessing to your kin.
Chiro finds the cause and shakes it.
If it does not go just make it.
Take off the brake.
Last Saturday, the writer saw an incident on Main street, Davenport,
Iowa, which caused much ill humor, amusement, and some instruction
to the crowd that witnessed it. Human nature, the quality of which
depends upon education, was shown by each one presenting his
peculiar idea of the situation and his suggestions.
Main street is paved with brick and is quite steep between Sixth and
Eighth. A crowd of idle men had gathered on this
3
HISTORY REPEATS
street to watch a stalled team. I, of course, joined them. The horses
were once full of life and vigor, but now they are thin of flesh,
showing want of care and lack of ambition. They were hitched to a
good wagon, which contained a heavy load. They had gotten half way
up the hill, but could go no farther. The driver did not know what
course to pursue. Several of the bystanders were eager to assist him
with their counsel. Their varied suggestions only served to confuse
him. The reader will notice closely the advice given, for it will be
made use of hereafter.
The first instruction was to apply the whip, which was used
unsparingly. It excited and aroused what little energy they had left, but
only worried them without any gain.
The next order given and acted upon was to back them down the hill
so as to give them a new start. This was tried, with the result that they
were not able to make as far up the grade as before.
A professional looking man then said, Blindfold the horses, shake
the wagon, throw something heavy on the pavement, make them
believe that you have unloaded. If they think the wagon is empty, they
will pull it up the hill easily. But try as hard as they might, they could
not pull the load.
The next man to offer advice was a clerk from a nearby drug store.
He thought that the axles and wheels were tired instead of the horses.
A supply of oil was secured and applied to the axles and wheels
plentifully, which seemed to make the wagon more inclined to slide
down the hill.
Then there appeared in the front of the crowd a seemingly wise
fellow. He looked as though he was a graduate from some college or a
president of some hospital board. He argued the case as follows: No
team on earth can pull that load, there is too much wagon; make it as
light as possible, take off the spring seat, take out the end gate and all
the loose rods, saw out half the spokes for they are crowding each
other, take off the tires, for they only serve to make extra weight; the
fewer pieces you have in the wagon the more easily it will move. But
fortunately, before the well dressed mans advice was put in force,
there appeared a practical farmer who took in the situation at a glance.
He spoke in a mild tone, but what he said carried force and was
convincing. He said, Let that wagon remain whole, not one piece of it
can
4
TAKE OFF THE BRAKE
be spared at this time when it is so loaded. Wipe off that surplus oil,
throw the whip in the gutter, cease to blindfold the horses. When this
was done, he calmly said to the driver, NOW TAKE OFF THE
BRAKE. It was released. The team made the top of the hill with the
usual speed and ease. The farmer was heard to say, That is easy to do
when you know how. The crowd dispersed, being benefitted more or
less by the experience.

This may seem to the reader a simple and ridiculous story; but let us
see if there are not incidents in our daily life fully as ludicrous and
absurd.
Please observe that woman with pale face, hollow cheeks and
sunken eyes. A few years ago her cheeks were plump and full of color,
her eyes sparkled with ambition. She is trying her best to climb the
incline of life. She has her burden to carry as the most of women have,
but that which used to be comparatively play is now a load that she
cannot move. She is discouraged and disheartened. Physically and
mentally she has not the strength to accomplish her usual labor, and
yet she does not realize what is holding her back.
Under all circumstances human nature is very much alike. Human
sympathy is manifested and advice freely given to the afflicted in
much the same way as was manifested in the crowd referred to on
Main Street. Strangers as well as acquaintances are ready, willing, and
eager to advise this frail woman what to do. Some recommend
stimulants of various kinds to whip the circulation and excite the
already overworked woman.
A well meaning friend advises some kind of physic that will deplete
her system, thinking it necessary for her to get away down in order to
make permanent improvement.
Some advise narcotics for the purpose of deadening the sensibility of
the physical; others suggest therapeutics or Christian Science for the
purpose of making her believe that she has no disease. None of these
really assist the invalid, for they do not release the brake.
Then there are those who will advise blistering, bleeding, or
lubricating the body with liniments, just to be doing something, for
what purpose they know not.
5
HISTORY REPEATS
Sooner or later the wise men are called in. With ready hands and
sharpened knives they desire to cut out any or all parts that they think
can be spared, believing that the less organs that the blood has to
support and pass through the purer it will be.
But thanks to the sensible farmer and the Chiropractor who realize
that there is a cause for all human ailments, and dare to say in the
presence of those standing by, who advise therapeutical remedies,
Take off the brake.
We think it strange that no one in the crowd at the wagon thought of
taking off the brake. It looks equally strange to a Chiropractor that
until nine years ago no one had discovered that in ninety-five per cent
of all diseases that the brake is set on some one of the 300 articular
joints of the body, compressing the nerves, thereby deranging their
functions.
If, by any means, the articular surfaces of any of the joints of the
skeletal frame, especially those of the vertebral column, become
displaced by being wrenched, go to a Chiropractor who will take off
the brake.
The Old School idea of disease is that it is an enemy that has to be
fought, conquered, banished; while Chiropractic kindly says, Take
off the brake, remove the pressure, and the cure is made.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 2, January,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of
Chiropractic.)
6
CHAPTER 3
The Story Of
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 7, June,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
So Many Men, So Many Minds, So Many Opinions
It is interesting and instructive to notice the various opinions of
medical writers in regard to luxations of the vertebral column, and
how near they were onto that which is now known as Chiropractic.
Below are given extracts from standard anatomies and orthopedical
books.
A Chiropractic luxation is where the articular surfaces of any of the
51 spinal joints have been partially displaced, and not usually
accompanied with fracture. The replacing of these subluxated
vertebrae is readily accomplished by a Chiropractor. When we refer to
Chiropractic luxations of the spinal column, we speak of those which
have been only partially displaced in the articular processes.

MEDICAL WRITERS AND THEIR OPINIONS

Medical writers usually refer to complete luxations of the
vertebraethey know of no other. Such rarely occur without fracture,
and instant death the result. In this we fully agree.
Samuel Cooper
Every kind of joint is not equally liable to dislocation. Experience proves,
indeed, that in the greater part of the vertebral column, luxations are absolutely
impossible, the pieces of bone being articulated by extensive, numerous surfaces,
varying in their form and direction, and so tied together by many powerful, elastic
means, that very little motion is allowed. Experience proves also that the strength
of the articulations of the pelvic bones can scarcely be affected by enormous
efforts, unless these bones be simultaneously fractured.
The large surface with which these bones support each other; the number and
thickness of their ligaments; the strength of their muscles; the little degree of
motion which each vertebra naturally has; and the vertical direction of the articul
processes make dislocations of the dorsal and lum-
7
HISTORY REPEATS
bar vertebrae impossible, unless there be also a fracture of the above mentioned
process. Of these cases I shall merely remark that they can only result from
immense violence, that the symptoms would be an irregularity in the disposition
of the spinous processes, retention of continence of the urine or faeces, paralysis,
or other injury, to which the spinal marrow would be subjected. Similar symptoms
may also arise, when the spinal marrow has merely undergone a violent
concussion, without any fracture or dislocation whatever; and it is certain that
most of the cases mentioned by authors as dislocations of the lumbar and dorsal
vertebrae, have only been concussions of the spinal marrow, or fracture of such
bones.
The os occipitis and first cervical vertebra are so firmly connected by ligaments
that there is no instance of their being luxated from an external cause, and were
the accident to happen, it would immediately prove fatal by the unavoidable
compression and injury of the spinal marrow.

Delpech
Delpech asserts, without qualification, that a careful examination of the form
and situation of the bones of the spine must convince the observer that such
accidents as displaced vertebrae cannot occur.

J. L. Petit
J. L. Petit tells of a child being instantly killed by being lifted by the head.

C. Bell
C. Bell, after relating a case, remarks, Patients can hardly be expected to
survive a mischief of this kind, when the transverse ligament is broken, and the
process dentatus is thrown directly backward against the medulla oblongata, the
effect must be instant death.

Dupuytren
Dupuytren expresses a caution in regard to spinal dislocations in the following
language, The REDUCTION OF THESE DISLOCATIONS IS VERY
DANGEROUS, and we have often known an individual to perish from the
compression or elongation of the spinal cord which always attends these
attempts.

Howe
Howe voices the same warning when he says, Death has occurred from
attempts to effect reduction in cases of vertebral luxations.
8
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
A. Cooper
In the spine, the motion between any two bones is so small that dislocation
hardly ever occurs, except between first and second vertebrae, although the bones
are often displaced by fracture.

Kirkland
There are some luxations which are far worse injuries than fractures. Of this
description are dislocations of the vertebrae, cases which, indeed, can hardly
happen without fracture, and are almost always fatal.

Stimpson
The possibility of the occurrence of PURE DISLOCATION of the lumbar
vertebrae, which has been long in doubt because of the close interlocking of the
processes and the strength of the ligaments, is proved by two cases collected by
Blasius and also by two others, in which there was present associated, but
unimportant, fracture of some of the processes.
This same author, speaking of dislocation of the atlas axis, says: Dislocation
forward or backward is possible only after fracture of the odontoid process or
rupture of the transverse ligament, or by the slipping of the process beneath the
ligament.

McClellan
McClellan, in his Regional Anatomy, Vol. 2, gives his opinion of vertebral
dislocations in the following language: Dislocation of the spinal column is
especially grave. A simple dislocation of any of the vertebrae can happen only in
the cervical region as the construction of the dorsal and lumbar vertebrae is such
that a dislocation necessarily involves a fracture of some part of the bone.

Gerrish
Gerrish sums up this question by saying, Simple dislocation between two
vertebrae is, therefore, almost impossible, unless perhaps in the cervical region,
where the surfaces of the articular processes are more nearly horizontal.

Lawrence
The possibility of the occurrence of complete dislocations of the vertebrae
without fracture, has long been a disputed point among many of the first surgical
writers.
9
HISTORY REPEATS
Gray
Under the head of surgical anatomy, Gray asserts: The ligaments which unite
the component parts of the vertebrae together are so strong, and these bones are so
interlocked by the arrangement of their articulating processes, that dislocation is
very uncommon and indeed, unless accompanied by fracture, rarely occurs, except
in the upper part of the neck. Dislocation of the occiput from the atlas has only
been recorded in one on two cases; but dislocation of the atlas from the axis, with
rupture of the transverse ligament, is much more common; it is the mode in which
death is produced in many cases of execution by hanging. In the lower part of the
neckthat is, below the third cervical vertebradislocation unattended by
fracture occasionally takes place.

Erichsen
On looking at the arrangement of the articular surfaces of the vertebrae, the
very limited motion of which they are susceptible, and the way in which they are
closely knit together by strong ligaments and short powerful muscles, it is obvious
that dislocation of these bones must be exceedingly rare. So seldom, indeed, do
they occur, that their existence has been denied by many surgeons. Yet there are a
sufficient number of instances on record to prove incontestably that these
accidents may happen. Those cases that have been met with have usually been
associated with partial fracture, but this complication is not necessary. In all, the
displacement was incomplete, and, indeed a complete dislocation cannot occur.
Dislocation of the atlas from the occipital bone has been described in two
instances only.
Dislocation of the axis from the atlas is of more frequent occurrence. It may
happen with or without a fracture of the odontoid process.
In the dorsal region dislocation of the spine, though excessively rare may
occur. The last dorsal vertebra has been several times found dislocated from the
first lumbar.
Dislocation of any one of the five lower cervical vertebrae may occur. The
third vertebra is that which is less frequently dislocated; the fifth that which is
more commonly displaced. Treatment of these injuries is sufficiently simple. No
attempt at reduction can of course be made.
My experience of ten years as a Chiropractor differs materially from
that of Dr. Erichsen. I have found the third vertebra to be the most
frequently displaced of any cervical. The atlas and fourth will come
second in frequency. The seventh is rarely dislocated, owing to its
being braced by the clavicle and the first pair of ribs. If Dr. Erichsen
could see the ability displayed by a Chiropractor in replacing
displaced cervical vertebrae; hear them
10
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
return to their proper position with an audible crack, he would no
longer say, No attempt at reduction can of course be made.

Walton
In a late New York Medical Journal, Walton asserts:
Cervical dislocation occurs more frequently than is generally supposed, and the
results of the injury are nearly always susceptible of speedy, safe, and complete
amelioration.
Three methods of treatment have been proposed: (1) Reduction by traction,
with or without abduction and rotation. (2) Reduction by abduction and rotation,
but without traction. (3) Reduction by dorso-lateral flexion combined, if
necessary, with slight rotation. This last method, in the authors opinion, is the
best. The employment of traction is a futile measure. Not infrequently reduction
takes place spontaneously, during sleep, at other times it occurs accidentally
during the relaxation produced by an anaesthetic. In seven cases observed by the
author reduction took place as follows: two reductions occurred in sleep; three
during etherization, and two were effected by operation.
Cervical dislocationpartial displacementis much more common
than is supposed by medical men. The replacing of such is safely and
quickly done by the hands of a Chiropractor. Instead of using a
machine to stretch the spine, moving the vertebra from or around its
axis, we adjust by hand, using spinous processes as levers.

Howe
Howe gives an interesting case which we think worth quoting:
In 1856 I was summoned to an Irishman who had fallen from a chamber
window to the ground, head foremost. I found the patient with his head twisted to
one side and rigidly held in that position. He uttered cries of distress, and called
lustily for relief: a stitch in my neck, doctor, a stitch in my neck. I took hold of
his ears and endeavored to pull and twist his head into its natural position, but was
unable to accomplish my object. By pressing my fingers into the soft structures of
the neck, I could feel a bony displacement to exist between the third and fourth
vertebrae, though I was unable to discover the exact nature or extent of the
luxation. Perhaps another vertebra was implicated in the displacement. By help of
assistants who laid hold of the patients head and feet, we made powerful
extension and counter-extension, together with some twisting motion, reduction,
which was attended with an audible snap, was accomplished. The patient then
moved his head and neck with ease and complained no more of sharp pain.
11
HISTORY REPEATS
He suffered from great soreness in the neck for a week or more, yet recovered
without physical defect or lasting functional impairment. I am quite sure no
process of bone was broken and that the injury was a simple luxation, occurring
between two or more of the cervical vertebrae.

Erichsen
Dislocation of the articular processes of the cervical vertebrae occasionally
occur. In these cases the patient, after a sudden movement or a fall on the head,
feels much pain and stiffness in the neck, the head being fixed immovably, and
turned to the opposite side to that on which the displacement has occurred. In
these cases I have known reduction effected by the surgeon placing his knees
against the patients shoulders, drawing on the head, and then turning it into
position, the return being affected with a distinct snap.

If the victim of the following mishap should read the above cases, he
would feel like directing the Old School to the new method. The
following is copied from The Davenport Republican of January 1,
1905:
Frank Runge, who lives at 611 West Sixteenth Street, has enjoyed the unique
distinction of having his neck dislocated and then fixed up again. One morning he
did not arise from his slumbers as soon as his sister and aunt thought he ought to.
So they went to his room, and each taking hold of a foot tried to pull him out of
bed. He playfully resisted, and in the melee that followed, he managed to displace
five bones in his neck. The bones being the atlas, axis, third, fourth, and fifth
cervicals. The accident was a painful one. Runges head was so turned that his
face looked over his shoulder.
The young man was carried from his room to a buggy and driven to the office
of Dr. Palmer, who realized the trouble at once. After three adjustments he had the
neck in as good working order as ever. The cure was as remarkable as the accident
was peculiar. Runge feels all right, but has no desire to go through with the ordeal
again. Next time his sister and aunt try to pull him out of bed, they can pull all
they want to; he will not resist.
The above reduction was made with the hands, using the spinuous
processes as handles. This unique method was discovered and
developed by D. D. Palmer, who named it Chiropractic.
12
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
The New York Journal of Medicine
The New York Journal of Medicine for 1052 contains an account of
dislocation of the dorsal vertebrae:
The New York Journal of Medicine
The injury was produced by the fall of a door, the man being under it in a
stooping posture. The lower extremities were immediately paralyzed. At the seat
of the injury, which was at the junction of the lumbar and dorsal vertebrae, there
was a marked appearance of displacement of the parts, which seemed to arise from
a fracture and dislocation or a sliding of the body of one vertebra over another.
The surgeon placed the patient on his front, and fastened a folded sheet under his
arms and another above his hips: chloroform having been administered, extending
and counter-extending forces were applied by means of the sheets, and the
displaced vertebrae were reduced. In six or eight weeks the patient recovered the
use of his limbs and normal evacuations took place. Ultimately, the recovery was
complete, though a prominence remained at the seat of injury.
There are two features in the above case to which we desire to draw
special attention. The marked displacement that was visible in the
vertebrae, which the surgeons did not replace, as shown by the last
line; also using the folded sheets, in the same manner, so freely
paraded and described by Dr. Langworthy as the Frank Dvorsky
method, is not new, nor confined to Bohemians. It is here classed as
orthopedic surgery.

Pott
Pott states a case where no violence had been committed, or
received; his first intimation was a sense of weakness in his backbone,
accompanied with what he described as a dull kind of pain, attended
with such a lassitude as rendered a small degree of exercise fatiguing;
this was followed by an unusual sense of coldness in the thighs, not
accounted for from the change of weather, and a palpable diminution
of their sensibility. After a short time, his limbs were frequently
convulsed by involuntary twitchings, particularly troublesome in the
night; and soon after this, he not only became incapable of walking,
but his power either of retaining or discharging his urine and faeces
was considerably impaired.
He continues to say:
In the adult I will not assert that external mischief is always and totally out of
the question; but I will venture to affirm what is equal, as far as
13
HISTORY REPEATS
regards the true nature of the case which is that altho accidents and violence may
in some few instances be allowed to have contributed to its more immediate
appearance, yet the part in which it shows itself must have been previously in a
morbid state, and thereby predisposed for the production of it. I do not by this
mean to say that a violent exertion cannot injure the spine, or produce a paralytic
complaint: that would be to say more than I know; but I will venture to assert that
no degree of violence whatever is capable of producing such an appearance as I
am now speaking of, unless the bodies of the vertebrae were by previous
distemper disposed to give way; and that there was no supposable dislocation,
caused by mere violence done to the bones of the back, which bones were, before
the receipt of the injury, in a sound state.

Dr. Ayers
Dr. Ayers reports in the New York Journal of Medicine a case of
dislocation occurring between cervical vertebrae from some unknown
cause, as the man was drunk at the time he received the injury. The
neck was rigid and exhibited a peculiar deformity which could not
attend any lesion except luxation of one or more of the cervical
vertebrae. There was no paralysis; but intense pain attended the
displacement. Great difficulty was experienced in attempts to drink or
swallow food. The esophagus and larynx seemed to be pressed upon
by the bulging forward of several of the cervical vertebrae. The back
of the neck was rendered excessively concave and the integument was
thrown into folds as it is when the head is forced back against the
shoulders; the front of the neck presented a corresponding convexity.
Between the spinous processes of the fifth and sixth cervical
vertebrae, a marked depression could be felt, and this was the point at
which the greatest distress was felt by the patient. Dr. Ayers, with
several surgical assistants who concurred with him in the diagnosis,
performed a successful reduction while the patient was under the
influence of chloroform. Extension was applied to the head and
counter-extension to the shoulders, and while the head was rotated and
pressure made upon prominent points in the neck, the displaced bones
returned to their former position, and the head and neck resumed their
natural attitude and aspect.
What a time these surgeons had replacing vertebrae! Chiropractors
never give chloroform. Dr. Ayers would hardly equal the discoverer of
Chiropractic who often adjusts at the rate of one person a minute.
14
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
That marked depression was a separation of the spinous processes,
causing a lordosis curve, pinching nerves in the foramina.

Samuel Cooper
I believe no modern practitioner now ever advises supporting the spine with
machinery, on the supposition of there being any dislocation; an error, which
formerly prevailed.
The cervical vertebrae, however, not having such extensive articular surfaces,
and having more motion, are occasionally luxated. The dislocation of the head
from the first vertebra, and the first vertebra from the second, particularly the last
accident, is the most common; but luxations of the cervical vertebrae lower down,
though very rare, are possible.

Beck
Beck evidently recognized displacements of vertebrae, for he says:
The most important sign is the traumatic kyphosis produced by a displacement
of the spinous process, whereby a prominence is caused. Sometimes more than
one vertebra is concerned.

Dunglison
Dunglisons Dictionary allows Chiropractic sunbeams to shine on
page 1039, under two heads:
Spinal irritation, a supposed erethistic state of the spinal cord, indicated by
tenderness on pressure over the spinous process of one or more vertebra, or over
the nerves proceeding from the cord and distributed to the parts at the sides of the
spine.
Spinal localization, the designation of a particular part of the spinal cord as the
center of certain physiological functions or of muscular movements or reflexes.

Brodie
Mr. Brodies opinion, deduced from dissection:
In many instances, caries of the spine has its origin in the bodies of the
vertebrae themselves, which are liable to the same disease of the cancellus
structure, which is noticed in the articulating extremities of other bones, some
cases, rest in a horizontal posture, below ground, I believe, must on be the
patients doom.
15
HISTORY REPEATS
Moore
Moore, speaking of torticollis, says:
Many cases have their origin at birth; the muscles may be torn, bones may be
broken or distorted, nerves may be injured.

Boyer
Many examples have happened in which one of the inferior oblique or articular
processes of a cervical vertebra has been dislocated, so as to cause a permanent
inclination of the neck towards the side opposite to that of the displacement.

Howe
Howe makes mention of a similar case caused by cervical dis-
location, and describes it thus:
Some years ago I was called to a lady who had her head drawn forward. The
contraction had wrenched at least three of the cervical vertebrae from their
articulations, and greatly distorted two others.
We have observed many persons with a stiff neck, drawn to one
side, upon arising in the morning, which they attribute to a draft or
lying in a crooked position. These conditions being acute, and their
cause slightly luxated articulate processes, usually right themselves.

Samuel Cooper
Samuel Cooper, with a physicians understanding, remarks:
Spontaneous displacements of the atlas may depend upon caries and scrofulus
disease of its articular surfaces, or upon an exostosis of its transverse process, or a
similar tumor growing from a neighboring portion of the as occipitis or petrous
portion of the temporal bone. By these causes, the anterior or posterior arch, or
one of the sides of the atlas has been made to intercept a third, the half, and even
two-thirds of the diameter of the foramen magnum. Notwithstanding the very
remarkable constriction of the medulla spinalis thus occasioned, life may be
carried on, and the nutritive functions performed sufficiently well to afford time
enough either for the exostoses to attain a large size, or for the ankylosis, binding
together the head and most of the cervical vertebrae, to acquire great solidity. The
atlas is never found free and distinct, when thus displaced, but is confounded at
least with the os occipitis, and mostly with five or six of the subjacent vertebrae.
Another interesting fact is that in cases of this description, the joint between atlas
and occiput is never the only one which is displaced and
16
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
deformed, unless the disease be very slightly advanced; for the articulation of the
processus dentatus with the atlas, and sometimes that of the point of the same
process with the occiput, are considerably affected. Sometimes the processus
dentatus and the occiput retain their natural position with respect to each other,
and the atlas alone seems to be displaced between them. Sometimes the second
vertebra is out of its place with respect to the os occipitis in the same direction as
the atlas, but in not so great a degree. Lastly in some other instances the two
vertebrae are twisted in opposite directions, as for instance one to left, other to
right; or vice versa.
In the above, Cooper states that displacements of atlas depend upon
caries, scrofulous disease of its articular surfaces, exostoses, tumors,
or an ankylosis. The facts are, as proved by the science of
Chiropractic, that by the displacement of the atlas, nerves were
impinged in the intervertebral grooves, above and below, thereby
deranging their functions. Remember, diseased conditions are but
effects of maladministration of nerves. Instead of some diseased
conditions being the cause of others, the above abnormalities are all
accounted for by the acts of nerves performed in an irregular manner.

A. T. Still
A wrench of the spinal column has been given with force enough to slip the
vertebral articulations and inhibit nerves. We should remember that slipped or
twisted vertebrae must be sought out and adjusted.

A. P. Davis
A. P. Davis, D.O., when describing a cervical treatment, says:
This movement should be done with caution so as not to dislocate the neck.
He also states in his valuable work on Osteopathy:
It was long thought that the dislocation of a rib was responsible for all the
mischief; or a dislocated hip, or a slipped vertebra had much to do in producing
disease of all kinds; but the intelligent in the ranks of Osteopathy are ready to
concede the cause to other sources, and now it is a pretty well settled fact that
dislocation does not play such a role in the production of disease as formerly.

M. Roberts
M. Roberts makes a report of a carpenter who, when attempting to
raise a heavy scaffolding pole, at a certain point being
17
HISTORY REPEATS
unable to sustain it any longer, received its weight upon his back. The
accident was immediately followed by complete paralysis below the
point injured. Dissection showed that the fifth was separated from the
sixth dorsal vertebra. There was no fracture of any process.
It is fitting to close this article by quoting from Bradford and Lovet.
On page 45 is a cut showing reduction of displaced vertebrae by
Calot. The patient is lying face downward on a bifid table. There are
nine attendants, four of them each having a limb stretching the spine.
Five surgeons are aproned, one of whom is operating with his bare
hands on the back of the boy, while the rest are interested observers.
This much I have read from the picture.
The worded explanation is:
Forcible correction of the deformity, with or without anaesthesia, is a method
revived in recent times by Chipault of Paris, although ordinarily identified with
the name of Calot. Chipault operated first in September, 1893, reducing the
deformity, wiring together the spinous processes on March 9, 1895. On December
22, 1896, Calot published a paper on the method, in which he said that his first
operation dated back only a little over a year. The priority of forcible reduction
belongs clearly to Chipault. Wiring the spinous processes of the vertebrae was,
however, first advocated by an American, B. C. Hadra, in a paper read and
discussed before the American Orthopedic Association at Washington, Sept. 24,
1891. The method has been largely advocated and finds a place in modern
orthopedic treatment. It has been shown that this is not a proceeding attended with
as great a risk to life, either near or remote, as would have been supposed.

D. D. Palmer
D. D. Palmer has placed this much disputed question under the light
of the midday sun. He has developed a well defined science that has
no resemblance whatever to any therapeutical method. In fact it is not
therapeutical. The luxated vertebrae are replaced by hand adjustments,
these unique movements being unlike those used by any other school.
The Chiropractor adjusts any one or all of the 300 articular joints of
the human body, but more especially the 51 of the spinal column.
They use the long bones as fulcrums and levers to replace their
luxated joints. When adjusting the vertebrae, the processes are used.
18
CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT
The above quotations have been copied from books in our library.
Their dates run from 1822 to 1900.
There is a wide difference in the opinions of the above writers on
spinal luxation.
Is it not strange, considering the Langworthy-Bohemian-Napravit
storm, there is not a Bohemian book, or some other, which refers to
Bohemian spinal adjustment?
D. D. Palmer does not and never has claimed that he discovered that
vertebrae may be displaced and replaced. To prove this he gives the
above quotations. However, he is the first to draw the attention of the
public to the difference between a complete luxation known to the
medical world as such, and a subluxation known to the Chiropractor
as a displacement of the articular processes.
He was the first to assert that any or all vertebrae were liable to be
luxated, before or at birth, in youth and adult age. That vertebrae are
often luxated before birth, and how such may be, has not yet been
given out by any periodical. It was he who first expressed to the public
every Chiropractic idea. It was he who developed and systematized the
science which he has named Chiropractic.
He was the first person to adjust, replace vertebrae by the unique
method known as Chiropractic, using the spinous and transverse
processes as handles, placing this method before the public by his
circulars and teachings. It was he who first made the statement that the
human body was a nerve machine, run in all its parts by nerves; that
all diseases were abnormal functions made so by deranged nerves.
He was the first to discover and affirm that the body is heated by
nerves and not by blood. Among the witnesses were O. G. Smith and
Minora C. Paxson.
He was the first to set forth that club-feet and other prenatal
deformities were caused by intrauterine displacements of the vertebral
column; that these may be corrected by adjusting some one or more of
the 86 joints of the backbone.
He was the man who taught Langworthy, Smith, and Paxson how to
adjust vertebrae by hand, using the processes as handles, for which he
received from them $1,500 in cash. They now desire
19
HISTORY REPEATS
to steal this well earned credit, even if they have to turn it over to the
Bohemians from whom they could have learned Chiropractic under
the name of Napravit for nothing.
D. D. Palmer was the first man to discover that insanity was caused
by displaced cervical vertebrae, that by replacing them the patient
could be restored to normal condition. Dr. S. M. Langworthy has
proof of this in the change wrought in his wife by two weeks
adjustments, for which he paid his friend D. D. Palmer $15.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 7, June,
1905 (46 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
20
CHAPTER 4
The Story Of
THE PALMER FAMILY
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 9, August,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The first of the Palmers was Sir Ralph le Palmer. Having
distinguished himself in simple combat against the Saracens in the
Holy Land, he received the knighthood on the battlefield by the
surname.
Henceforth he bore the palm branch. It was, indeed, as a palmer that
he had gone to Palestine. There was a distinction between palmer and
pilgrim. The palmer was a devotee. He spent all his time in the
Crusades or visiting holy shrines. A pilgrim returned to his usual life
as soon as his particular expiatory journey was finished. The pilgrim
laid aside his palm and cocker-shell; the palmer never discarded them.
He also wore a black mantle, with St. Peters keys wrought in red
upon the shoulder.
The origin of the name must, therefore, always be consecrated with
memories of high and holy purpose. The word palmer soon passed
into literature. My sceptre for a palmers walking staff, says
Shakespeare.

WHERE DO THE PALMERS LODGE,

I BESEECH YOU?
Another quotation from the same source, Where do the palmers
lodge, I beseech you? was considered an appropriate line to use upon
the invitations sent to some four thousand Palmers for the first
meeting of the family association. This was in 1879, 250 years after
Walter Palmer, the pilgrim, came to New World, and the meeting
place was the site of Walters home in Stonington, Connecticut.
Processions, orations, poems, songs, toasts, and feasting made up the
program for the day. It was not a solemn occasion, one for weeping at
the tomb of dead and gone ancestors, but quite the contrary. The late
Courtlandt
21
HISTORY REPEATS
Palmer of New York started the fun by referring to the tradition that
Our common ancestor, Walter, was nine feet tall, and lived to be 150.
He came over with Christopher Columbus in Her Majestys ship
Mayflower, and landed on the top of Plymouth Church. Whether fact
or fiction it was related of Walter that he, like others of his day, gave
the Indians trash, gewgaws and beads for lands, in place of cash.
Walters wife was Rebecca Short. She first appears upon the pages
of the family history, clad in a simple, homespun gown, with shining
braids of hair, flashing her beauty upon Walters rugged face, till
words and smiles and blushes interblending, had then, as now, the
same delicious endinga wedding. This is simply a quotation taken
from the family history.

ULYSSES S. GRANT A PALMER

Ulysses S. Grant was a lineal descendent of Walter Palmer. Palmer
blood flowed in the veins of four governors of states, one member of a
cabinet, and jurists, doctors and ministers who have been famous in
their time.
Walter was not the first of the name in the New World. The pioneer
was William Palmer who came over in the Fortune, in 1621, the next
ship after the Mayflower.

THE PALMER PATRIOTS

Of course, the Palmers had their patriots. Did not Joseph Palmer
trample the Stamp Act underneath his feetfiguratively speaking, of
courseand spurn old Englands tax on tea? He was a member of the
Provincial Congress of 1774. He started out in the war as colonel and
ended as brigadier-general. Did not Deacon Stephen Palmer sign the
association test, as it was called, binding himself, at the risk of life and
fortune, to oppose the hostile measures of the British?
The family has its tales of romance. To mention only one, did not
Ichobod, the fourth of Walter, and the tallest, strongest man in town,
dash through the waves of Narragansett Bay on his trusty horse, and
carry Betty Noyes away despite parental wrath and strategy?
22
THE PALMER FAMILY
The Palmers of note are legion, but in a brief sketch it is only
possible to mention three or four. Samuel Palmer was one of the few
really great English etchers. John Palmer was the originator of the
Guarded coach for carrying the mail; before this Great Britain suffered
continual losses from highway robberies of mail coaches. One of the
greatest bridge builders in the United States was Timothy Palmer who
lived about the middle of the 18th century.
Representatives of the family in England are Sir Roundell Palmer
and Dr. Edward Palmer, professor of Arabic at Cambridge, and one of
the first Oriental scholars in the world.

REPRESENTATIVES IN AMERICA
Representatives in America are Daniel David Palmer, Discoverer
and Developer of the Principle of Chiropractic. A man of great
personality and individuality, he is one of the few great thinkers, has
the determination to advance a line of thought, continue to develop it,
independent enough to make it recognized as a science. Mrs. Potter
Palmer of Chicago is a typical social leader of the new world. One of
the first in wealth in Chicago. The Palmer House was so named after
that branch of the family.
23
HISTORY REPEATS
COAT OF ARMS
Forty-five coats of arms have been granted to the Palmer family at
different times. The one reproduced was Geoffrey Palmers. He was
created baronet in 1760. The arms are sable, a chevron or between
three crescents argent. It is to be noted that the crescents point upward.
Crest, a wivern or dragon, or armed and sangued gules. Motto, Palma
virtuti. Another favorite motto is Palmam qui meruit feratLet
him who has won it bear the palm.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 9, August,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
24
CHAPTER 5
The Story Of
A P.S.C. DINNER
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 11, October,
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Following clipping appeared in The Democrat and Leader, October
19, 1905:
GAVE A DINNER TO THE STUDENTS
D. D. Palmer Has a Penchant for
Sauerkraut and Oysters.

Students Also Fell in Line with a Will

Grateful Patient Gives Voluntary Testimony.

Wednesday afternoon, Dr. D. D. Palmer entertained the students of The Palmer

School of Chiropractic at a sauerkraut and oyster dinner at his home, 1518 Rock
Island Street.
The occasion proved to be a very enjoyable one and assembled together as
bright and intelligent a lot of students as can be found at any school.
Dr. Palmer has a penchant for sauerkraut and oysters. He believes it is a most
healthful diet. In addition, the tables were laden down with an abundance of the
delicacies of the season and sauerkraut and oysters proved but a small portion of
the menu.
Grateful Patient Present
Present at the dinner in addition to Mr. and Mrs. Palmer and the score of
students, was Mrs. Tillie Repine of Rock Island, a patient of Dr. Palmer.
That Mrs. Repine was overflowing with joy and happiness was plainly written
upon her countenance and well she might feel this way, for she has been cured of
an aggravated case of cancer of the breast by Dr. Palmer. Until two months ago,
according to Mrs. Repines own testimony, given voluntarily in the presence of
students and a Democrat representative, she was a sufferer from cancer. She
became despondent and wished herself dead.
In despair she finally concluded to give Dr. Palmer a trial and after two months
adjustments is now well and happy and never felt better in her life.
Mrs. Repines appearance bears out her statement, in every particular, for she is
robust, has a clear complexion, and is the very picture of health. Moreover, her
happiness is a joy to behold, for one may see in the glance of her eye that she is
not only overflowing with happiness but also with gratefulness to Dr. Palmer for
the wonderful cure he has effected in her case.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, a Monthly Journal, Vol. 1, No. 11, October
1905 (46 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
25
CHAPTER 6
The Story Of
LOYALTY
By Mary Deneen
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910, (41 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
When I was called upon to speak this evening, I could have made
many excuses, but did not for I realized what a privilege it was to each
and every one of us. But really it seemed hard to decide on a subject,
and as I sat here in clinic day after day, watching the sick and
suffering, and listening to the different stories they had to tell me,
some coming to bid me goodbye, with their eyes full of tearsnot
because they were sick, but tears of joybecause they had not words
to express their happiness.
One lady said to me, I certainly hate to leave this place. Its been a
heaven to me, full of health and happiness, and you make me feel like
this is one large family, full of filial love. I have not felt so good for
fifteen years, as I have my short stay here. Then others coming in,
sick and suffering, so that they could scarcely tell me their name, and
with but little hope of ever getting any better, as their sentence had
already been passed upon by the M.Ds. And only a short time was
given them to prepare for death. How could you expect them to
believe it when our faculty would tell them they could soon throw
their crutches away and go rejoicing? Each patient came for his
adjustment, each day I could see a changea wonderful change in the
expressionand then he would tell me how well he had rested the
night before and how improved he was in so many ways. After a few
weeks passed that patient bid me goodbye with the same expression of
gratitude, and went on his way to proclaim the glad news of
Chiropractic, as did the first.
At such time I could not express my feelings. I wanted to do
something for this grand science, but I could do so little; then a grand
thought came to me: I could at least be loyal and do all in my power to
help it along. Then I wondered if any of you ever
26
LOYALTY
thot what that word Loyalty meantand more to the Chiropractor
than to anyone else in the worldso I took Loyalty for my subject.
It is a word that is greatly abused in the business world. The fine old
word Loyaltylike Charityis made to cover a multitude of sins.
In Bible or business personal Loyalty to ones employer is one of the
ten commandments. To be loyal is set down as the prime test of
common decency. The man who fails in loyalty is a business leper and
only he who is loyal, and at personal sacrifice, can hope to climb the
golden stairs which lead to the heaven of unlimited income. All of this
contains more or less truth depending entirely upon the definition. On
one side stands the greedy employer, determined to get the most
possible work out of his employee for the least possible expense. On
the other side stands the lazy employee determined to get the most
possible money out of his employer for the least expenditure of
energy. Between the two, any talk of Loyalty is ridiculous.
Loyalty is a virtue to be cultivated for its own sake; is altogether
admirable. We should cultivate Loyalty in our school and be a little
more appreciative, for few of us realize what a privilege we have, to
be able to be at the Fountain Head where we get pure, unadulterated
Chiropractic teaching, with Dr. Palmer at the helm. When you get
dissatisfied, go off to yourself; think things over; ask yourself some
questions. Are you doing your best? Can you do more than you are
doing? Have you done everything you ought to?
The art of making good consists not only of being satisfied with
what you have got, but also being dissatisfied with the way you have
taken advantage of your opportunities. As the old saying goes, You
can lead a horse to water but you cant make him drink; you can lead
a fool to school but you cant make him think.
Our faculty can teach year in and year out. But if we dont try to
learn and gain knowledge in the science and our instructors, we need
never expect to know anything about the Science of Chiropractic. And
no one is to blame but ourselves. So get busy, be a booster, throw
away that little hammer, study the science and know it. Keep Smiling
and you will profit by it.
27
HISTORY REPEATS
The Chiropractor owes the first debt to Loyalty to himself. Next, to
the developer of the philosophy and art of the greatest science the
world has ever known. It has been said great deeds produce great men,
and it can be easily understood that Dr. Palmer is the Man of the
Hour and through the unceasing efforts of that one man, assisted by
his energetic little wife, backed by the fire of genius, truth, and
principle of this great and grand science, has been and is being
developed, and he is a good example of Truth and Loyalty.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910, (41 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
28
CHAPTER 7
The Story Of
WHAT HAPPENED IN 1910FORTY
YEARS AGO
By Miss Ruth Hay
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910 (41 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: A little more than thirteen
years ago, my mother and myself came back to the home of my
childhood, a place about seventy-five miles from here, to visit. Among
my mothers old friends who came to see us there was David Shirril,
who had just before been to Davenport to see Dr. Palmer. This Dr.
Palmer, Mr. Shirril told us, was a man with a new idea in regard to the
cause of disease, the theory that all disease was caused by pressure
upon the spinal nerves in their passage out from the spine.
The idea appealed to me from the first. My father had always excited
considerable adverse comment by holding that man is essentially an
immaterial being, and that the material form we call ourselves is but
the instrument of the real man, superinduced, that the man may
perform uses in the material world.
So you see what an easy step it was from this idea to Chiropractic to
me. In fact it was only a SPECIFIC APPLICATION of the same idea.
So a few months later, my mother and I came to Davenport, arriving
very early in the morning, after an all nights journey, and were driven
to the corner of Second and Brady Streets, now the Bee Hive building.
Taking the elevator for fourth floor, we were met very cordially by Dr.
D. D. Palmer, who supplied us with a room and directed us where to
procure our meals, and soon we had become a part of a large and very
pleasant household. This entire fourth floor was occupied by Dr. D. D.
Palmer as living rooms and offices, for his patients from out of town.
Each door had a panel of opaque glass and across it in large
29
HISTORY REPEATS
black letters were the words, Dr. Palmer. Each window also had the
same black lettering. This little peculiarity has a history.
There were at that time quite a number of people in the house. Of
them all I have never seen but one for many years; that, of course, is
our Dr. Palmer. Of him I saw little at that time, but at a later visit I
became better acquainted. But most of these people it would be
impossible for me to forget. There was Mr. Snow, the cancer patient,
spending his last days on earth doing kindness to anyone in need of a
helping hand. There was ambiguous little Mrs. Bets, whose college
course which she had undertaken with her husband at Mt. Vernon had
to be passed here at a sanitarium instead. She had a shy little daughter
of three years who was very lonely while her mother was so busy with
her school work, but too shy to make friends with most of the
strangers around her. But she made an exception in my case and,
much to my delight, clung to me almost constantly. Then there was
dear, sweet Miss French in her wheel chair and on her crutches, whose
childhood had been spent in India. She would wheel her chair around
to the piano and sing for us. She sang that sweet hymn, I Shall See
Him Face to Face. The first time I ever heard it she told me the
touching story of its blind authoress, Fannie Crosby. Then there was
Mrs. Hayes from Oskaloosa, Iowa, so thankful because her eye and
probably her life had been saved. And Mrs. Fayette, of Fayette, Iowa,
who had been an invalid eleven years and at this time gained her
health. One of her troubles was cancer.
Dr. D. D. Palmer was a man much shorter than Dr. B. J. Palmer,
wearing even longer hair and beard, and like our doctor, very fond of a
joke. He informed us that the post office just then was doing a
rushing business and by going promptly we could get thirteen postage
stamps for a cent and a quarter. We often saw him rush up to a
person and tell them that he could change the color of the stripes on
the oval agate watch charm he wore. Just at that moment something
would always interrupt him and he would rush away saying, Ill show
you in a minute. He always rushed and when one wanted to see him
he would be directed from room to room where he had last been seen.
We called him a flee, because he was so hard to catch. Soon he would
come rushing back and say, See? Its blue now. Next time he would
turn it red, then perhaps green.
30
WHAT HAPPENED IN 1910
The halls and at least one large room were filled with tanks of the
most beautiful gold fish of various varieties. This reminds me of
another joke. Back in a dark part of the house was an ever-closed
door. Not locked, I guessed, but it did not need to be. No patient ever
went near it. In that room we often heard much pounding, hammering,
and sawing. If anyone became curious and mentioned it to the doctor,
he would say, Oh! did you hear that? Well, people say that is where
my son and I make coffins for all the people who come here. Then
nothing could induce him to tell any more. A joke explained is no
longer a joke, but I must say that when we saw the shipments of gold
fish go out with their carefully crated glass globes, we felt that the
mystery was explained.
THE POLICY OF DR. D. D. PALMER, AS SOME OF YOU
HAVE HEARD DR. PALMER STATE, WAS TO KEEP EVERY-
THING ABOUT CHIROPRACTIC IN AN ATMOSPHERE OF
DARKNESS AND MYSTERY. RIGHT HERE IS STRONGLY
MARKED ONE OF THE MANY WIDE DIFFERENCES IN THAT
DAY AND THIS. HOW GREAT ONLY THOSE WHO HAVE
SEEN BOTH CAN KNOW THEM. INFOLDED IN MYSTERY
AND DARKNESS IN EVERY PARTICULAR, AND NOW, SO
FAR AS I HAVE LEARNED, THERE IS NOT ONE DARK OR
HIDDEN CORNER ABOUT THE WHOLE CHIROPRACTIC
INSTITUTION. DO YOU KNOW WHAT THIS CHANGE MUST
HAVE COST OUR LEADER? IT MEANS BREAKING DOWN
THE WALLS OF ENVIRONMENT, LAYING A NEW
FOUNDATION AGAINST ADVICE AND PRECONCEIVED
IDEAS, STEPPING OUT OF THE DARKNESS INTO THE
UNCONFINING LIGHT AND OPENNESS. HOW MANY OF US
ARE CAPABLE OF FOLLOWING OUR LEADER AND HOW
MANY OF THE CAPABLE ONES ARE WILLING TO FOLLOW?
AT A TIME A LITTLE LATER THAN THIS I OFTEN HEARD
THAT DR. PALMER SAID NO PERSON HAD EVER SEEN HIM
GIVE AN ADJUSTMENT, OR EVER WOULD SEE HIM GIVE
ONE. HOW DIFFERENT NOW WHEN THE DOCTOR MUST
URGE US TO LET NO STRANGER LEAVE THE CLINIC UNTIL
WE HAVE TOLD HIM ALL WE CAN ABOUT CHIROPRACTIC.
31
HISTORY REPEATS
THIS RULE OF ABSOLUTE SECRECY WAS NOT ENFORCED
IN MY OWN CASE; LARGELY, I SUPPOSE, BECAUSE WHEN I
TOOK MY OWN DEAR INVALID MOTHER INTO THE
ADJUSTING ROOM I ABSOLUTELY REFUSED TO LEAVE. SO
AFTER THIS WHEN I COULD BE OF ANY ASSISTANCE TO
THE DOCTOR HE ALLOWED ME TO BE PRESENT.
The adjustment of that day was quite different from the present. We
called them treatments then. There were two adjustment rooms, and
in each was a long, low, hard bench covered with oil cloth and very
scantily padded. At that time I do not remember that anything else was
used. But at my visit less than three years later there were cushions
and pads used beneath the body of the patient. One I remember in
particular was a large strong bag filled with gunshot.
I gained the idea at that time, and still think I am right, that the
adjustment was given, not with the pisiform bone as a point of contact,
but with the thick part of the thumb-side of the palm. This was to form
a broad cushion to prevent any slipping of the hand injuring the
patient. The ideas of the various patients as to what the doctor really
did to their backs, out of their sight, were amusing. Some were sure he
used his knees. Some said he used his foot. Some declared he thrust
his thumb deep into their back.
Of course, I know that all I saw were given with some portion of the
palm of the hand. Still I have never been ready to say that all these
various opinions were wrong. For, of course, nothing in Chiropractic
was in a settled state at that time.
About three years later, I again visited Second and Brady Streets, at
that time the only place in the world where Chiropractic adjustments
were given. The doctor greeted me in his characteristic way, and in a
few minutes came rushing back to me to ask if I was still missed, and
before long was again telling me of the wonderful bargains down at
the post office. At this time I saw more of the young son, our Doctor
B.J., as he was then around school and pursuing the very useful, if not
very remunerative occupation of clerk in the basement of the St. Onge
store where the Bee Hive now is.
32
WHAT HAPPENED IN 1910
I wish I might give you a little insight into the boyhood of Dr. B. J.
Palmer, as I saw it at that time. But I feel that this is a matter too
intimately personal to him for me to speak plainly as I must if I speak
at all. But I am sure that if I were to do so there is not one here who
would not have a deeper sympathy and broader regard for the leader
in Chiropractic of today. I never realized his utter loneliness until one
day he came in bringing a little stray dog he had found in the streets
and humbled himself to beg of one he knew to be his enemy, the
privilege of keeping the wretched little dog as his own. I saw in this
act the real need of the intimate affection which comes to most people
without the asking. I may add that he did not get the privilege he
sought. He was at that time very unjustly being kept out of his rightful
place by his fathers side in the advancement of Chiropractic.
At that time he said a few words to me upon this subject which I
shall never forget. So nearly as I can repeat them, they were:
CHIROPRACTIC HAS A FUTURE AS A POWER IN THE WORLD,
AND I AM GOING TO MAKE IT A POWER IN THE WORLD. I AM
ONLY A BOY NOW AND I MUST BIDE MY TIME. CHIROPRACTIC
IS MY INHERITANCE AND WHEN MY TIME COMES I SHALL
HAVE IT.
He came into his inheritance, as we know, and we have evidence
today what use he has made of it. He has not hidden his ten talents but
hath gained other ten talents with them.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910 (41 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
33
CHAPTER 8
The Story Of
EXTEMPORANEOUS AND
COMPLIMENTARY ADDRESS DELIVERED
AT THE PSC, MARCH 7, 1910FORTY-ONE
YEARS AGO
By George W. Scott, Mayor of Davenport
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 3, March,
1910 (41 years ago). Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I am bewildered and surprised. I usually can talk any place where I
land on my feet, but I acknowledge this afternoon that I am
overwhelmed with surprise. I have never had the honor and the
pleasure of visiting this institution before, and I did not know anything
of the magnitude of it, nor did I realize that there was such a large
student body here attending upon this institution, nor did I know
hardly anything of the features of this clinic. Although I knew
something of the good work that was being done here and the growth
that this institution had made in the past four years, yet I had never
given the matter more than passing thought until this afternoon.
A few days ago I had my attention drawn to it when I saw the future
plans of this institution in regard to erecting an eight-story building on
this hill. I said to Dr. Brown, here, whom I have known for several
years, that I was going to come up some day and see this institution
and he gave me an invitation to come whenever I felt like it, and this
afternoon my friend Jake Nabstedt said, Come up with me to the
clinic this afternoon. I hesitated for a minute about making this move
at this time, for, as you know, I am in politics, and it behooves a man
to be very careful what he says (laughter), and I thought I had better
postpone it; but I am privileged and I am pleased, as the executive
head of the city, to see this institution flourish and grow.
34
EXTEMPORANEOUS AND COMPLIMENTARY ADDRESS
I have heard of a great many good things that have been done here
and while I have not been in touch with the institution to any great
extent I have extended many favors to the student body in the last two
or three years, and I am gratified to be here this afternoon and to lend
a word of encouragement to you who have come to our city to learn
the science to which you are devoting your time, and I want to
congratulate the president of this institution upon the fine body of
students I see before me this afternoon and upon the unprecedented
success this institution has made since he has taken charge of it. I
understand, of course, that he will expect some criticism from some of
the old school. In fact, you would naturally expect that.
Whenever there has been an invention in this country that ran
contrary to some old idea, there was opposition to it. I remember as a
boy on the farm that when the first self-binder came into our
community there was a great furore that it would throw all the men out
of employment and that the men would have to leave the community
and go some place else for work, and one morning there was a rumor
that went through the community, as by an electric flash, that over in
the woods there had been some men and boys that had taken a
machine apart and had hung some of it in the tops of trees and some of
it was never found, as a rebuke to a man who had bought a modern
machine to do his farming with; and yet today, nearly forty years since
that event, you go out into any farming community and you will find
every farmer harvesting his grain with a self-binding machine, and the
truth is that you cannot find enough men upon the farms to do the
ordinary labor.
I appreciate the fact that in starting a new school dealing with the
human body, such as the founder of this institution is doing, that he,
perhaps, has heard the words of criticism and sometimes they, to him,
have seemed very bitter, but after a while, after that course of criticism
is gone and things get back into the normal condition again, so far as
public talk is concerned, then the public generally come around with a
point of recognizing that there has been an advancement in that
particular field of work. So I say, today in this institution it has
probably passed through the same experience as the simple fact that I
have just rehearsed to you.
35
HISTORY REPEATS
As executive head of this city, I am proud of another thing in seeing
this institution flourish. I love my city. I think we have the best city in
the State of Iowa, and not excelled by any in the United States. This is
the home of a happy and prosperous people, and anything that will
cause it to grow, make it a better place to live in, encourage it to
expand, building and growth of schools in any field of endeavor, is a
good thing for this city, and I am proud to say that among the
institutions of this city that have grown and become a recognized
factor of the city is this dear old school here this afternoon, and as a
citizen and a mayor of the city I am proud of the fact.
I dont know as I could say anything to the student body this
afternoon that would interest you. I am not going to touch upon
anything local, for I realize you are most of you from abroad. While
this institution is prospering and flourishing or in the heyday now of
its youth and is about to expand and go into a new building where it
can accommodate a larger body of students, I am sure that every tax
payer will welcome it when he learns of the prospects of this
institution and its intentions for the future. The people of this city are
particularly hospitable to strangers. They are proud of their city. There
are no people in any municipality anywhere in this Union that are
prouder of their home city than the people of Davenport. They love to
see it develop and grow and expand.
I am not going to say anything more, because if I started talking it
might be like the other day when I went up to a colored church and I
never saw so many widows and widowers. When a man arrives at a
certain stage of life in years he finds it his duty to hitch on to her
wagon and drive down the lane of life with her, and I told those
colored people that, and I talked so long trying to drive this point
home that it was ten oclock and you could smell the viands from the
table in the next room; and I said, The next audience I get to I will
keep track of my watch and let somebody else talk.
When you walk through the many departments of this institution and
see the amount of capital that is invested in the things that you use in
your study, you must be, as I have been on a short visit this afternoon,
absolutely convinced of the good that this institution can do you. I
trust that you students are true
36
EXTEMPORANEOUS AND COMPLIMENTARY ADDRESS
to your professors. I can look back upon those old college professors
whom I thought severe when I was in school as the most valued
friends I have had in life. Be true and faithful to your teachers in this
institution, and if things dont go as fast as you think they should,
remember education is not gotten and received in a day. It takes time
to receive an education. The very fundamental roots of that word
education do not mean that the mind is a receptacle and you can cram
things in and absorb them in after years. You have got to put hours in
on recitations and study, and if you have any severe thoughts about
your teachers, kindly lay them away and after you have been out in the
field ten or fifteen years you will look back and say they were the best
friends you had in your life.
I wish you success in your school days here and that when you go
away from this institution carrying a diploma that you may carry with
you to your new home pleasant recollections of your stay in
Davenport, pleasant recollections of the institution that has helped you
to learn your profession, and that you will look back at your stay in
Davenport as a happy and pleasant stay.
I thank you for taking up your time and I offer an apology for
appearing on the rostrum. I want to congratulate you students upon the
zeal you show here to your institution.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 3, March
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
37
CHAPTER 9
The Story Of
B.J.s REMINISCENCES
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910, (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Ive put in some weeks in a motor and feasted my eye upon scenes;
Ive been a bag-checker, grip-toter, and squandered in travel my
means; Ive been a conspicuous bummer and gone on some kind of a
trip, because its the fashion each summer to give solid comfort the
slip; Ive traveled over geysers and fountains and everything there was
to see; Ive slid over canons and mountains until I was sore as I could
be; Ive rained a whole deluge of quarters till all my substance is spent
on waiters and pursers and porters who dogged me wherever I went;
Ive folded my legs up in sleepers and lived for three months in a
trunk, and joined the grand army of weepers who cry over ruins and
junk; Ive croaked like the storied Poe raven oer persons, cabs,
guides, and hotel; Ive gone for a week all unshaven and worn unclean
linens as well; Ive stood in the hot sun and sweltered; Ive battled
mosquito and flea; Ive stood on some ships deck unsheltered and
raved like a loon at the sea. And first when the sight of Home blessed
me, I quite forgot about Rome, but Ill tell you one thing that
impressed mehow blessed it is to be Home!
Ive gone quite four days without eating because there was so much
to see; Ive heard every kind of a greetingFrench, German, Dutch,
Dago, Chinee; Ive been pasted all over with labels to show the world
where Ive been; Ive raved over doorways and gables, brass
candlesticks, junk and old tin; Ive walked till my feet were all blunted
in doing some sightseeing spurt, and then I have hunted and hunted
my luggage all thru for a shirt; Ive been checked, inspected, and
branded, been ticketed, punched, marked and weighed; Ive been
shipped and cargoed and landed, held up, shaken down, and o.kd;
Ive read all the timetables printed; I know all the currents and charts;
I know
38
B.J.S REMINISCENCES
how all tickets are tinted and when every ship and train starts. And I
now tell you with some sadness that, after the dust and the foam,
theres one place youll find peace and gladness, one place in the
worldand thats Home!
Ive bought enough fathoms of tickets to sound all the depths of the
sea; Ive been pushed thru turnstile and wicket, more ever than I
thought could be; Ive jostled and crowded and clamored for
schedules, boats, trains, cabs and cars; Ive pushed and Ive thrust and
Ive hammered, been punched, knocked about and seen stars; Ive
been just a poor, weary sinner, all worn out in body and brain, who
grabbed up a sandwich for dinner and rushed out to catch a new train;
Ive been stepped upon and run over in rushing for this car or that by
some more demoniac rover, and gone for the count to the mat; Ive
been up the busses and towers with all the sightseeing rubes; Ive
roamed thru old ruins for hours and shot thru the underground tubes.
And when the last spasm is ended, when all of the tickets are punched;
when every last coupon is rendered and every last sandwich is
munched, Ive come home all worn out and weary, all blistered and
covered with grime, and cried with untruthfulness cheery: Oh my, but
we had a good time!
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 12, December,
1910, (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
39
CHAPTER 10
The Story Of
SYMBOLS OF CHIROPRACTIC
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 4, April,
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
In this issue of THE CHIROPRACTOR, we present two views, each
symbolizing a foundation corner-stone of Chiropractic.
EVOLUTION shows a Universal matter surrounded by Universal
Intelligence, which is divisible into a Philosophy (WHY?), Science
(HOW?), and Art (DOING). The nearer to matter, the more
condensed is intelligence into a form where we recognize its presence.
We can comprehend art more than we can the reason why. Standing
upon this Universal gathering is an Axis, symbolical of the turning to
right or left so as to face all directions. Resting upon this axis is a
heroic figure of LIFE, individualized by B. J. Palmer in the hands of
the artist. An Atlas, in the hands of this Chiropractor, is being so
balanced or adjusted that it will cause the 100 per cent of Universal
Mind or Intelligence, thus restoring harmony to the man as well as the
world. This is symbolical of the fundamental principle of WHAT
CHIROPRACTIC IS.
PROGRESS shows WHAT CHIROPRACTIC CAN DO, is
doing, and will continue to do so long as there is anything of that
character to do. The heroic figure of Life (just coming over the
horizon of the globepersonified also by the artist as B. J. Palmer)
represents Health, Strength, StabilityPROGRESS. The brightness of
the Chiropractic sun is behind this figure. Here again we have the
dominant thot of Universal Matter and Mind together. Chiropractic
(Life) in all its Strength and Progress raises his Left Hand and
commands DEATH to leave the suffering, sick, ailing, weak,
despondent, and dependent woman. With his right hand he has broken
the shackles of serfdom to dis-ease, reaches forth to assist the
down-trodden to arise. This emaciated figure is slowly and gradually
being raised from the slough of despondency and eventually will stand
on a par with her deliverer.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 4, April,
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
40
SYMBOLS OF CHIROPRACTIC
41
HISTORY REPEATS
42
CHAPTER 11
The Story Of
CYCLES
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 8, August,
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
It is not customary or proper for any lecturer to start by making
exusesand we seldom do. While speaking, we had a feeling which
seldom gets the best of us, and that briefly is: How many of you
appreciate what it means to be in school work; what we are giving up
of the worlds goods to continue this work? No one can appreciate last
ten years of our life so much as those who have been closest to it; to
be dogged night and day as if a demon were driving you desperately to
a certain issue; to live the life of a slave, physically and mentallyour
life is not our own. It has been devoted to a grander cause, and yet we
wonder why we should continue to live the life we do.
We would not have spoken of this at this time if it were not for one
accusation tonight which cut deeply. Our life is that of an altruist in
thots, words, and actions. We are a believer and a teacher in
humanitarian interests, yet on top of demonstrations in years pastin
spite of spirit shown, we are accused tonight of doing all this FOR
MONETARY REASONS.
Nothing will so much dull our attempts, stifle and discourage our
progress, as to accuse us of being a money god. To accuse us of
living for money is to crush our very attempts to do more.
In the life of every one is the desire for gain, the selfishness of every
beast, and it is hard enough to down that by lone efforts, without
accusations of others, especially when you know you have lived
otherwise.
Encourage the altruistGod knows there are few enough truthful
ones. Advise and assist the humanitarian, for there are few enough
who, in the depths of their minds, think more of their brother than
themselves.
We can only answer that by saying that there is not one year of our
life now, but that, should it be devoted to patient-getting alone, we
could easily lay by not less than $100,000. We know
43
HISTORY REPEATS
we possess certain faculties not possessed by everyone, and we realize
we are now directing those to a school end, yet were they directed to
the end for money, we could easily lay by the amount stated.
We take a student in at this school, work with him for hours every
day-good, hard, solid working hours, into which we put forth every bit
of ingenuity we possess to give him something new in a changeable
form and broader viewpoint. We do this for twelve solid months, for
$100. This equals a trifle over 4 cents per hour. On reverse, we can
take one patient, give him an adjustment which takes but a minute, and
charge him $25 for one weeks servicesix minutes. We have refused
hundreds, at that figure, for our private attention.
Today our personal services are available only in Open Clinic, for
$1.00 per weekno more. This is a privilege accorded to rich and
poor alike. That is altruism. We want poor man to get best, same as
rich man, and we want all to get it in same place in same manner.
Money never made us think more of one mans pains than anothers.
We are now delivering health to more than 250 patients daily in our
clinic, and they are all getting it at that price. When they get well, does
it do us good? Watch the smiles on our face and read what we think!
Frankly speaking, many a meal goes by when we dont get enough to
eat not that we do not have it, but we love the work so much that
we save on one end to add to another.
We like to keep our brain and mind active so that we can study
ideas, work them out, elucidate them. All of this we can do best when
our stomach is emptytherefore we do not eat much when we desire
to study, and that is nearly all the time. That is neither here nor there,
but we need the few paltry dollars to a better end; yet we are accused
of being a money godworking for money. We put in weeks,
months, and years, night and day, laboring to deduce something by
which the world will be the benefactor. It is true that this age of the
world does not imprison, flog, whip, and starve its discoverers, but it
is also true that the tongues of its enemies are not silent, and even
sometimes its apparent friends are its most bitter accusers and trouble
brewers. We speak of this more to show that there are more monetary
possibilities in other lines should we wish them, but our actions speak
for themselves.
44
CYCLES
We will continue as we have been doing, thereby showing you our
determination towards helping the world has not been altered; but
sometimes this unappreciative form and way of doing things does not
assist but often dampens ardor of a sincere worker; and only by
process of growth can he overcome the effects thus made.
We are not in best of trim to start Cycles, but will do the best we
can.

Everywhere in history of the world there has been a problem; an

enigma has existed in theology, psychology, physics, metaphysics,
physiology, and that problem has been the stumbling block of the
world. It is the stupefier Darwin and Heckel met when trying to evolve
the theories of man. So far as we know, it has always been the worlds
greatest question.
Most all that theology has said is good. Works of physiology
represent time and laborall to no end. We say to no end because
there has not been any practical conclusion to any of the theories
advanced.
In history of the world, there are hundreds of religionsmany
interpretations of one thing. Look over vast number of conditions
being studied and, after all, there are but twomatter and force. Man
but studies different quantities of one compared with different
quantities of other as they are found together, as they are in his
philosophy.
We are primarily interested in quantities of matter and force that
compose man, various kinds of men, and why. Man is what we deal
with mostly, but we wonder how many of your Chiropractors have
tried to apply philosophy to things outside of man. How many are able
to apply even slightest intelligence to man, without looking outside?
We advise you at this time to forget there ever was anything outside of
man, until you have solved man first. Get yourself set straight, and
then you will be able to see past, present, and future of other things.
Without a knowledge of yourself, you cannot understand other units.
Does medical or other therapeutical knowledge classify your force
and matter and tell where each starts from, goes to, or how it does and
why? If they do not consider intelligent force, and
45
HISTORY REPEATS
that is what you have, then how can you expect to study force plus the
matter? You know well that matter is studied from morn till night, but
is it studied in relation with force that goes with it?
There is but ONE force, ONE intelligence whom we all respect, and
in common parlance God is Its name; yet when pinned down to an
actual reality, the word God is but a name coined to express a feeling
of admiration, respect, awe, belief, or thankfulness in something
unseen, unheard, and unrealized. You know that something of that
character does exist because it is everywhere observable and not
observable, seen and unseen, heard and not heard, all present and
never present. It is immaterially seen because the material things it
works with are seen to change. It is heard because the things from
which it makes itself heard are visible. It is present because your
mental faculties say it is; yet you could not prove its presence thru
science or artonly thru things it materializes.
In all studies, it is necessary to lay a foundation, and we know of no
better, in the beginning, than to assume that for every atom of matter
there had to be an atom of force to move it. ATOM OF MATTER are
proper words to use together. Atom of force is a wrong
combination. Atom applies only to materialities; yet we use it in this
sense as an expressive word of equal balancing quantities, quantity of
one being same as quantity of other. It would take one atom of force
one second of time to move one atom of matter one degree of height;
yet this thot expresses nothing because it is getting to a minute
pin-point difference. But build up the reality when there are MANY
units of matter and many units of force working together, and you
have an amoeba taking definite form, specific shape, and
approximately performing a definite work.
Take a definite quantity of materials with an equal quantity of force,
move them in a certain space of time, in a precise degree or distance
of height or length, and you have an animal. Given a large quantity of
matter and a larger quantity of force, and a greater plasticity with
greater freedom of movement, greater processes of adaptability, and
you have MEN. Sciences do not consider forces in lesser quantities
than noticed in electricity today. We met a contingency for which
there were no ex-
46
CYCLES
pressive terms and we coined a word which would carry our idea of
one force unit to show that it took one unit of force to act upon one
tissue cell, and we called that a forun coined from the first three
letters of force and first two of unit.
Man is but a compilation and a convolution of foruns moving thru
matter. We hesitate to say that the animal is equal to us, yet work and
education have taken us to a point where we can look any animal in
the face and call him brother or sister. We can see in a cow same
things that make us. We can see nothing in a horse that is not in us.
Animal kingdom is mirror thru which man sees superior man. You
will think we are quite farfetched, yet there is only one thing in which
he differswe have what is called an educated mind. Present day
education leads man to a larger education and smaller Innate.
Chiropractic adjustments of present and future will return man to his
full Innate self.
If we have in both brains one million brain cells, then horse or cow
has same number. But you say, We accomplish things which no
animal canwhy? Simple enough. By process of segregation and
separation, we have been able to divide a portion of the one million
cells into an educated brain, utilizing a part of Innate brain to a more
or less exclusive purpose, separate and apart from that of Innate brain,
and we claim that by strengthening one phase of our makeup and
weakening another, we are greater than animals.
By comparison, tho, there is no Innate function that exists in your
body but what exists in animals in a stronger, more dominant degree.
By process of discrimination or separation, you have accomplished
nothing; for while you gain in one you lose in another, balance being
equal so far as a total is concerned, yet unequal in not being complete
halves.
Illustration: One man may weigh 200 pounds, yet he may have 150
pounds on one side and 50 on other; whereas, to be normal, it should
be equal. What you add to one side of your mental ledger you lose on
other. Environment is mother of adaptability. Educated brain is Innate
minds loss. That is why today, instinctively, animal exists greater
than we.
In our finiteness, we cannot talk without words; yet animals, in their
infinite instinctiveness are talking great distances
47
HISTORY REPEATS
without communication in words or by gutteral sound. What appears
to be, in your educated minds, a gain over the animal, is no sum total
addition so much as individualization of segregated parts.
Consequently, we can, in all deference, look at cow and say, Good
morning, sister.
We have but touched upon possibilities of greatest movement the
world is going to know. We are going to evolutionize and
revolutionize more than one phase of mental aspect of man towards
the world and of more than one phase of place and position of
animals. Fundamental over which lies Chiropractic is so great in its
scope that such a time will come. It is not here now, and it may be that
man, in his finiteness, may try to forestall coming of what will be.
Time will come when you will grasp the fact that a horse has as much
soul or spirit and as much feeling of pain and misery as man; and, in
duty bound, you will adjust vertebrae of horse, cow, and dog. It will
be your duty to reestablish cycles regardless of in what or where you
may find them not normal. It should be more your duty to adjust
animals, for man can speak thots in words, and animal has not yet
been able to speak to man except by look and action. Some day we
may be able to adjust animals, but we are inclined to think animals
will teach us a better method of adjustment than we know today.
Watch tired horse at night, when turned loose in the pasture. He will
turn over and over; rolling is his way of adjusting vertebra. Sick dog
will do same. Animals could teach us much if we would but listen and
observe. Chiropractic is as old as the quadrupeds. Its present
application is unquestionably new. How soon you help accomplish the
above in world of good feeling depends upon how soon you grasp
greatness of a simple thot; how soon it takes root and grows until it
becomes an end towards which you will labor.
Man is peculiara combination of intelligences. In starting points
we universally acknowledge a God, and beneath is an Innate
Intelligence. We say beneath yet dont wish to imply that, altho as
we view the world we are forced to admit there is one intelligence
over all others. There is one Universal Intelligence so great in its
common law that it can cause trees to grow in Mexico and Canada,
Africa and Asia, and cause animals to expand in every country on the
globe, so everywhere present that it can make man in every country,
be he savage or so-called
48
CYCLES
intelligent. As we study, we know that could we place one tree in a
desert, that tree could grow ALONE if it were watered. We do know
that tree has a unital intelligence, and for want of better term we say it
is Innate Intelligence, implying that it is and is not a part of the entire.
Here is segregation without separation; individualization without
division.
Viewing animal as an example, we can say it is a unital intelligence;
viewing man as he is, he must be called dual intelligence. It would be
proper, in mans present stage, to say that we start upon the premise
that man with a unital intelligence is subdivided into an educated and
Innate mind. We know that it is divided only so far as we prove it
upon living bodies. As a given example, we do know that functions of
stomach are controlled, not by what you think, educationally, but by
what something else thinks in, behind, and over which you have no
control. If we asked you to ask your stomach to churn your food
faster, would that effort upon your part, alone, make stomach churn
faster? This shows that your stomach is controlled by something other
than YOUR mind, so we are forced to conclude that man has two
minds by two different kinds of products which are performed thru
man.
Innate mind, thru Innate brain, controls functions of stomach. Were
you asked to raise right arm, then you could not use that mind but
another one which you can think with, educationally. For instance,
your educated mind, thru your educated brain, would cause hand to
contract or to raise. A primary cycle upon which all things are based,
is the establishment of the fact that that condition of immateriality
which makes material move, goes from one mind to a definite place in
body, coming back from that end to mind and continuing a continuous
circuita continuity of current in a continuity of matter.
When food enters the live stomach an impression follows the
efferent nerve to the thinker brain. Thinker brain transmits or carries
power over to doer brain. Doer brain says, This power must get
down to and act upon this food. We must cause stomach to churn.
Power is given thot; power of thot; intelligence; function; reason;
passing down and reaching tissues where function is performed.
Immediately following, another impression is given; it is carried back
to thinker brain and process of interpretation that function was
performed is repeated.
49
HISTORY REPEATS
When you can carry in your mind that there is a continuous stream of
cycles running hundreds of thousands every minute of every tissue
cell; every viscus, even to the various sections of intercommunication
between lobes of your brainsthen you have some picture in your
mind of multitudes of cycles. When you realize that Innate mind
carries this burden without your assistance, that you are asked to think
of it merely as a momentary gratification of how she does her work,
that it is not necessary for you to think about what she does other than
you like to; understand what keeps you alive; then you can observe
what it means to be an Innate mind. A simile would be that you can
ride on a passenger ship without knowing whether it is electric,
gasoline, or naphtha. It is not necessary that you see the engine, watch
it work and inquire what works it, to ride safely from port to port. You
can stay in your stateroom perfectly content in your ignorance, well
knowing that all is well so long as the master pilot has charge. So it is
with your body. As I have said, there has always been a problem
existing in every study up to this time, and that has been a logical and
practical physiological and theological problem to connect and prove
that God is a reality in man. That problem has been to get the educated
mind to comprehend the Innate mind, and every study, to date, has
been to prove to the contrary. Studies of today take a man from his
Innate mind, not towards it. Anything superstitious or so based cannot
be made practical in its reasonings.
Simple cycle, efferently, is composed of three primary phases:
creation, transmission, and expression; and coming from outer to
inner, impression, conduction, and interpretation. In brain cell takes
place creation of every function and, by force of logic, that creation or
created mental force must get from brain cell to tissue cell, and we
know of no way other than thru a nerve-transmission. When current
gets to tissue it is called expression. What is this something
expressed? Word expression implies something to be expressed. What
was to be expressed (at tissue cell) other than creation made (at brain
cell) ? If 100 per cent of a thot is madein brain cellthen 100 per
cent MUST BE expressed at tissue cell. If everything be normal,
whatever takes place at tissue cell should be an exact duplicate of
what was made at brain cell. Granting that expression has been per-
formed, simultaneous with expression of any current, outside or
50
CYCLES
inside of our bodies, an impression is made, and that imprint is
conducted by an afferent fibre to a brain cell which receives and
interprets it according to what it is. You see eight words and a
diagram. You do not see until your eye has received an impression,
which is carried to a brain cell, until the mind, the mental faculties,
Innate Intelligence, or Educated Intelligence has placed it thru a
process of development just as your photographer places a negative
thru a process of development.
We want to impress unity of thot, conformity of correctness that
exists between both ends of cycle. One end must be exactly as other.
Let us build up a more complicated formthe normal complete cycle.
You have a Universal Intelligence which is the premise of every
philosophy, science, and art, a universal basisInnate Intelligence,
the mental faculties in and behind your body where creation takes
place. From that brain cell issues the productmental impulse.
Propulsionpropelling something to some place. The tissue cell
receives and as soon as that takes place we have physical
personification, meaning that in the brain cell something mentally was
formed, and when power was received by that brain cell it mixes it
with thot, same as you intermingle energy into your dough when you
prepare bread. You are compounding thot with power and the two go
thru an efferent nerve together, and when expressed this is physical
personification of a mental ideationa qualification of coordination.
We prefer word coordination in preference to health, because
when coordination exists the tissue cell is in harmony with Innate
two working as one. What is formed at one end is expressed exactly in
two ends. No difference exists except that at one it is made and at
second it is expressed. Here it is given and here received. Before your
dinner was eaten there was a function prepared in behind for its
digestion. Before you go to sleep tonight your Innate mind is at work
realizing the work of the morrow.
Having reached tissue cell, and having seen processes from inside to
outside, let us see following, going from outside inward. Coordination
is taking place in tissue cell; as a result we have a coordinate vibration.
When that vibration is formed and has been accepted by tissue cell, it
is an impression. It is then ready to be transmitted by an afferent
nerve, eventually reaching brain cell which receives itreception.
Mental faculties act upon and
51
HISTORY REPEATS
place it thru an interpretation. Thus blue, green, brown or purple color;
a sight is good or bad; music is pleasant or unpleasant. Classification
or discrimination is sensation. You say, commonly, I sense with my
tongue, eyes, or ears. You do not and cannot. You do not sense until
your mental faculties have interpreted vibration received at afferent
end of every fibre. Your and my life, idealistically and philosophically
speaking, are but one ideation, and that is what we live. Then you get
back to state which makes ideation possible, your Innate and
Universal Intelligences.
Cycles are a consideration of progressive intellectual and physical
processes thru which life is performed. A normal cycle is same at any
point you wish to start. Cow is alive because of that simple cycle
basis. That is keeping us alive. That is what grew animals and
vegetables. They are all growing because of existence of same
fundamental cycles. Where will you find a supposition, a logical
conclusion of basis of all things quite so clear and simple?
Paralysis is supposedly an incurable disease. We shall take that as a
type of incoordination to be amplified and make a complete out of a
broken circuit. Only difference between cycles is that cycle is there, is
not there, or is partially there. Synthetically and hypothetically assume
100 per cent of creation takes place in brain cell; 100 per cent of
transmission takes place to a point where there is pressure. That
pressure cuts off 50 per cent of transmission. Then tissue cell receives
only 50 per cent; 50 per cent impression; 50 per cent conductivity; 50
per cent interpretation. Cycle is abnormal because continuity, per
quantity and space of time, is not there; consequently cycles are not
normalthey are abnormal. So much as pressure cut off transmission
of quantity for a given space of time, you have broken your continuity
of quantity of cycles. It is abnormal quantity of cycles you deal with in
every disease.
It is that simple cycle which is at root of all evil, regardless of
whether it be in mind of criminally insane, idiot, perpetrator of crime
against common law, which we recognize. When we can adjust
subluxation which is interfering with freedom of cycles in bodies of
these individuals, we have a broad mission to fulfill. Could anything
be greater, broader, or more humane?
52
CYCLES
This abnormal cycle goes thru every progressive stage that it makes
in a normal complete cycle. We have brain cell, transformation of
energy, mental impulse of unlimited quantity.
Storehouse from which we derive power is unlimited. There is NO
END to it. Then there is propulsion of impulses along efferent nerve,
transmission of those mental impulses from brain to arm. A blow in
back results in a concussion of forces awkwardly applied and centered
at arm place, direction being toward left, force striking from right.
Subluxation is left superior. Interference to transmission is
consequence. NOW we have a limited quantity of impulses.
Difference between normal and abnormal cycles, for same given space
of time, is quantity. It has decreased perhaps 40 per cent for same
space of time. Look at tissue cells of arm. They are willing to receive,
but there is lack of personification, of idealization; an absence of
ability on part of tissue cells to do what brain cell desired them to do.
We do not use incoordination in same sense as medical parlance.
We assume to put an original interpretation. Dunglison and Gould
give Lack of harmony existing in contraction of opposing systems of
muscles in any one or more portions of body. Incoordination is
between Innate Intelligence on one side and material or tissue cell on
other.
In that interference with cycles is foundation of all abnormal
functions. No one can dispute that statement; no physician can prove it
untrue; no vivisectionist can maintain it does not hold out in fact.
Basis is a truism.
We might argue for hours as to what made paralysis, but we are to
talk sense. Let us see if paralysis is made by interfering with
continuous stream of cycles running hundreds of thousands every
moment over this circuit of tissue cells. If that is true, reverse order,
study nature and do as nature does, and this individual will be
well.
We started with Universal Intelligence, taking same efferent half that
was coming from inside to outside; consequently, if we want function
on outside we must go to inside for it. Unital Intelligence or Innate is
our starting place; then mental creation of brain cell; transformation of
energy; mental impulse; propulsion of contractive impulses along
efferent nerve; then transmission of contractive impulses from brain to
arm; then comes
53
HISTORY REPEATS
adjustment, then Innate contraction of recoiland how great that is.
How important that is in our work, how much we depend upon it. We
could not adjust a subluxation in a dead man, we must have an Innate
Intelligence to assist us. Then we have the restoration of mental
impulses going to right arm. Cycles were limited, but now in unlimited
quantities again.
Do you call this adjustment stimulation or inhibition? Those are
most unscientific words to apply here. An obstruction was once there
but not now; our adjustment removed that. Restoration is the basis.
Impulses are received by tissue cells of arm. With that normal, we
have coordinated cellular personification; harmonious cellular activity
in expression between Innate Intelligence and arm, a condition termed
health by physician. We have proven practical cycle, for it is the
thing we deal with when adjusting subluxations. When we adjust we
reestablish vertebra to its normal position and restore cycles to
coordination.
We have taken you thru normal, practical, normal complete,
abnormal, and practical cycle in their application, but these do not tell
conditions we get in cycle problems between brains. Man has two
brainsInnate and Educated. We propose to lay fundamental upon
which you, as a scientist, can elucidate any mental enigma that is
placed before any audience, either public or private. Puzzles in this
instance are same as in normal brain to tissue cell cycles with stream
of cycles going from normal brain cell of Innate brain to normal tissue
educated brain cells. Respectively placed are thinker and doer cells of
Innate and thinker and doer cells of educated brains. Each tissue cell
of educated brain receives, sends, and goes thru every process that any
tissue cell in any portion of body does.
Suppose we have a subluxation at atlasit can produce a cancer of
stomach, bunion on toe, insanity, or constipation. What we mean is,
working upon a basis. Any atlas subluxation that would interfere with
currents going to educated brain would interfere with transmission of
function from THAT brain cell to tissue cell of body, and these cannot
receive function because brain cells are not normal. We told you this
would open up some of the psychic problemsand it will. A
subluxation cutting off currents would interfere with whatever thot
educated brain might make; consequently, educated brain would not
think right.
54
CYCLES
Physically and externally, you act according to educated brain thots.
We desire to raise right arm, but cant. We get an atlas adjustment and
are as active as anybody. It would be possible to carry this work into
phases of senses which, in itself, would be sufficient for an entire
lecture.
There is a continuous circuit or circle. You start towards creation,
and creation starts over again. There is a continuous circle. Turn to
electricity, and there is a continuous current, and that current is
composed of units. Somewhere a unit is started; that is followed by a
unit behind, just as one link after another makes a chain; same as one
wagon after another makes a string of wagons; one street car after
another makes a continuous circuit of street cars. That is our idea of
cycles. It is where we interfere with CONTINUITY of these units of
circuits that makes a broken cycle, and that broken cycle is disease,
regardless of quantity, time, or kind, providing gap is more or less
chronic. As a consequence, there are four prominent phases which
should be studied separately: 1. Adaptation that takes place between
two lobes of brainthinker and doer brains. 2. Change taking place in
transmission between brain cell and tissue cell. 3. Change taking place
as tissue cell receives impression, expresses it in function, and creates
impression. 4. Change between tissue cell and brain cell, again.
We also have a philosophical cycle, beginning with tissue cell and
going toward Innate Intelligence. This tissue cell expresses function of
intelligent force. Impressioncreation of vibration following
expression. Afferent nerves convey vibration from tissue cell to brain
cell. Transmission conducts impression from periphery to center.
Brain cell receives vibration and later on expels it to its motor lobe.
Reception of vibration or impression by brain cell. Mental interprets
character and quantity of vibration of energy. Interpretation
knowledge gained after impression has been resolved into component
relative values. Sensationresult of interpretation of vibration.
Ideationconnection of this interpretation with others from different
localities, to assume one general opinion, to produce unital
harmonious action in many places at once; for instance, two arms
coincide in action as do legs. Innate mental-residence of knowledge of
vibrations and where force is utilized to produce thots. Innate
Intelligenceunlimited storehouse of this intellectual power.
55
HISTORY REPEATS
Tissue cell, impression, afferent fibre, transmission, brain cell of a
characteristic character. Then come reception, Innate mental,
interpretation, sensation, ideation, transmission, and brain cellthe
doer. Doer brain cell, impulse, efferent fibre, secretion normal,
propulsion, transmission, subluxation, lack or excess of transmission,
pigment cells, lack or excess of expression or function. Thus you see
what it means to restore a function, not by external restoratives but
from inside by Innates resources, in, thru, and by restoring cycles to
normal.
Greatest problem in minds of greatest number of people is
relationship of sexes. Many do not know proper relationship of
husband and wife, do not understand laws of intercoursemental and
physical. When speaking of intercourse, many understand physical
unity of physical bodies and that is all; they never have applied
question of cycles. Few comprehend what it means to complete a cycle
of forces thru physical organs; that intercourse is more than combining
of matter with matter thru which intercourse could be a strengthening
feature. It is generally considered as a losing rather than a gaining
consideration; but go with us thru common phases of cycles and apply
them to sexes. Male, alone, could not make a sexual cycle. There
could be cycles within himself but that would not be a sexual cycle
because male could not have carried duties of both male and female.
What value is intercourse unless there is some gain on part of each?
We start power at male brain doer cell which goes to a tissue cell in
sexual organ, which at time of intercourse comes in relationship with
receiving tissue cell of female, which tissue cell receives an
impression. That impression is carried to receiving or thinking brain
cell of female and interpreted, and doer brain cell sends power to
female sexual tissue cell, is received, and from there sent to thinker
brain cell on part of male, and cycle is complete.
A dynamo is composed of miles of wire wrapped and coiled in a
little space. By causing a conductor to revolve thru greater distance it
increases its voltage. In that connection we can briefly say that
currents properly established between male and female induce greater
currents, greater possibilities of cycles, and gain is result.
56
CYCLES
Take broken sexual cyclebroken on part of male because he has a
subluxation. Subluxation cuts off transmission of forces going to
tissue cells. As a result of that subluxation interfering with normal
function he may be sterile or impotent. Circuit between male and
female is an open one. Trolley is off the line. This cycle does not
necessarily need to be confined to male; it can also be in female. Any
form of impotency in male or female can be analyzed as being a
broken cycle of transmission of currents. You say, There is no
secretion, excess of excretion, no mucous. These in turn are based
upon simplicity of this idea of the cycle.
Each person is but half a sexual cycle. Each sexual tissue cell is
doing two duties. It was within itself a normal complete cycle, i.e.,
tissue cell here completes a current back thru its own body as one
circuit. This is what might be called its inner duty so far as its
nutrition, motion, etc., but so far as outer duties are concerned it is but
a half, and will never complete its function until it comes in contact
with other. Male is negative or positive, and so is female. One must be
a receiver and a giver. In sexual act, male gives a spermatozoon and
female receives; but male may be a receiver and female the giver in
transmission of currents. We could take you serially thru all abnormal
cycles, but the only difference between abnormal cycle and normal
cycle is that inner duty of one is broken in its circuit and not in other.
Possibilities of application of cycles are almost endless because they
involve fundamental upon which all things occur, upon which all
motion takes place, basis upon which we are intellectually adapting
ourselves today.
Cycle refutes possibility of treatment of disease. Granting point that
something has occurred wherein cycles are abnormal, as in given case
of paralysis, it appeals to a mans intelligence when you can talk
cycles and show him that current was cut off. What good does it do,
Mr. Jones, for a man to inject poisons into your system? Does it
reestablish your cycles? Cant you see the only thing that will get you
power is to adjust subluxation? Since you have educationally shown
him what you were doing and what you propose doing, Mr. Jones is
your friend.
We know of no end to application of cycles. We have worked it out
in trees. It works out even in five combined educated senses.
57
HISTORY REPEATS
In this cycle we have abstract plus concrete. We have taken them in
this form to show what we mean by abstract and concrete.
Concrete is material and abstract is immaterial, and we want to show
how, in consideration, there must be the two together. We start with
Universal Intelligence, and that is abstract. Mental is abstract. Brain
cell is concrete. Transmission is with abstract THRU concrete. Then
comes mental impulseabstract. Concussion of forces is abstract and
concrete opposing each other. Then comes subluxation, which is
concrete. Tissue cell is concrete. Excess or lack of personification
lack of abstract. For instance, we have an excessive personification in
given amount of concrete, or we have an excess or lack of expression,
or an excess or lack of function on same basis. Incoordination between
Innate Intelligence and tissue cell is incoordination between abstract
and concrete. Take tissue cell which is abnormally concrete. Then we
get equivalent vibration. If there is 20 per cent of function in tissue
cell, there will be an equivalent vibration of 90 per cent; 90 per cent
impression and consequently 90 per cent interpretation.
That tissue cell is receiving only 50 per cent of impulse because of a
subluxation cutting off 50 per cent, and there is only 50 per cent
impression, 50 per cent efferent force, and 50 per cent of
interpretation. 50 per cent interpretation is what we call pain. So far
this tissue cell is not getting 100 per cent of function as our basis,
standard, or given fixed quantity; then you can understand how it is
that at any place in a human body where vertebrae are not in normal
position. Wherever there is a subluxation there is bound to be pain. It
may be slightso slight that, educationally, you do not know it, but
Innately you do. It may be slight and hardly perceptible, but it is there.
Any time we adjust a subluxation we interfere with the 50 per cent
current that is there, create impressions which, when reaching Innate
mind are interpreted as pain. Pain, then, is positive which goes with
negative conditions. It is as impossible to have pain in an organ where
there is no subluxation as to say that white is black or that we can have
nighttime during daytime.
We took this illustration upon ground of neutrality of negative and
positive; negative and positive being equal and no difference in
quantity. This is, given 100 per cent of positive working thru
58
CYCLES
100 per cent negative, or 100 per cent of force working thru 100 per
cent of tissue, that tissue and force would be neutral because amount
of one would equal amount of work delivered.
Abnormal complete cycle. Universal Intelligence is 100 per cent.
Innate Intelligence is 100 per cent. Creation is neutral. Brain cell is
100 per cent of negative and 100 per cent of matter. Transformation is
neutral again because change is taking place by 100 per cent of matter
with 100 per cent of force. We get mental impulse and that is purely
neutral again. Then we have propulsion. Propulsion cannot take place
thru nothing. It must take place thru matter called nerves. Elaboration
there is without end.
We trust we have presented some new idea regarding common basis
of cycles. We think you will grant they are fundamentala basis.
How much you get out of this depends upon yourselves. We did not
know how great Chiropractic was until in our mind we grasped
significance of cycles; and we say to you frankly that today (1910) we
are looking at first bucketful of water at seashore of study. We know
little about cycles, yet in spite of that we feel even today we have
added something to the progress of thot; we have made a great
progressive step in bringing out a new phase and making an
interpretation of law that has always been.
Why this unwritten law of Chiropractic of which we hear now and
then? Unwritten law is but an interpretation of a something we know
so insignificantly little of. Be that as it may, we can do our best in
trying to decipher it; and if, in the deciphering process, we do get over
zealous, if we do get over anxious in thinking we want to help more of
our fellow men, if we do dream big dreams, and if, in the presentation
of this thot, they do call us monetary gods, it is but a thing that is
always growing; it is but the attitude of present day toward an idea that
comes on the stage tomorrow. It is but our message to you and it is but
your acceptance of that message.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 8, August,
1910 (41 years ago. ) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
59
CHAPTER 12
The Story Of
SCIENCE OR MONEYWHICH?
By T. J. Owens, D.C.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 10. November,
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Incorporations are pooled business interests and formed of men who
put money into a business for the purpose of getting MORE money. If
they dont get MORE money, they sell their stock and withdraw.
The PSC is an incorporation, but one man owns 1,995 of the 2,000
shares. In any incorporation a given percentage is guaranteed and if
the profits run about that the melon is sliced accordingly. So each man
eats up the profit proportionately to the amount of stock he holds.
The PSC as an incorporation handed back all its profit on 1,995
shares to B. J. Palmer and he again put them back into his business.
He was not working this school for MORE money. MORE science,
art, and philosophy was his cry.
Consider any Chiropractic incorporated school. If the people at large
buy its stock it is to make more money. Consider a $100,000
organized Chiropractic school. And suppose this stock is sold to two
hundred $500 stockholders. They get at least five per cent or they
would not invest it. They expect more, but are satisfied with this
because banks do not usually give more. Five per cent on a $500
investment for one year equals $25. Two hundred men drawing $25
each out of that business reduces its possible new growth $5,000 per
year. Suppose The PSC were incorporated for $100,000 and one man
controlled that stock. And at the end of the year he would put into his
business that five per cent interest ($5,000) more than the other firm.
Thus he would have $5,000 more to invest into a better equipment,
better buildings, better faculty, than his running associates. His school
would grow $5,000 faster in one year. Next year he would
60
SCIENCE OR MONEYWHICH?
get five per cent interest on $105,000, and third year five per cent on
$110,250, and so it would grow. As capital increased, interest
becomes greater.
Suppose, though, profits were much larger than $25 per year, every
$500 the per cent would be higher and more than $5,000 would be
taken out of the business, and if the profits were but equal in the one
mans school then he would put back in more than $5,000. It can be
seen that the one man school (other things being equal) will grow
rapidly, outdistance and be beyond the incorporation where every
stockholder has his hand in the pie.
Look back to what Chiropractic was five years agoan outcast,
little known, in obscurity, barely called an art, having little or no
science (in fact, so little that many of its early graduates had given up
in disgust) and absolutely no philosophy.
Look at what Chiropractic is todayknown the world over, having
approximately 800 followersadjusting 500,000 patients in the
United States alone. There is a small library of literature. The PSC has
a clinic of 550 daily, etc. You older Chiropractors have seen this
science, art, and philosophy growcome forth from the bud to the full
bloom flower. You have seen it grow as if a magic wand had
embraced it.
Who did this, and how came it all to be?
One man was the moving spirit of the wave that is today spreading
over this country and soon to sweep the world. One man worked day
and night, 365 days in the year for five years and more. He, it was,
who developed this art, science, and philosophy and caused you to
professionally respect yourself as a Chiropractor, caused you to shine
in the world of sciences and arts. He it was who gave you foundational
work of all you have that is Chiropractic to give to the world. He, and
to him alone, is due your rights to practice by defending you from time
to time. True, for all this initiative you have helped with kindly
thoughts, appreciative actions, and students galore to fill the halls of
The PSC.
How came it? It was the profits of each year of his business that
went to you in and through a most extensive and expensive
educational campaign. His matter, distributed throughout the world,
will figure over $20,000 for 1910. You have received
61
HISTORY REPEATS
some of ityou will receive more. Thus the profits YOU have helped
this one man to make are coming back to you tenfold. Every student
you send to The PSC in 1910, in 1911 you will get the per cent profit
coming back to help YOUR business grow more. Did you ever think
of this seriously?
One man and the profit YOU have helped to earn have helped us all to
be where we are. Would an incorporation of greedy money-makers do
anything of this kind? Run over the schools that have come and
diedhave they ever done it? Where is there a Chiropractic school,
college, or whatever you care to call it, that has turned their hand once
to help you grow or enlarge the scope of your business in any manner,
shape, or form? When they were working to help themselves, did they
do it in a way to help the mass so that you could benefit thereby also?
Has not this growth been a mutual one wherein the profits of one have
helped all, and the profits of all have helped the liberality of one? The
many have helped the ones profit to be greater and as his profits
increased he did more for you. If many help many, by reciprocation,
one gets much to help the big deeds, big jobs with which to carry on
big broad campaigns.
ThinkTHINK, I say, and then be willing to help to profit those
that help you to profit.
Thats the spirit of growth. And hasnt The PSC lived it?
Year after year, this man has struggledhis allhis profits have
constantly gone back into the business. He cares not for dress. Silk
hats, swallow-tails have no charms for himhe dreamed only of that
science and its propagation. Today he is our recognized peerless and
fearless leader. Today his school is miles ahead of the nearest. Today
he is 100 years ahead of his classes in thought and reasoning. This is
what we gain for his concentrating his profits to ONE end. He had no
stockholders to divide the future growth of his business and risk
receivership from lack of new growth. He did not have ten and fifteen
per cent to divide with 100 or 200 men. All of that high interest went
back into HIS business, to be disposed of as he (the thinker and
reasoner) saw best to accomplish the individual opinions of a universal
plan. Did he have 200 equal men to scrap over this growth with, he
would not have been where he ishis school
62
SCIENCE OR MONEYWHICH?
would not be where it iswould you have been where you are? The
scientific growth would have been hampered and his liberties would
have been constricted, for corporations think OF MONEY, not of
humanity.
The PSC is where it is because all profits go back into The PSC and
from there out to you. No incorporation, having stockholders to divide
profits with, can ever expect to hope to outdistance The PSC. The
growth of The PSC in new lines is in proportion to its individuality
which is best seen watching its foster-father work with it.
If one Chiropractor out of ten could grasp the spirit of B. J.,
Chiropractically, and live his life of devotion and sacrifice to the end
of his ideal, MY what a power Chiropractic would be.
I speak from experienceI have known him intimately for four
yearsI have lived and slept with himand these remembrances are
of the best I ever had. Such devotion to a principle I have never seen
before, nor do I expect to see again.
You will wonder why I write this. I was one of the cellar boys who
learned Chiropractic in a wet, damp, dingy, gas-smelling cellar at dear
old 828 Brady. I was one of the original fourteen that formed The
UCA. I have SEEN occur all that I have stated. It was in my craw
and I wanted to get it out. I feel better now. Thank you.
T. J. Owens, D.C.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 6, No. 10, November,
1910 (41 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
63
CHAPTER 13
The Story Of
DR. D. D. PALMER AS A MAN
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 2, January,
1906 (45 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Dr. D. D. Palmer is a practical man. He has a definite purpose,
therefore he has succeeded; success has crowned his efforts. He is
alive to the opportunities as they present themselves. He observes the
incidents of life through his own eyes, then formulates his ideas by his
own thinking. He accepts existence as it is, then makes the most of
actual conditions. He looks to himself for help. If he receives
assistance from other sources, whether from the wash woman or the
spirit realm, he is just that much ahead.
The restrictions and prohibitions that are intended to cramp his
energies and narrow his opportunities invigorate and broaden his
conception.
He has learned to assert himself, face facts fearlessly, think logically,
prepare his plans, then carry them to fruition dauntlessly.
Emergencies have been thrust upon him often unexpectedly; he has
forcibly arisen and asserted his rights. While mindful of his own just
claims, he is careful of others.
His life-time habit of independent thinking has become invaluable to
him. He is always on the lookout for new methods and better ways of
accomplishing his desires. Brevity is his watchword.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 2, January,
1906 (45 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
64
CHAPTER 14
The Story Of
IMMORTALITY
By Dr. D. D. Palmer
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 3, February
1906 (45 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
What is life, disease, death, and immortality?
These questions have been asked of savants of all ages. They have
remained unanswered until the advent of Chiropractic, which will in
time lift the curtain that hangs between this life and the one beyond.
This science has given an intelligent explanation of disease, and now I
shall attempt, for the first time, to give a comprehensive explanation to
the other three questions.
What is life? How did it create this human mechanism and continue
it as a living entity? From whence does it come and whither does it
go? What is it?
We are acquainted with the outward manifestations of life, disease,
and death, but these are only the symptoms of something real which
the human race has desired to know. We have an instinctive longing to
get back of these; we want to know comprehensively the cause of
each.
Last but not least, we possess an inherent craving, an aspiration to
know what there is beyond this life; what of the immortality of the
soul, spirit, the Innate conscious living intelligence, that never had a
beginning nor will it have an ending?
We do not pretend to fully comprehend any one of these questions;
but Chiropractic has opened the door of intellectual reasoning that will
eventually enlighten the world on these important subjects.
Man is a dual entity. He is composed of the mortal and immortal
the everlastingthat which always existed and always will.
The outward manifestations, symptoms so to speak, are patent to all;
its senses, five or more, make the life of the physical evident. Its
functions are made manifest in procuring comfort and sustenance for
its maintenance.
65
HISTORY REPEATS
Innate Intelligence, known by names soul, spirit, nature,
instinct, subconscious mind and intuition, has duplicate senses
in Educated Intelligence. While the latter cares for the outward needs
of body, former looks after welfare of interior thru its varied functions.
Each has its special work to perform.
The physical body starts from the fecundated germ, is given life by
the male spermatozoa, proceeds to develop the embryo, and thence
forms the foetus.
That which we are pleased to name Innate (born with) is a part of the
mother, not of the outward physical but of the spiritual. It never sleeps
or tires, is not subject to material laws or conditions, does not
recognize darkness or distance; it continues to watch over the
functions of the body as long as they constitute a dual being.
As the scion was a part of the original stock and is not the
embodiment of a new plant, shrub, or tree, until severed, so is Innate a
part of the mother and not another being until separated from the
parent.
Innate has its own consciousness; it is not dependent upon the body
for its existence any more than we are on the house we live in. Its
immortality, its eternal existence do not rely upon the life of the body
it inhabits; it is invincible; it cannot be overcome by material changes;
it is invulnerable, it is not subject to wounds or injuries.
Innate is not the mind, the thinking quality with which we are
familiar. The functions of the brain upon which the mind depends for
outward expression, are like other functions under the control of
Innate. It is behind thot and expresses itself thru it. It can set aside for
consideration the sensations, emotions, passions, desires, or any other
mental phenomena, or physiological functions, and thereby receive
educational impressions thru it.
Innate is self-existent, remains unchanged, is not a part of mental or
physical manifestation; but instead controls these when not hindered
by diseased conditions caused by displacements of the skeletal frame.
The brain does not create the mind any more than the rose does its
color and odor.
The attributes of the mind are under Innates control. Its quality and
characteristic attainments are not a part of it. It is the director of
intelligence, is not its slave but its master. The brain
66
IMMORTALITY
is a medium thru which Innate manifests itself. This intelligence
pervades the universe; each being is a branchyou may call this
universal intelligence God if you choose.
During the condition known as trance, Innate is not able to express
itself thru the Educated brain. This condition simulates in death, in
which there is a total suspension of the power of voluntary
movements, with abolition of all evidence of mental activity and the
reduction to a minimum of all the vital functions, so that the patient
lies still and apparently unconscious of surrounding objects, while the
pulsation of the heart and the breathing, altho still present, are almost
or altogether imperceptible.
In this state or condition the soul, spirit, or Innate has passed out of
and away from the body, existing separate and distant from its earthly
dwelling. Such was the condition often of my deceased wife. On one
occasion she lay for nineteen hours apparently dead, pronounced so by
three physicians. Four hours before the appointed funeral, life was
observed by moisture on a mirror, which had been laid on her face.
This glass is four by five inches, was carried in the rebellion by a
union soldier, and now hangs over my desk. She was returned to her
earthly existence by Dr. Jim Atkinson, deceased, who was then
usually thot of as a crank. He now claims the credit of teaching me the
principles of the science which I have the honor of naming
Chiropractic. He tells me that he advocated the same ideas of disease
as THE CHIROPRACTOR is now putting forth, but humanity was
not then ready to receive them.
While in a trance the body is practically dead but the Innate
conscious being is active, taking in scenes of this and the other life.
On several occasions, when my wife returned to physical
consciousness, she regretted having returned and would say, Oh, why
did you bring me back? A glimpse of the life beyond created within
her a longing to be with her friends whom she saw and with whom she
conversed.
I know from almost daily experience of thirty-five years of which my
five senses are in evidence, that some persons who have lived in this
life continue an intelligent existence. My spiritual knowledge has
become to me material, for it is an expression of consciousness by all
of my five senses. There are many forms of material, as judged by our
sensory faculties.
67
HISTORY REPEATS
In coma and concussion of the brain, the patient does not recall any
experiences during the period of unconsciousness. There is a vast
difference between a trance and coma. In the former, the conscious
intelligence is not restricted by substance, darkness, or distance, as in
the pathological coma. In the latter, there is no means of expression
thru the functions of the body wherein it is confined.
The life with which we are acquainted is of the physical, which
exists as long as Innate occupies the body. To be able to perform the
functions of the body is to live.
Disease consists in deranged functions.
Functions may become so extremely abnormal that Innate cannot
maintain control, making the body untenable. This dissolution we call
death.
Immortality is the life entered by Innate at its birth. The former is
that of the physical; the latter of the spiritual.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 3, February, 1906,
FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
68
CHAPTER 15
The Story Of
A LETTER WRITTEN TO S. M.
LANGWORTHY, D.C., BY D. D. PALMER
WHEN HE WAS CONFINED IN THE SCOTT
COUNTY JAIL, APRIL, 1906
THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906,
(45 years ago.) Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Dear Doctor:
I wrote you a card, as I have done to many Chiropractors. I had not
time to do otherwise. You know Old Dad Chiro is a busy man.
At 10:00 a.m. today, I will have in four days. I do not know that I
ever felt happier in my life. I have had my breakfast which consists of
good bread, poor coffee, and poor molasses. I have a good appetite.
The first day was the worst. My room (cell) was very filthy with
tobacco juice and dirt. I have put in one hour each day. Now I have it
nice and clean. My rent is paid for three and a half months. This
includes water, steam heat, and janitor.
In my filthy quarters I did not desire my wife to see me; but today
she has an invitation which she will fill. She is a Latter Day Saint,
therefore knows what the first Mormons had to go through. Think that
she will be brave in a good cause.
Now I am writing to you not as a friend of mine but that you may be
able to know the situation and be able to put the boys on.
There are two features to this; two objects, viz., the doctors want to
put us out of business and the lawyers want our money. We are not
worth defending unless we pay for it. Unless the prosecuting attorney
can secure a fine for the county, it is useless and foolish for him to put
the county to an expense. If he can make us pay the fine and costs,
then he has done a nice thing for himself and county. The sentiment
expressed plainly is, a man that wont pay his fine.
69
HISTORY REPEATS
It is a question whether it is best to hire a lawyer or not. But it is the
thing to do to not pay a fine. I had plenty of matter written up for it
when my trial came. But owing to the change in affairs, the contents
of this issue will be changed from what was intended.
Chiropractors cannot educate a lawyer as to the difference between
Chiropractic and the medical practice in a few days. My old lawyer
was away so I had to secure another.
The Judge gave such a ruling that the jury could not help but give a
verdict of guilty of practicing medicine, surgery, and obstetrics
without a license. I got in a good speech, altho interrupted by the
Judge three times. I told him why Judge Bollinger could not serve on
my case. Why Con Murphy, county assistant prosecutor, would not
prosecute. While the Judge was set against me, he heard some plain
facts and so did the large audience which contained many lawyers. I
was in my best talking humor. The next Chiropractor will contain my
speech, as our stenographer was there and took it down.
After it was over, Con Murphy told the Judge how I had cured him
two years ago of sciatica, by one move. The Judge expressed his
surprise by saying, I thought he was a quack that you wanted to make
an example of.
A Jew taught me a lesson several years ago. It comes in play just
now. It is this: Let those pay the costs and the expense of boarding
me. I dont want to pay costs, or fine, let those pay it who want to.
If all Chiropractors will band together in doing as the discoverer and
developer of Chiropractic has done, there will soon be an end to
prosecuting us.
We have taken in more money during the few days I have been here
than ever before for the same length of time.
Many of our friends thot we did not pay the fine because of lack of
means and very kindly offered to loan us the amount needed. We
thanked them very kindly and informed them that we did not need it;
that we were in for a princiPLE not for lack of princiPAL.
We find, as expected, that Chiropractic is receiving much free
advertising. Many papers have commented on it.
70
A LETTER WRITTEN TO S. M. LANGWORTHY
Dont worry about the discoverer and developer of this science. He
never felt better in his life than he does this morning. It does not hurt
him when he thinks how he has been lied about by those whom he has
accommodated, those who ought to be under many obligations to him
for past favors, including the present.
I am pleased that it has been my lot to be incarcerated for the science
which I have devoted so many years to develop. It will do more good
in advertising than for any one of our students or graduates to have
been placed in the same position.
One of our students stands 6 ft. 3 inches, had been an Osteopath for
several years. He says: You have been having it easy to what we
Osteopaths had it at first.
I expect to win out on this; then we may have a tilt with Osteopathy.
We have a number of Osteopaths who will stand by us in stating that
Chiropractic is not Osteopathy. Iowa will allow those from other states
to testify as experts. Wisconsin has a statute which does not allow
those from outside of the state to testify as an expert.
The Salvation Army, Christian Scientists, and others have won out
by doing just as I am doing. Will Chiropractic do the same?
I remain, as ever, the discoverer and developer of the science of
Chiropractic, and am ready to stand by it.
This is the first letter written from my new office which is furnished
by the county. I have given two adjustments which gave reliefmust
not say cure or heal for the State Board has a copyright on that.
As ever.
D. D. Palmer.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906 FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
71
CHAPTER 16
The Story Of
JUDGE BARKERS INSTRUCTION
TO THE JURY
(Case of State of Iowa vs. D. D. Palmer)
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
In the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Scott County.
Gentlemen of the Jury:
1. The indictment in this case charges the defendant with the crime
of practicing medicine, surgery, or obstetrics without having procured
and filed for record a certificate of the State Board of Medical
Examiners.
To this charge the defendant has interposed a plea of not guilty; it is
therefore incumbent on the State to prove every fact essential to
establish a guilt in order to warrant conviction and to do this the proof
must be made fully. It must conform substantially to the allegations of
the indictment and must establish guilt beyond any reasonable doubt.
2. A reasonable doubt as the words import, a doubt of guilt, which is
founded in reason. It must be a real, substantial doubt and not one that
is merely fanciful or imaginary. It must not be sought after nor should
evidence be strained in order to produce it, for when it is such a doubt
as the law recognizes it arises fairly and naturally in the mind upon a
full consideration of all the facts and circumstances in evidence in the
case. If upon such consideration of the evidence the mind hesitates
and is unable to arrive at a conclusion of guilt, that is entirely
satisfactory to itself, this will be a reasonable doubt and the defendant
should be given the benefit of it as such. If, however, the facts and cir-
cumstances proved are in your judgment so clear and satisfactory as to
exclude from your mind all such doubts, they should be
72
JUDGE BARKERS INSTRUCTION TO THE JURY
taken as true and if they go to the whole case and are against the
defendant it will be your duty to convict of such offense as may be
proved as hereinafter stated.
3. The facts essential to establish the guilt of a defendant or any of
such facts may be shown by evidence either direct or circumstantial.
Direct evidence is the evidence of witnesses to a fact or facts in issue,
of which they have knowledge by means of their senses.
Circumstantial evidence is that which tends to establish a fact or facts
in issue, by the proofs of collateral facts, from which it may be
reasonably and logically deduced that the ultimate fact exists which is
thus sought to be established.
In order, however, to warrant a conviction upon circumstantial
evidence alone the facts proved must not only be consistent with the
guilt of the accused, but they must also be inconsistent with any
rational theory of his innocence.
4. For many years the practice of medicine and surgery has been
recognized by common consent of all civilized nations, as well as by
their laws, as one of the learned professions, requiring peculiar skill
and knowledge upon the part of those professing to follow it.
So little do people generally know of the subject that in no
profession, occupation or calling are the people more easily or readily
imposed upon, and to guard the people against the effects of
imposition or ignorance, the legislatures of a number of the states,
including our own, have passed statutes requiring that all persons
practicing the art of healing shall have some knowledge of the nature
of disease, its origin, its anatomical and physiological features, and its
causative relations, and that such knowledge shall be evidenced by a
certificate of the State Board of Medical Examiners.
Statutes are not for the purpose of discriminating against or in favor
of any school, or method of practice, nor do they have that effect.
They simply attempt to require knowledge of certain subjects deemed
by the legislature essential to enable the practitioner to intelligently
administer to the needs of the sick and leave it to him to apply that
knowledge as his judgment dictates.
That portion of our Iowa statutes bearing upon this question material
to this particular case, is substantially as follows:
73
HISTORY REPEATS
Any person who shall practice medicine, surgery, or obstetrics in the
state without first having obtained and filed for record in the office of
the recorder of the County in which he resides, a certificate of the
State Board of Medical Examiners, which shall confer upon him the
right to practice medicine, surgery, and obstetrics, and who is not
embraced in any of the exceptions provided for therein, is guilty of a
misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not less than
three hundred dollars and not more than five hundred dollars and shall
stand committed to the County Jail until such fine is paid.
The exceptions referred to are: 1st. Students of medicine, surgery, or
obstetrics, who have had not less than two courses of lectures in a
medical school in good standing and who prescribe under the
supervision of preceptors or gratuitously in cases of emergency. 2nd.
Those who sell or prescribe mineral waters flowing from wells or
springs. 3rd. Surgeons of the United States Army or Navy or of the
Marine Hospital service. 4th. Physicians or midwives who at the time
of the passage of the act covering this subject, had procured from the
Board a certificate permitting them to practice without a diploma or an
examination. 5th. Physicians as defined in the statute, who at the date
of the taking effect of the act governing this subject, to-wit, January,
1887, had been in practice in this state for five consecutive years, three
of which had been in one locality. 6th. Filling prescriptions by a
registered pharmacist. 7th. Advertising and selling patent or
proprietory medicines.
5. Practicing medicine, surgery, or obstetrics is being a physician as
used in the statute is defined thereby as: 1st. Publicly professing to be
a physician, surgeon, or obstetrician and assuming the duties. 2nd.
Making a practice of prescribing, or of prescribing and furnishing
medicine for the sick. 3rd. Publicly professing to cure or heal.
6. The indictment in this case is based upon this statute, which the
state claims that defendant, D. D. Palmer, has violated. It is couched in
the language of the statute and the facts charged therein essential to
establish the guilt of the defendants are: 1st. That on or about
December 1, 1904, and continually since that day and up to the 7th
day of October, 1905, the day of finding the indictment, the defendant
did unlawfully practice medicine,
74
JUDGE BARKERS INSTRUCTION TO THE JURY
surgery, and obstetrics, and did publicly profess to cure and heal. 2nd.
That this was done in Scott County, Iowa. 3rd. That defendant had not
first obtained a certificate from the Board of Medical Examiners of the
State of Iowa conferring upon him the right to practice medicine,
surgery, or obstetrics and recorded the same. 4th. That the defendant
was not embraced within any one of the seven exceptions to the
statute, naming them, in paragraph 5 of these instructions specifically
set out.
These essential facts, or charges, as already stated to you must have
been proven to you by the evidence in the case, beyond a reasonable
doubt or you should find defendant not guilty. If they have been so
proven you should find him guilty.
7. Proceeding to examine these four charges you should first inquire
whether or not the defendant did, during the period charged to-wit,
between December 1, 1904, and October 7, 1905, practice medicine,
surgery, or obstetrics as defined by the statute.
As stated to you in paragraph 5 of these instructions the statute
provides three different conditions or acts, the doing of any one of
which constitutes practicing medicine within its provisions. Only one
of these is charged in this indictment, namely, that the defendant did
publicly profess to cure or heal. You should therefore confine your
inquiries to this one charge.
8. To publicly profess to cure or heal, means to announce to the
public generally his claim of skill in the art of healing, with the
purpose of treating the maladies of those who may engage his
attention.
Such announcement may be made in various ways, though it is
usually done by means of printed advertisements in circulars, papers,
or other publications.
The scope of your inquiries in this case is further limited by the fact
that the only evidence before you in this case as to such public
profession on the part of defendant is that referring to his connection
with the magazine or journal called THE CHIROPRACTOR, copies
of which have been introduced.
As to that you are instructed that if you find from an examination of
the matter in these magazines which the County Attorney has read to
you that such matter contained therein, or any of it, constitutes an
announcement to the public generally of a claim
75
HISTORY REPEATS
of skill upon the part of defendant in the art of healing, and further
find from all of the evidence in the case that such matter was
published in the case with his knowledge and consent, and that in
making such announcement he had the purpose of treating the disease
or sickness of those who come to him in response thereto to engage
his attention, all of which you must first find beyond a reasonable
doubt, you should find that he did publicly profess to cure or heal
within the meaning of the statute and proceed to the consideration of
the remaining charges of the indictment. If you do not so find you
should proceed no farther but should return a verdict of not guilty.
9. The charge in the indictment is that such public profession of
curing and healing was continually made by the defendant from
December 1, 1904, to October 7, 1905. It is not necessary, however, in
order to warrant a conviction for the State to prove such continuous
profession. It is sufficient if it has established by the evidence that the
defendant, beyond a reasonable doubt, did at any time between the
dates named, publicly profess to cure and heal, as hereinbefore
explained to you.
10. You should next determine whether the public profession of
defendant to cure or heal, if you should find he did so profess, was
made in Scott County, Iowa. If you should find that it was, you should
then pass to an examination of the next charges. If not, you should
acquit.
11. The defendant can not be found guilty under this indictment
unless you also find beyond a reasonable doubt that he did not before
profess to cure and heal, procure from the Board of Medical
Examiners of the State, a certificate authorizing him to practice. The
statute also provides that such certificate shall be filed by the holder in
the office of the recorder of the county where he resides.
In order to substantiate its claim that the certificate of defendant, if
he has one, was not recorded in Scott County, the State has introduced
the register of Physicians and Surgeons of Scott County which the
recorder of Scott County has testified contains the record made by that
office of the physicians certificates filed therein, and is the only
record of such certificates kept in that office.
76
JUDGE BARKERS INSTRUCTION TO THE JURY
If you should find from this and from all of the evidence in the case
that the defendant did not file any such certificate in the office of the
recorder of Scott County, then the burden is upon him to show that he
did in fact have such certificate, and it is for you to say from all of the
evidence in the case whether he did or did not have it. If he had you
must acquit him. If he had not you should proceed to the next inquiry.
12. As to the fourth charge, namely, that the defendant was not
embraced within any one of the seven exceptions to the statute which I
have above enumerated, the burden is upon the defendant to prove to
you that he was within one of them, if he so claims to be. If he has not
done so you should find that he was not embraced within them or any
of them.
13. If you find against the defendant upon all of the four essential
facts to which I have called your attention in the 6th paragraph of this
charge you should find him guilty. If you do not you should acquit
him.
14. You by the law are made the sole judges of the credibility of the
witnesses who have appeared before you and of the right to be given
to all of the evidence introduced in the case, under your oaths as jurors
you have undertaken to decide the case in accordance with that
evidence and these instructions. With the wisdom of the statute, or the
character of the practice or other business of defendant, if any such is
shown by the evidence, you are not concerned.
It is your duty as I feel assured it is your desire to decide only that
one question, namely, did the defendant in Scott County, Iowa, at the
time stated publicly profess to cure or heal, he not having first
procured a certificate and not being within one of the exceptions by
the statute provided, all as hereinbefore explained.
You should not allow anything to divert your minds from the
decision of that one issue.
If, from all of the evidence, you are satisfied beyond a reasonable
doubt that the defendant did so public profess to cure and heal not
having a certificate and not being within one of such exceptions you
would be justified in finding him guilty. If you do not, you should
acquit him.
77
HISTORY REPEATS
Herewith I hand you two forms of verdict. When you have reached
your conclusions, select the one which expresses them, have it signed
by one of your number selected by you as foreman and bring it into
court as your verdict.
A. P. Barker, Judge.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
78
CHAPTER 17
The Story Of
D. D. PALMERS ADDRESS TO THE JUDGE
When Asked Have You Any Reason Why
Sentence Should Not Be Passed Upon You?
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Your Honor, I am pleased to have the opportunity of saying
something in my defense. I have lived in Davenport twenty years.
Have followed my practice unmolested. I have been interfered with six
times. The jury was not to blame for rendering the verdict they did.
Behind the jury was the judge, who gave his instructions. Behind the
judge was the medical law. This law was not made by the people, but
by the medical profession. It was made for the purpose of protecting
that profession; not for protecting you and me.
I, as D. D. Palmer, the discoverer and developer, the originator of
Chiropractic, who has brought into this city for the last twenty years
from $5,000 to $25,000 cash to be expended among you; I, the
developer of Chiropractic, feel that I have a constitutional liberty to
the discovery that I have made and the people have the right to it.
When Con Murphy came in here yesterday, the assisting prosecuting
attorney, he did not offer his services as prosecuting attorney. He was
brought into my office suffering excruciating pain from sciatic
rheumatism, and was cured with one adjustment. It was a crime to tell
it.
Dr. P. M. Bracelin was cured of rheumatism he had had since a boy,
by four adjustments. Chiropractic adjustments are not known and
never were until I developed them. It is not Osteopathy. I feel that
those are my thoughts, my ideas, and as the seal of Iowa says: Our
liberties we prize and our rights we will maintain. This I will do even
if behind the bars.
79
HISTORY REPEATS
Now then the prosecuting attorney made a very fine finish. I
anticipated it, but my attorneys did not. Why did not Dr. D. D.
Palmer seek protection from the State of Iowa? When you become
acquainted with D. D. Palmer you will find a different kind of a man
Osteopathy had existed 47 years before it was recognized by a single
state, and then Osteopaths had only six students. Chiropractic has been
existing 10 years and last year The Palmer School of Chiropractic
turned out 30 students. Among these were M.D.s, Eclectics,
Homeopaths, and Osteopaths. Dr. W. W. Baileys wife was cured of
cancer of the right breast and he was man enough to pay $500 to learn
Chiropractic. He has cured typhoid fever with one adjustment. It is a
crime for me to tell it, though. The Medical Board of the State of Iowa
say it is a crime to publicly tell of any good you have done in this line.
The Osteopaths today are given credit by the Medical Fraternity to
be ahead of them in anatomy, physiology, and other necessary
branches they are studying. Last April, 40 Osteopaths applied for
examination in the State of Illinois and not one of them passed. One of
the California gentlemen told me he had in his possession the
questions before hand and the way he got them was by greasing their
paws with money.
Your Honor, I ask for the benefit of the county that you make the
penalty as light as possible that the county shall be put to no more
expense than necessary, so that it will not take so long to eat out my
board bill. I do this, Your Honor, conscientiously. Chiropractic is
mine. I will stand by it as long as I live, even behind the bars. There
are today 500 practitioners. I do not expect my enemies to favor me. I
ask Your Honor to be as lenient as you can so as to put the county to
as little expense as possible.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
80
CHAPTER 18
The Story Of
WHY DOESNT MR. PALMER PAY
HIS FINE?
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
D. D. Palmer does not pay his fine because he thinks it unjust.
Consequently, he looks upon it as a holdup.
Think of fining a man for doing good. The only complaint made was
that he did not procure a permit from his competitors, his enemies.
Competition should be the law of trade; survival of the fittest; special
privileges to none, an open field for all. Such is American.
D. D. Palmer and his son could have kept the science of Chiropractic
entirely to themselves; but instead they are teaching it to Allopaths,
Homeopaths, Eclectics, Osteopaths, Ophthalmologists, and the laity.
These desire to learn the best method of relieving mankind of their
ailments.
Chiropractic is an innovation making inroads on therapeutical
methods, such as the world has never before witnessed. It adjusts the
cause of disease, instead of treating the effects. All methods,
heretofore, have treated effects. It is high time that we should find the
cause of ailments and adjust them.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
81
CHAPTER 19
The Story Of
TRUTH CRUSHED TO EARTH WILL
RISE AGAIN
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The crucifying of Jesus did not retard his teachings.
When John Brown was hung, altho by the authority of the United
States, that act made as many abolitionists as he had drops of blood.
His good work went marching on.
The murder of Joseph and Hiram Smith of Nauvoo, Illinois, did not
retard their teachings. All this rumpus about Smoot is advertising
mormonism. They realize the injustice but have an inward satisfaction
in knowing that such work is making converts.
The Chicago papers tried to down John Alexander Dowie, but they
only advertised him and made him worth $28,000,000. The last few
years, they have ceased to persecute him, and the result is, he has lost
his grip and is cast out by his followers.
Homeopathy had prejudice to overcome and a fight against the
established allopaths. Osteopathy did not develop numbers for nearly
50 years. When the medical fraternity began their crusade, then they
increased.
Persecution sweetens the work of martyrs. Placing D. D. Palmer
behind iron bars, confining him to a space 7 x 9 feet, does not cramp
his intellect. His brain is active. Often in the midnight hours he arises
and writes articles which adorn the pages of this issue.
Such men as D. D. Palmer turn defeat into success.
Dr. Palmers prison life is being sweetened by the remembrance of
many aches and pains he has relieved.
Cure and heal are two of the Allopathic sign boards. They use them as
a contrast to Disease is an enemy which we must combat. We must
charge it with shot and shell. Medical doctors
82
TRUTH CRUSHED TO EARTH WILL RISE AGAIN
have bravely fought for the lives of their children. They have used the
best weapons they could plan and build. They have failed to batter
down and take the forts of the enemy, because the enemy had guns
and ammunition of greater strength and longer range. They will boast
of their armamentarium, how well they are fortified and prepared to
fight the invader. They swell up with self conceit and talk about
stamping out disease. They will tell you of their great fight with
epidemics, and how they came off victorious. They display on their
bulletin boards their patient fighting for life, and there is one chance
left.
Why not learn the cause of disease and find that the origin is within
the person afflicted; that it is but disturbed function? All functions are
performed by and thru nerves. Nerves impinged in any one of the 300
joints of the bony frame work cause abnormal action, resulting in
symptoms we name disease. M.D.s talk about fighting disease,
stamping it out, strengthening their armamentarium so that they may
conquer and come off the battlefield victorious.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
83
CHAPTER 20
The Story Of
DR. D. D. PALMER TALKS IN JAIL
Will Serve Entire Sentence Rather Than Pay Fine.
Confined in a Cell 9 x 11 Feet, and Treated as Ordinary Prisoner.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906, FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Dr. D. D. Palmer who is serving a 105-day sentence in the county
jail, was interviewed in his cell Sunday afternoon by a Democrat
representative who inquired how jail life was agreeing with him. To
this question, Dr. Palmer replied:
Its not so bad as some people might suppose. The first day naturally was the
hardest to bear; the second day was easier; and so on until now I am reconciled to
my fate. I am here for a principle which is Chiropractic. This is mine. I discovered
and developed it. No medical school has ever practiced or used it. In doing so I
am not practicing surgery, medicine, or obstetrics. I am opposed to the practice of
medicine in all its branches.
WILL NOT PAY FINE
Many people are saying on the street that you will soon become
tired of jail life and pay your fine in order to be released, stated the
reporter to Dr. Palmer. To this information, the doctor replied:
I will pay no fine and will serve out the entire sentence if required to do so. I
feel less and less every day like paying a fine. A rather interesting incident
occurred in connection with my sentence. After I went to jail, several parties
phoned to my home and others called offering to lend me money with which to
pay my fine. I am not in cell for lack of princiPAL but for an abundance of
princiPLE.
IN A SMALL CELL
Ever since Dr. Palmer went to jail, the general impression has
prevailed over town that he was a prisoner in name only and was
given special privileges, etc., while serving his sentence.
This is a false impression. When The Democrat representative called
at the jail and asked Turnkey Eldridge to see Dr. Palmer.
84
DR D. D. PALMER TALKS IN JAIL
the turnkey picked up his bunch of keys and led the reporter through
the jail corridor to the east wing of the jail. At a certain cell, Mr.
Eldridge stopped, inserted the key in the steel door, and swung it
open. Inside this cell, which is 9 x 11 feet in dimension, was Dr.
Palmer. He entered this cell on the morning he began serving his
sentence and has not stepped out of it since.
In the cell is a cot, two chairs, a small table, and a typewriter. The
only things the doctor is allowed in his cell that are not found in the
cells of the other prisoners are the extra chair, the table, and the
typewriter, books, literature, flowers, plants, and writing materials.
CLEANS CELL HIMSELF
A noticeable feature about the cell in which Dr. Palmer is confined
is its cleanliness. Soon after entering it, Dr. Palmer himself went to
work and gave it a thorough scrubbing. Every morning he spends an
hour or so in cleaning it, and making it as attractive as possible.
Dr. Palmer states he is treated well by all the jail officials and has no
complaint to make. Only one thing I would like to do which they will
not allow me, stated the doctor, is to hang out my sign over the
window to my cell.
TIME PASSES QUICKLY
Continuing, Dr. Palmer, who by the way is the elder doctor and not
the son, as is misunderstood by some, said:
Time passes very quickly in jail. I spend the time in reading, writing, and
studying Chiropractic. I am living on the prison food and have requested my
family not to send me any delicacies. Prison food is not bad. I can stand it. As
long as my wife and son stand by me, I will be patient and remain contented. You
see, some friends sent me those beautiful flowers today. Well, I certainly
appreciate this kind remembrance, also visits of my friends who have come to the
jail to see me.Democrat, 4/2/06.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, April-May, 1906 FORTY-FIVE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
85
CHAPTER 21
The Story Of
THE HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF
CHIROPRACTIC
By D. D. Palmer
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 11, October, 1906,
FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
You want to hear something in regard to the History and Philosophy
of Chiropractic. That is why I arose at 2:00 a.m. this morning. In
giving this, there are many minor details altho they were interesting
and instructive to me, which will be omitted for want of time. I must
also remember that as students you are supposed to have read my
articles of the past so I must present to your view something new; or at
least give it in such manner that it will not be a tiresome repetition.
My environments, over which I have no control, have forced me into
Chiropractic. I have done the best I could; angels could not have done
better. If my surroundings had been different, I might have
accomplished more towards enlightening mankind as to the cause of
disease. I will, however, leave the world the better for my having lived
in it, which is more than many an M.D. can say.
I am requested to give you a knowledge of facts and events which
led up to the discovery and development of the science which I had
the honor of naming Chiropractic. Even this credit has been denied me
by a few who have tried to wrest it from me.
For ten years I practiced the healing art under the name of magnetic.
I then laid my hands on the diseased parts and did not slap or rub as is
usually done by vital healers. I now see that I then reduced the
over-excited inflamed condition of nerves, or vitalized the depressed
state. That is all there is to mental and physical magnetic treatment, no
matter by what known or the power supposed to exist behind the
influence.
86
THE HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF CHIROPRACTIC
Before discovering that diseases are caused by luxated bones, I had
learned many things which led up to and were a part of untold value in
developing the science of Chiropractic. For example, I had found that
strabismus, vacillation of the eyes, lippitudo, commonly known as
blear eyes, being a chronic inflammation of the tarsal margins, which
are red; gums receding from the teeth, leaving them bare to the
alveolar process; paralysis agitans were accompanied and I then
supposed were caused by spinal nerves in bundles known to the
medical profession as thirty-one-pairs of nerves; that these leash fibres
passed to various portions of the body; then I comprehended why the
above mentioned diseases co-existed with each other. An
impingement of the nerves (fibre bundles) as it passes thru a foramen,
composed of two bones, notches which slide upon each other, thereby
contracting or enlarging the opening, may press upon one or more of
these fibres or change from one fibre to another, when impinged by
occlusion. Here is the explanation why strabismus, eye balls
vacillating, and paralysis agitans are caused by nerves being very
much compressed; while blear eyes, granulated eyelids, gums in-
flamed and swollen, even to forming pus, are because of a slight
pressure. These affections are often found in the same person at the
same time. When we find any one of the above conditions, we know
where to locate, and how to remove the pressures.
This same Chiropractic knowledge locates the cause of exopthalmis
goitre at S.P., which consists of protusions of the eyes, enlargement of
the thyroid gland, violent action of the heart, indigestion, and other
physical disturbances. At S.P. there are nerve fibres which go to and
end in all the disturbed localities.
Chiropractors have no use for such explanations as sympathetic
one ailment causing another.
B. J. Palmer was the first person who learned that a light pressure
produced inflammation, an excessive amount of heat, over functional
activity; while a heavy pressure caused paralysis, lack of function.
This new thot brot much light on what was otherwise obscure. It
explains why mental and physical magnetic influence returned the
functions of nerves to their normal amount of action, the healer
controlling, more or less, the nerves of the patient. The same principle
holds true in our day as twenty centuries ago, when The Great Healer
Himself took our infirmities and bore our sicknesses.
87
HISTORY REPEATS
I have always made it a rule to keep my eyes and ears open, never
afraid to gather information from nature, washwomen or angels. I
want you to learn to grasp new thots after thoro investigation; think
independently for yourselves. It is surprising how few dare to
investigate, preferring to follow blindly in the footsteps of others. To
illustrate: For hundreds of years we have been told, none dared to
think otherwise, that a certain number and size of gold fish should be
kept or shipped in a certain quantity of water. Several years ago, I
discovered that it was surface not depth that was needed; that as many
fish could be kept or shipped in a depth of 3 inches as 3 feet. The
amount of oxygen received depends upon surface and plant growth,
not depth. I have 45 fish, average length 5 inches. These are kept in a
tank of 7 square feet surface. Water never changes; fish never fed. A
year ago I would have thot this impossible. The receiver of fish has
been paying the express companies for three times as much weight of
water as is required. Follow nature. Chiropractic is founded on natural
lawstrue anatomy.
The gold fish dealer is always asked: How often do you change the
water? What do you feed them? This method of reasoning, born of
superstition, is as wrong and unnatural as it is to treat the effects
instead of adjusting cause. Reason depends upon and is acquired by
education; we think as we have been instructed. Nature never changes
the water in ponds. The aquarium is but a small one, controlled by the
same natural laws. Under natural conditions fish are never fed from
the hand of man. They find their sustenance in the water, vegetation
that grows there. When lakes, ponds, or puddles become warm, the
water is made green on the surface or the water itself becomes so,
unless there is sufficient amount of plants growing in it. This green is
but vegetation, the more heat and sunshine the greater the amount. The
more trees on land, the less grass. The more water plants, the clearer
will the water be. Gold fish eat only in warm weather; they live on
growing green vegetables and should not be fed on any other food.
The less you feed and change the water, the longer will your fish live
in a healthy condition.
We have been accustomed to think and speak of still water, made
green with vegetation, as stagnant, malarial, a breeder of
88
THE HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF CHIROPRACTIC
diseases. This is allopathic, and like all their ideas is false. The
vegetation in the water does not create disease, any more than similar
growth on land. Fish dealers advise keeping water plants in aquariums
for aerating, to furnish oxygen. It is far more important as food for
young fish acquiring saleable size. It is amusing and instructive for us
to watch hundreds of plump, sleek, baby fish eat growing plants.
If the aquarium water becomes too green, too full of vegetation, so
that inmates cannot be readily seen, give less light. Do not feed gold
fish any kind of food from the table, other than green vegetables
growing in their water element. Never speak of green water in a
derisive manner; it is not impure or foul, just because nature sees fit to
grow vegetation.
Chiropractic is a science built on natures order. All therapeutical
methods have originated in superstition, therefore fanatical and
bigoted. Chiropractors have dared to ask why functions are
abnormally performed, and have looked to nature for an answer.
The originator of Chiropractic was surrounded at birth with the
forest primeval of Canada. His cradle was the bark of hemlock, curled
into suitable shape by the sun. He loved to study creation as he found
it. By seeking, he discovered that irregularities existing between
bones, constituting the frame of the human body, caused all the
miseries named disease. Chiropractors have not been content with this
amount of understanding; they comprehend that all animated nature,
where the nervous system depends upon a backbone, is subject to the
same laws.
Mankind are poisoned by obnoxious air, food, water, and drugs. Our
domestic fowls are made sick by the effluvia from accumulated
droppings under the roost. Superstitions, mistaken benevolence, feed
the gold fish oatmeal, crackers and bread from the table, creating such
diseases as dropsy, varicolity of the fins and tail, in which red bloody
streaks appear. They become agglutinated, the tissue between the
spines decays, leaving the extremities looking like disarranged bristles
on a brush. Frequently portions of the body become covered with
fungus, instead of its slimy protection. All these diseases are by
unnatural food, which poisons the fish as much so as other vertebrates
are poisoned. Poison acts upon the sensory nerves; they in turn control
the
89
HISTORY REPEATS
motor, which draws vertebrae out of alignment, whether in man,
horse, fowl, or fish. A book on gold fish says, A keeper of an
aquarium should understand how to administer remedies. I would
replace this advice with An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of
cure.
Treating effects has been born of superstitious reasoning. Two
hundred years ago amulets and charms were prescribed by allopaths;
in fact, they were used in my boyhood days. Specific, pure,
unadulterated Chiropractic is the first to cut out all superstitious
methods.
My mother was as full of witchcraft and superstition as an egg is full
of meat; my father, on the contrary, had none of either.
Chiropractic principles are not new; they existed as long as
backbones. They were recently discovered. How much more there is
for you and me to learn is a question which time alone will solve.
You may think this article somewhat fishy; but if I have caused you
to consider, giving you one idea that will help to liberate your mind
from the allopathic method of meditating, treating effects, then you
will have been benefitted, and I will have accomplished my purpose.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. II, No. 11, October 1906,
FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
90
CHAPTER 22
The Story Of
THANKSGIVING
Toast Delivered by Uncle Howard Nutting at The P.S.C.
Thanksgiving Dinner, 1906.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, Nos. 1-2,
December-January, 1906-07FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are thankful we are not as other men. Friends of Chiropractic do
not claim superiority except we DO know how to keep in proper
condition to enjoy an occasion of this nature.
Many surrounding their tables today, heavily laden with the choicest
of foods that can be conjured by chefs, are unable to relish the
smallest portion of their Thanksgiving dinner. Too rich, sweet, or
highly seasoned and dare not partake for fear of results. There is
nothing deficient or excessive in its preparation. They are not hungry;
or, if so, their taste demands something different from what is before
them. Being diseased, their taste demands likewise; the cook being
blamed for the consequent symptoms and causes being within
themselves.
These unfortunates are to be pitied rather than blamed. Like the
Wise Men of the East, Chiropractic has discovered the star of health,
which has been strictly followed. Others have heard of an imaginary
Health Star; only Chiropractors have beheld its brilliancy. Perhaps our
friends or foes have conversed with those who have bathed in its
gleams, enjoyed its blessings. Instead of investigating or beholding,
they have fled onthey knew not wherewith the little strength at
their command, lest they might be so blinded by its dazzling
brightness that they would be unable to enjoy the effects of quinine,
cocaine, and strychnine, or feel the soothing effects of mustard
plasters or blisters produced by castor oil.
Frequently we reach a fallen victim, weak and exhausted, unable to
keep up with that demented throng who, under the lash
91
HISTORY REPEATS
Chiropractic stars rays. Lift him. No sooner does he behold the of
drug dispensers are forced on lest they be overtaken by the happy,
healthy, rosy cheeks of which a Chiropractic following is composed,
than a new and brighter hope cheers him onward.
The wicked flee when no man pursueth, but the righteous are bold
as a lion. Chiropractic marches steadily onward, knowing full well
that to keep guided by this lucky star is to be a happy and healthy
people.
Our sick brothers cannot escape, no matter how fast they are driven;
they may be kept just beyond the reach of this particular star but new
constellations are being rapidly created. The firmament will soon be
studded with shining gems of light of such intensity that it will be
impossible to be driven into grottos where these rays of light will not
permeate. They need only to be allowed to see to be convinced. The
time is rapidly approaching when all will be alight. Darkness of
superstition and mystery will be bounded into narrower confines.
If there are any present who suffer inconvenience from the effects of
this tempting and bountiful supply of edibles, let him or her step into
the adjusting rooms, ring the class gong, and two score and ten of
willing hearts and helping hands will respond and relieve them.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, Nos. 1-2,
December-January, 1906-07FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
92
CHAPTER 23
The Story Of
CELL TISSUES AS BASIS OF LIFE
Interesting Lecture Delivered by Dr. B. J. Palmer

Chiropractic Is First School that Has Bridged the

Gulf Between Mental and Physical Phenomena.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. III, Nos. 1-2,
December-January, 1906-07FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Chiropractic is the first school that has bridged the gulf which has
existed between the mental and physical phenomena. No school, up to
the advent of Chiropractic, has made practical the study of the missing
link between them. We will tonight reach another step; one that
involves a more physiological principle owing to its demonstration in
the living bodyhow action of impulse is converted into
manifestations of life in tissue cells to make one future unit.
The two sex elements fused present millions of germinated
microscopic cells, every one representing many other nucleated cells,
each of which is capable of enlargement, and by the process of cell
expansion makes many other cells apparent. This is supposed to be
cell division, but they are transforming thru the process of cell
expansion from the germinal stage.
The growth of the body is a process of expansion of millions of
germinal cells that are deposited under favorable circumstances, the
expansion of which develops in various tissues. The fetus expands to
the child, the child to youth, the youth to adult, the adult to aged
period. At last period all creative or sub-layers of cells have been
utilized and enlarged; supply is spent and reserve force is gone. Old
age cells have been expanded and utilized. When the full expansion of
cells has taken place, at any age, death is the result. Youth of sixteen
may have all cells abnormally expanded; if so, death is result.
93
HISTORY REPEATS
Each living unit, whether it be a plant or human, has a certain
number of reserve cells to take the place of those that have been
utilized in normal functions of man. These should, in the normal, pass
outward at a gradual rate of speed. This always depends upon supply
and demand. Life is shortened in proportion to the extensive abnormal
demand made upon reserve cells. If one hundred years is normal life,
and one-third of reserve cells have been used by disease before
sixty-six years, then life reaches an end at 66 2/3 years. He has used
100 per cent of reserve cells in period of 66 years. If degenerating
diseases are not existent, life would mature to a normal fruitage.
Life exists in two forms. The mental, which we do not feel, hear, or
recognize with any of the senses, is called Innate and makes itself
known thru medium of Innate brain. Innate life exists in unbounded
quantities; it has no space limit nor is it bounded. Physical life is
limited to the capacity or ability of nerves for conveying impressions
and impulses from the mind. Life is a power; action is to express
mental power by nerve impulse. Action is produced by impulse
expanding each individual cell, thus changing it from germinated or
youthful state to matured cell or adult. Complete expansion is mental
life normally expressed. Physical life is the process of cell expansion.
Cold produces contraction; heat expansion. This is why all nature
blooms and grows in summer. Trees and other natural products are in
a condition of contraction, dormant as it were in winter. Bodily
expansion is possible under certain circumstances; that is why the
body is always kept warm.
Take away the function of individual expansion, by pressure upon
nerve impulse at the spinal column where subluxations are, and
paralysis exists. Create too much expansion, a superfluity, and growth
or enlargement exists. Normal expansion which is always guided by
Innate brain, if not interfered with, always is reached provided no
obstructions exist between the formation of mental impulse,
transmission thru nerves and its expression at peripheral nerve fibers,
due to subluxations of vertebrae. Anything that stops expansion is just
that much interfering with the expression of life.
Man is a complete unit. He depends upon nothing for sympathy. He
has within himself all that is necessary to maintain
94
CELL TISSUES AS BASIS OF LIFE
normal health. He has the nervous fibers necessary to carry every
brain impulse. These come direct from the spinal cord. It shows every
nerve fiber that exists in the body, and every nerve fiber entering the
spinal cord is represented within the brains.
Voluntary brain expands just so much as man uses it. As he uses
certain voluntary impulses, he is just that much causing voluntary
mental germinal cells to expand. The more he thinks, the easier it is to
think. The more he studies, the easier it is to study. The more his mind
is concentrated upon any one thought, the easier it is for him to
continue, because he correspondingly enlarges or expands those cells.
Goiters, tumors, and other abnormal enlargements represent diseased
expansion before their time. We have an expansion of many cells
which are maturing abnormally before their rightful, fruitful period.
We have no new cell growth, simply an expansion of that which
previously existed, even though it be in germinal form.
We have here discussed the enlargement or swelling that exists in
each cell of the region affected, because there is pressure upon the
functional nerves controlling expansion. As long as this abnormal
stimulated condition exists the tumor continues to expand. Add to the
above a future excessive heat or fever to those tissues, and
decomposition follows. An excessive deposition of nutritious
substances, minus the impulse to convert it, with germinal cellular
expansion, means a tumor or goiter. The enlargement of the stock of
germinal cells which would have otherwise gradually and normally
developed in five years, has now enlarged abnormally in one year. The
faster these individual germinal cells are expanded abnormally in
youth or adult, the shorter is the life. Remember that Innate can
continue her work as long as there are germinal cells to expand. When
all of these are expanded then the condition is death.
Chiropractic studies fundamental principles of health and disease,
reaching the conclusion that life is exemplified under inhabitable
conditions. Disease represents the obstructions or interference. A light
pressure upon life-conveying nerves increases the function of the
nerve impinged. What is the proper thing to do? Are you going to
continue to treat effects, remove this ex-
95
HISTORY REPEATS
pension of cells in the tumor by an operation, or are you going to
adjust the cause (pressure upon nerves in spinal column) thus restoring
normal impulse, hence retracing the steps from disease to health?
Life, philosophically speaking, is the harmonious connection be-
tween brain and physical body. Physiologically speaking, it is the
normal expansion of tissue cells. Disease, philosophically speaking, is
the partial interference of impulses between brain and physical body
by pressure upon nerves. Physiologically speaking, it is the excess or
lack of normal expansion of tissue cells. Death, philosophically
speaking, is the complete cessation of impulses due to the complete
disconnection between the brain and the body. Physiologically
speaking, it is that stage where no more germinal cells exist to allow
normal expansion.
Which is bettertreating effects, or restoring normal functions
under Chiropractic adjustment?
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. III, Nos. 1-2
December-January, 1906-07FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
96
CHAPTER 24
The Story Of
STRAY THOUGHTS ON CHIROPRACTIC
AND THE P.S.C.
Address Delivered at December, 1906, Graduation
By Shegetaro Morikubo
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, Nos. 1-2,
December-January, 1906-07, FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Professors, Students of The P.S.C., and Visitors:
Alexander the Great, at the end of his expedition to conquer the
oriental empires, wept, thinking there were no more worlds to
vanquish. A scientist might as well weep when he mastered the great
domains of Chiropractic, for there is no other science worth
surmounting when Chiropractic is one of his possessions. We are not
so small, however, as was this warrior. We are pioneers of that great
and benevolent philosophy which controls the destinies of human
thought, life, and death. If tears are shed tonight, it will be for joy
not disappointmentwhich foretells the good will and happiness of
the inhabitants upon the earth.
The land being conquered, our next move is to build cities or reason;
drain foul marshes filled with poisonous drugs; pull, by the roots, the
ugly weeds of medical tyranny and intolerance; erect lighthouses to
illumine the darkness of medical and Osteopathic superstition; and
build colleges where common sense will be taught to those who
believe that philosophy, not superstition, to the human race is the
physicians spoon or druggists mallet and bowl.
We must build infirmaries where the sick and suffering are not
tortured by being compelled to swallow poisons that kill life; where
they are not forced to subject themselves to sharp-edged knives thrust
into their quivering flesh; where morality will not be at its lowest ebb
and sacredness of sex is ridiculed and played with in the hands of
those who are licensed to violate every law of common decency. We
will build places where the sick and
97
HISTORY REPEATS
deprived of reason, and all those whose powers of life are diminished
because of some disease, will be made well without sacrifice, either
mental agony or physical pains.
These thoughts had not reached my conception until comparatively
recent date. Not until I had thoroly digested the philosophy of
Chiropractic did I awaken to its magnitude and breadth. I was
disappointed, I must confess, when I first came to The Palmer School.
The lecture hall was not resplendent with dazzling beauty; it occupied
only one cellar room with poor ventilation, and a few dried up
skeletons of some sinners who submitted themselves to the infallible
wisdom of allopathic sages.
Instead of finding Plato-like personages as my professors, there was
one elderly gentleman with rather old-fashioned gray beard, and one
young man who is not strikingly handsome. For some time their
lectures sounded like so much twaddle. All was chaos. But lo!
Gradually a feeble light appeared in the far distance. Later it became
brighter, illuminating nearer and farther, and behold! I discovered
Chiropractic in all its depth and true significance.
Ever since, the lectures became great feasts to my intellect and heart.
The cellar room was converted into a Platos academy where this great
philosophy was taught, and the younger mans homely nose appeared
like that of Socrates. At no other time in my past life had my intellect
been so stimulated as it has been in The Palmer School. I have been
under instructions of some of the ablest men, both oriental and
occidental, in philosophy, but none of them gave such impetus to my
understanding as The Palmers, son and father.
They have pointed me the way leading to the realm of thought, to the
mysterious workings of Innate, and to the solution of the most
obstruse philosophical problems of all agesthe relation of mind and
body. Think of the great doctrine as taught by Dr. Palmer, embracing
the empires of theology, metaphysics, science of the body and art of
adjusting its physical causes.
Our future is full of labor. Chiropractors are the first sowers of seed
in the field of the millennium, where superstitious and selfish weeds
no longer are allowed to grow; but the fertile field where beautiful
blossoms of wisdom bloom; where songs of joy,
98
STRAY THOUGHTS ON CHIROPRACTIC AND THE P.S.C.
health and prosperity vibrate upon the balmy air. The future of the
Chiropractor is, indeed, glorious, but his responsibilities are
proportionately great.
Greatness, no matter where found, is vague and confusing at first
glancea colossal proportionis larger than the eye can behold. The
greatness of Chiropractic can only be realized when its stupendous
proportion is minutely scrutinized. Like the horizon, Chiropractic
shows limitation when the vision is incapable of seeing farther. As you
approach the first point where you thought heaven touched the earth, it
vanishes; so likewise, what may seem a limitation to Chiropractic is
but an imaginary visible horizon because of our inability to perceive
greater.
To my knowledge, it is The Palmer School only where pure and
unadulterated Chiropractic is taught. I now realize why the discoverer
and his son emphasize the thought that every Chiropractor should
practice pure and unadulterated Chiropractic. First, because this
philosophy, when thoroly learned, is sufficient to stand on its merits.
The science that possesses THE knowledge of cause of disease,
regardless of character, needs no adjuncts. Secondly, the salvation to
the species of living things is a continuance of its purity. Grafting of
one species to another may please the fantasy and whims of our lighter
nature; but sublimity and beauty are productions of singleness and
purity. The future growth of Chiropractic depends upon the
preservation of its original cleanliness. The sublime climax of this
science will attain its glorious height and splendor only when its
followers remain unsullied in their scientific thoughts and art of
applying itadjustments.
With a knowledge of my duty as an advocate of this great science,
comes a realization of the magnitude of my debt toward suffering
humanity. It is my duty to promote my moral and intellectual integrity,
to be sincere in purpose, and have rectitude of character worthy of a
lover and worshiper of Chiropractic.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, Nos. 1-2
December-January, 1906-07, FORTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
99
CHAPTER 25
The Story Of
WHAT I DONT KNOW ABOUT
CHIROPRACTIC
By Uncle Howard Nutting
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Publication, Volume III, No. 4,
March, 1907, FORTY-FOUR YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer
School of Chiropractic.)
I have not the slightest idea what subjects you wish me to express,
much less what you expect me to say. If you desire that I tell you what
I KNOW about Chiropractic, and I am well aware that this subject is
uppermost in your minds, I can express it in three short words: It is
it. If you are listening for me to tell what I do not know of this
science, that is another proposition, and I venture that there is not a
person in this lecture room, not excepting your learned leached who
probably is as well versed on this subject as anyone in the world, who
can tell what he or she does not know of Chiropractic in a week by
glibly talking ten hours a day.
You are acquainted with the basic principles of this science and it
may seem that there is little more to learn, but let us reason and
consider that you are yet on the back pages of the primer.
Comparatively speaking, you are able to spell and pronounce words of
one or two syllables and, like a child, thus far advanced, are able to
carry on quite a conversation and convey ideas, in words, sufficient
for his needs; so you, by the knowledge you have acquired, are able to
relieve a vast amount of suffering and perform many wonderful deeds.
I am aware and pleased to note that the science has made great
advancement in the last two or three years, but to the outsider, such as
I, it seems clear that you are yet far from the apex of knowledge of the
greatest and most wonderful science. It is probable that you are farther
advanced than the public has knowledge of; if so, what I say will be
received with smiles and derision. But if I am behind in your
advancement, what must
100
WHAT I DONT KNOW ABOUT CHIROPRACTIC
be the status of the public, who have never heard a lecture or
investigated the subject at all?
Let us see where we are at. Can you analyze the cable of nerves
issuing from the spine thru one foramen of the vertebral column?
Have you the ability to show by a diagram, where in each cable of
nerves are located the different systems, viz., motor, sensory, calorific,
and all other strands? Can you tell by the character of a subluxation
WHICH system is impinged, without tracing from the diseased
condition at the extremity of those nerve fibres? Will you explain, by
examination of the atlas, whether or not the individual is insane; and,
if so, what part of the brain is an abnormal condition, thereby
proclaiming what line of thought is irrational?
Can you successfully determine, by examination, of any subluxation,
the nature or stage of condition existing at the termination of nerve
fibres passing through the foramina at this point? Can you, to a
certainty, determine by examination of the vertebral column, whether
or not the subject is suffering from tetanus without other evidence?
Can you successfully demonstrate by examination of the vertebral
column whether or not the subject is suffering pain, or locate the part
diseased solely by this? Can you read the vertebral column like a
book, locating in each and every instance the diseased conditions,
where located, and the stage of these conditions?
Would you undertake such a task and swear by it in any single
instance in any one of the many cables of nerves issuing from any one
of the foramina? Can you explain why swine are subject to all
diseased conditions of the human family except those of the stomach,
which is unknown?
If your answer to these is yes, you are further advanced than the
public gives you credit for, and no time should be lost in proclaiming
that you DO know and CAN successfully determine conditions as
mentioned.
If you answer no, then it is necessary for you to burn midnight oil
and lie awake nights until you CAN prove themBY THE SCIENCE
OF CHIROPRACTIC.
You can pose as a professor of Chiropractic when you are able to
analyze each and every cable of nerves as they issue from
101
HISTORY REPEATS
the spine so that you may determine, unfailingly, by the subluxation,
right or left lateral, or posterior, what particular set of nerves is
impinged, and determine then and there the diseased condition, where
located; the nature and stage of the condition without further evidence.
You will discover nerve fibres that send impressions to the brain of
taste, smell, sight, and sound, so that by vertebral examination,
blindfolded, you may state at once whether the subject is defective in
any or all of these senses and which one or more, without questioning
or diagnosing symptoms. You will be so proficient as to keep the
growth of the hair on the head in a natural and normal condition and
by adjusting of proper character, grow hair on the bald pate and beard
on a smooth face, and will, by careful and persistent study of the two
nervous systems, show why the male is favored with a beard to hide
his homely face, and the female is deprived of it so as not to hide her
beauty; why one scalp is clothed with silken tresses and another is
scantily clothed with hair of abnormal texture. You will determine
these, not by symptoms or visible means, but by examination of the
vertebral column.
Drop the attempt to name symptoms which are never alike in
different persons. When asked the condition of my neighbor, who is
suffering from some abnormal condition, I want to be able to answer
correctly, in a way which cannot be misunderstood. Symptoms may
have as many names as professors diagnosing the case. When I
answer: My neighbor is suffering from nervous prostration, what
does it explain? Nothing but that he is sick. Should I answer, He has
rheumatism, it implies nothing, but that he is in pain. If I reply, He
has cancer, it only tells that he has an ugly sore. Let us be done with
this quibbling.
When any of my family or neighbors is in abnormal condition, I
want to know what and where the cause isnot the symptoms. Then I
can answer intelligentlya left lateral subluxation, where existing
causes are. Give the cause and location in plain English. I want the
world so conversant with Chiropractic that they will, by the answer
given, be able to determine the location of distress or excessive heat as
quickly as they would if I informed them that my neighbor had
sprained the left ankle or broken his right arm.
102
WHAT I DONT KNOW ABOUT CHIROPRACTIC
When you reach this elevation in the science of Chiropractic, you
will be able to convince the most skeptical and prejudiced mortal that
CHIROPRACTIC IS A SCIENCE and can be successfully
demonstrated As fast as you discover that a certain impingement
produces a specific diseased condition, to a certainty, tell it to the
world and back it up with your reputation that such a disease never is
or could exist without this subluxation.
You are now competent to trace the cause of any condition from
effects; then you will unhesitatingly foretell effects from existing
cause. But as long as you undertake to name symptoms and then trace
cause you are following the old fashioned and primitive stage coach in
which are comfortably lounging the M.Ds who are contented and
satisfied that they have the only mode of traveling on the road to
health, as is proved to them by others following their wake and
naming symptoms, which convey to the reasoning mind, nothing.
Turn out and go by this lumbering and uncouth vehicle. Lay out a
new trail. You have no business on this thoroughfare. The right of way
has been granted, not by the people but by statutes instituted in their
behalf for guarding the public health. Open a new road, cut down the
mammoth trees of prejudice Clear away the undergrowth of ignorance.
Lay your rails of truth on the solid ties of CAUSE. Let every rail show
the effect of the ties on which it rests, so that the whole line can be
read like an interesting book from atlas to sacrum. Equip this line with
modern coaches of Chiropractic philosophy and your stations will be
thronged with tourists who will procure through ticketswill not ask
for stop-over privileges, and the grass and weeds will grow in rank
profusion, where now winds slowly along the old leather spring coach
driven by that wornout quartetJulep and Calomel in the wheel, and
Quinine and Lancet in the lead, which are goaded on under the lashes
of Bluff and Superstition, and is conveying to doom the unwilling but
coerced slaves inside, chaperoned by a self-styled master, protected by
law.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Publication, Volume III, No. 4,
March, 1907, FORTY-FOUR YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer
School of Chiropractic.)
103
CHAPTER 26
The Story Of
THE HISTORY OF CHIROPRACTIC
By Howard Nutting
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, No. 11,
October, 1907FORTY-FOUR YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Every one of you knows the history of Chiropractic. It was
discovered by Dr. D. D. Palmer and developed into a science by B. J.
Palmer, his son.
What more is there for me to say? All I can possibly do is to relate
the UNWRITTEN history. How, after the discovery by D. D. Palmer,
who had been practicing magnetic healing, it was looked upon by the
public as a fake, a subterfuge, a talking point, if you please, whereby
the doctor, by claiming to discover something NEW, could help his
business financially. They knew not what it consisted of; did not know
those of his patients, what he did. How the few personal friends of the
doctor here in the city undertook to prove to the public that the
discovery of Chiropractic was a wonder, and that under Chiropractic
adjustments miracles were performed; how they were met with scoffs
and sneers; how they were ostracized from the society of their friends
and were called cranks and fools for being the tools used by Dr.
Palmer to further his own personal prosperity. They were not bound
by the chains of the monopoly. They were free and independent. They
owed no doctor bills and cared little or naught for their sneering and
abuse. They wavered not one whit from their course not to benefit Dr.
Palmer nor for hope of reward or fear of punishment. They did and are
doing it still for the benefit of suffering humanity.
They were handicapped at the start from the fact that Dr. D.D. did
not explain or demonstrate anything pertaining to Chiropractic. He
deemed it advisable to keep the secret to himself, lest some one would
rob him of his glory. It seems strange to us now that he did at that
time take such a stand; but you must recollect that Chiropractic as
discovered and developed on
104
THE HISTORY OF CHIROPRACTIC
that day, was as compared to the science of Chiropractic of today, as
the stage coach is compared with the Pullman palace car. He thought
it possible and more than probable that almost any one, particularly a
medical practitioner, could give an adjustment as well as heif they
saw the act once performed.
So time wore on with seasons of successful adjustments. At that
time, two or three unsuccessful cases would have upset the reputation
gained by two or three months of success.
Dr. D. D. Palmer could not successfully determine this essential
point, i.e., at what stage of diseased conditions a pinched nerve would
fail to revive and perform its natural and normal function.
Let me illustrate: We find a man being choked by another. One will
give the victim a shower bath of warm water; another applies a
mustard plaster; the third gives a hypodermic injectionbut still the
man chokes. The Chiropractor grabs the assailant by the nape of the
neck and seat of the pants and throws him in the creek. Very well, the
cause is removed; but will he recoverhas he been strangled so long
that he cannot be resuscitated? A nerve can be under pressure so long
or severe that adjustments will not restore the nerve to its normal
condition. Dr. D. D. Palmer did not know this, and so he made some
failures. Now the condition is determined upon examination and such
patients are told that they can or cannot receive their normal condition
and the Chiropractor is thought to be a person who KNOWS
something.
It has always been strange to me why all of these new discoveries
were made at exactly the proper time when the conditions demanded
them. There must be back and behind all an unseen power which you
may call Innate Intelligence that prompts all actions. When the old
world became so densely populated that it became crowded, this
power prompted Christopher Columbus to seek a new world across
the then tractless sea, for the overflow of the human family.
This same agent was manifest when it became necessary to flash
intelligence across the continents, and Franklin and Morse were given
this mission to perform. When it became necessary for rapid
transportation of food products, young Watt was stopped at his
mothers kitchen and tried to hold the cover on his
105
HISTORY REPEATS
mothers tea kettle, thus was the power of steam discovered. So after
years of various methods of relieving pain and distress by sacrifices,
burning oils and chemicals, prayers and incantations, herb teas,
drawing the lifes blood, administering vegetable and mineral poisons
into the stomach, the human faculty becoming weaker and weaker,
superstition and prejudice practically obliterated, the season was ripe,
and to Dr. D. D. Palmer was given the mission of discovering the
cause of diseased conditions, and to start a crusade in the interest of
humanity. But like Columbus, Franklin, and Watt, he seemed satisfied
with the glory of the discovery; and as is always the case with new
discoveries and inventions, some one else has to develop. So in this
case, when Dr. D.D. laid down the burden because it had gotten too
heavy for him to carry, a stripling of a boy took up the load and said to
these friends of his father, Now boys if you will give me the aid you
tried to give D.D., we will demonstrate to the world that Chiropractic
is a science; and made it so plain that any man, though a fool, cannot
err therein. I will tell you all the basic principles of Chiropractic so
you can discuss the subject with any you may come in contact with,
even a medical doctor, successfully.
How well he has succeeded, you all know. He has kept steadily on,
night and day, until now behold Chiropractic in the fullness of its
glory. No longer looked upon by the public as a fake, it stalks boldly
forth over land from ocean to ocean; yet, into far distant lands across
the seas, strewing wreaths of flowers a wealth of sunshine along its
path, a hope to the afflicted, new life to the paralytic, and a glamour of
light in the darkened chamber of death. The sun in its mission of
furnishing heat and light to the earth ever shines upon some
Chiropractor.
The public now fear it as some unconquerable giant. Why? Only lest
it deprive some of themselves or friends of the pecuniary benefit
derived from administering or dispensing drugs and poisons. They
would sacrifice the life of themselves, family, or friends, rather than
gain the enmity of the drug dispenser or the medical doctorstrange
as it may seem to you. I have known instances where they have, under
the aid of a law, lobbied through the legislatures by a certain school of
practitioners, protected themselves in using a prescribed method for
relieving pain, which they think cannot, and which if they can prevent
106
THE HISTORY OF CHIROPRACTIC
will not, be improved. You may live or die but you must follow the
path they have marked out. Why is this law allowed to stand on our
statute books by a Christianized and God-fearing people? Is it for the
purpose of alleviating pain and suffering? Oh no! It is for the purpose
of defending and protecting those who are engaged in the business of
administering and dispensing poison and are clothed with the lawful
power of using the instruments of torture, lances, knife, and are
willing to sacrifice anything and everything no matter how cruel
their business must be protected at all hazards. How long will the
people tolerate these indignities? Only so long as they can be blinded.
How can this yoke be thrown off? Only by demonstrating
Chiropractic.
I hope to live to see the day when any one sticks a knife into a
human being, he or she will be amenable to the criminal law, whether
he or she has a diploma from a medical college or not; when everyone
who administers poison to another shall suffer the same penalty,
whether it is done behind a 6 x 8 diploma from a medical school, or
with murderous intent by a jealous or insane crank, or for a fee
regulated by law, or for the mere desire of revenge.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume III, No. 11,
October, 1907FORTY-FOUR YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
107
CHAPTER 27
The Story Of
U.C.A.WHAT?
By Uncle Howard Nutting
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume IV, Nos. 7-8,
August-September, 1908FORTY-THREE YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Ladies and Gentlemen of the Universal Chiropractors Association:
Not an Iowa association, not a national association, but a universal
associationthe name implying that your association covers the
universeU.C.A.
U.C.A. what? First, you see before you a friend of Chiropractic, one
who is for Chiropractic first, last, and all the time. I have watched
closely every step of its advancement. At first, for a year or two, I
could keep up easily, but long since I have been watching it from afar.
It now goes too fast a clip for me, and I am content to get an
occasional glimpse of its growth and development, when, through its
evolutions, it occasionally comes near, as on an occasion of this kind.
U.C.A. fieldthe universe which must be sown with Chiropractic
seed. To you it is given to prepare the soil and sow the seed; perhaps
only a little patch here is prepared and sown, and then another; soon
dotted here and there may be an oasis in the desert of prejudice and
envy. Gradually these fertile spots will enlarge until, in the distant
future, there will be one vast expanse of golden grain, the result of
YOUR efforts.
U.C.A. mountain of difficulty rising up before you. You imagine
that these rocks and this wildness of woodland can never be subdued
and be made tillable. You halt and cast a longing glance behind, and
regret you had undertaken the task, but as you look back the
Chiropractic boys are coming and you will be pushed forward whether
you will or not, and what happens? This mountain of rocks and trees
proves to be a myth, a mirage
108
U.C.A.WHAT?
which vanishes as you approach; and there before you you see a
beautiful valley ready for the brains and brawn of the Chiropractor.
U.C.A. vast amount of labor to be accomplished, but you and your
association do not shirk. Your motto is remove the cause, and so
you press on each and every subluxation you encounter, and results
follow with less exertion than you anticipated.
U.C.A. discouraging outlook, and you feel that the reward is
scarcely commensurate with your exertions when you are in despair
and all the future seems dark. Turn back the pages of the history of
Chiropractic ten or twelve years, and there and then U.C.A. boy (now
Dr. B.J.) a mere stripling not yet out of his teens, left with a
theory, deserted by his father, no friend on earth, no one with whom
to counsel, not even a gentle mothers hand to caress his throbbing
head. Not a person on earth who COULD, no matter how much he
desired, vouchsafe him one ray of light in the development of this
theory that subluxations of the spine are the cause of diseased
conditions. Then imagine yourself in his place for but one moment,
and you will thank your stars that you are a member of the U.C.A.,
with faithful brothers and sisters ready to give you any and all aid at
their command. And, again, U.C.A. professor, in place of that boy,
who has changed the theory to a science, and from a science to a
philosophy, and did it alone.
U.C.A. man whose fame is measured by the lives he has saved, the
pain and suffering his efforts have relieved, exceeded by no mortal
man on this earth today.
U.C.A. generation come and go, great men for a day or a generation,
and then forgotten, their places filled by others who may do equally as
well or better than their predecessors; but in this case U.C.A. man who
has filled the one place, the work is being developed, and others can
learn what he accomplished, can perform only what he has planned,
and his name will always be the household word down thru the vista
of time.
U.C.A. thousand years hence, aged sires with heads of white, telling
the children of this boy who not only found the cause of disease but
told the world how to remove it.
U.C.A. convention here assembled. Your mission is to alleviate
human suffering. Your deliberations here no doubt will produce
109
HISTORY REPEATS
great good, not only to yourselves but to the generations yet to come,
to millions yet unborn. Embrace every opportunity for the
advancement of Chiropractic; with courage delve deeper and deeper
into the intricacies of science, and the time will come when any
diseased condition will yield to the magic touch of the Chiropractor,
and all the world will worship at your shrine.
U.C.A. beautiful city here, with all the natural resources needful to
the making of a populous center, but there is no place on earth where
there is more need of Chiropractic seed than in Davenport. All over
the city are evidences of ignorance as to causes of disease, hospitals
where patients are deprived of essential organs of the body in hope to
keep them alive. Think of itblue glass rooms to cure insanity and
tuberculosis! Yes, in this city which ranks first in the commonwealth
of Iowa in many respects there is today in process of construction a
house or room of Blue Glass. Truth is stranger than fiction.
U.C.A. school of Chiropractic, The P.S.C., fully equipped with all
the paraphernalia necessary for the proper teaching of this wonderful
science, with a principal and corps of teachers far superior to any such
school in existence. The P.S.C., centrally located, is a shining light in
the midst of darkness and despair. Day by day the rays penetrate
farther and farther into the gloom; it is a lighthouse guiding the invalid
mariner into a haven of health.
I trust that your stay in our city may be both pleasant and profitable,
and that when you conclude the business for which you are here
convened and the convention adjourns you will carry to your homes
naught but pleasant recollections of the time spent here, and that you
will always bear in mind that Uncle Howard extends to you all a
hearty God-speed, and bids you to draw on him at sight for any aid he
is able to render you in the upbuilding of the science of Chiropractic.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume IV, Nos. 7-8
August-September, 1908FORTY-THREE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
110
CHAPTER 28
The Story Of
A LITTLE CHAT WITH THE BOYS
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 3,
March, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Sometimes it does a fellow good to know what other people think
about him. It may be complimentary or it may be critical, but it sort of
gives one a chance to stand on the sidelines for a few minutes and
watch himself play the game.
Just as we are issuing a magazine for the benefit of Chiropractors, so
we are running a school for the benefit of students. We dont mean
that this is a philanthropic institution, because it isnt, but we
recognize the fact that the surest way for us to succeed is to supply the
needs of every Chiropractor, and especially of our own students.
Altruism is selfishness.
The other day we asked our students to give us an expression of their
opinions and desires in regard to the School. We asked them to be
frank, sparing no just criticism and weighing their words carefully. If
any one had an idea he needed to get out of his system, we invited him
to present it. We received a varied assortment of communications. On
the whole, the letters were commendatory. You may be interested in
reading two of them:
Having known Dr. B. J. Palmer longer than any student in his present class, I
feel privileged to go back six or seven years to the time when he was nineteen or
twenty years of age and tell something of his growth as I have observed him, for I
am watching him grow.
I have a letter which he wrote to me some six or seven years ago when he did
not write so good a letter as he does at present. In this letter he was defending
Chiropractic. His pet had been condemned and in his defense we saw the
impulsive boy whom we are watching grow into an earnest man.
My next observation was when he was called to our house where my sister was
very sick. He had been called on Saturday evening by telegram, and he arrived at
2:30 p.m. on Sunday. That was before the existence of the suit case adjusting
table, and an ironing board with some pillows and two chairs were transformed
into an adjusting table. After supper the doctor lit a cigar and went out on the
lawn. He stretched himself out on
111
HISTORY REPEATS
the grass, his elbow raised and his head resting in his hand. As I think of him now,
I know that his Innate enjoyed that lawn while his Educated was enjoying the
acres of pasture land before him, the canopy of blue sky above and the shadows
made by the setting sun. During the evening he examined the backs of a number
of our family, mine among them and he gave me the credit of having a back like a
wash board.
My next observation was some months later when he and some of his friends
came to our house to spend Thanksgiving. I was not at home at the time and I
have the following in a letter from my mother. They expected to remain till
Monday. On Saturday or Sunday eve (I have forgotten which) the doctor received
word that his father was coming from Los Angeles to Davenport. He felt that it
was necessary for him to go home at once, so he got busy at the telephone. He
called up Iowa City and asked some railroad official to order a fast train to stop
for him at South Amana. Because of his earnestness his request was granted, and
my brother drove him seven miles to meet that midnight train. We were glad to
help further the interests of one so much in earnest. When his father arrived, Dr.
B. J. Palmer was at The P.S.C. ready to defend its interests.
My next observation was in July and August of 1906. I spent one month in
Davenport, taking adjustments. The class room at that time was in the little west
room in the basement. To reach the room the students passed thru the west
window of the adjusting room on the first floor, then down some steps at the north
side of the building. I visited the class some two or three times and during one of
my visits I heard considerable use of a word which was foreign to my vocabulary.
I asked Dr. Palmer if he would allow a visitor to ask a question. Permission was
granted, and I asked for an explanation of the word Innate. He referred the
question to John F. A. Howard, a student, who explained it very satisfactorily.
In the summer of 1907, I wended my way back to The P.S.C. for more
adjustments. Dr. Palmer thought it was time for me to take up the work. I pleaded
lack of time. I had sewing to do for myself. He said, Oh let the other fellow do
the sewing. Dont waste a ten dollar brain on a one dollar job. I was not so sure
of the ten dollar brain, but I finally decided to become a student and the other
fellow did the sewing. The number of students had increased and as more room
was needed the school room paraphernalia had been moved from the west room of
the basement to the east room. The osteological specimens were placed in the west
room. I spent two months in that east room absorbing Chiropractic philosophy.
When the doctor came home from the LaCrosse trial he had the rudiment of a
cycle to give us, as follows: Innate Intelligence
mental
mind
mentality brain
brain impulse thru physical means.
About September 1, 1907, I was ill, in Rawlins. I wrote to Dr. Palmer about it.
He received my letter on Friday morning. On Friday night he gave
112
A LITTLE CHAT WITH THE BOYS
me an absent adjustment. I was suffering intensely Friday evening and Saturday
morning I was well. The absent adjustment phase of Chiropractic proved
unpopular with the masses, so it was put away to be brought out at some future
date. After an absence of one year from The P.S.C., I returned September 1, 1908.
On my return I found that during my years absence the doctors growth had been
phenomenal. The mere system and the cycles have been worked out and a
wonderful change had taken place in the doctor. I dare not attempt to describe
this. It is something that I can only feel and cannot attempt to put into words.
As to suggestions for the improvement of the schoolI believe that conditions
will demand improvements and improvements will rectify conditions. In other
words, The P.S.C. is growing and will continue to grow.
Euphenia Z. Murchison.

It occurred to me last week, after hearing the letters of appreciation that are
constantly being sent in from the Chiropractors from all schools, that we as
students need not leave the school before expressing our feelings of gratitude for
the efforts made by The P.S.C. in bringing every student up to the very highest
standard possible. It is but giving the flowers while we are living.
Since coming five months ago, there has been a constant development which is
according to the laws of nature, an unfoldment, the law of evolution.
The energies of our worthy leader, Dr. B.J., in all the activities of our school
life, lend impetus and inspiration, for no one works with such a consciousness of
the future of this great science and at the same time with a greater conviction of
the merits when applied with the skill of a competent Chiropractor. Every one is
impressed with his sincerity. He surely believes in his goods as being sufficient to
adjust the cause of any abnormality or so-called disease.
The school stands today as a striking illustration of the genius of its leader, as
well as to the conclusive validity and importance of the philosophy, science and
art of Chiropractic as it has been developed by this same wiry, energetic,
ambitious, humanitarian philosopher.
To say that he is giving his life for the advancement of pure and unadulterated
Chiropractic is but telling the truth. He performs daily a herculean task, beginning
in the quiet hour of two a.m., in order to be talking to his silent partner, Innate
Intelligence, to whom he is a willing listener and pupil. Might we not discover the
secret of this in the quiet hour with Universal Intelligence?
113
HISTORY REPEATS
This concentrated effort accounts for the marvelous increase in influx of
students, which gives promise of making his ambition a realization, i.e., of having
one thousand students in 1915.
T. W. Martindale.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 3,
March, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
114
CHAPTER 29
The Story Of
CHIROPRACTIC
(Reported for Chicago University Bulletin)
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 4,
April, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Before introducing the speaker of the evening, Dr. Rogers, the Dean
(The National Medical University), addressed the students assembled
as follows:
There was a time in the history of the world when the men who did
not entertain the same belief as that of the majority of their neighbors
were burned at the stake. Christ himself was crucified because he
taught doctrines at variance with the belief of the Jews. Once upon a
time men were persecuted because they thought the world was
roundnot flat, as was the common belief. Galileo was condemned
by the inquisition because he believed in the Copernican system, a
doctrine now commonly accepted by present-day astronomers.
I can remember how the religious world was shocked when Henry
Ward Beecher, one of the greatest pulpit orators, announced his
disbelief in hell fire and brimstone, and how universally he was
condemned. I can also recall the time when Chicagos great preacher,
Rev. David Swing, was denounced and expelled from his
denomination because he taught liberal doctrines now generally
accepted.
Advanced thinkers in medicine as well as in religion have always
met with violent opposition. In fact, every man who has promulgated a
new system of medicine has met with persecution and hardship.
Hahnemann, the founder of homeopathy, was ostracized and literally
driven from his native country. Thompson, the founder of
physiomedicalism, was imprisoned. MacDowell, who performed the
first ovariotomy, barely escaped being lynched by his neighboring
physicians because he had dared to do something in advance of the
surgery of his day.
115
HISTORY REPEATS
The men who first used psycho-therapy were considered quacks.
There was a time when no ethical doctor would employ electricity in
medicine; he left that method of treatment to the quacks. Only a few
years ago osteopathy was considered a flagrant form of quackery; and
in some mossback quarters it is still so regarded, notwithstanding the
majority of states in the union have given it official recognition.
Christian Science is considered by the great majority of the profession
as the veriest rot, but Mrs. Eddy has taught the medical world a
great lesson and has done a vast amount of good. The Emmanuel
movement, which is at present attracting considerable attention, may
be regarded as an outgrowth.
Some weeks ago I met a gentleman who has been developing a new
system of treatment. I have not yet reached an opinion as to its merits
or demerits. I am of the impression, however, that the gentleman is an
honest student and an original investigator. I invited him to deliver a
lecture for your benefit. He at first declined, saying his ideas were so
radical and so foreign to the commonly accepted views in the
treatment of disease that he would probably he hooted out by our
students, and in the end it would do our school no good. I replied that
our students were not of the narrow-minded type, that when they
matriculated they assumed the attitude of jurors and would not make
up their minds as to the best method of treatment until the end of four
years, when they had learned all the methods of treatment and
impartially heard all of the evidence in favor of each method. If the
gentleman who has now consented to unfold to you his system of
treatment tonight has something of value, it is our duty as managers of
a liberal progressive school, to give you the benefit. If he has nothing
new, if he is in error, you will still have food for reflection, and will be
beneficiaries. Wipe out the liberal policy of this school, and it has no
claim for its existence. There is a superabundance of medical colleges
to teach the old methods of treatment, but ours is the only one that
professes to and does teach all methods without partiality or prejudice.
In this respect we have been pioneers, and consequently have ex-
perienced, figuratively speaking, some of the hardships and isolations
of pioneer life. More than once the Indians attempted to scalp us, and
would gladly have burned us at the stake. Although we have been
forced to tread the hot sands in more ways than
116
CHIROPRACTIC
one, nevertheless, an overruling Providence has kindly protected us in
our efforts to liberalize and advance medical education. You students
do not know of how much advantage this panpathic course in
therapeutics will be to you until you have been in practice a few years.
The day will come when you will look around you and will wonder
why so many others fail in practice and you succeed. It will then dawn
upon your minds that it is due to your liberal training in therapeutics
and you will say to yourself: It would have been cheap had I paid ten
times as much for the training I received at the National.
Dr. Palmer then said in substance:
No standard definition of electricity is in print today. Edison has not
yet defined it, yet it does exist. It is a condition recognized and dealt
with as one of the most important factors being utilized for
commercial purposes. No one would dispute its existence; to do so
would be to be branded as insane. Nature, instinct, subconscious
mind, etc., exist in all therapeutical ranks about which we have no
established knowledge, nor has any one established their identities or
realized where and what they are.
My work, in past years, has been to prove that there are these things;
that they are most important factors in life and are as essential to life
as electricity to business; that man could not get along without his
nature any more than a motor could run without electricity. The
dynamo concentrates foruns (force units) and makes electricity. The
wire transmits that concentrated material, and the motor receives it.
Efferently this is true, but afferently we have the return wire from the
motor to the dynamo; electricity travels in circuits. To break the
circuit is to induce absolute death in machinery.
Man has a brain (dynamo); he has nerves (wires) and tissue cells
(motors). His brain gathers foruns (force units) and sends them forth
into nerves which transmit them to tissue cells where they are
expressed. Thus we have currents of mental impulses, constantly
travelling from the brain of man to his every tissue cell.
Electrical things are unconscious. Everything man does, externally
or internally, is guided by consciousness. This necessitates the
division of his mental faculties into two factorsa
117
HISTORY REPEATS
conscious mind and a SUPER-conscious one (innate intelligence). To
prove this meant to think originally into ways and means. Actual work
and analyzation has proven that every tissue cell is in direct and
personal contact with every brain cell; that there are two fibers, one
efferent and one afferent, which are carrying direct currents in both
directions, from every brain cell to every tissue cell. Fibers were traced
through ganglia and plexuses where before they were supposed to end
or begin. These bundles of nerve fibrillae leave the magnum foramen,
pass into the spinal cord, and have exit by way of intervertebral
foramina, where subluxation of vertebra interferes with the lumen of
nerves, interfering with the transmission of these currents. Hence
vertebral subluxation represents the cause of lack of current at the
periphery of nerve fibres, a condition called disease. These nerves
distribute superficially and deeply into zones, which system is called
the meric system.
Thus has this systematic study of Chiropractic analyzed man into
sections, bringing every possible phase of the study and correction of
the cause of every disease down to scientific deductions. Disease need
no longer be a mystery. To adjust a subluxation is to turn on the
current, and health is as easily returned as electricity is restored when
the switch button is turned on.
Man is a dynamic intelligent power making machine and if all the
power were being expressed that was being made, healthy man would
be the inevitable product.
The Chiropractor adjusts these vertebral subluxations; thus does
power flow freely to all tissue cells from the human dynamo, and
health of all kinds is restored.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 4
April, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
118
CHAPTER 30
The Story Of
IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN
INTELLIGENT UNIT
or
UNIT DEPENDING UPON INTELLIGENCE
OF SOME OTHER?
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 4,
April, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
It is only by analytical and synthetical comparison with simpler
objects that we sometimes can be made to see the folly of our ways in
dealing with each other. Many conclusions are reached regarding
mans makeup and his running which we would not think of doing
with any other organized form. Is he so different that such is
necessary? Laws of growth and evolution everywhere and in
everything are based around ONE fundamental. One universal law
governs all. All are in different stages of evolution and while man is
more advanced than vegetables, this does not modify the original
element that Unital laws produce Unital objects.
On the blackboard, we will draw two rose bushes. Further on, we
will draw two oak trees, two cabbage plants, two stalks of corn, etc.
Each rose bush grew from a seed, each oak tree grew from an acorn,
each cabbage head was the product of the growth from a single
cabbage seed, and each corn stalk grew from the expansion that
followed from one corn kernel. We plant one seed, regardless of kind;
we keep the earth warm and moist. Soon we notice first expansion of
sprouts above the ground and equivalent prolongations continue below
the ground. Proportionately as it comes up, so does it go down; thus
does the process keep up in each seed planted until we have the fully
matured plant. The process may take 10 years, 100 years, or a few
hours to complete its existence.
119
HISTORY REPEATS
In our illustration we have planted two of each kind, altho many feet
apart; not that one was necessary to the individual expansion of the
other plant. One could grow independently of the other. One did not
demand or ask for power from the other, to grow. One could have
grown just as handsome, perfect, and as prolific, even if the two were
twenty or one hundred miles apart. One would grow even if no others
of like kind were within a radius of thousands of miles. We could
bring a special seed from China, plant it in an American greenhouse,
and it would grow. Why? After fertilization, the growth of that spe-
cific plant depends upon the unital expression of the universal law of
nutrition which is expressed by and thru cycles that are independently
made within that one unit structure, to adapt themselves to its every
circumstance. What the circumstances of some other plant have been,
are, or will be, is unknown to this and little does it need to care. Innate
Intelligence growing this unit plant knows only its ONE plant; it does
not know the others details. Rose bush, acorn, and cabbage are unit
plants capable of receiving unit impressions, interpreting them as unit
portions, passing them thru every possible phase of every cycle
without the intervention of another unit of like or opposite kind from
another plant of different color or sex.
Does one plant tell its neighbor what kind of chemicals its roots
should absorb to get the most nourishment therefrom? Because plants
happen to look alike and are alike in general formation and products,
that does not make the two one as a unit in compositions and
adaptations; therefore the cycles would be different with varying
forms to various places at distinct times and in multiple fluctuating
quantities and qualities; therefore we ask is it possible for one bush to
direct these things that are unknown thru the other? We say positively
NO. All of this goes to show that we can plant a seed of a plant from
Java, give it an equivalent temperature, and it will grow in Davenport,
regardless of the fact that there is not another plant within the United
States like it, which would or could equivalently know how to direct
its functions. Cycles which grew that plant started and finished within
that unit as it is. Those cycles were not dependent upon another plant
in the neighborhood. No external assistance is necessary to permit it
120
EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT?
to fulfill its duty. We have, then, settled the question of one plant of
like kind forcing its intrusions upon another.
Do plants of other species control various functions; that is, does an
oak tree direct the impulses that are passing thru the rose bush, or do
the cabbage plants impulses direct growth of the oak tree? It hardly
seems possible, for many of these things grow many rods from the
other. Each plant IS a unit and as such is nurtured by its cycles,
especially made on the ground and for the occasion, and only the
resident intelligence can tell how much or what kind that is. Instead of
the plant being an independent unit it would become dependent if it
were to follow the suggestions as laid down by another plant; to do so
would soon be to lose its identity. If the oak tree were to tell the rose
bush how to grow, it would be directed to do as only the oak tree
knows how to do. The oak tree would suggest to the rose bush that it
grow like it does, therefore the rose bush would soon blend into an
oak tree. If the cabbage plant did the same to the corn stalk and this
universal possibility of one plant directing the other to do as it did
(because that is the only way that plant can reason and see things) then
we are sure confusion would reign supreme.
Considering that we have some sixteen millions of growths in the
vegetable kingdom, we would have more conglomeration inside of
one year than would be possible for our mind to consider. If it were
possible that one directed the other, it would cease to be the law of
suggestion; it would be the law of absolute control, and in such
instances suggestion would be of no avail and cast to one side. Control
indicates complete knowledge, to suggest in the second object,
suggests inability and weakness in the first form, which the suggestion
aims to strengthen. To offer external strength to the plant is to suggest
that the plant did grow incomplete and inaccurate, hence needed a
pattern prop. Facts prove that the plant grows WITHOUT external
assistance of the pattern type from any other plant. When matured it is
perfect and suggestion does not, could not improve it. Things grow
only as the cycle thots are made before the action takes place. The
cycle thot is made as the function is or is not performed at the
periphery, thus the thot is the product of the circumstantial evidence
which has been interpreted and will be intellectually adapted to. The
thot is made by the condition in
121
HISTORY REPEATS
side, not by what condition you may wish to have induced from the
outside.
One plant notices debilitated, sickly condition of this plant, tells it
so, and directs what ought to be done. This plant knew it was sick,
knew when first cell got sick and has been doing the best it could, per
internal intellectual adaptation with the cause still existing. One plant
thot it knew much because it noticed that the other was not looking
right, but the original plant knew it as soon as it occurred. The well
plant knew the other was sick only as it observed thousands of cells
had gone wrong. Sick plant knew when first incipient change took
place. Which was wiser and more capable? Must the sick plant lie
back on its oars, with its first cells, so to speak, and wait for action
until others notice what is going wrong in the bulk first? Must the first
do nothing until the second tells it when or how? Is each unit
dependent upon the cycles to be given away by the other; if so, how
will it give them?
We have justly considered the vegetable possibilities of one plant
depending upon another, and we have shown that each plant is a unit
and as such makes its own cycles and shows perfect capability of
continuing to do so without the intervention of man or other
vegetables.
We will erase the vegetable forms and replace them with two
amoebae, two bacteria, two sheep, two cows, two horses, two
monkeys, and two men. The amoeba is a small cellular growth. As
small as it is, it shows organization in its makeup and intelligence in
its actions. It shows discrimination between hot and cold, good and
bad foods, etc. Is it necessary for it to be given a daily diet of
suggestions from another amoeba to make organization and
intellectual actions come to pass? All of the balance of the growths
from the amoeba to man grew by the intellectually directed expansion
of tissue cells. We all understand the progressive evolution facts,
therefore it is necessary that every creature has a beginning from the
amoebic form. We watch the implantation of both sex materials and
then the expansion takes place. From the moment the male has
deposited his elements he can as well hie to the other ends of the earth
for all the good he will or can do towards assisting expansion either in
the amoeba, bacteria, sheep, cow, horse, monkey, or man. In fact,
without his
122
IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT?
ever seeing the child or the other again, the child will continue to have
uterine growth, be born, and live. The mother does not depend upon
the father for the future life of that child. The father could go to
another state and still the mother live in this. Once the child is born it
could live in the third state under the protectorate of a third party. One
cow could grow quite independent of the fact that there was not
another within a radius of thousands of miles.
We refer you to the fiction of Robinson Crusoe. Whether or not this
story is based on fact, such has occurred. Why? Because man is quite
a unit. Every cell has been directed what to do, where to go, in just
what quantity to go, in just what quality each must be, and at what
speed to goall of which is governed by that internal, inborn, the
inherent Innate Intelligence. This man drew his power from a
universal source. It came to him direct from that supply station. It was
not necessary that one man get pre-digested foods from the other, for
the digestion was one of his processes and functions. Each personal
unit draws foruns from the same unlimited source, each man has a
direct hold on an equal amount. If the amount which is utilized is
below his standard, then something is wrong with him, not the man
that gives them to him. To scold the giver is wrong; to adjust the
inability of the receiver is the correct thing to do. Yet were we to
believe that one man could not live without another, we would need
concede that one man grasped and digested foruns for another and
then gave them to him as pre-digested cycles because he was too
sickly or was unable to do so himself. To admit such a basis is to ask
where did the first man get his foruns. Was there a person that lived to
suggest to him? If he suggested to himself, in other words if he WAS
a unit, then why could not every subsequent man be likewise?
Any process of man, be it one cell or the whole of his evolution, is a
unital one of the whole and develops quite independently of whether
any other develops or not. The combined multiple individual unital
processes united make one composite form. It is this distinctive feature
action in each minute detail that is independent of any other that
makes him the compiled unit he is. Thus multiples of cycles, in fact so
varied, so multitudinous that we do not know how many, is what
makes him the result of a grand unital complete cyclic system. The
cycles started and
123
HISTORY REPEATS
finished in him with our interpreted knowledge of their individual
characteristics.
You are not willing to concede so broad a step at first, but let us
consider what is necessary to grant your point. Your patient is sick;
you know this because you see it on his face. He has been sick for two
years. His body is run down. Many tissue cells are depleted, his
digestion is poor, etc. To be of service you must understand the
definite condition of every tissue cell in this mans body, or do you
consider it vaguely in the lump? Can you so manufacture, direct, and
control sufficient impulses in another man to go on their way to these
tissue cells, to remodel what they have done to what YOU THINK
they should do? Take one cycleone brain cell, two fibers, and one
tissue cell. Do you know the state of condition that cell is in? Can you
explain its exact pathological chemical equations now, and what they
normally should be? Can you tell the necessary quality and quantity of
added or subtracted materials needed to bring it to normal? Can you
absolutely rely upon your opinions as to what quantity of heat should
be there? Can you think all these requisites and other attributes
SIMULTANEOUSLY and get your mind to working so accurately
that you can direct CURRENTS of impulses into one cell at one
second and get harmony where before there was inharmony? If you
can do this IN THE OTHER MAN by suggestion, then try it on
yourself first. If you succeed there then it is time enough to direct the
same in other bodies. Are you capable of doing this in self? Are you
positive that your every cell is normal? NO? Then practice suggestion
in self. After we grant that you have found this a task, in yourself, is it
not more so in somebody elses body; for with your own you have the
faculty of internal feeling which you cannot have in another, therefore
you dont know only as you are told and see or hear. In your own body
you have at least six senses to tell with; in the other man not more than
five; and as he describes his condition to you it is in the bulk
(systemic, organic, etc.) and does not give you detailed cellular,
atomic, or protoplasmic information, and you cannot start to suggest
how and what to do until you are posted on the condition of every cell
in that body, for the intelligence must know how to equalize the
dispensation of her materials so as to reach as near to an equilibrium
as is possible.
124
IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT?
Health is brought about as the result of the creation, transmission,
and expression of a continuous stream of normal amounts of foruns
passing thru nerves to tissue cells. To have health means to have
normal cycles. Suppose one person is sick and another notices it. No.
2 suggests you are not sick, but No. 1 knows he is. Finally, No. 2
again suggests you are not sick; you must THINK pleasant things,
and gives a few more suggestions. Facts are facts. How does No. 2
make any more cycles in No. 1 by that kind of talk? I believe that I
could talk all day to a rose bush, even if my words were soothing and
cooing, but even then I fear the plant would still be sick in spite of my
coddling protestations or scoldings. Do mere words of suggestions
make more cycles? If so, what is the process? Does the intelligence in
one receive the impressions and then act upon them? Yes? Do the
impressions from the external, by what No. 2 sees of No. 1, tell No. 2
anything that she did not already know? I think that the Innate mind of
No. 2 knows more and better what condition its body is in than I,
educationally, could tell No. 2 all its lifetime. If No. 2s Innate mind
already knows what is wrong, then what is the use of No. ls Educated
mind telling No. 2 that it is sick or ought to be well? No. 2 already
knows that and knew it weeks, months, or even years before No. 1
noticed even the slightest receding of normality. The educated mind of
No. 1 reasons objectively; that of No. 2, subjectively. If you argue that
No. 2s mind acts upon the suggestion, it is because that mind was a
unit, has interpreted the suggestion the same as it would any other
impression received from any other sense system, thru any other
portion of the body, and in such an event we have shown that you are
trying to appeal to the intelligence of that body. If so, that is the same
intelligence which may argue you are wrong, and do the opposite to
that which you suggested. You suggest to the body to get well and it
continues to be sick. My suggestion was o.k., but that mind did not
get it right. Blame it on the other fellow. Dont give him credit for
having any sense; at least, not as much as you have. That Innate mind
is a unit and shows that it can tend to its business by not interfering
with yours. You think your unit capable of directing the actions of
yourself plus another. Your unital intelligence was made for you; give
some of it to the other man and you suffer by the loss and then the
mind of No. 2 tells
125
HISTORY REPEATS
you your troubles, how to remedy them, and so the plot thickens
simply because you have had in mind the humanitarian observation
that you wanted to give a piece of your mind to another fellow.
To offer suggestions that would be of value would be to boldly give
to the sick person COMPLETE NORMAL CYCLES he needs. To
give him of your cycles means that you must give him a part of your
body; for instance, a few brain cells, nerve and tissue cells, with their
circulating forunic currents, for without all of these he could not have
more cycles, he would not get any benefit from your suggestions. To
tell him what to do is not to give him the transformed or interpreted
power or cycles with which to do it. If he had the power, there would
be the intelligence there to direct them and in that event would not
need your suggestions. It is the man who is down and out that is not a
normal unit that gets the kicks and blows; the suggestions, good, bad
and indifferent; but if, instead of so much trifling with the
imagination, you would line up his spine so that he could be a unit,
mental and physical, you would find that suggestions were not
necessary.
If suggestion be a necessary adjunct to the life of another object of
like kind, then we must constantly keep at our elbows the suggestor.
To follow this plan would be to see the world moving as one solid
phalanx of forms for no one dare get away from his source of power
his substitute human power sub-station.
Has one rose bush to do with the growth in the other? No? If so,
how could it have? Has one acorn any relation with another so far as
actual material or immaterial connection is concerned, or will one
have to do with the growth of the other, whether planted in the same
foot space, same patch, or miles away? Will one cabbage bear its own
burdens and then assist its neighbor and help him with its work? If so,
the law of reciprocation would be in vogue. Is it a fact that one plant
does help the other, or is each individual? With the two stalks of corn,
would one fail to grow if the other were not there (I am not
considering reproduction, but unital growth), or would one seed of
corn bring forth its stalk quite independent of the fact that any other
was present? You know the answer as well as I. It is so evident that
discussion is unnecessary and yet sometimes the simplest
126
IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT?
truths are overlooked in the attempt to get something big and great.
Consider two amoebae. Must one have the company of the other? It
is true, all things were made to pair and exist in doubles, with an
immediate third phase, but would one die without the other? Bacteria
do multiply very fast when they get an opportunity to feed on
something luscious, but would one die if his next door neighbor left,
and would the last one die if there were not another within miles? To
grant the value of suggestion from one animal or man to another of
like kind is necessary, is to imply that if one dies then its mate dies for
want of him, and so the chain continues until even Adam would die
without Eve, and Eve would not have suggested to Adam for him to
lose that one rib. Where the suggestion of losing that first rib had its
start is not known; but I SUGGEST that has been the source of much
trouble over suggestion ever since. Suppose only one sheep is on a
farm. Does it live? Does it depend upon suggestions from any other
sheep, to exist? If so there are none present. Suppose the only cow
within a radius of ten miles is in the possession of one man. This
occasionally happens. Will it consider a lingering death, waste away in
body and soul, simply because another cow is not within seeing,
calling, and talking distance? Does one horse depend upon advice
from another to tell him what to do and how to do it? Must one horse
tell the other, and the other tell the one, and those two tell others, and
thus each horse become his neighbors body keeper? Is this the rule of
unital growth?
Consider two monkeys. Undoubtedly they do talk things over; they
rehearse their little pieces, but what has all this to do with the internal
cyclic growth? They may talk over, in their chattering way, the
commonplace sights and events of external occurrences, such as an
educated human mind is capable of observing and remembering;
perhaps the clothes, the hair, dress, buildings, their forest homes, etc.,
will be considered; but frankly does one monkey tell the other when
he should move his bowels? Does one male monkey tell the female
monkey how she must build her offspring? Does one monkey advise
her digestive apparatus how to digest food? Is it a fact that one
monkey would not live
127
HISTORY REPEATS
without the advice of others? Then how is it possible for so many
single caged monkeys to live without other monkeys ever seeing them
for years?
Refer to the genus homoman. He is supposed to be a walking
delegate of the greatest unit organizationInnate Intelligence. He is
supposed to be a product of one intelligence greater than his own. We
have admitted he was a unit; that he could and would grow alone,
without other mates; that he was a separate product, that he did not
depend upon the associations or relations of anybody else to run him.
Does it look right, is it right, or is it possible for one man, by
suggestions to another, to so equalize the juices in anothers liver? Is it
possible for a stranger, after consultation, examination, and the
payment of a fee, to so thoroly know the atomic history of my entire
body that he can control the flow of splenic fluid from my spleen to
my stomach, by a few oral words to my subconscious mind as to how
it ought to do, but cant? Is it possible for you, a stranger, to tell a
patient how his kidneys should act, and then so direct cyclic currents
to them? Is it a fact that a male educated intellect can direct the Innate
periods of a female, with whom he does not have a passing ac-
quaintance? I ask you frankly, is such possible, is it plausible? Must
the female depend upon these external advices, suggestions, before
she can breathe another breath without which she must die? Could one
child exist providing no other exists? If life depends upon immediate
life surrounding us, then the more life the better. However, the
crowded tenements seem to disprove that.
In other words, please tell me the value that one plant or animal has
to another. Is man, or woman, plant, or vegetable, a unit? If man is not
a unit, then we need remodel all our cycles. They are based upon the
unital idea, wherein one man is capable of placing, thru the various
phases, all the changes necessary to complete cycles. He does not need
assistance to interpret an impression; he does not need suggestions
from external sources to send forth an impulse; nor does he screech or
scream for more power from a woman to help him express that ability
in the cell which we call function. He does not demand advice from
the external man, how to form the impression (that, he can do without
him); then follows the afferent transmission. No external
128
IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT?
assistance is needed to shove it up the nerve, and I am sure were
educated man to step into the mind of this Innate Intelligence he
would be a hindrance to its interpretation.
I have shown you briefly the various phases necessary to complete a
cycle within one unit. I have been showing you that these cycles are
being performed quite independent of any external agency; in fact, we
have clearly shown that all of man, internal and external, is based
around Innate cycles which are peculiar to this man, as a whole, and
which are peculiar to this exigency right now differently than another
one a moment ago. Those minute details are such that an outsider does
not know and I believe to offer the theory that one unit could not live
without the other by his side to continually tell him what time to get
up, what time to lie down, how many hours to sleep, just what time to
go to school, just how often to empty the bladder, just how many
revolutions the stomach should make considerate of quantity of
materials therein, what foods to eat, and what qualities, etc., and then
advise the bowels to work easy on that matter because it is delicate
to do all this would indicate that external or educated man is capable
of guiding an Innate machine greater than he could duplicate; but that
seems to make no difference to those students who argue the value of
suggestion from one unit to anotherthey assume that another unital
machine can be run to perfection and, they are the fellows that
suggested (to themselves) they can do it.
Is man a unit or is he not? If he is, then so construct your work
entirely to the end of giving the unit its individuality. Dont think for a
moment that you can warp him into some shape that you think he
ought to be. He does not depend upon a single suggestion from you,
any more than one man from another, for his or their growth. Consider
this seriously as it is a fundamental truth.
If suggestion of one body telling another how to run its functions,
when to do so and in what quantities, speed, etc., is truth, and is a fact
of matter, then we must determine the law of same. If educated
suggestion becomes a stable Innate quantity, in the sense that one unit
can, does, or should direct the functions of another, then it resolves
itself in one Universal Intelligence, many Innate Intelligences which
are subdivisible endlessly; but HOW and WHY is what I am hunting
for.
129
HISTORY REPEATS
Where is the suggestive therapeutist that will set our notions straight
in telling us how many segments our Innate Intelligence must be
divided into to pass it around to all the things we come in contact with.
If we are a part of somebody else and must direct his functions as well
as our own, then our Innate is only a part here and the balance is
differentially given to the keepings of other segments of Innates within
brains. We could not have ONE Unit Innate Intelligence. Our Innate
would be made up of some of our own, some of every person who
wishes to suggest to us what to do. For, to admit the fundamental that
our Innate is a unit throws us back on the ground that we could,
should, and would stand alone as regards the intelligence which makes
our internal functions. To admit any other hypothesis is to grant that
Innates must be passed around enough times to give every mind a
sample. This sampling business gets us into another Sympathetic
Nervous System with 129 brain systems, where confusion reigns
supreme. If SUGGESTION has a stable foundation and is a quantity
that must be dealt with, let us understand the law and then decipher its
principles and prove its value. Without a law it has no principles;
without principles we can have no conception; and without concepts
we are groping in darkness for the want of a truthful base. We still
believe man is a unit, and as a unit is capable of unital regulation of
internal functions.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 4,
April, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO Published by
The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
130
CHAPTER 31
The Story Of
THE POSSIBILITIES OF CHIROPRACTIC
By Uncle Howard Nutting
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, Nos. 9-10,
September-October, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
It is not my intention in this paper to criticize anything that has been
achieved in the developing of Chiropractic from a theory to a science
and from a science to a philosophy. My intention is on the possibilities
of Chiropractic to try by this means to stimulate you all to greater
effort in delving into the intricacies of this science.
It will be possible for you in the future to accomplish results of
which you now have not the remotest idea of accomplishing; and you
are today producing results that you knew not of. In your adjustments
for certain diseased conditions you unwittingly produce beneficiary
results on other organs to which you have paid no particular attention,
and these results manifest themselves often months after the
adjustment. Why? The Chiropractor of the future will know.
The opposite conditions, although rare, do exist. An adjustment not
properly given may and does oftentimes do serious damage, and these
results are manifest only some time after adjustments are given.
Chiropractic teachers, in the future years, will, instead of mapping
out a rule governing adjustments for certain diseases, give more
attention to the MANNER of giving adjustments. It is an easy matter
for the student to find a subluxation, and not a difficult task to adjust it
to a normal position, as he may think; but often these adjustments do
not produce the results looked for. Why? Because the conditions are
different from the majority of cases of this nature. There can be no
rule laid down which will apply to every case and the longer you study
the science, the more you will be convinced that there are never two
cases
131
HISTORY REPEATS
exactly alike; no two subjects will admit of the same manner of
adjustment.
The Chiropractor of the future will adjust to relieve the particular
case at hand and not by any given rule or universal law. The future
Chiropractor will study the case until he is absolutely sure he is right,
and will so adjust as to bring immediate results, especially in acute
cases, and but a few hours in chronic diseased conditions. If these
results do not follow immediately you may be assured that the
adjustment was not properly given, because proper Chiropractic
adjustments relieve at once, and if you do not get these results YOU
are at fault, not the science of Chiropractic.
In the near future, after adjusting a patient you will be able to outline
for him the exact position on which he shall lie in bed while asleep, to
best induce beneficial results. Innate does most of her work while the
body is in repose, and when muscles are all relaxed, and there is no
reason why, by a little study of the character of the subluxation, a
position cannot be obtained that will materially aid Innate in her work.
My own experience has taught me this, and by experimenting with
pillows, I have found a position where the pain would practically
cease, and on waking would find that Innate had done her work and
adjustments were unnecessary at this time. Surely a Chiropractor
could map out a position for such cases as he may adjust.
The other day I saw a mother punish a boy some six years of age
that is, she attempted to do so, and would have succeeded if she had
known aught of Chiropractic science; but she did not, hence the result.
She caught him, administered a sound, hard blow on the back of the
child. Instead of the child crying out with pain, his little face was
wreathed in smiles and he laughed most heartily. At that time I would
have given a farm to know where that blow fell.
The Chiropractor of the future will know exactly how to adjust to
produce happiness at once instead of sorrow. Blues are not caused
from trouble, real or imaginary, but from a diseased condition which
can and will be relieved instantaneously by the Chiropractor of the
future. Find out how and where.
132
THE POSSIBILITIES OF CHIROPRACTIC
Did you ever think what kind of a world this would be in a short
timenot later than 2000 A.D.if the development of Chiropractic
should continue until that time in proportion to the way it has
developed during the last five years? By the time mentioned, we
would see a race of giants, physically and mentally. There would be
no chronic diseases of any kind; people would not know what
tuberculosis is, except from history; no insane hospitals where men
and women are confined as in a prison and made to suffer untold
abuse because they have been so unfortunate as to subluxate the atlas.
There would be no more penitentiaries because no crime would be
committed by a sane man or woman; no poor houses because every
man would be well and hearty and have full possession of his faculties
to work with brain and brawn, and enjoy fully the fruits of his labor,
faring sumptuously every day. There would be few undertakers
perhaps one in a county to look after the remains of those worn out
with age, and a few who are killed outright by accident. Drug stores
would have vanishedno need now for even plasters and liniments;
drugs to be taken internally have been discarded long ago; ladies have
no use for face powder and lotions because all are painted with the
glow of health.
What a glorious epoch in the worlds history! WHO is to bring about
this utopia during the next 100 years. YOU are the foundation stock.
You are to prepare the way for future generations to follow. You are
to blaze the way, blast the rocks, clear all rubbish of ignorance and
prejudice, and open up the grand highway of truth. To you and The
P.S.C. will be the honor of lifting the world out of the swamp of
sickness, disease, and death, up to the highlands of health, and
consequently happiness.
You are given this work to do; you cannot shirk it if you would; you
would not if you could. The keynote of Chiropractic success is
demonstration. Chiropractic is greater today than yesterday because
you know more today than you did yesterday and can demonstrate
it. If you will know a great deal more tomorrow, do not hesitate, do
not imagine that you have conquered all the obstacles. Your craft has
had a dangerous voyage so far, but it has been guided by a master pilot
around the whirlpools, missed only by a hair, and it has emerged out
upon the seemingly placid sea. But do not rest on your oars and drift
with the tide; there will be billows to ride and storms to encounter
which will need
133
HISTORY REPEATS
your best effort. Do not rest. Roll up your sleeves and PULL. Your
success depends upon the amount of labor expended by yourself.
Others may lend a helping hand, but you will have to paddle your own
canoe.
Keep always in the wake of The P.S.C. flag ship. She will lead the
U.C.A. safely around the crags and over the shoals to Chiropractic
success.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, Nos. 9-10,
September-October, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published
by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
134
CHAPTER 32
The Story Of
PYRAMIDS OF LIFE
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 12,
December, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Midway between the verdant valley of the Nile and the arid sands of
the Sahara, in the middle of the semilunar coast-line of Egypt, and in
the center of balance of all the land-surface of the globe, stands a
structure which is justly classed as one of the seven wonders of the
world. Built in the year 2170 B.C., the great pyramid of Gizeh is still
and perhaps always will be the largest and most solid building in the
world.
Thirteen acres of solid masonry rising into the air 482 feet, it
contains enough stone to build a rampart ten feet high around the
frontier of France. If it were hollow, it could contain the largest
cathedral in the world without allowing the cathedral to touch its sides
or top. It is still an unsolved problem how the hundred thousand
workers for the mighty King Cheops quarried and placed the mighty
stones which, layer on layer, in perfect symmetry were laid in poise
and balance such that to this day there shows no breaking in of
chambers beneath the vast and crushing strain of weight imposed for
forty centuries. The result is there and visible, but the secret of the
work is lost. Overshadowing the cryptic Sphinx, it hides within its
bosom mysteries, the contemplation of which is staggering
appalling.
There are other pyramids. All of them are imperfect imitations of the
first and greatest. The great pyramid sprang into being without any
antecedent evolution in architectureit had no prototype. It came in
an age when no great buildings had been attempted. It was built
without experience or precedent, and it has endured thru four
millenniums, the grandest of all building achievements.
But the marvel of this Lion of the Desert is not its size762 feet
square by 482 feet high. It is not the enormity of the conception, but
the complexity and symbolism of the building which
135
HISTORY REPEATS
baffles the student and appalls the observer. In its construction were
performed all the most difficult feats of mathematical computation
with which we struggle today. It includes so much geometry that the
builders must have known the principles of the squaring of the circle
and the w proportion. It evidences enough of physics to have
devised a perfect system of weights and measures; and enough of
astronomy to calculate the mean distance of the sun from the earth and
the length of the earths orbit around the sun. The knowledge of the
action of mercury in a thermometer, the length of the earths axis, the
number of days in the true year, the exact centre of the land surface of
the globe, the centra of the sideral systemall, or nearly all, of the
facts which science has disclosed to our wondering minds during the
past few centuries as NEWLY discovered laws were symbolized in the
Great Pyramid with exactness and imperishable truth.
Let me give you a few facts and figures to prove my statements. The
angles of the four sides were exactly equal, the point of the pyramid is
equi-distant from its four lower corners. The base departs from a
perfect square by only one-sixth of an inch. The specific gravity of the
Great Pyramid is exactly the specific gravity of the earth5.7. The
height of the Great Pyramid is an exact and even fraction of the
distance from the earth to the sun. The height multiplied by ten raised
to the ninth power gives the sun distance. The perimeter of the base is
equal to the perimeter of a circle whose radius is the height of the
pyramid, the squaring of the circle and the w proportion. The cubit,
which was the unit of measurement used, is contained in each base
line exactly as many times as there are days in the true year. This cubit
is an exact decimal of the length of the earths axis.
The large coffer in the Kings chamber, once supposed to have been
the open sarcophagus of Cheops, the builder, is now known to
symbolize a system of measures determined by natural laws and the
principles of universal construction, a system more perfect than any in
use today. The air shaft to one of the chambers points directly toward
the location of the North star at that particular time, a location which it
has never since occupied. The pile is perfectly oriented and points
directly to the four cardinal points of the compass. Its base line on the
north touches the
136
PYRAMIDS OF LIFE
thirtieth parallel of latitude and would presumably have passed it and
made it the centre had not the rocky hill forbade it. To have passed
over the brow of the hill with the pyramid would have been to invite
dissolution by the ages to come. And that pile of stones was built to
stay; built with a science and calculation and prescience of the future
which has never been equaled before or since.
Five and multiples thereof and the number nine seem to have
prevailed thruout the construction, as have also three and sevenall
uneven numbers. The courses of stone from top to bottom are
multiples of five. The courses in the chambers are multiples of nine.
One chamber has been found at the first course, another at the fiftieth.
It is presumed that there is a third at the one-hundredth course, the
way to which has not yet been found, after forty centuries.
Perhaps the most curious thing about this wonderful creation is the
fact that, built in a land of idolatry and paganism, during the reign of a
king who before and after its construction worshipped idols, there is
not a sign or symbol or mark in it or on it anywhere which has
reference to any deity or any worship. It seems almost incredible that
Cheops, or whoever builded it, should not have placed within this pile
of masonry some sign of religion at an age when not even the
ornament on miladys robe was too trivial to be invested with religious
significance, when on every other building and with every inscription
went some mark of worship of some god. But it is true.
The Great Pyramid is symbolical of the entire universe and the plan
of universal construction. It includes the earth and the solar system
and the sidereal system and a knowledge of the laws by which they
move and live. It is so comprehensive that science of today knows
little or nothing that did not in all probability influence the builders of
this monument of science. For such it is. It seems as if designed by
almost omnipotent minds to stand thru all time a living presentation of
the truths of nature and of law for all who are able to see and
understand, declaring nothing to the unthinking or untaught and
everything to those whose penetration suffers them to read its secrets.
Who were the builders? We do not know. Could it have been the
heathen king in whose reign it grew? Perhaps, but the facts
138
HISTORY REPEATS
of its construction render that highly improbable. Does it embody the
learning of the masses of workmen who toiled in its unrearing? Surely
not. No other evidence of such knowledge ever existed and it is
inconceivable that if this learning had been widespread SOME other
evidence should not have come down to us. Was it done under the
direction of some seclusive cult of humans who possessed all science
and all art and all philosophy and of which the world was ignorant?
This is most probable of all and the only explanation which, other than
direct inspiration from deity itself, will suffice.
If this be true it is marvelous still that the same learning has not been
otherwise preserved and handed down to us thru succeeding ages so
that we might today know all the secrets of this great empire. Perhaps
in their farsighted wisdom, these old Masons knew that man must still
pass thru centuries of struggle toward the light before he would be
ready for such truths. Perhaps they foresaw that long cyclic swing of
life which intervened ere we again evolved to that zenith of
knowledge, into which we are now being projected, which would
enable us to understand. Perhaps that pyramid is the deliberate
message from that cycle to thisthe proof, graven in time defying
stone, that there has existed a high degree of development on earth in
ancient times and that we are now just getting back to that plane of
life. Perhaps, could we read its secrets aright, we should find there
evidence of a knowledge of Chiropractic greater than our own.
Perhaps this art of ours is no more new to earth than our modern
sciences of calculation are new. Perhapsbut why speculate further
on the unknowable.
The pyramid is there. It contains the essence of all mathematics,
geometry, physics, and mechanical construction. No purpose other
than as a symbol of the universe and universal law can be rationally
conceived. It is the unsolvable riddle of all time.
But whoever the builders were, what brains contained the wonderful
ability to conceive and construct such a monument, the Great Pyramid
of Gizeh has stood and will stand, while the comings and goings of the
tide of civilization and race life have ebbed and flowed around its
base, and the whole world has traveled thru its cycles and long
centuries of time. It, like the Sphinx, is the epitome of the riddle of
Egyptmysterious Egypt, whose
138
PYRAMIDS OF LIFE
former glories have left their imprint on all the world and the depth of
whose mediaeval and modern shame has stirred a throb of sadness in
the heart of every muser on the glories of the past and the grandeur
that is vanished.
They say the Lion and the Lizard keep
The courts where Jamshyd gloried and drank deep;
And Bahram, that great Hunterthe Wild Ass
Stamps oer his head, but cannot break his sleep.
Thru all the desolations of empires and peoples, thru the darkness
and superstitution and crime and punishment, and disease of men and
nations, the eternal sun has ever shone on the four slopes of this
granite faced mountain, standing always like the eternal hills and
watching, in its silent majesty, the rolling of a world.
Of all the achievements of Egypt nothing has endured like the
pyramids. Of all the monuments of the ancient race which dwelt there,
no one has stood the test of time like the Great Pyramid of Gizeh.
Many important events of Egyptian history have centered round the
pyramids. All Mamoun, Moslem, son of Haroun-al-Raschid, very
nearly caused a revolution by forcing a long and tortuous way into the
recesses of the greatest one in search of treasure, which, of course, he
failed to find. The Great Pyramid has ever been the center of
superstition and fiction and has outlived all of it. The tide of Egyptian
civilization has ebbed and Rowed around it. In olden days men
worshipped at this pyramid, making it a shrine in ignorance of its real
purpose. Travelers of all ages have lingered in its shade and thot of the
men who builded it. It has remained as an ever-present reminder of the
glory of the pastthe last and most stable relic of one of the worlds
greatest and earliest civilizations.
It is a connecting link between the past and present, ever attesting
the wisdom of the builders. It has been inextricably linked with
Egyptian history for four thousand years.
But even more important is the position of the pyramids in the
history of the world. Men of all nations have known and revered the
Great Pyramid. The scripture refers to it and some zealous writers
have misread the references so as to make them say that the Pyramid
was a directly inspired work of God and was built by the ancestors of
the Jewish racenot by Egyptians.
139
HISTORY REPEATS
Ancient Hindu books refer to it as the Golden mountain set in
Egypt, a rich figure which was well in keeping with the mythical
tendencies of the times. In Greek literature it is given a place of
importance. This is the more worthy of remark since it had no
connection whatever with any of the deities or personages of ancient
mythology. It cast its shadow as far as Rome in the days of the
Caesars. The tide of Moslem invasion swept over the Pyramids and
was modified thereby, these great structures received a tribute of
superstitious awe from the fanatic and imaginative Arabs. In its
shadow, Napoleon exhorted his followers to greater achievements.
In modern times the Great Pyramid has been the object of great
scientific research. Hundreds of able men have spent the greater part
of their lives in studying it. Books have been written about it. It has
been held up ever as an emblem of solidity and permanency to the
whole world, with the Rock of Gibraltar and the unchanging hills. It
bears mute witness to the truth that there lies IN MAN the power to
produce as permanent and enduring a work as the rocks of the
Almighty. Is it not proof in fact that GOD IS IN MAN and that the
same power which constructed the mountains and rocks and the shape
and forms of the earth is in us and of us, and needs only direction and
will and purpose to accomplish anything? And this was primitive
manthose whom the ancient Hebrew scribes called ancient!
The Great Pyramid has left its unerasable impression upon humanity.
More than any other artificial structure it has stamped itself upon the
history of the world with a shadowy pyramid on every page. The
influence of this inert monster seems almost uncannybecause we do
not understand. (Man has always invested in an awe-inspiring aura
that which he cannot understand.)
The Great Pyramid is a symbola sign of a concentrated intellect of
a people. It stands for the eternal truth that that which is law and truth
cannot be obliterated. Though the intellects which designed it have
passed beyond and left no trace, yet their knowledge has lived after
them and is still bearing fruit after its kind.
Every great achievement that history records stands as a pyramid in
the life of some great man by which the truth that was in him has been
perpetuated and his deeds remembered by men.
140
PYRAMIDS OF LIFE
Some build more pyramids than one; usually those who scatter
themselves and their forces thus, build lesser pyramids. Others center
their whole lives in the consummation of one great purpose which
lives after them in the minds of the succeeding generations as their
monument.
Napoleons pyramid was Austerlitzthe height of his glory and
ability. That of Alexander the Great was his conquest of Persia; of
Grant, his Virginia campaigns; and of Toga, his destruction of the
Russian fleet. By these things, and sometimes by them alone, we
remember and revere the memory of these men, because they were
men who DID thingsthings not trivial or inconsequential, but things
of import to the world.
In more peaceful fields, Abraham Lincoln made for himself a
beautiful pyramid amid the storm and whirl of war and suffering,
when he issued his great Emancipation Proclamation. It, like all other
pyramids, was the fruit of a lifetime of character-building, which was
concentrated and perpetuated in that act. Fultons pyramid was his
steam boat; Bells, his telephone; Wright Brothers, their flying
machine.
The pyramid of Field was the Atlantic cable; of Wolfe, the battle of
Quebec, the one achievement for which the world remembers his
name. The pyramid of Dickens was his David Copperfield, and of
Harvey, his blood circulation.
The pyramid of Christopher Columbus, built on the rocky hill of his
fortitude and faith, is the discovery of a new continent. Perhapswho
knowsThe P.S.C. may in the future be known as the pyramid in the
life of Dr. B. J. Palmer.
And more than these. Many there are who are known for a single
achievement, who have lived quietly and obscurely all their days, save
for one meteor blaze which marked them out for fame. All their years
were preparations and foundation stonesall their days were training
for the crowning labor of a useful life. Thousands of these there are,
unknown to fame, who have yet left behind some imperishable thing,
which men rise and grow by, and learn from, which is good.
To each one the great moment in his life when he achieves that from
which the whole human race may derive benefit, is his pyramid, It
may endure unknown and misunderstood, like
141
HISTORY REPEATS
Cheops pile, for many years; but some daysome day when perhaps
the builder is forgottenhis work will be recognized, honored,
revered, and his intellect respected though his identity be lost.
Is there not pleasure in that thot? Is it not more truly fame that our
work be recognized than that our name be coupled with it? GET
THISif a thing be true, not all the force of time can change one jot
of it, or erase one line! That is your final assurance of rewardthat
Justice of the Universe.
Where is your pyramid, brother? You, whose mind is now gripping
and holding the concept of this eternal pile of masonry with its
symbolism, and of the pyramids of life and their importance, where is
your pyramid?
Is it accomplishedthat monument of yours? Or, is it still a mere
thot picture in your brain, the pattern around which you are shaping
your life and its every effort? Or, are you one of those blind and
groping minds that have no pyramid?
Have you chosen a central purpose and fixed it in the most solid
portion of your mind, and are you gathering rocks of experience and
knowledge and shaping them with jeweled rock-saws of reason and
meditation?
Every one of you should prepare himself carefully for the building of
something in his life that will last, something good and something
permanent. Every one of you can do some one great thing that will
serve as a central point and pivot toward which you work until
accomplished, and at which you may look back in after years with just
pride and consciousness of a life well spent.
Has it ever occurred to you that only one great moment may justify a
life? All the time and labor spent in the manufacture of the
thirteen-inch gun, its powder and ball, its carriage and accessories,
were directed toward one purposethe firing of that gun! Without
that moment all the rest is lost; without a firing moment, many a life is
wasteduseless.
Has all your labor been wasted? Have you missed fire? Or, are you
going to? Not if your work is rightly done. Not if every action and
every step was carefully considered in its bearing on your purpose.
Not if the saws with which you shape your building materials are
jeweled with reason and cut clean!
142
PYRAMIDS OF LIFE
And when that work of yours is finished, finished at your best, will it
endure? You do not know? Ah, but did the builders of Cheops
Pyramid doubt that when they entombed there all their secrets of
science, that they would defy time itself, vie with nature in endurance?
Did they doubt thru that stupendous labor? Not they, for had they
doubted, they had not achieved! That is the law!
And why should they doubt? Did they not measure, weigh, and
estimate the value and permanency of their work by the most
permanent of all standards, the Universe itself? Measured by the laws
of Universal Intelligence and found true it must endure. There is no
other power to change it.
And so with you. If your plans, beliefs, deeds will square with
science and with a true philosophy of life, you need have no fear but
that when the time of your achievement comes, it will be done and it
will stand. I do not mean to declare to you a doctrine of inevitable
consequences. I do not mean that by philosophy and science alone we
shall succeed, but that we may.
Given these things and an alert, active mind wherewith to grasp at
once the opportunity; given a clear and lucid comprehension of the
meaning of the Inner Voice within ourselves which bids us move or
stay our handsand when the time comes we shall be ready and we
shall achieve.
Listen with me to the words of Lincoln, a man who waited and who
did succeed. I will study and get ready, for my time will come.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Volume V, No. 12,
December, 1909, FORTY-TWO YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
143
CHAPTER 33
The Story Of
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE
ENTERPRISE
Petty Jealousies May Result in Removal of Palmer School of
Chiropractic and Consequent Great Loss of Revenue to City
of Davenport.Has Benefited the City.Brought Nearly a
Million Dollars of New Money to the City Last Year.
Spent $5,000 with Post Office, Paid $7,850 Express.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 7, No. 6, June,
1911, FORTY YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of
Chiropractic.)
Davenport, May 18 (1911).That the success of one man in
Davenport has led to the bitter enmity of the Scott County Medical
Society, which organization has carried its fight into the Commercial
Club, and even into the Y.M.C.A., is the statement made by prominent
business men of Davenport who have threatened to withdraw their
patronage from the Commercial Club, unless it is reorganized along
broader lines and is taken out of the control of the narrow men who
are now directing the destinies.
The cause of the trouble is the fight being waged by the Medical
Society of Scott County, or at least members of it, against Dr. B. J.
Palmer, who has been conducting a successful school of Chiropractic
which is distributing nearly a million dollars in Davenport and has
added greatly to the fame of the city in all parts of the United States
and the world.
At first the business men took little interest in the matter, but when
they began to realize that a continuance of the underhanded attacks
might lead to the loss to Davenport of an institution which was equal
to any manufacturing establishment giving employment to from four
to five hundred men, then the business men commenced to investigate,
and the more they investigated the stronger were their convictions that
a continuation of the present narrow-minded policy might result in the
loss of an institution to the city, which has been of the greatest benefit
not only in the
144
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE
direct distribution of cash, but also in the distribution of advertising
matter in all parts of the world, from which the students of The Palmer
School of Chiropractic are being recruited.
A business man who has taken the trouble to investigate the
contentions on both sides gives the following story of the trouble
which has originated in an effort on the part of members of the Scott
County Medical Society to put The Palmer School out of business.
To commence with, Dr. B. J. Palmer, the head of the Palmer School,
is a man of good reputation, honorable in his dealings, pays his bills,
is sober, reliable, nothing can be said against his personal character.
But, as he has been successful and has pursued new and heretofore
untried paths for the adjustment of the cause of disease, and believes
that he has succeeded in evolving a method of adjustment which is
simple, prompt in action, provides for no drugging, but leaves nature
in the best possible condition to carry on its work of restoring the
various portions of the body to normal action. In brief, his theory is
that the brain is the center of all power. The brain, through the spinal
column, and its nerve fibres, distributes the vital force to all portions
of the body. The bones in the spinal column may become slightly
displaced, resulting in a constriction to the nerve force, and thus
preventing the organ supplied by such nerve from getting the force
which it should receive from the brain. Dr. Palmer has believed that by
restoring these bones to proper position and removing this constriction
that the nerve forces will flow on uninterruptedly, and that nature will
then do its work. He removes the pressure on nerves instead of
treating the organs, and the results have shown that many are greatly
benefited.
A free clinic is established at the school, which is visited by
hundreds of patients daily, where the students are permitted to see and
participate in the actual work, and where they may note the benefits to
the patients. There is no wrenching, no drugging, nothing but a simple
adjustment of the bones of the spinal column, which is continued
from day to day until all portions of the body are carrying out their
proper function.
The regular doctors claim it is a fake. If so, there are many, many
who are being deceived, for not only are the patients who daily visit
the institution made up of the ordinary run of human-
145
HISTORY REPEATS
ity, but the students are way above the ordinary run of intelligence and
are composed of young men and women, many of whom have taken a
regular course in medicine, and have sought The Palmer School to
learn the Palmer method. They are also business men who have left
their business to take up this work, believing that in so doing they can
establish a legitimate and successful practice for themselves and at the
same time benefit humanity by this new system. Interviews with
patients show that satisfactory progress is being made with their cases,
and as they are not doped, no injurious effects attend to follow.
The success of The Palmer School, said our informant, aroused the
antagonism of members of the Scott County Medical Society who, it is
claimed, raised a considerable sum of money to place The Palmer
School out of business. The attacks were made through the courts,
through the legislature, and finally crept into the Commercial Club
and the Y.M.C.A.
The first effort was made to induce the Iowa legislature to so modify
the state medical laws as to close The Palmer School, and others of
similar character. A bill, innocent in appearance, was brought before
the legislature, but when the effect of the passage of such a measure
became known, the members of the legislature promptly turned it
down, and thus declared that it could see naught but benefit in the
Palmer system.
The next effort was to try to get the Scott County Grand Jury to
return an indictment against Dr. Palmer personally, under the charge
of practicing medicine without a license, and with advertising without
a license. The grand jury listened to the arguments which were
advanced and refused to be a party to such persecution.
Dr. Palmer has always been known as a Booster. He promptly
adopted the slogan, Every year a better year for Davenport, and he
believed that by increasing the number of his students and bringing
more people to Davenport where they would spend their money, he
was doing his share to boost Davenport. He was waited upon by some
business men and asked to present his application to the Commercial
Club and, being a genuine booster and willing to contribute his share
toward Davenports success, he cheerfully expressed his willingness
to add his fee to the amount in the control of the club which could be
used in obtain-
146
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE
ing other industries. He did not believe there were any men in
Davenport who would allow their personal or business prejudice to
interfere with the success of a club which had for its object the
betterment and growth of Davenport. Soon after his application came
in, there was a protest quietly circulated among the members of the
Scott County Medical Society against his admission. This was signed
by doctors but was in sufficient numbers to have prevented the
admission of Dr. Palmer, and his application was withdrawn.
Dr. Palmer did not care to raise any disturbance over the matter,
accepting it as the price which a person pays for success in the
invasion of untried fields, but other Davenport boosters did not take it
so calmly, and were highly indignant that any class of men should
bring petty jealousies into an organization where all should pull
together for the advancement of their home town.
The next attack on Dr. Palmer was through the Y.M.C.A., which the
doctor had been invited to join. Here again the petty jealousies of
members of the medical association were shown and the regular
doctors who were members joined in a protest against his admission
and threatened to withdraw if Dr. Palmer was admitted. It is presumed
that if Dr. Palmer stood before St. Peter on the final judgment day, and
could present an honorable record for the scrutiny of that last Judge,
there would be members of the medical fraternity on the outside
asking that he be denied admission. And for what cause? Simply
because he follows a different course than they have learned at their
colleges, and because he is teaching that system to five or six hundred
students a year.
But the jealousies of the local physicians did not stop there. Failing
to annoy the doctor or interfere with his business success at the
January session of the grand jury, the same body of men again
conspired to destroy his reputation, by attempting to secure his
indictment at the April term. Again the members of the jury listening
to the statements made by the jealous physicians, determined there
was no legal cause for action against Dr. Palmer, and again the case
was dismissed.
The next effort of the regular was through the medium of the local
press, to deny him the use of the advertising columns
147
HISTORY REPEATS
of the papers. Through some manipulation of the local papers, the first
movement was to have all his matter plainly marked as advertising,
to which the doctor in no way objected, as unlike many of the regular
doctors the doctor is willing to pay for his space and willing that the
public should know that he is paying for it, rather than to sneak it
through free under the guise of an address before a medical meeting,
or by slipping a few dollars into the hands of a reporter to see that an
accident or operation was given the correct attention. The next
movement was to get one of the Davenport papers to deny him the use
of its columns under any conditions.
Goaded on by these attacks, Dr. Palmer has threatened to strike
back. He has declared that if Davenport is to be ruled by a small
organization of medical men, there are other towns of more liberal
views to which his college can be removed. He has been
contemplating the erection of a handsome college building on Brady
Street where his present business is conducted, and had about
arranged plans for financing such an undertaking, but declares that if
Davenport is to be dominated by so narrow a class of practitioners,
there are other towns willing to give him a bonus and aid in the
erection of a suitable building if he will only say the word for such
removal. It is because of such threat of removal that the business men
of Davenport are lining up in his behalf and threatening to sit down on
any class members of the Commercial Club who seek to make the club
a vehicle for working out their personal grievances.
After the attack made on him before the Commercial Club, Dr.
Palmer directed a letter to one of the physicians who had been active
in circulating the remonstrances against him which was as follows:
At various times and under various circumstances, always secret,
never public, to my back, not to my face, you have interested yourself
first in my personality, second in my position in the community, third
in my profession, fourth in my business ability, fifth in the legality of
Chiropractic in this stateto all of which I have no objection. From
the many sources of information, you have been on the opposing side
of everything emanating from The P.S.C. I, for one, would like to
know what your grievance is, why you have such a grievance, what
reasons you es-
148
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE
tablish for being antagonistic, whether these are valid, whether they
are sufficiently strong to continue their practice.
Knowing further, first, that my interest in your position is as one
individual; second, that many would like to listen to a public
discussion of these grievances; third, that if your reasons are es-
tablished the city of Davenport will be benefited; fourth, that if proven
fallacious, prejudiced, and groundless, then silence would be golden;
fifth, that it will gratify your ambition for further publicity; sixth, that
it will give the mass of people further knowledge on the pros and
cons; seventh, that it will give me an opportunity to meet you face to
face on mutual ground; eighth, that it will prove you or myself wrong,
either of which I am willing to permit. I therefore do hereby challenge
you to meet me in debate, all conditions of which any audience will
consider fair and reasonable, as follows:
First, you to meet me in any public hall in the City of Davenport, at
my expense.
Second, all expenses attached thereto, such as advertising, etc., to
be paid by myself.
Third, you to assume any subject pertaining to:
a. My personality.
b. My position in the community.
c. Your or my profession, viz., rights or wrongs of medicine or
Chiropractic.
d. My business standing in the community.
e. Whether a knocker or a booster helps Davenport.
f. The legislative question in Iowa or at large.
Fourth, you to let me know one week in advance the subject or
subjects you choose to debate.
Fifth, you and I to meet at the hall selected by yourself, and you to
prove my position in this community is unreasonable, unjust,
improper, and a menace to Every year a better year in Davenport.
Sixth, you to attempt to establish that what you have been doing
was done to benefit Davenport rather than to foster a personal and
private feeling.
149
HISTORY REPEATS
Seventh, should you so succeed in establishing your assumption,
then I donate $100 to Ned Lees Mission at a public humiliation
meeting.
Eighth, should you fail to maintain your hypothetical presumptions,
then you to pay a like sum, to a like place, in like manner.
Ninth, there to be no charge for admission at the door of the hall in
question, you to have half the tickets and I the other half.
Tenth, all arguments to be based upon facts of logic and practice as
provenno theories to enter the composition, no personalities or
evasions of main questions confronted from side to side.
Eleventh, I to have the privilege (you also if you desire) to report
the debate in full and to be further published and used by me as
advertising in support of Chiropractic in the future.
The pleasure of meeting you will be all mine, and will give you the
much coveted position of meeting me face to face, permitting you to
maintain your position before the public in preference, to private,
giving you an opportunity to meet your contemporary at his request
and expense, andfirst, if your position be the right one you have
nothing to fear from a public display of same; second, if your position
be proven wrong, false, and unjust to me, my profession and business,
then the citizens of Davenport should know it.
You have an opportunity you have longed for, and I am making it
possible at no cost to you but the continued struggle for supremacy,
which you have been maintaining all winter, therefore are in trim. This
letter will be mailed from The P.S.C., registered, on March 20th. It
will reach you on the 21st. I will have your receipt for same Tuesday
afternoon. Your reply on Saturday forenoon, March 25th, not later
than 9:00 a.m., will be sufficient. The debate to be held within one
week from that date. No reply being received at that time, for or
against, acceptance or denial, I will make public this statement as
herein mailed.
First, are you willing?
Second, are you the man I think you are?
Third, do you defend the profession you think you do?
Fourth, is your premise logical?
150
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE
To refuse to meet this challenge is to admit public defeat; to ignore
it is to further admit your incapability to uphold, in public, the subjects
and assumptions you assume in private; to shift responsibility is to
belie your aggressive actions of the past winter. Therefore, I await
your answer, after due deliberation and thoughts of the future.
I am,
(Signed) B. J. Palmer, D.C., Ph.C.

The physician addressed never responded to the letter and the people
of Davenport were thus denied the opportunity to hear the issue
discussed.
The results of all these attacks on Dr. Palmer have been to engender
a bad feeling in the city. These have reached the students, many of
whom are men of means in their respective communities, and
arrangements were made among the students and ex-students to
organize a 400 club in which each member has agreed to give the
sum of $250 to endow a Palmer School of Chiropractic, such
institution to be located at some point outside of Davenport. This club
is now 275 strong, and the full 400 will be secured at an early date.
Cities at other places are already competing for the location of the
school and have offered advantageous sites and a cash bonus to secure
it. For the present, Dr. Palmer is taking these under advisement, for
while the subject of attack by the physicians, the business men of the
city are showing such confidence in him and are rallying so loyally to
his support that Davenport still has a warm place in his heart.
So intense is the feeling in Davenport becoming, that students of the
Palmer School are now purchasing their supplies only at stores where
The P.S.C. pennant is displayed, inviting their trade. Over a hundred
of the leading merchants of Davenport have this pennant displayed in
their stores.
The parade of the students and faculty of The Palmer School of
Chiropractic on May 10th was an eye-opener to many of the business
men of Davenport. On that day students and faculty paraded over the
business district of Davenport, carrying appropriate banners. They
walked two abreast, and the parade was over four blocks long. There
were, by actual count, over three hundred in the parade.
151
HISTORY REPEATS
Some idea of the benefit which this school is to Davenport can be
gained by the following summarization of figures:
During the year 1910 there were 505 students enrolled, many of
whom remained in the city nearly the entire year. About a third of
them were accompanied by their wives, making a total of 667 people
that The Palmer School brought to Davenport last year. It is estimated
that these spent in Davenport last year $670,580. In addition to the
above, as a source of revenue to the city, there were a total of 2,700
who attended the free clinic, 900 of these were from out of town, and
were brought to Davenport by the location of The Palmer School here.
These visitors probably spent $160 each for the time they were in
Davenport, or a total of $144,000. 500 private patients also received
the private work of the faculty and spent a total of $600,000 more,
making a total of $847,580 which The Palmer School brought to
Davenport and was distributed among the merchants and trades people
of the city.
Pretty good for one institution, wasnt it? It was all new and foreign
money poured into the city, and not the circulation of money
previously here.
If, as is now indicated, over one thousand students are enrolled this
year, it will mean the bringing of over a million and a half of new
capital to Davenport during the current year.
Dr. Palmer has always aided the local banks by encouraging his
students to open accounts with the Davenport banks. As they are to be
in Davenport the greater part of the year, a bank account becomes a
necessity, and so they bring with them usually a sum necessary to
carry them through the year; these accounts are of great benefit to the
Davenport banks.
Since May 1, 1909, The Palmer School of Chiropractic has enrolled
3,380 patients, many of these being chronic cases who had been given
up by all the regular physicians as having but a limited time to live.
Out of this number only seven have died, a number which would be
only a good average for the same number of people enjoying the best
of health. Surely the Palmer adjustment has not killed them off as
some of the physicians would have the people believe. Can any
regular physician show a better record of cases treated?
152
DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE
That Davenport is advertised by The Palmer School is shown by the
fact that over two million pieces of literature were distributed from
Davenport during the year 1910. Every one of these pieces mention
the name of the city.
It is estimated that three hundred houses were rented last year to
pupils of The Palmer School, or to others who were directly connected
with the institution. That added a pretty good sum to the rental value
of Davenport real estate.
The Palmer School is also a large contributor to the Davenport post
office, paying in last year in the way of postage over $5,000, being
one of the largest patrons of the local office. The School also
contributed to the local express companies $7,850.
The Palmer School has had a wonderful growth. In 1901 there was
one student; in 1903, 3; in 1904, 9; in 1905, 30; in 1906, 75; in 1907,
96; in 1908, 130; in 1909, 318; in 1910, 505. From the way the school
is increasing the present year the prospect is that it will exceed the
thousand mark this year.
That students of The Palmer School are distributed in all the states
and territories is shown by an inspection of the register of the School,
which shows students from every state and territory in the United
States, as well as Australia, Canada, Mexico, and other countries.
The business men of Davenport are rallying to the support of this
institution, and declare that they will stand back of it as against any
petty jealousies which have been inspired by its great success. They
are determined that The Palmer School of Chiropractic shall and will
remain in Davenport, and will stand loyally by it.Clinton Daily
Advertiser, May 18, 1911.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 7, No. 6, June,
1911, FORTY YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of
Chiropractic.)
153
CHAPTER 34
The Story Of
MEMORIAL SERVICE
In Respect to Dr. D. D. Palmer, Discoverer of Chiropractic,
October 23, 1913, at The P.S.C.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 9, No. 12,
December, 1913, THIRTY-EIGHT YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
In respect to D. D. Palmer, discoverer of Chiropractic, who died at
Los Angeles, Monday morning, October 20th (1913), memorial
services were held at The Palmer School of Chiropractic, Chiropractic
Fountain Head, Davenport, Iowa, Wednesday morning, October 22nd.
A full account of the services follows:
Dr. A. B. Hender: We are assembled here this morning for the
purpose of paying our respects to the memory of the Founder and
Discoverer of Chiropractic, Dr. D. D. Palmer, whom we consider the
parent of this science. We have with us some speakers who knew Dr.
Palmer personally, and were well acquainted with his early work. I am
going to ask that there be no applause of any kind, as we are gathered
here in a different cause than for which we usually gather, and for a
different reason. Following the services this morning, school will be
dismissed. There will be no official duties. We are going to be here
this afternoon to take care of such patients as may be here, who could
not be notified of the fact of our closing down. The first speaker I am
going to introduce this morning is Reverend Weed of Monmouth, Ill.
Rev. Weed was in close touch with Dr. D. D. Palmer and named the
science.
Reverend Samuel H. Weed: Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: I
think I would not stand before you here today were it not for the
science of Chiropractic of which I have received the benefit from Dr.
D. D. Palmer and Dr. B. J. Palmer, and others who have learned the
science and practice the method. I first knew Dr. D. D. Palmer in
1894. I felt sad when I heard the news yesterday that he had departed
this life. I will endeavor to
154
MEMORIAL SERVICE
briefly relate the circumstances under which I formed his
acquaintance. My daughter, at the Worlds Fair Exposition in Chi-
cago, in 1893, dislocated her ankle and though she set it herself, which
was a remarkable thing for her to do, the ankle proved a grave trouble
to her. She employed three celebrated physicians who were
recommended in Chicago. They gave her the best treatment the M.Ds
knew how to give. She came home and suffered for months. One day
she said to me, Father, I want to go to Dr. Palmer. I hear him
recommended. He was then practicing the magnetic treatment. I said
to her, You dont want to go to that quack, do you? She remarked
that she had been unable to sleep for about three weeks, and that she
was suffering intense pain with her ankle, and she said, I feel that I
will die if I do not get relief, and I want to go to Dr. Palmer. I said to
her, If you look on it that way, go.
It was about the middle of the week when she left home; she was
using crutches, as she could not put her foot to the ground. The
Saturday evening following, we were surprised to see her coming
home carrying her crutches in her hands, walking on that sore foot.
She returned and took further treatment and was cured by the
magnetic process, and came home and said, Now, father, it is your
time to go.
I was an old soldier and had contracted disease in the army that had
continued with me all of those years, and I was in a bad state of health.
I protested, but she insisted. I came and took an examination. The
doctor said he thought he could help me, but I went away without
taking treatments. Dr. Palmer located my trouble on the left side, just
over the spleen, and when I spoke to my son Robert about it he
laughed at the idea and said that every person is tender at that place. I
concluded that I was different from other people in that respect when I
found that I could not make him flinch by punching in that place. So I
came to Dr. Palmer and he relieved me from the trouble from which I
had suffered for many years. That was in July, 1894.
Afterwards, I came to him for another trouble. It was the next year,
in 1895, and he told me he had discovered a new method of relieving
disease, and he gave me adjustments, and I got relieved. Later, after
the members of my family had come and
155
HISTORY REPEATS
received benefit, I came again, and Dr. Palmer told me that he had
discovered a new method of treatment but it was without a name. He
wanted a name from the Greek language. I suggested three or four
different names. I gave them to him for consideration. He looked them
over, and finally decided to take the name Chiropractic, from
cheir which means hand, in Greek, and praktos which means
done. That is the history of the name of this science.
A short time after that, there was a gentleman whom I met in Henry
County. He told me of the trouble his daughter had. He had seen a
testimonial of mine in reference to Chiropractic, and he wanted to
know about it. He told me his daughter, Miss Abbie, was suffering
with a spine trouble. The medical doctors had said that the only relief
for it was to enclose the spine in a cast and thus strengthen it, and they
put a mechanical support on the spinal column for the purpose of
enabling her to support the upper portion of her body. They fed her
with food that would induce the growth of bone. They gave her
medicine with that in view. They succeeded in ankylosing the spine.
This only increased her misery. It was endangering her life. It was
making an encroachment upon the nerves that prevented the energy
passing through those nerves to the different vital organs of the body.
It is no wonder that she was almost in despair on account of it.
Following my advice, the gentleman sent his daughter to Dr. Palmer
and he brought her out.
The support was thrown away. The ankylosis was broken up, and the
nerves were free, and she regained good health. She wrote a letter to
Dr. Palmer, thanking him for what he had done for her. This letter was
published by Dr. Palmer, and it was plagiarized, or stolen, by another
who endeavored to set up a school in opposition to Dr. Palmer, in
Iowa City, and take away the students from this institution. The head
man of that collegethere were three Chiropractors that had learned
under Dr. D. D. Palmerstole that testimonial and placed his own
name in place of Dr. D. D. Palmers, and published that letter as one
that had been addressed to himself. This appeared to me to be a great
damage, and through credit to Dr. Palmer for what he had done for
me, I exposed the matter to him, and he did the matter justice in his
future publications.
156
MEMORIAL SERVICE
Now I will state another thing personal, and then I will continue
some remarks about the science that has been discovered and is being
taught so largely in this institution. When we had learned of the
success of Chiropractic, I came to Dr. Palmer one day and said,
Doctor, what will you take to cure me of everything that ails me?
Well, he said, I do not cure anybody. I simply open up the way for
Innate Intelligence to do the cure. I adjust and free the nerves from
impingement, and Innate does the balance. But if you wish, I will
adjust you for everything that ails you and I think you will come out
all right. I asked him what he would charge, and he told me a figure
which was a mere nominal sum, and I told him to go ahead.
In the end, I felt better than I had felt at any time since I left the
service of the country in 1864, and I felt that I had regained my youth.
Immediately after that my son came up from Rock Island and asked
me about my health and about the treatment I had received, and I told
him that I was well; that Dr. Palmer had done that which was
necessary to allow me to become well. He said, Father, now is the
time to take life insurance. I was going without life insurance because
my health had never been such since I left the service that I could have
taken a medical examination that would give a certificate of sufficient
health to be received into any insurance company.
I protested that I did not wish to do that, that I did not believe I could
stand an examination. Why, he said, didnt you say that Dr. Palmer
had cured you? I said, Well, that seemed to be the case; I do not feel
any infirmity of any kind. Well, then, go and get insured, he said. I
thought it over, and I did. I went to the old family physician who had
treated me for years, to take the examination. He told me, You have
come to the wrong person. I know too much about you, Mr. Weed.
Well, I said, I dont want insurance if I am not entitled to it, but I
would like to take the examination. I feel pretty well now; and I did
not mention Dr. Palmer. This physician was in the habit of speaking of
those that used magnetic treatment as long-haired skeezicksso I
did not name Dr. Palmer. He examined my lungs and expressed
surprise to find them in such good condition. So he proceeded with all
of the organs, and he gave me a certificate by which I was admitted to
life insurance.
157
HISTORY REPEATS
For this I have felt very grateful to Dr. D. D. Palmer. I cherish his
memory for the benefit that I have received. Later, I had an attack of
dropsy. I went to him and got relief. Sixteen months later, the dropsy
appeared in nearly the same form, and again I came to B. J. Palmer
and got relief, and I have never had any symptoms of that disease
since.
Now if I were to preach a funeral of Dr. D. D. Palmer, I would take
a text from the Acts of the Apostles, 13th Chapter, 36th verse, that
says:
For David, after he had served his own generation by the
will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, . . .
meaning that he was buried, of course. Dr. Palmer has served his
generation after the will of God. This science was started by him, it
was discovered by him. I believe firmly that God raises up men for
special purposes, and that He raised up D. D. Palmer for the purpose
of giving to the world this science in its beginning, and that he raised
up his son who is here with this institution to develop the science and
give it to the world, one of the greatest boons the world has ever
received. Dr. Palmer, the father, has served his generation after the
will of God. Dr. Palmer, the son, is serving his generation after the
will of Godand it will be a grand record that the two leave behind
them.
I will not take much more time. I, perhaps, may be speaking too
long, but I want to say that I have looked through the Bible
considerablythat book which is most abundant of any book in the
world and which is the most wonderful book that has ever been
writtenand I find in it many illustrations of Chiropractic. The word
Innate, I believe, was used by Dr. Palmer, the senior, and is used by
Dr. Palmer, the son. That word is found in the Bible.
Wherefore lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of
naughtiness, and receive with meekness the engrafted word,
which is able to save your soul.James, Chap. 1, 21st verse.
That is the way that practical writer of Scripture describes
regeneration. What theologians call repentance and regeneration.
Repentance is a laying aside of filthiness and superfluity of
naughtiness, or overflowing wickedness, as the American Revised
Version has it. That is repentance.
158
MEMORIAL SERVICE
Receive with meekness the engrafted word, in the old version, the
implanted word in the new version
The implanted word which is able to save your souls.
That is regeneration and sanctification, using the theological terms.
Now, that word engrafted or implanted the American version says
in the margin, is inborn. The word Innate is from the Latin, and is
the same word exactly. And in Langes Critical Commentary on the
Epistle of James, it is there translated Innate. That is the Divine
Intelligence or influence that turns on the machinery of our bodies and
heals our diseases. The Bible says: Heals all our diseases.
The Chiropractor is simply a coworker with God. He removes the
obstruction and lets God do the work, restore the health, and
life-giving impulses flow to the different organs of the body and carry
on the function of life.
There is another word that is used several times in the Scripture that
was used by Dr. D. D. Palmer, whose memory we commemorate
today, and is used by his son and by all the Chiropractors. That is the
word adjustment. Reading the Bible, we might not know that there
was a use made of that word. It is used several times in the New
Testament. I will read you one passage
But the God of all grace, who hath called us into his eternal
glory by Christ Jesus, after that ye have suffered a while,
make you perfect, establish, strengthen, settle you.I. Peter,
5th Chap., 10th Verse.
Now the word translated there, perfect is in the original Greek, a
word that means adjust. The American Revised Version has
translated it restore. An adjustment is a restoring of the vertebrae to
their proper position, and this word in Classical and Scriptural Greek,
both, means adjust and the last words, settle you, means place
you on a firm foundation. Reading this in this way we have the
promise made to the Christians that after they have suffered a little
whilethey were suffering persecution when Peter wrote those
wordsHe himself shall adjust, establish, strengthen you and place
you on a firm foundation. That is one of the grandest climaxes that I
know of in the Bible or in any other work.
Thanking you for your patience in listening to me, I will close.
159
HISTORY REPEATS
Dr. Hender: We are now going to ask Uncle Howard Nutting, who
has known Dr. Palmer for years, to speak a few words.
Uncle Howard Nutting: I am here to meet with and join you this
morning to let my voice in paying a tribute to the memory of Dr. D. D.
Palmer. Perhaps no one in Davenport was better acquainted with Dr.
Palmer, outside of his own family, than I.
Dr. Palmer was not a statesman who could control the masses of the
world by his influence; he was not a silver-tongued orator who could
swerve mankind by his eloquence; he was not a general who had won
distinction on the gory battlefields; he was but a man among men, a
man of indomitable courage, independent in thought and fearless in
action, kindly in heart, charitable in disposition, a man who stood
firmly and unflinchingly for the right as he saw it, a man who could
not be swerved the breadth of a hair from the position dictated by his
conscience.
I am somewhat of a predestinarian, and I believe that Dr. Palmer was
created for the sole purpose of the mission he performed. For ages the
ingenuity of man had been strained to the utmost limit in striving to
devise ways and means to ameliorate the suffering of diseased
humanity by treating the effects thereof. But there came a time when
materia medica had exhausted everything on the earth, over the earth,
and in the earth, in a fruitless endeavor, and as a last resort, the
glistening knife and the keen edged lances were called into play for
the mutilation of the human bodythen, and not till then, did an
all-wise Providence intercede and give to the world through the
instrumentality of Dr. D. D. Palmer the cause of diseased conditions.
He performed the mission for which he was intended. He gave to the
world Chiropractic, and he lived long enough to see it developed into
a science, and from a science to a philosophy. That accomplished, he
closes his eyes in that dreamless sleep, fully cognizant that he has
fought a good fight and finished the course.
The last time I saw Dr. Palmer, in August, about the last words he
said to me were: I have but a short time to live. What time I do live
will be devoted to Chiropractic. I cannot spare time to answer the false
statements made about me; it cannot hurt me now, and I shall pay no
more attention to them.
160
MEMORIAL SERVICE
Perhaps at the present time no massive granite will mark the last
resting place of Dr. D. D. Palmer, but as time rolls by and Chiropractic
becomes generally known, as it is known to a few of us today,
countless thousands will visit his grave, and there, with bowed heads
and thoughtful hearts, will revere and praise him who, through the
goodness of God, gave to the world the greatest boon ever bestowed
by an all-wise Providence upon suffering humanity since the Beloved
Son was nailed to the cross.
He has goneand gone forever. If he had faults, they are forgotten;
if he squelched us at times with bitter sarcasm, they are forgiven. We
and the world will remember Dr. Palmer for his indomitable courage
and for the noble work he performed. For years he bore the scoffs and
scorns of his fellowman. He was not only sneered at as a fakir, but
was persecuted and finally arrested, tried, and convicted and
imprisoned for doing good, and through it all he wavered not, but
conscious of right he steadfastly trod the Chiropractic path and
absolutely refused to be either led or driven aside.
He has gone, but Chiropractic remains and will remain forever.
Monuments of granite towering upward to the skies, eulogies spoken
and written in the most eloquent language known to man are now of
no avail; his eyes see not, his ears hear not. It is only left to us by our
devotion to Chiropractic to rear to his memory that which surpasses
the grandest monuments, the most beautiful eulogieshealth and
consequent happiness to the suffering world.
He has left us no wealth with which to endow colleges or sani-
tariums, but he has left us a much more valuable legacy, a son, who
will make the name of Palmer a household word to be known and
revered while truth shall endure.

Dr. Hender: The next speaker is one well known to nearly all of you.
He was well acquainted with Dr. Palmer from the start of his work in
Chiropractic. He needs no introduction, except that I will mention the
nameMr. Murphy.
Mr. C. H. Murphy: Mr. Chairman, Brothers and Sisters in
Chiropractic: Paraphrasing the statement made by Mark Antony at the
bier of Julius Caesar, wherein he says: I come to bury Caesar, not to
praise him, we have come to praise a man
161
HISTORY REPEATS
here because two thousand miles or more intervene between this space
and the setting sun beneath which his body will be buried, in the land
where the sun sets in all its glory, beneath the horizon on the broad
and placid Pacific. We come not to bury, but to resurrect. We come to
praise, for I believe something in that same statement of Mark
AntonyThe evil that men do lives after them; the good is oft
interred with their bones.
That is very true in some cases, but this is one of the instances that
make that the exception to the rule, that the good that Dr. D. D.
Palmer did in his lifetime is not interred with his bones or cremated
with his body.
I do not know what your peculiar religious beliefs may be, nor do I
care, but I am here to say that I believe that an all-wise Creator had
something to do with our beginning. To those of you who have studied
anatomy, I ask, Who else but a God could create it? If God alone is
the one who is our creator, then why isnt it possible for that God to
have created within this shell of ours something that will live forever?
I believe, as William Jennings Bryan says in a beautiful peroration
which he delivers on the majesty of the soul, wherein he takes you
back to the pyramids where for three thousand years or more lay a
small kernel of wheat, which was taken up after the elapsing of that
time and planted in the soil, and it sent forth a shoot, and out of that
head came many kernels, showing that after three thousand years there
was still life enough in that small kernel of wheat to have thrown out
something that produced its kind, and he says:
If God could place in that little kernel of wheat that had been
buried for three thousand years, or more, something that lived
all of that time, I shall not doubt but that he has power to
create a soul.
I know there are good men who believe that this life ends all. Where
they get their reason, or how far they get from the path in which they
had started at their mothers knees, is more than I can understand; for,
despite my doubts and despair in the days which I have stood upon the
brink, there never was a time that I fell over to the other side.
When a man has gone through this life, and has left his imprint in
some way in some community upon some people, or leaves
162
MEMORIAL SERVICE
progeny who do make their imprint upon the world, then we say that
that man or woman did not live in vain. How often we have heard it
said when a good man is found in the community, that he is a wise
man, a strong man, an able man! It should have first been said of him
that he had a good mother, a wise mother and a good father. Why?
Because we have just as much to do with rearing ourselves or training
ourselves and being what we afterwards are as we have about the
running of the stars, or the moon, or the sun, only as we receive
instructions from our elders.
We have not come here to palaver and say that Dr. Palmer was one
of the greatest and wisest and best men that the world ever knew. I
would not say that, because if I did I would be lying in my own heart. I
did not believe that of him. He would not have me believe it of him.
He was a man who was too combative and too aggressive and too
much set in his own way to have anybody that knew him well to
believe that of him, and he would take that rather as a weakness than
as a word of praise in his favor. He was just an ordinary man, but
endowed in a great many ways with extraordinary faculties, keen
perception, and with a great many of the ways of the people whom we
call Yankees.
It has been my fortune to have known this man from 1892 or 1893.
Meetings such as this have been held from the very earliest
recollection of man or woman, and they would be useless if they were
but to speak of the dead, thinking they would be of no benefit to the
dead, but they are rather as examples to the living, showing a mark of
respect, as it were, to the dead in the hopes that the living will take it
as an example for us when we are called from this transitory sphere to
pass out into that other and, as I believe, better world. Somebody has
said that life is but a span. If you want to get a view of life, just look
into the hourglass and see how quickly the sands run from the top to
the bottom. That brings to mind a part of the soliloquy of Woolsey:
This is the state of man: today he puts forth the tender leaves
of hope; tomorrow blossoms, and bears his blushing honors
thick upon him; the third day comes a frost, a killing frost,
and, when he thinks, good easy man, full surely his greatness
is a-ripening, nips his root, and then he falls.
And add to that another little line from Emerson:
Like autumn leaves to enrich our mother earth.
163
HISTORY REPEATS
Man is here but a short time, and these gatherings, such as we have
here this morning, are just, as it were, to pass out a word of sympathy
and condolence, and to say a few words in respect to the man,
whatever may have been his failings and foibles.
Dr. Palmer was a man, my friends, whom I have known, a man with
whom I have had discussions, and a man whom I, to his face, have
said as mean things to and about Chiropractic as any one man ever
said to another, and still it never lessened in any wise the friendship
that existed between Dr. Palmer and myself. Sometimes I did it in
earnest, and sometimes I did it in fun to get him started, because if you
got Dr. Palmer just oiled up to a proper condition, he could certainly
go someand I, with others, have taken some little pleasure in seeing
him go.
The speaker preceding me has said that Dr. Palmer was a most
peculiar man and different from almost any other man that you could
know. We who knew him best, we who were in daily intercourse with
him, knew him better than his own family, because we knew him as
men know men. He loved a quarrel. There was no man that I ever
knew that loved a wordy quarrel better than Dr. Palmer. He would
seek it. And in that way we ofttimes got him into our offices and then
opened up on him. But I well remember the time he got back at me for
all I had done in tormenting him. He was a man that enjoyed a joke or
a comeback better than any other man that I know, and he could rub
his hand and smile with ghoulish glee when he got it on you.
One morning I found myself in very bad shape, with an attack of
sciatica. I had had the attacks before, and I always took what I called a
warming up before I went to my office. So I got to the car. It was in
1903, I think, I went down to my office, but I got off the car at Fifth
Street, and I said, I will warm the old fellow up before I go to the
office, and by walking three or four blocks I will get my leg warmed
up and working all right, because I had lots of work to do that day. I
remember just as distinctly as can be that it was Friday. The
unfortunate part of it was that when I got down to the building I found
I had to walk up two flights of stairs, as the elevator was out of whack.
When I got to my office I was completely done up. Dr. Evans, my
next-door neighbor, came in and said, What is the matter with you,
Con? I said, Doc, this plagued old rheumatism has got me again; I
cannot work my right leg, only with great pain. He said, Why dont
164
MEMORIAL SERVICE
you go up and see Dr. Palmer? You know what I saidfake,
quack, and the like. I said, Now, Doc, you are making fun of me. I
have got something the matter with me, Doc, it isnt a matter of
imagination. It is no mind business with meit is real.
Dr. Evans didnt exactly like that, so he slips out and goes up and
tells Dr. Palmer. Dr. Palmer said, Bring him up and it wont cost him
one cent. Of course that was some inducement, although I had never
heard of him touching anybody up very strong. Dr. Evans insisted that
I go up and give him a chance and, to make a long story short, I did.
I remember very distinctly that Dr. Evans wanted to go in and see
what was being done, but Dr. Palmer said, It costs you $500.00; stay
outside there, and he took me in and adjusted me. I am going to be
absolutely honest with you. He said, Get up! I did, and sat down on
the business he had there to adjust people on. He said, Come here. I
said, You blankety-blank old fool, I cannot walk. He said, Come
here, Con. Well, I put out my leg and said, Why, you have done
something, havent you? He said, Yes, there is nothing the matter
with you, is there? I told him, No.
That room was about thirty by thirty, and there were more old sisters
and brothers in Israel there than you would imagine; more than you
would generally find at a prayer meeting in Illinois on Wednesday
night, or Iowa on Thursday night; and before all that bunch I had had
my say to Dr. Palmer. I remember it as well as I remember my own
name. He laughed, because he knew he was doing something and I
didnt have one particle of faith or confidence in his doing it. There
was one of the instances where you got something even though you
lacked faith. The church people, I believe, say you must have faith in
order to accomplish anything.
But I made my remarks, and those poor old souls looked upward,
and when I came out of thereI walked outDr. Palmer got in the
doorway, put his arms out, and said, Now, Con, what do you think of
the blankety-blank old fool? That was more pleasure to that old man,
to have upset me in that peculiar way of his, than anything else could
have been. He never took any umbrage at what we said, because he
knew he had something.
165
HISTORY REPEATS
The first man that Dr. D. D. Palmer ever adjusted was a colored
man, despite all that anybody can say to the contrary. Harvey Lillard
was a colored man. He was the first man that I ever heard of being
adjusted or ever heard make any kind statement for Chiropractic. I
have understood that somebody since has said that Harvey was white.
Well, Harvey, I believe, is dead now, and maybe he has gone to that
land where distinctions as to color are not known.
Dr. Palmer, it is true, invented, brought forth, and made Chiropractic
what it was up to that time, but it has remained for his son to develop
it. When he left for California the first time, he left a stripling of a boy
to take charge of the business. McCormack may have been the
inventor of the first reaper, but it has taken from 1837 to the present
time to make it what it is today. The first automobile was built in
1880, I believe, and I suppose that the first one in Davenport came
about 1898 or 1899only twelve or fifteen years ago. See what the
development has been since the first horseless carriage was driven
long ago; then let your mind go back to the time, twenty-seven or
twenty-eight years ago, when Seldon invented the spark and never
used it, but kept taking patents out until the automobile became a
reality, when he stepped in with his patents.
So it is with this science of yours that you are studying now. It was
practically unknown when it was first taught by Dr. D. D. Palmer. It is
developed now, and there are three schools here in Davenport, one
across the river, several in Michigan, some in Oklahoma, some in the
land of the setting sun, some on the east coast of these states of ours,
and it will not be long until there are schools across the seas.
The first step was taken here in Davenport; the first student came
here and the first school was founded here; and it was developed by
the young man who was left here to look after the business when the
father went to California. All praise and credit be unto him in whose
brain the first part of the science was founded; he is entitled to all
credit that belongs to an early pioneer in that peculiar or particular line
of human endeavor.
If Dr. Palmer were alive, he would scorn the idea of having us come
together here, and he would scorn any fulsome flattery as to his entire
life. No man could, in justice to him and to himself, come in here and
speak other of him than as he was, and I
166
MEMORIAL SERVICE
believe that is the true sermon or sermonette, to tell the truth, drawing
the mantle of charity over the shortcomings and misgivings, believing
that every man acted according to the light that God gave him,
believing that whatever he did was for the best interests of himself or
society.
Now, when the sun goes down tonight there should be no mourning;
there should be no weeping; there should be no gnashing of teeth;
there should be no crying out in despair because he has passed away.
He had his peculiarities, his idiosyncrasies; in fact, he took a
pleasure in things that the ordinary man in ordinary business life
would not have taken pleasure in. In all these things he was but a man.
There is no great reason why we should feel that we have lost
everything when he goes. The world will move along. There have
been a thousand things brought forth by the demonstrators of
Chiropractic since the early days of Dr. Palmer that would make it
absolutely unrecognizable by him if he had seen it face to face.
Your being here this morning is simply to pay respect to one who
has made your presence here a possibility, who has brought forth into
the world something with which you expect to go into life as your
lifes work, giving it your best endeavors, your fondest hopes, and
your greatest aspirations. And when any one manno matter how
large or small he may becan bring something good which year after
year brings forth the brainy young woman and the earnest, intelligent
young man into a gathering like this that they expect to learn and take
out into the world with them, that they may relieve the distresses of
mankind, put an end to the miseries of a long suffering humanity,
bring relief to the troubled minds of the sick, by the process of a
Chiropractic adjustmentthen I want to say that that man who first
invented or discovered that great movement is worthy of the highest
tribute of respect that one man can give unto another. In being here
this morning with your faces lit up and your hearts quickened with the
hope of being able to do a great good for a suffering humanity, and
giving us your attention, you are paying just as much respect to his
memory as if you stood at the open grave and cast flowers in on his
last resting place, saying, Earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust.
167
HISTORY REPEATS
Dr. Hender: The news of Dr. Palmers death came to us rather
abruptly, and the class presidents were called together. Each one asked
to send a telegram of sympathy to Mrs. D. D. Palmer, Los Angeles,
California. The faculty sent one; Dr. B. J. Palmer sent one.
(Following telegrams addressed to Mrs. D. D. Palmer, were read.)
The Freshman Class of The Palmer School of Chiropractic tender to you their
sincere sympathy in your loss. We appreciate the value of the science which Dr.
D. D. Palmer founded, and, realizing its great value to ourselves and the world,
we would now at this time pay our humble tribute to his memory.
Fred C. Terry, President Freshman Class.

In behalf of the Junior Class of The Palmer School of Chiropractic, of

Davenport, Iowa, we wish to express our heartfelt sympathy in the bereavement of
your dearly beloved husband. May the Lord comfort you. Although the founder of
Chiropractic has passed away, the great science will live forever.
H. D. Ritter, President Junior Class.

On behalf of the Senior Class of The Palmer School of Chiropractic,

Davenport, Iowa, we individually and collectively extend to you our sincere
sympathy in this hour of your bereavement.
Ben P. Rathburn, President Senior Class.

The Faculty of The P.S.C. extend to you our sincere and heartfelt sympathy in
the mutual loss of your husband and our Chiropractor parent.
J. C. Wishart, D.C., Chairman of The Faculty.

The Chiropractic profession has lost its father. Its originator is with us no more.
His work and works will be lost only as history appreciates what he started. It
develops upon those of us who survive to carry the work on as he desired that it
should be. Every Chiropractor joins with me in extending to you his deepest
sympathy for the days to come, in which you will feel the loss only as we can
second. You will lose him as a devoted husband, I will lose him as a father. The
Chiropractors will miss him as their preceptor.
B. J. Palmer.

Dr. Hender: I am now going to ask Rev. J. H. Craven to close with a

prayer and benediction.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 9, No. 12,
December, 1913, THIRTY-EIGHT YEARS AGO. Published by The
Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
168
CHAPTER 35
The Story Of
PRESENTATION OF D. D. PALMERS
PERSONAL BELONGINGS TO B. J. PALMER
(Lyceum, 1915)
Address by Col. Sol Long
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 11, No. 11, November,
1915, THIRTY-SIX YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer
School of Chiropractic.)
Explanation: To understand indirect references made in this Story and B.Js
response thereto, and to know importance of Sol Long and what he is about to do,
we refer you back to WITH MALICE AFORETHOUGHT (Vol. xxii, Palmer,
1949). In that complete and unabridged mass of data, it was shown that Sol Long
was the bitter attorney who endeavored to prosecute B.J. into prison for the
deliberate murder of his father. At the time that Story went to print, we searched
everywhere for this Story and B.Js reply, but it seemed to have disappeared. Yet,
here it was printed in another publication. It is a complete repudiation by Sol
Long of all his previous charges and attitudes. We hope this completely allays
further gossip-mongering.
My friends, if I had any trepidation whatsoever in coming here, it
certainly would be dispelled by your very generous welcome.
Chiropractic is bigger than any one man. Chiropractic is bigger than
all of the honest and conscientious practitioners in the field today.
Chiropractic is as big as every honest, conscientious practitioner, and
every friend and well wisher, but while it is bigger than any one man,
of necessity, the procession of events in all things necessitated that
some one man become the leader or the forefront of Chiropractic.
Now I have no apologies for standing here this day to talk to you or
to another. The past is dead, which some of you may think about. We
have buried it and forgotten where the grave is, but I do have a duty to
perform. I am not afraid of being called inconsistent, nor am I afraid of
that bogey man humiliation, for the reason that I have come to that
point in life where the only thing I fear to do is the wrong thing. I fear
to do the wrong thing, and I make mistakes like we all do, because in
the
169
HISTORY REPEATS
history of the world there is only One who was faultless, and many
people tell me He was more than man. I make no claim to deity,
except that common relationship we all may claim. So, my friends,
today I come to perform a duty.
I said Chiropractic must have a leader, a man who is in the forefront.
I speak advisedly, because I bring a message from a part of the
Chiropractic field which is not of you intimately in the way of
comradeship as it should be. The pathway of the leader is always the
Gethsemane road. It has always been the Gethsemane road, and it
always will be. He may smile and always will present a brave front,
but I know, and everyone who has read history knows, that the path of
the leader is the Gethsemane road always. As Ella Wheeler Wilcox
says, I am sorry for that class of humanity:
I am sorry for the strong, brave souls,
Who earn success, to stand
As targets for the arrows shot
By envious failures hands.
So I do not envy anyone his position as a leader of Chiropractic, or
any other movement. So before I come to the real thing for which I
asked permission to address you, I want to say I am not here at the
command of any man. I am here because I believe that that part of the
realm of Chiropractic that I represent can be best served thus, for one
reason, but the best reason is because I want to be true to myself, to
keep my soul alive and show you people I believe in Chiropractic and
want to do the right thing now, as I always in the past did what seemed
to me the right thing at the time. With this explanation that I would
take it as being traitor to myself and a scar on my soul to not say that I
have made mistakes, I want to pay a little tribute to him whom I have
come to regard, not only from my own estimation but from others I
have met in the field, as the most salient factor in Chiropractic.
During the late unpleasantness (and I hope this is the last time I will
ever have to refer to it), there came to me a little token from the
founder of Chiropractic. Now I am not a spiritualist, but you have all
read the letters which passed between myself and Dr. Palmer. Before
those letters passed, there seemed to be some strange impression upon
me that I should cease and at least forgetno idea at that time of
making friends, but that
170
PRESENTATION OF PERSONAL BELONGINGS
came in the logical sequence of events. Then, after these letters had
passed, this feeling came to me. I had these little things. Finally I came
to the conclusion that at this homecoming I would ask for the
opportunity to be heard, and I would present these mementoes to the
man to whom they belong, as the leader of the salient forces of
Chiropracticyour leader, B. J. Palmer.
As I said to you, I am not a spiritualist after the ordinary acceptation
of the term, but I do believe in immortality. I do believe in the
omnipotence of the ego, and I do think at times and upon occasions,
just as spirits came to Joan of Arc, just as they have come to others,
that there is a spiritual influence from the beyond that influences men,
and if it werent for this cowardly attitude of being afraid of censure,
of being afraid of being humiliated, as the world terms it, the world
would be better and we would listen to and more often hear those
messages that comejust how, we cannot tell.
I have here the badge presented to D. D. Palmer and worn by him on
every state occasion. During last fall it was sent to me with the request
that I wear it during the last convention. I wrote back and refused to
do so, as I said I did not feel myself worthy to do so. Further than that,
I said when the time comes that I find one whom I come to believe
worthy to receive it, I am going to give it to him, if I live long enough.
Here is the last knife that D. D. Palmer used. My friends, they are
small things, of course, intrinsically of little or no value, yet they have
sentimental value, a value over and beyond their trinsical one, and I
am going to bestow them as my conscience bids me, in spite of all the
powers of earth or heaven, or the pit. I want to do what I would want
another to do if I were in his place, and therefore, my friends, I want to
give them to the man to whom they belong, not only by right of
possession, but also by having suffered. Dr. Palmer, will you please
come forward?
(Dr. Palmer stepped forward, and Col. Long pinned on his breast the
historic badge originally worn by D. D. Palmer )
Dr. Palmer, I want you to keep that as a memento, because it belongs
to you as the successor of the man who founded Chiropractic, and also
I want you to keep it as a reward of your own efforts, because you
have walked the road of Gethsemane, and you stand today as the
foremost figure in Chiropractic and it is
171
HISTORY REPEATS
up to you how long you keep that position. I cannot dethrone you, nor
can any other. This badge has on it the letters O.C.A. Dr. Palmer, I
have pinned that badge on your breast. Let the letters O.C.A. stand
henceforth not only for what they may have stood for originally, which
I know not, but for Our Common Aim. The badge bears the emblem
of innocence, a baby and a woman. I regard the gentleman not only
entitled to wear them, but I do know, Dr. Palmer, that you will wear
them honorably, and I do know furtheryou may call me foolish if
you willthat the founder of Chiropractic has had his hand in the
consummation of this part of your mornings program. I thank you.

RESPONSE OF DR. B. J. PALMER TO COL. LONG

For the first time for three or four years, Col. Long and I spent all
day yesterday together, talking it all over as only two cronies could do.
You can rest assured that I can tell you with every feeling of my heart
that I enjoyed every minute of yesterday and I lived it all over again
last night. It was 2:00 oclock when I dozed off to sleep. Meanwhile, I
relived the day, hour by hour and minute by minute. You who are
living the easy path cannot realize what yesterday meant to me, and
what yesterday meant to the Colonel. Only those who have been there
can understand.
I had a funny experience a short time ago in Arizona. I was visiting
an insane asylum, and I saw one lone nurse in charge of fifty insane
women. I said to the nurse, Arent you afraid that these fifty women
will get their heads together and run away? The nurse innocently
looked at me and asked, How long have you been in? I told her I
was not an inmate, and she said, Well, if youre not, you should me.
Anybody that would suggest that fifty insane people could get their
heads together and do one thing is insane. Well, the Colonel and I
have our heads together.
Somehow, this gathering reminds me of The Birth of a Nation
unquestionably the greatest movie in the world today. Those of you
who have seen it will remember in the last few reels the gathering of
the clans. This is the gathering of the clans around the mother home.
The Colonel is with us, other clans
172
PRESENTATION OF PERSONAL BELONGINGS
are with us, there are only two clans yet to join us. In a year or two
they will be with us. It is inevitable. The law is at work and no one can
dispute the final conclusions of law.
If we Chiropractors but realized our combined power, we would
realize more than ever that we are almost an invincible army, an army
that can know no defeat, provided we combine on our common
interests, and you who come to us are realizing that the common
interests are cementing. It is only a question of time when we will all
be cemented.
This summer, while in the West, I had the extreme pleasure of being
the guest of the widow of my father. We were guests at her home at
several small dinners, several small parties, and during the course of
the visit I was given fathers gold watch, his chain, his charm, the
pocket knife carried by him for thirty-five years, his walking stick, and
several other mementoes. I have since been of service to the widow in
ways which will later appear. And other factions in the clans are all
gathering to the end of common defense.
I mention these things by way of showing that these mementoes are
dear to me, perhaps more dear as the property of the discoverer of
Chiropractic than they are as my fathers property. It is to be hoped
that next year we can welcome you to our new building. It is in the
making. It is almost here. The loyal and royal support the Chiropractic
profession has given us is making this a possibility. Somehow I feel
that more is at stake in the growth of this institution than any other,
and I say this not in a sense of disparagement, because I know
amongst our enrollment we have representatives from nine other
Chiropractic schools here today. I welcome you all but somehow the
sacrifice which we all are making has not been within your privilege
to make, though I believe if the need for sacrifice were to come to you,
you would make it. It is our duty, and would be your duty, but
circumstances over which we have no control have thrown the
sacrifice upon us. We have assumed it, always believing that if
Christianity is what it purports to be, it brings to us one lesson we
cannot overlook. I never can forget the picture of that one lone man
carrying the burden of the cross on his left shoulder, and then was
nailed upon it, the crown of thorns jammed down upon his head, spat
upon, a spear stuck in his side.
173
HISTORY REPEATS
And, after all that, he looked down upon his accusers and then up into
the sky and said, Father, forgive them, they know not what they do.
It behooves us all to be forgiving. I have tried to be charitable to
those who would do otherwise, and when the opportunity came it was
one of the greatest pleasures of my life to be able to take the Colonel
into my life and heart, into my private home, and make him a guest in
our home; take him into our professional family and say: You are
more than welcome to address our boys.
The Colonel is here. We are one. We are no longer insane. I could
imagine no greater evidence of esteem on the part of the Colonel than
what he has done this morning. There is nothing I can wish more than
the spirit of the presentation shows. I shall do my best to live up to the
glowing words of the Colonel in describing my position. I have never
felt that any such honors were coming to any one individual; do not
feel today that I deserve them. When I realize how little I have done
and how much has been left undone, I grow deadly discouraged and
blue and despondentI am ready to quit many timesbut when you
ask for things, I cannot refuse. My flesh is weak, but my spirit is
strong, and when you ask for help, it is coming if I can give it. It is for
you to keep us on the road; and how could I refuse anything you might
ask in the light of the spirit you displayed this morning.
One of the purposes of this lyceum is to get all you representatives
of various clans here and enthuse you with The P.S.C. spiritto make
you greater Chiropractors; not merely to make you a greater
Chiropractor in the sense that you can make more dollars, but that you
may be of greater service to humanity, that the sick may be restored to
health, that those appealing eyes may be brightened, that pain racked
body eased, life prolonged, that men and women may keep all they
were born with, so that when the resurrection day comes it will not be
necessary to go to a dozen different laboratories to collect the different
parts of anatomy, removed in various operations.
We have in our midst at this lyceum several physicians and
surgeons. I welcome you. You are here for truth, and I hope a lot of it
may permeate your hardened souls. You know much,
174
PRESENTATION OF PERSONAL BELONGINGS
you physicians, but all that you know is wrong. As Chiropractors, we
do not know much, but all that we know is right. And a little of the
right downs a great deal of the wrong. The story of David and Goliath
comes in handy. I want to call your attention to the Colonels motto on
the blackboard: The medical sloganKEEP OFF THE GRASS; the
Chiropractic sloganKEEP FROM UNDER THE GRASS.
Now, dear friends, the registration last year at our lyceumwhich
was our first attemptwas over 800. At present, registration is
running close to 1,200400 more than last year. We hope the week
will be valuable and that your expectations of a good intellectual and
social time will be fulfilled. We have prepared much for you, and you
are all welcome. The welcome is from myself down thru every
individual member of the faculty and every employee of this
institution. Anything we can do, we are at your command.
To you, Col. Long, let me say the gathering of the clans has taken
place, and from now on mutual interests will be united. The hatchet
has been buried and the grave has been forgotten, and the friends are
together.
I thank you all very kindly.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 11, No. 11, November,
1915, THIRTY-SIX YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer
School of Chiropractic.)
175
CHAPTER 36
The Story Of
REMARKS AT THE LAYING OF THE
CORNERSTONE OF THE D. D. PALMER
MEMORIAL
By D. A. Williams, Student at The P.S.C.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 12, No. 8, August,
1916, THIRTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School
of Chiropractic.)
Mrs. D. D. Palmer, Dr. B.J. and P.S.C. Faculty, Fellow Students, and
Friends:
We are today participating in a vital ceremony. We are making
history. We are laying the corner-stone for a new building of a great
institution.
Institutions are great only insofar as they stand for great ideas. Ideas
are great only insofar as they minister to the vital needs of mankind,
and by so doing increase the welfare of humanity. We know this to be
a great institution from the facts portrayed in its record. It does daily
increase the welfare of humanity by supplying one of its most
fundamental needs.
Already the idea for which this institution stands has become very
precious to the hearts of thousands. But there are untold millions still
who do not even know of the existence of the great idea. The task,
therefore, now is to acquaint the entire world with the Chiropractic
idea. This is a big task and the future greatness of the Chiropractic
idea depends upon how well it is performed.
This task cannot be performed by the grand master alone. In the past
he has often been able to execute his own designs. He has
accomplished much; he has done nobly. But for the realization of his
dream, for the progress and advancement of Chiropractic in the future,
he must rely more and more upon fidelity of the craft. To this end the
craft must be worthy and well qualified.
178
REMARKS AT LAYING OF CORNERSTONE
With this view in mind, then, as grand master, B. J. Palmer, D.C.,
Ph.C., today lays the corner-stone of the D. D. Palmer Memorial,
permit me to lay in your Chiropractic structure, yea, in the very heart
of it, a very precious corner-stone. And upon this corner-stone permit
me to engrave one word onlyTRUTH.
Only the person who has truth as the guiding star of his life can
become and remain a Chiropractor in the true sense of the word. It is
the key of our science. It is the beginning and the end. It is the
summum bonum. The one who possesses this virtue will have all the
other qualities necessary to the performance of his duties as a
Chiropractor. He will have the courage of his convictions. He will be
glad to make great sacrifice. He will have the patience that will enable
him to wait that truth may survive. And cooperation will be the
impelling idea in his methods.
With this great idea steadfastly pursued in the way suggested by Dr.
Palmer on the one hand and the student body and the Chiropractors in
the field on the other hand, the task will be well done; the future
greatness of Chiropractic will be assured. Moreover, this day will be
one forever to be remembered. Future historians will select it as the
beginning of a new epoch. Our children and our childrens children
will refer to it with proud acclaim. This building will become a shrine.
To some it will even become sacred. It will in reality become a
veritable fountain of life. Many a weary traveler, as he struggles along
lifes rugged path, will turn aside to drink of its life-giving stream.
Shouts of praise and thanksgiving will ascend from the great throng of
suffering humanity because of the great idea to which we here today
renew our allegiance.
(THE CHIROPRACTOR, A Monthly Journal, Vol. 12, No. 8, August,
1916, THIRTY-FIVE YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School
of Chiropractic.)
177
CHAPTER 37
The Story Of
WHAT IS GENIUS?
By J. M. Loban
(1912 School AnnouncementTHIRTY NINE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Is it a special and peculiar quality of mind possessed by an
occasional individual out of the multitudes?
Is it simply that natural ability, that lofty plane of development
which follows the maximum and continued application of
concentrated intellect upon one certain department of thought? Is it, in
other words, simply the highest wage nature pays for hard work?
Or is genius the NORMAL and PERFECT expression of a soul
through the medium of the physical brain and centered on some
definite creative purpose?
Who can say?
But whichever of these three theories is correct, it is an undoubted
fact that the evolution and dissemination of any new truth is always
brought about through some one man of genius first.
Chiropractic offers no exception to the law. Conceived by accident,
misunderstood and undeveloped for some years after the conception,
the world was for a time in the peril of losing the greatest boon that
has ever been given to mankind.
It has been said that great needs produce great menand the man of
the hour was forthcoming. Through the efforts of that one man,
backed by the fire of his genius, the truths and principles of this grand
science have been and are being evolved.
B. J. Palmer is not a large man, physically. Mentally, he is one of the
largest men the world has ever seen. If my first suggested explanation
of genius be the correct one, then he certainly may be said to possess
genius; for never have I met such a man who possessed this faculty for
original philosophical thought.
178
WHAT IS GENIUS?
His undisputed title to the leadership in the Chiropractic world is the
more remarkable when one considers his limited opportunities in early
life and his present comparative youth.
His genius is certainly not the product of education; it can scarcely
be said to be hereditary. Whence, then, comes this marvelous power
and grasp and penetration?
If we accept the second explanation of genius, it is a fact that Dr.
Palmer is an indefatigable worker. He is the personification of energy.
He works from early morn until late at night, often burning midnight
oil that his students may be benefited by the presentation of some
grand new thought and the cause of Chiropractic still further
advanced.
He thinks Chiropractic while he eats, talks Chiropractic, and dreams
Chiropractic. In his office, in the classroom, in streetcars, in his study
in the wee sma hours, even on his occasional outings, his busy brain
is ever active with one subjectthe child of his geniusChiropractic.
With him, it is an obsession; it is at once his highest pleasure and his
constant work.
Dr. Palmer could have been a great musician or a great lawyer. But
those talents lie still undeveloped because the mans whole life is the
energetic expression of one fixed purposethe spreading of the truth
of Chiropractic. In pursuance of that purpose, he has given up
possibilities of wealth and what most men would deem happiness. He
himself is unaware that his whole life is the expression of the highest
altruism.
And if genius be the normal and perfect expression of a soul, who,
having known B. J. Palmer and listened to his lectures in which he
advances extemporaneously principles and truths which make the
brains of his hearers reel with their depth and magnitudewho, I say,
that has felt the magnetism and force of that personality of the man
can doubt that there is the perfect expression of a soul unhindered?
It has been my rare pleasure to have known Dr. Palmer very
intimately. I have worked with him, eaten with him, and slept with
him. I have studied him and probed the depths of his mind, and
analyzed him as perhaps no one else has ever done. I have seen him in
all his moods; at times have been given glimpses of quality and power
that baffled description.
179
HISTORY REPEATS
And I say to you that the world, when this man dies, will sustain a
loss like unto the destruction of a nationa loss which cannot be
estimated.
And withal his greatness, our Dr. B.J. is very much of a man. He is
sensitive as a woman, sincere and just in all things, lenient to a fault,
but capable of stern, unflinching and decisive action when occasion
demands. He is quick and unerring in his decisions and his command
of the minute details of his work is marvelous.
He has everything in Chiropractic at his finger ends and can refer
you instantly to the page on which may be found any given quotation.
He has a keen sense of humor, though it has a chance to find
expression only in his infrequent moments of relaxation. The doctor
has a faculty of making a friend of everyone he meets. There is
something about him which is decidedly winning, a charm, not so
much of appearance as of personality.
He is a very capable and painstaking instructor and takes the keenest
interest in each of his students.
But the greatest tribute that can be paid the man is to refer you to
what he has accomplished. His many published and unpublished
volumes and lectures on the subject of Chiropractic will stand as a
monument to his ability long after his death; his successful students,
carrying his message of health to the ends.
He does three mens work dailyand does it cheerfully and
hopefully, always looking forward to the time when all the world shall
have access to health and vigor..
So heres to the real force in the Chiropractic worldthe underlying
source from which every Chiropractor, consciously or unconsciously,
gets the best that he hasB. J. Palmer, D.C., Ph.C.
Do you know him? If you do, I am sure you must appreciate his
worth. If you do not, you will some day condemn yourself for a lack of
discernment.
And if you do not know him, I, who know him so well, advise you
not to miss an opportunity of becoming thoroughly acquainted with a
man who can do more for you, in every way, than possibly any other
on earth.
(1912 School AnnouncementTHIRTY NINE YEARS AGO.
Published By The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
180
CHAPTER 38
The Story Of
THE FIRST SHALL BE LAST
and
THE LAST SHALL BE FIRST
(1912 School Announcement, THIRTY-NINE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Fifteen years ago, Will (Hickey) and Bart went to school together.
They teased, played the usual boy tricks, slid down hill, skated, and
enjoyed the companionship that chums do while attending school.
Both graduated from the grammar school, both attended the first year
in high school, then for general reasons both quit school.
They grew apart and finally lost sight of each other, as men do, when
each assumed a different commercial enterprise. Altho both were in
Davenport, yet the character of their opposite businesses separated
them. Will went into a mercantile business (tobacco) and at first
worked hard as a laborer. His business grew and he became the
foreman, partner, proprietor, boss, and finally the multimillionaire
owner. Bart developed a drugless system known as Chiropractic. He,
in turn, was the janitor, fireman, scrubber, servant, partner, proprietor,
scientist, artist, and philosopher of an immense school.
Will finally took down with nervous prostration, called in family
physician, and was advised to take a rest. Was first sent to Excelsior
Springs, Missouri. This did no good. Returning a failure, he was
advised to go to Florida for the winter. This failed. He was then
directed to specialists in Chicago. A course of treatment there under
world-noted physicians did not do the good desired. Returning
home, he was shifted from place to place. Finally he drifted into the
hands of some of Americas greatest in New York. There he was
directed to try greater specialists in Berlin and Leipsig.
At each place visited he was given a most thoro examination, taking
hours of time, palpated, searched from head to toe, and each time he
was given a regular course of treatments. Daven-
181
HISTORY REPEATS
port directed him to Chicago; Chicago to New York; New York to
Europe. Now that he had been before THE BEST in the world and
they had failed, he asked for candid facts and the truth. The latter
specialists, not knowing where in the United States he was from,
advised him to return to the noted Chiropractic School at Davenport,
Iowa. Meanwhile, Will sat still and listened. They told him they were
unable to reach his case, but they were certain that this new idea, of
rapidly earned international fame, which had lately been born at that
place, could cure him; that it was stirring the medical fraternity into
a frenzy of bewilderment, and would, by the very effect of its delivery
of results, soon obliterate them from the professional field.
The physician admitted the truth to his new patient only on the
ground that he wanted to see him live, if such were possible, and that
this was now the only thing left that offered any ray of hope. Will sat
there in bewilderment, listening to the tales of what this noted doctor
had to say of a profession born IN HIS OWN CITY, of which he, like
many others, was entirely ignorant.
Without telling where he was from, he returned to his hotel, packed
his grip, and immediately returned to his old home town. Arriving at
Davenport, he telephoned The Palmer School of Chiropractic and
arranged for consultation. Arriving at the School he was ushered into
the private office of the president, when they recognized each other as
old school chums, Will and Bart. Pleasantries were dispensed with
for the present, and Will began taking adjustments. After Will was
better, he told Bart about his experience of being chased around this
country and over Europe, only to be directed back to his home town.
When asked why he did not state he was from Davenport, Will said: I
would be ashamed to tell those people that I was from Davenport, the
birthplace of this science and institution, and had to go to Europe to
find it out.
Will is now hale and heartya well man.
It proves that often we have with us the things we need most and do
not know it. Look! Take advantage, save money, time, and
expenditure of forces.
Will is well. The last shall be first and the first shall be last.
(1912 School Announcement, THIRTY-NINE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
182
CHAPTER 39
The Story Of
TRAITS OF GREAT MEN
(Fountain Head News, October 4, 1919, THIRTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Fifty years ago, Emerson remarked upon the solitude of great men.
Mark Twains essay, What Is Man? comes as a striking con-
firmation of the Concord philosophers insight.
The man of first-rate talent, Emerson said, always feels a gulf
between himself and the crowd, and never fully reveals himself. If the
man of ability is not actually a recluse, denying himself to society, he
is a hermit in thot and never takes his fellowmen fully into his
confidence.
Mark Twain was a man of first-rate talent. Tho his own countrymen
have considered him only a humoristthat is, a mountebank
foreigners have appraised his true stature and have placed him in such
immortal company as Kabelais, Vervantes, and Swift. In other words,
Mark Twain was only a comedian to the vulgar. To the elect he was a
philosopher who taught thru satire.
It is only in his posthumous works that Mark Twain is revealed as a
man who thot deeply and sadly about life. While he was living he
concealed his true opinions, but now that he is dead and beyond the
reach of censure or misunderstanding, we know, in part at least, what
he really thot.
This reticence before the world is, as Emerson said, a characteristic
of all first-rate men. Yet it may be accompanied by an appearance of
frankness which deceives the multitude.
Abraham Lincoln was a typical case. All serious biographers of
Lincoln have emphasized his loneliness. The story-telling, the
bonhomie which made the common people love him, were nothing but
a mask. Nobody knows or ever will know the true Lincoln.
183
HISTORY REPEATS
The controversy as to Lincolns religion shows there is more that a
probability that Lincolns religion was a vague deism and that he felt
himself to be no wiser than a child in face of the Great Mystery.
This aloofness of first-rate minds explains why there are so few
autobiographies of great men, and why such autobiographies as do
exist are so universally unsatisfying. It is said that in all the history of
the world there has never been a completely frank autobiography,
even among those that purport to be confessions.
There are in fact only a scant half dozen of these confessions that
really confess. Such works as those of the famous Jean Jaques
Rousseau or Benvenuto Collini, tho they give glimpses of thots and
actions that those men would conceal altogether, are after all palpably
written to shock the reader. They invariably leave the impression that
the author was posing and saying, See what a devil of a fellow I have
been.
The diary of Samuel Pepys is only an apparent exception. Tho he
gossips so frankly about his contemporaries and often reveals himself
in a ridiculous or mildly despicable light, it must be remembered that
the original diary was written in shorthand and was not intended to be
read by Mrs. Pepys or anyone else; and that it did, in fact, lay
unciphered in the Boldeian Library for more than a hundred years.
And frank as the diary is, it is apparent that old Pepys refrained from
putting down quite as many things as he wrote.
If autobiography is reticent, biography is no less so. It is only within
very recent years that any biography has been written that did not
conceal more than it revealed. Biographers have always assumed a
superior attitude of knowing what the common people have a right to
know and have written accordingly. In other words, the biographers
have simply confirmed the instinctive feeling of the first-rate man, that
the crowd will only misunderstand.
But this fear of being misunderstood is only a partial explanation of
the reticence of a great soul. The other part of the explanation is the
sense of individuality.
185
TRAITS OF GREAT MEN
Individuality is the sense of separation from everybody else, the
feeling that one is different from every person in the world. To share
ones innermost thots with anybody or everybody is to lessen ones
individuality by so much. Even when a revelation would lead to
understanding, the first-rate mind shrinks from the revelation. What
does it matter whether or not the multitude understands?
The posthumous publications of opinions concealed during life and
posthumous explanations like Bismarcks Memoirs, are actually not
attempts to be understood by the multitude, but are essentially a
satirical defiance flung in the face of the crown from the safety of the
grave.
The reticence of the great is believed by the multitude to be a
manifestation of power. The proverbs of every country testify to the
value of silence. But here again the multitude is wrong. Men are great,
not because they are silent; but they are silent because they are great.
If the great refuse to reveal themselves to us, we shall make every
attempt to get at their reality thru other sources. This is the basis of the
new biography that has arisen in recent years. Perhaps it has been a
little too eager in its unmasking of greatnessa little too pleased to
tell us that Benjamin Franklin loved the obscene jest; that George
Washington was of an amorous disposition; that Ulysses S. Grant was
too fond of the bottle; and that Richard Wagner was conceited as well
as mean in money matters. But these things are necessary to clear the
ground. We must learn to get rid of the Puritan attitude which
compelled Mark Twain to suppress the best that he had to give the
world.
(Fountain Head News, October 4, 1919, THIRTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
185
CHAPTER 40
The Story Of
BUILD YOUR BUSINESS ON A
FOUNDATION OF CONFIDENCE
(Fountain Head News, November 15, 1919, THIRTY-TWO YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The foundation of every successful growing and permanently
builded business is CONFIDENCE.
In the modern business world, caveat emptor has no placeit is
replaced with CONFIDENCE which can be achieved only thru the
association of the Chiropractors name and business with a definitely
known and nationally advertised standard of quality.
CONFIDENCE does not grow in an atmosphere of secrecy, of
namelessness.
The Dear Old P.S.C. is spending money, time, and brains in
nationally advertising P.S.C. CHIROPRACTIC and building quality
into its graduates, to gain for them that entree into the CONFIDENCE
of the public. Therefore, the P.S.C. CHIROPRACTOR is proud to
associate HIS name with that of the school from which he graduates.
The Chiropractor who wants to build a successful, growing,
permanent business must do so along the lines of fair dealing, letting it
become known WHAT NATIONALLY ADVERTISED LINE OF
CHIROPRACTIC HE HAS TO SELL. This earns for him the
CONFIDENCE of his patrons, proving to them that he is offering
them only such standards holding the same ideals. He should have for
sale nothing but standard, advertised goods the quality of which is
guaranteed by the school behind him, which the school dares to
nationally advertise.
When the Chiropractor practices nothing but standard, nationally
advertised goods, he makes the great P.S.C. which stands behind these
products a SHOUTING partner in his office practice. He sells his
daily adjustments with the full knowledge
186
BUILD BUSINESS ON FOUNDATION OF CONFIDENCE
that any failure of a P.S.C. adjustment to secure results reacts upon
them to THEIR detriment. Both thus assure themselves (thus assure
the public) of a satisfied clientele. He may then reckon certainly on
gaining and keeping the CONFIDENCE of his patrons.
On the other hand, the Chiropractor who permits himself to be swept
into the quicksands of gyp methods has nothing but trouble ahead.
Secrecy has always been the cloak of crime since the dawn of human
history. P.S.C. Chiropractors are the greatest white space buyers of
any profession, buying more than all other professions combined. The
reason is obvious.
And secrecy is the cloak of the sharper in the business world today
in exactly the same measure. That Chiropractor who does not care
to attach his name to the school from which he came, directly
connecting himself with its quality of production, HAS SOMETHING
TO HIDE.
No Chiropractor can afford to publicly advertise his particular school
connection unless the particular school can afford to publicly advertise
and stand behind its graduates. The Chiropractors state of mind is not
strong enough to permit him to make excuses on faulty failures to try
to maintain public confidence when the school behind him is
compelled to do the same to achieve the same level.
You, as a business man, would refuse to take a partner into your
business if you did not know his name, his past, his experiences, if he
refused to give that information, even tho he might have every other
seeming qualification for membership in your office.
You would feeland justlythat such a man had something to hide
which would, if you knew it, disqualify him for the position he was
seeking. Analyzed, your feelings toward such a man would be the fear
that he would do something which would destroy the carefully built up
public CONFIDENCE in your concern.
If you fear the man without a name, you ought equally to fear the
Chiropractor who wont identify himself with his schoolthe retailer
without identified goods.
187
HISTORY REPEATS
Why should any sick person allow nameless, unendorsed, un-
guaranteed Chiropractic adjustments to become silent methods; or,
why should a Chiropractor allow nameless, unendorsed, unguaranteed
Chiropractic to become his SILENT partners in business?
In each case the public is justified in believing that THE
UNKNOWN is hiding something discreditable under his cloak of
anonymity.
The one safe foundation for any Chiropractors business is to carry
and sell The P.S.C. line of standard, nationally advertised Chiropractic
goods, bearing the names and guarantees of The P.S.C., which stands
ready to protect its reputation with the last dollar of its tremendous
resources.
Make The P.S.C. organization a SHOUTING partner in your
business.
(Fountain Head News, November 15, 1919, THIRTY-TWO YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
188
CHAPTER 41
The Story Of
PROGRESS
(Fountain Head News, January 10, 1920, THIRTY-ONE YEARS
AGO Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Things have been and are humming around these diggings.
While down East, tother day, we heard a comment that pleased us
very much. A bunch of us Chiropractors were together, chinning,
chatting, and chewing about everything in general. We asked this
question: What is it that you think makes The P.S.C. stand out
strongest, by comparison, from all other schools? Some said it was
the fearless attitude of The P.S.C.; others gave as their opinion that we
fought for straight Chiropractic and legislation; but the one that
pleased us most was this: When you tell anything about The P.S.C.,
you always tell WHAT HAS BEEN DONE. You dont talk about
what you are GOING TO DObut dont do.
We have in mind one school which always talks about the class they
are GOING TO GET, but never once have they told us what they DID
GET after enrollment had come and gone. Another school is always
talking about wonderful FUTURE, but never tells what it HAS
DONE.
It may be that we lapse off into the future once in a while, but
somehow its never so far off but what it comes to pass in a year, at
the most. If you have been a close observer, you know we tell most
about ACTUAL TRANSFORMATIONS WHICH HAVE TAKEN
PLACE, OR ARE DOING SO RIGHT NOW.
For instance, our new Administration Building is actually being built
RIGHT NOW. It will be practically finished by March 1st,
notwithstanding that we will use the basement by February 1st for our
new freshman class. When finished, building and equipment will cost
us little short of $150,000. We have told you before about the
wonderful cafeteria and that its equipment has cost a trifle more than
$20,000.
189
HISTORY REPEATS
If you could be here right now, you would see, actually on our floor,
two things we have told you about: our THIRD Kelly automatic press,
and THIRD Babcock Optimus cylinder press. We have also just
installed our THIRD Gordon press. Within thirty days, we will have
THREE Kelly presses, THREE Gordon presses, and THREE Babcock
presses. On our floor right now is that five-ton, three-knife book
trimmer. Gee, but its some walloper of a machine; took four horses to
pull it up Brady Hill. And before we forget it, we want to tell you we
have contracted for TWO MORE Kelly presses. We wont stop there
because we are of the impression that as soon as the other two are here
(or perhaps before) we will order two more.
As an example of our foresight, the Kelly press has NEVER been
announced to the printers trade. Yet it takes us about six months to
get an order put thru.
If you were here right now you would see, stacked away, in a corner
of the main floor of the Printing Plant, thirteen tons of steel shelving
in which to store our finished stock.
By reading the newspaper stories, you will gain further insight into
things we ARE doing.
We want particularly to call to your attention this fact: WHATEVER
THE P.S.C. does, it will not misrepresent anything to you. We are
building for permanent futures by BUYING EVERY FOOT OF
GROUND, AND BUILDING EVERY BUILDING TO MEET OUR
ABSOLUTE NEEDS. In it is our foresight and permanence.
Anyone who has studied BIG business knows the difference and
what it means in actual values delivered to the customer. We
commend these facts to your considerate attention.
Reliability, permanency, confidence are the eternal triangle of solid
business. The P.S.C. has all three.
(Fountain Head News, January 10, 1920, THIRTY-ONE YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
190
CHAPTER 42
The Story Of
THE BOHEMIAN TWINS
(Fountain Head News, August 6,1921, THIRTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
It has been our pleasure recently to have with us the two
grown-together-women They are two very distinct women in
individuality, personality, and, with one exception, are two very
different women.
Rosa and Josefa Blazek were born in Bohemia and are forty-two
years old (1921). They came into the world as one. Rosa appeared
first, her head, shoulders, and arms; then came Josefas head and
shoulders; then followed the two bodies. Just what they weighed at
birth is unknown, for there was no attending physician.
These women toured the world, under contract for three years, with
the Worthem Greater Shows, under the management of Mr. Ike Rose.
They weigh 240 pounds, Josefa being a little heavier than her sister.
They have two distinct bodies; there are two sets of internal organs,
with the exception that the intestines are joined where the sigmoid
colon passes from the left inguinal region of each of them to the front
of the sacrum, and here the colons join and form a common passage
the rectum. There are two urinary tracts and each has a uterus and
vagina.
We could easily palpate to eighth or ninth dorsal vertebra; from there
down was a solid mass of bone and flesh, covered with skin, being
formed by the fusion of these parts of the spine. This mass measures
40 inches in circumference.
Fortunately, they are both well practically all the time. However,
Rosa had diptheria; Josefa did not, yet she was compelled to stay in
bed with her sister. When one has indigestion, the other does not feel
any ill effects; and if one is tired and wishes to rest, the other
considers her sister and must rest with her. One can do needlework
while the other is sleeping.
191
HISTORY REPEATS
As children, they could climb trees, jump rope, and do as other little
girls. They work in general harmonyone adapts herself to the other
in the movement of the body just like the swing of our two arms. They
walk fast and are quick as can be on their feet.
Their bodies are turned away from each other at an angle of about 45
degrees. They can easily look into each others eyes and, by twisting
their necks, can kiss each other. Their feet are set in line with their
bodies, but Josefa has a slight curvature, causing her leg to be about
two inches shorter, so she walks with her heel raised from the ground,
which gives her the appearance of having hip disease.
Rosa is a mother. Her little son, eleven years of age, is a bright
manly little fellow. His father died in the World War. When Rosa was
in labor, about two hours, her sister Josefa had no ill effects, other
than vomiting occasionally, mostly from fright. Franz was a normal
child at birth and weighed nine pounds.
Other cases of conjoined twins are related in history. One remembers
hearing of the Siamese twins, exhibited all over the world, and the
much-discussed subject of severing them. Their names were Eng and
Chang, and they were born in 1811. They were joined at the
sternoziphoid angle, a cartilaginous band extending from sternum to
sternum, which measured about four inches. They died at the age of
63. Both were married. Eng had five children and Chang had sixall
healthy and strong. They married sisterstwo English women. Chang
died of pneumonia. He was quite intemperate and had a marked spinal
curvature. Tho Eng was not affected, yet when Chang grew worse he
died, too, due to the absorption of the poisons from the brother. There
was a hepatic connection thru the band where their breasts were
united. Both men were partially blind.
The Blazek sisters are more intimately connected than the Siamese
brothers. A portion of the body of each, when touched, can be felt by
both. Immediately when one touches the exact centre of the bony
fleshy mass which joins them together, both have the same sensation.
With but little variation on one side or the other, only the one sister
feels it, for this zone of mutual nerve sensation is pretty well limited to
the par where they are joined together.
192
THE BOHEMIAN TWINS
As these two women sat at our table, drinking coffee, many personal
questions were discussed. Little inconveniences are experienced, such
as being compelled to seat themselves on one narrow chair, and
always having to choose the rear seat of an automobile, and having
clothes especially made. Their undergarments are separate, except that
they are sewn together over the bridge which joins the girls.
These women are accomplished in many ways. Both play the piano,
cello, violin, and zylophone.
They told us of their romanceJosefa also had a sweetheart who
died. Rosas was a church wedding and, of course, Josefa was the
bridesmaid.
Rosa and Josefa are a joy to meet. They are so happy and optimistic
and are always smiling. The affection and forbearance they show for
each other is almost pathetic, for each shows such wonderful
consideration for the other.
As these women said goodbye we could not help but know that in
their own minds there must be a haunting fear that when the one sister
dies the other must go also, knowing that in the fatal illness of one
there must be the death sentence of the other. But knowing them as we
do, we feel sure the one who goes last will go with a smile.
(Fountain Head News, August 6,1921, THIRTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
193
CHAPTER 43
The Story Of
ASSISTANT TO PEARY VISITS
PALMER SCHOOL
J. S. Warmbath Gives Lecture on Hardships
of Arctic Travel
(Fountain Head News, September 3, 1921THIRTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
(The personal collection of J. S. Warmbath was willed to us on his passing,
years after this story was printed. It is now on display in Osteological
Laboratory in The B. J. Palmer Chiropractic Clinic.)
A land where cold reigns supreme and artificial heat must be used
for many purposes, even to obtain drinking water from a crevice in a
fresh water iceberg, was the topic of an illustrated lecture on the Peary
expeditions given by J. S. Warmbath of Washington, speaking before
the students of The Palmer School at their entertainment last evening
in the open air auditorium.
Mr. Warmbath accompanied Peary on three of the five trips north
which finally led to the discovery of the North Pole in 1909.
The discovery of the pole is a very noteworthy thing in the story of
science, said Mr. Warmbath. Travelers have attempted to locate the
North Pole on numerous expeditions during the past 300 years without
success until the work of Admiral Peary was begun, with the
determination of having an American be the first man to reach the
pole.
What good did the discovery of the pole do for the world? asked
Mr. Warmbath. It brought no material benefits to the world, but it set
an example of perseverance and heroism for the future generation to
follow in similar proceedings in all lines of endeavor. It did, however,
give us an accurate knowledge of life and conditions at the pole,
where some scientists had even predicted there would be found an
immense opening into the center of the earth.
194
ASSISTANT TO PEARY VISITS PALMER SCHOOL
It is a vast ice field with the depths of the Arctic Ocean surrounding
it. The pole is a place where a man cannot look North, East, or West.
There is only Southfor he looks toward the equator in all directions.
The sun rises at some place in the horizon on March 21st and shines
continuously along the horizon all the way round the sky.
Mr. Warmbaths lecture on his scientific expedition to Elsmereland,
in connection with the Peary trips, was illustrated with stereopticon
views of the field station, ice floes, and the types of Eskimos
encountered there.
The Eskimos were always glad to visit us, said Mr. Warmbath,
for they secured unusually good things to eat and there was always an
opportunity to earn a present Knives and even pieces of hard steel
were worth as much as a polar bear skin or several silver fox skins to
the Eskimos. They would do many days work in return for any kind
of firearms and ammunition. (The Daily Times. August 4. 1921.)
(Fountain Head News, September 3, 1921THIRTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
195
CHAPTER 44
The Story Of
IMPOSSIBILITY OF MOVING VERTEBRAE
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO, Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
To the Editor:
In these days, when we hear on every side the claims that the
articulations of the spinal column need repeated adjustments, I
think that medical men ought to have some definite data as to the
strength of the spinal symphyses.
The following experiments were performed in the anatomy
laboratory of the College of Medical Evangelists at Loma Linda,
California:
The spinal column selected was a fairly fresh one and it was
taken from a cadaver that had never been put into the preserving
tank. A block of wood was taken, and into its surface was cut a
mortise slightly wider than the vertical dimension of a lumbar
vertebra. The spinal column was then firmly fastened to this block
so that the ventral margin was against the surface of the wood, and
the body of the second lumbar vertebra was directly over the
mortise, thus leaving that vertebra unsupported except by its union
with adjoining vertebrae. Pressure was then applied to the spinous
process of the unsupported vertebra by means of a lever of the
second class acting downward, and this force was carefully
calculated. When the pressure had reached 1,195 pounds, the
neural arch was crushed, but the vertebral body remained
unmoved.
The broken fragments of the arch, together with the remains of
the pedicles, were then cleared away, and pressure was applied to
the posterior surface of the vertebral body. In this instance a piece
of smooth hard wood was placed on top of the surface of the bone
so that the force would affect all parts equally, the wood being
about 2 mm. narrower than the vertical measure of the vertebral
body. On the application of 800 pounds, the body was crushed to
pieces, a part of it being reduced almost to the
196
IMPOSSIBILITY OF MOVING VERTEBRAE
consistency of bone meal. Yet for the most part there was no
dislocation at the union with the adjoining cartilages. The bone
was crushed about a millimeter from that union, but the articula-
tion remained intact over the most of its area.
The tenth thoracic vertebra was next selected, and the pressure
was applied at the side. The piece of wood was used in this
experiment also, and it was placed so as not to cover the ventral
one-fourth of the vertebral body. On the application of 1,315
pounds, the body was crushed without materially impairing the
articulation with the adjacent cartilages, and the part of the body
extending beyond the end of the piece of wood remained unmoved.
In other words, the posterior three-fourths of the vertebral body
was crushed by a force applied at the side without any twisting of
the anterior one-fourth on its vertical axis.
In the spinal column used the strength of the vertebral sym-
physes was greater than that of bone substance of the bodies of the
vertebrae.
L. A. Kellog, M.D., Loma Linda California. Instructor in Anatomy,
College of Medical Evangelists. (A.M.A Journal, June 21, 1923.)
August 1, 1923.
L. C. Kellog, M.D.,
Instructor in Anatomy,
College of Medical Evangelists,
Loma Linda, California.
My Dear Doctor:
My attention has been called to your article on page 233, June 21,
1923, A.M.A. Journal.
In these days, when we hear on every side the claims that carpenters
are moving nails into and through planks, I think physicians ought to
have some definite data as to the strength of wood and the resistance it
has to the movability of nails into and through it.
I thank you for the great scientific service rendered not only to the
world of sick, but to physicians, and more particularly to us
Chiropractors. At first I was in serious doubt that you had uncovered
something new. However, a test which I made, which I shall later
explain, satisfied me that you were right. You are
197
HISTORY REPEATS
correct in your physicians problem as worked out. I agree that it is
impossible to move vertebrae as you have explained you tried to do.
However, I proved same fact in another way.
The plank I selected was a fairly fresh one, and it was taken from a
tree that had but recently been cut down but not as yet seasoned,
which was two inches thick, twelve inches wide, and three feet long. I
then had another plank, exactly the same size, in the center of which I
had an opening cut six inches square, clear through the plank. I then
placed one plank immediately over the otherthe one without the
hole being over the one with the hole. On top of the top plank,
immediately in the center of the six-inch square, immediately over the
hole underneath in the bottom plank, I placed the hardened ordinary
point of a twenty-penny spike, which rested softly against the superior
surface of the superior plank. I then thoroughly and accurately placed
the spike in a perpendicular position as so proven by plumbs and
levels.
The spike was then braced so that it could not get out of plumb or
the planks get out of level, or one move in its approximation with the
one below the hole. The object of bracing the nail was to keep it
upright and yet so that nothing would hold it from taking a downward
motion.
I then made a supporting, frame-like stand surrounding, yet not in
any way touching either plank. This frame-like stand was used only as
a balancing medium and was not intended to carry any weight. I then
began a piling-up process of pig iron, the inferior surface of the first
pig resting squarely and directly upon the hard steel head superior
surface of the twenty penny spike.
The following experiments were performed in the carpenter
laboratory of The Palmer School of Chiropractic, at Davenport, Iowa.
Weight was added and added until the nail began to penetrate
between the slivers, separate the atoms, and enter the 2 x 12. This was
determined by an accurate set of micrometer measuring calipers. At
1,600 pounds of dead weight pig iron, the nail began to move. After
piling up 2,400 pounds of weight, the spike had successfully crushed
its entire length space in the second plank inferior to the first. This
was again demonstrated by measurements made as above stated.
198
IMPOSSIBILITY OF MOVING VERTEBRAE
This again proves our contention that if sufficient dead weight
matter is piled upon another compressible body that one can be made
to either penetrate or entirely crush its way through the other by
gravity displacement.
If it actually takes 2,400 pounds pig iron dead weight to crush a
twenty penny spike through a 2 x 12 pine plank, how do you figure
that a carpenter exerts 2,400 pounds when he drives that same spike
into that same plank to the same extent with a one-pound hammer?
Might I be so presumptuous, doctor, to suggest that you get a spike
and hammer and go back to the garage and try it? I feel quite certain
that you wouldnt move the spike because you havent 2,400 pounds
of pressure; and, if you did have that pressure, cant you see that you
would but crush the board? And if you didnt crush the board you
certainly couldnt drive the nail.
Wouldnt it look funny to see carpenters placing anywhere from 100
to 2,400 pounds of pig iron dead weight over every nail they wanted to
drive, in building a house? When do you suppose they would get the
home finished? They would have rather a hard time DRIVING nails
into a ceiling that way, wouldnt they?
Dont you think we had better let the carpenters go on using their
little one-pound hammers, rather than to accept your scientifically
proven and laboratorically demonstrated facts?
If you were building a home, would YOU employ a carpenter who
CRUSHED nails into boards, or one who used a one-pound hammer?
As usual,
Yours very truly,
B. J. Palmer, D.C., Ph.C.
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
199
CHAPTER 45
The Story Of
HOLLER OUT LOUD
(Fountain Head News, August 18, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
No institution is destined to fulfill its mission in the greatest degree
unless it constantly looks within its own organization for weakness
and constantly strives to eliminate those weaknesses.
No business can attain any great proportions unless it keeps its hand
closely upon the pulse of its patrons to learn what they are thinking
about in policies and about its service.
No individual can broaden and grow as the years go by unless he
constantly examines himself for faults and flaws and, having found
them, seeks to eliminate them. As an individual, the fellow who is in
the best position to tell you where your weaknesses lie is the fellow
who is closest to you; the fellow who sees you day after day in all
sorts of moods and under all sorts of conditions. It is the fellow who
has learned to know you intimately and is vitally concerned in your
welfare. He is the man to whom you want to listen, because he is
honestly seeking to improve you and is in a position to see many of
the faults which you yourself may overlook.
Any business organization or any institution that is rendering a
genuine service must look to the people who are closest to it for
suggestions and criticisms. Its employees do point out to us many
weaknesses that can be improved upon. Providing their suggestions
are warranted and their remedy is logical, we immediately change our
plans to correct our weaknesses. But we cannot overlook the fact that
we are on the inside, that we are very close to ourselves, that our
vision is perhaps not as broad on the details of our service as is the
vision of you boys in the field to whom we are rendering that service.
Every day we are in touch through correspondence with hundreds of
you. We send out hundreds of letters and we receive hundreds of
letters from you. You know us. You know something of our hopes and
our ambitions. You know that we are
200
HOLLER OUT LOUD
honestly striving to render a real service to the profession at large and
the public in general. Why not cooperate each with the other toward
the end of showing us where we can improve? It does no good to
merely criticize without offering helpful suggestions. We want those
criticisms. We want them because we feel that you boys in the field
know us best, that you are closest to us in a business way, that you are
familiar with our business departments, our Chiropractic service
department, our table department, our printing department, and our
teaching department. We are striving to improve all of these, yet you
can help us; and the help that you give in your personal suggestions
may be of untold value to you and to us. You can see where we are
falling down in some respects. You may have some personal expe-
rience in the past that has led you to believe that The P.S.C. is not as
vitally concerned in your welfare and in your personal business as we
should be. This may be due to a mistake on our part, it may be a
mistake of interpretation on your part, it may be merely a chain of
circumstances for which no one is entirely to blame and yet which has
built up a heavy wall of misunderstanding.
You do not want that to exist, nor do we, because our interests are
the same. We are units in furthering an international movement. We
are not so conceited as to assume that everything good is in The
P.S.C., nor are we so simple as to believe that improvements cannot
be made. Yet we may not see the chance for these improvements. We
may blunder along over them day after day. But you boys are in a
position to get your viewpoint and to pass it on to us, and if that
viewpoint can be of service in being instrumental in a change that will
render greater service to you and to the movement, then your
suggestion will have been a big thing.
We are not concerned in compromising on the principles of
Chiropractic. Our policies in this field are very clearly defined and are
the result of years of experience and careful thought. We cannot
compromise with mixing or with any other thing which does not come
within the pale of straight, clearcut Chiropractic. But our methods in
attaining the ends for which we are all striving may perhaps be in
error; and if they are, we feel that we must look to our friends to point
those errors out to us. Obviously, we cannot agree to accede to every
suggestion sent
201
HISTORY REPEATS
in. Many angles may enter into the question and all have to be
considered in forming our conclusion. But we want every individual
who is interested in us to know that every constructive criticism
offered will receive careful attention and thorough thought.
We are deadly in earnest in asking for these suggestions and we
believe you, in your reply, will show as good faith to us.
(Fountain Head News, August 18, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
202
CHAPTER 46
The Story Of
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS
AND THEIR SOLUTIONS
(Fountain Head News, September 8, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The following starts as a bit of correspondence. It immediately drifts
from letters to concise, pungent statements of problems and an
explicit solution of them.
You may agree or disagree with the problems stated; you may agree
or disagree with the solution; but this much is quite certainthe study
of them will do you good and give you a much broader outlook on
Chiropractic.
This article is from the typewriter of B.J. and makes mighty
interesting reading. Permission has been secured from Theodore W.
Price and G. W. Hardie for publication of their letters and our reply.
Otherwise, it might be construed as a breach of etiquette upon our part
to publish private correspondence sent us by Mr. Price.
We would be glad to hear from any of our readers whether they
agree or disagree, after reading this article.

Augusta, Ga., Aug. 4, 1923.

The Palmer School of Chiropractic,
Davenport, Iowa.
Gentlemen:
I am in receipt of your letter of July 27th. I am very much interested in taking up
the study of Chiropractic, but right at this time one of the principal obstacles is the
financial one. I have written to several practicing Chiropractors in order to get a
practical viewpoint, as I know from experience in other lines the practical
sometimes greatly differs from the theoretical and if I should take up this work, it
would be very necessary that I make enough out of it to keep my head above
water. However, I could not enroll before January 1st, or possibly May 1st.
All the letters I have received from the different persons to whom I wrote were
very encouraging, save one. While this letter was not written to me
203
HISTORY REPEATS
in confidence, still I would not care to cause any friction or unpleasantness, but at
the request of Dr. Leonard Knowles, of this city, I am enclosing a letter received
from Dr. G. W. Hardie. There seems to have been something to have caused him
to have this antagonistic attitude, as this letter does not comport very well with the
one printed in your catalog, and I am sure there must be some under current that
has not come to surface in his letter. I would like to know your views on his
statements.
As stated above, it is not my purpose in sending this letter to you to cause any ill
feeling, but merely to get all the light and information I can on the subject.
Please return enclosed letter when read.
Yours very truly,
Theodore W. Price.

THE PROBLEMS PRESENTED

Owensboro, Ky., July 23, 1923.
Dear Mr. Price:
Just why you should single out my name from The Palmer School
catalog is beyond me. However, I shall be glad to give you my opinion
as to the Chiropractic situation today. That piece was written ten years
ago, when Chiropractic was being taught in an old barn at the top of
Brady Hill, Davenport. Conditions are vastly different now than at that
time. I was one of the first Chiropractors in the state of Kentucky. I
was one of those who was persecuted, prosecuted, sneered at, and
almost ostracised from society for advancing a new conception of
what caused disease. Today the man who comes out of school has
easy sailing as far as legislation is concerned.
He can go into a community and start practicing with little fear of
arrest. Things are indeed easy sailing. But listen, here is what he goes
up against. He finds he must compete with long established practices;
look over your city and see with whom one entering it would have to
go up against. True, one may have friends who would take
adjustments, but remember in practice you must have a continual
turnover of patients almost every sixty to ninety days. The man who
goes into Augusta can get a practice, of course he can, but not nearly
as rapidly as those pioneers. And I doubt if he could ever get a
practice on par with the one now held by your leading practitioner. If
he did it would take years of effort. There used to be a time when one
could
204
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
go into a new field and take pages of advertising and the people would
flock to him either from curiosity or an actual desire to try something
different. For a man to get well by adjusting his spine was wonderful.
Today the work of a Chiropractor is an established fact, and when a
little child is cured of infantile paralysis, or some poor devil who
everyone else has given up is put on his feet, it is accepted as a matter
of fact.
Thats what Chiropractic is for, and that is the way the public views
it. For a man to go into a community where Chiropractic is established
and use the newspaper to tell the people what Chiropractic will do
would be committing professional suicide. The people would laugh at
him. Would you patronize an advertising allopath? Think it over!
Furthermore, where can you go that there is not already a
Chiropractor? Look around you in Georgia. The same applies with
equal force in every state. Here in Kentucky Chiropractors pour in
from the Ross School at Fort Wayne, and another cheap school at
Indianapolis from the north. The St. Louis School and Missouri
School, on the west. The Palmer School, the National School of
Chicago, the Texas College also send their products. Chiropractic is
rapidly reaching its saturation point. The average product turned out,
or rather those run through those diploma mills, have little ethical
feeling. Their god is the dollar. They are cutting each others throat for
patients. Selling adjustments for a quarter and some less than that to
those who want cheap adjustments. In almost every community some
nut thinks he is divinely inspired and starts a school of his own. He
teaches two hours three evenings a week and at the end of six months
gives his dupes a diploma so large it could be read from an aeroplane.
The statistics compiled by one of the largest schools in existence show
that seventy per cent of the graduates of their institution failed to
establish practices that kept them in the profession.
You will think by now that I am trying to discourage you. That I do
not think anyone should come into the profession. You are wrong.
You asked me for an opinion. Do you want me to kid you? Shall I
tell you a lie or show you the real article? Now lets see. If you are a
fellow who likes people, who likes to deal intimately with them, who
likes to be of some assistance to his fellow man, and can sympathize
with them in their hour of trouble and is more interested in human
welfare than in dollars,
205
HISTORY REPEATS
Chiropractic is the profession for you. There is an opportunity and a
vast one for one to work. There is always a place, many outstretched
arms for that kind of a fellow. Your age matters little. In fact, a few
years just give a man a better mind and a little cooler judgment. Its
your view of life that counts.
Before you enter a school I would look them over. From the
graduates I have seen I believe the National at Chicago gives their
students a better all around education than any other school in this
country. Notwithstanding I am a graduate of The Palmer School, I
would look them all over. The Palmer School is so large their students
get very little and I know of students coming from it that never
adjusted a patient before coming into the field. The National at
Chicago has unlimited clinic material. They teach dissection; they
have access to the largest hospitals in Chicago and can see many
things The PSC never heard of. Understand, this is my opinion for
which you asked.
If you decide to go north, Owensboro is right on your way; I should
be glad to have you stop off and see me. I trust the foregoing will be
of some benefit to you. Think it over well.
Yours truly,
G. W. Hardie, D.C.

THE SOLUTION OFFERED

Davenport, Iowa, Aug. 16, 1923.
Dear Mr. Price:
I have your kind and considerate letter. You asked to know. I have
laid aside your letter until Sunday, when I can do the answer justice.
Being sincere, you want more than the forms in answer, therefore the
delay, which I trust you will pardon us for.
You comment that all the letters you received were encouraging but
one. That one you have kindly enclosed for me to weigh carefully,
thoughtfully, and to answer in the same spirit.
I can tell from the letter you write and the clear and concise manner
in which you reach conclusions that you know that every problem has
two solutions.
206
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
DR. HARDIE IS FRIENDLY
When you suggested that there was a hidden antagonistic attitude,
I cannot agree. It is a difference of opinion on the solution of
problems. Dr. Hardie has a right to his views as well as I. So long as
you and I cannot prove antagonism, we must be content to reason it
out along the lines of differences.

SHOULD WE ADVERTISE?
First problem:
The early pioneers could go out with any old thing, call it
Chiropractic, and get a big business.
A man can go into Augusta TODAY and get a business, but it would
be slower. The early Chiropractic pioneers got their business from
curiosity. Today the work of a Chiropractor is an established fact.
To advertise that you have a service to sell those who are clamoring
for it would be committing professional suicide. The people would
laugh at him. Would you patronize an advertising allopath?
Contrary to all preconceived rules of the business world, Dr. Hardie
assumes the position that the less the people know about a thing, the
more the people buy it. According to Dr. Hardie, P. T. Barnum is
right. The less you tell em, the more you fool em.
If Dr. Hardie is right, the fact that Chiropractic is better known today
is a hindrance to a man getting business.
The world has been suffering from a knowledge of the cause of
disease. Chiropractic ferreted the cause of EVERY dis-ease. The sick
world is dying for the want of that service. Dr. Hardie says the more
you tell, the more you prove that you have what they need, the less
business you get; in fact, you are committing suicide.
Dr. Hardie graduated from The P.S.C. eight years ago. Recently,
some man or woman must have come into Owensboro and BEGAN
ADVERTISING. Or, mayhaps Dr. Hardie is an optimist in advertising
when he does it, but a pessimist when the other fellow does it. Instead
of becoming a stronger advertiser it ap-
207
HISTORY REPEATS
pears that he has turned sour on advertising, the other advertiser, and
the producer of advertising (The P.S.C.).
Perhaps theres another reason for Dr. Hardie now turning against
advertising. He holds a license from the Kentucky State Medical
Board, who have, by Board rulings, refused their licentiates the right
to advertise under penalty of revocation of their license.
How do you account for this inconsistency? Dr. Hardie writes that
For a man to go into a community where Chiropractic is established
and use the newspaper to tell the people what Chiropractic will do
would be committing suicide. The people would laugh at him. Would
you patronize an advertising allopath?
Dr. Hardie has been in Owensboro for eight years. This makes him
established. During the past nine months Dr. Hardie has consistently
purchased of The P.S.C. 27,000 Chiropractic Educators, therefore he
is advertising what Chiropractic will do. The very day this is
being written (August 15th) his order was received for 3,000 of this
months issue. That he is still in business after eight years proves that
he has not yet committed professional suicide. That he is advertising
now, after eight years, shows that he believes this is a way to live.
In this letter to you he advises that you go to another school. Going
over his files of orders received for Chiropractic Educators, I find that
his copy for the bottom of the back page had in prominent display,
GRADUATE OF THE PALMER SCHOOL OF CHIROPRACTIC.
Is he proud of it? Has it a selling value? If not, why does he do it? If
he issues that, why should he advise YOU to go elsewhere? If he
advised YOU to go elsewhere, why did he display that which he does
not endorse? How do YOU figure it out?
Would you patronize an advertising allopath? The allopath has
nothing, does nothing worth being advertised, therefore he doesnt
advertise. People who cannot deliver would be foolish to buy space
and tell people so; for the sooner they would drive themselves into
committing professional suicide. Evidently Dr. Hardie is rendering a
service because he buys P.S.C. Printery Products every month and
distributes them. In this he shows excellent judgment, as he proves he
has something to sell. But
208
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
why he privately decries advertising and the advertiser, and does it, is
for you to decide.
Some Chiropractors see only far enough ahead to believe that by
filling the field with incompetents instead of competents they are
increasing their chances of standing out from the rest of the
profession. Some of the Chiropractors today seem to feel that even if
twenty or thirty thousand incompetent Chiropractors were placed in
the field, they would have easy sailing because they would be in direct
competition to improperly trained and inefficient Chiropractors. They
fail to realize that these twenty or thirty thousand efficient
Chiropractors lead to a loss of public confidence and that this loss is a
reaction against Chiropractic. I grant that there are many Chiropractors
who would rather see prospective students directed to weak schools,
believing that they will thereby reduce their effective competition.
Particularly is this impressed upon me when a Chiropractor advertises
Palmer Graduate and still does not recommend The Palmer School.
Certainly if he were sincere in believing that some other school was
best, he would hesitate to advertise an inferior brand of goods. At least
it would appear so to me.
The danger to Chiropractic lies in the establishment of innumerable
small and improperly equipped institutions draining a certain
proportion from each district of the United States. If small schools are
located in every large city of the United States and gain their support
from that particular district, and if, because of this fact, the larger
schools, which have been instrumental in putting Chiropractic on the
map and in the public mind, are forced to become small institutions or
go out of business, then the ultimate effect will be dangerous. I know
the Chiropractic field as a whole realizes the great influence which has
been yielded by The Palmer School in the furthering of the
Chiropractic movement. Could this have been done if The Palmer
School had been a small and inadequately equipped institution?
Everywhere graduates of The Palmer School advertise that fact and
Chiropractors from all schools point to The P.S.C. to prove to their
constituents and to their state legislative bodies that Chiropractic is not
a passing fancy but that it is in reality a science that has come to stay;
that it is founded on the firm foundation of a real educational
institution. Do you see them pointing
209
HISTORY REPEATS
to the many small schools scattered throughout the country to establish
that fact? They do not because they know that many small schools
could not carry the weight.

DOES TIME CHANGE FACTS?

Second problem:
Dr. Hardie says that for a man to get well by adjusting his spine was
wonderful.
He thereby infers that this was true eight years ago when HE started
and studied in an old barn. Is such an act any the less wonderful
today? Has eight years time changed this? Isnt it as important and
essential that he adjust the spine today as then? Spines and
subluxations are the samein what way has the whole thing changed
because Dr. Hardie has been at it eight years? If there were merit in
that argument, I would back up to twenty years before he got into it.
Dr. Hardie tells us that conditions are VASTLY different now than at
that time. Where? How? Are Chiropractic, subluxations, Innate,
adjustments, collars, men, any different? Where comes this
VASTLY difference? Dr. Hardie will answer, More people know
about it today. And does more knowledge of Chiropractic hurt the
confidence of the sick people?

MANY TOWNS OPEN

Furthermore, where can you go that there is not already a
Chiropractor? Thousands of towns have never heard the word, much
less having somebody adjusting its subluxations. Thousands of towns
of not less than 5,000 in each, 119 million people, have never been
touched. Thousands of cities are not supplied with the actual
necessities of enough Chiropractors to take care of the sick. Cities in
Kentucky have no Chiropractor and are asking for one. The same is
true in Georgia. Dr. Hardie must be suffering with myopia and the
illusions of the near.

MORE IS BEING ASKED OF US

Chiropractors are coming more and more to realize that their field of
service does not extend alone to the sick. It is possible to sell to the
American public the idea of HEALTH PRESER-
210
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
VATION rather than health recovery after they have become sick. The
dental profession has pretty well sold this idea to the public and most
people today visit the dentist once or twice a year to have their teeth
looked over to find if any work is necessary. The Chiropractor is
doing that same thing and he is alive today to the opportunity of
convincing the public that even when in apparently good health they
may be on the verge of a serious condition. Everywhere Chiropractors
are selling to their community the idea of having the Chiropractor
examine their spines to determine whether or not they are getting to a
point where a physical breakdown will occur, and many people today
are being taught the lesson of PRESERVING THE HEALTH which
they already possess rather than regaining something which has been
lost.
This idea has been sold to the American public by the automobile
industry. It used to be that cars were not brought to the garage until
they broke down somewhere on the road or until something went
radically wrong with the mechanism. Today almost all automobile
owners have found that it is cheaper to bring their car in occasionally
and have it overhauled to prevent greater trouble and more expense
from a complete breakdown.
This is the big idea that we are selling to the Chiropractic profession
and which they in turn are selling to the public. It is a large and
constructive piece of educational work and will do much toward
bringing more patients to Chiropractors for their services.

HOW FULL IS FULL?

Third problem:
Chiropractic is rapidly reaching its saturation point. The average
product has little ethical feeling. The dollar is their god. They are
cutting each others throats.
Once upon a time, as all stories start, a man invented an internal
combustion engine. Then he went to sleep. Another man put it on
wheels and it became a Ford.
He then began to manufacture. He turned out one a month and he
had a hard time selling that one. The saturation point had been
reached. But this nut Ford kept on making until
211
HISTORY REPEATS
he produced five a month. Now they laughed because there werent
five fools a month who would waste that much money. But the nut
kept on and finally reached one hundred a month. Peculiar as it may
sound, the fools kept on buying from this nut. Then Ford stepped
up to one thousand a month. NOW, surely, the saturation point had
been reached. His friends advised caution in over-production. But the
nut stepped on the gas and he produced one million every four
months, and was some five million behind in orders on hand. Surely
he MUST HAVE reached the saturation point long ago. His
competitors have combined to force one. But Ford goes on spilling
and the public goes on supping em up.
The multiplied increase in production, the pushing forward of the
spilling point, the pushing backward of the saturation point have
increased the quality of the Ford car. It has made it possible for greater
equipment for better cars today than ever before.
Three elements enter into the equation at this stage of the game: first,
Ford and the job before him; second, his competitors; third, the public.
Ford is making and selling direct to and for the public. The
competitors have been hampering him at every turn. If Ford wants to
makeand sell, and the public want to buy and pay, who is to stop it
from going on? What right have competitors to prevent Ford from
serving the public, so long as the public WANTS TO BE SERVED?
Ford knew he had a product that was in universal demand, therefore,
The Universal Car, and so long as that was true, there could be no
overproduction until EVERY FAMILY IN THE WORLD HAD ONE;
and when that demand was supplied, ANOTHER GENERATION OF
NEW FORDS WOULD BE NEEDED TO TAKE CARE OF
ANOTHER GENERATION OF NEW PEOPLE. Ford is no nut and
the buyers are not fools.

WOULD YOU AND I?

The mental reaction of the casual onlooker is frequently narrow.
Eighty-five per cent of the visitors who look over Fords plant and
see one car turned out every eighteen seconds, see more than 8,000
being manufactured every day, see the buildings and
212
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
grounds congested with them, see several freight-train-loads hauled
out every day, begin to wonder where they are going and whether the
world will buy them all up. They see the saturation point AT THE
MANUFACTURING END and do not see the absorbing at the other
end of the road. Go out into the hundreds of thousands of cities, go
into the assembly plants distributed everywhere, see the millions of
people demanding Fords, and then you realize the spilling point. There
is a marked difference between what you see at the beginning of the
road at the Ford plant in Detroit and the END OF THE ROAD in
millions of places AWAY from Detroit. Perhaps the workmen
themselves, in the Ford plant, get the same strabismic squint. Your
saturation point is an illusion of your nearness to the factory.

A JUST COMPARISON
Once upon a time, as all sequels start, there was a man who
discovered an idea of an internal intellectual force running man
without outside interference. Then he went to sleep. Another man
developed it to a workable knowledge. He found that disease was
caused by an interference with this internal flow to the outside. He
discovered WHERE this interference was. He developed an art of
adjusting this subluxation. He began to teach this idea and method.
People laughed and called him crazya nut. Nothing from the
outside to go in?
As nobody believed him or believed in him, he took up all the
saturation point to experiment on. But they got well, told the story,
and this created more of the spilling point. He taught one man. That
one man now took up the spill and again the saturation point was
reached. Finally, a class of five was taught. They went out and spilled
information by word of mouth, handbills, data and figures, and they
took up their own to the saturation point again.
Then a school was started. And now they did laugh. He was a nut
to think that doctors could be made by a man who had never been to
a medical college, had no all-around education, had never taken
dissection, etc. But the master nut went on teaching fools how
to become doctors so they could save a sick world. About this time,
one G. W. Hardie appeared. The saturation point was not all taken
up, as Dr, Hardie (which
213
HISTORY REPEATS
he eventually became) got into the game and has helped to do the
saturating for eight years.
The school grew to 500 students. Certainly there wasnt enough
business for all those. Dr. Hardie thought there was. Surely there
wasnt enough sick in all the world that believed in Chiropractic to
keep them from starving. Dr. Hardie went out and proved that
argument false. Didnt he build a business off the people he educated
to the idea he had, that he got here? And each of those graduates
spilled more educational matter, therefore they mopped up what they
spilled, so the saturation point moved up another notch THEY
MADE. Then Palmer stepped up the production until today (1923)
The P.S.C. is graduating 2,000 Chiropractors every year who can see
as much further now as Dr. Hardie saw ahead of his day then. Was the
saturation point reached when G. W. Hardie graduated? Is the
saturation point reached now?
The multiplied increase in the number of graduates, the pushing
forward of the educational matter, the pushing back thereby of the
saturation point have increased the quality of instruction, made it
possible for us to employ instructors, build better classroom buildings,
give more thoro courses, etc., today than ever before.
Three elements enter into the equation at this stage of the game:
First, B.J. and his big job before him; second, his competitorsboth
schools and practioners; third, the sick public. Chiropractic is destined
for the sick, the Chiropractor being the intermediary to carry the
message on. When any one messenger refuses to deliver his message,
it is time to discount his judgment and ability, secure another who can
and will deliver to the sick. What right have schools or practitioners to
prevent B.J. from serving the sick, so long as the sick want to be
served?
We here at The P.S.C. know that we have a product that is in
universal demand. We know that every man, woman, and child has a
backbone and in each is a subluxation producing disease, demanding
adjustment. Chiropractic is for more than the people of Owensboro,
Kentucky. Dr. Hardie seems to think that Chiropractic in the rest of
the world must be bounded by what he thinks of his little town, and
advises others accordingly.
214
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
Eighty-five per cent of the visitors who look over The P.S.C. and
see several thousand Chiropractors annually in the making, begin to
wonder where they are all going and whether the world is sick enough
to want so many; whether each of them can find patronage to make a
profitable living. They see the saturation point AT THE SCHOOL
OF INSTRUCTION, do not see the absorbing which is located in
hundreds of thousands of towns at distant and remote points from
Davenport. Go out on the highways and byways and see the hundreds
of millions of sick people demanding health, then you realize the
potential possibilities of the spilling point. One great regret is that so
many people never get away from home. There is a marked difference
between what the casual observer sees at THE BEGINNING OF THE
PROCESS AT THE P.S.C., and the END OF THE ROAD in millions
of homes away from Davenport, Iowa. Perhaps students themselves in
The P.S.C. might have the same strabismic squint. Your saturation
point is an illusion of your nearness to the school.

IS CHIROPRACTIC $$$ OR LIVES?

Chiropractic is a service for a sick world. It is for all people, of all
colors and nations. All the good Chiropractors that can be produced in
all the good schools of America for the next twenty years can be
sopped up on this continent. And for the rest of the world, it would
take another fifty years.
A German backbone is no different than an Australian; a Spanish
subluxation is the same as Chinese; a Russian adjustment is as
valuable as an American; and an Eskimo Innate will cure as readily as
a Patagonian. I know, because I have gone thru the process. Its a
small world when you live a path between home and office in a village
for eight years. Its a very big world and there is much work to be
done when you go over some of it. The world is not bounded by the
end of the paving at Owensboro.
So long as EVERY person has a backbone and subluxation, and
needs adjustment, then EVERY MAN, WOMAN, AND CHILD in
the world, whether red, yellow, black, or white, NEEDS A
CHIROPRACTOR. The saturation point cannot be reached until
EVERY PERSON HAS HAD ADJUSTMENTS.
215
HISTORY REPEATS
NO SUBLUXATION EXISTS IN ANY SPINAL COLUMN, AND
ALL PEOPLE ARE WELL OF EVERY CHRONIC AILMENT AND
NO ACUTE DISEASE EXISTS.
And by the time each person now alive is well, there will be another
sick generation awaiting for the next generation of Chiropractors. The
saturation point is as far away from being satisfied NOW as it was
the day G. W. Hardie graduated. Palmer is no nut and the sick
people are not fools.

THE BIG POINT

The spilling point is the BIG issue and if Chiropractors were
one-tenth as anxious to increase the spilling point as they are to
decrease the saturation point, nine times more sick people would be
getting well and the world would be a better place in which to live,
because of their having been a Chiropractor. The trouble with many
Chiropractors is that they want to DECREASE the outgo so they can
INCREASE their income on the present margin of Chiropractic
patients, and the millions of sick people who do not know
Chiropractic go on getting around between the upper and lower
medical millstones.
Assuming that a certain man raised cottonsuppose only ONE
person wore cotton goods. The saturation point would be reached.
But so long as cotton goods are being worn by millions, it will take
thousands to raise millions of bales of cotton to supply the demand.
When the READY market has been filled, the cotton raisers must then
take up an educational campaign of EDUCATING MORE PEOPLE
TO WEAR MORE COTTON GOODS.
This same situation existed in California a few years ago on oranges.
Sunkist Orange was a cooperative national advertising campaign to
get people TO BUY MORE oranges to sell surplus stock that was
grown in California, which was going to waste.
Today the demand exceeds the supply. The ball rotates and soon all
the United States will be eating California oranges.
A city has to deal with the saturation point in taking care of traffic.
Once it was horses and buggies and hitching posts, out of which grew
the open square in the center of the city. The roads were mud, and
eight miles per hour made. Then came automobiles and mud roads
gave way to cement.
216
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
HOW TRANSPORTATION WAS SOLVED
Today there is a congestion of automobiles in cities. It forced men to
study the problem and devise better parking arrangements, larger
parking spaces, and better traffic regulations. The saturation point
was very markedly changed from buggies to autos, horses to gasoline,
mud to cement, alongside the curb to a forty-five degree parking all
day, to ranking thirty minutes, from streets to special parking lots,
from as fast as your horse could go to fifteen miles in cities and thirty
miles on paved country roads. But transportation has been materially
helped, cost of getting to market reduced, and we call this evolution,
PROGRESS.
If a town had 15,000 people and only fifty were sold to Chiropractic,
and one Chiropractor was adjusting those fifty, the saturation point
would be reached. If another comes into that town and he does no
more to build up trade than the original sponger on that town, and
draws his business in the same manner as the first man, viz., from
those who come to him in spite of his doing nothing, then the
saturation point has been doubled. The fifty people are not enough
for one man, let alone two. But if the second man begins educating the
people as to who he is, what he is, what he has, and where he is
prepared to deliver service, he will educate another fifty, and still
another fifty, and will MANUFACTURE BUSINESS out of the
balance of the 14,950, ALL OF WHOM NEED ADJUSTMENT FOR
SUBLUXATIONS.
The first man cried, Chiropractic is rapidly reaching the saturation
point because he was eking out an existence on HIS fifty. There were
still 14,950 in his town that had never taken ONE adjustment, much
less the necessity of a prolonged HEALTH SERVICE that he was
prepared to sell when he had sold himself to them.
The saturation point is not solved merely because a few people sit
and sit and sit and bemoan the fact that few people come into their
offices. Men get just what they give. Less coal, less heat. More
publicity, more business.
The solution of the saturation point is more education to more
people. This creates an understanding of Chiropractic in more people,
which creates a demand for more adjustments, which demands more
Chiropractors, and like a snowball accumu-
217
HISTORY REPEATS
lates upon itself. Meanwhile, more of the world is served, better health
is established, more efficient people are coming into their own.
If I were like many others and believed Chiropractic was for me and
mine and I took that narrow selfish view, then I could have kept
Chiropractic a family secret. I could have been the only one who
would have been "blessed with the power to give adjustments. But I
could not adjust every subluxation in the world. There were
595,000,000 subluxations in this country, let alone the billions in the
rest of the world. Meanwhile, I let down the bars and others floated in
on my generous tide. Now THEY are in, they desire to exercise the
alibi that I refused to use. Man is known by the motive he displays. If
he portrays me and mine then you know his greed of gain and
limitations of mind. If he portrays the good of a world then you know
his liberality for others and his horizon is pushed away back.

SOME FIGURES TO CONSIDER

In the United States there are approximately 20,000 who call
themselves Chiropractors. 10,000 of them are dead from the gullet
north because they thought they could go to any school, get filled with
anything, spew it on people, and rake in barrels of money. When they
found they couldnt, they tried to limit competition with saturation
point alibies.
10,000 of this motley crowd are mixers. They are not sold to a
principle. They call themselves chiropractors because the other
10,000 have sold that name and service to the public. Mixers think it
good to tack on to, to pick up business with. This 10,000 cry
saturation point because they give nothing to sustain the life of
CHIROPRACTIC. They belong to no association, they put nothing
into the pot, they keep taking from. They sour on every movement and
man that asks them to contribute to any movement which keeps
CHIROPRACTIC alive. They sour on the men who inject MORE life
into the alive 10,000 and who have to carry the overload of the dead
10,000.
10,000 of this crowd are alive, wide awake, up-and-doing. They are
the straights. You will find them out of their shells in which they were
born. They are the big, broad, generous and liberal
218
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
fellows. They attend state and national conventions, P.S.C. Lyceums,
and other progressive CHIROPRACTIC movements. They go away
from their villages frequently. They come out of their grouches. They
realize that there is something besides village walls. They visit,
investigate. They read periodicals. They bump elbows with big, brainy
fellows. Their language is that of the optimist, the booster who passes
on compliments. He is searching for more Chiropractic, better
Chiropractors. He is easily picked out of the crowd.
The United States has 120,000,000 people. We have 10,000 live
Chiropractors taking care of that minor portion who believe in
Chiropractic. There are 120,000 physicians taking care of the major
portion who believe in something from the outside. Out of
120,000,000, not more than 1,000,000 have taken adjustments;
possibly 10,000,000 have heard the word Chiropractic. 110,000,000
havent heard the word; 119,000,000 have not taken adjustments; and
it is said that Chiropractic has reached the saturation point.
As fast as we educate more people away from their beliefs in
medicine, we increase their beliefs in Chiropractic; as fast as we take
them away from doing something from the outside, we add them to
our list of letting the inside come out. This is a process of education. It
is not a question of standing still at one spot merely because these who
NOW know are being taken care of. If 120,000 physicians can make a
living, 10,000 Chiropractors are not sufficient to patch up their past
and present blunders and take care of the millions of blind, lame, and
halt who crowd our daily path. We have the dregs of centuries to
rebuild. Millions now hobble that should walk. Everywhere the sick
crowd the path of the well. There are millions of sick to one lone, idle,
lazy Chiropractorand then we talk about the saturation point
having been reached.
There is a ready demand for 50,000 Chiropractors in the United
States alone, today. Kentucky is demanding more. Georgia needs
more. I have just come thru a tour of investigation to satisfy myself. I
had heard about this saturation point so I went out to see. The great
mass of sick people will not stand by and see their numbers dying on
all sides because some mentally limited Chiropractor wants to draw
curtains on the endeavor of others.
219
HISTORY REPEATS
GOOSE AND GANDER
Fourth problem:
You will think by now that I am trying to discourage you; that I do
not think anyone should come into the profession. You are wrong.
You asked me for my opinion. Do you want me to kid you? Shall I tell
you a lie or show you the real article? Now if you are a fellow who
likes people, who likes to deal intimately with them, who likes to be of
some assistance to his fellow men, and can sympathize with them in
their hour of trouble and is more interested in human welfare than in
dollars, Chiropractic is the profession for you. There is an opportunity
and a vast one for one to work. There is always a place, many
outstretched arms for that kind of a fellow. Your age matters little. In
fact, a few years just gives a man a better mind and a little cooler
judgment. It is your view of life that counts.
Does he add the one great essential itemIts your view of life that
counts? Come in, join with us, there are many millions needing what
I have and you are going to get, and help us educate more people and
youll have all the business you educate the people to demand.
How do you account for this inconsistency?
If you are a fellow who likes people, who likes to deal intimately
with them, who likes to be of some assistance to his fellow man, and
can sympathize with them in their hour of trouble, and is more
interested in human welfare than in dollars, Chiropractic is the
profession for you. THERE IS AN OPPORTUNITY AND A VAST
ONE FOR YOU. There is ALWAYS A PLACE, MANY
OUTSTRETCHED ARMS FOR THAT KIND OF A FELLOW.
Let us analyze. If you want to get sick people well, FOR NOTHING,
there is a VAST field for you to work in, MANY outstretched
arms, etc. If you want to get those same sick people well, FOR PAY,
then Chiropractic is rapidly reaching its saturation point. If the sick
are there and they want adjustments, what is it that makes them fade
out of the picture when the dollar enters?
I am sorry Dr. Hardie hasnt that viewpoint. Dr. Hardie is a buyer
and purveyor of P.S.C. advertising matter. He has been
220
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
a constant and permanent buyer. He knows that it pays to spread the
gospel. Perhaps that accounts for why he directs you to another
school. Perhaps he is more afraid of competition from a school whose
qualities he knows. How much better it would be if Dr. Hardie joined
with other parties and they bought and distributed their educational
matter jointly. Dr. Hardie more than appreciates that there is enough
business in his town of 15,000 population to take care of more than
two Chiropractors. In cooperation he will build a larger business than
he has ever had. Dr. Hardie surely will not contend that EVERY
BACKBONE in Owensboro has been adjusted at his hands or that
every backbone that will be, has been. Would he let the rest go on
being sick and die because he wants to take his own time till they
come to him?
The above quoted statement weakens the entire purport of what Dr.
Hardie has said as to Chiropractic having reached the saturation
point. He says there are TOO MANY Chiropractors and then admits
that there is plenty of opportunity IF a person really wants to get the
sick well. He implies that many Chiropractors are in the profession
primarily for dollars. This is true, and it is deplorable, but it is no
argument in support of his contention that the saturation point has
been reached. The one statement quoted nullifies all that he has
written on the question of saturation because of an alleged
oversupply of Chiropractors.

ESSENTIALS OR GOAT-FEATHERS?
Fifth problem:
Dr. Hardie asserts The give their students a better all around
education than any other college in the country.
Dr. Hardie is right in this assertion. There are many Chiropractic
schools, colleges, and universities that teach many subjects to many
people, who dont know what they need, the things they want. These
schools appeal to people BEFORE they study Chiropractic. The
P.S.C. appeals to those same people afterwards. The P.S.C. has had
hundreds of post-graduates in its classes from schools, and hundreds
of graduates of other schools send students here.
221
HISTORY REPEATS
The P.S.C. does not teach an all around education of subjects
foreign to Chiropractic. It is BUILDING CHIROPRACTORS as
Henry Ford builds Fords.

SIZE IS A SPILLER AND SUSTAINER

Sixth problem:
Dr. Hardie tells us that The P.S.C. is so large that its students get
very little. But Dr. Hardie GOT it. That has been the hue and cry ever
since the very beginning.
The field divides itself into those who take the larger viewpoint and
those who cant. The man who cries saturation point congestion of
the field, size of school, B.J.s long hair, largest hospitals, dissection,
and other things The P.S.C. never heard of; amongst the rest of which
might be mentioned a premium which many schools offer which
varies between $25 and 10 per cent of the tuition paid.
Cast your eye down the line on Woolworth, Ford, Standard Oil,
Swift and other SO LARGE institutions. They MUST deliver or go
to the wall. The same is true here. What MADE US GET TO
PRESENT SIZE? Superior ability and delivery. What makes other
schools smaller? The opposite. Leonard Knowles is one of those get
very little fellows and so are the others from whom you have heard
favorably. Dr. Hardie has made good for eight years.

DOES ALL EDUCATION WORK?

Dr. Hardie was here eight years ago when we taught a great deal less
than we do now. By comparison, just as we were young then so has
our ability to discover and develop more made us able to impart more
of that Chiropractic education greater today.
Dr. Hardie asserts that he knows of students coming from it that
have never adjusted a patient. Hes right! I know of some who
graduated from it years ago who have never had a patient yet. They
had the idea that you could enter the field, stick up a dirty sign, put
your feet upon the desk, and that people would bust down their doors
to shove money in their jeans because they were a pioneer curiosity.
222
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
Hes right! I know of students who came, paid tuition, and didnt
stay longbecause they wouldnt work! We have no time for
barnacles! I know of students who have gone thru this school who
have never adjusted a patientand come out without a diploma.
During clinic you would find them hanging about in the rear of the
room, lally-gagging or out in the halls or on the street smoking fags.
Hes right! But the way he put it tells only one-half the story and lets
you infer the wrong things by imagining what he means. No man or
woman has ever gone out of here without knowing more than he came
to get, paid for, and is entitled to; and he was able to deliver excellent
adjustments IF HE APPLIED HIMSELF TO THE WORK AND
TRIED.
This goes to the root of what constitutes an education and how it is
gotten! Some people think that all they have to do is set themselves
down in an assigned chair, always be present when time is checked,
crib on exams, and it is up to the school to deliver brains, ability, and
business. They, like birds, sit on the roost and expect mama birds to
dig up worms and force them down their throats. This is an institution
of people who think big and get out after things. They must bring
themselves here, apply their minds, think and reason, put themselves
into what they are doing, and go after business, for it will never come
to them. We want men, not loafers; women, not dolls; workers, not
pikers; thinkers, not those who want others to do it for them merely
because they pay others to help them.

SHADOW OR SUBSTANCE
Seventh problem:
Dr. Hardie states that other schools have access to the largest
hospitals of Chicago.
What value are operations for appendicitis, seeing tonsils cut out,
etc., when he needs to know how to deliver ADJUSTMENTS to get
the sick well. I have yet to see my first operation. Am I any the less a
Chiropractor?
A man gets just what he goes after and WHAT HE GETS depends
upon WHERE HE GOES. If, graduating in Chiropractic, you want to
witness operations at these largest hospitals you
223
HISTORY REPEATS
can also do as hundreds do every yearget a visitors card and visit to
your hearts content. You dont have to enroll in any school to get that
privilege Any layman can get it any time. This is not a special
privilege granted a student because he has enrolled with any one
certain school in Chicago. Dr. Hardie mentions one certain institution.
ANYBODY can have access AT ANY TIME.
Eighth problem:
Dr. Hardie seems to think that it is an all around education small
school, dissection, largest hospitals and operations and many things
The P.S.C. never heard of that YOU want.
Note the inconsistency. He belittles The P.S.C. because, as a 100 per
cent CHIROPRACTIC institution, it is so large, and highly
commends the LARGEST HOSPITALS which are anti-
Chiropractic. If The P.S.C. is so large their students get very little,
why wouldnt access to those largest hospitals produce the same
effect? And, by inverse ratio, if there is value to be gleaned from the
LARGEST hospitals, there would be value from the LARGEST
CHIROPRACTIC SCHOOL.
It is CHIROPRACTIC that gets the sick well. If that all around
(medical) education did get the sick well, there would be no need for
Dr. Hardie and Chiropractic. It is because of the all around (medical)
education, largest hospitals and many other things The P.S.C.
never heard of that Chiropractic was born.

WHAT WOULD YOU HAVE DONE?

Ninth problem:
In your letter you state that you think there must be some under
current that has not come to the surface.
Up to a year ago the Chiropractic movement was on the toboggan,
sliding fast down a greased plank. Chiropractic was right but the
public mind was losing confidence in it. That was because of the
10,000 hangerson who were putting 10,000 straights in bad.
Knowing this, I had one of two courses open: let Chiropractic go or
fight with the 10,000 straights for a public comeback. We fought to
save Chiropractic.
224
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
Chiropractors divided themselves into two camps. This meant a
direct immediate split of one 10,000 against the other 10,000. I led the
straights. In cleaning house, I engendered ill feeling of many who
misunderstood my methods, misjudged the conditions upon which the
campaign was based, or misconstrued my motives, all of which also
came from some friends who heartily agreed later when they knew.
With others I have not had their ear; they wont listen or reason, hence
it will take years for them to wear themselves out and gradually let the
right fit in. 10,000 think I was right and 10,000 think I was wrong.
Only time can tell, but this much I do know: Chiropractic has been
saved in its purity for posterity. That was what was at stake and that is
what was saved.
As a direct result of this condition the field has been split into the
straights and the mixers. This class discrimination the mixers
resent. Naturally, in thus classifying Chiropractic and Chiropractors,
some think I did a grave injustice in questioning their right to do
anything they please so long as it pleased them. They maintained that
giving anything was an American democracy right which no man can
abridge. In this they are right. But here was a philosophy, science, and
art of internal service value on the brink of oblivion. The question we
settled was between the rights of a group of sincere mixers and the
right of humanity for posterity. I took the larger view, believing that
CHIROPRACTIC was greater than the rights of a man or any group
of men to make a living today and scuttle the ship for future
generations.

THE FIELD HAS A RIGHT TO KNOW

Tenth problem:
Dr. Hardie did not give you the name of that school that stated The
statistics compiled by one of the largest schools in existence shows
that 70% of the graduates of their institution failed to establish
practices that kept them in the profession. WHOM did he mean? Will
you please inquire and let me know?
225
HISTORY REPEATS
MEDICINE HAS LOST THAT WAY
Eleventh problem:
A parallel of higher preliminary education can be found in medicine.
Medicine was one of the arts that man cannot know too much about so
they gradually climbed the scale of requirements. It began (sixty years
ago) with a man studying in another doctors office, issuing him a
letter, registering him, and he began to practice. It has stepped up until
he is required to have grade school (nine years), high school (four
years), two years of pre-academic work, six years of medical college,
and one year interneship in a hospital (22 years in all), all of which
must be standard A schools passed upon and endorsed by the Amer-
ican Medical Association. Hence medical colleges have died like rats
at their hands.
For five years physicians have been dying faster than they have been
produced, hence the holler that they are NOW graduating specialists
who invest so much in their education that they go into the cities and
advise unnecessary operations to earn it back; that a specialist
cannot afford to go to small towns, as the income is not commensurate
to the investment. Small towns are crying for physicians; and in the
absence of physicians THEY ARE WRITING TO THE P.S.C. TO
SUPPLY THEM CHIROPRACTORS.
The P.S.C. is not concerned in that all around education idea. It
matters not whether he knows Latin, Greek, algebra, mathematics,
astronomy, logarithms, etc., but we are vitally concerned in whether
he can go to a sick person, find the right subluxation, adjust it
correctly, AND GET THAT PERSON WELL. This is based upon
what he learns in a CHIROPRACTIC school, not what he learns about
foreign subjects before he comes to one. An all around education is
based upon higher preliminary theoretical training. The P.S.C.
education is based on practical application of the principle of
Chiropractic to the sick.
The American Medical Association is now discussing the necessity
for reducing educational requirements. It is being seriously considered
now to make medicine a three-year subject, with no two-year
pre-academic work and no one-year interneship,
226
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
to graduate the practitioner who will become the family physician;
and still maintain the twenty-two-year qualifications for specialists.
THEY are worried. They see their number decreasing. They see the
public demanding doctors. They see The P.S.C. supplying the
demand. They should be worried. The more they increase educational
requirements, the more they decrease their numerical strength. The
more we stand solid on our three-year practical course, the more we
fill their loss. And, should we pile up, year after year, we, too, would
suffer with the same thinning-out of OUR ranks.
Sick man enters. Why does he go to a doctor? Does he make
inquiries as to whether he knows Latin, Greek? Or does he come to
him to GET WELL? Even tho ignorant (so far as book worming is
concerned), if he GETS HIM WELL, he has fame and fortune at his
command. And even tho he knows the library universe, if he fails,
then he is an ordinary staller of alibies.
Dr. Hardie will admit that physicians possess that all around
education and have failed; yet Dr. Hardie is convinced that
CHIROPRACTORS without that all around education are
accomplishing results that they cant get.

INSIDE OUT, OR OUTSIDE IN?

The P.S.C. as a Chiropractic institution of teaching, or the
Chiropractor as a practitioner of Chiropractic, are not interested in the
quality of urine, sputum, blood, or faeces, or in whether it contains
germs of one kind or another; how many, or what character emits
FROM the body.
The P.S.C. is in business to produce CHIROPRACTORS who can
serve humanity to get them well. If he can do this IN SPITE of
knowing an all around education, all is well. If he can do this
without that all around education then all is also well. We are vitally
concerned in knowing what practical value comes OUT of the funnel,
not how much theory you pour into it.
227
HISTORY REPEATS
We are not concerned in the quality of urine, sputum, blood. But we
ARE concerned in knowing where the subluxation is that is making
any or all abnormal, and how to correct that cause to get case well. We
are not concerned in what the man puts INTO his mouth, but how his
body takes care of it once it is in. Any man who does examine the
excrescences, looks down a mans throat, into his eyes, up his nose,
and pokes into his ears, could be said to have an all around
education; and once he gets it is less able to concentrate upon the
right subluxation and the proper way to adjust it.
And now comes the last of the great problems our profession has
become divided uponthe legislative one. It is a trait in men to holler
tyranny as long as somebody else is squeezing them; but let THEM
get in and they are the loudest to holler close the state. History is
replete with examples.
The U.C.A. believes that HUMANITY HAS RIGHTS and that
POSTERITY HAS MORE RIGHTS THAN THE PRESENT
GENERATION.

ALL OVER AGAIN

Its the question of the class against the mass. No question is EVER
settled until the mass speak. The class steals the rights of the mass.
The mass revolts and then we have an overthrow of former
government. Its occurring now in many places. It will occur with us if
we step too far. If we are reasonable the people will merely frown
upon our efforts. In many states the people have revolted against
medical interests that have stolen their rights. We Chiropractors have
helped them. Now we desire to also steal the same rights. History
teaches some of our people nothing.
The U.C.A. has been fighting to keep states OPEN that more may
come now, that more people may be served now, and that more people
in the next generation may be served then. This has divided the field
into those who think that their present rights are all to be considered.
They are selfish and mercenary. The balance think the future has
rights which must be preserved.
228
SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
Thruout these activities, we here at The P.S.C. and in The U.C.A.
have been leaders. It has placed us in the forefront of pushing each
solution that is judged to be right by the 10,000 who form these
conclusions. I do not know where Dr. Hardie stands on any or all of
them. But I can see sufficient material in all of them to give Dr. Hardie
plenty of reasons for taking an opposite opinion which would differ
with our leadership. I cannot take out of his mind all the opposing
thots that might be there

YOU MUST SETTLE IT FOR YOU

So, after all, it is a question that you have to settle as to whether the
opinion of a man who wants to keep you out is more worthy of
attention than the opinions of those who want to welcome you into
their profession, believing as they do that there is plenty of business
for all if you will get in and HELP TO PRODUCE IT.
I am sorry to take up so much of your time, but there are so many
angles and so much to be said that I have but hit at some of the high
spots on some of them.
Let me hear from you after you have taken this letter to Dr. Knowles
and gone over it with him. He will tell you that these ARE the
problems our profession is being confronted with.
I am
Very truly yours,
B. J. Palmer, D.C., Ph.C.
(Fountain Head News, September 8, 1923, TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
229
CHAPTER 47
The Story Of
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
At 1923 LyceumTWENTY-EIGHT YEARS AGOwe officially
introduced the Neurocalometer to our profession. Preceding this, we
here had tested it, tried it, found what it could and would do. We had
taken it out on the road, had sold a few under varying circumstances,
so its advent at this particular time was its baptism altho it had been in
gestation some time before.
At that Lyceum, we made many statements for and in its behalf.
Many thot some of those premises were wild, rash, and impossible.
Were they? We said it would do certain things. Did it? We said it
would have a certain and definite effect in evolutionizing our
Chiropractic approach. Has it? We said it was the turning point for
taking the guess out of our work. Was it? We said it was the beginning
of the change from a human dogmatismwould change us from
dogmatists advocating a dogma to being human scientists; would
convert us to scientific thinking, advocating a science. Did it? Were
we prophetic then; were we guessing then; were we stabbing in the
dark; were we dogmatically expressing wishful thinking or did we
know what we had, what it would do; and has it done those things
since?
These and many more questions we could ask after twenty-eight
years and the present-day effect it has had upon us and our profession.
Approximately 5,000 neurocalometers are now in use in our and
foreign countries.
In those daystwenty-eight years agoeverything under the sun
was hurled at us. We were money mad. We wanted to dominate and
control the profession. We wanted to think, act our way, and they had
to follow. Our every motive was questioned. Our sincerity and honesty
were challenged.
What has time proved? The best way for all to make a comparison is
to go back into the files of our FOUNTAIN HEAD NEWS, see what
we said then, then let you form your answers as of now.
230
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Fountain Head News of July 26, 1924, said:
INFRINGEMENTS
A General Lay of the Ground
No sooner was the formal announcement made of the Neuro-
calometer than the Chiropractic profession saw its supreme value, and
everybody IMMEDIATELY demanded one. They wanted it pronto,
immediately, if not sooner. They became panic-stricken, almost
conscience-stricken. Several, that we know, closed their offices rather
than go on as before.
This immediate demand for Neurocalometers created a necessity for
the getting together of money with which to get one. As soon as
money was being gathered for THIS purpose, it was lost for ALL
OTHER objects. The bottom fell out of the adjusting table business,
X-Ray business, etc. Hundreds of orders or contracts on hand took a
slump that has failed to recover to this date, although it will.
The PSC has sold few tables sinceeverybody is saving for
Neurocalometers. We have been told that scores of contracts on hand
had been cancelled in spinograph outfits, etc. No matter how
unjustified such hasty conclusions were, that is what happened.
Hence, many who manufactured tables or sold spinograph outfits to
Chiropractors, jumped post-haste into the Neurocalometer
infringement business of meeting that which WAS in demand.
Therefore, this article will deal with these infringements, to date. We
will not guarantee to go beyond that, for each new day brings new
babiesboth dead and alive.
FirstA man suddenly burst forth with wild and outlandish
statements. One of the biggest businesses in America was making his.
They promised him they would back him to the limit, prosecute suits
against anybody who interfered with his rights. He began selling
instruments and had some 700 sold before he had a demonstrator. He
sold territorial rights, left and right. It wasnt long until he got a single
demonstrator. PSC students flocked by the hundreds to see it work
but, he never worked it. He was so busy selling New York rights that
he couldnt demonstrate a
231
HISTORY REPEATS
COMPLETE reading from atlas to coccyx on anybody. And, we were
told that his instrument was made by the largest firm in America, and
they had his order for several hundred, with immediate delivery
backing him.
What ARE the FACTS? His instrument did come from the largest
firm. They did make a model before they knew of the patent situation.
As soon as they informed themselves, they immediately dropped him
and all other infringers. Did his instrument work? He couldnt make a
thorough reading with any degree of satisfaction. His needle went up
on one side and stuck there. Did he ever sell a single instrument? We
have our serious doubtswe can get a record of none.
What is the situation of Infringement No. 1 today? He has an
instrument that will not work. The factory that made this one did so
under a misstatement of facts. They will not make any more for him or
anybody else. No other factory will take his promised big business.
His territory remains unsold. Everything is quiet in his camp. He
sleeps the weary nightmare that hangs over the morning after the night
before. It died a-borning.
SecondAnnouncements came forth of another instrument, name
similar to Neurocalometer. It came from what we had always
supposed were friends. For, friends, we had their complete and
exclusive equipment in our institution. Although under no financial
obligations to do so, we boosted that line. Thousands of sales were
made. Hundreds of thousands of dollars kept this party alive and fed
one factory which practically did nothing but Chiropractic business.
No sooner the announcement of the Neurocalometer than the sudden
turning of friend to foe. This was quickly followed by an
announcement of an infringement. No reports reach us of any
demonstrations, although frequent promises are made of a future
dating.
This good fellow, working under a misapprehension of the facts
(although excuse of law forgives none) is selling territory to the East,
West, North and South of us. There are tacks right ahead which are
going to flatten some tires, which means keeping a very steady hand
on the steering wheel and driving slowly, or many riders are going to
land in a ditch upside down.
232
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
It is interesting to note that the X-Ray equipment which we had in
our institution, which was on consignment, was suddenly jerked out
within a 24-hours notice, hardly giving us time to get a duplicate
installation.
Infringement No. 2 came from a source that had been given a fat
living for many years.
ThirdThe third infringement bursted out down East. It came with a
shout and a holler. It was heard for many miles around. It created
some eruptionnot the machinebut the excitement from whom it
came.
Their instrument is out. It has been demonstrated, although I use that
word demonstration with a certain modest shame. I have been
correctly informed that they make just a short demonstration to prove
that it works and then give the on-lookers a long rigmarole about
hokum, apple-sauce and hot-damn, which creates many a mirthful
smirk even if it does NOT prove the value of an instrument (or sell
any), to which you are asked to trust human lives.
That instrument, like all others so far tested, starts out perfectly. It
makes a perfect reading for about the first seven vertebrae, then it
begins to get foggy, thick-headed, slow in its action. When the
demonstrator sees this condition appearing he quickly closes the
demonstration and side-tracks attention by more bush-wha against
the Neurocalometer and BJP. They have an ordinary thermocouple hot
and cold junction, and they cant overcome the inaccurate readings
when the cold side gets hot. They work perfectly up until it gets hot. It
gets hot about the seventh cervical.
So, unless they can do better work than this, this infringement will
die for the want of perfect demonstrations. However, the ordinary
person wouldnt think of this inaccuracy of work. They would just
think it is easier to make quick tests in the neck, without removing
clothing, and it proves itself, so what more do I need? After he had
the machine and was compelled to compare its incapabilities with
what THE NEUROCALOMETER will do, he would see the
difference.
It is interesting, in the passing, to note that Infringement No. 2 is
working under the suggestions of their patent attorney who
233
HISTORY REPEATS
wrote US a letter, which they are frequently showing to THEIR
prospective customers.
Did we get such a letter from their attorney? Yes. And, thats the
serious issue, because we want to tell you about what the letter
contained.
(a) My clienthas appealed to me to make a search in the
Patent Office for ANY patents which MIGHT BE infringed by the use
of his device. I have made such a search AND DO NOT FIND ANY
PATENTS IN POINT (emphasis ours).
(b) Throughout his entire letter he completely ignores any reference
to telling his client, or their prospective customers, what will happen
when our PATENTS-APPLIED-FOR are allowed, and what he was
doing WAS an infringement upon same.
In other words, this lawyer cleverly puts everything in the past tense,
what HAS happened; but he slyly evades ANY reference to what will
happen from the realities of the present situation.
However, the one VALUABLE POINT BROUGHT FORTH IS
THAT LAWYER AGAIN CONFIRMS OUR POSITIONthat there
has never been a single patent issued by the U.S. Patent Office bearing
on the Neurocalometer or its process. It is this and these which we
have fully covered in our claims now before the Patent Office.
It is regrettable that Infringement No. 3 has allowed their attorney to
lead them into pastures green without having him also prove to them
the immediate prospects squarely ahead.
FourthNow come rumors of an infringement which suddenly
bursts out of the blue sky in Chicago. A date is set, appointments
made for Sunday. The man appears with his instrument. He must be a
wonderful man, because he started out by reciting that his offices
contained thousands of dollars worth of the latest scientific
instruments and machinery, so that he could give his patients the latest
and best that science offered, this instrument which he was about to
demonstrate being his latest and had cost him over $1,500.00 in
experimentation.
It is best described by imagining two fairly heavy hair pins driven
through a cork about one-fourth of an inch apart. He was compelled to
press VERY hard to get any sort of a reading at all. This became very
painful to the patient.
234
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Meanwhile, before he had demonstrated, as is common with
practically all other infringements, our warning about protection had
gone out and the Chiropractors (no matter how much they did not like
what we were doing) were perfectly willing to profit from our advice,
so they asked that chap what protection he would offer. It is reported
that he flew off into a rage and was not selling guarantees, methods
or technique, or legal protectionbut just the instrument as it sat on
the bench.
However, this flying off into rages when protection is demanded,
seems to be a favorite inside sport with infringers. Infringement No. 1
used to get so wild when that subject was opened that he has been
known to be quite rough with some of his prospective customers.
Infringement No. 2 has been heard to say many hours of very
uncomplimentary things regarding his former friends, particularly
whenever this question of protection came up. It appears to be a
ticklish subject that they prefer to stay off of; but if you insist upon
sticking to it and they refuse to protect you, you can see that they have
very few avenues of escape; that first it embarrasses them, second they
will not deliver such, and third, they are therefore driven into the
corner of desperation and get mad and swear and tell things that would
hardly be construed to be strictly within the lines of propriety.
Infringement No. 3 studiously REFUSES to give ANY kind of
protection to the buyer, but they do cleverly fall back on their
lawyers letter.
(If we might be pardoned, at this interjection, for again referring to
the matter, we would like to most emphatically urge that ANYBODY
WHO IS THINKING OF BUYING ANY INSTRUMENT OTHER
THAN THE NEUROCALOMETER, should refuse to pay one dollar
until the six points in our recent pink sheet HAVE BEEN FULLY
COMPLIED WITH AND IN YOUR POSSESSION, then is time
enough to buy to your hearts content. THEN you will be protected
provided the seller is worth anything.)
(It may also be interesting for prospective buyers of infringements to
know that we know definitely of two infringers, one East and one
Middle West, who are as fast as possible converting everything they
own into liquid assets and placing it where it cannot be reached BY
YOU when you go after it.)
235
HISTORY REPEATS
(The PSC has been HERE twenty-eight years. It will be here another
twenty-eight years. We have Chiropractic to uphold. They have
nothing to lose because the most of it is in their wifes name and
planted where YOU cant get iteven supposing they ever had
anything to lose. But then, its your funeral, and you certainly have a
perfect right to say how it shall be conducted, and who shall be the
mourners.)
FifthWith this infringement, which is less so than some others,
you would think you were going to talk to somebody, electricity n
everything. You hook it up to the juice, take one dinkus in one hand
and then go up and down the back with the other dinkus and give the
patient electric shocks, and if they twitch and jerk, then there is a
pressure upon nerves. If the patient can eat up the juice as fast as you
turn her on through radio buttons, then he certainly has no
subluxations and his nerves have no pressures. Ever hear about a
sinusoidal machine? A medical method of diagnosis? All right, then
dress it up in a radio panel with buttons and graduations, hook to the
city juice and you have Infringement No. 5.
The infringement lies mostly in this instrument in the advertisements
used to describe it, the representation they give to the prospective
customer, and the inference that lies underneath in the process used to
get you to buy them. So far as it infringes on process we have it
sealed because of our patents-applied for.
But, I look for an early death for this baby, because it was born of a
medical parentage, and they are trying to graft it onto the Chiropractic
tree and I give Chiropractors credit for seeing through such a
shallowness. The early pickings are going to be slow and the reaction
bad on the institution which issues it.
SixthA short time ago I was down East demonstrating. A certain
school then came forth with a letter that I was A MIXER because I
was using a machine. It is now reported that they are trying to come
forth with one in less than one month after. However, as they have
none as yet, we cannot comment on it beyond this.
Now comes a form letter issued by a Branch Territorial Manager of
Infringer No. 2. I am quoting certain portions thereof only to prove
one point. This man has never seen a Neurocalo-
236
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
meter or any of its infringements. I know, because the boss who sold
him territory has never had one, hasnt one out yet, is still fooling with
one (at the time of this writing), trying to get one to do competent
workand yet, please note the positive statements which could only
be made by one who has been through the work TO KNOW. Then, if
that man does not know because he has never seen one work, and his
boss doesnt know because he has never had one that worksthen
whence comes this degree of positiveness? They just copy WHAT
ONE B. J. PALMER HAS SAID. Read the language copied here
carefully and then compare it with my first printed circular to the field,
and you will find that HE has COPIED ME almost verbatim. I thank
him for the honor he does my knowledge in placing such a high
valuation on MY honesty, but I am sorry I cannot return the
compliment.
The is a major picker instrument which registers extremely
delicate differences in nerve pressures and transmission interferences. It
locates your nerve pressures which are causing the major conditions and
tells you the degree of that impingement. It proves whether the pressure on
the nerve was released or increased after an adjustment, and shows you on
which side of the spine the greatest amount of pressure is being exerted. It
proves that some subluxations produce little, if any, pressure. It proves that
some vertebrae are producing impingement when apparently they palpate in
perfect alignment. It establishes that there are abnormalities of the
intervertebral foramina the same as the spinous processes. These and
numerous other facts are proved to you and to the satisfaction of your
patients.
After the tabulating of the degrees of the nerve pressure found in the
impingements which are actually determined by the , the
chiropractor makes his adjustment accordingly. The is again
applied for the purpose of checking up on the adjustment. If the proper
adjustment has been made, the instrument will show a smaller variation
than before, indicating less nerve pressure.
Regular adjustments, duplicating the one which secured a reduction of
nerve pressure, are given, constantly checked by the , until all
variations in pressures and interferences have disappeared, when the case is
discharged.
The will revolutionize present practice and charging methods.
With it there will be no long term of adjustments, as are now the rule. The
time will come very soon when every Chiropractor will have a machine; the
competition of those who have it will necessarily bring this about, for with
it Chiropractic becomes a certainty, and without it, just a chance.
237
HISTORY REPEATS
Not being content to infringe upon patents-applied-for, they now
steal my language and plagiarize my written works. Oh well, what do
words mean if they cant back it up with the article?
What ARE the facts? D. D. Evins has some seven patents applied for
in the Patent Office. They cover designs, devices and processes. The
PSC has been given the sole and exclusive manufacture and sale of
everything covered by these patents in this and sixteen other countries
in which the same applications have been made. When those patents
are issued the field will be clear of infringements. Meanwhile we at
The PSC are sitting tight to later on be sitting pretty.
Many think WE are worrying. Not so! It is the infringers who ARE
worried, and more will follow. Buyers are standing on the sidelines,
worried, not knowing where to buy, trying to reason for the cheap
article when their best reason tells them that they cant afford to move
when there is danger squarely ahead. Their confidence in us is shaken
because of our price, yet their confidence in us is so great that THEY
KNOW what we do is done for a good and sufficient reason TO
SAVE CHIROPRACTIC. They want to believe us and then waver
when they think of our price without reasoning out the service vision
that goes with it. They KNOW The PSC is stable, yet they KNOW
these fly-by-nights are not. Their left hand, holding the money, advises
them to buy The PSC. Their right hand is being burned and frozen,
and they hate to let go of the cheap, hot-and-cold-junction initiation
that is blowing both hot and cold.
Meanwhile, certain selling firms and certain Chiropractors are going
right ahead trying to sell under a misapprehension of facts and,
notwithstanding they have been warned by direct letter from us or our
lawyers, they are going to get caught between the legal wheels. But we
have been more than fair by spending money to warn the profession.
They have a perfect right to buy cheap now, but they also have a
perfect right to pay dearly tomorrow.
This much is certain. The largest manufacturing firms in America,
who might otherwise be inclined to take a chance, are laying off this
infringement issue. They will not permit themselves to get mixed up
into legal entanglements, especially on a process suit, merely because
there are a few sales in sight from a half dozen infringers who want to
buy. They know patent situa-
238
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
tions, they know patent lawsuits and they know the loss that follows
from being on the wrong side of a suit, therefore they show the keen
weather eye by fighting shy of anything but open and above-board,
clean-cut business arrangements with responsible houses who have the
patent situation at their beck and call.
In this connection it is interesting to note that two of these largest
houses in America are exclusively making Neurocalometer parts for
The Palmer School of Chiropractic. There are only two other reliable
houses who could, but will not, because it is out of their line to get
meshed into legal suits merely because somebody wants them to.
Therefore most of these infringements are being bootlegged from one
back kitchen to another. Several of the present infringing
demonstrating models work as well as they do because they were
made by these responsible firms before they knew the patent situation.
Now that they know, they are off to stay out.
The Neurocalometer has stirred up many dormant people. They have
spent much money to advertise it for us. They have caused gossips to
renew their activities. They have aroused many passive lobes of
brains. They have caused many of my friends to say many unpleasant
things; they have caused many who I did not know were friends to
come to the front and become fighters. Truly, it can be said that I now
KNOW who my friends have been and are. The Neurocalometer
situation has smoked the real fellow, inside, out. One of my epigrams
is thisand ponder it wellWHAT THE FELLOW IS, INSIDE, IS!
WHAT THE FELLOW IS, INSIDE, WILL COME OUT SOONER
OR LATER! So many people build up an artificial outdoor
fair-weather self. In an artificial shell, they sacrifice the surface. They
veneer their swear words with a smile. They shake hands when they
want to knock me down. They have been telling me what a great
fellow I was, meanwhile they have been stealing berries out of all my
pocketsgetting everything FROM ME, and getting sore if I EVEN
DARED TO ASK FOR ANYTHING. This Neurocalometer has
cleared away the smoke screen and brought the real inside fellow out
and I have seen their type in their nakedness.
Not many weeks or months from this, this same group will be
running true to their form and will be sniveling and slobber-
239
HISTORY REPEATS
ing all over me again, because they will be finding that it is necessary
that they have a Neurocalometer. They will then reason that I should
have a short memory. Will I? They will holler and bellow that I should
think of the right of the sick to get well, when they but boomerang
their own desire to stay in business. Are they running true to form? Is
it better serving Chiropractic to have a profession of men and women
who are true, honest; have but one inside-and-outside fellow, and that
fellow playing fair and square? What will be MY answer when they
again honey-up to me?
Then there is the other type. Hundreds of whom I have always
known where they were. For years I could put my fingers on them, day
or night, in or out of crowds, in their offices and homes; whether with
Chiropractors or associations. They run true to Chiropractic, therefore
they run true to all that is honorable, good, loyal, honest and
worth-while. They come from all corners of our movement. Some of
my friends went down in the squeeze. Many of my FRIENDS came
through the pressure unscathed, untarnished, bigger, better than ever
before.
The Neurocalometer is proving to be the true test of leadership. If
one B. J. Palmer comes through this situation unsullied, unscathed,
unmarred; with a reputation and confidence unshaken; with a right to
leadership better proven than ever before, because of the greatness of
his vision in saving Chiropractic, then he will in verity have earned his
position which will NEVER BE ATTACKED AGAIN BY ANY
PERSON, NO MATTER WHO OR UNDER WHAT
CIRCUMSTANCES. Judgment, vision, confidenceall are going
through the test now.
For once the Neurocalometer has created a widespread national,
Chiropractic and medical interest. E. R. V. speaks out loud on a
yellow sheet, quoting us frequently. The A.M.A. Journal speaks truths
about the Neurocalometer, what it will do for the sickand The
P.S.C. Chiropractic state and district meetings have talked out loud
both for and against. Correspondence has come in by the bushel, many
seeing the great vision of human service and complimenting us
sky-high for at last taking the stand we have to save Chiropractic from
the hounds that drag it down. Other correspondence shrieks money
from the first word to the blessing at the endwhich they withhold.
240
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Chiropractic schools have openly, or secretly, been condemning us
for years and making us like it. They have been calling themselves
Palmer Methods and then bleeding our mental impulses flagrantly.
They have denied us everything Chiropractic, and copy-tagged us all
along the line. Now they openly proclaim us by flattering us by
imitating our Neurocalometer. For once, schools have endorsed that
which The Dear Old P.S.C. has produced. Nothing has so thoroughly
stirred up Chiropractic circles as this. We have heard and been heard
on all sides, and yet we remain true and firm to our trust, never
wavering from our path of duty, as we see it, if CHIROPRACTIC IS
TO BE SAVED IN ITS PURITY FOR POSTERITY.
Meanwhile infringers are bobbing up and dying down, coming and
going, blustering and blowing, making rash promises which they will
all take back; and when the smoke of battle is blown away The P.S.C.
and the Neurocalometer will still be here doing business at the old
stand in the program so justly set forthand the worthwhile
Chiropractors will be working with THEIR Neurocalometers safe and
secure in their patent rights, with no worries on that score, happy and
smiling, thankful that they had the good foresight, good judgment and
loyalty to know where to place their confidence, knowing that it was
merited at The P.S.C. and that they saved the difference by buying
when they did.
Some will smile that they picked the winning horse, and others will
be sad to lose so much to learn so little.
It is plainly evident that there is going to be much excitement here
during Lyceum. The P.S.C. will spend the money to advertise the
Neurocalometer and get you here. You will come because of the
consistent, educational program that you know only too well can only
be put on BY The P.S.C. The sycophants, bloodsuckers and leeches
will all flock here to pick up the crumbs from the labors of The P.S.C.
Were he not a parasite and hangeron, he would not desire to come to
Davenport at the Lyceum of The P.S.C. and attempt his major
operation upon our healthy appendix or the appendixes of our friends
who will gather here at that time to do honor to the Neurocalometer
and the institution that figured it all over and presented it to the
profession. Were he an honorable man, one content upon building up
his own business, he would figure out an idea of his own, call a
Lyceum of
241
HISTORY REPEATS
his own of the noble fellows and then and there, in his own town, in
his own institution, would present the same for them to accept or
reject. It is just such actions that prove again and again that the
Chiropractic group-mind cannot be trusted to save Chiropractic in its
purity for posterity. All they are interested in is being spittle-lickers of
others.
Twas always such; twill always be, so long as there are those who
prefer to feed beggars rather than to assist them to earn their own
living. But who wants to come here during Lyceum and brand
themselves beggars? There are those who will do all that and say
Well, outside of that Im all right!

Fountain Head News of August 2,1924, said:

MORE ABOUT NEUROCALOMETER SERVICE
Twice a Year Inspection
Some people have the idea that this twice a year inspection service
which we are advocating as a necessity constitutes nothing but a man
to come and see if the machine is working.
To us here it means much more than that. We are building a
traveling school, a corps of men who will visit you, check up your
technique with the Neurocalometer, study your methods of phil-
osophy, palpation, adjustments, and be a friend who checks you on the
slips that injure your business. He will be a personal representative
from The P.S.C. HELPING TO BUILD UP YOUR FAILURES INTO
SUCCESSES. Every six months the school will call and help you
build.
This in itself is worth more than any price of any lease-contract.
Having Neurocalometer service in YOUR office means that every
other quality of work balances to the same high degree of efficiency.
And our traveling technicians will help build you up to that position.

REASON REACTS
At first when the Neurocalometer was presented down East, it took
the country by storm. They thought the price of $500.00 pretty stiff,
but it was worth it. Then came the raise to $600.00,
242
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
and some resentment. Then came that short-times raise to $750.00.
And then the storm burst loose. It was a monsoon, typhoon, hurricane
and tornado all at once centralizing at the same spot.
A short time later came the infringers with their soft-eyed appeals for
business. We will give you the same thing at a much lower price,
will sell to everybody and anybody, with no restrictions whatsoever,
do anything you please with it argument.
Just about this time the reaction began. The Chiropractors began to
wake up that they couldnt have pie and eat it; that they couldnt get a
Pierce-Arrow custom-built body at a Ford price; that if they wanted
exclusive service they had to pay for it. They began to see daylight
into that far-visioned dream of a reconstructed Chiropractic and
Chiropractic movement that B.J.P. has dreamed about for years. They
began to see that the Neurocalometer had those dormant possibilities
IF IT WERE KEPT AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AND OUT
OF THE HANDS OF EVERYBODY AND ANYBODY. It wasnt
long until the professionby individuals at first, later in groups, then
in districts, and finally in entire statesbegan to see that the
Neurocalometer in everybodys hands and he who would sell
everybody and anybody was the worst enemy Chiropractic could have.
At first they called me grafter, soaker, gouging the profession merely
because my price WAS high. Now they are grasping that IT IS
NECESSARY to charge that HIGH price to render the Chiropractors
an exclusive service. NOW the profession is almost revolting against
the man who started out to give the Chiropractors what they thought
they wantedbecause NOW they see that HE IS THE MAN WHO IS
THE GRAFTER; that all HE is interested in IS money, regardless of
what becomes of Chiropractic OR THE CHIROPRACTOR.
The reaction that started against us has finally awakened and is now
revolting against infringers. Given time, every levelheaded fellow in
our ranks will see the future wisdom of restriction around the
Neurocalometer.
Ill admit that it seems hard to reason wisdom into the average
Chiropractor when his mind is centered upon paying a huge sum
which he seems to be unable to get to save himself.
243
HISTORY REPEATS
HOW EASY TO MISINTERPRET OR
MISUNDERSTAND
Between infringers, and what they write to the field; infringers
representatives, and what they send forth; and what the field is writing
us, and what we send to the field, I could hardly blame any
Chiropractor for being muddled and up in the air to know what to
believe. But WHOM to believe ought to be easy.
Now comes a printed letter, printed by a representative of one of the
infringers.
We extract only those portions which present some idea that might
be confusing unless analyzed:
It is a well-known fact that all the circuits used for radio receiving,
except a crystal circuit, are covered by patents which have been tested in
court and are valid, and yet there are thousands who use them who cannot
be called to account for infringement because they derive no compensation
for same.
Restaurants and other public places have radio receiving apparatus
dispensing music, etc., without charge, and do not pay royalty or suffer suit
for infringement, because they make no charge for this radio service.
The use of an instrument of this type is scarcely a subject of patentability
unless you make a specific charge for the use of the instrument and
commercialize its use.
Roentgen gave his great discovery of the X-Ray free to the world,
though he might have monopolized it and received millions in royalties.
Here is an appliance consisting of a commercial galvanometer and a
pyrometer which can be sold together at two hundred and fifty dollars. If
anyone else wants to sell a machine for five times that amount, with the
threat that after August 1st the price will be advanced to twenty-two
hundredthen, that is their business.

Mention is made of radio receiving set circuits. There can be little

question about the fact that every set made and sold is made and sold
by certain licensed manufacturers. The most of the advertisements
of these manufacturers state plainly that they are licensed to
manufacture under Armstrong Patent No., etc. The circuit used is a
PROCESS which is patented and is held to be valid
244
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Broadcasting stations face the same situation. The circuits used are
patented and royalties must be paid by every free lance who sees fit
to make or to use a station made of independent parts. Those
holding patents have brought suits against these independent stations
and have collected same.
It is a well known fact that all, excepting one, broadcasting stations
in America are a total loss. That one can collect a fee for broadcasting
advertisements, viz.: A.T.&T. Station in New York. All others cannot
receive compensation in any way. Notwithstanding they do not
operate for profit, and receive none, they must pay a license fee to all
patent holders for operating same.
I think it can be conceded that all receiving sets, home-made, or
bought parts and used in the average home, receive no fee for doing
same, neither are they a profit-maker in any sense. But, the license fee
is paid when parts are manufactured, bought and sold locally.
Reference is made to restaurants and other public places have radio
receiving apparatus dispensing music, etc., without charge AND DO
NOT PAY ROYALTY OR SUFFER SUIT FOR INFRINGEMENT .
.
While not directly in point, yet covering the same issue bearing upon
royalties and damages for public use for profit, two suits have been
but recently settled in Federal Courts.
Broadcasting stations are prohibited from broadcasting COPY-
RIGHTED music on the ground that such broadcasting was done for
profit notwithstanding it was proven that every such station was run at
a direct loss and received no compensation in any way. The second
suit was settled recently prohibiting restaurants and other public
places from playing any copyrighted music in restaurants, theatres,
etc., regardless of how, because the rendition of such was done for
profit even though the proprietors of such places contended to the
contrary. Both of these suits were brought by The American Society of
Composers and Authors, by injunction, which was made permanent.
In both instances they were allowed damages and royalties. It was
unquestionably proven that back of the broadcasting station,
restaurant, theatre or moving picture house was a business that
profited by the use of copyrighted music.
245
HISTORY REPEATS
APROPOS
In this article Lewis F. Downs, acting as agent for one in-
fringement, suggests the possibilities of people buying bootlegging
parts, making their own Neurocalometers, and using them, providing
they did not charge a specific fee for the doingthat this would be
legal, safe and sound advice.
Thinking it was in point, Dr. Downs compared the radio situation on
knocked-down parts as well as the free use of certain circuits.
Directly in point, answering Dr. Downs, is an Associated Press
report of July 26, 1924, which we herewith attach
RESTRICT SALE OF HETERODYNE RADIO
SETS TO THE MAKER
NEW YORK, July 26.(United News)Sale of super-heterodyne radio
sets and heterodyne sets in a knocked-down condition by any corporation
other than patent owners is an infringement of the Fessenden heterodyne
patents, according to a ruling made in the United States district court here.
The ruling was made in a test case against two corporations, the
Experimenters Information Service, Inc., and Golden-Leutz, Inc. The test
suit was brought by the Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing
Company, and the Radio Corporation of America.
We think this will prove that there is no legal value in any statement
made by Dr. Downs, on that question.

The use of an instrument of this type (neurocalometer) is scarcely a

subject of patentability unless you make a specific charge for the use
of the instrument and commercialize its use.
IF that statement is true, then there is no use buying ANY instrument
from anybody regardless of who makes it or the price, whether that be
$250.00, $350.00, $500.00 or $1,500.00. IF that statement is true,
make one yourself out of bootleg parts. Use it, make no charge, the
same as restaurants and other public placesuse radio
apparatuswithout charge and do not pay royalty or suffer suit for
infringement, BECAUSE THEY MAKE NO CHARGEfor this
service.
However, IF neurocalometer is used, in a Chiropractors office, even
though its service IS FREE and no specific charge be made, the
courts see through those evasions notwithstanding it is
246
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
home-made, and would argue in rebuttal IF it is of NO VALUE to
you, then turn it over to the plaintiff in this action and he will be
satisfied to drop his suit against you. But, if it HAS a value, which
the defendant knows only too well, and which we know only too well,
and which the Court knows as well, you will pay the royalty, damages
and costs of the case. The SPECIFIC charge argument does not
avoid the material fact that it has a commercial sale, scientific
patient-application value and DOES draw business in helping your
patients to get well.
All this argument, so far, bears solely upon the use value. The legal
fact will still remain that, whether it has ANY value whatsoever to
you, or whether it produces a profit to you or not, or whether you
make a specific charge or not, you are violating certain
PROCESSES which ARE now patent-applied-for and which will soon
be issued as patents for which USE you will pay royalty, damages and
costs of the case brought against every user. It is these PROCESS
CLAIMS which the most of the infringers are thoroughly forgetting in
this equation.
Here is an appliance consisting of a commercial galvanometer and
a pyrometer which can be sold together AT TWO HUNDRED FIFTY
DOLLARS. Why sell it at THAT price, IF it were possible for
anybody to throw parts together and use them merely because no
specific charge was made? Why not go to some electrical store and
buy a commercial galvanometer and a pyrometer and use them
without them even costing that much? WHY NOT? Can it be that this
agent of an infringerthat is, an agent to sell an infringers
imitationis trying to talk HIMSELF OUT OF BUSINESS?
Roentgenmight have monopolized it and received millions in
royalties. How? Why? All that any X-Ray machine is composed of is
parts put together that work like any other scientific instrument. How
could he have monopolized it? WHY could HE collect millions in
royalities? In like manner Palmer can do the same with the
neurocalometer. Its purely a question of patents in both instances.
The Chiropractor who sent us the above printed form letter, also
wrote a personal letter in which he quotes certain portions from the
direct letter he received from this agent, from which we extract certain
portions that have also a direct bearing on this issue.
247
HISTORY REPEATS
Dr. himself is not broadcasting HIS machine to everybody
. . .
Let us read exactly what this infringer DOES say in his letter to the
field:
. . . with NO entangling conditions WHATSOEVER attached to the
purchase of same.
In a form letter put out by this agent, himself, recently, he said:
Two hundred and fifty dollars WITH NO ENTANGLING
CONDITIONS WHATSOEVER ATTACHED TO THE PUR-
CHASE OF SAME.
Both letters containing this: First come, first served.
Does English say what it means? Does language mean what it says?
What do YOU say?
Has ANYBODY seen ANYTHING in ANY literature from ANY
infringer which makes ANY statement or statements saying to whom
ONLY they WOULD SELL, or to whom HE WOULD NOT sell? Has
ANY literature spoken of ANY restrictions? If so, who and what? I
will present one Neurocalometer to anybody who shows and proves
his case that any infringer to date has set ANY restrictions
whatsoever!
According to your contract you must charge ten dollars for the first
check unless it is charity. The other fellow that buys a competitive
machine at a much less price will give this service and charge for his
adjustments accordingly. See the point in the competition?
I am frank to say that I cannot see the point in the competition
because I can see no difference in patent law whether a man uses a
neurocalometer or an infringement and makes a SPECIFIC charge
of $10.00 or charges $20.00 for his first weeks adjustments when
before they were $10.00; or, gives a neurocalometer service FREE the
use of which has an added value to the service he is rendering and
helps him to build his business either with better results on the same
number of patients, or, because of better results establishes a basis for
more patientsit HAS a value and that is all we need to establish to
prove our case. Courts get TO FACTS and overlook the shallow alibis
of shallow men who think shallow arguments to evade
patent-applied-for rights.
248
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
I cannot get the idea of his first statement as to control a thing you
must surely have to have it with strings attached. In his second
paragraph the statement is correct providing you cannot stop the sale
and use of the competitive instruments. In that case it would be H and
would put both yourself and the lessee in one fine fix. Hoping you are
seeing miles ahead and that you have left nothing unturned that would
throw the whole deal in a big muddle.
I quite agree with you that there MUST be restrictions and under
patents-applied-for there will be; and just as soon as those patents are
allowed there will be RESTRICTIONS INSTANTLY APPLIED TO
ALL INFRINGERS, whether manufacturers, sellers or users; whether
home-made, kitchen-made or hooch-made.
I am quite convinced that we ARE seeing miles ahead of anybody
who is trying to beat the patents-applied-for situation. At least, I am
not kidding myself as are so many who have alibied themselves into
this present rebuilding-of-Chiropractic problem.
Every little once in a while we burst into some local patent attorney
who thinks he sees a beautiful loop-hole and so advises his client. But
there is more to this issue than appears on the surface and time will
prove it all thoroughly. We here are content to bide time to win the
long-winded race.
It must be interesting to sit on the sidelines as you are and watch
both sides work. I often wish I were a side-liner rather than the horse
or the jockey.

KEEPING THE PATENT-LEGAL SITUATION

STRAIGHT
I can quite understand the mind of the average Chiropractor when it
comes to trying to understand this Neurocalometer, and its
infringements, problem. You may know that it is mixed up in law and
you hear one lawyer, then another, quoted; you read what one
infringer sends out, then another; and then comes B.J.P. back with
something else, and finally you wonder who is right and what is the
thing to do.
LET ME SAY HERE AND NOW WHAT I HAVE BEEN
SAYING FROM THE BEGINNINGIF YOU ARE IN DOUBT,
DONT KNOW WHAT TO DO, DO NOTHING
249
HISTORY REPEATS
UNTIL THE ISSUE IS SETTLED IN COURT. During those rush
days of June and July, I answered telegrams and letters refusing to be
rushed into any purchase to all of which I ANSWERED TO DO
NOTHING UNTIL THEY WERE SATISFIED THAT WHAT THEY
DID WAS THE RIGHT THING.
If you think our price highWAIT!
If you dont know whether to buy the Neurocalometer or an
infringementWAIT!
If you dont know who is right in this legal tangleWAIT!
If you cant afford to lose money, or throw it away on that which
you cant keepWAIT!
If you dont know where to place your confidenceWAIT!
If you want a Neurocalometer and dont like to pay the present
viceWAIT!
If there is ANY DOUBT WHATSOEVERWAIT!
Meanwhile, to those who can think, we shall outline and analyze the
present balls of yarn and give you the facts.
We have not purposely or intentionally misstated one legal fact. We
do not want anybody else to do so. Neither do we want others to imply
or implicate or infer that WE have.
Therefore, this article is exclusively for the purpose of KEEPING
THE PATENT-LEGAL SITUATION RECORD STRAIGHT

WHAT WE HAVE SAID, PRINTED AND SENT

FORTH BEARING ON THE LEGAL SITUATION
1st. In our Special Information on the Neurocalometer under date
of June 21, 1924, we said:
The instrument, or the Neurocalometer, is not sold. It is made
exclusively by The Palmer School of Chiropractic under exclusive
license granted by the inventor, D. D. Evins, a graduate of The P.S.C.
The instrument will be thoroughly protected. Patents have been
applied for and are pending, and will no doubt soon be issued. Its use
and the method or process of the technique will be thoroughly
protected also.
2nd. In our booklet, Why Did B.J.P....? mailed under date of July
9th, we published three references to the legal situation.
250
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
3rd. In our red-ink printed circular, mailed to our profession, on July
17th, we republished all of the references in No. 2, with additional
footnotes which we reprint here:
Ask all infringers to prove their rights to sell, under patents applied
for. Right then they bluff and stall.
What do WE say about OUR patent claims? What do they say
about their own? THINK!
Insist on protection from the infringement evader.
DEMAND protection! You will need it.
When others refuse or fail to protect you, YOU pay the bills. You
MUST protect yourself. Others will bluff.
In No. 1 we say:
The instrument WILL BE thoroughly protected.
Patents HAVE BEEN APPLIED FOR and ARE PENDING, and
will no doubt soon be issued.
In No. 2 we say:
That infringement suits WILL BE started is obvious.
These suits WILL BE carried through against every buyer as well
as seller.
In No. 3 we say:
. . . the use of which constitutes a violation of the process or
methods, PATENT-APPLIED-FOR, of the Neurocalometer, WILL
BE enjoined . . .
In No. 4 we say:
In order to avoid any possible misunderstandingThe Palmer
School of Chiropractic WILL insist upon its full rights . . .

SETTING OURSELVES RIGHT

We have understood, and so understand it now, that patents-
applied-for give the party applying for patents no rights merely
because he has applied FOR RIGHTS which have not as yet been
granted.
During the time his claims are being applied for, he cannot get
injunctions, start suits or do aught to any infringer.
Infringers are at perfect freedom to go ahead, demonstrate, make and
sell.
251
HISTORY REPEATS
Chiropractors have a right to buy, use and collect a fee for what they
do.
BUT, it is also clear in our minds that any person who manufactures,
offers for sale, sells, demonstrates and collects fees for an article
which later proves to be an infringement upon that which IS NOW a
patent-applied-for right, but which LATER proves to constitute A
PATENT RIGHT, is liable to injunctions, suits, trials in which
royalties, damages and costs of the case can be collected by the
patentee whose rights HAVE BEEN injured.
AND, it is also clear in our minds that any person who buys, uses in
his practice and collects fees for an article which later proves to be an
infringement upon that which IS NOW a patent-applied-for right, but
which LATER proves to constitute a PATENT RIGHT, is liable to
injunction, suits and trials, in which royalties, damages and costs of
the case can be collected by the patentee whose rights HAVE BEEN
injured.
AND, it is further clear in our minds that any person who does
anything, with any kind of an infringing instrument, which later
proves to be a violation of our PROCESS RIGHTS PATENT-
APPLIED-FOR, which becomes a PROCESS RIGHTS PATENT, is
truly liable for royalties, damages and costs of the trials and can be
collected with the same certainty WHETHER A FEE BE
COLLECTED FOR HIS SERVICE OR NOT, the fee not constituting
a necessary allegation of the violation of the process patents.
THAT THE PATENTS HAVE NOT BEEN ISSUED, DOES NOT
RELIEVE ANY PERSON WHO INFRINGES WHEN THEY ARE
BUT PATENT-APPLIED-FOR, DOES NOT RELIEVE HIM OF
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THAT WHICH HE DOES TODAY
WHEN THE PATENTS ARE ISSUED TOMORROW.
TIME IS AN ELEMENT OF ALL INFRINGEMENTS That man is
not an infringer who makes under patents-applied-for; but that same
man who made under patents-applied-for BECOMES AN
INFRINGER WHEN THE PATENTS ARE ISSUED, even for
everything made under patents-applied-for.
In substantiation of this last statement, please note this letter issued
by Attorneys Bush & Bush as applicable to J. W. Healey:
252
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Davenport, Iowa, July 2, 1924.
Mr. J. W. Healey, 529 Brady St., Davenport, Iowa.
Dear Sir: In your letter dated July 1, 1924, on your letterhead as follows:
J. W. HEALEY X-RAY COMPANY
Representing
Wm. Meyer X-Ray Company,
Davenport, Iowa.
addressed to Dear B.J.P., we find the following
It may be of some interest to you to know that we intend placing a heat
indicating instrument on the market immediately.
We consider it our duty to inform you that we now have pending in the
patent office at Washington, applications broadly covering our apparatus
and our process. These applications will shortly issue as patents and we
wish to give you formal warning that if you proceed to use our process or
to manufacture or to have manufactured, or sell or use apparatus for
carrying out our process, we will proceed against you, as soon as our
patents issue, and will obtain an injunction restraining you from
infringing and an accounting of the profits to you and of damages to us as
a result of your infringing acts.
Further than this, as soon as our patents issue, we shall bring
actions against purchasers from you to enjoin them from using
infringing devices bought from you.
We would like to have your assurance that you will respect our rights,
and feel certain that you will be more than willing, upon being apprised of
our position, to refrain from an infringement which can only cause trouble
and expense to yourselves.
Respectfully,
D. D. Evins,
The Palmer School of Chiropractic,
By Bush & Bush, Attorneys.
WE are aware that WE cannot take any legal action against ANY
infringer, who sells, or any infringer who buys, until such time as our
patents ARE issued. We have never contended to the contrary.
WE are aware that ALL infringers are TRYING to make it appear
that everything THEY do by way of manufacturing and selling, or that
buyers do by way of buying and selling, is without legal redress NOW
MERELY BECAUSE THE PATENTS ARE APPLIED FOR. They
are beclouding the legal facts by
253
HISTORY REPEATS
emphasizing that WE can do nothing UNTIL THE PATENTS ARE
ISSUED. They are totally ignoring ANY reference to what WE CAN
LEGALLY DO, when the patents ARE issued, to those parties WHO
HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY BUSY DURING THE
PATENTS-APPLIED-FOR period of time.
In substantiation of this latter fact, let us quote from some of these
printed statements of infringers:
Lewis F. Downs, acting as an agent for J. W. Healey, says in a
printed form letter, under no date, but mailed about July 15th:
No protection will be necessary. Nobody can bring suit for patent
infringements UNLESS A PATENT IS GRANTED
Warren S. Orton, acting as counsellor for a certain infringer in the
East, whose identity he does not reveal, said in a letter to us of July 14,
1924:
(We reprint the entire letter for the purpose of showing that this
counsel purposely has avoided ANY reference to what legal action we
WILL TAKE upon all of his infringements made during the period of
time when they were manufacturing AND SELLING, while our
patents were applied for.)
New York, JULY 14,1924.
The Palmer School of Chiropractic,
Davenport, Iowa, U.S.A.
Gentlemen: One of my clients is about to put on the market a
thermo-electric device designed to differentiate the temperature conditions
at different points of the human body. I have before me a circular relating
to your neurocalometers, on the front of the inside page of which and
under the caption of BUYERS BEWARE! is a threat against any person
who might use a neurocalometer or any other instrument in violation of
certain processes or methods.
My client is taking the position that he does not desire to be put in the
position of infringing any valid patent and has appealed to me to make a
search in the Patent Office for any patents which might be infringed by
the use of his device. I have made such a search and do not find any
patents in point. I am therefore about to advise my client that he is free of
infringement, but before making this report I am extending to you the
opportunity to supply me with the numbers of any patents which you
claim would be infringed by the marketing of a device of the type
described.
I note in your circular you make reference to Patent Applied For but I
am sure your attorneys will advise you that you cannot enjoin users of an
article unless you are in possession of a patent on the article
254
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
If, as a matter of fact, you are not in a position to bring suit, then my
client will contend that your advertising is unfair competition. The natural,
obvious and intended effect of such advertisement is to intimidate
purchasers and this is a practice which your attorneys will advise you is
not sanctioned by the Courts. If you are putting this advertisement out in
good faith, then I must ask you to advise me of any patents which might
be infringed by my client, even if they should duplicate your instrument.
Very truly yours,
WARREN S. ORTON.
Brown, Boettcher and Deinner, acting as counsellors for a certain
infringer in the Middle West, make the same argument in the forepart
of the letter and refer directly to the issue in point in the latter part of
the letter to the patent-applied-for situation and WHAT THESE
APPLICATIONS COVER,SO THAT OUR CLIENT MAY NOT
ENTER ON A COURSE OF INFRINGEMENT IF YOU HAVE A
MONOPOLY IN THE MATTER. While not specific, it practically
admits our rights on this specific question.
Chicago, July 19, 1924.
The Palmer School of Chiropractic,
Davenport, Iowa.
Gentlemen: One of our clients has been approached with the request to
manufacture a thermocouple and galvanometer for diagnosing abnormal
conditions along the spinal column, such instrument to be substantially
like the device which, we understand, you are using and selling.
Our client does not wish to enter into the manufacture of an infringing
article, and would like to be advised whether you have any issued patents
covering the same, and, if so, will you please advise us their numbers and
what they cover?
Our client advises us that your literature states that you have
applications for patents pending, and we would like to be informed
what these applications cover, if they are still in the application stage, so
that our client may not enter on a course of infringement if you have a
monopoly in the matter.
Yours very truly,
Brown, Boettcher, Deinner.

By this time, it is clear to our readers that there are two issues to be
placed before the Chiropractors.
255
HISTORY REPEATS
1st. Our argument. Any acts now which constitute the making,
selling or using of any instrument which is and does constitute an
infringement upon these claims which are now in patents-applied-for,
which will constitute an infringement when patents are, allowed,
constitutes a ground for action by us then, upon what is being done
now.
The court records upon THIS issue are clear, voluminous and very
positive; and, we shall take advantage of same as soon as those
patents-applied-for become patents.
2nd. The infringers, argument. The patents are NOT allowed.
Anything done NOW in the way of manufacturing, selling or using
cannot be reached or touched, legally, BECAUSE THERE ARE NO
PATENTS ALLOWED.
They ignore all references to WHAT WILL OCCUR on WHAT
HAS BEEN DONE. In this respect their literature is silent.
Let us substantiate this position by quoting from two printed
communications which have been placed before the Chiropractic
profession.
1st. Special Advance Information on the Neurothermometer.
1. At this writing, no one positively possesses A PATENT of any
kind on the Neurocalometer.
(That statement is true. He does NOT say, by inverse ratio, that WE
HAVE patents-applied-for.)
5. Up to the day a patent is actually granted, if one is ever granted,
no one has the right to claim patent infringement.
(That statement is true. But WE possess the right to inform the
public that we have patents-applied-for pending, that when they are
allowed, we shall react backward upon all those who have seen fit to
ignore the same and violate them by infringing, as such infringment
will be so LEGALLY CONSTRUED THEN. On this point they also
remain silent.)
6. Up to the day A PATENT IS GRANTED, if one is granted, no
one has legal grounds or opportunity to bring suit for infringement
against anyone. Therefore, all the threats that have been made are
entirely premature.
256
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
(This is a true statement of fact. That we have patents-applied-for
does not give us rights to bring suit, NOR HAVE WE BROUGHT
ANY FOR THAT REASON. Any statements made by us have been
premature ONLY AS A WARNING TO SAFEGUARD THE
PUBLIC AGAINST THAT WHICH WE CAN DO WHEN THEY
ARE ALLOWEDA point which is totally ignored in their
communication.)
7. If and when a patent, not the patent, is granted, if it should be
proved that there is any infringement, even then, no suit can be
brought against any one for any transaction that occurred BEFORE
THE DAY OF THE PATENT ALLOWANCE. In other words, the U.
S. Patent Law does not permit of retroactive action.
(This statement is entirely contrary to all patent-law and patent
history. This statement will lead many innocent ones into legal
trouble; and, as we have said above and repeat it here for purposes of
emphasis, IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBT ON THIS QUESTION,
CONTINUE YOUR PRACTICE AS IT IS NOW UNTIL THE
PATENTS ARE ISSUED.
(Although entirely aside from the issue, but to show the value of a
persons judgment, please note the two contradictory statements which
we now quote from the same circular.)
8. The U. S. Patent Office does NOT AND NEVER WILL
GRANT the right to a patent on a function, mode of operation or a
result.
In this same sheet, we find:
Patents ARE BEING APPLIED FOR AND THE METHOD AND
PROCESS OF TECHNIQUE WILL ALSO BE THOROUGHLY
PROTECTED.
How can they if such is never allowed?

2nd. Perhaps more apropos and to the point of this entire article is a
circular issued by The J. W. Healey Company, without date, recently
issued. We reprint it in its entirety for purpose of complete
clarification:
Illinois Manufacturers Association
Opinion of Mr. Colin C. H. Fyffe, General Counsel, as to the Rights of a
Company Where It Has Applied for a Patent on an Article and Others Are
Manufacturing It: No. 3020
257
HISTORY REPEATS
Chicago, April 17, 1924.
Mr. John M. Glenn, Secretary,
Fort Dearborn Bank Building, Chicago, Illinois.
Dear Sir: I have received your letter of March 31, 1924, enclosing a copy of a
letter received by you from W. H. Salisbury & Company, stating that the
Company has applied for a patent on a device. It is now manufacturing and selling
this device marked patent applied for. I am asked what legal action it can take
against parties manufacturing and selling the device during the time the patent is
being applied for.
In Gayler v. Wilder, 10 How. 476 at 492, the Supreme Court of the United
States said:
The inventor of a new and useful improvement certainly has no exclusive right
to it until he obtains a patent. This right is granted by the patent, and no suit can
be maintained by the inventor against anyone for using it before the patent is
issued.
In Standard Scale & Foundry Co. v. McDonald, 127 Fed. 709, the Circuit
Court of the Western District of Missouri held that an applicant for a patent while
his application is pending in the patent office has no exclusive right to the
invention which will sustain a suit in equity by him to enjoin another from using
the same.
The inventor of an article has no remedy under the patent law against persons
manufacturing the article before the patent is issued. At common law an inventor
has an exclusive property in his invention until by publication it becomes the
property of the general public. W. H. Salisbury & Company by manufacturing and
selling this article before the patent is issued have made it the property of the
public until a patent is issued for it.
Yours very truly,
Colin C. H. Fyffe. General Counsel.

Dear Doctor: The interpretation of the preceding article substantiates our

attorneys statement that if an order is placed for a Neuropyrometer and the
instrument delivered before a patent is granted The PSC, it will exempt the buyer
from being enjoined from use of same for it is Public Property until a patent is
issued.
Do not permit the Buyers Beware statement which is being published by The
PSC to distract your attention from the fact that: First, it must be proven that all
competitive instruments are infringements. Second, there can be no infringement
until a valid patent has been issued. Third, it would be equally fair for the buyer of
a Neurocalometer to demand a guarantee backed by a substantial bond from
B.J.P. that he will absolutely block, stop and suppress all competitive
manufacturers for a period of ten years. The guarantee should state that failure to
do this will release the buyer of any and all future obligations and all money paid
in will be returned to the purchaser. The foregoing information should make you
stop and reflect, after which your mind will be cleared of many of the present
hazy, mountainous possibilities.
258
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
To date we have not been informed by our attorney that any patent has been issued
to The PSC upon the Neurocalometer, and even if a patent is granted, this does not
necessarily stop other manufacturers bringing out an equally efficient instrument.
Yours Chiropractically,
J. W. HEALEY COMPANY.

In the case of Gayler v. Wilder, cited, note:

The inventor of a new and useful improvement certainly has no exclusive right
to it UNTIL HE OBTAINS A PATENT. THIS right IS granted BY THE
PATENT, and no suit can be maintained by the inventor against anyone for using
it BEFORE THE PATENT IS ISSUED.
Nowhere in this citation does this circular say WHAT CAN BE
DONE BY THE INVENTOR AGAINST INFRINGERS DURING
THE PATENT-APPLIED-FOR period, AFTER THE PATENTS
ARE ISSUED. Note how that phase of this all-important issue is
COMPLETELY ignored and UPON THAT HINGES THE ISSUES
AND TROUBLE TO COME.

In the next case cited (Standard Scale, etc.):

. . . that an applicant FOR A PATENT while his application IS PENDING in
the patent office HAS NO EXCLUSIVE RIGHT to the invention which will
sustain a suit in equity by him to enjoin another from using the same.
But again they ignore what the inventor CAN DO AFTER THE
PATENTS HAVE BEEN ISSUED AGAINST THOSE WHO
INFRINGED UPON IT WHILE HIS PATENTS WERE PENDING.
The inventor of an article has no remedy under the patent law against persons
manufacturing the article BEFORE THE PATENT IS ISSUED.
But again they ignore what rights the patent law gives to the inventor
against persons manufacturing the article AFTER the patent IS
issued.
W. H. Salisbury & Company by manufacturing and selling this article before
the patent is issued have made it the property of the public UNTIL A PATENT IS
ISSUED FOR IT.
But again they ignore the issue that it is private property AFTER
THE PATENTS ARE ISSUED and that the private vested rights back
up to cover a time previous to the date of issuance upon all
infringements manufactured, sold and used PREVIOUS TO THE
DATE OF ISSUANCE That point has been totally ignored in ALL
these quotations or statements.
259
HISTORY REPEATS
The interpretation of the preceding article substantiates our attorneys
statement that if an order be placed for a Neuropyrometer and the instrument
delivered BEFORE a patent is granted The PSC, it will exempt the buyer from
being enjoined from use of same, for it is Public Property UNTIL A PATENT IS
ISSUED.
But, again they purposely ignore stating that, while public
property Until a patent is issued, that AFTER THE PATENT IS
ISSUED, THAT WHICH WAS PUBLIC PROPERTY THEN
BECOMES PRIVATE PROPERTY AND IS RECOVERABLE BY
DUE PROCESS OF LAW.
Now please note as a clincher that both of these interested parties,
while they deny that such a patent CAN BE secured, are not so certain
about it but what they safeguard themselves in the following quoted
statements:
IF an infringement SHOULD develop, we will promptly put our engineering
experts on the job to remove such infringement. We have the assurance that this
can be done.
And the other one says:
. . . and even if a patent is granted this does not necessarily stop other
manufacturers bringing out an equally efficient instrument.
However, the reliability of those statements will depend upon how
broad and extensive the Evins patent situation is, as allowed by the
Patent Office on the Neurocalometer, the nature, length, breadth and
depth of which nobody knows, outside of those in the know.

Law Office of
PARKER & CARTER
1410 Marquette Building
Chicago, July 24,1924.
Mr. Dossa D. Evins,
1002 Brady Street,
Davenport, Iowa.
Subject: Patent Infringement
Dear Sir: While it is a fact that until a patent is issued no infringement can
take place, it is equally true that a device made quite legally before the patent
is issued, nevertheless if it infringes the patent, becomes an infringement as
soon as it is issued and the man who has bought such a device can be enjoined
from using it by the patentee after the patent is issued. The fact that he could
not be enjoined and that suit could not be brought before the issuance of the
patent does not save him at all after the patent has issued.
Very truly yours,
PARKER & CARTER,
(Signed) By Francis W. Parker. Jr.
260
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
And, again, we state that if you have any doubt on this issue, SIT
TIGHT AND WAIT. DONT BUY IF IN DOUBT. If we are right in
our position, time will prove it even though you are compelled to pay
the difference in cost for the satisfaction of waiting. If we are wrong in
our position, you will find it out by waiting and then you can buy any
infringement you desireIF we are wrong.
TIME will tell who is right or wrong, as it always has done in things
Chiropractic.
We are content to let time tell its own story.
We believe some of you are!
We are!

IS IT SO SIMPLE, AFTER ALL?

We wish to comment on a certain letter, only so far as it goes to the
root of a scientific issue.
The technique in connection with our instrument is extremely
simple.
It matters not what instrument, or how made, the facts as regards the
human spine, subluxations, pressures, interferences, adjustments and
reductions of those pressures, restrictions of transmission, all remain
the same. It took all of us here at The PSC, who were interested, some
fourteen months to work out this simple technique. And while it is
simple in the sense that it is not complicated, the fact still remains
that every person who uses a Neurocalometer MUST have been taught
its correct use before we will deliver to him.
This technique can be right or wrong, good or bad, help or hurt his
patient. Here is an instrument of exact precision if done right, but a
dangerous instrument in the hands of any person who does not know
how to use it, or uses it wrongly, or begins right and gradually slips
until it is accomplishing the very opposite of what it is capable of
doing.
Let us, then, study the two methods of delivering same.
The PSC will NOT deliver ANY Neurocalometer to ANY lessee
until such time as he has had a course in technique, which course
covers a period of two daysmorning, afternoon and
261
HISTORY REPEATS
eveningwith actual contact with a Neurocalometer and patient. In
this he is taught WHAT TO DO to accomplish the tremendous
potential values it possesses; and what NOT to do that would produce
the very opposite, or cause injury.
Others approach you with the sales-outright plan, ship by express,
now you have it go ahead and use it idea. Under such a condition I say
to you frankly and with all candor, any such person is dangerous and
the instrument (whatever its name) will produce more BAD results
than good. It were far better that one continue under his OLDER
SYSTEM without an instrument than to attempt to use an instrument
without proper and competent technique being taught him.
This is but ANOTHER example of the difference in intents and
purposes of the two organizationsand, of course, it all shows up in
the difference in cost.

SHALL WE REDUCE THE PRICE?

The first answer to this question will be yes, because every man
first applies the question to the way it will affect HIM. Finding that
HE can save money, he answers accordingly. He applies that answer
to the time element, which means I save money TODAY.
But, what about TOMORROW? That is involved also.
I am perfectly willing to reduce the price of the Neurocalometer by
removing all restrictions, by selling to everybody, providing (and get
these well fixed in mind):
FirstNo matter what happens TOMORROW, there is no
comeback on me; no reaction from the Chiropractor on me based on
the reaction that the public has on the Chiropractor.
SecondThat I sell to everybody else FIRST, in your town, and sell
to the Chiropractor LAST.
In other words, I want to place anywhere from 200 to 5,000
Neurocalometers in your town, selling to M.Ds, osteopaths, mixers,
barbers, and in fact to anybody who has the money. Those people are
going to pick the pressures, give adjustments, and get sick people
well. As a result of THEIR work, there is going to be a destructive
reaction AGAINST YOU. But, YOU have got your Neurocalometer
cheaper, and isnt that what YOU wanted?
262
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
If the Chiropractic profession wants Neurocalometers CHEAPER I
will sell them that way, but with it go all the evils that are contingent
upon such a selling plan. It would mean the elimination of
Chiropractic as a universal health method and the abolition of the
Chiropractor as a profession, and the building up of a home-health
service, with the head of every home as his own Chiropractorwith
YOU fading out of the scene.
If you are willing to pay THAT price TOMORROW to get your
Neurocalometer cheaper TODAY, then I am willing to do business
that way.
Is THAT what you want?

WE SHALL HELP YOU

In our tours around the country demonstrating, we find hundreds of
Chiropractors who cannot adjust cervical vertebral subluxations
sufficiently efficient to reduce pressures and restore transmissions. As
we find many cord pressures here which vitally involve many other
points below, it has become an important issue.
The Neurocalometer and its technique is merely an instrument and
how to use it. But, as is true of golf, there is a follow thru that must go
with it, viz.: Palpation and adjustment. What good is a
Neurocalometer TO FIND the pressure and interference to
transmission IF, after finding it, you cant release it?
Our profession has been slipping for years into cervical moves
TMs, rotaries, breaks, etc.all because they are easier and other
alibies we have been offering ourselves. It is now being
unquestionably proven by the Neurocalometer, that these moves DO
NOT release pressures and restore transmissions. It has become
imperative that our profession CHECK, AND CHECK HARD.
In our classes in Neurocalometer technique, when we find anybody
who cannot give a competent and qualified adjustment, a la recoil new
posture, we shall refuse to lease him a Neurocalometer. BUTand
heres the worthwhile issuewe shall hold him over until that class is
finished and give extra and separate instruction IN HOW, and drill
him until he gets the fundamental. When he can deliver, he will get his
Neurocalometer.
263
HISTORY REPEATS
There will be no extra charge for this. Just a part of our
NEUROCALOMETER SERVICE which is an item of overhead
which we knew we would have to carry (knowing our profession as
well as we do), therefore figured it all in on first vice.

Fountain Head News of August 9, 1924, said:

DANGEROUS TO SOCIETY
Let me suggest that you regard the following article as though there
were no possible way to prevent what I am going to recite. Suppose
that any man could do just what is being done, and then regard it as
one of the possible dangers to the sick. And when you have that
thoroughly fastened in your minds, you will see one of the reasons
why I am anxious to protect the sick against those who would set at
naught their rights to be protected, and, again, you will better
understand what I mean when I say, The Chiropractic group mind
cannot be trusted to preserve Chiropractic in its purity for posterity.
In olden days (not very far back, as time goes) we had cord
pressures in about 3 per cent to 5 per cent of the cases. In modern
days (since the Neurocalometer) this jumps up to approximately 40
per cent to 50 per cent.
In olden days we guessed at what we thought such was. Now we
KNOW which is which, and which are not.
Let us take a concrete case, and this is but one of hundreds in our
files:
The Neurocalometer found pressures upon nerves at:
4th Cervical, Right Side
2nd Dorsal, Left Side
6th Dorsal, Left Side
9th Dorsal, Right Side
12th Dorsal, Right Side
4th Lumbar, Left Side
and the case had troubles that could have their apparent origins from
each of these as a local spinal nerve pressure, if we use the language
and thoughts of yesterday.
The 4th cervical was adjusted. That right side pressure was reduced
to zero. The Neurocalometer was then used to see what
264
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
the readings were at ALL of the other places listed. The 6th dorsal, 4th
lumbar and 9th dorsal all checked to zero without other adjustments
being given at any other place.
The 2nd dorsal was adjusted. The left side pressure was reduced to
zero. We then checked the only other remaining one, the 12th dorsal,
and it was reduced to zero.
This case proved TWO cord pressures in the same case at the same
time.
All that were EVER adjusted were the 4th cervical and the 2nd
dorsal, and the case got well of EVERYTHING she had at ALL of the
places where it might have been construed (and would have been
construed) that there were local spinal nerve pressures.
The inevitable conclusion is that although the place had six indicated
places of pressure, only TWO PLACES were causing the six. The
other four were caused by the two. The further conclusion is
established that there WERE NO SPINAL NERVE PRESSURES at
the other four places. We are forced, then, to see that IF
ADJUSTMENTS HAD BEEN GIVEN AT THE OTHER FOUR, WE
WOULD HAVE PRODUCED SUBLUXATIONS, PRESSURES
AND INTERFERENCES IN FOUR PLACES WHERE THERE
WERE NONE.
Along comes one infringer. His infringing machine cannot correctly
read the places of pressure, nor can he correctly check them to zero
after an adjustment. But having printed circulars stating that his
instrument was second to none on the market, he is compelled to
make a stab to try and prove his assertions.
Here is the manner in which he alibies his failures. He picks as many
places in the spine as his incompetent machine will artificially
establish. Then he adjusts ALL OF THEM AT ONE AND THE
SAME TIMEthe old, shotgun idea. Then he attempts to alibi the
checking-out system to satisfy the lookers-on.
Whats the result? He says, Majors and minors and the spinal cord
pressure idea are all the bunk. If that sort of technique were to be
used on cases, working with this very crude infringement, there can be
no question but what MORE DANGER EXISTS IN ITS USE THIS
WAY than under the older system WITHOUT a Neurocalometer.
265
HISTORY REPEATS
If it be true that proper, competent and qualified Neurocalometer
technique has been able to prove that cord pressures are now relatively
frequent, up to 40 per cent to 50 per cent, then we are rendering a far
greater service to the public to profit by such evidence by refusing to
adjust those places where in previous days we thought we had a local
spinal nerve pressure which now proves itself to be cord pressure. On
this particular type of case alone we step up our efficiency by 40 per
cent to 50 per cent, and who knows how much more than that, by
refusing to adjust those places where there were no local spinal
pressures, but which we would create, believing them to be local
subluxations with local pressures.
If that be true, then how dangerous is any man who goes on
adjusting all local pressures, believing them to be local pressures, just
for the sake of trying to deny something somebody else has said,
permitting his prejudices and anger and jealousies to dictate his
judgment in the rendering of instruction to the profession on how to
render service to the sick. That man would primarily adjust many
subluxations which were not. How can we estimate the damage HE
would do in creating subluxations, pressures and interferences in all
the places that he would cover, when they should be let alone? An
infringement in HIS hands becomes a weapon of life and death, more
terrifying than a loaded gun, for with it he pleads science and teaches
professional murderers to perform their deeds in the open daylight.
Any man who starts out on a system of revenge and builds his
organization to accomplish such an end, would ultimately do humanity
serious damage which would reflect backward upon Chiropractic
worse than any of our present acts have done.
Thank goodness, there is a recourse in patent law to prevent all of
this from going onas soon as the patents are allowed.

THE HOTBOX INDICATOR

For months the field has been circularized with printed letters telling
about the Hotbox Indicator, and what it is and will do.
They have repeatedly stated that there are over 500 in use today.
They will sell the first thousand at practically cost.
266
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
For months this office has been endeavoring to get one. We wanted
to see it. At last we have one.
In our travels we have asked many if they had ordered. We have run
across many who have ordered, but have run into only two people who
have received. One was in Indiana, and this one we have.
They have been selling them for months, get your money and make
no deliveries. We have had inquiries about the reliability of the firm
and their product.
Finally, to force a showdown, we advised one person to threaten suit
for fraud in the use of the mails if they did not deliver at once, after
she had written several times and her money had been in for months.
That letter brought results. WE now have THAT hotbox indicator.
The circular letter says:
What would you give to convince your patients of the seriousness
of their condition?
Added to this, what is it worth to you, to be sure that you have
picked the right majors?
The Hotbox Indicator will do all this for you. It is a very sensitive
barometer-like instrument, that when placed on the patients back, just
aside of the spine, where the nerves leave the foramina, it registers the
heat generated. You can show the patient just where his trouble lies.
The spinograph checks your palpation and the Hotbox Indicator
checks your majors.

What is this hotbox indicator?

It is an ordinary Taylor-made clinical thermometer with the
exception that the bulb end is flattened out to about the size of a
diameter of a large lead pencil.
Does it do any of the things their printed letter indicates? No!
Will it do MORE than they advertise? Yes! Too well! All you do is
to exert a trifling pressure upon the bulb end, flat surface, and it will
shoot the mercury up to anything you want, even to the very top.
Pressure on the patients back will give you any inaccurate reading
you want.
HISTORY REPEATS
It is called a HOTbox indicator. You can let it rest on any COLD
substance and by exerting the slightest pressure it will rush to the top
of the tube instantly, pronto. A tip of a pencil pressure will do the
same.
When very slight pressures will rush the mercury to the top of the
tube, it has little value in the hands of the average Chiropractor. When
pressure of cold substances upon the bulb will rush the mercury to 111
at the top of the tube, it has little value in determining hotboxes of
the spine of human beings who are sick. When pressure becomes the
determining causative factor of the readings attained, then heat and
cold have lost their values, and therefore could determine very little by
registering pressures upon nerves or interferences with transmissions.
We feel sorry for The Hotbox Indicator Co., who rushed into print
with statements that are not being substantiated by the instrument. We
feel sorry that they have taken so many orders and are holding them
months with few deliveries. We feel sorry that they hesitate to deliver
because of the inability of their instrument to live up to their
declarations in advertising. We feel sorry that they now dont know
what to do with the money they have received, and hesitate to deliver.
They surely are in a dilemma. It is another one of those issues where
Chiropractors are being jipped with good money for bad products.
You who have orders in will do well to GET YOURS Perhaps a stiff
letter will do it.
You paid little, and it is worth little. You get just what you pay for.
Isnt it true?
You cant get something for nothing!

THE NEUROCALOMETER SPEAKS THE TRUTH

Whatever you do, the Neurocalometer will prove or disprove its
value.
If you give an adjustment, and it doesnt remove the pressure and
restore transmissionthe Neurocalometer will speak right up and out
loud in meetin and tell you so.
If you do give an adjustment and the Neurocalometer proves a zero
reading, then it also speaks with a smile.
In demonstrations such as we have given in a few places, it has been
a wonderful check on many Chiropractors who were
268
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
otherwise self-satisfied. In Neurocalometer technique instruction
given here to classes, it has been a wonderful means of proving up
those Chiropractors who can and those who cannot adjust.
As one good, sincere Chiropractor recently said: Supposing I come
to Lyceum to take my Neurocalometer technique, and the
Neurocalometer should prove that I could not adjust so as to release
pressures, would I get my Neurocalometer anyhow? The answer is
NO!
In developing the technique necessary to the proper use of the
Neurocalometer we have found many things of great value to the
practitioner in the field. A new way of arriving at the absolute majors
and the importance of cord pressure in problem cases have been
worked out so that any Chiropractor can learn in the course of
Neurocalometer technique how to positively solve these problems in
every case.
Among other things of startling simplicity and unmeasurable value
are some NEW IDEAS IN ADJUSTING. We have made ordinary
adjustors who were unable to reduce pressures at first into highly
efficient adjustors during the course of Neurocalometer technique. In
other words, we have found that the mere moving of bones does not
reduce pressures, but with a little explanation and a few trials the
Chiropractor is transformed almost immediately into a most efficient
adjustor. All of this is a part of the Neurocalometer service, and is
taught along with the technique of the Neurocalometer.
Many practitioners would gladly give the lease price of the
Neurocalometer just for the instruction they get in the philosophy, art,
and technique of Chiropractic.
BUT, if everything else is O. K., and, for other reasons you ARE
entitled to one, we shall take pleasure in having you stay here until we
can give you special instruction in HOW TO ADJUST SO AS TO
RELEASE PRESSURES UPON NERVES AND RESTORE
TRANSMISSIONS until the Neurocalometer speaks with a smile
upon YOUR work.
And, well charge that up to NEUROCALOMETER SERVICE. No
extra charge, thank you!
The P.S.C. is taking a great pleasure in realizing, as of the date of
this writing, that over 300 Chiropractors now have taken their
technique courses, and over 300 Chiropractors are BETTER
Chiropractors for what the Neurocalometer has done for them.
269
HISTORY REPEATS
NEUROCALOMETER CLUBS
Neurocalometer users are forming Neurocalometer Clubs for
purposes of assisting each other in technique and better serving the
community and the sick. Its a wonderful spirit. More than likely at the
Lyceum in 1925 we shall form a National Club, the same as the
spinographers have their National Spinographic Society.
The Chiropractors in Newark, Washington, Chicago, Milwaukee,
New York, etc., have been encouraged to form city clubs. In large
cities this can be done, for there are enough worth while. In other
places it may be advisable to form a district club, covering several
counties. This is a local option, and should be governed accordingly.
This membership should be limited
First: To those who have a Neurocalometer.
Second: To those who are assistants in and do Neurocalometer
technique.
Third: (And this should be a cardinal primary essentialTo those
who use the new posture recoil adjustment in their regular, usual and
ordinary daily practice on cases. I mention this because upon the
results attained with cases depends the success of the club movement.
And results in Neurocalometer work in releasing pressures and
restoring transmissions depend upon new posture recoil work.
Fourth: To studying the restrictions around your lease, and
understanding its intent so all may abide by them and not suffer
penalties.
Fifth: To reporting any known infractions of the restrictions as well
as violations of advertising.
While the Neurocalometer is new and all are learning, the meetings
should be held once a week. Later, when the fundamentals have been
talked and worked out, they can be held every two weeks. After a
while once a month will probably be often enough.
At these club meetings you should discuss technique;
check each other to see who has slipped and how;
see how much you have forgotten which was taught in our
classes;
270
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
give each other readings and all watch the one and check his
errors;
discuss failures in reductions to zero and why;
pay close attention to the adjustments you thought, but didnt
give;
study cases and make reports;
contrast the difference between the readings and what the analyses
would have been and why;
cord pressures should receive considerable attention in discussion.
Cases that have been under the older methods and on which you
have failed and then have been adjusted according to Neurocalometer
readings with marked results should be written up with histories and
readings, stating the contrasting features of
before-Neurocalometer-and-since, and sent in here so that we can
tabulate them and keep on file.
As soon as clubs are formed, we shall refer new applicants for our
Neurocalometer service to your club for your approval or disapproval
as to Chiropractic qualifications.

CAN THERE BE ANY EVASIONS?

Chicago, III., July 29,1924.
Palmer School of Chiropractic,
Davenport, Iowa.
Gentlemen: This is in response to your request for information concerning your
legal rights to Dr. Evins Neurocalometer and process of diagnosis and
correction.
It is true that until a patent application is allowed and issues as a patent no
action can be had against others who infringe the invention. They cannot infringe
a patent until it is issued, and therefore no grounds for legal action lie until the
actual issuance of the patent.
However, when the patent issues, the mere fact that the patented article or
process had, prior to that time, been open to the public is no warrant for
continued infringement. As the Court of appeals in the Ninth Circuit said in
Columbia vs. Chandler, 221 Fed., 261-263
But it does not follow, from the fact that there can be no claim of damages for
manufacturing the trucks before the issuance of the patent, that the trucks were set
free from the monopoly of the patent, and could therefore be used, without
liability to the inventor.
271
HISTORY REPEATS
It may be that a sale of a subsequently patented article made before the patent
issues is valid, but the mere physical and legal possession of the article does
not warrant its use. This was the finding of a United States Court in Wisconsin,
in Federal Construction Co. vs. Park Improvement Co., 166 Fed., 128, where the
Court said:
At the outset we concur in the contention of complainant that ownership of the
physical structure does not necessarily conclude the incorporeal right to use the
same, . . .
The Court in that case held that the owner of the patented mechanism had the
right to use it, not because he had bought it, but because the subsequent patentee
had himself concurred in the building and operation of the original machine, prior
to the issuance of his patent.
In your case, on the other hand, those who manufacture and sell and use devices
which are the equivalent of the Evins Neurocalometer do so against your most
vigorous protest and in the face of notice from you to desist.
We may summarize your position by stating that while, until your patent or
patents issue, you have no cause of action, a cause of action will immediately
accrue upon the issuance of either process or apparatus patents, and the field
which, up to the time of the issuance of the patent, was open to the public is
subsequently closed. After the issuance of apparatus patents no machines
falling within the claims of such patents can be made or sold or used, and the
use of articles earlier sold cannot be continued. When the process patent issues,
then the practice of the process by any unauthorized person and with any
mechanism, no matter when or where bought, becomes an infringement of the
process claims.
In warning the public of your pending applications and of your intention to
enforce them when they ripen as patents, you are not only protecting yourself but
are fulfilling your duty to the public.
Very truly yours,
PARKER & CARTER,
By Norman S. Parker,
(Signed.)

THERE IS A DIFFERENCE
Right at the beginning, while the impression is possible, I want to
register this FACTthere IS a difference between the Neuro-
calometer and all its imitators; that difference exists in more than
nameit goes to the root of doing the thing the Neurocalometer has
set out to do.
Now that the conclusion is stated at the beginning, Ill back up and
tell the story.
272
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
I understand all of us so well that I know most of us ARE liable to
go off half-cocked and then it takes months to get some of us back on
the right track.
Along comes the Neurocalometer. You hear me tell much good
about it. You hear me say that it is THE MOST VALUABLE
INVENTION OF THE AGE BECAUSE IT PICKS, PROVES AND
LOCATES THE CAUSE OF ALL DIS-EASES OF THE HUMAN
RACE, and by that time you have pricked up your ears, opened your
mind to reason, begin to get ready to want to see one demonstrated
somewhereand, away back, you are scheming how you can meet
those outrageous prices because if it does what B.J. says it does, we
simply must have one or go out of business.
But, circumstances are such that no P.S.C. demonstrator has been
able to come to YOUR town yet, or anywhere near. So, YOU have
NOT YET seen THE NEUROCALOMETER.
But, your interest is aroused, and you are rarin to go.
Now come along some ten or fifteen infringers. They come just
like a hobo, in open daylight, ready to sponge a meal, never pay a
cent, or pay anything for what they get. They want you to give, but
they are unwilling to give anything to get. How they contrast
themselves with an upright, earnest, sincere and intelligent workman
who labors to produce and is willing to pay the price of service
rendered to deliver accordingly.
Sooner or later some of these infringers are going to stake their
gypsy tent somewhere near, close to where you live; so you polish
Lizzie, feed her oil and start off early in the morning, determined to
see one of those wonder machines.
You knew, OF COURSE, before you left home, that it wasnt a
NEUROCALOMETER you were going to see. But the name sounded
similar. You believed that it was about the same thing, intended to do
the same work. The literature you received said that it was just as
good, and equal in efficiency to any instrument on the market. So
you fully expected to see THE SAME THING as a
NEUROCALOMETER, even though by a different name, put out by
somebody else.
You arrive! You look! You study! And here is what you see: A little
box with a meter on one end, and a handle thing on the
273
HISTORY REPEATS
other end of a cord that unites both of them. (So far, it meets the
description you have heard about the Neurocalometer).
They make a test on a patient by putting these handles over the
spine. (And that is what you heard WE did with a Neurocalometer).
You watch the little needle. It may register high at the very
beginning of the demonstration. Later it doesnt register very high, on
either side. After a while it seems to get tired, works slower, seems to
get stuck-like and then finally it refuses to work to any but ONE side
all the time. The technician tells you it is getting hot and I will have
to wait awhile, until it cools off. You take all this apple sauce for
granted, and sit back, waiting.
Meanwhile you take all this for granted that it is the usual and
necessary process to go through, jump ahead to conclusions that THE
NEUROCALOMETER, BEING THE SAME KIND OF A
MACHINE, MUST DO THE SAME THING, IN THE SAME
WAY. Not so; there IS a difference!
By this time you are having some doubts. You dont like it, but that
is what you have just seen. You hardly think it is worth the money
being asked, regardless of whether that price be $100 or $500. But you
reflect seriously; you recall the wonderful things I have said about
THE NEUROCALOMETER, and then you MAY make the plunge.
So long as you see ONLY the infringement you MIGHT be satisfied
to the point of buying. If you THEN could just see THE
NEUROCALOMETER alongside, by quick contrast, you would be
glad to pay the differencebecause there IS a difference in something
more than price.
These infringements work, anywhere from where they DONT
work, on up the varying scale TO THE NEUROCALOMETER AT
THE PEAK OF EFFICIENCY. All of these infringements are
below required scale. Some of them are worse than that.
As you view these different degrees of incapabilities to deliver the
work you have a right to expectyou are liable to become disgusted
not only with the infringement, but also against the Neurocalometer.
PLEASE keep your mind open until you have
274
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
seen the NEUROCALOMETER. Some of these infringements are of
such inferior quality that WE HERE are beginning to feel the reaction
AGAINST THE NEUROCALOMETER because of demonstrations
made with their instrument. PLEASE keep your mind OPEN.
Here is just one sample of many letters received from various
Chiropractors in different parts of this country. This writer saw THE
NEUROCALOMETER, was sold to the idea and purchased one on
sight. He KNOWS the difference:
The X men were in yesterday, putting on a
demonstration. Not more than fifteen chiropractors were here, and to say they
were disgusted is putting it mildly. The machine was not at all accurate, and they
had to wait so long between each contact to let the heat get out of the machine that
if you worked your head off all day you could not handle more than ten patients a
day.
So you see, every demonstration he makes boosts your machine.

P.S.Dr. was here from , and said he would not buy from
Palmer, and he wanted some kind of a machine, but he would not have
machine in his office after witnessing his demonstration.

Let me recall something to your mind. About a week or two ago I

wrote quite a lengthy story about InfringementsA General Lay of
the Ground. In that story I extended myself about that
hot-and-cold-junction pyrometer idea. Thats what they are ALL
running into. There isnt A SINGLE ONE that has solved THAT
problemexcept the Neurocalometer.
Heres what happens. The average Chiropractic school head hears
about the Neurocalometer. He knows I am behind it. Rather than be
beaten in the game, he decides to go into the business too.
This C.S.H. visits some E.E. (electrical engineer), which E.E. is
always world famous and is connected with some worlds biggest
plant of some kind. This C.S.H. tells this E.E. all about what THE
NEUROCALOMETER claims to be able to do. The E.E. immediately,
if not sooner, knows all about thatwhat that is, nothing but a
galvanometer and a pyrometer put togetherwe have been using
those for yearsnothing new to that
275
HISTORY REPEATS
thats simpleIll have one put together for you before nightI can
make them up for you for $100 or lessthose fellows out there cant
patent that because it is as old as the hills.
Under this glowing tribute to a wonderful understanding upon the
part of the E.E.the C.S.H. tells him to go ahead and make up some.
Then the C.S.H. trots back to his office, writes some very glowing
tributes to his Neuro-mometer. He gets the sudden happy spurt, prints
his literature (which is mostly copied and imitated), even to names,
claims, patents-applied-for n everything. They set a price, ask for
money, are set to receive bushels of orders, in fact go so far as to set
dates for deliveries.
And then what happens? In a few days the E.E. gives them a
demonstration that WONT demonstrate, except as described in the
above letter. And, when the C.S.H. has it, he hasnt. He bumps hard
into that hot-and-cold-junction thing and then they begin to run chills
up and down their own spines. They have promised much in print and
cant deliver anything but a fizzle in reality. Its a hard and cruel
world, when these fellows have to come down out of the clouds and
hit the hard earth.
Just keep this ONE thing in mindthe failures you have witnessed
are due to their inability to overcome that hot-and-cold-junction
problem. D. D. Evins HAS ELIMINATED THAT IN THE
NEUROCALOMETER. HE HAS ACCOMPLISHED THE ONE
THING THAT PHYSICS HAS SAID IS IMPOSSIBLE. And these
world famous E.E.s were following the usual physicists path of
least resistance.
There IS a difference. Come to Lyceum and see for yourself.
Just to be a good sport, I would like to throw open a competition
during Lyceum of all machines on the one and same back, and let an
impartial jury of fifteen Chiropractors say which is which,
blindfolding each machine and judging them solely by their work
accomplished. But whats the usewe do not need to, for the patent
situation will take care of all that.
276
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
THIS IS A PATENT LAW
Law Offices of
PARKER & CARTER
1410 Marquette Building
Chicago
August 2, 1924.
Palmer School of Chiropractic,
Davenport, Iowa.
Gentlemen: In accordance with your recent request, we are herewith rendering
you an opinion upon your legal rights and those of your licensor, Dr. Evins, under
the pending application covering the process and apparatus of and for detection
and correction of abnormal conditions along the spine.
The inventions are covered by pending applications WHICH CONTAIN BOTH
PROCESS AND APPARATUS CLAIMS. While claims are pending but not
allowed, the applicant holds a general inchoate right in his invention upon which
he cannot bring suit. He cannot make good his EXCLUSIVE RIGHT to his
invention in the courts UNTIL he obtains a patent. (Gayler vs. Wilder, 13 L. E.
504, 10 Howe, 477-493; Marsh vs. Nichols, Shepard & Co., 32 L. E. 538, 128 U.
S. 605-612; Lyon vs. Donaldson, 34 Fed. 789; Brill vs. St. Louis Car Co., 80 Fed.
909.) Thus unless and until you obtain a patent or patents covering your
inventions you have no grounds for suit.
It follows that those who have manufactured, sold and used articles falling
within the terms of your patents and who have practiced processes covering your
patents, before the patents issue, cannot be sued by you for anything which they
did before the patents issued. You can recover no damages for anything which
happened before the issuance of your patents. (Columbia vs. Chandler 241, Fed.
261-263, C.C.A. 9 and Jennings vs. Rogers Silver Plate Co., 118 Fed. 339; C. C.
Conn.)
When your patents issue THE SITUATION IS IMMEDIATELY ENTIRELY
CHANGED. Although you cannot recover damages for the sale of earlier
infringing instruments, YOU CAN ENJOIN THEIR USE. The law covering this
situation was clearly stated in Columbia vs. Chandler. This case involved a patent
for improvement in trucks. The district court entered a decree sustaining the
validity of the patent AND ENJOINING THE DEFENDANTS FROM USING
THE TRUCKS WHICH HAD BEEN SOLD TO THEM. The court of appeals
sustained the patents and held that the trucks in question did infringe the patent,
and after stating that there could be no recovery from damages it went on to say:
But it does not follow, from the fact that there can be no claim of
damages for manufacturing the trucks before the issuance of the patent,
that the trucks were set free from the monopoly of the patent, and could
thereafter be used, without liability to the inventor.
The injunction against the use of the twenty pairs of trucks in question
to be dissolved UPON PAYMENT BY THE APPELLANTS OF THE.
AMOUNT SO TO BE FOUND DUE TO THE APPELLEES.
277
HISTORY REPEATS
The court could not have decided otherwise, for Section 4884 of the U. S.
Revised Statutes reads as follows:
Sec. 4884. Every patent shall contain a short title or description of the
invention or discovery, correctly indicating its nature and design, and a
grant to the patentee, his heirs or assigns, for the term of seventeen years,
of the exclusive right to make, use and vend the invention or discovery
throughout the United States and the Territories thereof, referring to the
specification for the particulars thereof.
After the patent has issued the prior maker of the patented article becomes
responsible for royalties or damages for all articles he continues to make.
(Jennings vs. Rogers Silver Plate Co., 118 Fed. 339; C. C. Conn.)
These cases should dispose of any contention that the mere fact that the
instrument has been bought before a patent issued, is sufficient to make the
holder of that instrument immune from prosecution for its use after the patent
issues. As clearly stated in the statute, the monopoly of the patentee extends to the
manufacture, sale and use of the infringing articles, and while the manufacture,
sale and use of an article before the patent issues is not an infringement, its use by
the purchaser after the patent issues is an infringement.
The mere fact that the holder of a patented article bought it in good faith
and legally, does not give him the right to violate a patent monopoly. In the
Federal Construction Co. vs. Park Improvement Co., 166 Fed. 128; C. C. Wis.,
the inventor of an amusement device tried to restrain the purchaser of an
amusement park in which it was set up, from using it. The court stated:
At the outset we concur in the contention of complainant that
ownership of the physical structure does not necessarily conclude the
incorporeal right to use the same, and also that such incorporeal right may
not be foreclosed by the operation of the statutes of the State (P. 129).
A similar question arose in the case of Daimler Manufacturing Co. vs. Conklin,
170 Fed. 70. The case involved the right of a purchaser of an automobile in
Europe to bring that automobile into America, where it was covered by patents,
and to use it. The court held that although the automobile might have been legally
purchased in Germany from a manufacturer, who in Germany had the right to sell
the automobile, this was not sufficient to give the American purchaser the right to
bring the automobile into America and use it, when the automobile infringed the
claims of an American patent.
The exception to this general ruling, upon which those who are copying your
invention apparently rely, is that provided for by Section 4899 of the United
States Revised Statutes, which reads as follows:
Sec. 4899. PERSONS PURCHASING OF INVENTOR, BEFORE
APPLICATION, MAY USE OR SELL THE THING PURCHASED.
Every person who purchases of the inventor or discoverer, or, with his
knowledge and consent, constructs any newly invented or dis-
278
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
covered machine, or other patentable article prior to the application by the
inventor or discoverer for a patent, or who sells or uses one so
constructed, shall have the right to use, and vend to others to be used, the
specific thing so made or purchased without liability therefor.
By the terms of this statute, if an inventor sells an infringing article, by that act
he frees it from the patent monopoly. The section was interpreted by the supreme
court in Wade vs. Metcalf, 32 L. E. 661; 129 U. S. 202; Mr. Justice Gray,
speaking in part as follows:
This section clearly defines four classes of persons who shall have the
right to use, and to vend to others to be used, a specific patentable
machine:
First: Every person who purchases of the inventor the machine
before his application for a patent.
Second: Every person who wish his knowledge and consent con-
structs the machine before the application.
Third: Every person who sells a machine so constructed, that is to
say, which has been constructed with the knowledge and consent of the
inventor by another person.
Fourth: Every person who uses one so constructed, that is to say,
constructed with the inventors knowledge and consent by another
person.
In order to entitle a person of any of these four classes to use and vend
the machine, under this section, the machine must originally have been
either purchased from the inventor, or else constructed with his
knowledge and consent, before his application for a patent.
In your case, far from licensing any competitors to use the Evins process or
Evins structure, you have most strenuously opposed any such use, and this
statute cannot be used to warrant infringing acts, since obviously none of your
competitors are in the class of any of the exceptions mentioned by Justice Gray.
As regards the scope of your process claims we may mention that a process
patent is not limited to the apparatus illustrated and shown in the specification,
for such apparatus must be considered as merely an example or illustration. If the
process claims cover the process in which an apparatus is used, the claims are
infringed, even though the apparatus might differ widely from the apparatus
shown in the process patent. Thus when your broad process claims issue, they
can be infringed by the use of any type of apparatus, no matter how different
from your Neurocalometer, provided only that the process in which the
apparatus is used falls within your process claims. (Moore Filter Co. vs. Tonopah
Belmont Development Co., 201 Fed. 352, C. C. A. 3; Expanded Metal Co. vs.
Bradford, 136 Fed. 870-873, C. C. Pa.) This last case was reversed, 146 Fed. 984;
C. C. A. 3, but reaffirmed by the supreme court, 214 U. S. 366-385, 53 L. E.
1034-1041.
279
HISTORY REPEATS
Your situation may be summarized as follows:
Until your patents issue you have no rights upon which you can sue and any
one can make your apparatus or practice your process. After your patent issues
you can restrain any one from making, selling and using instruments which
infringe your apparatus claims. You can restrain any one from practicing any
process which falls within the terms of your process claims. You can prevent
the use of any instrument, no matter when bought or when made, even though
manufactured and sold before your patents issued, if the instrument is an
infringement of your issued claims. You can prevent the practice of your
process even if carried on by instruments which do not infringe your
apparatus claims and which are entirely different from the apparatus
developed and patented.
The only exception to your broad monopolistic rights of preventing the
unauthorized manufacture, sale and use by others, is provided by the earlier
mentioned statute, R. S. 4899, and this statute only applied to machines made and
sold with the knowledge and consent of the inventor.
In your case no such consent has been given.
Very truly yours,
PARKER & CARTER,
EM. By (Signed) NORMAN S. PARKER.

TO THE PALMER SCHOOL OF CHIROPRACTIC:

In compliance with your request, we submit herewith our written opinion as to
the rights of a patentee, after the issuance of a patent to him, to enjoin the sale or
use of infringing articles as against a person who acquired such articles prior to
the issuance of the patent in question, and the right of such patentee to recover
damages from an infringer under similar circumstances, with particular reference
to your right to prevent the use of devices infringing upon your
Neurocalometer and your process of Neurocalometer diagnosis by persons who
construct the infringing devices without your consent or purchase them from
anyone other than you.
The answer to your question involves a consideration of the statutes providing
for the issuance of patents and relating to the infringement thereof, and the
decisions of the United States Courts relative thereto.
The issuance of patents is provided for by Section 4884, R. S. (7 Fed. Stat.
Ann., page 14), which provides that:
Every patent shall contain * * * a grant to the patentee, his heirs or
assigns, for the term of 17 years, of the exclusive right to make, use and
vend the invention or discovery throughout the United States and the
territories thereof, referring to the specification for the particulars
thereof.
280
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
You will note that this Act provides for three exclusive rights, viz:
1. The exclusive right to make;
2. The exclusive right to sell;
3. The exclusive right to vend;
the invention or discovery.
These rights are well set out in 1 Hopkins on Patents, page 326, as follows:
As we have seen elsewhere, the right vested in a patentee by the grant
of the patent is exclusive or monopolistic in character, for a term of years
named, in a territory named, and embraces three distinct substantive
rights, namely, the right to make, the right to use, and the right to sell. An
invasion of either of these rights by another, during the life of the patent
and within the territory named in the patent, is called an infringement; and
the device or art thus wrongfully made or practiced is also called an
infringement.
The same idea is well expressed in Haselden vs. Ogden, 3 Fisher 378, Fed. Case
No. 6190:
An infringement is a copy made after and agreeing substantially and in
principle with the article described in the Letters Patent. The act of
Congress confers upon the patentee and his assigns the exclusive right to
make, to use, or to sell to others to be used, the article patented. It is,
therefore, an infringement to make or manufacture a patented article,
though it is never used by the maker. It is likewise an infringement to use
a patented article, though made by another. It is also an infringement to
sell to others the article when it is manufactured by another. The law vests
the exclusive right to do all these three things in the patentee, and hence
for another to do one or all of them is an infringement.
In 1 Rogers on Patents, page 137, it is said:
Infringement is the unauthorized making, using, or selling for
practical use or for profit of an invention covered by a valid claim of a
patent during the life of the patent. It may involve any one or all of the
acts of making, using, and selling.
It is, therefore, an infringement for an unauthorized person to make a
patented machine, for use or for sale, though, in fact, it is neither used nor
sold; it is an infringement to use it, though made by another; and it is an
infringement to sell it, whether made by ones self or by another
unauthorized person.
In 30 Cyc. 815, it is said:
A patent for an invention is a grant by the state to the inventor, his
heirs or assigns, of the exclusive right to make, use, and vend the thing
patented for a definite period of time. The inventor has a natural right to
make, use, and vend his invention, and therefore the patent confers upon
him no right save the right to exclude others from making, using, or
selling his invention.
281
HISTORY REPEATS
And on page 972 it is said:
Infringement may consist either in making, using, or selling the
invention, or in all three
It is well settled in the United States that an inventor has no common law right
to prevent others from using his invention after he has made it public, although he
may keep it secret and in that way deprive the public of its benefits.
30 Cyc. 815;
Patterson vs. Kentucky, 97 U. S. 501;
24 L. ed. 1115;
Gaylor vs. Wilder, 10 How. U. S. 477;
13 L. ed. 504;
Wilson vs. Rousseau, 4 How. U. S. 646;
11 L. ed. 1141;
Wheaton vs. Peters, 8 Pet. 591;
8L. ed. 1055;
and many other cases which might be cited.
As there are no common law patent rights, there are also no common law
exceptions to the patent rights provided by statute, and the only exceptions to the
exclusive rights granted by R. S., Section 4884, quoted above are those contained
in the Federal Statutes.
R. S., Section 4899 (7 Fed. Stat. Ann., page 189) contains the statutory
exceptions to the exclusive rights granted by Section 4884, and is as follows:
Every person who purchases of an inventor or discoverer, or with his
knowledge and consent constructs any newly invented or discovered
machine or other patented article prior to the application by the inventor
or discoverer for a patent, or who sells or uses one so constructed, shall
have the right to use, and vend to others to be used, the specific thing so
made or purchased, without liability therefor.
It will be noticed that this section gives a right to use a machine constructed
before the application for patent is made only and does not apply to a machine
purchased or constructed after the application for patent was filed by the inventor.
In this case I understand your request for an opinion to bear particularly upon
your rights to enjoin the use of any appliance infringing upon your
Neurocalometer, and that the application for patent upon the Neurocalometer
was made by the inventor on the 18th day of January, 1924.
Under the specific wording of Section 4899, quoted above, the exceptions in it
would not apply to any infringing device made after January 18, 1924, the date the
application herein referred to was made or filed. By the specific terms of this
section, the right to continue the use of an infringing device is expressly limited to
a device purchased of the inventor or discoverer, or constructed with his
knowledge and consent.
282
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
It is my understanding that you are the owners by assignment of the invention
called by you the Neurocalometer, and the pending application for patent upon
this device and the process of diagnosing by its use, and that you and the inventor
have not only refused to give your consent to the construction of Neurocalometers
by anyone except persons employed by you for that purpose, but that you have
expressly notified other persons not to make them and have advertised
broadly that application for patent on your Neurocalometer is pending, and
that all infringers of your patent, when granted, will be prosecuted. Of course,
any persons who purchase a Neurocalometer from you will have the right to
continue to use same after your patent issues. We do not understand that you
have given anyone permission to construct Neurocalometers for anyone except
yourselves, so that if any person before the issuance of your patent purchases a
Neurocalometer from anyone other than yourselves or the inventor, Mr. Evins; or
constructs a Neurocalometer without the consent of the inventor, Mr. Evins, or
yourselves as his assignee, they will not come within the exception of Section
4899, above; and if not within the protection of that section, will have no right to
resell nor use a Neurocalometer acquired from anyone other than yourselves
after your patent issues.
This is the construction uniformly given to this act by the Federal Courts.
In Wade vs. Metcalf, 129 U. S. 202; 32 L. ed. 661; the Supreme Court of the
United States says:
This section clearly defines four classes of persons who shall have the
right to use, and to vend to others to be used, a specific patentable
machine: First, every person who purchases of the inventor the machine
before his application for a patent; second, every person who with his
knowledge and consent constructs the machine before the application;
third, every person who sells a machine so constructed, that is to say,
which has been constructed with the knowledge and consent of the
inventor by another person; fourth, every person who uses one so
constructed, that is to say, constructed with the inventors knowledge and
consent by another person
A leading case upon this subject is the decision of the Supreme Court of the
United States in Kentucky vs. Winsor, 21 How. 322; 16 L. ed. 165.
In that case plaintiff had invented a machine for making harness and constructed
one of the machines in 1848, but did not put it in public use, and was working to
perfect some defects in it until 1853 or 1854, when he applied for a patent.
The defendant in 1852 obtained information regarding plaintiffs invention and
constructed a machine embodying that invention.
After the patent was issued to the plaintiff, he brought suit against the defendant
to enjoin defendant from using the machine constructed by defendant. The
defendant contended that inasmuch as his machine had been constructed before
plaintiffs application for patent was filed, that he, de-
283
HISTORY REPEATS
fendant, had the right to continue to use it and asked the court to instruct the jury
that under the 7th section of the act of 1839:
If the jury is satisfied that the machine for the use of which defendants
are sued, was constructed and put in operation before the plaintiff applied
for his patent, then the defendants possess the right to sell and vend to
others, to be used, the specific machines made by them without liability
therefor to the plaintiff.
Defendant also asked the court to instruct the jury that
If the machines used by the defendants were purchased or constructed
by them before the application of plaintiff for his patent with the
knowledge of plaintiff, that then they must be held to possess the right to
use and vend to others to be used, the machines so purchased or
constructed.
The court refused to give the instructions asked by defendant, and instructed
the jury that
If Aldridge, under a pledge of secrecy, obtained knowledge of
plaintiffs machineand he had not abandoned it to the publicand
thereupon at the instigation of the defendants and with the knowledge on
their part of the surreptitiousness of his acts, constructed machines for the
defendants, they would not have the right to continue to use the same after
the date of the plaintiffs letters patent.
The Supreme Court of the United States upheld the action of the lower court in
refusing to give the instructions requested by defendant and in giving the
instructions quoted, and said in discussing this question:
Returning now to the instructions from the judge at circuit in this case,
we can consider that instruction to be in strict conformity with the
principles hereinbefore propounded and with the decision of this court, as
declared in the cases of Pennock vs. Dialogue and Shaw vs. Cooper.
Also:
We think that the rejection by the court of the prayers offered by the
defendants at the trial was warranted by the character of defendants
prayers as having a tendency to narrow the inquiry by the jury to an
imperfect and partial view of the case and to divert their minds from the
full comprehension of the merits of the controversy.
The same principle is laid down by Justice Storey in the case of Pierson vs.
Eagle Screw Company, 3 Story 402; 2 Robb Pat. Cas., pages 268-271, where it is
said:
The defendants argument is that the Eagle Screw Company had a right
to use the machines purchased by them from Read before Crums patent
was obtained, although Crum was the prior and true inventor and patentee
under the 7th section of the Patent Act of
284
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
1839; and great reliance is placed upon the case of McClurg vs.
Kingsland, 1 How. Court R. 202. In my opinion, neither the act of
Congress nor the case of McClurg vs. Kingsland justifies such a doctrine.
Suppose the argument to be well founded, what would be the legal result?
Why, that the mere wrongdoer, who by fraud or artifice, or gross
misconduct, had gotten knowledge of the patentees invention before he
could obtain a patent, without any laches on his part, could confer upon a
purchaser under himbona fide and without noticea title to the
patented machine which he himself could not exercise or possess.
Certainly there is no ground to say, that a person who pirates the invention
of any party prior in point of time and right can make any valid claim
thereto against the prior and true inventor. How, then, can he confer on
others a title which he himself does not possess?
Upon general principles, the assignee can ordinarily claim no more
than his assignor can lawfully grant. But it is said that the 7th section of
the act of 1839 declares, that every person or corporation who has or
shall have purchased or constructed any newly-invented machine,
manufacture, or composition of matter, prior to the application by the
inventor or discoverer for a patent, shall be held to possess the right to use
and vend to others to be used the specific machine, manufacture or
composition of matter so made or purchased, without liability therefor to
the inventor or any other person interested in the invention; and no patent
shall be held to be invalid by reason of such purchase, sale or use prior to
the application for a patent as aforesaid, except on proof of abandonment
of such invention to the public, or that such purchase, sale or prior use has
been for more than two years prior to such application for patent.
Certainly the language in the first clause of this section is very general, not
to say loose, in its texture. But if it stood alone, the first interpretation of it
might fairly lead to the conclusion, that the purchaser there spoken of was
a purchaser, not from the mere wrongdoer, but from the first and true
inventor, before he had obtained his patent. The language of the clause
does not even include the qualification, that the purchaser should be a
bona fide purchaser for a valuable consideration, without notice of the
claim or title of the inventor, or of any fraud of the vendor upon that claim
or title. Yet, surely, it could never have been the intention of this clause to
confer on a fraudulent purchaser, or a purchaser with full notice, a right to
use an invention pirated from the original inventor, by wrong. If, on the
other hand, we interpret the language to mean a purchaser from the
inventor himself, before his application for a patent, the omission of such
qualifying words is at once material and consistent with the apparent
objects of the section. But the remaining clauses of the section render this
interpretation perfectly clear and right. These clauses point solely to the
inventor, and demonstrate that the purchaser before spoken of was a
purchaser from the inventor himself. * * * Any other construction of these
285
HISTORY REPEATS
clauses would lead to this extraordinary conclusion, that the inventor
would be deprived of the benefit of his invention and his right to a patent
without any laches, or misconduct on his own part, by the mere acts of a
wrongdoer without his knowledge or against his will; and the exceptions,
in a practical sense, would become nullities.
The court then goes on to distinguish the case of McClurg vs. Kingsland, supra,
and points out that in that case the machine in question was constructed for the
defendant therein by the licensee himself and therefore necessarily used with his
consent.
A similar holding was made in Evans vs. Weiss, 2 Wash., page 342; 1 Robb Pat.
Cas., pages 10, 11,12 and 13, in an opinion by Washington justice, where it is
said:
It is contended by the plaintiff, that the defendant is liable for using the
plaintiffs improvement, in application to the second wheel and pair of
stones, since the 22nd of January, 1808; or, at all events, since the time
when the defendant received notice of the plaintiffs patent; because the
proviso in the act, passed on the 21st day of January, 1808, for the relief
of Oliver Evans, extends only to cases of improvements erected for use,
or used prior to the passage of that law, and does not protect the defendant
from damages for using after the issuing of the patent under this law, an
improvement erected prior thereto. On the other side, it is insisted that
such a construction would render this an ex post facto law, and
consequently repugnant to the constitution. To avoid which it should be so
construed as to connect with the use of the improvement the erection of it
subsequent to the grant of the patent.
Although the court at the last term, and upon the first argument, felt
strongly inclined to give it the construction contended for by the
defendant, yet, upon further reflection, we are satisfied that we should do
violence to the words, which no rule of construction would warrant. The
words of the proviso are, Provided that no person who shall have used the
said improvements, or have erected the same for use, before issuing said
patent, shall be liable therefor; that is, shall be liable for having erected,
or having used the improvement at any time prior to the patent. But with
respect to the use of it after the issuing of the patent, no protection
whatever is afforded against the claim for damages under this law. The
next inquiry is, does the general law give to the plaintiff a right of
recovery against a person who erected a machine prior to the issuing of a
patent to the first inventor of it, and who afterwards made use of the same?
It must be admitted that cases of great hardship may occur if, after a
man shall have gone to the expense of erecting a machine, for which the
inventor has not then and never may obtain a patent, he shall be prevented
from using it by the grant of a subsequent
286
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
patent, and its relation back to the patentees prior invention. But the law
in this case cannot be termed ex post facto, or even retrospective in its
operation, because the general law declares, beforehand, that the right to
the patent belongs to him who is the first inventor, even before the patent
is granted, and, therefore, any person who, knowing that another is the
first inventor, yet doubting whether that other will ever apply for a patent,
proceeds to construct a machine of which it may afterwards appear he is
not the first inventor, acts at his peril, and with a full knowledge of the
law, that by relation back to the first invention, a subsequent patent may
cut him out of the use of the machine thus erected.
Not only may individuals be injured by a literal construction of the
words of the law, but the public may suffer if an obstinate or negligent
inventor should decline obtaining a patent, and at the same time keep
others at arms length so as to prevent them from profiting by the
invention for a length of time, during which the fourteen years is not
running on. But all these hardships must rest with Congress to correct. It
is beyond our power to apply a remedy.
No such hardship exists in this case, where the defendant erected this
improvement, with a knowledge not only that plaintiff was the first
inventor, but that he had absolutely obtained a patent, although it was
afterwards invalid.
While Evans vs. Weiss refers to a prior statute, the principle there involved
applies to Section 4899, above referred to.
In Hovey vs. Stevens, 12 Fed. Cas. No. 6745; 2 Robb Pat. Cas. 479-490491 it is
said:
Under these circumstances, it becomes a very important question
whether he did not copy his invention in some respects from Hoveys, and
especially as to the mode of attaching single knives and giving to them a
rotary motion. If he did this, without Hoveys consent and before he made
his machine public or sold it, I should think that his use of such a grinder,
though begun before Hovey obtained his patent, ought not to be protected.
It would be use by fraud, and could not be contemplated and saved under
the act of 1839, ch. 88, par. 7, 5 Stat. at Large, 354. To be sure, that act in
broad terms allows anyone to use and vend a machine which he has
purchased or constructed before the inventor applied for a patent. This,
however, I think must be construed to mean a purchase of the inventor or
his grantee, or a construction by their consent, or by his own ingenuity.
Hence, if he himself invented it before, or if he copied it before from other
inventors than Hovey, or if Hovey consented to the construction or use of
one machine of this kind by Stevens for grinding, of which there is some
testimony, then the respondent should not be restrained in the continued
287
HISTORY REPEATS
use of that one machine, whether we look to the act of Congress itself or
to what is reasonable and equitable, independent of the act. 1 Paine, 348.
But, as before remarked, if he constructed it by a fraud and piracy on
the inventor, I shall hold, for the purpose of this examination, that he is
not protected.
Another decision by the Supreme Court of the United States bearing upon this
question is Beedle vs. Bennett, 122 U. S. 71, 30 L. ed. 1074. This case involved
the driven well patents and was a suit for infringement by the owner of those
patents against a party using one of the wells which had been driven before the
patent was issued, by a third party. The court held that the use of the well by the
defendant, even though it was not driven by him but had been driven by
another party, infringed the plaintiffs patent for a process for drawing water
from the earth by a well of that kind and the court said that every time
defendant drew water from the well, he used plaintiffs process and infringed
his patent.
Other cases might be cited, but those given amply illustrate the principle
involved and conclusively uphold your right to prevent infringement of your
patent after issuance, by anyone acquiring or constructing a machine before
that time without your knowledge AND consent.
It is well settled that the term of a patent commences with the issuance of the
patent. R. S., Section 4885, provides that every patent shall issue within a period
of three months from the date of the payment of the final fee and while under an
earlier act it was held permissible for the Commissioner of Patents to antedate a
patent, under the present act it has been held that the patent takes effect from the
time it is granted and cannot be antedated.
Gramme vs. Arnoux Electrical Co., 17 Fed. 838.
It is not unusual for persons pirating anothers invention to encourage
prospective purchasers to belief that if, before the issuance of a patent upon the
invention in question, they purchase a machine embodying the invention for
which such application for patent is pending, they can continue to use such
machine after patent has issued, without liability for damages and without
being subject to an injunction. Consequently, many people believe that the
issuance of a patent subsequent to the date on which they made or bought an
infringing machine, will not prevent their subsequent use of it
This view is not correct. It is true only where the machine was purchased or
acquired from or with the consent of such patentee.
Applying the foregoing principles to your case, it is evident that any
chiropractor who purchases a Neurocalometer or an instrument embodying the
invention contained in your Neurocalometer from anyone who has not been
authorized by you or your assignor, Mr. Evins, to make and sell same, will have
no right to use such machine after patent is issued upon your application and
no right whatever to use your process of diagnosis after patent thereon has been
issued on your pending application. THE RESULT
288
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
NECESSARILY WILL BE THAT SUCH OWNERS MUST EITHER DISCARD
THEIR MACHINES ENTIRELY, OR COME TO YOU AND OBTAIN A
LICENSE TO USE SAME FROM YOU, ON SUCH TERMS AS YOU MAY
DEEM PROPER. OF COURSE, IT WOULD BE RIDICULOUS TO SUPPOSE
THAT YOU WOULD GRANT TERMS MORE FAVORABLE TO AN
INFRINGER, OR ONE WHO HAS ATTEMPTED TO PIRATE YOUR
INVENTION, THAN YOU WOULD TO PERSONS WHO PURCHASED
INITIALLY FROM YOU.
YOUR REMEDIES
The remedies available to the owner of a patent for infringment thereof, are too
well established to need extended argument. They include the right to an
injunction restraining the infringer from continuing to use the infringing device
during the entire term of the patent.
THEY ALSO INCLUDE THE RIGHT TO RECOVER SUCH DAMAGES AS
THE PATENTEE OR HIS ASSIGNEE HAS SUFFERED BY REASON OF THE
INFRINGEMENT AND A RIGHT TO RECOVER ALL PROFITS MADE BY
THE INFRINGER BY THE USE OF THE INFRINGING DEVICE.
The last mentioned remedy is of special importance in this case, for it is obvious
that an infringer making any extended use of your device or your process, and
taking in any substantial amount of money by reason thereof, MIGHT BE
COMPELLED TO ACCOUNT TO YOU FOR THE ENTIRE PROFIT derived by
him from the use of the machine.
In my judgment, based upon a careful study of the authorities bearing upon this
proposition, and the statutes relating to the subject, there is no question that the
issuance of a patent to you upon the invention and process covered by the
Neurocalometer application, will give you the right to stop any person from using
any infringing machine constructed or acquired without your consent. It will also
give you the right to recover such damages as you may suffer by reason of such
infringement, and to an accounting for profits as outlined above.
In this connection, I want to commend the care you have taken to notify the
profession generally of the pendency of your applications for patent, for in view of
the publicity you have given your rights, there can be no excuse for anyone
attempting to pirate your invention, nor to believe that they can acquire any rights
to an infringing device which will give them any standing in a court of equity after
your patent issues.
BUSH & BUSH
By A. G. BUSH.

Fountain Head News of August 16, 1924, said:

ESSENTIALS AND NON-ESSENTIALS
The Neurocalometer is destined to revolutionize Chiropractic.
Therefore IT is an important subject for consideration by the
Chiropractic fraternity.
291
HISTORY REPEATS
Next to the Neurocalometer itself, the most important subject is how
to safely get one.
This goes squarely to the root of the patent situation.
The next most important subject is infringements and whether it IS
safe to get one and use it or not.
Thruout this entire discussion the writer, The P.S.C. and The F.H.N.
have endeavored to confine their statements to
First: The Neurocalometer.
Second: The patent situation.
Third: Infringements.
We have studiously avoided any discussion of any person connected
with any phase of the subject.
We have had plenty of opportunity, but those are non-essentials
when considered in the final analysis.
We believe that the Chiropractic profession does not care to read any
matter that is foreign to their interests or the issues they are compelled
to consider which would help or hurt their practices right now or in the
future.
Therefore, with this understanding we shall continue to confine all
our remarks to ESSENTIALS.
If this meets with your approval, we shall be more than pleased.

THAT OTHER DEMONSTRATION

By Fred MacLean
A few men in the east have been making considerable noise about an
instrument which they claim will do all the things that the
Neurocalometer will do. Naturally the writer heard considerable about
this while he was on the eastern delivery trip, and when he learned that
a demonstration was being held in Chicago on the day he arrived
there, of course there was just one thing to do. A fair sized audience
had assembled in a downtown hotel to witness the demonstration,
which was scheduled for 10 a. m. but didnt start until sometime in the
p. m.
It was interesting to note the various chiropractors in attendance.
Some who had already purchased Neurocalometers were there out of
curiosity, others who were ineligible for a Neuro-
290
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
calometer were there anxiously hoping that they could get something
as good as the real thing, and there were still others who were
materially interested in the affair. All in all, there was a very
representative group of chiropractors there and it is nice to be able to
report that good nature and courtesy pervaded the atmosphere
throughout the hour.
Let it be clearly understood that the purpose of this report is to
render an honest and impartial report of the demonstration and the
performance of the instrument. The writer hopes that when this is read
by the individuals referred to herein even they will admit that these
lines represent the truth. Again, if there is any group of people who
deserve a fair report on this demonstration it is the chiropractors of the
country who are still standing on the edge undecided as to their course
of action.
Just one week previous to this demonstration a similar one was held
in a certain eastern city by the same men who were in Chicago. At this
eastern meeting they stated that orders would be accepted for their
instrument and that they had absolutely no fear about the outcome of
the patent situation. Just one week later to the day, listen to their
language: We are not accepting orders for our instrument at this time.
We are here simply to demonstrate our instrument and later on when
the patent situation is settled we believe that we will be in a position to
accept orders from those who may wish to purchase. Quite a change
from the statement of the previous Sunday.
The writer will venture to predict that very few more Sundays will
elapse before these same men will discontinue their demonstrations,
not to mention the remote possibility of taking orders. If the various
groups of men who are behind pseudo-Neurocalometers (I say pseudo
because thus far no one has produced an instrument which is the same
from a scientific standpoint or will do the same work from a
Chiropractic standpoint as the Neurocalometer) knew the truth about
the patent situation it is very improbable that even one of them would
continue efforts to demonstrate and sell. After a resume of the various
legal opinions which have been broadcast by would-be infringers
relative to the patent situation all one can say is that some lawyers are
leading on their clients for a nice fat fee. Its really too bad, for the
money they are using and the additional sums which they may
291
HISTORY REPEATS
later lose would buy several Neurocalometers and establish lucrative
practices for those who are now being misled.
Lets deviate just a moment here for the sake of the skeptical. From a
comparative standpoint, what man has the most to lose if the
Neurocalometer and plans for its management fail? What have these
other men to lose from a comparative standpoint if the
Neurocalometer and its plans for management succeed? Choose
between the two. Chiropractors today have the opportunity to get
aboard and assure themselves of bon voyage, or they can plan to wait
for the last minute and then attempt a leap from the wharf. Now is the
time to choose, not when this is all over, for it may be too late then.
Now for the demonstration: The patient was prepared in the usual
manner and then a pencil mark was drawn from the region of the axis
to that of the fourth or fifth lumbar. Without taking into consideration
the possible heat influence of a strong draft from a window nearby,
clothing heat, heat from the technicians hand and one or two other
sources which might be mentioned, the reading proceeded. Two
assistants were called from the audience to read the dial and they were
to inform the technician when the dial indicated zero, so that he might
start his work. The demonstrator announced at the start that the
function of this instrument was to differentiate heat spots of the
human body, so it is hard to understand why this dial had to hang at a
zero. If the instrument registered the heat of the spot with which it
came in contact the dial should swing to its respective position
regardless of where it hung previous to application. For some reason
unknown to the writer, the technician found it necessary to constantly
place his finger against one of the terminals after an application and
aid the dial to resume its position near the zero. One cant help but
wonder if this instrument is scientifically correct. In the first place, it
should register the heat of the spot under application regardless of
where the dial hung beforehand, and in the second place, one must
wonder if the inventor has failed to master the cooling principle which
is so necessary for correct and accurate readings. No one ever saw a
Neurocalometer technician juggle the dial with his fingers to bring it
back to zero. No one ever saw a Neurocalometer technician worry
about where the dial stood before application to the body.
Chiropractors who may be pros-
292
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
pective purchasers of this instrument are entitled to know the answers
to these two questions.
The less said about technique, the better. No allowance was made
for any false readings that might be caused by hair heat in the region
of the occiput. The fact that bone is a better retainer of heat than flesh
was not taken into consideration thruout the entire reading. According
to the writers limited knowledge of anatomy, spinal nerves usually
emit directly opposite each other, but this technician apparently
thought there was a difference of approximately a half inch in various
parts of the spine and no difference between the positions of the
respective foramina in other parts. Where the clothing was in contact
with the sacral region there may have been a slight heat difference, but
this technician didnt seem to think that made any difference. When
the reading was complete (?) no check was made to see whether or not
the original selections still held. The patient was then adjusted in three
or four places without any thought being given to the fact that cord
pressure might be existing, et cetera, et cetera. Some day when this
technician reads a booklet on Neurocalometer technique hell
probably succumb to a permanent blush. True enough, two or three of
the spots selected showed an apparent reduction. The audience doesnt
know whether those readings were still there before the adjustment
was made or whether they had disappeared two minutes after the
reading was made. If memory serves the writer correctly, no reading
along the course of the spine proper was over one and one-half points,
which also made one wonder about the construction of this apparatus.
This demonstration proved just the same thing that demonstrations
of all the other so-called rometers are proving. As yet D. D. Evins is
the only man who has worked out the real scientific principle of the
Neurocalometer. Others may throw together some sort of an apparatus
which may resemble the Neurocalometer and which may be said to do
the same work as the Neurocalometer, but thus far none have qualified
on the latter point. It took Evins over a year of daily concentration to
perfect this principle, and Evins is a genius. Can one reasonably
expect a money-grabber to sprout the same thing over night? Well,
hardly.
293
HISTORY REPEATS
You chiropractors who read this ponder a little. Dont let that first
thought about price unbalance your good common sense. Get the
straight dope before you make any definite statements or conclusions
and youll soon see that B.J. has the only real Neurocalometer, has
bona fide patent claims on file, and has the only method of putting out
the Neurocalometer that will protect the sick people from inefficiency
and the chiropractors from strangulation at the hands of enemies.
It is well appreciated that what is written here will go into the files of
record once it appears in the F.H.N. The writer has no hesitancy in
presenting what he knows is the truth and if there are those who
challenge his veracity they are invited to file this article and bide their
time until we see who is right.

PETTIFOGGING
Webster would define this word his way. But Ill define it mine.
Synonyms: Subterfuges, alibies, evasions, inferences, innuendos.
Definition: When you havent a leg to stand on, bluff it thru as tho
all the world was at your feet. When the BIG thing is absent, try and
make a molehill into a mountain. To see it work, attend any police
court and watch the hangers on lawyers stall.
In writing this short squib I will give examples as they come to our
attention. They dont worry us, but they may you.

The Neurocalometer DOES the work it purports to do. It covers it to

the satisfaction of every person who can reason, who has ever seen it
demonstrated.
We know of a few Chiropractors who havent the money. The
reasons they give for not getting one is the way THEY pettifog.

The Neurocalometer truthfully states exactly what happens that it

records.
It is interesting to note how those who cannot palpate or adjust
pettifog how the instrument is not capable of telling the competent
294
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
from the incompetent. It is the Neurocalometer that is always at
fault. That is pettifogging.

The Neurocalometer has been demonstrated many places. It has met

the satisfaction of the majority.
There isnt an imitation which will deliver the same work, quality
considered, truthfully portrayed.
Imitators pettifog in many ways to make it appear that theirs is just
as good.

In the absence of any patent situation upon which they can rely, all
the imitators stall with pettifogging excuses why what we do now
BEFORE PATENTS ARE ISSUED is perfectly legal. But they will
not tell you what WILL happen as soon as the patents ARE issued.

The P.S.C. came out strong for the preservation of the rights of the
Chiropractic profession. That those in it who were worthy had a right
to continue practicing. Therefore our restriction policy to protect
THEM in that right.
Imitators started to oppose that policy by selling to anybody and
everybody.
Then the profession woke up to how that program meant their
ruination and downfall; woke up to the dangers in that policy and
began to split the hides of the imitators.
They began PETTIFOGGINGWe sell only to 100 per cent
Chiropractors; which, in the language of pettifogging, means
anybody-anyhow, unless specific conditions are specified as to what
constitutes a 100 per cent Chiropractor.
One imitator who recently called upon us said he was putting the
money they made from sales in the bank. They were not spending it.
They were keeping it there as against the day when the patent situation
was cleared up.
This is another way of pettifogging on their right to make a cleancut
sale with no provisos.
295
HISTORY REPEATS
This same fellow stated that they were finding sales few and far
between. That the profession was afraid to buy because of the patent
situation. That the buyers were asking for guarantees.
He said they would give one. It consisted of a guarantee that all the
money they received from sales they would put in the bank. How is
that for a PETTIFOGGING sales guarantee?

This same fellow states that the Chiropractic profession was afraid
of buying because of our Buyers Beware statement. He gave me
credit for being SOME salesman, which was but another
PETTIFOGGING way of complimenting me on knowing where I
stood and where HE DID NOT stand.

Another imitator has PETTIFOGGED by retaliating to our Buyers

Beware by suggesting that the buyer insist upon a guarantee from us.
Three have asked us for them. We have just as promptly issued such to
their satisfaction. (This, of course, proves our sincerity in our
position.) These three have then retaliated back on the imitators
ASKING THEM for some guarantee just as good. To date we have
heard many PETTIFOGGING arguments against their giving any.
Do the imitators give a guarantee that is? They pettifog!

Another imitator down East tried to place a contract for a

Neurocalometer. He came in too late for the low price. He tried every
honorable means at his command to persuade us to accept his contract
in spite of the fact that he was late and that we treated everybody fair
and square. We returned him his money because he refused to pay the
difference.
As A PETTIFOG, the next thing we hear is that he is now on the
market with an imitation. His reason why HE has one is the
PETTIFOG.

Another man we have in mind came to see a demonstration of the

Neurocalometer. He was completely sold to it. He begged with tears in
his eyes to have us take his contract, with his note as
296
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
entire collateral. No cash! We refused because we were accepting only
CASH contracts. We understand now that he is berating me and
belittling the Neurocalometer. That is pettifogging.

Another imitator has an instrument which has the usual hot-and-cold

junction, which makes its action slow and more inefficient. So, to
overcome all this, he hooks up an instrument to the electric 100-volt
current found in any house, steps it down thru a transformer, which
lights a bead of light that moves back and forth over the dial. By a
system of refracted light, he makes an actual 1-point reading show up
on the dial as 6 or 7. He thus deceives every Chiropractor and every
patient as to the actual facts being recorded and will do inestimable
harm. We call this scientific PETTIFOGGING. It produces a false and
artificial exaggeration of the readings.

One usual and regular form of PETTIFOGGING is the stalling that

is consistently practiced by all imitators when they try to explain why
their instrument is slow, why it will not record the high readings, why
they have to let it cool off, and why they have to waste so much time
in talking between actual working on a back.

Another common form of PETTIFOGGING is their statements that,

after all, the Neurocalometer is but a stock galvanometer and a
pyrometer, both of which are as old as the hills. That is all theirs is.
Therefore the PETTIFOGGING statements to justify.

The Neurocalometer, however, is something more than that,

therefore accomplishes more than thatnone of which has as yet been
figured out by any PETTIFOGGER in their imitations.

Every imitator presents, sooner or later, a letter from some patent

attorney which justifies them publishing it, which claims that UNTIL
THE TIME THE PATENTS ARE ISSUED they
297
HISTORY REPEATS
can do anything they want in manufacturing and selling, and you can
do anything you want in buying and using. And right there is where
they stop. They do not assure you what you CAN do AFTER the
patents ARE issued. We call this PETTIFOGGING on the present
tense of the question.

Have you noticed how these pettifoggers say something like this:
There are no patents, therefore there are no infringements; therefore
you cannot be injured in your rights, and anyhow those things cant be
patented. BUT, IF . Then they pettifog about how it cant be
done, BUT, IF it is done, we will get around it some other
way.
One imitator even went so far as to definitely make the statement
before a group before whom he was demonstrating, that IF
patents WERE issued he would take his pocketknife and whittle off a
piece of wood on the handle of his detector and that would change the
design, and nobody could stop him from going on. PETTIFOGGING!

A certain former instructor of The P.S.C. was making a dem-

onstration on a Sunday down in Pennsylvania. He did his best to make
sales. He didnt get any.
Seven days later, or on the next Sunday, he gave another dem-
onstration in Chicago, at which time they were not taking orders.
They just came here to make demonstrations. They would do nothing
to injure their reputations until after the patent situation was settled.
The difference was that I had three men present, at Chicago, to
secure sufficient direct statement evidence to use against this man
when infringement suit would be filed.
It shows how men MUST pettifog when their footing is unstable.
They must be careful what they say, according to who is in the
audience.
298
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
Have you noticed the pettifogging in the infringing names? Ours is a
NEUROCALOMETER You have noticed how closely allied the most
of the others were. Usually two of the joint words are alike.
PETTIFOGGING on titles.
NEUROCALOMETER is trade-marked. Infringements on that are
as vital as on instruments direct. However, that is another angle to the
legal issue that will arise later.
Another imitator, to make it appear different than it is, says: The
same people who make Palmers instruments also make ours. Tis
not so. How they do PETTIFOG to make sales!

Said another imitator, who called to see me about the legal situation:
I paid my good money as a student of The P.S.C. to learn about
hot-boxes. You taught me. Therefore I bought and paid for, and you
delivered to me, that instruction, therefore there is nothing you can do
to stop me from using that education at any time and in any way. He
was PETTIFOGGING himself, not me.

For years various hylo table manufacturers have been evading and
infringing upon several hylo table patents I have held. I have never
prosecuted anyone at any time. Finally one of these fellows began
infringing upon the Neurocalometer. He now has two hylo table
infringing suits pending against him in the Federal Court of this
district.
The hylo table idea is ours. But we never squealed about somebody
making tables and injuring us.
But just as soon as the Neurocalometer idea came out, as presented
by us, the bottom fell out of the table business with everybody. Hence,
they were quick to jump us for ruining their businessWHICH IN
REALITY WAS OURS ALL THE TIME.
We never squealed when THEY infringed upon OUR patents. But
when they began to infringe upon OUR Neurocalometer, we then
woke up that it was time to protect OUR interests. How they
PETTIFOG!
299
HISTORY REPEATS
One of the pettifogging arguments we occasionally get is: Well, if
B.J. can do so darn much, why doesnt he start some infringement
suits on somebody that has been violating his Hylo Table
infringements?
Up until just recently, I have never had any deliberate occasion
which incited any desire in me to do that very thing. Competition has
been clean and honorable. But recently one C. H. Jones, representing
the Champion Table Co., jumped into this Neuro-
calometer-infringement-issue in an unpleasant and unsatisfactory
manner. As a result there are now two infringment suits resting against
him in the Federal Court, District of Iowa.
We can do it when we deem it necessary! Just because we NEVER
did is no reason we NEVER CAN.

And, by contrast, note how plain, square, open and aboveboard The
P.S.C. has been on meeting every issue as it has arisen. We have
sidestepped none. We have openly explained every position we have
assumed. Have made restrictions which were not understood, and
when asked to explain, then we have done so without equivocation.
We have met every issue on the patent situation. We have explained
the facts legally, citing cases.
In fact, it has been our aggressive attitude that has forced all
imitators to begin pettifogging to save face. Even that wont save
them. The facts are closing in around them tighter week by week,
issue by issue of The F.H.N.

I know the general impression is held that the infringers are doing
some business. We have kept a very close tab on the amount of
business done by every imitation on the market. We know of some
sixteenthere may be more. I have been getting accurate and reliable
reports from inside and outside circles.
I believe that I am reasonably safe when I say that ALL THE
IMITATORS COMBINED HAVE NOT SOLD OVER 50 (FIFTY)
instruments. No, I did not mean 500; I meant 505x10.
300
BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER
You thot the profession would flock to them because they were
cheaper, because they were just as good, and because of many
other reasons. Those might have been good reasons TO buy, but on
the opposite side there were MANY REASONS why a man should
NOT buy.
Few want to deliberately buy into a lawsuit when a few weeks
waiting would settle it all. None are so anxious to buy TODAY that
they are willing to pay a court action to get it.
As a lawyer would say, the profession is status quo, except with
The P.S.C. We are selling right along, since July 1st. We are receiving
orders every day. The field seems to feel that if anybody is safe, B.J.
isat least he isnt infringing on anybody else BEFORE HIM,
because these infringers letters all admit that the Patent office is silent
on previous state of the art.
The P.S.C. does not pettifog. That is what builds for confidence.
301
CHAPTER 48
The Story Of
SPRINTER OR MARATHON
(Fountain Head News, Sept. 27, 1924, TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
This is the tale of the tortoise and the hare, professionally
modernized by B.J.
The ancient tale, as we remember it, was of a bet placed on who
could win the race; and, for some reason, the tortoise won. There
seems to have been bad judgment used by the hare, therefore he lost.
The sprinter speeds for a short distance and spurts at the finish, to
reach the tape. His wind is short, distance is short, time is short. The
marathoner takes on long distance, gets into stride, gets his second,
third, and fourth wind, and comes in on the long run with distance at
his command.
The Chiropractic profession has always had turtles and rabbits,
sprinters and marathoners, milkers and feeders. They were never
pointed out so clearly or clean-cut as is happening today.
The race is being run, profession is standing on sidelines watching to
see how each other runs the race. Turtles are taking their pace; hares
are taking theirs. Sprinters are sprintingmarathon runners are getting
into stride. Sprinters and hares are outdistancing the marathoners and
tortoisesin some instances. But then, were getting ahead of our
story!
Let us unravel the application!
Chiropractic is suffering from the lost confidence of a long-suffering
public. We say tic is suffering only because the TORS feel it so.
TORS are suffering from lost confidence best expressed in lost
business. All of this is what it is because of certain types of
practitioners and schools doing those many things which have ruined
the confidence of the publicwhich we once had.
While this is general, as a principle, it is specific in its application. It
strikes at the dollar we should have but some unworthy has ruined our
opportunity to earn it by service rendered
302
SPRINTER OR MARATHON
Now comes the neurocalometer. Then follows its restriction to those
who are worthy, competent, qualified, weighing every man and
woman from every angleeducational, professional, personal,
financial, social, advertising, association membership, support given
to worthy movements, etc.
The minute the immensity of the entire program dawned upon
EVERY Chiropractor, that minute each began to question himself as
to where he stacked up in the equation; whether he could or would
come thru; whether he could come to scratch and come clean,
sufficient to be worthy of a neurocalometer. Could he redeem his past
professional life in the eyes of the NCM program?
Each Chiropractor answered those questions all by himself. He
answered them in the light of his past practices, the state of his mind
and intents. Nobody but himself placed him where he was.
When he had properly stacked himself today, against himself
yesterday, here is where he found himself:
1st. worthyplaced his order at once.
2nd. worthy, but without cashendorsed the program and bided his
time.
3rd. unworthy and out of joint professionally, with many sub-
luxationsbegan alibiing with subterfuges why he did not get
one.
4th. unworthy and out of step with the programto save face,
purchased some imitation.
Each fellow put himself where he, IN HIS OWN MIND, knew he
WOULD BE PLACED sooner or later; so, rather than let another put
him, he did the sprinting hare act by properly classifying himself, by
preference. This was and is his right!
Where are the tortoise and the hare? Where are the sprinter and the
marathoner?

Here and there an imitation bursts into print, offers free service,
continues to do just what he has always done that has permitted
himself to classify himself. In a few instances, this has occurred before
our neurocalometer has arrived. In some instances, the real and
spurious are both working in the same town.
303
HISTORY REPEATS
The real resents the invasion of the spurious, and writes us. For him,
this story of the sprinter and the marathon racer is told.
The race is still on!

Now comes the tortoise. He looks out of his left eye and sees the
hare racing by. How can the hare win this race?
Now comes the worthy, competent, and qualified, with his
neurocalometer. He looks out of his right eye and sees the imitator
undermining the high standard set by the neurocalometer program.
How can he win this race?
The race is still on!

Could we have mapped, planned, and arranged this program with a

specific and exacting design, we could not have thot it out as far in
advance as it is actually now taking place, to accomplish the ultimate
end of our program.
These people who have purposely classified themselves have for
some reason or other preferred placing themselves in the class that
Chiropractic would be better off without. For the most part, they are of
that type that have always more or less, in one way or another, been a
detriment and an injury to Chiropractic.
We had placed restrictions around the neurocalometer to protect it
from that class and character, so they would not get one. We proposed
to believe that Chiropractic would be better off without them, so that
ChiropracTIC might live on in its purity for posterity.
NOW, thru the race of the hare and the tortoise, the sprinter and
marathoner, THEY ELIMINATE THEMSELVESand that is more
than we had figured ahead to see that they would do.
The program is working better than we anticipated!
The turtle is winning the race! The hare used bad judgment and fell
asleephe didnt figure far enough ahead! The turtle now directs his
story to the hare. The sprinter has run his short space and the
marathoner doubles back.
304
SPRINTER OR MARATHON
Suppose you get an imitation. Having it, you advertise it, talk it, sell
it, build up a demand for its service amongst your patients. You tell
them what it is, what it will do. They see you make a reading, see
reductions (of a sort). They understand what is taking place. (And the
nearer the imitation is to the genuine, the easier the downfall later).
You make the IMITATION indispensable TO THEM. You have
SOLD THEM the neurocalometer-service-idea, via the imitation.
Every imitation burns incense on the altar of the neurocalometer.
Every imitator who changes from no entangling alliances whatsoever,
first come, first served, 100 per cent Chiropractors only, offers a final
prayer to the wisdom of the neurocalometer program. Their activities
but again and again shout from the housetops The P.S.C. and its idea
of better Chiropractic service.
During that period where the public mind was in doubt on the patent
situation, everybody worth while is or will be getting in on the ground
floor of neurocalometer service. Others not so friendly are committing
themselves to our plan, policy, and program; and still others wait to
see which way the tornado will strike so they can jump to physical and
financial safety. Oh, I know you, but it is tribute you pay to the
neurocalometer, and it is tribute you pay to The P.S.C. programif
not today, then TOMORROW!

Suppose we come along and permanently legally enjoin you from

any and all further and future use of your imitation, at any time in any
way. What then? What happens to your practice? What happens to the
minds of your patients? They KNOW what YOU told them it would
do. They saw what it did do. They have felt decided improvement.
Being enjoined, you can no longer render them the service idea you
sold them. You have created a demand for a service, in their minds,
which you can no longer render. Being enjoined, where is YOUR
business going? To the man or woman who HAS a neurocalometer
and can keep it working without fear of future molestation.
Is there any good, sound, logical, business reason why WE should
not now let you spend your money advertising and building up
business for the worthy, competent, and qualified Chiropractors who
HAVE neurocalometers?
305
HISTORY REPEATS
The quicker you buy the imitation, the more you advertise it, the
more business you get from its use, the more of all this goes FROM
YOU TO NEUROCALOMETER USER, a trifle later.

Suppose later, getting desperate, you come frantically to us to secure

a neurocalometer lease, to save your business. Suppose, then, we tell
you that you had the same right to secure a neurocalometer, to place
confidence in us, to come here the same as those who did and NOW
have YOUR business. What moral rights have you to prevail upon us
then?
Suppose, as a penalty, we restrict you for one year for misplaced
confidencewhere would YOUR business go in that year? The
answer is simplethe problem easily solvedit will go FROM YOU
TO HIMto the one who can deliver the service for which you
created a demand. When THAT happens, you will feel the lash. Did
we do it, or did you bring it upon yourself? Every man fits himself into
his proper niche and fills it.

The tortoise on his marathon is now passing the hare on his sprint.
This is but another instance of where the unworthy, unqualified, and
incompetent Chiropractor is deliberately, maliciously, and with malice
aforethought committing his own professional hari-kari suicide. He
shaped his own ends to doing the thing we most desired to have him
do.
Every man has a right to cast his bread upon the waters. Some cast it
upon the imitation water and it comes back soggy. Others cast it upon
the genuine, only to have it return sandwiches.
Any man who buys or sells or uses an imitation works himself into
our program, professionally and financially, to the betterment of those
who remain in business because they bought the original invention.
This BACK TO CHIROPRACTIC NEUROCALOMETER
PROGRAM calls for the elimination of the unfit. Those who are unfit
are digging THEIR OWN graves and putting a banana peeling under
the other foot.
306
SPRINTER OR MARATHON
But theres still another angle to this race.
Look over the schoolshere one, there onemany of them are
creating imitations.
The minute the immensity of this professional-uplift program
dawned upon Chiropractic schools, and every other Chiropractic
school, that minute each and every such began to put the questions to
themselves to find out whether they were worthy or unworthy to
continue living. They began to find themselves the same as did the
Chiropractors as individuals.
Some of these schools have, in self defense gone into the
manufacturing field. Others are acting as jobbers in buying and
sellingat any rate they are creating a demand for neuroXYZmeter
service in their students minds; they are building up a clientele, a
patronage based upon the neurocalometer service idea. They pay
tribute to the neurocalometer! They are teaching it in their schools;
they are proving it on their students; they are inculcating the
tremendous potential values of the neurocalometeridea in their
minds. They are spending money advertising the idea to the
Chiropractic profession at large. They are helping us put over the idea.

It is plainly evident that they HAD to get a substitute to the

neurocalometer TO HOLD their business. Not being able to get the
NCM, they saw business going to those who could; otherwise, why
did they go into the imitation substitution with such fervor and
ferocity?

Suppose, then, we legally enjoin this and that school from acting as
manufacturer or jobber and further prohibit them from using any
instrument which in any way infringes upon our apparatus or process
claimswhich means more than they imagine at present. What then?
What happens in the minds of their students? They know what YOU
told them it would do. They saw for themselves. When all this is taken
from them, what is the state of their minds? Where is their
confidence? These schools can no longer render the service it sold
them.
The higher they builded the students minds, the harder the flop
when the injunction takes it all away.
307
HISTORY REPEATS
Where, then, is that created respect for the neurocalometer-
imitation-service going to go? Naturally, back to the neurocalometer.
The answer is simplethe school problem solvedthe students will
gravitate to that or those schools where they CAN get the kind of
service with safetyfrom the inventors direct. The patients in the
school clinic will, because of being educated to it, go to those
practitioners in their cities who HAVE neurocalometers and CAN
KEEP THEM with no fear of lawsuit.

Is there any good, sound, logical, business reason why we should not
allow these schools to go on advertising and creating a demand for
neurocalometer service? If it is their wish to spend much money, time,
thot, labor, and effort to write, advertise, and travel, demonstrate to
create a demand for a service which The P.S.C. can deliver, arent
THEY building NOW a business for US TOMORROW? Why should
we stop them, for the present?

Suppose, getting desperate, they come to us to secure a neuro-

calometer privilege in their school.
They then must square themselves with the neurocalometer program
to see whether they are worthy, competent, and qualified; whether
what they have been teaching IS Chiropractic; whether their graduates
are worthy of a continued existence in the field; whether what they
have been calling Palmer Methods was ever even tainted with
Palmer, or not. It is painfully evident that their activities in the
imitation field were NOT.
The answer is simplethe problem solvedbusiness will go from
those unworthy, incompetent, unqualified schools to those who have a
neurocalometer service to teach, deliver, and render; from that school
which now finds itself unable to deliver, to that school WHICH CAN
deliver the service for which these other institutions have created a
demand. Then they face the issue squarely as to whether or not there
was any excuse for their being in business except to make money. The
issue is a fair one and must be met if ChiropracTIC is to live on in its
purity for posterity.
308
SPRINTER OR MARATHON
This is another instance of where the hare thot he was far enough
ahead of the tortoise to be safe enough to do anything he saw fit; thot
the spurt of the sprinter was greater than the long run of the
marathoner; hence purchased or manufactured imitations. But the
slow-moving tortoise was waddling, and while he was waddling he
was thinking. The tortoise was planning the marathon race; tomorrow
rather than today.
Meanwhile, the unworthy, unqualified and incompetent Chiro-
practic schools are placing themselves, finding themselves, putting
themselves into position with intention. They are deliberately,
maliciously, and with malice aforethought committing professional
hari-kari upon themselves, and the long-suffering public will get from
under.
They have shaped their own ends to doing the very thing we most
desired to have them do. Isnt it so?
Any school that manufactures or sells imitations, helps us to more
quickly attain the end of cleaning the profession, for he helps us pick
out the ones that ought to go by properly putting himself into the
classification in which he rightfully belongs.
And the race is still running!

Those Chiropractors or Chiropractic schools who buy neuro-

XYZmeters are those who, for one or more reasons, the profession is
better off without.
Here and there is an innocent fellow, purposely roped in, but hell
get right quicker than later.
They have placed themselves by doing what they did. That proves
the necessity for their elimination. If their business falls, it is because
they builded on the sprint quicksand.

To save the pennies today, they commit suicide tomorrow. They thus
prove themselves milkers upon Chiropractic.
To sprint 100 yards in 10 seconds today, they forfeit the marathon of
100 miles tomorrow.
They thus prove an inferior judgment that does not deserve a place
in our profession.
309
HISTORY REPEATS
Men live or die as they prove themselves!
Twas ever such!

This is the story of the marathoning tortoise and the sprinting hare,
modernized in its application to Chiropractors ( ? ) and Chiropractic
(?) schools, and done up and put into print by B.J. himself.
(The Fountain Head News, September 27, 1924, TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
310
CHAPTER 49
The Story Of
EMPHASIZING ONE VERY VITAL POINT
(Fountain Head News, November 22,1924, TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Patient enters PHYSICIANS office. Physician asks many questions;
patient answers them. Patient volunteers much information, etc.
Physician then takes all this data, mixes them well in his mind with
medical training and experience he has had, out of which comes an
assemblage of systematization called a DIAGNOSIS. Diagnosis is
based on HISTORY. After he gets diagnosis, he knows what to
prescribe, for it follows certain set and cut rules.
Patient enters CHIROPRACTORS office. Chiropractor asks many
questions; patient answers them. Patient volunteers much information,
etc.
Chiropractor then takes all this data, mixes them well in his mind
with the Chiropractic training and experience he has had, out of which
comes an assemblage of systematization called an ANALYSIS.
Analysis is based on HISTORY. After he gets the analysis he knows
what to adjust, for it follows certain set and cut rules.
Physician gets history which leads to diagnosis, which leads to belly.
Chiropractor gets history which leads to analysis, which leads to back.
Only difference is WHERE WE TURN WHEN WE TURNone to
belly, other to back.
(Fountain Head News, November 22,1924, TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
311
CHAPTER 50
The Story Of
SOME ONE ELSE DOES IT
(Fountain Head News, December 13,1924. TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
When the neurocalometer was publicly announced in May of this
year (1924) we had heard of no other instruments which were
supposed to be even similar in their function. Yet, within the short
space of a very few weeks, several self-styled imitations miraculously
made their appearance in the field; and if we were to believe all
announcements, every one of these was as good as, if not better than
the neurocalometer.
Furthermore, the men behind production of these articles modestly
admitted that their main motive in offering these to the Chiropractors
of the country was to save the profession from being robbed by B.J.
Since the advent of these so-called imitations, it has been our policy
to carefully refrain from discussing any instrument other than the
neurocalometer, and our representatives in the field have been
instructed to follow this policy. If these instructions have been carried
out, and we believe they have, we can honestly state that no one
officially connected with The P.S.C. has ever been guilty of belittling
the product of any of these individuals. It is very gratifying to note,
however, that others who are not interested in us are perfectly willing
to expose the facts in connection with one of these so-called
imitations.
It will be interesting for our readers to know that already several of
these mushroom instruments, for which so much was originally
claimed, have become matters of history. Others are beginning to see
the handwriting on the wall.
We herewith reproduce an article which has been published in the
December issue of Radio News, edited by Hugo Gernsback and
published by the Experimenter Publishing Company, New York.
We have received permission from the publishers to republish this in
The F.H.N.
312
SOME ONE ELSE DOES IT
The Latest Radio Swindle
By Hugo Gernsback
Since radio became popular, the general public has pounced upon it as the
marvel of the age, which truly it is. The non-technical man, if told of any new and
seemingly impossible wonder that has been performed by radio, is not at all
incredulous, but willing to believe anything and everything as long as the magic
word of radio is connected with the new wonder. If it were to be announced
tomorrow by some exploiter that by means of a new radio outfit we could live to
be a hundred, there would be a huge sale for such an outfit. Indeed, there is very
little the public will not believe that cannot be accomplished by means of the
marvelous radio.
We had occasion before to mention through the columns of Radio News a new
crop of unscrupulous exploiters who have sprung up of late to take advantage of
this public belief in radio, in order to make huge sums of money. In our June,
1924, issue, we showed some of the faking which has already been carried out. It
seems that only the fullest and widest publicity can eradicate the new evil with
which radio is threatened. To the non-technical man, we give this warningIF
AT ANY TIME YOU ARE APPROACHED BY A SO-CALLED DOCTOR
OR PRACTITIONER TO UNDERGO A PHYSICAL TREATMENT IN WHICH
A REGULATION RADIO OUTFIT IS USEDSHUN HIM AS YOU WOULD
A BURGLAR. Both operate on the same principle, namely, to extract money from
you, with the difference that the burglar should get the benefit of the doubtat
least he is fair minded about it and does not deprive you of your hard-earned
money under false pretenses.
We have to do today with the Wonder (?) of the AgeTHE NEURO-
PHONOMETER, manufactured by one George D. Rogers, D. C., Ph. C., former
Dean of the Texas Chiropractic College, 1715 Main Avenue, San Antonio, Texas.
We give Dr. Rogers full publicity on the Neurophonometer so that any
individual who desires to know all about the conductivity of his nerves can buy
this $50 radio outfit masquerading under the high-sounding name of
neurophonometer, for the small sum of $500-CASH, as advertised by Rogers.
The Neurophonometer, as our illustrations show, is a regular radio outfit thinly
disguised. On the front panel there is a vacuum tube for some reason or other not
very clear to anyone, and a Baldwin phone. The outfit looks very formidable to
say the least, and the poor victim who is to undergo treatment must certainly be
inspired by the sight of the variegated knobs, voltmeter, dials and other
paraphernalia which are soon to help cure him.
The Neurophonometer is of course never sold to private individuals. It is sold
to certain practitioners who fall for the humbug and who in turn tickle their
prospective victims spine by means of a free electrode supposed to carry the
radio current.
The following paragraphs are taken from Dr. Rogers pamphlet:
313
HISTORY REPEATS
The Neurophonometer is a highly sensitive electric instrument constructed to
measure the exact conductivity of the nerves of the entire body. The
Neurophonometer does not measure the conductivity by a hypothetical point
called normal, BUT IT DETERMINES THE VARIANCE FROM THE
CAPACITY AND INDUCTANCE OF THE BRAIN (DYNAMO) WHICH
GENERATES THE LIFE FORCE OF THE BODY. THE RATE OF THE
GENERATION IS THE RATE OF CONDUCTIVITY IF THE NERVE IS FREE
FROM PRESSURE. If there is interference with the flow of life force, the
Neurophonometer will register the degree. Surface temperature does not alter the
efficiency of the Neurophonometer because IT IS ACTUALLY DETERMINING
THE CONDUCTIVITY OF THE NERVE. This was determined by locating an
impinged nerve with the Neurophonometer under ordinary conditions, then heat
was applied over the nerve being tested, then the instrument showed that the heat
increased the conductivity of the nerve about one-fourth of one unit; an ice pack
was then applied over the same nerve, and the instrument showed that the
interference was increased by the cold one-third of one unit. BY ELECTRICAL
LAWS THIS TEST PROVES THAT THE NEUROPHONOMETER
ACTUALLY MEASURED THE CONDUCTIVITY OF THE NERVE.
Probably the most important feature of the Neurophonometer is the
establishment of the positive normal conductivity of the nerves. This is important,
BECAUSE EVERYONE HAS A DIFFERENT FREQUENCY, therefore it would
be very difficult to determine an average; even then the test would not be specific.
BUT BY DETERMINING WHAT THE INDIVIDUAL PATIENTS
FREQUENCY IS, then test the nerves by comparison, THE TEST IS
ABSOLUTELY SPECIFIC AND SCIENTIFIC.
AFTER THE CAPACITY AND INDUCTANCE OF THE BRAIN HAS
BEEN DETERMINED, the free electrode is placed over the nerve to be tested. If
this nerve is free from pressure, IT WILL TEST IN RESONANCE WITH THE
BRAIN, but if there is pressure it will test BELOW THE CAPACITY AND
INDUCTANCE OF THE BRAIN, and the Chiropractor will know the degree of
interference to the flow of life force.
The tests are made with an oscillating circuit that is made audible by the aid of
radio principles. Therefore, the test is an audible test, which is six times as
sensitive as the most sensitive galvanometer. This, of course, increases the
efficiency of the instrument in locating nerve impingements.
The Neurophonometer is so constructed that the technique is easily and
readily mastered, but of course experience increases your efficiency. Its wearing
parts are only three, and they are inexpensive to replace and can make all
necessary repairs or adjustments. You can learn to operate it in a short while, and
practice makes perfect.
Should you buy one, you will be instructed in its use. Its value or worth
cannot be estimated in dollars and cents. However, we have decided upon a fair
price, which will always remain at a minimum of $500 cash. Labor conditions and
supplies may make it go higher, but there is little possibility that it will ever be
cheaper.
314
SOME ONE ELSE DOES IT
Dont be afraid you cannot be supplied.
We guarantee delivery in thirty days. There is no hurry.
You have until tomorrow to decide, and should you want advice, seek it.
Good advice is always desirable.
The Neurophonometer is constructed and operated by POSITIVE LAWS OF
PHYSICS. It will be opened up at any time for inspection by electrical experts,
and its every part explained in detail. It can stand the testit is so constructed.
The Neurophonometer has been in the process of making for over a year, and
it has proved its value to Chiropractic to the entire satisfaction of everyone who
has seen the demonstration. The alarmist, the skeptic and the non-believer have all
had their fling at this instrument and, strange as it may seem, THE LITTLE
VOICE OF INNATE SPEAKS THROUGH THE TRANSMITTER just the same
and tells the Chiropractor THE EXACT POINT OF INTERFERENCE WITH
THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATORY LIFE FORCE.
Dont discard your X-ray, it may mean dollars and cents to you sometime in a
malpractice suit.

Questions Answered by Dr. Rogers

Q. How does the Neurophonometer differ from other instruments announced?
A. We have not seen the other instruments. The Neurophonometer is A
PROVEN SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT WHICH REGISTERS THE LIFE
FORCE being carried by a nerve.
Q. Is the Neurophonometer difficult to operate?
A. No. The instructions furnished are sufficient to learn to operate this
instrument. You will improve continually as you use and operate the instrument,
the same as driving a car. It is operated similar to a radio receiver, BUT MORE
SIMPLE.
Q. How long does it take to make a reading or analysis of the spine?
A. Average, 10 minutes.
Q. Does the patient feel any shock?
A. Absolutely none.
First, the Neurophonometer is not a mere finder of hotboxes. In fact, its
functioning does not depend upon surface heat at all. What the Neurophonometer
really MEASURES IS THE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF THE NERVE,
and inasmuch as science has virtually established the fact that the transmission of
impulses over nerves is essentially electrical in nature, THIS MEASUREMENT
OF ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY CONSTITUTES A DIRECT
INDICATION OF THE ABILITY OF THE NERVE TO TRANSMIT MENTAL
IMPULSES. Here we have a direct means of determining the degree of
impingement on any nerve.
315
HISTORY REPEATS
The second great advantage of the Neurophonometer is that in giving a
reading the operator is guided by his ear. With receivers clamped over his ears, he
adjusts the dials so as to get the maximum sound. Such a method is regarded by
workers in the exact science as being at least six times as sensitive as any
recording device and is resorted to whenever great precision is desired and the
nature of the work permits of its use.
The parts which have been capitalized by us show the silly nonsense that is
being paraded before unsuspecting buyers. If Dr. Rogers sells many of these $50
outfits for $500 he should soon grow rich, but it is particularly the crass nonsense
of the technical verbiage that Dr. Rogers uses which is so offensive to the man of
science. For instance, the sentence:
After the capacity and inductance of the brain has been determined, the free
electrode is placed over the nerve to be tested. If this nerve is free from pressure it
will test in resonance with the brain, but if there is pressure it will test below the
capacity and inductance of the brain, and the Chiropractor will know the degree of
INTERFERENCE (?) to the flow of life force.
If you have ever read any greater nonsense in your life than this, we would like
to see it.
That the Neurophonometer will not only test nothing, but will do nothing else
either, is absolutely certain. That it cannot do anything is for the simple reason
firstthat it is absolutely impossible by any present means to measure the exact
conductivity of the nerves of the entire body, as claimed by Rogers. It is
impossible for the simple reason that nearly all nerves are embodied in conductive
tissues of the human body. If you could take out a nerve from the human body and
connect two wires to it, you could test the conductivity of such a nerve. It is
impossible with means available today to test the conductivity of anything
WITHIN the human body for the simple reason that you cannot get at it. Even if
you did get at it, it would do you no good. This, for the simple reason that it
would be impossible to measure the conductivity of the nerves as long as they are
embedded in other tissues of the human body because such tissue is a conductor
itself.
To illustrate this point, it is exactly as if you took a large bundle of bare copper
wires and twisted them up into a single solid strand. If all the wires were touching
each other it would be impossible to measure the conductivity of any one strand.
In the human body such a test would be even more complicated because the
different tissues have different values of conductivity.
It will be noticed that in one of the captions under one of the photographs we
say as follows: Determining capacity and inductance of the brain
ABSOLUTELY NO ELECTRICITY GETS TO THE PATIENT. This is a
caption taken from the Rogers pamphlet. If no electricity gets to the patient, how
then can you measure the capacity and inductance of the brain? In the first place,
you can just as well determine the electrical
316
SOME ONE ELSE DOES IT
capacity and inductance of the brain as you can scientifically measure the capacity
for Chinese in the tail of a soused herring; both are equally nonsensicalboth
mean nothing.
In one of the other captions, it will be noticed, it says: Finding the interference
with transmission. In another part of the pamphlet Dr. Rogers tells us that
absolutely no electricity gets to the patient, but some of it must get to the poor
patient somehow, because otherwise how could you find the interference with
transmission? Also, how does Rogers get the interference and how the
transmission? All v-e-r-y deep and dark, and all of it PURE BUNK!!!
But we are at least thankful to Dr. Rogers for printing his pamphlet. It has
caused us many a good laugh and anyone who wants to laugh long and loudly,
should send for one to Dr. Rogers, at the address we have given. We are sorry that
we have been unable to print all of it, but we assure you it is all good.
In making our $1,000 offer to Dr. Rogers, we do so light-heartedly. We could
just as well have made it $10,000, for we know it will never be claimed.
(Radio News for December, 1924, New York.)
(Fountain Head News, December 13,1924, TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
317
CHAPTER 51
The Story Of
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
(Fountain Head News, August 1,1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The Neurocalometer is Wrong was written by a man who faced
facts, fairly and squarely. No equivocations, camouflage, evasions
or subterfuges.
Each man must, sooner or later, either face the facts or establish
alibis.
Bob Kahle is convinced that the majority of Chiropractors are
alibiers. They will issue any kind of an alibi so long as it lulls them
to sleep and temporarily sets aside the day when they MUST face
facts.
He who writes this article is convinced that Chiropractors are
given to evading facts. In this article he writes about alibis and
alibiers as he has encountered them in his travels, in or out of the
offices of other Chiropractors.
He has established here what he finds as the reasons (?) they give
for why the NCM is wrong.
It is well worth reading; also read his letter which follows.
B.J.P.
P.S.As I have frequently said, Business is a state of mind.

ROBERT R. KAHLE, D. C.,

CHIROPRACTOR
Outlook, Montana
Dear B.J.P.:
While taking a trip last fall, I had the pleasure of calling on quite a number of
chiropractors and chiropractoids, and I made some notes, both in my notebook
and mentally. After I got settled I looked over my notes and also took stock of the
mental notes I had made, and the enclosed is the finished product. It will hit a
large number right in their weak spot. It is about the way they talked, acted and
318
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
a large number of the offices looked to me. I am not stating that all were such,
some of them were up-to-date in every respect, and were thinkers, etc.
No, I did not go into the various offices and tell them that I had a NCM. I would
ask them if they had one, or if they had ordered one, or if they intended to buy
one, or an infringement. Well, then, if they would say they had ordered a NCM, I
would talk NCM. If they would say they would not pay that much for a NCM I
agreed with them. If they would say they were thinking of buying another
machine, well and good, I was for them. Get the idea, dont you? You know that a
stranger cant go into any persons place and get any truth out of the party, no
matter what business they may be in, if they think you are against them, but can if
a person will swing right in with them.
If they cursed you, I did, too; if they praised you, I was with them. Anything to
get what they thought, so I sided in with all, then I would drop a few new ideas
and bid them farewell.
Yes, humanity is strange. They dont seem to be able to think for themselves.
Fearthey fear every one, including themselves, and still we wonder why
advancement is so slow.
You may ask, is there any hope? Yes, absolutely, the next generation..
If you see fit to publish my story, I know it will knock over a lot. It will set a
lot of them to thinking, as it is their own stuff, shot at them.
Sincerely, as ever,
BOB KAHLE. D. C.

THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG

I well know that quite a number of practitioners will jump right up and say, that
guy is nuts. He is against B.J. He dont know what he is talking about, and many
more such remarks as they may come to your mind, and I say, you certainly have
that privilege. You certainly have the freedom to express your candid opinion, or
any other opinion, as far as I am concerned, but listen, please; grant me that same
privilege, will you?
I am not jumping at conclusions, I have thoroughly investigated this thing they
call the LAST STEP and really I have studied harder, to get the fundamentals of
this thing named Neurocalometer, than I ever did while at school, or since that
time, or ever will again. I have reasoned and studied the thing from every angle, I
have studied every piece of literature that Old Palmer or any one else ever put out,
in fact I bought one of the things, yes, I have one right here in my office and I am
herewith announcing to all the chiropractors on this old planet, and more if they
want to know it,
319
HISTORY REPEATS
that this contraption, called the latest thing, is all wrong, it is bound to ultimately
destroy every Chiropractor and also chiropractic, and I will supply you with ample
proof, if you will but read this article.
No, I am not a recent graduate, if I were I may be full of pep, hokum and the
latest bunk, and of course, I would not be in a position to state the facts, and to
candidly give my opinion, as I would not have had the time to accumulate same,
but as it is I have been in the field, no, not corn field or plow field, I mean the
chiropractic field, for almost twelve years, therefore, it is obvious that I have had
numerous experiences that a lot of you have not had the misfortune of suffering
thru, hence it may be advisable and profitable to take heed, therefore I am in a
position to know that the NCM IS wrong.
As is manifest, I am not one of those kind of people that move around a lot, or
take to new ideas very fast. I am the kind that reasons and thinks and sticks to the
job. Yes, I know that fact is self-evident, but then I thought I might draw your
attention to it, but you know that any person that can stay in this chiropractic
game for twelve years is not a quitter, and has learned to advance very cautiously;
if he had not done so he would have been broke. Well I know of a lot of people
that are very progressive, in fact I think too progressive. They are ever willing and
eager to jump right ahead and take a chance at every thing or anything that
happens to come along, and if you will note they are the people that are always
looking for something new to work at or with. You know I am not of this type of a
man. I am the type that advances slowly but surely, in fact I have found as I
stumbled thru life, that is as far as I have gone, that there is no use to investigate
any new thing. Let some other person go thru all that expense and trouble and
after enuf of them have found it correct, well then dont worry, you will be either
crowded up or out. Well I have been in this game for twelve years and I am not
crowded out yet; of course I will admit, that when this new machine came out, it
did trouble me a lot, but I will explain this later. As I have stated before I am a
sticker. If I had not been I could never have stood the many battles of chiropractic
all these twelve years, but then be that as it may, I will proceed to state more
facts and reasons why the Neuro is all wrong.
You see, it is like this. I must tell you a little of the history of my life so that you
will be in better position to understand the facts I am about to present to you.
Old Palmer and I have ben in this old game of chiropractic for a good many
years, oh yes it is true that he got the idea first, but then since then we have been
growing right along together. Yes certainly, I will not deny the fact that Old
Palmer has had a few years the start of me, that is very true, but then I have teen
growing so much faster then he has since I started, that I think it is safe to state
right here and now that I have caught up with him. Yes, in fact, I will say, Oh I
know if he reads this article, that he will condemn me for saying this, but then, I
dont care. I am sore at him anyhow, and I owe him so much, well I will tell you
about that later, but as I
320
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
commenced to say here a while ago, I think it is safe for me to make this
statement, that I am way ahead of him, in experience, etc. Now this statement may
not sound just right to a lot of you people that do not give anything a second
thought, but you well know that Old Palmer has taken a lot of trips, several
around the world, and certainly it is wholly unnecessary for me to say that all this
time is a total loss to him. Then look at all the time he has lost during the many
Lyceums he has given, all this time is lost, to him; and do not forget, just bear in
mind that all this time I have been on the job. No, I have not been to any of his
Lyceums since I left school, oh no, not that I did not have the time, I have had
plenty of time since I opened my office. I am not one of those guys that had to
hire a lot of cheap policemen to keep the crowd away from my door, and I am
honest enuf to say so. I have had plenty of time to attend every Lyceum, and then
have had ample time to do a lot of other things, including a lot of thinking about
this Neuro. But, I will tell you candidly why I did not attend any of the Lyceums, I
did not have the money. Now that is a fair reason is it not? I cannot find enuf
money to attend all the Lyceums and every other thing that Old Palmer can think
of. I must pay my office rent, and my board bill, and I must buy a few new clothes
once in a while, not so very many new clothes and right here I will tell you the
reason why, I do not think it is profitable to dress too well, for more than one
reason, which I will voice my opinion on later.
Well then there are all my other expenses that I must pay, or leave town, such as
my collar bill at the laundry, no that is all I send to the laundry, I do all the other
washing myself. No, I know my laundry bill would not be so very large and I will
tell you why. There is no use to wash the clothes all the time, for if you do they
are bound to become too clean, and they will show the dirt so much more readily,
see? I have found and by experience too, that a person can wear your clothing
much longer if not washed too clean and for that reason, I do my own washing,
and this certainly is sufficient reason for any thinking person. Well then there are
all the other expenses that all of us have every month and well about such as heat,
light, water and a new book every few years, and then the disease tracts. Right
here and now I am going to give my opinion on these disease tracts. They are a
very good thing to hand out to the patients, but they cost too much. I have spent a
lot of money for them, I do not remember just how much, but I will say this, and it
is a fact, that Old Palmer thru his various schemes, gets about all the money I take
in. Yes I know it is a shame, but how can I help myself, and now right at this
point, I want to say this is one of the reasons why I insist that the Neuro is all
wrong. It is too much money to be forced to pay for the thing; but then getting
back to the dis-ease tracts, they are a good thing to have, but look at the price, I
know darnwell that I have dished out a hundred or two since I have been in
business these last twelve years, and if I had not spent that money for them I
would have just that much more in the bank or oh no thats right I would have had
it to pay on my Neuro. Well there you go, you cant beat Old Palmer, too many
schemes. Well be that as it may, you know as well as I do, that we all get
321
HISTORY REPEATS
fooled just so often, and you gotto give it to Old Palmer for that at least, he sure is
the guy that can fool us, but here is one doctor that is about all thru, he has fooled
me about as often as he is going to, but I will explain this later.
Now lets see, oh yes, more expenses, here is the advertising, I mean in
newspapers, etc. Well I took a tip from a fellow a good many years ago, in regard
to this advertising. He told me all about it while I was still at school. He told me
that advertising was a gamble, that you never know whether you will get any
results from it or not, people dont think much these days. So I could never figure
out just why a person should advertise, so naturally, I have held my expenses
down in that direction, yes, my advertising bills have been very small, in fact I just
figured up here a few months ago, and I have not spent over fifty-eight dollars
since I opened my office at this place twelve years ago, so it is needless for me to
state that I am running my business on a very conservative basis, and this is just
one more point in my favor, this is just what I am driving at, that is why I say the
Neuro, is all wrong, it really costs too much, to advertise it. Well you say dont
advertise, hell you dont have to tell me that, I dont, I am in no particular rush
about getting these sick people well, let them stay sick a while and see how they
like it, and then here is a good tip, the longer they are sick, the longer it will take
them to get well, see?
Just stop for a moment and give this statement a thot. Supposing this
contraption misnamed Neurocalometer, or whatever way you spell it, had never
come out on the market, you may say, well what about it? Well, I say this about it.
Before it came out, this machine I mean, all the chiropractors were doing a good
business, and making a good easy living out of it. Oh yes, I know, that not every
one in the business were making a million, but then you know, some of the best of
us were going right along and were making a good living, and we did not have to
worry or fret much about getting a living, and that is more than a lot of people can
say this day and age, well any how here we were going strong. Some had as high
as three and four patients a week, and most of them were paying too and here
comes Old Palmer with that darn Neuro, no, I will never forgive him for bringing
it out to the front. Here is my view of the situation, if he really thinks that it is so
good, and wanted to use it, well and good, I guess he had that privilege, but why
in H didnt he keep his mouth shut about it, tell me that? Well, it came out to our
sorrow, and it just blew up the entire profession. Just as an illustration, I will tell
you just what happened in this town, and I will leave it to any thinking person if it
is not a shame. One Chiro, over across the street from me bought one of the
things, and of course the big fish that he is, he told every body about it, and even
went so far as to advertise it in the weekly newspaper here, well he told everybody
that came into his office all about the machine, all it would do, and a lot of things
it would not do, and I could never see that this certain man had such a wonderful
vocabulary, but somehow or other he got all three of my patients to try it. Yes sir I
lost the whole bunch, every last one of them told me they were going to try the
instrument and see if it really did do as he stated it would,
322
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
so away they goes right over to this guys office and of course he forgot all about
ethics, he just seemed to forget that I was in town, and mind you, I was here first,
but he did not seem to care about that, he even degraded himself so low as to
forget about age, can you beat that? No, No, he was a Palmer graduate, sure he
was, I saw his diploma thru the window one day. Well nevertheless that is just the
way things went around this town, so any thinking person certainly cannot blame
me for being sore at Old Palmer. Let me state right here and now, that a lot of
things have come true since this machine came out, that I never thot would or
could come true, but they have, and one of them is: Whenever or wherever the
dollar is involved all friendship ceases. I really did not think that any competitor
would stoop so low and do all the mean things he has done, but then it just goes
to prove my contention that the Neuro is all wrong. It has ruined chiropractic a
lot and it will finish it sure as heck, and this latter statement I will prove later on.
Well let her go, I suppose it will be a good thing at that, for then a few of us old
timers, the real sincere men and women, can and will build it up again out of the
chaos and ruin, and build it the way we want it and the way it should be, I hope by
that time Old Palmer will have enuf of this stuff they call wealth, so he will mind
his own business, and we can go right ahead and make something out of this
chiropractic.
Well I started in to tell you about this Neuro, this person has that has an office
across the street from me. He tells everybody that it really and truly, proves and
shows, now mind you, who in the world can show the cause of any dis-ease. Well
he stated among a lot of other lies that heretofore the chiropractors have been
guessing to a certain extent, that they were never positive as to whether or not they
had the right major, and that any person that would take adjustments without the
Neuro, was just a plain damn fool. He also told them that in the past the
chiropractor never knew just when to stop adjusting a patient, yes he went so far
as to tell one of my patients, in fact it was the best patient I had out of the whole
bunch, that I had been adjusting him for four years and had not gotten him well,
and that I could adjust him for eight more without the Neuro and I would never
get him well. So he told him to come over and look at it; to come right in and see
how it works, as he knew if he would see it, he would be convinced that it would
do all that he had said. Well this old patient of mine came right in and told me all
about it. I told him not to believe a word of it, that it was all bunk, hokum, goat
feathers, horse neck, and plain bull, but then he insisted on going so I could do
nothing, but tell him that it was alright for a recent graduate to have one of those
machines, as their fingers were not trained like mine were, and that after he had
been in the field as long as I had he would throw the machine out of the back door
and use his fingers, that I could feel as much with my fingers as any machine
could tell, and that I had more experience than he had, and I told him a lot more,
some of which I knew was not true but then I had to say something, and I took it
for granted that he was telling a lot of lies too. Well believe me, it did not take me
long to get to my other three patients, no I mean the other two, as one of them got
well in the mean time, that is he told me he did but I
323
HISTORY REPEATS
think he lied to me as I saw him going in to my competitors office. Well be that as
it may, I lost all my patients, and it was my move, I was forced to act, not because
I wanted to, far be it from that, but I found myself in a particular predicament.
Now can you feature such luck? Here I had been in the field for twelve years and
after these said twelve years of hard labor and heavy advertising and educating the
public, speaking to them, no not in public, as I can not think fast enuf to talk in
public, but then I can talk very fast in private, oh yes, I know I dont say much,
but that does not make so much difference, as most of the people do not think
anyhow, and if I did say anything they would not get it, for I have tried it, and I
am telling you right here and now, that any time you try to drive home a new idea,
it goes over, just like an airplane, so I dont try any more to say too much. Well
any how, as I have stated before, after all these twelve years, here comes a fresh
fish from school, and steals all my patients, yes sir took all three of them, the
whole bunch left me and went right over to this new guy, now just imagine that if
you can. Now perhaps some of you thinking people will realize why I say the
Neuro is all wrong, and I still insist that it is, and can you blame me? Now you
have an idea of what I was up against, I tell you it was my move thats all, this
thing had gotten to the stage where it was really serious, with me at least. I was
right up against the real fact of starving, seeking another occupation, or spending
all my hard earned cash, for one of those new contraptions. Well I reasoned it out
this way. If I bought one of Old Palmers machines, I would be in debt to him all
the rest of my life, and longer if I had any bad luck at all. So I got to thinking
things over, and not having a wife, oh no not that I do not want one, that is not the
idea, I could never afford to keep one, yes I hope, some day to have one, well yes
I know, you do not have to tell me, I know that hoping, wishing and believing
spells, NOTHING, this day and age, but then it is good mental soothing syrup,
and I guess I can do such if I please, I dont know as it is any of your business as I
have stated before, not having a wife to talk things over with, and you can readily
see I was forced to do something, so I used to walk up and down in my office and
talk to myself and then go and look out of the window and wait for an answer.
Well that is the way I spent most of my time, once in a while I would quiet down
enuf so as to go and read a verse or two out of my bible, but even that did not
seem to solve the problems, this time, for I could see that this time for once, Old
Palmer with his darned machine had it on me; heretofore I will admit he usually
asked me for some advice, and I could always out smart him, for after we talked
things over, I knew just what he was going to do. See, you dont have to be so
very smart to get that point, seeing that he had it on me, I just said, right here is
where I will be big enuf to admit it, and there being nothing else to do I did admit
it, no no not to him, I should say not, I would not give him the satisfaction of
knowing that he out figured me, but I did admit it to myself. Well I was walking
down by the river one day breathing in the sewerage breezes, and I was thinking,
and what I mean, I really was thinking; I was trying to decide whether I should
jump in the river and end it all, or whether I should buy a Palmer machine. I kept
on walking however, and the said breeze seemed to act as a stimulant.
324
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
and I got a brand-new idea. I just thought why not buy one of the other machines?
I had received some pamphlets and a lot of other literature explaining all the
details of them, and I sure did read them all thru thoroughly, well in fact I studied
more along the lines of the various other machines than I did the Neuro. Now
right here is where each and every one of you will and must agree with me, and
this is this, the other machines are so much cheaper, and just as good, well Ill tell
you my candid opinion is that they are better, no I am not saying much about it to
any of my friends, because I do not want to hurt Old Palmers feelings, and then
you well know how it is, he is not so very dumb, and if he once gets it on you,
with the limited power that he has and then by applying what little influence he
has in the field, he may not sell me one of his machines at all; that is why I kept
my mouth shut about it, but be that as it may I really could not decide what to do.
You see it was like this, I had sufficient mazuma, or this stuff they call wealth,
to buy and pay for one of the other machines, but when it came to buying a Neuro.
I just did not have the money, do not overlook the one fact that I have not been in
this profession all my life, I have only been practicing for twelve years, and I can
assure you that it takes a lot of time and money to educate the public to this new
issue called chiropractic, and after you have been in the field as long as I have and
have spent as much money advertising, and all the energy I have wasted well
anyhow I was just getting a nice start when along comes this darned contraption
and blows me all up, and I know I am not the only one that has had that expe-
rience; but then that is history now, so I will say no more about it, for it is spilt
milk, and it is not policy to cry about spilt milk, I am not that kind, my policy is to
go and find another cow.
After due deliberation, and after consulting several of the best attorneys in this
town, I made up my mind to buy one of the other instruments, and pay for it, and
then it would be mine and I could do with it as I seen fit, and then Old Palmer
would not have any strings attached to me all the time I am here and perhaps
hereafter, and furthermore if I felt like it at any time I could throw the thing out of
the back door, as I do not believe that it has come to stay, it will have its little
flurry and then vanish, just as a lot of other new issues have in the past; and then
the big issue was, that I would not have the same kind of a machine that the fellow
across the street from me has, and by telling my patients more lies than he does, I
could at least get all my old patients back, as they knew me, and they know by
experience that I am a straight forward, clean, honest business man, and I could
not for the life of me figure out just why I did not have as much authority to lie to
the people as he had, and the fact of the matter is, I really have more authority,
especially to the people in this particular vicinity as I was here first, and certainly
this gave me preference right. Well I decided to buy one of the other machines. I
got busy again, and wrote to all the agents that had them for sale and asked them
to send me all the latest dope on same; and right here and now, I want to say that
this is one time I really and truly found out just how big a liar Old Palmer was. I
really
325
HISTORY REPEATS
never even suspected that of him, and of all the people in this profession I did not
think he would try and pull anything on me, as you know, I have stated before,
that we started out together in this profession, that is so to speak, and as stated
before, by my staying on the job and working hard all the time that Old Palmer
has been running around the world looking up new devices by which he could
extract the dollars from all of us chiropractors, after we have worked so hard to
get them, I think it is safe to make the statement, and I will leave it to all of you
sound minded people who read this article, and see if you will not say, before I am
way ahead of him. Just stop and reason for a few minutes, before you pass your
superior judgment on this issue, consider it well, and I know that if you will check
back and check up all the time Old Palmer has been running and buming around
doing nothing, there are a lot of us, yes I think most of us, are way ahead of him.
But be that as it may, I have presented the facts in this case as they really exist,
and you can therefrom draw your own conclusions, so I will drop this part of the
subject right here and now, and will continue to give facts and figures proving
just why this darned contraption misnamed Neurocalometer is all wrong.
As I have stated before, I read up on all the other makes of machines, as mind
you, this is all I had to do right now, and I fully decided to buy one of them, the
next best one, I will put it that way as I do not want to hurt Old Palmers feelings,
but candidly I will give you my opinion, I think it is the best one of them all. Well
this machine that I had decided on buying, was a scream, it done so much more
then this Neuro instrument, and you could fool the people so much longer with it,
and then you did not have to be such a good adjuster, not that I can not adjust, far
be it from that, I am just as good an adjuster as ever felt of a human back, but then
you know how it is, there are a lot of backs that are really hard to adjust, and some
days, and especially after fasting for a week or two, I did not have the ambition to
give all my patients the best I had; why get them well so soon? But that is not the
point I was trying to make, it is this, Old Palmer and his entire staff found out that
I was going to buy one of the other machines and low and behold if he with his
wonderful printing press ever at his command, did not get busy and got out a lot
of stuff about every person that would buy any other machine, would be sure to
loose it, and all the money he had made with it and then be sued for a lot of
money besides if he used it after he got patents. Now just stop and think where I
stood on this vital issue, and if you will stretch your imagination to the utmost,
then you may be able to get the smallest inkling of what I was saying to myself
and the names I was calling Old Palmer and his whole gang. Here was poor me,
with just enuf money in the bank to buy one of these other machines and pay for
it, and then I could go right ahead and make some more money with it, and I
would be free and independent again and could set back in my office and enjoy
life once more. I had it all figured out so nice, when here Old Palmer throws a
boomshell right in the very center of all my well layed plans. Now what was I to
do? I did not have a large printing press at my command, I could not get out a lot
of literature and prove to the world that I was right.
326
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
Oh yes I know your argument, I know that Old Palmer and I started out on this
Chiro. stuff about the same time but then I was not as lucky as he was thats the
only difference. You know darned well that a lot of people, in fact the most of
them were born with a silver spoon in their mouth, well a few of us dont happen
to be in that class. I for one had to get right down and fight my way thru in this
old cold world, and do it all alone too, I did not have a lot of friends that I could
go to for advice and money, like Old Palmer had, and I am telling you something
right now, that is the only reason I do not have even a larger printing press at my
command right now, then he has. I can not help it, it is not my fault is it? How can
I help it that he is lucky and I am not? And those are more reasons why the
Neuro is all wrong.
As I have stated before, just as I got everything all lined up for a happy future,
here I got knocked in the cheek by this line that came from that old printing press,
now what was I to do? I was forced to move gain, too bad, yes I know it was too
bad, but I had to; SO I done the next best, not having anything else to do, I just
took a whole day off and wrote a letter to all my friends and to a lot of the fellows
and girls that graduated with me, and I told them just how it was. I put all the cold
facts down on black and white, so they could reason things out for themselves,
just as I am doing in this article. Oh yes I know I have my faults, that is true of
each and every one of us, but one thing I am not afraid to express my opinion, and
that is more than a lot of others can say. Well be that as it may, I certainly was
very much disappointed when I got the replies to all my letters. Most of the people
did not answer my letters at all, and those few that did, say they did not give me
any praise, or sympathy, or help, or any new ideas, no h no, all I got was abuse,
ridicule, and they told me how dumb and old fashioned I was. Now right here I
want to say, that no matter what issue comes up, I am not for it, I really do believe
in co-operation, but then I do not want to do all the co-operating myself, so I am
all thru, no one need call on me for any help, financially, intellectually or any
other ally. I just refuse to do any more for any one or any issue, I wash my hands,
I am all thru.
Here I was up against it again, my future looked very black, and my big bank
roll was sure doomed. Now then tell me, what would you have done? Oh yes I
know you would have said and done a lot of things, that you later on would have
been sorry for, while in this state of anger, but not so with me, I am not of that
kind, I just cant do such things, I always stop before I make a move, and so I did
the same thing again. No I do not condemn old Palmer, I am not that small, when
it comes to big issues like this one; and then you know how it is I did not care to
any how, I just sat down and allowed my memory to drift back into the past, and I
could remember all the battles Old Palmer and I had won in the past, yes the past,
I could recall many and many a time, that Old Palmer was up against it, and how
he would call on me for help, and I always responded, no not always willingly,
and not always financially, for I did not have the money, and I think this is
sufficient reason for any thinking person, but not being able to help financially, I
felt it was my duty to help in any other way possible, so I always
327
HISTORY REPEATS
was very liberal with my advice, and I figured it this way, as long as he had plenty
of money, and I have an over abundance of good advise, by putting the two
together, I was certainly doing my bit to advance chiropractic, and I dont know
why old Palmer should kick. I always reasoned it out this way, as long as he had
plenty of money and I had none, and I had plenty of advise and he had none, it
was far better for me to give the advice, and I think, yes I feel certain, that all of
you will agree with me on this one point at least.
Well right here I got very angry, I flew off of the handle, so to speak, and I sat
down and wrote to Old Palmer. I just put all the facts right up to him. I went back
thru the by gone years, and took him step by step up thru our history. I showed to
him, how all these years I had been a great help to him, and showed him, if it had
not been for my advice and his money that the profession as a whole, would be
nothing; yes I told him a lot of other things, most of them I do not care to put in
public print, as I do not want to show him up too much for fear that he may get
sore. Well what do you suppose he did? No Ill bet you cant even imagine how
he treated me, no sir, I really did not think that he would be so mean to me after
all that I had done for him, and when so much was at stake at least for me, but do
you think he gave in any? No sir not one iota, he was just as stubborn and bull
headed as he used to be years ago; he had his idea and he stuck right to it, he said
chiropractic was at stake and he could do nothing for me; he did tell me tho how
old fashion I was that I had died, well I guess he must have meant mentally, for I
am still walking around; then he told me to get busy and read up on some of the
late stuff, just as tho I had not done that; of course he did not know that, but then
that is none of my business, he should know what is going on in the field, he
certainly has nothing else much to do. Well he also told me, and this is what hurt
me most of all, that he would not cut the price any for me, if I did make up my
mind to buy a Neuro.
Now think of it how I felt after I had read his letter, just stop and think how you
would have felt if you had received such a mean letter from a friend that you had
always stuck with thru thick and thin. No sir, he would not favor me, not one cent,
so there you are, and mind you on top of all this misery and worry, he told me that
he had patents coming to cover every part of the Neuro, and even the use of it, and
that every other machine would be an infringement, and that if I did buy one of
the other machines, that he would sue me. Now can you imagine the predicament I
was in? Here I was right up against a red hot stove, yes right in between two of
them and could not back away either. Here is just what it meant to me and you can
figure it out yourself. If I bought a Neuro, well and good I would be in debt to Old
Palmer the rest of my life; and if I did not buy a Neuro, well and good I would be
in debt to Old Palmer the rest of my life, looks kind of foolish on the face of it
dont it? But just reason it out, if I did buy a Neuro, the price being so hi, I would
not be able to pay for it right away, and perhaps never so there it is I would be in
debt to him the rest of my life would I not? Well then if I bought one of the other
ma-
328
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
chines, he would sue me for a million or two and I would be in debt just the same,
see? Simple isnt it? So I just done like a lot of you other suckers did, I just
bought a Neuro, and now I owe Old Palmer directly, see? In other words, I could
not beat the game so I saved him the trouble of suing me in order to get me in
debt. No use being too stubborn you know, that is not my policy, that is Old
Palmers way of doing things.
Yes I got one, a Neurocallomeeter, or how ever you spell it, I will admit that I
can not pronounce it, saying nothing about spelling it. Any how here it is setting
on my desk every day waiting for a patient to come in so that I may be able to
demonstrate to the world just how wonderful it is, but not a patient, no sir, not
one, and I am really commencing to think that I am the fish, in this deal. Oh no I
know you will say, well nobody forced you to buy one, sure I know that too, but
then it was as I have stated before, I did not want to go out of business.
I can not see where this thing will bring you any more patients it sure dont
bring them in to me very fast. You say advertise it, yes how can I when I have
spent all my money for the machine? Tell me that will you? I havent as much
money to spend for advertising now as I had on hand before I bought this
contraption. Certainly I will admit that I never did spend so much, but then I did
not have to. I was making a good easy living, and I had nothing to worry about as
long, as I held my expenses down, that is about all I had to do, and I certainly
done it, but please do not forget that I did not have the rent on this machine to
pay, now that is added to my already overbearing load, and I really often doubt if
ever I will pull out of this hole or not, but if I do not, and happen to die before I
get all thru paying for it, I suppose Old Palmer will be tickled to death, as he will
come and take his darned old machine and all that I have paid on it will be clear
profit. Well all I can say is that that is a nice way to treat a profession, at least that
is my opinion, and I am not afraid to voice it, and I hope by this time the most of
you will see why I say the Neuro is all wrongevery one of them being good
reasons why the Neuro is all wrong.
Now in regard to re-arranging my office for this new contraption. This is
certainly one big point in my favor, which none of you can deny it takes so much
work to get the entire office all lined up, and that is why I insist that the Neuro
is all wrong, and before I finish this part of this article I know all of you will
whole heartedly agree with me.
I had intended to have my office suite all ready for the Neuro when it got here,
but being a busy person I just did not get around to it as soon as I should have;
needless to state, you know just how those things work out. Well after worrying,
threatening, waiting, and cursing long enuf, low and behold, here one day just
when I was least expecting it, here came the darned thing, well not being prepared
for it, and here is once more I was forced to move, and this forcing business is
what I do not like. I do not mind working, but then I want to do things as I see fit.
Well it forced me to get busy. Now I could not set the thing back in some corner, I
had to re-arrange my entire suite so as to find the right place for it. This was a
329
HISTORY REPEATS
delay, of course it did not make so much difference, as I did not have a million
patients a day waiting for me to give them a reading, as I have read a lot of fellows
had. No it is different with me, because I tell the truth about it. I have had my
instrument now for a long time, I do not remember just how long as I can not now
recall just how much the last past due rent notice was, but then I have had it
setting here for quite some time and I have not given a single reading; so from my
experience I know that a lot of others are not working after dark to catch up on
their readings, for I may not be the foremost chiropractor in the world but I also
know that I am just a little bit better then the average, so from that I can judge
about how things are going in general. Well here came this Neuro, all unexpected,
and I had to find a conspicuous place for it, as I wanted to be certain that all of my
patients, that is those that I expected, that I was not as old fashion as they had told
me I was; so I set it up in this said place and waited for business to rush in. I will
have to confess that business was fine, still is, if it was any finer I could not find
it; but be that as it may, I had to get all lined up for the rush, how did I know that I
was not going to have this rush come? I did not know that my business was not
going to increase right away, and I was not going to be like the nigger that missed
a lot because he was not ready, that is not my policy, so I started right in to move
furniture and fixtures, desks, wash stands, my privet closet, the tub I do my
washing in, all my cooking utensils, the sink, the two chairs, well in fact I moved
everything in the place trying to get it arranged so it would be handy and look
fairly decent. As you know, I may be very busy some day, getting a meal ready,
when in pops a patient; how can I tell just when they are coming? I can not afford
to hire a cheap boy to stand at the head of the stairs and have him tell me just
when some one is coming, so you can see for yourself, that it took a lot of deep
thot, to get things arranged so that nothing would interfere with my eats, or
business, if I got any of the latter. Yes I know, you do not have to tell me, I know,
I would not get any of the former if I do not get the latter, so you got nothing on
me yet, see? Well it took me a long time to get everything all re-arranged, as I had
to clean up too, that is in some places, where the dirt showed too plain. Now right
here let me state that we as a profession, should not allow cuspidors in our office,
you may say germs do not cause dis-ease, and you certainly have a right to your
opinion, and so have I. Now do not get me wrong, I am not making a bold
statement that germs do cause dis-ease, but then we know whenever a certain
dis-ease is present the certain germs are there. Oh yes have it your way, I know
how you argue, but I guess I can believe as I please, that is none of your business.
But getting back to the cuspidor idea, I will not allow any of them in my office, as
I do not want those germ carriers around me. Well thats alright, let them spit on
the floor if they want to. I saw one man do that very thing right here in my office,
but I should worry about it, if they spit on the floor and rub it dry with their shoe,
or leave it dry up, then it is gone, see? But if it was in the cuspidor, well there it is
and there it would be, just breeding germs for six or eight months until the
weather gets warm enuf so that I could throw them out or clean them
330
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
depending entirely on how full they are. Now you can see for yourself that my
argument in that respect is logical.
Now right here let me say that I was a busy person doing all the aforesaid, and it
took all my energy to keep at it and not give up the ship, but being in this business
for humanitys sake, I will not give up the cause until I drop dead, or starve to
death, but then if I starve not one of them can say that I was hording money, they
will at least be forced to admit that I died for the cause, so I really do not care so
much just what becomes of me, and especially since I got this damned machine
and all this past due rent is piling up on me. But then, I guess old Palmer dont
care, he will profit by it whether I did or not, as he certainly has me tied up for
life, and that is but one more reason why the Neuro is all wrong.
Getting back to this affair of rearranging, I know that quite a number of
chiropractors have a nicer and more elaborate office then I have. I will just give
you a brief outline of my office suite. I have a nice big waiting room, a swell
adjusting room, fourteen dressing rooms, a private office, my bed room, my living
room, then the room I do my cooking in, and a wash room, one for clothes and
one for everyday use, a bath room, which I do not use much, and a library. All
these rooms are in one, and in the far corner there is quite a large crack in the
floor, no I could have this crack patched up, but I do not want to, you see every
time I sweep I just sweep all the dirt down in this crack. You see this is the day of
economy, and I must economize, and more so since I got this Neuro, and being
able to sweep all the dirt down this crack, I do not have to buy a dust pan, see? A
nickle saved is a nickle earned, you certainly can not deny that.
Then here is another issue worth mentioning, right here. I do not think it a good
policy to have an office fixed up too swell, nor is it a good policy to dress too
well. Now I know a lot of you folks that read this will say, well but Louie
DeArmand told us so and so. Very true he did he told us a lot of stuff, in fact his
entire course is a waste of time but then Louie is entitled to his views, and bear in
mind that Louie is being paid a large salary to talk, and he can not get up there
each day and stutter and stammer for thirty minutes and say nothing, he has got to
say something or go starve to death with the rest of us, but Louie is too smart to
starve just yet, after he is found out he will go too; and let me say right here, I
have sat and listened to Louies line of bunk for hours and I have never heard him
say anything yet. I suppose some of you fish will write in and tell him every word
that I have said, well go right ahead and do so, see if I care, he can never
accumulate enough money to come out here and lick me, and I know I will never
get enuf mazuma to get back to Davenport, and then on top of all that you would
be telling him no news, he knows it. But be that as it may, we do not have to
believe all that Louie or any other person tell us, and do not forget that I have had
the experience, I know what I am talking about. You see it is like this. If you have
a real swell office, and are dressed swell all the time, it is harder to extract this
stuff they call wealth from the public, as they will say, well he dont need the
money, he has everything
331
HISTORY REPEATS
he wants. Oh yes I know a lot of you will laugh at me, and I know my clothes are
not the best, but they are paid for, these at least. I could go and do like a lot of
others do, just go down and rent a suit, but I do not care to camouflage to that
extent. I may rent a wedding suit some day, or a car to make a call on a swell
patient, if I ever land one, you see as long as I make my calls afoot they will pay
me more readily, as they think I need the money, and then they will say, well he
earns it, therefore I will not buy a car on the installment plan like a lot of you
goofs are doing, $2.00 and three promises a day, not me, I would rather spend my
time walking as you know it is the best of exercise, and we all set around so much
in our office doing nothing, it is better that we do walk once a month or so. I feel
the same about an office, it is alright to have the office nice, like mine, but not too
nice; it is alright to dress well but not too well; it is alright to keep things clean,
but not too clean; it is alright to let a little fresh air come in every spring or two
for a day or two, but not too much, for I have noticed that if there is too much
fresh air in the office, when a patient does come in, the said air seems to act as a
stimulant, and after they have sat there for a few hours listening to you explain the
fundamental of chiropractic they suddenly decide that they are not sick and get
right up and beat it out. Oh yes I have had a lot of experience in my days, it has
not all been roses with me like it was with Old Palmer, but then I am willing to
suffer a little as I know humanity needs me in this cause.
But getting back to this office furniture and fixtures, my office is as good as any
of them, at least I think so, and as long as I am satisfied, certainly no other person
should kick. You may think I am not a business man but let me assure you that I
am. I suppose you think I am fish enuf not to carry insurance on my lay out eh?
Well you certainly got me all wrong there. I may be dumb, ignorant, foolish and
old fashion, at least I have been told that often enuf, but I am not damn fool enuf
to have all my lifes earnings stuck into a swell office and then not carry
insurance, no sir. Just supposing I should wake up some morning and find that the
entire building had burned down, with no insurance, I would certainly be up
against it for money; but as it is, let her go, see if I care, I will walk right down to
the bank, collect my hundred dollars insurance, and I will be setting pretty. First
thing I would do with the money would be to go down and buy a new suit of
clothes as the policy covers all my clothes, and my cooking utensils, and every
thing, and I would not try to save anything either, not me; then they would or
could, and they certainly would if they could, cut me down on what I had saved;
not me, they will never fool me that way, I can out smart them at this insurance
business. Well after I bought the new suit I would buy me a whole new set of
cooking tensile, and with the balance of the hundred dollars I would buy an entire
new set of office furniture and fixtures, and then I would have a better and nicer
office then I have right now, so you see I am not as dumb and foolish as a lot
think I am, and quite a number have told me I am.
Then here is another very important point. We have been taught while at The
PSC if you cant find a way make one, remember that? Well listen,
332
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
if my business dont pick up here pretty soon, I am going to find a buyer for this
layout, and if I cant find one I will make one. I will just sell out to the insurance
company, let them have the whole thing on their hands, see if I care. I will take the
money and go find another location. I would find a town where the competition is
not so keen, I would never locate in a town where there is one of these machines, I
know that. You may ask, well where is that? I could not tell you right off hand. I
would have to take a year or two off and look around, as you well know as I have
stated before, I am not one of the kind that acts in haste, I am very cautious. I
would just look around and find a good town, with no other chiropractor in it, as I
will never again spend all my time and money educating the public to the
fundamentals of chiropractic, and then have some other fish come right in and
take advantage of all my labor and money spent.
Now this is another reason why the Neuro. is all wrong. Heretofore it has not
been very easy for any good chiropractor to go out and locate in any town that he
wanted to locate in, as he did have to worry about the keen competition this
machine is bringing on. It is true of course, that there always has been some
competition, but then I was never afraid to go into any town that I wanted to go
into and open up an office. Of course I have never been forced to move until
recently, I have always been in this one town, never been out of it since I landed
here over twelve years ago. Certainly, I do not deny the fact that I was broke when
I hit this town that is why I located here, but then I have done alright here, I have
made a nice, good, easy living, and that is more than a lot of other people can say
this day and age. I know of some people that are actually starving to death, and I
did not read this in the daily scandal sheet either. Well no one can say that of me,
at least not yet, so I am well satisfied with the showing I have made for the cause.
But be that as it may, it is a fact, however, that it is now, since this Neuro thing
came out, harder to find a location, as a person must not locate in a town where
there is a chiropractor that has a neuro. for if he does, well you know, I have told
you plenty. No I am not afraid to locate in a town that has a chiropractor with a
Neuro as my competitor, as you see I have one of them myself now, and if I locate
in a town where there is another chiropractor I could and I will make it awful hot
for him, as that is what this guy that came here done. He, well, no, he did not
drive me out I would not make that statement, but then my business has fallen off
so much, and then this is a dirty town anyhow, and the people in this place dont
seem to care whether they get well or die, so you see it makes it very bad in that
respect, as I do not want any one to die while I am treating them, for if that should
happen to me, the other people never would get thru talking about it. They most
likely would say I killed him on purpose, because he did not belong to the Klan;
well then they would say I killed him because, I was opposed to the Klan, and he
belonged to it. So it is. And you know how people will talk, that is why I am so
very careful which cases I take, I use an awful lot of judgment in picking my
cases, as I have learned that an ounce of precaution is worth any amount of after
thought. So you can see from the facts that I have presented to you, that
333
HISTORY REPEATS
it really does not pay to gamble in a case of sickness. You know I have learned
several things in my life, and one of them is to observe. I have been watching the
big corporations, how they do business, and I follow, and use their tactics. You
know they hire all their thinking done by the best and smartest men in the world,
and you notice how they do business. Safety first is their policy, and they teach it
and preach it to the world, but most of the people are too dumb to get what they
mean; but not so with me I know what they mean, and I practice it too. Have you
ever noticed just how the railroad companies do business? No, well I thought not,
so I will tip you off right here. You go in and buy a ticket for some station, where
ever you happen to want to go. Well they take your money right there and then,
see? After they have your money, and after they think you have waited and cursed
long enuf, then if they see fit, in due time, or some other time along comes a train,
any kind, sometimes it is a freight, and sometimes a passenger, any kind will do
for the public, well then after this said train gets stopped with some hard jerks and
bumps, if you are very fortunate you get on, and if you do get on, well then right
there is where all service, as far as they are concerned, comes to an end. They
think they have done their part. Now then you try and get to your destination if
possible. You see the point dont you? Get the money first, safety first, that is
their policy. Well that is the way I play it. I get the money first, well then if the
patient does die, I am nothing out, I should worry and if they say anything to me, I
just tell them in plain English that I have as much right to kill them as any other
doctor, see? I ask of you not to get me wrong at this point, for I am not certain that
the railroads do business as before stated. You see it is like this: I have never been
out of this town, and I have not ridden on a train since I was thrown off a freight
at this place, so I am telling what I heard as quite a number, that is two, of my
patients have taken trips on the train, within the last ten years, and they told me all
about how things were percolating in the outside world, so you see there is more
than one way to accumulate knowledge.
Right here, I want to linger for a moment and announce to the entire population
on this old planet earth, as follows.
If I must leave this town, and I honestly believe I will move because I never did
like this town for more then one reason, well if I do make up my mind to sell out,
I will not give the railroads the satisfaction of fooling me, no sir, I will beat them
at their own game. I will march right down to the depot with my trunk on my
back, buy a ticket, pay for it and then stand right there and tear it up in front of
their face, then I will beat it before they get sore at me, and I will walk right out of
town, to the next town and so on until I find a nice place to stop.
I tell you my policy is safety first. There are too many people dying with their
shoes on, this day and age, in all the mine disasters, auto and train wrecks, and I
am not counting those that starve to death. No sir, walking is the safest way to
travel, and me for safety first, last and always.
334
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
I believe by this time you will agree with me that I have presented an over
abundance of facts proving that the Neuro. is all wrong, so I will close this
article, by saying just a word or two, in regard to salesmanship. Please do not
forget that I have had over twelve years of actual experience, yes I know
experience is the best teacher, only it is too expensive, and right here and now, I
am going to say a word or two that some of you may not like but it is the truth.
Among a million and two other things, this is the one big point I do not like about
our present social system. By the time a person has accumulated this knowledge
via the experience route, we are too darned old to use it, and thereby profit by
same, but be that as it may, it has cost me a lot of time and money to accumulate
these facts that I am about to present to you free of charge, and if you can stand it,
just bear another minute or two with me and I feel certain that you will profit by
so doing.
I am not the kind of person that comes out and tells a lot of lies; that is, I mean,
I do not lie when it is not profitable. I also never think of exaggerating anything, I
cling right to, well you know what I mean, we got to eat. Oh yes, I know you say
spend your money you cant eat it, well you cant eat without it either, so I am of
the kind that gets the money, regardless.
But getting back to my experience in this salesmanship line. First of all a person
must be an extemporaneous speaker, this means a lot.
Then the second essential step to good salesmanship is to possess an
extraordinary vocabulary.
With these two assets ever at your command, it is indeed very hard for the
ordinary dumbbell to stick you on any question.
I can recall of several instances in my sad past, where a patient came into my
office that really seemed quite intelligent, and they commenced to ask me
questions that I for the life of me could not answer logically. Well I could see
what was going to happen to me if I did not use this old cranium for more then to
set this old hat on, so I commenced to think; oh yes, I know it was not so easy for
me to do, but when I am forced to think, I usually can, for a short time at least. Oh
yes you can laugh if you care to, but you have nothing on me, for if you were or
are so much smarter than I am, you would not be reading this article you would be
writing one. But getting back to these seemingly intelligent patients that I started
in to tell you about. When they started in to ask me questions, and I wanted a little
time to think, I would just ask them, why? Get the point; it forced them to think,
and gave me a rest. Well then if they could really think faster then I could, or thot
of too many questions that I could not answer, I sure would slip a good one over
on them, I would start right in with the freshman philosophy, the old simple cycle,
and I would just draw on my storehouse of knowledge, and get old Innate on the
job, and by using the best of vocabulary, and being an extemporaneous speaker, it
just seems to come natural for me, that part of life. Well by putting all these
talents together, I was able to talk so fast and say so much in such a short time that
they could
335
HISTORY REPEATS
not understand. So they just got up and left, and I stood there talking to myself.
Well I guess that is beating them at their own game. I know it is not the best of
manners, but then I just naturally refuse to let any person come in my office and
make a fool out of me. Well be that as it may, one point is certainly in my favor,
and that is this. If this Neuro. had not come out all of us would have more money
in the bank, as we would not have to advertise so heavy, and naturally, we would
not have to study so hard. Some of you may think that I am not a student, but I
want to assure you right here and now, that you are sadly mistaken, I do
considerable reading, I rush thru a new book every two or three years, and on top
of all the knowledge that I derive from same, I read the Saturday Evening Post. I
like to study the advertising in it. You may think I am kidding myself; no, no, far
be it for me to kid myself, I always kid the public, if they are dumb enuf to stand
for it but I refuse to kid myself; but that is neither here nor there, the point I was
driving at is as follows. By studying the Post, you get all the latest in advertising,
you can figure out a lot of good tips along the lines of advertising. Say listen, I
have a whole trunk full of ads cut out, and if ever I accumulate enuf of this stuff
they call wealth I am certainly to do some advertising. Oh yes, I know it is an
awful gamble to do so, but then I am a good sport, I really dont mind spending
the money if I have it, and right here let me state emphatically that this is just
what the Neuro. makes you do. Its all wrong, it is poor business to do so, but
then Old Palmer wants it that way, so I can see nothing else to do; but dont worry
we will suffer ever after for being so careless and reckless with our money.
But, lets get back to this question of salesmanship and advertising. I have read
and studied considerably along these lines, and at one time I really got to the point
where I craved knowledge; of course that was a long time ago, but during this
spell, I sent in to, oh lets see, who was it, what was the name of that firm, well I
can not for the life of me just now, recall who this outfit was, but they stated that
they were sending out some real stuff along these lines, in fact they stated it was
too deep for the average person to understand. Well right there I took the tip I
knew I could understand every word of it, well I will not make the bold statement
that I could understand all of it, for being of the ordinary kind, mentally, I mean,
oh well what about it, supposing the most of it does go over, if I only understand
one tenth of what I read, I would learn a little, maybe. Well I saved up for a few
weeks and finally I did get enuf money, so I sent for it. Well I wish you could
have seen it when it did come. Say the guy that wrote it must have thought it was
a masterpiece, for he sent it to me in an envelope and sealedcan you imagine
that all sealed upbut I got busy and read it, then I got right down and studied it,
and as usual, I got nothing out of it. Then I read Salesmanship, by Maxwell. This
Maxwell person is head salesman for The Ingersol Watch Co. or some other big
iron concern, I just forget who he is drawing his salary from, and I have never
been able to find out what he is drawing it for. Then I read this book misnamed,
Salesmanship, by Louie DeArmand. My god that man has stung me more than any
other person I know of, he shoots such a thin line, that I really thot he was
336
THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
saying something all the time I sat there in seat thirteen and listened to him, but
now after all these years of real experience and starvation, I know he was just
kidding us students and then on top of all the bunk he told us he forced us to by
his book. Well I will not say it is a book, it is a kind of a pamphlet, but that really
makes no difference, the one fundamental fact remains, I got stung for ninety
cents when I bought that book. No I have never read all of it but I intend to some
day and perhaps I will be able to realize ten cents on the dollar on my investment.
Getting back to this Neuro. deal, when this thing came on the market, it just
naturally ruined me, physically, mentally, financially or any other way you care to
name. I tell you for once in my life I was up against a real proposition, and I knew
it was up to me to get some patients so I got real desperate, so I got busy and
wrote into Old Palmer once more and asked him what I must do. Every one of us
know that he has the reputation of being one of the best salesmen in the world. As
for myself I could never figure out just how he got that reputation, as I cant for
the life of me see what he ever sold; he did not have to go out and sell food, coal,
clothing or any of the necessities of life. If he would have teen forced to sell
something real with real keen competition, he undoubtedly would not have made
such a hit, but all he had to do was to step right out and sell chiropractic, no
competition, nothing to stop him; well who in the hell cant go out and sell
chiropractic? I havent found so much trouble selling it, the big trouble with me
has been, I could not find any one to sell it to. Old Palmer was more fortunate
then I am, he found a lot of suckers to sell to, but then everybody is not as dumb
as we were you know. Right today he could never sell me any, I have too much of
it now. Well anyhow I wrote to Old Palmer and asked him in a nice way too, just
what he would do if he were me to sell his Neuro stuff, and what do you suppose
he wrote and told me?
No I havent the heart to tell all that he wrote and told me to do, but then it
dont amount to so much anyhow, he never says much you know; he just pulled
the same old stunt, put a lot of words on paper and then forwards them on to me
by mail. Well I may be real dumb, and sometimes I think he is too deep for me, I
really get the idea that he is so far ahead of me I will never be able to catch up
with him again, but then I check up on myself and I find that I am not so far
behind, in fact I am way ahead of him, the old line that he is shooting is all ancient
history to me, so I just check away back in the past and get his ideas, and pass it
up at that. Now listen, here is what he told me, this was the essence of the entire
volume that he sent me, RENDER BETTER HEALTH SERVICE.
Now can you beat that? Get that; render a service. Well, well. To start with, I
would like to know how he knows that, when I cant tell. Furthermore, it is the
same old song over again, and that is this: A person must know something before
he can talk. Well so it is with this old stuff of rendering a service, you must have
some of this stuff service before you can render any of it. Well I am telling
everybody that wants to know about it, that I never got any service while I was at
the Old P.S.C. and if any of the
337
HISTORY REPEATS
students are getting any now they certainly must have changed their system, for a
person must have something, before he can sell something, and I for one never got
a single box-full of this service to sell. Why the way he talked, no I mean wrote,
he sent a whole train load of service out here the day I graduated. Well if he did
he certainly did not have my correct address for to date I have not received any of
it. Knowing that the west is not so very large, I wrote in and asked him if he
would not take the trouble to look it up, as evidently it got lost out here some
place, but he never as much as answered my last letter; so for manner sake, I dont
write to him any more either, so there the matter rests and I have not seen any of
the service arrive at this station, and I will state right here and now that if he dont
get some of it out here pretty soon he will not have to trouble himself about it, for
I will not need it and I will not be here to pay the freight charges on it when it
does come, as I will be starved out. I suppose if I dont pay up my past due rent on
this Neuro. he will come out and take that away from me too; well if he does I will
sure make it hot around here for a little while, for if I cant find a buyer I will
make one; I will sell out to some unlucky insurance company and beat it.
However, be that as it may, I did not learn anything new for the bunk old Palmer
sent me, so naturally, I figured I was doomed. I could see myself going back to
digging ditches for the city in the spring.
A fellow told me while at school, that any person that would read, think, and ask
questions, regardless of the stage of intelligence, was bound to learn something.
Well as luck would have it, I remembered that so I got to thinking, and I thot I
may read the ads and find a new calling in life. So I got busy and borrowed a lot
of old papers and magazines from some of my old friends, and I got busy and
done a lot of reading. I spent a whole afternoon reading, one day. Well among
some of the other useful stuff I read, I noticed an ad which read that this certain
firm would tell anybody how to get rich in, I dont just remember how short a
time, but it was less then a life time any how. I well remember that much about it.
There I was again, broke as usual, but I saved up for a few weeks and finally I did
save enuf to send for it, yes it was all hard earned cash too, but I dont mind
spending a dime once in a while if I have it, so in goes my dime, and low and
behold, here in a few weeks comes a lot of paper by express. I really can not
understand how any firm or individual can ship so much paper for a dime, the
express alone was three dollars and some cents, of course part of the three dollars
and some cents was C.O.D. the agent informed me, what ever that is, dont matter
much, I got all the literature, and I started right in to read, and I read, and I
studied, and then I read some more. My eyes finally became so sore and tired that
I almost gave up the ship before I had finished. Well I wish I had done that very
thing, and I would never have received the shock that I did get when I did get to
the end. What do you suppose was on the last page of the last book? Here in very
large black print, and I suppose they knew my eyes would be very tired by the
time I got to the end, and that is the reason they put it in such large print, and it is
a good
338
NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG
thing they did or I dont think that I would have ever finished reading it. Well here
is what it stated. Barnum made millions by fooling the public, and remember there
is one born every minute and the most of them live. Play Barnums game of
Fool-em Pluck-em and Leave-em, only times do change, and this day and age we
must be more polite.
Now can you imagine, a good, straight forward, honest chiropractor reading
such as that? I have been in this community for over twelve years and my
integrety has never been questioned, only in a few deals. Well you can imagine
the ideas I got in my cranium after reading such vile literature. I rushed past the
curtain, to get to the living room in my office suite, and found my bible. I got very
busy reading it, trying to forget the past, but what do you think? Darned if I did
not read the very same thing right in the bible, yes sir, it read as follows. God
helps those that help themselves. Can you beet it? And still in this Christian land
we have laws forbidding any person to take anything that belongs to any body
else. Can you for the life of you imagine such inconsistency? I assure you it is
setting me to thinking; there is something wrong, either the bible is wrong or our
social system is wrong. Yes it is true both are very old and after due deliberation I
have come to the conclusion that both are out of date, they have outlived their
respective usefulness, but then be that as it may, I have, I hope, brought to the
front the fact that the Neuro. is all wrong, because it cost so much to advertise
it.
I could go on and on presenting facts and figures, proving that the Neuro, is
all wrong, but I really do not care to make a lengthy article of this one; so as you
have noticed, I will continue to be brief. In closing allow me to say just a word or
two in regard to the price of this Neuro.
If you readers will just linger for a few seconds and think, you will readily see
just why this contraption was put out on the market on such easy terms.
I tell you again, it will ruin chiropractic, and every chiropractor, and if you will
just bear with me for a few more seconds, I will proceed to produce the facts as
they really and truly exist; not as I would like to have them, or not as they should
be, but as they are, and old Palmer is the guy that has caused them to be as they
are.
Now I may be dumb, but the difference between me and the majority is, I know,
I am dumb; they are not fooling me much in this old game of life, I have lived
quite a while, of course I do not know just how much longer I will be able to eke
out an existence, but if Old Palmer will just continue to let my past due rent ride, I
will be able to keep my machine and in time I will have a whole flock of patients
again, just as I had before, and then I will have nothing to worry about. But I
started in to tell you just why this machine was put out on the market on such easy
terms; no, not right away, I know it took the cash to buy one when they first came
out, but then that dont mean anything, I am writing of the present, the past is
dead as far as I am concerned, I mean now.
You see Old Palmer got an idea, oh yes, it is true he very seldom does, but he
did this time, and it will work out, too, you see if it dont.
339
HISTORY REPEATS
You see the rent on this machine is so high, that it takes a good steady income
to keep it up, taking into consideration all other expenses. Well the machine dont
mean much, I have had one now for quite some time and I look at it every day,
and talk to it every day, but to date it has not told me a damn thing, nothing. You
must do all the work, and all the thinking just as before; yes I think it is safe to
state that we must do more thinking then ever before, and I tell you this thinking
is getting the best of me. Well you can see by this time just what I am driving at
cant you? You cant? Well you must be awful dumb, if you cant; well then I
suppose I will have to continue to go into details.
Here is the idea. You see these Neuros. are going out by the thousands, on this
easy payment plan of ten dollars down, I think it is, and goodness only knows how
many promises a week. Well he wont tell, so that beats all of us, but after all
these machines have been out for a short time, and all the sick are well, then of
course not one of us will have any patients. No patients means no money, no
money means that we can not pay the past due rent; alright the ultimate out come
is that all the Neuros. go back to old Palmer, for do not over look the one
fundamental fact, and that is that we can do business with the sick, only; and from
what I have read about it, this contraption gets all the sick well in a very few days.
Well there you are, get the point? Now just imagine the contrast. Heretofore, I
have been adjusting one of my patients for eight years, and he never got well; see
what it means dont you? Now then at the rate that people get well, and at the
speed these Neuros. are being thrown on the market, it will be just a very few
months until all the sick people on this old planet earth will be well. I tell you the
future looks very black to us chiropractors, for the few that do get subluxations in
the various ways in the future, will all go to The P.S.C. get their readings and in a
few days go home well, and all us real chiropractors that have made chiropractic
what it is, will be out of a pie card.
Old Palmer will have all the sickness in the world monopolized, and that will be
the end of chiropractic as a profession.
I know by this time you get what I am driving at. I tell you this is a very serious
proposition, and it is our paramount duty as a profession to save chiropractic for
the future, as I for one do not care to starve to death, as it is a long and painful
death, and I am not guessing either I have had considerable experience in my time.
Now here is my idea: As stated before, I am not in favor of co-operation, but when
it is really necessary, well that makes a difference, so I wish all of you that read
this article would think things over, and if you see fit we could organize One Big
Union and just refuse to use the darned things, take them and thro them out of the
back door and allow the public to get well at a much slower pace. We could just
throw them out the back door and if Old Palmer wants them let him come and find
them after we have thrown them out. I for one dont care what becomes of mine,
as it is not paid for anyhow.
340
NEUROCALMETER IS WRONG
Now then, isnt that a bright future for the chiropractic profession? It certainly
does look black to me, and it must be so with all thinking chiropractors, of course
those that do not think, it makes no difference, as they can never see anything
anyhow, no matter what the issue may be, but I can see it coming, and mind you
to make matters more complicated, and worse, we can not go back to digging
ditches for the city as we used to as I noticed last summer they have machines to
do that work now; so tell me, what in hell will we do?
I tell you candidly and emphatically, we will starve to death, and Old Palmer
will be setting pretty, he will have all the sickness monopolized, he will have all
the Neuros back, and he will have all the money.
Now I just want to say a word or two in my second conclusion, in regard to any
more new ideas or contraptions that may be advanced in the future.
I know Old Palmer quite well, and I know he is just full of tricks, and I also
know, that he has taken this trip around the world to gather up some more new
ideas, now you see if I am not correct. Well let me state right here and now, that if
he ever comes out with any more new inventions, or any more new contraptions,
or any more new ideas, or anything new, I for one will never speak to him again.
As stated before, I have done a lot for him in the past, I have given him an
abundance of free advice, and he really did profit by it, but I will certainly be all
thru with him if ever he comes out again with anything new.
I do not care to go thru all the grief, misery, worry and suffering, say naught of
the starving, that I have in this past year. I dont mind acting because of my free
will, but I refuse to be forced again, not me, and all because he came out with this
darned Nuerecollemeter, or what in h he named it, so no one could
pronounce or spell it. Well if ever he comes out with any more money making
schemes, that is for himself, I will sure get out of this chiropractic game, I will just
politely or other wise inform him to scratch me off of the sucker list, for I will not
fall again, no sir, not me. I will buy some electric devices and get busy and do all I
can to disrupt chiropractic, as I have nothing to lose, dont you see? And I can
certainly ruin him in a short time. Money did you say, well no, I will have to
admit that I would not have the money to buy any more stuff with, but then even if
I did have I would not spend it with Old Palmer, as he never done so much for
chiropractic anyhow, it was the rest of us thinking men and women that have
advanced the science to where it is, all he ever done was to set back and pile up
the mazuma. And where did he get this stuff they have classed as wealth? Why
from the profession; we were the suckers that gave it to him, so he could go and
have a good time spending it. Oh yes I will be forced to confess that he started us
out with the idea alright, yes, he educated us, that is true, so we could go out and
make his said money, but then that does not mean so much, for if he had not done
so some other person would have, so that is not so much credit to him, that I can
see.
341
HISTORY REPEATS
Well, I have been brief and to the point on every issue in this article. I could
have made a lengthy article out of it, by continuing to give the facts and figures,
and thereby prove over and over that the Neuro. is all wrong, but I do not want
to go too far, as I do not care to hurt Old Palmers feelings, for if I do he may get
sore at me, he is such a sore head anyhow, and then you cant never tell, he may
advance an idea some day that is really worth something, that is I may be able to
make a few dollars out of it, and if he does, well you know how it is, I dont want
to be let out on it, but I will say right here and now, that if ever he comes out with
any more new ideas like this Neuro. deal, I will not even stop to investigate it as I
did this time. I will just condemn him quick, and have it all over with at once.
I HOPE THAT I HAVE PRESENTED ALL THE FACTS AND FIGURES TO
YOU READERS IN SUCH FORM AND FASHION THAT IT IS POSSIBLE
FOR EACH AND EVERY ONE OF YOU TO SEE THAT THE NEURO. IS ALL
WRONG. I also think that it is manifest that I am not a selfish person, I do not
care for money, that is not so much of it, I just wanted to prove to you where
chiropractic as a healing science, and we as a profession are drifting to. I believe
that all of you will agree with me, as I know you have made mental notes, as you
stumble thru this article, and it is manifest that I have not written this article for
money, I have written it for the sole purpose of saving chiropractic and all
chiropractors. In other words, putting it in understandable English, our pie card is
at stake, now and in the future, hence, let us think and then act.
(Fountain Head News, August 1, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
342
CHAPTER 52
The Story Of
DEFINING MY POSITION
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
I know the opinion is held by majority of non-users of NCM that I
am opposed to them and against their continuance of practicing as
Chiropractors. There is prevalent the idea that, because they do not get
an NCM, I desire to eliminate them as practicing Chiropractors.
I am FOR them IF they are FOR Chiropractic. This has been my
well-defined position for thirty years. I have always taken the
deliberate position of fighting for the rights of all who were
handicapped who were trying to benefit their position.
There are thousands of Chiropractors today who have no NCM who
ARE my friends, personally and professionally. I know of many
Chiropractors who have an NCM who are NOT my friends, personally
or professionally. There are thousands of Chiropractors who would
jump at the drop of a hat against any person who would impugn my
motives, sincerity, or honestyand many of these have no NCM.
Since my return home, many state leaders have been in conference
with me here. They have given me fairly the viewpoints of these boys,
and this is the way it reveals itself:
It is the consensus of opinion of friends, both with and without NCM,
that if anything happened to destroy the leadership of B.J. or The P.S.C.,
Chiropractic would be gone; and with it gone, they would be gone.
Down deep in their hearts, these good, solid, whole-soured majority
have confidence in B.J. to know that HE is sincere, honest, and
conscientious in what he is doing to save and to protect CHIROPRACTIC
from extinction. They may not agree with this route, or that route, but in
the end CONFIDENCE is still 100 per cent. All they question is the
wisdom of judgment on certain ways and means to attain that end.
Chiropractors without NCM still believe in the B.J. they know after
thirty years. They are still for The P.S.C. and, should anything
343
HISTORY REPEATS
happen to either B.J. or The P.S.C., they would be the first to dig into their
pockets to come to the rescue of keeping either or both as the leaders of
this movement.

Perhaps a recent experience will clarify:

A secretary of a certain State Medical Board called here recently. He
is an influential man. After looking over the school, spending one
entire day keeping in touch with our P.S.C. methods; and after
spending one afternoon watching the NCM on cases, he came into my
office and the following conversation took place:
In your opinion, what does the NCM do?
It picks the place where there are pressures upon nerves and proves
when that pressure is gone, following an adjustment.
In your opinion, is it necessary to have this knowledge before an
adjustment is given?
Yes!
Can a man properly know where to adjust without the knowledge
the NCM gives?
No!
Then you think that every Chiropractor ought to have one?
I certainly do.
Is a Chiropractor doing his fullest duty by society if he does not
have one? Is he delivering the greatest service without one? Is he
actually delivering the safest adjustment without one?
No!
As secretary of the State Medical Board, why cannot you and I
hook up our common interests. I will start suits against the
Chiropractors who havent a NCM and if you will testify we can prove
them unsafe as guardians of the public health.
Doctor, let us clearly understand each other. YOU are interested
only in ELIMINATION OF THE NUMBER of Chiropractors. You
say now you want to ELIMINATE the incompetent. I am not
interested in ANY ELIMINATION. I am interested in HELPING TO
INCREASE EFFICIENCY of those who will qualify themselves to
stay in business. I want to injure no one, but I want to help up those
who are here and step up the values of those to come!
344
DEFINING MY POSITION
I hold no ill will against any boy who hasnt a neurocalometer. They
come here and visit, we meet, talk, and are as friendly as two cronies
can be. Of course, being sold on the NCM, I believe it right. You have
a right to your convictions and I respect your position. Because we
differ, is that any reason why we cannot be friends?
Today, I am just as much for the man WHO IS FOR CHIRO-
PRACTIC, as I have ever been.
I know many of my real, genuine, true-blue friends (way down deep)
are alibiing on the surface. They know that I know an alibi, but they
alibi because they think I am against them. When my position as a
friend of theirs is cleared up, there will be fewer alibis floating about
in the atmosphere and we will talk plainly yet honestly to each other,
and again work for the best in Chiropractic.
Given time, I am as certain that you will see the great field for the
NCM as you have come to recognize the great field for spinograph
both being children of mine FOR THE GOOD OF CHIROPRACTIC.
Occasionally, I get some very mean and nasty letters. I have aimed to
answer them firmly but kindly. Following is a sample:
Dear B. J. Palmer: Before you came out with your fake instrument, the
NCM, I had a lot of respect for you. Now I put you in Dr. Abrams class.
You have gotten the Chiropractors money with your high-powered
salesmanship, but do you think money gotten that way will really ever do
you any good? I dont think so. You got the money you were after, but
was it worth losing all your friends to get it?
Before long, I expect to see The Palmer School of Chiropractic go out
of business because of the NCM. If it was not all a crooked game, you
would return all or part of it to all who are dissatisfied with your wonder
instrument.
I expect to place mine on a shelf as a warning that I must not have faith
in anyone any more, where money is concerned. I am not using it at all. I
am ashamed to pass such a fake along to the public.
Yours truly,
.
P.S. Please dont come to to give one of your honesty is the best
policy lecturesit wouldnt sound good.
.
345
HISTORY REPEATS
Davenport, Iowa, July 18, 1925.
Dear Doctor:
I want to personally thank you for your frankness in writing me. I get far more
letters written me just as frankly, boosting the NCM. I am convinced that when 65
per cent of our users boost it, then there must be something wrong somewhere
with those who do not see it.
I have instructed our proper department to see that our technician calls upon you
and helps you in any way he can. I know you are sincere, and I know that one gets
discouraged and sometimes writes things that later on, when he sees the light, he
changes his mind upon. I know you are honest because only an honest man will
really write what he thinks. Being honest, you want to get the results you are
entitled to, and I do want to see you get them.
Chiropractically yours,
B.J.
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
346
CHAPTER 53
The Story Of
HAND-ME-DOWNS OR TAILOR MADE?
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
There was a time when any old sort of a hand-me-down ad-
justment was good enough. Now we cut the goods to fit the individual.
We tailor his suit to fit him. We measure him and fit the material.
Moves? We used to manufacture them wholesale, deliver them by
the job lot, and throw them on the patient whether or not they fit. And
we had a regular stock of a score or two which we handed out just like
so much of a hand-me-down.
Today, patient comes in with subluxation and pressure. It is up to us
to use our tailoring instruments of precision and cut our knowledge to
fit him. We must find out just where his pressures are, then spinograph
and know just what position subluxation is in. Then we have to make
an adjustment that fits that sort of thing.
There was a time when we could slap moves on a patients back
and get away with it. But not so now. YOU may give your patients
that sort of thing, but the man in the next town has a neurocalometer
and HE will check YOU. Too much of that sort of checking means
ruination.
Today, every move is being measured. IF a move REMOVES
PRESSURE from nerves, then its a good move. If it does not remove
pressure, then its a dangerous move.
In the past, we have been measuring the value of moves by
whether or not they were easy to give; whether or not it cracked them
because you had a greater leverage, etc. There are hundreds of reasons
given in the past as to why YOU preferred this or that move to some
other. All those reasons are now IN THE DISCARD.
347
HISTORY REPEATS
THERE IS ONLY ONE REASON TODAY WHY ANY MOVE
SHOULD BE USED, viz., WHETHER IT DOES OR DOES NOT
REMOVE PRESSURE FROM NERVES. IF IT DOES, IT IS GOOD;
IF IT DOES NOT, IT IS DANGEROUS.
An incident will explain what I mean:
In our NCM clinic the other day a certain student preferred a neck
twist to the recoil. He said he could move it that way and he could
not the recoil way. As a lesson to him, we let him go.
1st. He tried the recoil and didnt get his reduction. It was an atlas,
right, eight points.
2nd. He tried the neck twist and, with glee, told his instructor to see
how nicely he got the reduction. He did have the ATLAS reading
reduced.
The instructor, having been over this phase of work so much, quietly
picked up the detectors and went down ENTIRE SPINE of patient,
only to find that ATLAS was reduced but FOUR NEW PRESSURES
had been created BELOW. This instructor then adjusted atlas, a la
recoil, and reduced ALL readings. This was a tailor-made adjustment
to fit this patient.
Had we permitted this student (and the same thing happens in the
field everywhere) to stop with his mere check of atlas, he would have
been satisfied that he got his reduction WITHOUT PRODUCTION.
The recoil gets reductions without productions if done correctly.
Almost all fancy moves and neck twists PRODUCE OTHER
PRESSURES, even tho gaining local reduction. Check entire spine
and be certain.
Today we have a standard measuring stick by which the value of
every move is established. It is the neurocalometer.
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
348
CHAPTER 54
The Story Of
ITS HARD TO REVERSE
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
When an automobile is going full speed, straight ahead, and danger
is sighted, its hard to reverse, come to a dead stop, and then back
upeven though by so doing it saves human lives.
Same is true with Chiropractic as the car, and Chiropractors as
chauffeurs for the sick who are passengers.
For thirty years, The P.S.C. has been teaching economy of time in
making analyses and giving adjustments. Graduates have builded their
businesses upon the premise of how many and how quickly they could
adjust in a day. Up to a year ago, practices of fifty to two hundred
patients a day were fairly common.
To have two hundred patients a day, at $1.00, was better than fifty at
$4.00, because the number of people served was greater and the
knowledge of Chiropractic was spread into more minds.
After thirty years, the Chiropractic profession is established upon
how many, how quickly.
We of The P.S.C. are to blame for the condition. We developed it
that way; we taught it that way. We knew no other way. We thot that
way best. We thot it contained all the proper elements for service to
sick humanity. It was the best we knew THENso we have no
apology to offer.
But history moves forward. It cannot stand still. Development
follows development. Progress discovers something more today than
was contained in our understanding yesterday.
The NCM was discovered, and with this one discovery came many
others. This one step forward threw great light upon the darker steps
of yesterday. It pointed out many new paths for tomorrow that
supplanted many old paths we trod yesterday.
We have found a better way. That better way has proved that many
of our older ways were fraught with dangers, the quantity of which we
did not know until the new way became established in our minds.
349
HISTORY REPEATS
Seeing dangers squarely ahead, there was nothing else to do but to
post warning signs of no small dimensions and language, then begin
instructions in that method which was not only better but far less
fraught with failure to get the sick well.
To reverse to a smaller number of cases and to increase the price
proportionately to produce same income, or even more, is a hard thing
for our profession to think, much less accept and work into their daily
routine.
But it is inevitable!
The better method demands more time be spent upon each case,
consequently a less number of cases per day can be taken care of,
hence the establishment of a monthly health service with attendant
higher rates to cover loss and to increase profit.
If I still desired to take care of fifty to two hundred cases per day, I
would hire an NCM technician to make readings, same as I would hire
a spinographer to take, develop, and read films; same as I would hire a
receptionist to meet and talk to patients and direct them how, when,
and where to get ready for adjustment. A large practice requires that it
be more than a one-man practice.
There is one way by which we can still go on full-speed, straight
ahead, and that is to hire one person to keep the car in condition
(receptionist), another to drive (NCM technician), and still another to
study the road map (spinographer, on spinal road) .
Chiropractic practices have now reached the state of development
where more time is being given to cases and larger fees are charged to
cover overhead. It has taken almost one year but the successful
Chiropractors are seeing the handwriting on the wall and are
reconstructing their practices. Hundreds HAVE changed. Thousands
WILL change.
This reversing process, from full-speed, straight ahead, to a
right-about-face change in opposite direction, is a hard one, as some
Chiropractors have found out. THEY have mastered the problem;
other Chiropractors can master it also. ALL can, if they will.
The P.S.C. with all its resources is here TO HELP EVERY
PERSON WHO WANTS TO BE HELPED.
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
350
CHAPTER 55
The Story Of
SEAS, SAILORS, AND COMPASSES
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Once upon a time all men who sailed the high seas went by luck and
chance, hoping they would go from here and get to there, more than
once, without missing it. If they did, it was blind stumbling. Many
must have been the times, starting out for a certain objective, they
began groping about, mile after mile, hoping to eventually land. In
those days, sailors had small boats, kept close to shore, and went only
short distancesmore than that was not safe, ALL BECAUSE THEY
DID NOT HAVE A COMPASS.
In fair weather, sailors always had a natural guidethe sun. But the
majority of days had foggy and stormy weatherthen something
ARTIFICIAL had to take the place of the sun.
Then came the inventor who saw the necessity for the obviousA
COMPASS. I can see him now, gathered around some shore
grog-shop, steins around, explaining what it is, what it will do, to a
group of seasoned sea-salts who had long held the opinion that
because they HAVE sailed the seas for years they KNOW HOW to
sail the sea better than any upstart who now has a machine which, it is
claimed, can do what we cant do with our brains. It is easy to
picture those grim-visaged, weather-beaten sailors putting the crimp in
that inventor and killing his ideal of service. I can even vividly
imagine groups arguing ways and means of killing it.
But here and there is going to be an adventuresome sailor who will
sneak one on board to try it out. He knows WHERE HE WANTS
TO GO. He figures out IN HIS MIND which direction he SHOULD
BE headed. The compass points a different direction. Then comes
doubt in his mind, because the compass might be right. Then comes
still another doubt that I am right because no machine can do that
which thousands of us have been doing, mentally, for years; and no
compass can take the
351
HISTORY REPEATS
place of brains. So human complexities, doubts, and fears enter and
soon he doesnt know what to believe or which direction to take.
Sooner or later he must decide to follow either his brain or his
compass, or else he must stay in port and never go. Whichever way he
decides, that determines where and when he will arriveif he ever
does.
He can wait until fair weather comesuntil the sun shines
BEFORE HE STARTS. But, once upon the high seas, he does not
know what hour the sun will cease to shine, what moment a storm may
arise, or how long a fog may hang on. Then is when he needs
SOMETHING MORE than the sun.
Due to travel north, he looks at his compass. It tells him where north
is. Suppose he calls it a liar and the man who sold it to him a grafter,
and refuses to take ITS advicehow far north would he be getting?
Hed be a long time arriving, wouldnt he? Then suppose ten captains
of ten ships met, ALL THINKING THE SAME WAYwould that
fact get those ten men any closer north? When they multiply their
number, they multiply their weaknesses and they also gain ten times
more conceit because each bolsters the other into a stronger conviction
of the righteousness of their private opinions. They help to convince
each other that what EACH thot is right AND THE COMPASS IS
WRONG.
Imagine a group of sailors trying hard to console each other by
telling the other fellow where north isnone believing the compass,
none believing in himself, none believing in the otheryet trying to
kid each other by patting each other on the back and telling each other
the other fellow is right, when each knows HE isnt.
Due to travel north, he could look at the sun (WHENEVER THE
SUN WAS SHINING) and he could determine north. But how long is
the sun going to shine? Again the doubt and fear enter, and he
wonders if it is safe to start, to go anywhere.
How different the sailor, when his mind is settled upon the
fundamental that the compass IS ALWAYS RIGHT, is honest, speaks
facts, KNOWS what it is doing, and the needle is directed by an
immutable law.
Today, every sailor must have absolute confidence in the compass or
quit the high seas. No captain of ANY ship could
352
SEAS, SAILORS, AND COMPASSES
or would last if he everlastingly damned his compass or put it up on
the shelf, saying he knows where north is better than any machine;
that HIS eyes could see north better than any machine could point it.
With every captain having a north of his own, we would soon have a
few thousand norths and sailing the seas would be impossible.
The opposite of all this could be true, when the sun was shining; but
what about those many times when fogs, storms, and cloudy weather
prevail? Then THE COMPASS IS INDISPENSABLE.
Can you imagine what sailing the high seas would be, WITHOUT a
compass? They did that very thing at one time.
Chiropractors were just as bad off ONE YEAR AGO as sailors were
before the days of the compass. Chiropractic still has sailors who try
to sail without a compass, even tho they stay close to shore. Some get
adventuresome and go out to sea. Many of them never return.
In fair weather in the minority of cases, their methods work
WITHOUT an NCM. They have a natural guidethe meric system.
Minority of times it works on minority of cases. Chiropractors have
foggy and stormy cases, rains, and nights when meric system is
ENTIRELY occluded. Then is when something ARTIFICIAL must
take the place of the sun.
Then came the inventorthat chap who saw necessity for the
obviousthe neurocalometer. I can see him now, gathering a group
about him in an office, explaining what it is, what it will do, to a group
of experience-seasoned Chiropractors who have long held the opinion
that, altho they have been working for years, they knew the last word
had NOT been said, written, or printed on HOW TO CHART
HUMAN SPINES TO PROVE THE LOCATIONS OF PRESSURES
UPON NERVES.
Then, he who saw the vision came. Here was an instrument that
would locate pressures upon nerves, regardless of whether the sun
shone or it was cloudy, stormy, foggy, or darkness had settled about.
The man of the hour arose who could see its value not only in the
majority of cases WHEN THE SUN WAS NOT SHINING, but also
in the minority of cases when it DID shine.
353
HISTORY REPEATS
A Chiropractors compass has been invented. Any Chiropractor can
get one; he can apply it in all kinds of cases AND KNOW WHERE
NORTH IS ON EVERY CASE, when he sails for the port of health.
Then came the presentation of that Chiropractors compass to the
profession. It has been followed by the same complications that arose
when the mariners compass was presented to sailors.
There can be but ONE norththe place of pressure, and that is
wherever the needle indicates. WHERE is it? The needle will
speak. The compass and the needle speak the direction of our
destinationand that is the safe way to arrive; the other way is for us
to tell IT where north is, and if it should point otherwise, then we
should put it up on the shelf, call the seller a high pressure
salesman who forced it down our throats, and go on finding
north our own way, even if it doesnt agree with the compassthe
neurocalometer.
In one test examination we graduated 425 captains, all trained in the
non-compass method, ready to sail the high seas of the public
highways with thousands of passengers on board. They expressed
7,841 opinions as to where north was on 19 specific ports they were
directed to describe how to get to. Only 14 said they would follow the
guide laid down by a compass. No wonder we have thousands of
Chiropractic ships on the bottom of the sea! They would attempt to
sail the seas without a compass. We have thousands of Chiropractic
ships out on the gulfs and bays now, who refuse to take a compass on
board. They are destined for the bottom of the ocean beds, except for
the sailings they make when the sun shines.
Then there are sailors who have a compass who are constantly
telling IT where north is. Should it refuse to point its needle to
comply with what THEY think, the Chiropractic compass is wrong; so
are the man who invented it and the man who sold it.
Then there are sailors brave and bold. They KNOW the compass is
right. They follow it. They strictly abide by its findings, rain or shine,
bright or cloudy. They have diligently applied themselves to know
HOW to read the Chiropractors compass. (It is well known that it
takes much diligent application to know how to intelligently read and
apply a mariners compass.) They bring these passengers into port,
safe and sound. When they left
354
SEAS, SAILORS, AND COMPASSES
home, THEY KNEW where they were going; they headed DIRECT
for it and reached it, saving time by breaking all records between those
two objectives, because they headed straight and made no devious
ways around.
How many Chiropractors without a compass try first this direction,
then that, and keep on trying ALL the directions and rules; then,
whenever they DO hit a port, it is liable to be a wrong one?
Now comes a case of heart troubleat least, some specialist in
diagnosis has so pronounced it. Case goes to a man who has a
human-compassa neurocalometer. A complete reading is made,
excellent technique is used. No pressure upon nerves is found at or
around heart place. Needle does not read north in that locality.
However, pressure is found above that, and others below; and when
the one above is adjusted, it checks out ALL. Man who does not
believe in compass, yet uses one, says: Case complained of heart
trouble, and there was no pressure at heart place.
Physician diagnosed it heart trouble and Chiropractor believed
him, hence got started on wrong foot. Human-compass did not find
any indication of pressure there. Then Chiropractor used compass
which spoke the truth, WHICH SHOWED WHERE NORTH WAS;
and because it did not agree with physician (who had no compass),
and did not agree with sunny-day meric system, Chiropractor called it
a liar and headed squarely in wrong direction.
Case complained of heart trouble. Compass found no pressure at
heart place, so Chiropractor palpates, finds some irregularities or
misalignments IN REGION OF HEART PLACE, and adjusts it
anyhow, because there must be something there. Because he
adjusted where compass told him TO STAY AWAY FROM, he might
have produced a pressure where there was none indicated by the
needle. No wonder he directed that human ship into a wreck. No
wonder he writes to the maker of the compass and tells him what he
thinks of him and it. It WOULD work, it DID work, but Chiropractor
refused to take its advice. He preferred diagnosis of physician;
preferred hunting and adjusting where there was nothing wrong. THE
OBVIOUS IS THE LAST THING.
355
HISTORY REPEATS
When this human compass points NORTH on human spinethen
thats north, and you must follow it rain or shine if you expect to
arrive at a definite, exact, specific certain port on schedule.
Mariners compass has made possible exploration of world, travel
into distant lands, and has discovered worlds heretofore unknown.
Chiropractors compass is opening up new planets of thot, taking us to
greater worlds to conquer, and making travel safe with assuredness
that we can go, rain or shine, whenever we want to, and return within
a definite course, with exact knowledge when we can return.
Today, seas are patrolled by mariners laws equally as strong as are
the laws which govern traffic on land. How long would a captain be
permitted to guide a ship, or how safely could he do so, if he refused
to follow the dictates of a compass? How long would he be permitted
to guide human freight without one, from port to port? No ship is
permitted even to clear port without a wireless, to meet the exigencies
of trouble should it arise.
How long will Chiropractors be permitted to be captains of ships,
clearing human cargoes from port of sickness, headed out to sea,
without a compass to direct them to port of health? They, too, will be
governed by laws just as strict when it becomes known that there is a
compass at their command, by which many refuse to be guided. Laws
WILL come that WILL demand that every possible protection be
wrapped about THEIR ship and its passengers, as are those at sea.
It is impossible to conceive of any sailor taking to sea today without
a mariners compass. Ten years from now (1925) it will be equally as
impossible to conceive of any Chiropractor sailing into a human
backbone without a Chiropractors compassa neurocalometer.
THE OBVIOUS IS THE LAST THING.
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
356
CHAPTER 56
The Story Of
THE ELEPHANT AND THE KITTEN
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
A large circus showing recently in Chicago used elephants to haul
the other animals from their cages to the rings. One night a big
elephant had just arrived at the middle ring with his train of animal
boxes when all of a sudden the huge beast let out a loud screech,
turned, and dashed furiously out of the main tent, wrecking several
peanut stands, some seats, and scaring people as he went. His arrival
in the stable tent threw the other elephants into a furor and all the skill
of the trainers was required to restore peace and order.
And what do you suppose caused it all? A little black kitten jumped
across the elephants path.
Alot of people are like that elephant. They go along nicely enough
so long as everything runs smoothly, then let the least obstacle or
difficulty arise, and off they go. They lose their heads, get excited,
worry, and are defeated in their purpose.
An elephant is so big that one wonders how he could even see a tiny
kitten. But he is no bigger in proportion than a lot of human beings are
as compared with the tiny trials they let upset them. Elephants body is
relatively no bigger than humans intellect; his physical strength is
relatively no greater than human reason; but, like the elephant, many
men and women are utterly helpless the instant things hit a rut or life
starts on the upgrade.
(Fountain Head News, September 5, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
357
CHAPTER 57
The Story Of
A NECESSARY RECONSTRUCTION OF
FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
One of Most Important Articles in Recent Years
(Fountain Head News, September 26, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Solution to problem herein contained has worried me for more than a
year. I have worked on it for a year, to solve it. I consider the
reconstruction herein laid down about as important as any presented
since the talk on the neurocalometer delivered at Lyceum, 1924.
Four words are defined so that we may start on a common
understanding:
YESTERDAYmeaning thereby those days BEFORE the NCM
was known, studied, or applied to Chiropractic work.
TODAYmeaning since the NCM has been developed, science
of technique deciphered, application to cases with its attendant
observations; and its ultimate effect upon Chiropractic as a
philosophy, science, and art, as well as Chiropractors as a professional
body.
IGNORANCEabsence of knowledge, presence of which would
make us educated; application of which would give us wisdom.
All of us are ignorant of our ignorance. If it were not so, there
could be no ignorance. All of us possess that education or wisdom
which others do not possess, therefore the difference between
educated, wise, and ignorant people.
EDUCATION, or WISDOM is the possession of that under-
standing or application of reasoning which causes us to refrain from
doing those things which ignorant people do.
Ignorant of yesterday may be educated tomorrow. Incapable today
may be wise tomorrow. We can be innocently ignorant and continue
doing wrong thing, thinking it is right. And one may know right thing
and refuse to do ithe is consciously a criminal.
358
RECONSTRUCTION OF FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
A vertebral subluxationYESTERDAYconsisted of a study of
three or more vertebrae in their normal juxtaposition; AND a
comparative mental study of three or more vertebrae from their
abnormal positions as we interpreted their positions gained thru
visualization, palpation and spinographs.
Between normal and abnormal was a mental degree of position and
location between maximum of normal to present maximum of
abnormal. Interval of time between former normal and present
abnormal position and location might have been seconds or years,
according to whether acute or chronic as to degree, pathology, etc.
So far as the understanding in this article is concerned, I shall call
this THE SUBLUXATION OF ACTUALITY.
A vertebral adjustmentYESTERDAYconsisted of a continuous
effort upon part of Chiropractor to keep working with, to keep
repositioning subluxated vertebra for a period of months or years, or
until that time arrived when he thought he had placed vertebra back
into its fullest maximum normal position.
For example: With a curvature, Chiropractors sole endeavor was to
replace individual vertebrae until such a time as spinal column was
STRAIGHT laterally with its normal curves superior and inferior. No
thought had he of ever stopping until he could no longer palpate or
spinographically see any deviation of any vertebra from normal. He
thus believed that when fully restored to normal maximum position, he
had thenAND NOT UNTIL THENreleased pressures upon
nerves to permit restoration of mental impulse to return health to sick
organ.
Upon this theory, all of us have gone on adjusting a single person, a
certain area, or upon a certain subluxated vertebra for monthsin
many instances, for years, IF we could get the case to continue.
Yet, all who studied into the question beyond the mere surface of
making a living out of adjusting subluxations have been well aware
that the palpation and spinographs have revealed same actual position
and location, after months of adjusting, as existed when we started,
except in some isolated cases, but nevertheless true in majority of
them.
359
HISTORY REPEATS
By this time some of you are raising the question, Even tho what
you now say is true, we have gotten many sick people well in spite of
the fact you now bring forth. You are right in this assertion.
Let me now present new angle:
Subluxation question must now broaden. For purpose of clarity, let
me suggest that there are TWO kinds of vertebral subluxations:
(a) subluxation of actuality (which has been defined);
(b) subluxation for adjustment purpose only.
With that variation also comes a difference in adjustment to
correspond. One of the many leaders in past years has made a keen
distinction between an adjusting and an adjustment, claiming that
the things done DAILY are adjustings, and when the job is complete
replacement from present subluxated position to former maximum
normal position, then an adjustment has been given.
Until the advent of NCM, this was a difference without any
scientific deduction of distinction. It was a theory without proof to
prove itself.
Adjustment of yesterday took months or years.
Adjustment of today takes days or weeks.
Adjustment of yesterday was based upon a complete restoration
to complete normal position.
Adjustment of today is based upon sufficient replacement to
PERMANENTLY RELEASE PRESSURE, and with no other object
in view, for when THIS has been accomplished we have accomplished
ALL that IS NECESSARY to liberate mental impulse flow, to let
Innate get individual well. That is the end sought, the object attained.
Yesterday we thot, without other than mental deductions, that it
TOOK MONTHS AND YEARS to complete replacement to position
in situ to release that pressure.
Today we KNOW, with scientific proof given by NCM, that
pressures can be and are permanently released in days or weeks.
360
RECONSTRUCTION OF FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES
Today we KNOW that we are restoring health WITHOUT
REPLACING THE VERTEBRAL SUBLUXATION BACK INTO
ITS FORMER NORMAL POSITION.
To adjust the vertebra just enough, just long enough to permanently
release pressure is the adjustment of today upon the subluxation
of actuality of yesterday.
Our concepts of a vertebral subluxation remain the same. Our
concept of what constitutes an adjustment has changed. No longer
do we need keep hammering away until we have put it back where it
belongs. We now adjust until pressures are permanently released
AND THEN STOP. And how can we tell WHEN TO STOP? Only
with the concise information given by the exact use of a correctly
scientific, accurately adjusted, reliable neurocalometer.
We now solve, for first time in our history, that old bugbear problem
about adjusting a case that was sick, for months or years, and, whether
the case got well or worse, subluxation still remained as palpation
seemed to prove, and spinograph DID prove.
We have been innocently but ignorantly adjusting the subluxated
vertebrae BEYOND necessity of releasing pressure upon nerves.
Hence we have been ignorantly dangerous because we were
introducing the doing of that which was unnecessary which meant
THE PRODUCTION OF PRESSURES rather than their reduction.
Any action based upon ignorance which later, based upon
education, we would not perform, is dangerous.
Without the knowledge given us by NCM, we were ignorant, even
tho innocently so. And in this respect I would not minimize my guilt,
for I have been more guilty than all of you, for it was I who taught all
of you those things, in that way, to that extent; therefore, my
individual guilt is the sum total of all your guilts.
With knowledge given us by neurocalometer, we are educated.
With that education we now know that all adjustments given beyond
that necessary to permanently release pressures are unnecessary,
therefore dangerous. And in this respect I could not maximize my
guilt, even tho deliberate, if I were to go on as before, knowing the
difference. It is MY duty to myself,
361
HISTORY REPEATS
to you people, and to the public at large to present the bold facts which
are so indisputably before us that we might do right by ourselves as
well as by them.
The neurocalometer is giving us a new insight into the service we
must render to the sick. We need the neurocalometer to tell us
WHERE, and we still need the spinograph to tell us HOW. All the rest
remains the same.
(Fountain Head News, September 26, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
362
CHAPTER 58
The Story Of
AN IMPORTANT ANGLE
(Fountain Head News, October 10, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
As a general rule, most articles written by some writers and
published in Chiropractic publications do not strike at taproot. Here is
one which does, therefore it is worthy of discussion.
That writers position is:
What is wrong with Chiropractic or Chiropractors? Why are we failing
as a movement today, when we were growing in 1914 when the writer
entered Chiropractic?
His solution is:
In 1914 we were getting results. In 1925 we were not. Why? In 1914 we
were doing general adjusting. In 1923 he was adjusting majors
specifically and exclusively. In his opinion, this constitutes the real
difference between then and now in methods, which determined results,
which predetermined failures, etc. He states: We changed from the
general to the specific in adjusting when the idea of majors came along,
WITHOUT TRAINING ourselves IN DIAGNOSING so that we could
accurately select the right major.
Diagnosis is error in essence. If picking majors WITHOUT
diagnosis was bad, does adding ANOTHER ERROR (diagnosis)
improve the first? To add diagnosis is to double the error.
As a profession, we have been stepping FORWARD.
Majors and Minors was the LEFT foot forward. In principle, it was
right then and is right now. In a MINOR per cent of cases we picked
majors correctly. In MAJORITY of cases we did not. When we did,
results were remarkable, showing the method HAD merit. But we
could not pick that major correctly in MAJORITY of cases.
Neurocalometer is the RIGHT foot forward. It picks major in 100
per cent of cases. THAT is vital. That writer admits majors right IF he
could find majors. NCM does, but HE cant see the NCMmissing
link HE needs to set himself right.
363
HISTORY REPEATS
Of the two methods(a) majors WITHOUT NCM, or (b) general
adjusting, I would rather take latter; but if I had my choice between (a)
majors picked WITH NCM, or (b) general adjusting, I would take
former, one thousand times over.
In that writers case, general adjusting takes us backward to 1914
when HE came in.
The trouble with Majors and Minors was that we did not KNOW
whether or not we had the major. We mentally hypothesized, but we
had no proof except after months of adjusting, and then only when
case told us she was better, same, or worse.
The trouble with general adjusting BEFORE THE DAYS OF
MAJORS AND MINORS was that we did not know what we were
doing. We were taking pot-shots at all, cracking em all, hitting
everything all along the line. We did not know whether our cases were
getting better or worse until months after when THEY told US.
However, this much is truegeneral adjusting is a good massage, and
patients purr under it like a cat would in getting its back scratchedif
that indicates knowledge or actual delivery of health to the sick.
Results attained under Majors and Minors, by comparison with days
of general adjusting, were even higher under Majors, even tho
imperfectly understood or applied. Average of hits was greater.
In general adjusting (according to that writer) you DO NOT KNOW
whether or not you have right vertebra; you DO NOT KNOW whether
or not pressure upon nerves has been removed; you DO NOT KNOW
whether or not you have increased that pressure; you DO NOT
KNOW whether or not you have interfered with transmission of
mental impulses. And every Chiropractor knows that it IS important
TO KNOW THESE ESSENTIAL CHIROPRACTIC
FUNDAMENTALS, TO GET THE SICK WELL. No longer can we
blind our eyes, plug our ears, chloroform our minds, and play a
Chopin all up and down our spinal keys, and let it go at that. The man
who WILL last in Chiropractic is the man who will KNOW WHAT
HE IS DOING, WHERE HE IS DOING IT, HOW HE IS DOING IT,
AND WHEN TO DO IT.
364
AN IMPORTANT ANGLE
To advocate general adjusting is to go back to the days before we
knew there was a major. To advocate use of a neurocalometer is to
make that major positive. One is to step backward to the days of 1914,
and the other is to step forward to 1925.
No one KNOWS how essential it is to contrast between methods of
cracking em all up and down the spine, and how little any of that
actually means, as that Chiropractor who has a neurocalometer and
has finally had it conquer him to prove to him that cracking bones
DOES NOT REMOVE PRESSURE FROM NERVES. Hundreds of
Chiropractors have adjusted and adjusted, only to find constant
proof before them that THEY WERE NOT REMOVING PRESSURE
FROM NERVES. This truth is glaringly obvious now, under major
method now being taught with NCM.
To multiply that evil by twenty-four, two times (up and down on
each side), means that you multiply same issue.
If you did not release pressure in SPECIFIC MAJOR WORK, how
can you accomplish same end BY MULTIPLYING SAME ISSUE
BY TWENTY-FOUR? Absence of any definite knowledge under
major work is same definite absence of knowledge under general
adjusting. To multiply the ratio does not reduce the error.
Moving bones, whether it be one or twenty-four, twice, means
nothing UNLESS BY SO DOING YOU HAVE RELEASED
PRESSURES AND RESTORED TRANSMISSIONS. WHERE is
that pressure? Moving twenty-four bones does not determine that.
Some say that by cracking em all, we cant miss any. We havent
missed HITTING BONESEVERY ONE OF THEMBUT THAT
DOESNT MEAN ANYTHING UNLESS WE HAVE RELEASED
PRESSURES AND RESTORED TRANSMISSIONS. Can you know
when you have done that, merely adjusting all of them, this way then
that way?
No one knows this better than those Chiropractors who have
permitted the neurocalometer to check up their adjusting. They
KNOW there is something different between cracking bones and
giving an adjustment TO RELEASE PRESSURE UPON NERVES.
365
HISTORY REPEATS
Neurocalometer makes KNOWING a high art, a positive and safe
bet, but it requires mental activities, hard work, time, and labor.
That writer prefers to rig up a soft bed and give his patients a gentle,
general, all-spinal massage, up one side and down other.
Chiropractic is an assured service. Chiropractors are going thru an
evolution and they will be in that process until the profession puts its
right foot forward. It is possible that other theories may again hold us
up from moving forward, we may get stalled for a time by a wreck
along the line, but EVENTUALLY THE CHIROPRACTOR MUST
BE A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE; ONE WHO KNOWS WHAT HE IS
DOING, WHERE HE IS TO DO IT, WHY HE IS DOING IT, AND
WHEN TO STOP DOING ITand general adjusting makes none of
this possible.
The quicker Chiropractors OF TODAY come to those methods
which give us KNOWLEDGE, the quicker they will be building their
business that will be in permanent existence TOMORROW.
(Fountain Head News, October 10, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
366
CHAPTER 59
The Story Of
DROPPING BY THE WAYSIDEAND WHY
(Fountain Head News, October 24, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Since September, 1924, more than 4,000 Chiropractors names have
been taken off our mailing listdropped by the wayside; closed up
shop; taken down their shingles; gone into some other business; turned
their diplomas to the wall. Every day we get new names to take off.
Yet the bottom has not been reached.
Is this because ChiropracTIC is wrong? No! Is it because the public
has lost regard for ChiropracTIC? No!
It is because CHIROPRACTORS HAVE LOST CONFIDENCE IN
THEMSELVES AND ARE NOT DOING THOSE THINGS
NECESSARY TO RESTORE IT.
Lyceum, 1924, sounded the awakening of a new day; a better era;
the establishing of a new foundation; a brighter and bigger future for
ChiropracTIC and ChiropracTORS andthe third elementthe sick
public.
What WAS that clarion note that rang long and strongso clear and
true that it effected the professional careers of so many of our people?
UP TO THAT HOUR every spine contained pressures upon nerves
the location of which remained a secret, hidden inside, which
interfered with transmission that was causing disease. UP TO THAT
HOUR, Chiropractors KNEW they were there, but did not know
WHERE. Unless they knew WHERE pressures were, unless they
could RELEASE those pressures, and unless they could PROVE this,
before and after adjustment, Chiropractor was comparatively helpless
in rendering a competent, intelligent, satisfactory, safe, sane, and
sensible service to the sick.
There were no studies or methods at their command to tell them
WHERE pressures upon nerves were. Without this definite
367
HISTORY REPEATS
and exacting knowledge, Chiropractors were paddling the high seas in
an open skiff, without a rudder, compass, or steering wheel, heading
for a port which they knew existed, location of which was a mystery.
This statement struck terror to our hearts. It came from the mouth of
a man who knew no fear in facing facts or in stating them without
equivocation after he HAD faced them. It came from the mind of that
one man who was fearless in stating issues which HE HAD TO
KNOW before he could utter them. It came from the one man in our
profession who had his lifework at stake and everything he had in this
world to lose, if wrong. This man was one in whom ALL had
confidence, whether they agreed or disagreed with his vision,
judgment, or opinions.
No sooner did he utter this positive body blow at very vitals of our
movement than he offered a key, an open sesame, a direct method that
would unlock the hidden secret, find and prove WHERE
PRESSURES UPON NERVES WERE, in spines of those who came
to us; which could and would do the very thing which everybody
knew we had to know how to do. He offered an obvious, tangible,
scientific method of accomplishing the end.
But, because it was HE who stated the problem and offered the
solution; because it was HE who presented it to our profession under
conditions which safeguarded its proper public use, up went the cry of
prejudice, ignorance, contempt, etc.
At this point the field should have taken a 100 per cent hold on the
movement; gone into it wholeheartedly; investigated; tried it. Instead,
the field split 80-20 on him and it. 20 per cent discussed ITS MERIT;
80 per cent cussed HIS MOTIVES. This they had a right to do, which
right they fully exercised. 80 per cent also had the right to pay the
price for taking the avenue they did. They ARE paying that price.
More than 4,000 have closed offices, and more are headed the same
way.
AND HERES THE VITAL MORAL; THE SELF-EVIDENT
FACT IS STILL WITH US. Merely because one man uttered it, 20 per
cent believed him and 80 per cent denied him, HAS NOT CHANGED
IT; 20 per cent being for, 80 per cent being against the man who said
it HAS NOT CHANGED THE FACT that thousands still do not
know where pressures upon nerves are, and the neurocalometer can
find them if properly used.
368
DROPPING BY THE WAYSIDEAND WHY
Every Chiropractor KNOWS that a pressure upon nerves is THE
CAUSE of dis-ease. Every Chiropractor KNOWS that he does not
know how to accurately, positively, and exactly look at, feel,
spinograph, or get symptoms of, and PICK CORRECT LOCATION
OF WHERE THERE IS PRESSURE UPON NERVES. Every
Chiropractor of that 80 per cent should know what the 20 per cent
knows, viz., that the NCM does accurately, positively, and exactly
locate exact place where there is pressure upon nerves.
20 per cent are boldly walking up to that issue, facing it
KNOWINGLY, and it does not strangle them. Thousands of others
approach a spine with fear and trembling, knowing they DO NOT
KNOW what they ought to know, before and after giving an
adjustment.
If that is true, then 80 per cent cussing the man who said it, or
damning the instrument that does it, and all the alibiing about too
much time, high cost, etc., does not change it, make it wrong,
modify, or amend it. And if it is untrue, then the 20 per cent praising
the man who said it, or the instrument which does it, and every excuse
manufactured to save it, would not do so. Opinions of me or the NCM,
privately or publicly expressed, have not changed that fact since 1924
Lyceum.
If 80 per cent of Chiropractors would cease condemning the man or
instrument and would face fact; stop breeding alibis and admit truth,
they could save themselves on an issue that still stands unchallenged.
It is the inability of our 80 per cent to grasp that message which is
wearing down our numbers. If the 80 per cent would FACE FACT,
prepare themselves to meet it so that they could find exact location of
pressures upon nerves, they would restore their confidence in
themselves and join with those who will remain in business.
These 80 per cent gather in their family circles, district meetings,
state conventions. Somebody starts telling the group what he thinks of
B.J. or the NCM. If they would discuss the comparative results or
opinions of those 20 per cent WHO KNOW AND HAVE SEEN THE
OTHER SIDE INTELLIGENTLY PRESENTED, their gatherings
would be constructive to all present.
369
HISTORY REPEATS
One recent convention, thinking to play diplomacy, printed on their
program: This is a Chiropractic convention. There will be no
demonstration of instruments of any kind. Somebody with short
vision might call this clever; but the simple and obvious fact still
remains that they DONT KNOW WHERE PRESSURE UPON
NERVES IS, OR HOW TO FIND IT, UNLESS THEY MEET THIS I
N S T R U M E N T QUESTION FAIRLY AND SQUARELY. 80
per cent may shove it off their program, but it still exists as a fact in
the spine of every patient and in the mind of every Chiropractor. It will
still rise as a ghost to haunt every member when he gets back to his
office, UNTIL HE KNOWS.
In the hearts of thousands of these 80 per cent of Chiropractors today
there is ever present that gnawing idea, deep in the secret recesses of
their souls, that THEY DONT KNOW WHERE PRESSURES
UPON NERVES ARE; AND THEY KNOW THEY HAVE NO
WAY OF FINDING OUT; AND THEY KNOW THAT UNLESS
THEY DO KNOW, THEY ARE NOT GETTING AT TAPROOT OF
SERVICE WHICH SICK PEOPLE HAVE A RIGHT TO DEMAND.
Constant drip, drip of water will wear away granite. Daily thinking
about what that 80 per cent ought to know, as they look at every spine
and do not know, is like that water. It is eating into his soul and
destroying his confidence in himself. It makes him meet with shifting
eye, with evasive answer, with an adjustment that is occasionally
correct and more often is not; doesnt know whether it was given in
the right place, in right direction, or whether or not it released pressure
upon nerves; neither does he know when to stop. To carry that sort of
mental load will break any man down.
4,000 of those 80 per cent FORCED THEMSELVES OUT of
Chiropractic. They may be too proud to admit they were wrong; there
can be a million alibis; but alibis do not meet facts.
There is something about that 80 per cent WHO DO NOT KNOW
that makes them act with a self-consciousness, that makes it all a sham
to the public they face. The mind which DOES NOT KNOW, does
not think clearly, does not act responsively; actions are forced. He
tries to kid himself and his business, but he doesnt succeed. Public
sees thru evasions!
370
DROPPING BY THE WAYSIDEAND WHY
Contrast those men with the 20 per cent WHO KNOW, who look
every man in the eye. Their mind is clear, conscience clean, voice
rings true and positive, language is certain, and they speak in terms all
understand. They radiate confidence BECAUSE THEY POSSESS IT.
They KNOW what they are doing, assert themselves, prove it to their
patientsthey know where they are going and why. They have that
something which comes to men WHO KNOW. They do not need to
kid themselves; they act natural.
That is what is going on in our profession!
One group of 80 per cent try to kid themselves. They write articles,
appear before groups and alibi themselves by saying they would be all
right if they had diagnosis, etc. The group of 20 per cent are quietly
doing the right thing, using neurocalometer, and getting results. They
stand ready to help the 80 per cent group.
CHIROPRACTIC NEEDS BOTH GROUPSEVERY ONE OF
THEM. There is room for 50,000 Chiropractors in America today.
Need is greater now than ever before, BUT PROGRESS HAS
DEMANDED THAT THEY BE BETTER FIT, KNOW MORE
THAN FORMERLY, AND BE MORE COMPETENT THAN
BEFORE.
85 per cent of 2,500 Chiropractors with neurocalometer are verifying
the opinion of the call that went up in THE HOUR HAS STRUCK.
They are endorsing the mans vision, judgment, and opinion. They
KNOW where pressures upon nerves are.
Here is a recent commercial analogy which fits our situation. It
proves that progress WILL come, that it MUST be accepted, and
comes into its own only after a battle royal. Fight it if you willit
comes!
This is one of the most thrilling examples of one of the most
wonderful commercial struggles of modern history. It is big because of
importance of opposing factors, of the many millions of dollars
invested on both sides, of service rendered to two national groups of
humanity and to the millions served.
Its the story of the gramophone.
I remember vividly a few years ago when a man with a box traveled
about from town to town. He set the box on a table,
371
HISTORY REPEATS
folks gathered about, and we stuck rubber tubes in our ears. Five cents
a listen. Records were cylinders. They ran by arm grease.
Then came the flat hard-rubber disc which reproduced better,
clearer, and louder, played longer. Electric motor ran the machine.
They came in beautiful cabinets with open or concealed horn.
Factories were working overtime. Salesmen were reaping fortunes.
Everybody had onefrom a $1,000 period cabinet down to the
folding satchel which played on the back of a boat in the moonlight.
The public went wild over them.
Suddenly a storm broke loose. It rained disaster upon the factory,
salesmen, buyers alike. Lightning struck everybody. A man named
Marconi turned this tornado, cyclone, and typhoon loose. He
presented a problem to the world. He solved that problem. He made a
maiden speechbefore a Lyceum of electrical engineers, so to speak.
He presented the world with RADIO.
It was the announcing of a new day, new era in progress; a new
invention was being given laborious birth for the benefit of the people.
He was offering a SUBSTITUTE for the phonograph and its discs.
RADIO swept the country off its feet. It grew from nothing until one
was in EVERY home. It became one of the most momentous
movements in history.
The bottom fell out of the phonograph business. Stock went to
almost nothing. Dozens of factories went into bankruptcy. Hundreds
of stores closed their doors. Millions of phonographs were covered
with dust in the homes. Millions of records remained silent.
As radios came in, phonographs went out. It was progress speaking!
People were FOR the substitutebut how the man being substituted
deplored it. Could he stop it?
Old, well-established factories connected with the phonograph
industry could not close their factories and quit at will, any more than
thousands of Chiropractors could turn keys in office doors at noon and
take the afternoon train on an extended vacation, merely because
something disagreeable was worrying them.
372
DROPPING BY THE WAYSIDEAND WHY
New radio factories were built, covering blocks of property, costing
millions. It was evolution acting!
WHAT COULD PHONOGRAPH FACTORIES DO? They were
face-to-face with stockholders, with factories on their hands, with
immense stocks of unfinished goods.
They had two alternatives:
First: They could pooh-pooh radio, make light of it, call it a fad, say
it did not work. They could also damn Marconi, call him grafter,
blood-sucking upon the people because he demanded an exacting fee
sufficient to continue progress on his invention to maintain a service
in keeping with its value.
Second: They could face the inevitable, smile, get into the game
AND WORK WITH IT.
Finding, later than sooner, that to continue to oppose public demand
was to go into bankruptcy, THEY SUCCUMBED.
THENand not until thenis when the men of vision in the
phonograph business got down to bedrock, FACED FACTS no matter
how it hurt. THEY SOLVED THEIR PHONOGRAPH PROBLEM
AND SAVED IT FROM BEING COMMERCIALLY BURIED, BY
ADDING RADIO TO IT, AND THUS CHANGED THE
INCOMING INVENTION INTO A PHONOGRAPH-RADIO
SALVATION TO HELP BOTH OF THEM.
They created a new hook-up whereby they could play the record thru
their reproducer, thru their cabinets, into and thru a
radio-amplification, until today you can have a radio-amplification of
any recording thru a phonograph cabinet instrument. With this new
hook-up, you can choose your song or your artist. You can have radio
at your convenience. Progress superlativean improved phonograph,
a radio without static.
The moral should be obvious to Chiropractors!
Every hour some fellow in that 80 per cent group, who can no longer
be master of his mind, master of his soul, master of his convictions,
master of his KNOWLEDGE of pressures upon nerves, is dropping
out. Others in the 20 per cent group WHO KNOW come to take their
place. For the 4,000 who have dropped out, who did not know, 4,000
more WHO DO KNOW are needed to fill the vacancies. Market
remains the same. As the automo-
373
HISTORY REPEATS
bile came in, horse went out; as electric streetcar came in, horse-pulled
car had to go; as electric light came in, kerosene went; as the man with
NCM comes in, the man who lost vaIuable time condemning the man
who showed the light and calling it the bunk, goes. Its the law of
compensation, the survival of the fittest, the principle of progress.
Chiropractic can ill-afford to lose a single man. We are sorry to lose
any. Many of those who are gone were good men worth while. But
instead of getting into step, they preferred to damn the man who made
progress possible, cuss the instrument which would have saved them,
and challenge the motives of all who made it possible. 80 per cent
took the tactics that drove themselves out. We stand ready now to
help, to render aid, to save them against themselves.
THE HOUR HAS STRUCK for every man of that 80 per cent who
continues to alibi himself and his public about why he does not know
where pressures upon nerves are.
It will continue to strike until 100 per cent of Chiropractors are
competent to render an intelligent service to the sick; or until such
time as the sick get what they have a right to expect, now that it is at
our commandand that includes an exacting knowledge of where
pressures upon nerves are, and how to release them, and prove it by
positive assurances.
When we can build a 100 per cent profession composed of men and
women who will look forward and upward into the face of facts, learn
to move forward and upward with progressive movements without
alibiing, help build instead of condemning men and motives, then we
will not lose any more of those 80 per cent of followers, because they
will hear what is spoken and see what is demonstrated rather than be
deaf to reason and blinded by prejudice.
We have thousands of wonderful people in our profession who got
started off on the wrong foot. If they will change, there is yet time to
save themselves.
The 20 per cent have saved themselves! Why not the 80 per cent?
(Fountain Head News, October 24, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
374
CHAPTER 60
The Story Of
THE ALL-IMPORTANT BURNING
QUESTION
(Fountain Head News, November 2, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Diagnosis goes to the taproot of one thingthat is all. It goes to the
taproot of quality.
Let us divide diagnosis into its two branches:
(a) Symptomatology goes to taproot of quality of function.
(b) Pathology goes to taproot of quality of matter.
Think over every question you can possibly ask a patient on
symptomatology, and you will find it goes to taproot of quality of
function. What kind of pain is it? Is it a sharp or dull pain; a burning
or itching; does it smart?
Diagnosis of blood, sputum, urine, feces, all goes to taproot of
quality of matter.
Beginning and ending of all diagnosis is symptomatology and
pathologyand there are no other branchesgo squarely to taproot of
quality of thing being seen, analyzed, or tested in laboratory.
Chiropractic handles this subject from another angle. We prefer
another termanalysis. Analysis goes to taproot of QUANTITY. We
have worked out families, species, equations. All three go to taproot of
QUANTITY. When we talk about diphtheria, we talk about calorific
function. When we talk about calorific function, we talk of the
familyC-plus or C-minus. When we talk of diplegia, we are talking
of the family which is not thereM-plus or M-minus. In scarlet fever,
we are discussing fever and poison features and thinking of C-plus or
C-minus, E-plus or E-minus, because we are discussing QUANTITY.
Go a step further and see that EVERY INCOORDINATION of the
human body is based upon these nine primary functions, in some one
of its families, in some one of the endless
375
HISTORY REPEATS
combinations of its species, in some of its equations as in plus or
minus; then you can see that EVERY incoordination is based upon the
relative study of the function or the quantity of matter that is or is not.
Quantity of function is what determines QUALITY of that function.
QUANTITY of function PREDETERMINES QUALITY of that
function. Quantity of function present in a given quantity of matter is
what predetermines quality of function which is passing thru that
matter. Quantity of mental impulses going thru brain is what
predetermines quality of thot. Quantity of mental impulses going thru
digestive system predetermines quality of digestive function.
QUANTITY of mental impulses going into bowels predetermines
QUALITY of that function which empties bowels. If there is too much
quantity of mental impulses, we have too much action. If there is not
enough QUANTITY, then there is not enough quality of action; then
we have constipation. Quality is consequent to quantity. Quantity
predetermines quality, and quality never predetermines quantity.
What predetermines quantity? Again we go right back to spine, to
subluxation with its interference to transmission. That determines
quantity. Condition of spine predetermines quantity of transmission
flow. Quantity of transmission flow predetermines quality of function
in matter.
Let us make it more clear. What is it that makes light in electric
globe? QUANTITY of electricity. If we got less electricity, would we
get any light? And, if we got too much electricity, what would
happen? Globe burns out. That is a simple illustration, but it is
obvious.
We get BACK to fundamentals. At which end are you going to
beginquality end or quantity end? Why should you begin at
quantity-producing end? Because it predetermines quantity, and
quantity predetermines quality. You go back to causative factor, not
effective factor. If, at any time, you need approach effective factor,
why should you? What would any information on quality factor
predetermine? It keeps bringing you back to the back; back to the
spine. We cant get away from that fact.
A great fuss and stew is made by physicians. Is this case chickenpox
or smallpox? One physician says it is chickenpox,
376
THE ALL-IMPORTANT BURNING QUESTION
other says it is smallpox. Which is it? What difference does it make? It
is a study of quality. Who is to say what is red, carmine, or pink? Who
is to say what shades of color are? I have seen authorities dispute the
quality of colors. When we begin to argue over shades of colors, none
of us will agree. When we begin to argue over quality of matter or
function, we are bound to differ with each other, out of which grows
endless complications. I doubt whether there are a half-dozen persons
in this room, who, turned loose on any certain case, would agree on
just what the shade of quality was, or quality of matter involved in that
case. That is why diagnosis can never be a sciencebecause the shade
of the quality in symptomatology they see is never alike, and no two of
us look at the same thing alike, so we differ on the shades of quality
that may exist in that case. And when it comes to shades of
QUANTITY that may be involved, we might be in serious dispute. If
there were no scientific factor involved, that takes the dispute out of
the realm of guessing and gives us information scientifically.
(Fountain Head News, November 2, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
377
CHAPTER 61
The Story Of
A PUZZLE AND HOW TO DEFEAT IT
(Fountain Head News, November 28, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The first of every month, there is one bill that comes that makes me
boil. I resent every $ that must be checked out. Its one of my big
items and I get nothing for itthats the worst of it. If I could just feel
that I was getting something for my money, I could somewhat soothe
my injured and ruffled feelings in the matter.
This bill is averaging $600 a month. I have tried to figure it out,
what it is that I pay for, and I cannot. Nobody else can. I have tried to
have our buyer check up on what it is we buy, but we say the company
we buy from never has and never will deliver anything. He is an
expert buyer, but this is an item we never see anybody unloading at
the stock door, yet he okehs every bill every month.
This is one account that somebody is slipping something over on
him, monthly. When I call him to account, he smiles, shrugs his
shoulders, as much as to say How can I help it? and then walks
away. If anybody else tried to pull that kind of a stunt on him, their
bills would be refused credit.
What this is that I pay for, I dont know. Nobody else knows. It
comes in, and I believe that it comes altho I cannot prove it, but how it
comes I do not know. Nobody else does. It is here, at least I think it is;
it seems to stay awhile, yet I am told that it cant stay and be here; and
then it leaves, altho I am told that it was never hereand all this I am
asked to take, swallow and believe in good faith and pay for; all of
which I know is true and yet I cant prove any of it. Neither can
anybody else.
What it is I am paying for, nobody knows. I have seen some of it on
rare occasions. But, when I saw it, I was glad that I could SEE it for it
was quite a ways away. I know I get it delivered to us yet I am not
positive about even that. I just think so, altho I
378
A PUZZLE AND HOW TO DEFEAT IT
admit that I do think so quite strongly. The good money that I pay for
it is real not only to me who gives it but to the fellow who takes it.
And, the fellow who takes my money for what he gives me does not
know that he is giving me anything, yet he takes my money, monthly,
for something he does not know he has given me. So far as he is
concerned, it is just a book transaction.
I have tried to trail this thing down. I have traveled from one place to
another; I have asked various men high up and they all laughed at me
for being so foolish as to try to find out what it is I pay for and dont
get; yet get and dont know.
I ask them, Where does it come from, that which comes into my
home, office and business? They say: I do not know. Neither does
the man who sells it to me. Neither does anybody else, for that matter.
Everybody seems to be in the dark, either with or without it; where it
comes from or goes to or what it does when it is or isnt.
I have gone to the place where it comes in. I have looked to see it
coming. Do I see it? They show me just where it IS coming in. I look
again and see nothing. I stand there like an idiot. They laugh at me and
I laugh at them. We are both sane men and I have as much right to
laugh at him as he at me. Neither one of us has anything on the other;
and both of us have it on each other for both of us look, one says
Yes, the other says No and both are right and both are wrong.
Do I see it while it is here, in my home, office or business? No! Do I
see it go; for, like a friend it is constantly going everywhere to help me
conduct my business? No! And yet I have every reason to believe that
I get itfor a while at least, and yet I am told that it never hesitates for
even a second.
Any man is a darn fool to buy something he doesnt know what; pay
for something he knows not what; and keep on doing that for years
and yet I do, and so do you and millions of others. University
professors are no different than the insane in asylums in that respect.
I would like to take a bushel basket, a quart cup, a gallon can, a foot
rule or a wagon and go to a store and cart some of it home, but if I
tried to do this I would be laughed at as being a moronat least,
TODAY. I cant bring any of it into my home. It comes in
379
HISTORY REPEATS
without me. One minute I look all around and I do not see it. The next
second I look, and there it is. And, even tho looking right at it, and
seeing it, I dont see it. I couldnt take any of it out of my house, if I
wished. It goes without me knowing it. One minute I look all around
and there it is. The next, it is gone. And, even tho seeing it, it goes and
I cant see it go. It surely is slippery. And then, there are times when it
is here, when it isnt. That is it IS here, but nobody knows it. It is right
here in MY home and I am reasonably certain it is, but I cant prove
that it is or isnt.
Does it come in thru doors, windows, skylights? No! How does it
come in? Thats what worries me, for I dont know.
What is this mysterious robber that robs me of $600 per month and
gives me nothing in return? It is ELECTRICITY!
I hire an electrician, he comes, lays pipes and pulls thru wires. He
sticks on globes, motors and fans on the ends of two of them. They are
strung all around, all over. I hire this labor, I pay for it. I buy the
materialsthe globes, wires and motorsand ALL THIS BELONGS
TO ME. I pay for them. These are the THINGS that I KNOW
something about because they are personal property.
I can stretch out the wire and measure it by the foot or mile. I can
measure the size of the copper and weigh it on the scale. I can buy
globes by the carton, count them, look them over and check the quality
of the materials in them. The motors have a stated size with which I
can agree. All this IS MATERIAL SUBSTANCE AND IS A
MATERIAL EVIDENCE OF SOMETHING I BUY AND PAY FOR.
But, those wires are useless; those globes are dead; and those
motors are lifeless UNTIL THAT GREAT UNKNOWN slips into,
thru or over those wires to those globes and motors. THAT GREAT
UNKNOWN IS ELECTRICITYand that is the something I buy,
pay for, get, use, and cant see, and dont know what it is.
It comes, I turn it on or off, I burn it up at will and yet get more all
the time, subject to my demand and command. There is an endless
reserve always ready for my instant service.
380
A PUZZLE AND HOW TO DEFEAT IT
So, after all, when I pay $600 a month, when I BUY ELEC-
TRICITY, I AM BUYING SERVICE. Twenty-four hours a day, 365
days a year; a steady, regular, constant CURRENT OF SERVICE is
for me to use or not use. I have a full quantity OF SERVICE
guaranteed, night or day.
And, thinking of SERVICE, spell it this way, SERVE US and that
is exactly what they are giving us and what we are paying for.
SERVICE runs my motors, SERVICE gives me light, anywhere,
anytime, all the time.
This SerVICE is being rendered nationally, everywhere. Telephones,
radio, street cars, automobiles, aeroplanes, light, presses. WITHOUT
THIS SERVICE, the world would retrogress 1,000 years. Who would
want to live, today, WITHOUT THIS SERVICE?
If I were inclined to pursue the same style of reasoning of many
people I know, I should resent paying for this something the character
of which I didnt know. I could use my reason and refuse to pay for
SOMETHING WHICH I WAS NOT THE OWNER OF. I could
refuse to pay for something that comes into my home, office or place
of business, which I WAS COMPELLED TO USE, WHICH I
COULDNT POSSESS, OWN, FEEL THE PRIDE OF BEING THE
OWNER OF. I want to feel that whatever I buy, that I pay for, IS
MINE to do with as I please, to use in any manner I desire.
Being peeved because I must pay for something because I couldnt
own it, wouldnt get me anywhere, because I MUST HAVE THAT
SERVICE, for without it my phone is dead, my auto wont run, my
lights are dark, my motors stand still, my business is paralyzed and if I
did all this to play up to my ego, I would be a commercial fool.
Without THAT SERVICE, EVERYTHING I HAVE ELECTRICAL
IS GOOD FOR NOTHING.
Seven thousand two hundred dollars a year is being paid FOR
ELECTRICITY. ELECTRICITY IS SERVICE. SERVICE IS
ELECTRICITY. Seven thousand two hundred dollars a year FOR
ELECTRICAL SERVICE. The most of YOU are doing the same
thing, in a smaller degree.
381
HISTORY REPEATS
Everything is all set, the house is wired, the juice is turned on. If I
never use it, not one iota, I must still pay a certain flat rate, a
minimum price because THE SERVICE was there ready for me IF I
DID want it. That I dont use, or need or want THE SERVICE is no
fault of theirs. So, I pay FOR SERVICE whether I use it or not.
Service supplied, whether used or not, is service paid for.
I suggest that we combine and start a general free-for-all rumpus.
Lets kick up a little insurrection against the light and power
companies for CHARGING US SUCH HIGH RATES MERELY
FOR SERVICE. Lets pay them for the actual cost of the wires,
globes, motors, AND THEN REFUSE TO PAY ANYTHING FOR
SERVICE. That certainly would be fair. Lets insist, that anything we
pay for must BELONG TO US. Then, they may leave this electricity
IN OUR HOUSE WHERE WE CAN SAY IT BELONGS TO ME!
and I can do with it as I please.
All in favor of this motion, say Aye!
Now that the motion is carried, suppose we appoint a committee to
go down to the light and power companies and tell them that we have
passed it. We will give them a piece of our mind and tell them that
The Amalgamated International Association of Disgruntled
Electricity Owners hereafter refuse to buy or pay for anything that we
cant own. That ought to bring down those outrageous prices they now
charge us, monthly, FOR SERVICE. The first cost of the wires, globes
and motors should be enough to make them rich.
If we MUST pay for SERVICE to get electricity, then well insist
upon their giving us full title and possession so we can claim it in our
inventory of stock on hand. Of course, what we really want is to have
the motors run and the globes give us light, WITHOUT THE HIGH
PRICE THAT GOES WITH THE SERVICE; and, it may be that
there is SOME WAY BY WHICH WE CAN GET SERVICE
WITHOUT PAYING FOR IT; OR, PAYING FOR IT, GET TITLE
TO OWNERSHIP IN IT. Anyhow, thats our kick. That will force
them to shut down their plant and then well have the satisfaction of
knowing that OUR RIGHTS WE PRIZE AND OUR LIBERTIES WE
WILL MAINTAIN!
382
A PUZZLE AND HOW TO DEFEAT IT
Then what! NO ELECTRICAL SERVICE.
Back to kerosene, Hurrah! We can OWN that. We can BUY
kerosene lamps and OWN THEM, by gosh! Hurrah again!
We may not be able to make kerosene slip our messages over wires,
nor can kerosene run our motors or fans, but gol-darn it all, WE OWN
IT and thats the BIG OBJECTIVE. Hurrah again!
I know kerosene has its disadvantages, but I also know that I can go
to a store AND BUY IT and after I have bought it, IT IS MINE. I can
own the can that it comes to my home in. I can own five whole gallons
of it. I know that it is greasy, stinky, dirty, but in spite of these factors
I have the personal satisfaction in knowing that even tho it gets my
hands greasy it IS MY GREASE that is doing it; even tho it stinks the
kitchen, IT IS MY STINK TO MAKE as often as I please; and even
tho dirty it is MY KEROSENE that makes the dirt. I know that I will
have to clean the chimney from smoke every morning, BUT IT IS MY
CHIMNEY AND MY DIRT MADE WITH MY KEROSENE and
there is a satisfaction in all that. Its going to be a trifle inconvenient to
carry the lamp about from room to room, but while carrying the lamp
around I can rub the glass, and know that IT IS MINE; I can look thru
the glass and see the kerosene, every drop of which IS MINE. I will
not, of course, get as much light from the kerosene lamp, but the light
that I DO get comes from a lamp and a kerosene THAT IS MINE.
And, the members of The Amalgamated International Association of
Disgruntled Electricity Owners would rather put up with all these
inconveniences AND OWN THE THINGS WE USE, than to help
further a better national service and not own the LIGHT AND
POWER COMPANYS ELECTRICAL SERVICE we pay for.
(Fountain Head News, November 28, 1925, TWENTY-SIX YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
383
CHAPTER 62
The Story Of
FACING FACTS
By W. B. Halsted, D.C.
(Fountain Head News, July 26, 1927, TWENTY-FOUR YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
RADIANT LIFE
I wish to be simple, honest, natural, frank, clean in mind, in body,
unaffectedready to say I do not know, if so it be; to meet all men on
an absolute equalityto face any obstacle and meet every difficulty
unafraid and unabashed.
I wish to live without hate, whim, jealousy, envy or fear. I wish others to
live their lives tooup to their highest and best.
To that end I pray that I may never meddle, dictate, interfere, give
advice that is not asked for, nor assist when my service is not needed.
If I can help people, I will do it by giving them a chance to help
themselves; and if I can uplift or inspire, let it be by example, inference
and suggestion, rather than by injunction and dictation.
I desire to radiate Life.
Elbert Hubbard.
In the same light or spirit that our beloved Abraham Lincoln had
when he framed that famous phrase: With malice toward none, but
with charity to all, this article is being composed.
And it is with the hope that my labors may awaken the mysterious
qualities of the human Chiropractors mind, that the science of
Chiropractic may receive justice from the minds, the hearts and the
hands of its people.
Pray tell me what is that which tears away at my vitals and keeps
urging me on and on to compose this article that those who run may
read. In fact, isnt it very much out of the ordinary for any one to sit
down and spend hours of his time in an effort to write a narrative
covering his own personal convictions; especially when one has never
been convicted of a crime before the courts of justice?
384
FACING FACTS
them all. Neither will I attempt to give the various reasons that may
enter into the minds of those who read. But with fourteen
The human mind is composed of many mysterious qualities. In fact,
they are so numerous that time will not permit me to analyze years
experience in the field of Chiropractic it is reasonable for me to
believe that the one foremost to enter the minds of the majority who
read it, is: My acts and deeds are being controlled by other
personalities foreign to my own.
Your thoughts or reasons can be what they may, but if the writer was
not conscious of the wrong decisions made in the past, this article
would not be apropos. Facing facts, the writer willingly concedes that
he has been accessory to acts and deeds in the past that have proven
detrimental to the principles of Chiropractic.
He concedes further, that his acts and deeds have done considerable
to break down the morals of the profession.
Further, that to remain silent will not only prolong the chaos that
prevails, but will keep the profession in darkness of those facts that
should and must be faced if we are anxious to get at the taproot of the
misunderstandings in our ranks.
Further, having been a student of Chiropractic fourteen years, there
is no doubt in the writers mind that the principles of Chiropractic,
when properly applied, do eliminate the primary cause of disease.
Therefore it is a personal duty to lend a hand that those principles may
be preserved in their purity for posterity.
Therefore, with malice toward none and with justice to all
Chiropractors and to the principles of Chiropractic, and with a
personal desire to have those principles preserved in their purity for a
sick world, I have resolved to write this history of facts covering some
six or seven years of my activities in the N. Y. State Chiropractic
Society.
Before going further with the story I want to make this statement. I
know that the State Society has done a great many things for the
Science of Chiropractica great many constructive things. It is
unnecessary to argue that question for everybody willingly concedes
that fact.
Also, the writer is aware of this fact: that for several years he was
placed in a position of trust. One where his colleagues de-
385
HISTORY REPEATS
posed confidence in him as a man of integrity. So it is natural for him
to assume that they thought that whatever transpired in the board
meetings was perfectly legitimate.
On the other hand, I do know that the State Society has advocated
policies in the past which, had they been carried to completion, would
have ruined Chiropractic in the State of N Y. And from the
information given me by the members of that Society, it continues to
advocate the same policies.
The advocating of such policies was the principal cause of my
withdrawing my support from said society. Therefore, I feel that I am
in duty bound to face these facts. The question that apparently arises
in the minds of many of my former associates is Why this change of
attitude? Very well, in my effort to face facts, I hope that it will be
possible for me to answer that question with a full degree of
satisfaction.
Going into the history of facts, I have every reason to believe that the
records will show that from 1917 to about 1921 the State Society
carried on a good clean fight. Every effort was made to get the
Chiropractic bill passed legitimately. During that time the State
Society did succeed in getting a bill passed in both houses by a good
majority. When it came up before the Governor he vetoed it on the
grounds that it did not give to the Board of Regents the proper control
of Chiropractic schools and examinations, plainly speaking, the
general supervision of Chiropractic in the State of New York.
Naturally the defeat was discouraging to us all. In an effort to
complete or prevent a similar condition, the bill was redrafted giving
the Board of Regents supervision of examinations. And there were
other changes which were deemed advisable in order that all
objections might be agreeably overcome. During the year 1921 some
of the members conceived of the idea that the only way we could ever
obtain legislation in New York State would be to play politics.
Apparently with that idea in mind, previous to the convening of the
legislature of 1922, there was presented a political proposition for the
consideration of the Board. The politicians name that was presented
was considered to be a wizard in his line. All that would be necessary
for the Board to do was to place him
386
FACING FACTS
on the pay roll of the State Society for $1000. He would then go out
and make a survey of the political situation in the state. If he reported
favorably there would be only one thing more for us to worry over;
that was to raise the sufficient amount of money; in other words a
Slush Fund, and then Chiropractic legislation would come forward
without another struggle.
This proposition did not meet with the approval of the Board of
Directors, in fact I feel safe in saying that had it been put to a vote
when all were present, it would have been defeated. But the
proposition was not presented till late Sunday evening, and before it
could be put to a vote, it was necessary for several of us to leave that
we might get trains home in time for business on Monday morning.
I do recall that before leaving the meeting there was considerable
opposition presented urging that it be tabled until some future
meeting. Several days following, I received through the mail a note
from the State Society Headquarters reading something like this: Do
you approve of the proposition presented by the Doctor at our Board
meeting? This note was written on a piece of plain paper with no
signature attached. The reason given for this was in case any of them
should become lost in the mail, they could not be traced back to the
sender. Plainly speaking this was camouflage; apparently afraid that
the world might learn that the State Society was fostering ideas that
were not legitimate.
I can not say whether this propaganda was acted upon favorably by
the majority of the Board of Directors. The records will show that I
opposed it from the beginning. Further I took the trouble to write a
letter that I might explain why I objected to such policies being
introduced into the state Society program then or at any future period.
Regardless of that fact, the politician was engaged and was sent out
on his errand of investigating the political situation in N. Y. State, for
which he received $1000 of the State Societys money.
Now, as a matter of fact, look back and see if the introducing of
these policies strengthened the personnel of the State Society. The
records are there, and for the first time the N. Y. State Medical Society
succeeded in getting their bill passed by both
387
HISTORY REPEATS
houses up to the Governor for his signature. What were the results?
Those who were in the state at that time can well remember the
efforts that were put forth and the large sums of money that were
expended in order that the Governor might be persuaded to veto the
act. Taking everything into consideration, I feel safe in saying that that
session of the legislature was the most expensive one which the State
Society had ever had up to that time. It took several of the long green
out of our pockets before the performance was over.
For future reference it seems advisable for me to mention some of
the mutual agreements that existed among the Board members.
Possibly the records will show that this particular phase was acted
upon by the Directors while in session. Managing State Society affairs
is not the most pleasant task in the world. There are times when
conditions arise such that it is difficult for the members to really know
what is the best way to handle them and at the same time avoid
showing any partiality.
From about 1917 on, the school situation in N. Y. State presented
some rather trying problems for the Board to solve. There were several
schools located in the metropolis the heads of which desired to have
voice in the management of the State Society, especially at our state
convention.
There were times when the business sessions were nearly all taken
up by the various schools arguing what qualifications should be
required of the students; also, what would be standard curricula for
Chiropractic schools. It may seem that this was not such a difficult
problem, but if you had been present at the state convention to witness
the argument you could better understand the apparently unnecessary
commotion they did create. And this had to be endured by the other
members of the convention.
I recall one occasion in particular when it became necessary to order
them out of the hall if they wished to continue their debate. In view of
those facts and the reoccurrence of similar conditions year after year,
the Board considered that some action was necessary to eliminate the
confusion from the floor of the convention. It seemed that to allow
such performances to continue would detract interest so that other
members would not care to attend.
388
FACING FACTS
The Directors finally decided that the only way that the problem
could be handled without showing partiality to any school was to
ignore them all. So they did not even ask any of the Presidents of the
schools to appear on the platform to address the convention. That may
not have been the proper solution of this particular problem; in fact as
time progressed, this policy proved detrimental; but after considerable
discussion, it apparently seemed at that time the only conceivable way.
Another fact that I would like to bring out at this point is the
following: there seemed to be always a strong opposition to one
particular Chiropractic school and the representative thereof. The
reason for this I have never been fully able to comprehend, especially
since it is generally conceded by the majority of all Chiropractors that
this school and man have done more to develop, promote and protect
the science of Chiropractic than any of the rest.
Regardless of that fact there have always been certain individuals in
N. Y. State who were so bitter toward him that they would willingly
fight with any one who would even dare to mention his name.
Why the opposition? Why the prejudice? Why the bitter feeling?
Pardon this personal reference, but I am conscious of my past
actions and deeds and further feel that they have had a tendency to
widen the gap of misunderstanding. Therefore it would seem
permissible for me to express my personal reasons regarding this fact.
Laying aside all personalities and the various other unpleasant
features which have entered into the Chiropractic equation, let us
concentrate our minds on the past and the future welfare of
Chiropractic.
Now, dont you sincerely believe that Chiropractic is a true science,
art and philosophy? Are its principles worthy of your utmost respect,
your most sincere consideration and your loyal and honest support?
Dont you really believe that if every Chiropractor in the world were
making diligent study of those principles together with a proper
application of the same, we could do more to solve the true cause of
disease than by any other method or art of healing?
389
HISTORY REPEATS
Then supposing we were all practicing what we preach, wouldnt we
be giving mighty strong support to the development and protection of
the Chiropractic principles?
To better illustrate the significance of the above paragraph, permit
me to cite you only one experience that I recently had with one of my
patients a few months ago. This gentleman brought his mother to me
for adjustments. She had been in search of health for the past five
years without avail. By diligent study and the proper application of
Chiropractic, she is now enjoying comparatively good health.
Recently he brought his wife to me for adjustments; she had been in
search of health for the past thirteen years. In our conversation I
portrayed some of the difficulties under which the Chiropractor had to
work. That is to say, we were compelled to take the medical mens
failures in order to win success. Yes, said he, I was wondering if
you, Doc, would think that I intend to bring all the medical mens
failures up here to get well.
True those are just the conditions under which Chiropractic has had
to build for the past thirty years. And after studying the Chiropractic
situation for a number of years, I am firmly convinced that the true
cause of the many unpleasant features that have entered into the
Chiropractic situation is due to this fact.
There is none of us who can fully appreciate the sacrifices and
heartaches that this man B.J. had to endure while developing,
promoting and protecting the art, science and philosophy of
Chiropractic.
If my convictions are true, who then, has done more to break down
the morale of the profession? That old saying Man is his own worst
enemy would seem most appropriate, only I prefer to change it to fit
the occasion: Chiropractors are their own worst enemies.
Before entering into another phase of this history of facts, I wish to
mention some of the unjust criticism which has been promulgated on
various occasions regarding the Yes, yes men of the profession.
Truly it is a crime for the manner in which this criticism has been
hurled at one particular group of Chiropractors. It has
390
FACING FACTS
been of such a nature that it may have had a tendency to make some
feel that there was only one group of Yes, yes men in the entire
world.
But as we reconsider the idea, you must concede that every group,
whether it be national, international, or local must have its Yes, yes
men. If not, there would not be many bills passed by Congress, State
Legislatures or any of the other various organizations that are in
session.
Speaking from practical experience, the N. Y. State Chiropractic
Society has had its Yes, yes men, otherwise there would not have
been much progress in the Society.
We have now arrived at a period in history which has been properly
named: The Great Divide. Apparently, up to this time, conditions in
the Society had been going along quite harmoniously. So much so that
all of the illegitimate transactions had been kept comparatively quiet
for fear that if they became generally known, they would have a
tendency to cause confusion or disrupt the state organization.
Most everybody then believed that legislation was the one and only
thing which was needed to protect the future of Chiropractic. Many of
us who were in N. Y. State and busy with our individual practice did
not have the time or opportunity to study the Chiropractic situation
from a national view-point. Therefore our minds were very much
self-centered upon local conditions, striving to compete with them to
the best of our knowledge and belief.
The legislative session of 1922 having closed, also the Bloom-
field-Latin Bill having been vetoed by the Governor, our minds were
then directed towards the annual convention which was to be held in
New York City.
Bear in mind to maintain harmony, we had agreed not to allow the
Presidents of any of the schools to appear on the convention platform.
Understand, I sincerely believe those agreements were made in good
faith.
Now, while the Chiropractors of New York were busying them-
selves with local conditions, there had been a group who had been
studying the Chiropractic situation nationally. After due consideration,
this national group decided that there should be some radical changes
made in the policies that had been followed for the past six or seven
years. The spokesman chosen for this
391
HISTORY REPEATS
national group was, most assuredly, the only national leader that
Chiropractic has ever had: B. J. Palmer.
The national group realized that the policies which they had agreed
upon to introduce into the profession were vastly different from those
which had been previously followed. Therefore, in an effort to avoid
any misunderstanding in the presentation of the same, several weeks
previous to the annual convention of 1922, B.J. tried in vain for the
privilege of coming before the annual convention. This was desired in
order that he himself or some other national representative might come
before the assembly and explain these policies and the reasons why
they deemed it imperative to make such drastic changes.
It is unnecessary for me to comment upon the disposition that was
made of this request except for the information of those who are not
familiar with this particular phase of the situation, so I will merely say
that it was not granted. The reason for this may have been due to the
mutual agreement made by the Board of Directors.
Or it may have been due to the bitter feeling and prejudice that
previously prevailed toward B.J. and The P.S.C. There always has
been plenty of that, the reason or intent of which I could not
comprehend.
Time will not permit me, neither does it seem essential to enter into a
discussion of the various phases of this national program. True, it
contains many illustrations or features in an effort to portray the dire
need for these drastic changes.
But those apparent prophecies, as of old, have gone on unheeded by
myself as well as by many of my former associates and colleagues,
and it is beyond my comprehension to say which one of the many
phases is the most important.
For convenience sake, I desire to lay emphasis on those that have
had the most to do with my change of attitude. After studying this
Chiropractic situation nationally, this group realized that there were
many different opinions being introduced into the science of
Chiropractic.
These principles were becoming so badly contaminated with other
things foreign to them, that the fundamental principles of Chiropractic
were fast losing their identity.
392
FACING FACTS
Then in their national study of affairs they were brought to realize
that the legislation which had been obtained in the various states of the
union was failing to preserve those principles in their purity for
posterity.
B.J., in his deliberations over those outstanding features, willingly
concedes that the national group were partially to blame for the then
undesirable conditions that existed in the profession.
He concedes that a few years previous, this national group deemed it
advisable to take into our state organization all those who claimed to
be Chiropractors, believing in so doing, that those Chiropractors who
had received the proper schooling might help to educate those who
had been less fortunate and had failed to obtain the proper
Chiropractic education.
But, as time went on, they became aware of this fact that instead of
this plan working for the best interests of Chiropractic, it had proven
detrimental.
Another phase which I wish to comment upon is the way state
organizations were managed in order that harmony might prevail
among all Chiropractors; for instance, that political trickery which has
been previously mentioned. It was handled with secrecy for reasons
already given. Then, as we get further into this history of facts, other
features will be brought to light which were handled in a similar
manner.
Apparently this was for no other reason than a desire to get revenge
on this national group who had faced these facts and who were eager
to lay them before our state Society for consideration. To deliberate on
this national program further is of great importance, but it would
require considerable thought on the part of the writer, and more time
than he can now afford to devote to it.
Now, to expedite this article, also to briefly sum up the entire
program, the motives of it were for no other purpose than to bring the
Chiropractic profession to a full realization of these facts. And with a
greater desire to get the Chiropractors to assist in the preservation of
those principles in their purity for posterity.
It is generally conceded that the school of experience is the most
valuable teacher. Regardless of this fact, and in spite of the
393
HISTORY REPEATS
fact that B.J. had put in over twenty years studying the Chiropractic
situation from every angle, his judgment was not taken into
consideration.
Instead of considering the validity of his judgment many Chiro-
practors, myself included, took the liberty to repudiate his judgment,
and in opposing him I am aware of this fact that many statements were
made which were farfetched from their real intent and from the real
plan of the program which the national group desired to introduce into
the profession.
Should you wish to go back over the records, you will find that the
writer of this article was among the first to oppose these policies. He
not only offered his own personal objections but urged his colleagues
to do likewise. Indeed, he took every opportunity to spread this
opposition near and far in N. Y. State, and in other states as well,
going as far west as Davenport, Iowa, breeding contempt into the
minds of all those Chiropractors with whom he made personal contact.
For any one to face facts is truly an unpleasant task even when at his
best. And to be compelled to alter ones position after facing facts
requires still further courage. It does not bring an over amount of
consolation to ones mind except his personal desire to live up to that
philosophy which Mother taught to be the best policy: Honesty. Then,
if one cares to be honest with his fellow man or any great principle, he
must first deal honestly with himself.
Recognition of this truth, together with several more years in the
school of experience have brought me to realize that many of the
prophecies made in the national program of 1922 are now becoming a
reality. Thus it has become increasingly more evident that not only is
Honesty the best policy, but that it is the only policy that wins.
Therefore in the light of all this, I do not hesitate to declare that my
previous acts and influence upon others (although put forth in good
faith at that time) were nevertheless unfortunate.
Now the reason for this is due to the fact that after studying the
national program further, it dawned on me that it was not being
fostered with the intent of depriving any one of his personal privileges.
Nor was it advanced for any personal animosity
394
FACING FACTS
expecting it to create a greater amount of interest for any particular
individual or Chiropractic institution.
Contrary to this apparent belief, some few years ago the whole
program was sponsored to protect a great principle, moral and
otherwise. Therefore, realizing this, I cannot sanction my previous
position, for, in the first place it would jeopardize a moral principle,
further, it would jeopardize the true principles of Chiropractic, thirdly,
it would infringe upon the rights of those who practice it, and finally,
it would jeopardize the personal liberty of the sick to get well by the
method of their choice.
W. B. HALSTED, D.C.
(Fountain Head News, July 26, 1927, TWENTY-FOUR YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
395
CHAPTER 63
The Story Of
AN ANSWER TO THE ONLY MAN WHO HAS
QUESTIONED PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The prior arts rights question is not a new one. It was not born today
to meet a new problem of today. The courts of this country have faced
the prior arts rights question ever since the Magna Charta established
the fundamental method of jurisprudence of this country. The courts
have faced it in every issue of paramount importance that has reached
to it for a final adjudication of the warring theories or so-called rights
with which men dispute between themselves. Land rights, water
rights, copyright, patent rights, scientific rights are all prior arts rights
which our country has been settling in cases in every state in our union
from the beginning of our government. That Chiropractors do not like
it, now, does not and cannot change it. That it is now squarely before
the chiropractors and is beginning to gain entrance into their
consciousness is no reason it is new.
We who have understood this problem have been consistently for
over 30 years trying to arouse our profession to a clear understanding
of it. We have consistently approached this problem, first one way,
then another, under many headings, in many formsalways coming
back to the issue that differences in sciences must be genuine
differences if they deserve to have a difference established in law.
While this is good common sense, it is good common law and
therefore has been established as good legislative law as well as
interpretative or construed law by our Higher Courts. The only thing
new about this propaganda is that some of the minds in our
profession are just beginning to understand its importance.
The paper which questions this issue says: Briefly stated, this bluff
and bluster about prior arts rights amounts to this: We are solemnly
assured that we are about to be exterminated for having dared to
invade the sacred and purely private practices of
396
ANSWER TO PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS QUESTION
the medical man and the osteopath. I have stated that the courts have
stated what are the defining and confining lines. I have stated that the
courts state that anything that is medicine belongs to the medical man.
I have stated that the courts state that any person who desires to
practice medicine can do so under such conditions, rules and
regulations as will be laid down by medical men. I have stated that our
courts have said that much that many chiropractors are doing is the
practice of medicine. I have stated that our courts have stated that if
any Chiropractor wishes to practice medicine he can do so under
jurisprudence laid down by the medical statutes, medical boards and
medical legal rulings. If it is true that 90 per cent of the Chiropractors
are practicing 90 per cent of medicine according to the rulings of our
courts; if it is true that they can do all this under a medical board; and,
if it is true that they must go under a medical board and a medical
license and a medical education to gain the prior arts rights to do all
thisif that constitutes extermination then I am ready to concede
the statement as being a correct interpretation upon my statement.
Just where our informant got the idea that physiotherapy was ever a
part of the practice of medicine, in the definite legal sense of that term,
we are not told. I have stated that when questions of differences of
sciences finally reach the Supreme Courts, they decide the question
according to principles involved. The courts have repeatedly held that
diagnosis, treatment of disease by the use of stimulative or inhibitive
methods constitutes the practice of medicine. If physiotherapy or
any of its methods uses the principles of stimulation or inhibition, then
it is purely a question of the practice of medicine within the legal
rulings handed down in thousands of cases.
The author of that article quotes certain sections from the
Washington (District of Columbia) introduced bill. In them he cites
certain sections. Legislators can write anything they please, introduce
them as acts, and even pass them as statutes. They are not law,
however, until such a time as the Higher Courts have interpreted,
construed and tested the constitutionality of those things written into
acts and passed as legislation by legislators. Any person can quote
sections of proposed legislation in rebuttal to any thing, but when I
quote Supreme Courts, there is no further word. Prior arts rights are
not based upon sections of pro-
HISTORY REPEATS
posed legislation, neither are they based upon passed legislation. They
are based upon the construction passed upon such bills after they
reach the supreme courtsa subject totally ignored by the person who
questions this subject.
In one part of Dr. Hayes argument, he quotes: Here is what a
typical Basic Science Bill, the one some folks lost so much sleep over,
says about physiotherapy and then he quotes two provisions out of a
proposed bill, one that was introduced in the Congress at Washington.
He calls it a Bill. It isnt. It is a proposed bill. Anybody can write
anything into a proposed bill. But, quoting a proposed bill and quoting
a bill as passed are quite two different values. And, even tho this were
a passed bill, it is still far from having its value tested until the
Supreme Court has passed upon its construction. The Backwash deals
entirely with the opinions of Supreme Courts, not with proposed bills.
This mans mental processes of approaching this problem are as
follows: Having quoted two sections of this proposed bill, he says:
That rather lets the wind out of the basic science portion or prior arts
rights, doesnt it? Instead of trying to include (italics his)
physiotherapy, etc., in the practice of (drug) medicine and surgery, it
specifically excludes them. It puts them right where they belong, under
the law, as the common property of all healers, and the special
property of none. The A.M.A. lawyers know some law. All of this
might have been true, if the proposed bill was a statute on the law
books and had been interpreted as final law by the Supreme Court
none of which has occurred. Basing entire conclusion on a proposed
bill that has not passed any legislative body is a weak argument
especially when Supreme Courts have repeatedly held to the contrary
provisions of its proposed conditions.
This prior arts rights artist tells us vehemently that the practice of
Chiropractic consists of finding and adjusting vertebral subluxations,
nothing more, nothing less. I have stated that the Supreme Courts so
hold. I have further stated that it would make little difference whether
I held that or not, whether he does or not, whether any of us agreed
with it or totally disagreed with all of itthe Supreme Courts have
spoken and they have so held.
398
AN ANSWER TO PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS QUESTION
the courts of last resort have long since decreed that any and all
things whatsoever that are done to determine the physical state of a
patient or any part of him, especially with a view of basing any sort of
remedial measures upon findings thus arrived at, are Diagnosis,
altogether regardless of what name or names may be used to describe
the process employed. To this statement of facts. I have totally
agreed; but, in the same breath I have totally discounted it as only part
of the total of the truth on this question. When acts are being
questioned on their constitutionality, having been raised because of a
conviction based upon a criminal action in violation of a statute, I
have thoroly agreed. But this man does not state that there is also
another side to this questionthe mal-practice issuewherein issues
are raised based upon scientific differences existing between sciences,
wherein the questions of schools and what constitutes a practice are
being tried. This writer totally ignores the issue that is the issue in the
case, upon which all prior arts rights questions arise and are settled by
the higher courts.
Our questioner argues that portion of his justification at great length.
So far as he goes, on one half of the question he is right. Now if he
would but state the other half, blend them together and get his
common legal denominator, he would reach the truth and all that truth.
Our questioner makes another good point. He says there are two
definitions of the practice of medicine. 1st. The practice of medicine,
in statutory definition. 2nd. The practice of medicine as triable in court
under that defining clause. In the trials of such criminal actions, it
matters not to the court what you did; if you did anything at all to heal
or cure the sick, regardless of method, you will be convicted of
practicing medicine. To prove his contention the Prosecutor will read
some Supreme Court decisions to prove what the law is upon that
question. The court will instruct the jury what the Supreme Courts
have held the law to be. There is only one definition of the practicing
of medicine and that is the law.
The definition is not made for the purpose of guarding anybodys
prior arts rights, but solely for a line of demarcation to prevent healers
from using methods in which they have not had the required
preparation. And this is one of the truest statements made in that
paper. It is the Supreme Courts which draw
399
HISTORY REPEATS
these lines of demarcation to prevent one group of practitioners from
trespassing and stealing the principles and practices of another group
of practitioners, because if there were no lines of demarcation clearly
defined and confined there could be no restrictions or prohibitions to
those who were not properly qualified.
The idea that the law would forbid you to study and use these
things is the most perfect piece of absurdity on record. The Supreme
Courts do not and cannot forbid any person studying anything. But the
Supreme Courts have seen fit to draw keen cut lines of differences
between principles and practices of one profession from another, to
confine each to his own, to protect the public from incompetent
practices of either. If this be absurd then make the most of it.
The citation of the osteopath in this equation is well taken. Wherever
the question of what an osteopath does has been passed upon on the
civil side of the question in mal-practice cases and has been construed
by the Supreme Court, then the decisions have been squarely in favor
of the fact that if the osteopath did nothing BUT osteopathy he was
safely within his prior arts rights. And, if he went outside of the
bounds of osteopathy and trespassed and stole the medical principles
and practices, then he was convicted of trespassing and stealing the
prior arts rights of others.
I am convinced that that article, purporting to have been written by a
Chiropractor, was not so written. A copy of this article in an earlier
form was taken to some local lawyer, who might otherwise be a good
attorney, knows but little about the law on this specialized subject and
rambled on in giving an offhand opinion which contains just about as
much truth as does any attorneys off-hand opinion until he has
briefed the entire question thoroughly.
The West Virginia Chiropractors Association has so far issued two
numbers. The first contained a lengthy article entitled The Truth
About Prior Arts Rights. I read and studied his article carefully. If
Supreme Courts were wrong, and Dr. Hayes could point out where
they were wrong, or where I was wrong in quoting the principles of
Supreme Courts, then I am as anxious to know that as he is to prove it
to the Chiropractic profession. This is the first and only article, written
by anybody, that attempts to
400
AN ANSWER TO PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS QUESTION
discuss the prior arts rights question as it pertains to Chiropractic, pro
or con. Dr. Hayes is the first man who has taken issue with the facts,
notwithstanding I have appeared before some thirty State Chiropractic
conventions and some fifty other groups of Chiropractors, over a
period of two years, many of whom had their attorneys there to prove
the position I would present as untenable. It is to be said to their
judgment that long before I was through they admitted the legal issues
raised were sound, that they could not challenge the Supreme Court
issues and so reported back to their various associations. After
analyzing Dr. Hayes, article carefully, I can see where anybody who
did not study ALL the truth could be misled by his statements of half-
truths. I even went so far as to start writing an article showing where
he was right on the half stated, because his ENTIRE argument is
based upon the interpretations given by Supreme Courts on questions
of constitutionality on issues raised before it for violations of statutes
in the criminal courts. He has completely ignored, gives no thought or
reason to, and completely omits all reference to the opposite AND
MORE IMPORTANT side of that double-edged sword, the
malpractice issues, or the thousands of decisions based upon other
health questions all of which show a decided unity of action along a
direct line with a certain purpose and with a fixed attitude towards the
certain principles and practices of prior arts rights.
In my article, THE GREAT UNDERTOW, both sides are presented.
The more I analyzed his article, the more convinced I became that as
has been suggested he had taken one of my THE BACKWASH
articles to one of his LOCAL lawyers, who, with the local lawyers
view without due investigation, research or briefing the many
questions involved, hastily dictated that article which was later
embellished by the personal enmity of Dr. Hayes. There was much in
it that was purely personal, prejudiced and vituperative and the entire
article was written as a vehicle for the expression of that objective.
PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS is a question which no one, lawyers
included, is competent to pass an opinion on, off-hand, especially in
its application to this special branch of HEALTH SUBJECTS, until
they have briefed it down exhaustively and thoroughly. From that
standpoint, Dr. Hayes has ignored ALL the issues of fact. His article
itself needs no answer, neither does THE BACK-
401
HISTORY REPEATS
WASH need defense, for in none of his arguments has he contended
that the facts therein presented were wrong, because he hasnt
mentioned them, and The Backwash needs no defense because its
position has not yet been challenged.
Dr. Hayes second article of thirteen pages is personal and does not
bear on the question of PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS. Just as the first article
confined itself to the CRIMINAL ISSUE alone and totally ignored
ALL CIVIL OR EQUITY QUESTIONS, so does his second article
print only Dr. Morgans correspondence and none of mine. If both
sides were presented on both issues, the truth and the facts would be
obvious to all who read. Dr. Hayes has now placed himself in the
unpleasant position of concealing one half the facts in both situations.
The BACKWASH attitude has been NOTHING TO CONCEAL,
EVERYTHING TO REVEAL. Dr. Hayes position is, ONE HALF
TO CONCEAL, ONE HALF TO REVEAL.
Now comes the Lincoln College Bulletin. They have seen fit to
reprint Dr. Hayess article with certain personal and vituperative
personalisms omitted. By a check of Dr. Hayes article, and the article
the Lincoln College Bulletin has seen fit to print, as they say:(We
have omitted a few lines from the original.) We find they have
omitted entire paragraphs, entire sentences in others, changing words
and inserting others with different meanings than Dr. Hayes intended.
These omissions (by the Lincoln Bulletin) are the VERY REASONS
why Dr. Hayes printed the original articlethey were intended to be
personal and gave him an opportunity to vent his mind. The Lincoln
Bulletin, by omitting these, takes the REAL objective out of the article
and destroys its original purpose. They have also gone on record as
never has, does not now, nor has it any intention of teaching
Physiotherapybut, for fear this statement might offend, they
quickly modify that by saying: we feel that the use of adjuncts by
the Chiropractor is a personal matter which he should be permitted to
decide in his own practice without being subject to ridicule or
condemnation. We think the policy they follow is therein clearly
stated. The reprinting of this article gives them an opportunity to
reprint anothers article without saying so direct regardless of whether
right or wrong, deleterious or constructive to the profession at large.
402
AN ANSWER TO PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS QUESTION
I am not now concerned with Dr. Hayes or the Lincoln College
group, nor am I concerned in supporting myself, or my position if such
needs more support than truth and facts. That Supreme Courts have
spoken is sufficient. No person has yet approached this question of
PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS fairly, squarely and fully with the ability to
prove it wrong. The writing of a one-half understood argument does
not deny it. The reprinting of anothers article, without clearly
understanding even what that article said, does not prove PRIOR
ARTS RIGHTS wrong. I am not concerned with carrying on any
personal quarrel. I AM, THOUGH, VITALLY CONCERNED WITH
THE PERPETUATION OF CHIROPRACTIC; and what that is needs
no substantiation from me.
I have never wishy-washed, blown hot and cold, up one side, down
the other, or played fast and loose with principles regardless of
whether it was popular or unpopular. I have never tried to say anything
for the sole motive of getting in good with the mass. I have never tried
to play both ends against the middle, because I know only too well
that neither end nor the middle knows where to find such a fellow;
neither have I ever thought or said those things which made me a
good fellow with good fellows. I have never gone amongst
Chiropractors and tried to say those things which I knew they wanted
me to say so they could say that I agreed with them in the doing of
those things which were destructive to Chiropractic. I have, on the
reverse, always thought those things, said those things, spoken, written
and printed those facts which I believe true, right, and best for
Chiropractic even though they were for the time being against the
wishes of the most of our Chiropractors. I have met issues with facts,
problems with truth, spoken them without mercy; and, to do so, have
often injured MY standing immeasurably with my own peoplebut,
in the long run, after the many have followed many false prophets, you
have found that my position WAS sound, WAS correct and THAT
CHIROPRACTIC WOULD HAVE BEEN BETTER OFF IF YOU
HAD FOLLOWED THAT DIRECTION.
So long as I am convinced that the PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS issue is
sound, (and as yet none have challenged it) then it still remains for
somebody fully advised and schooled in all the facts
403
HISTORY REPEATS
to prove it to the contrary; and, until it is so proved to the contrary, it
still stands as a vital issue in CHIROPRACTIC ranks as a constructive
matter of policy no matter by whom attacked.
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
404
CHAPTER 64
The Story Of
THE PROGRESSIVE CHIROPRACTOR
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
We hear much these days of the wonderful progress that has been
and is being made in the various arts and sciences. We also hear
something about the Chiropractor who is progressive. Just what
constitutes a progressive Chiropractor, is the question which I wish to
clear up in your minds through the medium of this article.
The graduates of some schools and colleges that pretend to teach
Chiropractic will advance the thought, and try to make others believe
it, and some weak-kneed Chiropractors from a real school will
swallow it, that a progressive Chiropractor is one who is broadminded
and does not stop at a punch in the back to get his patients well; but
who will fuss over them for an hour or so, with a diathermy outfit,
violet ray, mineral fume or other baths, vibrators and a host of other
things that do not remove the cause of disease but only treat effects.
Chiropractic is the only method that really removes the cause of
disease. All other methods only treat effects of disease. Medicine has
been treating effects all through the ages down to the present time and
has gotten nowhere in eradicating the cause of disease, for any number
of diseases are as common today as a century ago. Medical doctors
have been treating effects of diseases by all sorts of electrical and
other apparatus and all have been found wanting in getting to the
cause. It is beyond me to understand why some progressive
Chiropractors and Chiropractic schools want to use these adjuncts
after the medical profession has tried and used them with little or no
results. All of these things really belong to the medical profession
anyway, so why try to get into medicine by the back door, and then
kick because the medical association stirs up trouble by having
Chiropractors charged with practicing medicine when they really are
doing that very thing by using these things? If a person wants to use
any or all of these various treating adjuncts let him, but he has no legal
or moral right to
405
HISTORY REPEATS
practice under the guise of Chiropractic. There is only one reason, as I
see it, why there are so many mixers; they do not know and have not
been taught the real and genuine Chiropractic in all its fullness.
Now, let us see what a real and true progressive Chiropractor is.
Firstly, a progressive Chiropractor is one that had B.J.s Vols. I, II and
V, together with the new Chiropractic Textbook Vol. XIV and such
other books along this line as he can obtain. A progressive
Chiropractor not only has them but reads and studies them. I have
heard Chiropractors contend that Vol. I has nothing of value for the
present day Chiropractor. I contend that while it may not be as
valuable as some others, it has a world of information and any one will
be a better Chiropractor who reads it and studies it as he should and
then tries to apply it in his everyday practice.
Secondly, a progressive Chiropractor is one who does not run his
fingers down the spine of a patient in a couple of seconds, and then
rush him to table and adjust any old place; but is one who tries to
apply his philosophy in each and every case and really looks for the
causative subluxation and the position in which it is subluxated.
Thirdly, a progressive Chiropractor is one who attends Lyceums and
the NCM classes in his territory in the spirit of co-operation and really
tries to learn something and brush up on the new points that are
brought out at these meetings. He should not take the attitude that
because it comes from the home of B.J. it is no good, but should be
willing to learn and improve himself in order that he can render better
service to his patients and at the same time be a credit to his
profession.
Fourthly, a progressive Chiropractor is one that is not ashamed of his
science and art and who uses the various methods of advertising to
instruct the public as to the merits of this great science and art of
obtaining and preserving health.
Fifthly, a progressive Chiropractor is one who is doing all in his
power to foster favorable legislation in his particular state, not only for
just a license, but to preserve Chiropractic in its original state as given
to the world by D. D. Palmer and kept so by his famous son, B. J.
Palmer.
406
THE PROGRESSIVE CHIROPRACTOR
Sixthly, a progressive Chiropractor is one who does not render a
judgment against some new development in the science until after
thorough examination as to its merits or demerits. Many a
Chiropractor passes snap judgment against the Neurocalometer
without ever seeing one of the instruments, let alone seeing it actually
tried on different kinds of cases. Also, many Chiropractors have a
Neurocalometer and then deliberately forget all they have been taught
in the technique class, and put it on the shelf because it doesnt do as
they think it should when the fault is entirely within themselves. If the
Neurocalometer only does the one thing of making its user think and
study out the various problems which it raises, and think out the
correct philosophy for that particular case, it will have been a
wonderful addition to the Chiropractors equipment. Then, too, lots of
Neurocalometer users are too busy or indifferent to attend the
technique classes in their district to get the latest ideas, and then kick
and knock the Neurocalometer because they do not get the results they
think they should get.
I hardly think it is necessary to mention the Spinograph in
connection with the progressive Chiropractor because they are all
pretty much in favor of it now. However, there was a time when it was
fought as hard by the profession in general as the Neurocalometer was
when first announced. The time will soon be here when the
Neurocalometer will be accepted and with as much favor as the
Spinograph is today.
I know a lot of Chiropractors who see this and read it will say the
writer is a Palmer School man all wrapped up in B.J. and all that sort
of thing. Let me say in conclusion that I am not a Palmer graduate and
all that I ever saw of B. J. Palmer was during my two weeks
Neurocalometer course at the Palmer School and hearing him speak in
Columbus, Ohio, last January. However, I contend that Chiropractic
needs a leader more today than ever before and until someone can lead
it to victory better and sooner than B. J. Palmer I am going to stick to
him. There is no honest man or woman who knows anything about the
history of Chiropractic, who can deny that he has done more for the
science and art of Chiropractic than any one else within or without the
ranks of Chiropractic.
(Fountain Head News, August 11, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
407
CHAPTER 65
The Story Of
WHERE THERE IS NO VISION
(From the Virginia News Letter)
(Fountain Head News, November 10, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
It is sometimes hard to understand the motive or principle behind a
person in the things he says or does. Sometimes it is hatred or
maliciousness, and that is hard to excuse. Sometimes it is ignorance or
lack of vision, and that is pitiful. Sometimes it is prejudice or jealousy,
and this is too bad; but regardless of which is the actuating motive, the
results are often disastrous for all concerned; for, as has truly been
said, where there is no vision the people perish.
For several months, B.J. has been pointing out the dangerous route
many Chiropractors are traveling by branching out into the fields of
medicine. Often the Chiropractor does not trespass far, he may merely
straddle the fence or just drop over enough to diagnose, prescribe or
use medical diagnostic instruments, but even so he is trespassing on
the Prior Arts Right of medicine and is liable. B.J. has pointed this out
and clinched his point by Supreme Court decisions. He has pointed
out that the Basic Science laws are merely the outgrowth of this
trespassing of Chiropractors into medical fields. He has sought to
show also that the only safe procedure for Chiropractors is to stay
religiously within our own fields, because by so doing we cannot be
touched by the courts of last resort. He also points out that medical
doctors cannot testify against Chiropractors in mal-practice suits if the
Chiropractor adheres strictly to his own school of thought and
practicestraight Chiropractic.
This reasoning is logical, but the basic thing about it is that the
Supreme Courts stand squarely behind these principles. There is no
way around them. The facts cannot be successfully refuted and never
have been, but here is the sad part. In a recent issue of a certain school
bulletin and a State Association bulletin, a wild tirade was made
against B.J. and his argument on Prior
408
WHERE THERE IS NO VISION
Arts Rights. An attempt was made to show that B.J. is wrong by
quoting from bills proposed before Congress, and by referring to
statutes in various states, none of which have been passed upon by the
Supreme Court; but the fact that the Supreme Court has already
established a standard was utterly ignored.
What do these publications hope to gain, we wonder, by again
raising the question of doubt in the minds of Chiropractors? Is there
anything to be gained by encouraging Chiropractors to drift away from
fundamental principles and get into medical fields? Have we ever
profited by this dishonesty, this acknowledgment of doubt in the truth
and soundness of our own work? If Chiropractic is right in principle,
why need we filch the methods of the medical profession? Do people
want that kind of thing? If people had wanted medical methods, would
they have left trained physicians to have the same thing doled out to
them by what is termed quacks, and sometimes rightly so?
Let us be honest with ourselves. Do we, as Chiropractors, have any
right to practice anywhere except on the spine of our patients? Are we
not quack doctors when we do anything else? How many
Chiropractors who use adjuncts are competent to use them? How
many have ever had any special training in the things they use? Dont
you see that by using these cast-offs from medicine, you are getting
squarely into their field? In case of trouble, dont you see that only a
physician will be qualified to testify as to your skill? And in case you
should ever be tried for malpractice, could you expect any mercy from
them? Would you deserve any? Reverse the situation: if a medical
doctor should appropriate Chiropractic without special training, and
should injure a case and be tried for malpractice of Chiropractic, how
would you testify if you were called as a witness? Do you blame the
doctors for instituting the Basic Science principles? They are strictly
within their rights to do this, and the Supreme Court will sustain them
in those rights and rightly so.
The two publications are utterly without vision when they aid and
abet the Chiropractors who are stealing melons from the medical
fields, and regardless of the howl these publications make against B.J.
and his argument on Prior Arts Rights, he has the facts on his side and
nothing is to be gained by raising the ques-
409
HISTORY REPEATS
tion of doubt in the minds of Chiropractors who are forever seeking
things to wrangle about.
It is true, as one of the publications points out, we need en-
couragement, confidence and a fighting spirit rather than fear, distrust
and discord. But as I see it, we need courage, confidence and
inspiration in the cause of right, in a vigilant fight for clean, pure
Chiropractic, and not the brazen courage of the marauder who
trespasses on the rights and privileges of others.
Chiropractic does not command the respect and confidence that it
once did and the reason is because so many have wandered from
fundamental principles and made a hodgepodge of our science. If we
are to regain the respect of the people, we must get away from petty
jealousies, be honest with ourselves and our patients, render
Chiropractic Health Service and recognize Prior Arts Rights. Let us
get a true, clean vision of Chiropractic and Chiropractic principles,
and we can truly move forward with courage to victory.

AS WE VIEW IT
A few days ago the writer received a letter from an earnest Virginia
Chiropractor deploring the division in Chiropractic ranks, making a
plea for union, and expressing the hope that I could see the question
from a mixers viewpoint and give such an expression in the next
News Letter. So here it is:
I like to be tolerant with people. I believe I understand the position
of the mixer. I know he is as earnest as you or I, and just as sincere in
what he does.
Here is his viewpoint. A case comes to him and gives his symptoms.
He, as a Chiropractor, realizes that it is a hard case. He knows
Chiropractic has its limitations. He feels that a purgative, enema, or a
course of diet would be a great help in getting results, in getting the
system in a condition in which Chiropractic could do its best work.
His reasoning may be good. There are old chronic cases in which all
of us feel, at times, that a little common sense would be a help. Then
there are other cases on whom he feels that Physio-Therapy would be
helpful. Lights, vibrators or baths, he is sure, will be an aid. After
all, he argues, it is not any particular method that the patient wants,
it is health, and he feels it his duty to render this service to the sick.
410
WHERE THERE IS NO VISION
That, I believe, is the mixers viewpoint, and I will not deny that he
has reason on his side. I will not deny that there is good in what he
does, but the question I raise is that it is not Chiropractic. It does not
belong to us. It has been used by medicine and rightly belongs to that
profession. It is theirs by Prior Arts Rights and when we use it we are
stealing or appropriating it from them. Therefore, we are putting our
head in a noose and sooner or later some one is going to spring the
trap and leave our body dangling in the air. That is the danger. That is
a thing we should avoid if we are to gain favor before legislatures and
avoid pitfalls in mal-practice suits.
Let us consider this question for a moment. What is the theory, the
art, philosophy and science of Chiropractic? Is it not based on the
principle that a subluxation in the spine pinches nerves, interferes with
transmission of mental impulses, thus producing disease? And is it not
our theory that spinal adjustments release interference, restore
transmission and result in health? Is that not all that belongs to us
fundamentally? Is that not the only thing that the doctors do not claim
and have no right to claim?
The Supreme Courts have held that a practitioner of any school
(system of healing) is only required to exercise such reasonable care,
skill, diligence or judgment as is taught, practiced or recognized by his
particular school of thought.
Now, these two points (the Chiropractic principle and legal right)
being clear, it follows that in case of mal-practice if the Chiropractor
can prove that he did nothing but straight Chiropractic, the only
witness that may appear to testify as to his skill must be a fellow
Chiropractor. Neither a medical doctor, osteopath nor even a mixer
Chiropractor may appear as a witness, while the Chiropractor is only
required to exercise such reasonable care or skill as is ordinarily
required of one practicing the same principle as he. Dont you see the
point? Dont you see it is a matter of safety for the Chiropractor to
keep straight? Even though you may be trained in Physio-Therapy, it
is still considered a part of medicine, therefore in case of trouble,
physicians may testify against you and what consideration do you
think you would get from them?
It is the privilege of the Chiropractor to use any method he chooses,
but legally it is an unsafe practice. Naturally, one does
411
HISTORY REPEATS
not like to be restricted. Vanity makes one like to display a showing of
superior learning. One may want to hold himself out as a real (?)
doctor, rather than as a lowly Chiropractor. If you do, go to it; but we
repeat again, it is unsafe, unsound and dangerous, both to Chiropractic
and the Chiropractor.
Remember when we write against this practice, we have no malice,
we have only sympathy; but, for the sake of the future of Chiropractic
keep our science clean. Go straight.
THE VIRGINIA NEWS LETTER.
(Fountain Head News, November 10, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
CHAPTER 66
The Story Of
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE
OF SURGERY?
IS SPINOGRAPHY A PRACTICE OF
MEDICAL X-RAY?
ARE SPINOGRAPH AND NCM USING
MEDICAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES?
ARE THEY MEDICAL ADJUNCTS BEING
USED BY CHIROPRACTORS?
(Fountain Head News, November 10, 1928, TWENTY-THREE
YEARS AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
The National Journal of Chiropractic (Sept., 1928) contains an
article, titled: Prior Arts Rights.
In this article Dr. Budden says:
Was manipulation of the spine never practiced therapeutically before? Was
this an original discovery? Was it unknown to anyone else? Was it ever
discovered before and if so, by whom? In the answer to these questions lies the
danger of prior rights propaganda. Disregarding the various usages by primitive
people, let us turn to the record of more recent history. A good many years ago
Charcot, the French neurologist, discovered that pain in the somatic structures
and disease in the visceral organs occurs as a result of pressure exerted on nerve
trunks as they pass through the intervertebral foramina. In 1866, Frank Hastings
Hamilton, in his Practical Treatise on Fractures and Dislocations gives very
graphic descriptions of adjustments of the spine which were used as treatment by
various surgeons during periods ranging from the year 1843 to the date of
publication of the book quoted. Now mark; these adjustments, mostly of the
cervicals, were performed without instruments and with the hand only and for a
therapeutic purpose. On the basis of prior arts rights the above facts show that
adjustments of the spine by hand for the purpose of correcting malalignments is
clearly the property of the surgeons.

If the statements as made and inferred were true, his conclusions

would be true. If the statements made are untrue, his conclusions are
unsound.
413
HISTORY REPEATS
Let us correct the statements, consistent with facts, and then reach
conclusions.
In my library is the largest collection in the world of works upon
orthopedic surgery. It contains a copy of every book published upon
the subject, which is about 400 years old. I have made an exhaustive
and intensive study of each and every book, in its each and every
section and page, and I fail to find any reference to:
(1) The discovery of the vertebral subluxation.
(2) The reasoning that followed the existence of the vertebral
subluxation that it
(3) reduces the normal foramina thru which the spinal cord or
spinal nerves emit
(4) consequent pressure upon nerves
(5) interference to the transmission of mental impulses
(6) reduction in the quantity flow thus
(7) affecting the quality of function at the periphery
(8) called dis-ease.
(9) Adjustment of that subluxation, which
(10) enlarges the foramina thru which the spinal cord or spinal
nerves emit
(11) consequent releasure of pressure upon nerves
(12) restoration of transmission of mental impulses
(13) normal quantity flow thus affecting
(14) quality of function at the periphery
(15) called health.
Any agency, which directly seeks to locate the exact vertebral place
or places of interference to or restoration of the flow of mental
impulses between brain and body, via the spinal column including the
sacrum, coccyx and ilium;
and, or, any agency which directly seeks to ascertain the abnormal
position of the subluxated vertebra before an adjustment and seeks to
ascertain the approximate normal position of the vertebra or vertebrae
following an adjustment;
and, any method of vertebral adjustment, given by hand, which has
for its direct objective the
414
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
replacing to approximate position of the subluxated vertebra,
to open and enlarge intervertebral or spinal foramina
to release pressures and tensions upon nerves
to restore transmission of mental impulses, thru nerves, from
brain to body, via the spinal columnshall constitute doing those
things which come within the scope of the Chiropractic philosophy
and science and shall be construed as being within an all inclusive
Chiropractic science and, or Chiropractic art to which the name
Chiropractic shall be applied.
That Orthopedic Surgery existed previous to 1895 is known. The
principles and practices of orthopedic surgery are known. That none
of them are anything like or akin to any of the principles and practices
of Chiropractic is known to those who know what orthopedic surgery
is and to those who know what Chiropractic is. Any person not
conversant with either, could and would easily confuse one with the
other. It would be easy for such a person to be innocent of any
deliberate maliciousness to injure either.
That this controversy is not new and has been weighed in the
balance and found wanting, is evidenced by my fathers first and only
work published by him: The Science, Art and Philosophy of
Chiropractic (1911). Several articles could be cited, but we suggest
you read beginning of page 189 thru to page 225, where he has
analyzed those books which direct their attention to spinal work that
might be construed as allied to our work.
D. D. Palmer, in the article referred to, reprints and republishes a
picture (P. 220) of a Reduction by the Method of Calot. The
reduction referred to was of a dislocationnot a subluxation.
Nothing done by Calot was done for any reason established by the
Chiropractic principle, neither does he do anything for any purpose
established by the Chiropractic practice.
Charcots principle was the Reduction of dislocations. That is
orthopedic surgery. That is not the principle involved in Chiropractic.
It is these principles that Dr. Budden has totally overlooked in his
discussion of the prior art right question. It is these principles that
Supreme Courts have inquired into accurately that determine their
decisions which we have freely quoted in The Backwash. It is possible
that Dr. Budden may be profession-
415
HISTORY REPEATS
ally right, but he totally disagrees with every Supreme Court legal
decision bearing on every case where these principles and practices
are involved. It is possible that Supreme Courts may be wrong; but,
right or wrong, it is the Supreme Courts that we base our case upon in
weighing the prior art right question.
Referring back to the article by Dr. Budden:
Was manipulation of the spine never practiced therapeutically
before? We know not how far back into history that manipulation
of the spine has been carried on therapeutically before. The
contrast is Chiropractors (who know Chiropractic) do not
manipulate the spine; neither is anything Chiropractors do, done
therapeutically.
Was this an original discovery? Manipulation is not original. It is
old. Manipulation for therapeutical purposes is not original. That too
is as old as medicine.
Was it unknown to anyone else? No! It has been known to
physicians for centuries.
Was it ever discovered before; and, if so, by whom? Manipulation
of the spine, as a therapeutical method is as old as the principles and
practices of medicine. But, the principles and practices herein laid
down as containing the essence of Chiropractic as discovered by D. D.
Palmer are new; are an original discovery; were unknown to anyone
else; were never discovered before. In the answer to these questions
lies no danger of prior rights principles. It is evident that the author of
that article does not know the difference between manipulation and
adjustment; Innate Adaptability and therapeutics. In the absence
of this distinctive difference lies the danger of one who purports to
write without the intellectual difference necessary to understand why
Supreme Courts take such differences into consideration in forming
their opinions.
Referring back again: I have the book by Charcot and nowhere in
that work does Dr. Charcot discuss any Chiropractic principle or
practice outlined above; neither does Dr. Charcot carry the quotations
to the extent that Dr. Budden would have one believe,
416
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
. . . occurs as a result of pressure exerted on nerve trunks, as they
pass through intervertebral foramina, implying that vertebral
subluxations did this. Dr. Charcot discusses frankly and plainly, and
without any equivocation, dislocations and fractures. The implications
suggested by Dr. Budden are foreign to the thot expressed by Dr.
Charcot. Facts cannot be destroyed by misquotations,
misinterpretations, or misrepresentations. Neither does Dr. Charcot
suggest an adjustment for the reasons expressed above, which
constitute the basic principle and practice of Chiropractic.
Referring back once more to the references of Dr. Hastings
Hamilton, I have this work also.
A practical treatise on fractures and dislocations, by Frank Hastings
Hamilton, M.D., contains two chapters of interest to us, viz: Fractures
of the Vertebrae and Dislocations of the Spine. It is clearly obvious
that the former could have no connection with Chiropractic. It is
possible that the latter is confusing to Dr. Budden. I rather think that
dislocations and subluxations have a common meaning, so far as his
article is concerned, to Dr. Budden. As Dr. Budden has attempted to
overlap Hamilton onto Palmer; dislocations onto subluxations; surgery
into Chiropractic, I shall quote sections from the Chapter on
Dislocations of the Spine, letting them speak for themselves.
Says Sir Astley Cooper: I have never witnessed a separation of one vertebra
from another, through the intervertebral substance, without fracture of the
articular processes; or, if those processes remain unbroken, without a fracture
through the bodies of the vertebrae. He would not, however, be understood to
deny the possibility of a dislocation of the cervical vertebrae, their articular
processes being placed more obliquely than those of the other vertebrae.
The accident is, no doubt, exceedingly rare, at least without the complication
of fracture, and it is not improbable that the actual number is smaller than the
reported examples would indicate. (He did not have in mind the frequency of
vertebral subluxations, several of them, in every human being!B. J.)
Among the cases reported as having been complicated with fracture, the
following example, reported by Dr. Graves of New Hampshire, to Dr. Parker of
this city, possesses unusual interest:
On the second day of January, 1852, a man, age, 25, was struck on the back
while in a stooping posture, by a falling mass of timber, causing a dislocation of
the last dorsal upon the first lumbar vertebra. His lower
417
HISTORY REPEATS
extremities were completely paralyzed, and priapism continued for several hours.
The surgeon (not a ChiropractorB.J.) determined to make an attempt at
reduction, (not an adjustment as Dr. Budden leads us to believe) and for this
purpose he placed the patient upon his face, and secured a folded sheet under his
armpits and another around his hips, directing four strong men to make extension
and counter-extension by these sheets. (The same as traction-tables being sold
Chiropractors, for the same objectiveB. J.) Chloroform was administered, and
when the patient was completely under its influence the extending and
counter-extending forces were applied, and in a few minutes the vertebra glided
into place with a distinct bony crepitus. The restoration of the line of the
vertebral column was found to be nearly but not quite perfect.
I know of only one similar case. (Cases of dislocation with reduction are
so rare that this author quoted by Dr. Budden knows of only one similar case.
Could a Chiropractor talk thus about subluxations and their adjustment?
B.J.). Rudiger has published an account of a dislocation obliquely backwards and
to the right side, which occurred at the same point in the spinal column. The
subject was a musketeer, who had been struck upon his back by a falling wall
which he was endeavoring to pull down. Rudiger laid him upon his belly, and by
the assistance of others (how many assistants does a Chiropractor need?B. J.)
he was able, but not without causing pain, to reduce the bones. Immediately,
however, when the extension was discontinued, the action of the muscles caused
the displacement to recur. The surgeon (not a ChiropractorB. J.) then directed
four men to make extension, while another man retained the bones in place by
pressing upon them with his hands. (Probably this reduction of a dislocation
by extensions is Chiropractic to Dr. Budden. If it is, he ought to go to a
Chiropractic school and learn Chiropractic.B.J.). After several hours this
method of pressure was replaced by a board underlaid with compresses and
sustaining a weight of more than fifty livres (about 37 lbs.B. J.). On the
following day it was found sufficient to bind compresses over the projecting bone,
and in this condition the patient remained fifteen days; during all of which time,
he lay upon his belly with his shoulders more elevated than his pelvis. On the
twentieth day he could lie upon his back, and in about six weeks he was so
completely restored as to be able to pursue his trade as before. This is certainly a
very extraordinary case, whether considered in reference to the means
employed to restore the bones to place, or to its results; and if the statements
are to be received at all, it must be with some hesitation and allowance. (That
last part sounds so much like Dr. Budden speaking in reference to Chiropractic
subluxation and adjustments but it certainly does not sound much like the
every-day ordinary Chiropractor speaking as to his means and his results with
Chiropractic work.B. J.)
It is not, however, with a life of perpetual deformity that the two examples of
reduction already described are to be contrasted. A result so fortunate as this,
where the bones remained unreduced, is unique; in all the other cases reported the
patients died miserably after periods ranging from a few days to one year or a little
more.
418
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
Prognosis. The complete bilateral luxations, (Note, this is not subluxation.B.
J.) whether backwards or forwards, have in most cases terminated fatally within
a short time, generally within forty-eight hours. Unilateral luxations are less
speedy in their results, but when the dislocation remains unreduced, death
generally takes place within a month or two. (There can be no doubt in the mind
of any seeker of truth that this writer had no conception of vertebral
subluxations. He was discussing dislocations as they were then, as they are now
with the usual death that follows.B. J.).
Dr. Berthold, of Nuremberg, reduced a dislocation of one of the oblique
processes of the sixth vertebra in a boy, age 19, by extension with his hands and
rotation.
Dr. Wm. J. Morton, of New York, has reported a case of dislocation of the
fifth oblique process in a boy twelve years old, reduced after the lapse of one
week, by suspension of the head between the hands and rotation.
The posterior portion of the neck exhibited a sharp, sudden angle at the
junction of the fifth and sixth cervical vertebrae, around which the integuments
lay in folds. It was difficult to reach the bottom of this angle even with strong
pressure of the fingers, and of course the regular line formed by the projecting
spinous processes was abruptly lost. He complained of intense and constant pain
at this point, which was neither relieved nor aggravated by pressure.

Chapters of the above kind of thing could be quoted from these two
books. Why is any of it done at all? To convince you of the kind of
thing that Dr. Budden says ante-dated Chiropractic; which he thinks is
Chiropractic; which he gently suggests was where Chiropractic was
stolen from previous to 1895. It is easy, when you make comparisons,
to find that there isnt much difference between the line of reasoning
of Dr. Hamilton in 1866 and Dr. Budden in 192862 years later;
between orthopedic surgery, fractures and dislocations and
Chiropractic and vertebral subluxations; between reductions and
adjustments. No wonder we find such men advocating
physiotherapy and other medical appliances, adjuncts and principles
and practicesthey do not know Chiropractic, or they are deliberately
trying to mislead to support their mixing methods of instruction.
Now mark, these adjustments, mostly of the cervicals, were
performed without instruments and with the hand only and for a
therapeutical purpose. . . . gives very graphic descriptions of
adjustments of the spine which were used as treatment . . ..
This is a work confined to the study of and reduction of fractures
419
HISTORY REPEATS
and dislocations, a subject entirely out of the field of Chiropractic.
Nowhere in this work does Dr. Hamilton use the words these
adjustments or adjustments, implying that he was adjusting a
vertebral subluxation for any of the purposes or reasons outlined
above which constitute the principle and the practice of Chiropractic.
These were cases of caries, necrosis, tuberculosis of the vertebrae,
dislocations, or fractures, and it was these which Dr. Hamilton
performed without instruments and with the hand only and for a
therapeutic purpose in exactly the same sense, with the same intent
and for the same purpose as surgeons do today. That is not new. Such
surgical principles of reduction of fractures and dislocations are none
of the principles and practices as laid down by D. D. Palmer or
elaborated by me, neither are such surgical principles and reduction of
fractures and dislocations any of the things which Chiropractors do.
The prior art right is based upon the laying down of a new principle
and a new practice attaining a new result which was born and
developed in and since 1895as outlined abovenone of which is
even mentioned in a most remote way in Charcot or Hamilton.
Dr. Budden says: On the basis of prior arts rights the above facts
show that adjustments of the spine by hand for the purpose of
correcting mal-alignments is clearly the property of the surgeons. If
that statement were true, his conclusion would be sound. But the
above facts (stated by Dr. Budden) are not the facts in either case,
therefore the conclusion is unsound. The proper statement to be made,
based upon what these books do reveal, would be this: These two
surgeons found fractures and dislocated mal-alignments of the spine,
which they reduced by orthopedic means by the use of orthopedic
principles and orthopedic treatments, by hand, which practice is
clearly the property of the surgeon, none of which is even a part of any
of the principles or practices of Chiropractic.
This same propaganda, if persisted in and if it had any foundation
other than mere, wilful distortion of fact, would also rob us of the right
to use the X-Ray. Was the radiation of the spine for the purposes of
diagnosis or analysis never attempted until it was done by
Chiropractors? Of course it was. As a matter of
420
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
fact, medical people were doing this almost before Chiropractic was
born. To call it spinography is, of course, to beg the question. The
same machine is used, the same technic, the same posture, the same
method of development as in any other X-Ray work. It is radiography
or skiagraphy, plain and unadulterated.
The Roentgen, or X-Ray, was discovered in 1895. The Chiropractic
principle and practice was discovered in 1895. Each was discovered
and developed independent of the other.
The X-Ray is used by physicians and surgeons to radiograph and
skiagraph normal bones of the entire body, including the spinal
column; dislocated or fractured bones, including the spinal column; or
soft structures for the purposes of diagnosis; and for treatment.
Sometimes this treatment was electrical, chemical, or surgical, and
sometimes mechanical, by hand only; on all the structures of the body,
including the spinal column. In its history, as used by surgeons and
physicians, it had never been used to take pictures of subluxated
vertebrae of the spinal column, because this purpose was not admitted
to be true either in theory or in fact.
That a vertebra could be subluxated was disputed and emphatically
denied. It was for this reason that the writer purchased the first X-Ray
instrument ever purchased by any Chiropractor for the purpose of
proving the existence of a vertebral subluxation. A Chiropractor was
the first to use it. A Chiropractor was the first to physically and
pictorially prove the vertebral subluxation.
At a subsequent date, the X-Ray was used to verify or correct digital
palpation of the positions of the vertebrae determined to be
subluxated. A Chiropractor was the first to so use it. A Chiropractor
was the first to prove that digital palpation could be in error and the
X-Ray plate so corrected him.
Physicians and surgeons were the first to use their hands to correct
the positions of dislocations and fractures, including fractures and
dislocations of the vertebral column. A Chiropractor was the first to
use his hands to correct the positions of vertebral subluxations.
Physicians and surgeons were the first to use an X-Ray to radiograph
and skiagraph dislocations and fractures of the vertebral column. A
Chiropractor was the first to use an X-Ray to spinograph vertebral
subluxations.
It appears easy for Dr. Budden to ask a few pertinent questions.
421
HISTORY REPEATS
And it is easy for the writer to answer them.
Was the radiation of the spine for the purposes of diagnosis or
analysis never attempted until it was done by Chiropractors? No! The
X-Ray for the purpose of diagnosis or analysis of soft tissues,
fractures, and dislocations was in constant use by physicians and
surgeons. The X-Ray for the purposes of analysis of vertebral
subluxations was first used by Chiropractors. As a matter of fact,
Medical people were using the X-Ray for the purposes of diagnosis
and analysis of soft tissues and dislocations and fractures, beginning in
the same year Chiropractic was born.
No people but Chiropractors discovered and developed that
technique which made the application of the X-Ray to the discovery
and development for the purposes of ascertaining the positions of
vertebral subluxations, both before and after an adjustment upon the
same.
The principle of medical use was the diagnosis and analysis of
soft tissues; or, dislocations and fractures of the various bones of the
body, including the vertebral column. The principle of Chiropractic
use was the analysis of vertebral subluxations, nothing more, nothing
less; a condition which medical men persistently, consistently, and
insistently denied could exist. This difference in use, of the same
principle involved, Dr. Budden has totally overlooked in his
discussion of the prior art right question. It is this dissimilar use that
Supreme Courts have inquired into accurately, that determine their
decisions which we have so freely quoted in our article. It is barely
possible that Dr. Budden may be right, but he totally disagrees with
every Supreme Court decision bearing on every case where these
dissimilar uses are involved. It is barely possible that the Supreme
Courts may be wrong; but, right or wrong, it is the Supreme Courts
that we base our case upon in weighing the prior art right question.
Dr. Budden thinks that because we change the name from
radiography to spinography is to beg the question. I do not agree
with him. As well say that an automobile and an airplane are the
same because they both are motored by an internal combustion engine.
As well call a bird and an airplane the same because they both fly.
New names are coined to express either entirely new principles, new
practices, or new uses of old
422
IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
principles or practices, as happens to be so in the changing of the term
radiography to spinography. The new prior art right was entitled to a
new title to differentiate it from all older uses of older principles and
practices.
True, the same machine is used, not quite the same technique, the
same posture is, the same method of development as in any other
X-Ray work and yet, in spite of this, there is a marked difference,
and that difference lies in the purpose for which this is being used.
The comparison is similar to that of the NCM We took a gal-
vanometer and a thermo-couple, hooked them together and called it a
neurocalometer. Dr. Budden would contend that To call it a
neurocalometer is, of course, to beg the question. I am not concerned
in what Dr. Budden thinks, but to know whether the U. S. and our
Courts agree with him.
The galvanometer is not new. It was old previous to our use of it.
The principle and practice of the thermo-couple is not new. It was in
use previous to our introduction of it. The hook-up of the
galvanometer with the thermo-couple is not new. It was in use
previous to our use of them. The use of the hook-up between the
galvanometer and the thermo-couple with two or more heat testers,
used by physiologists for the purposes of securing comparative
temperature in various parts of the bodyis not new. The comparing
of different points of temperatures was not new. Used for our purpose,
with our process, constituted a new prior art right to which we were
given an exclusive process patent.
We announced that we were applying for and would secure a
process patent. Because of the above information being common to
students of physics, patent attorneys, and Chiropractors, all said we
could not get a patent on any idea or instrument all of which was old,
all of which had been patented and the patents had all expired.
But, in spite of this, the U. S. Patent Office said that when we took a
galvanometer, hooked it up with a thermo-couple, went down both
sides of the spinal column and read comparative temperatures, and did
all this for the purposes outlined in the beginning of this article
which constituted a Chiropractic principle and practiceThe U.S.
Patent Office said that the purpose for which we were using the old
things was new and therefore issued
423
HISTORY REPEATS
a new patent upon a new use of an old principle and practice. Not
only is this position sound, in patent law, in the U. S., but some nine
other civilized, educated countries have issued the same opinion. In
three different suits, including the Healey case, the Courts have
validated that patent and sustained the opinion of the patent office, as
constituting a new prior right in science.
It is another case of the same machine is used, the same technic, the
same posture, the same method of development but for a different
purpose, attaining a different result.
What difference is there, for instance, when a Chiropractor uses a
clinical thermometer? What is its use for? Can he ascertain where the
vertebral subluxation is by the use of such in the mouth, axilla,
rectum? Does its use predetermine the position of that vertebral
subluxation? Does a blood pressure instrument tell him whether the
vertebra has been so moved that it has directly released the actual
pressure upon nerves? Does the use of a urinalysis ascertain whether
there is a spinal nerve pressure, or a spinal cord pressure, or a spinal
cord tension; and, if so, where and how? The use of a thermometer by
a Chiropractor is for the purpose of determining whether the patient
has fever or not; the same purpose a medical physician would use it
for. Its use does not aid the Chiropractor in anything Chiropractic! Its
use, by the Chiropractor, is to make himself appear a physician in the
eyes of his patient who has been trained to believe that medical
instruments and medical principles and practices are of some value in
diagnosing and treating diseases. A Chiropractor can be a
Chiropractor without the use of any medical instruments, principles, or
practices, but he can be a better one. A Chiropractor can be a
Chiropractor, never having seen or used any medical diagnostic
instrument.
The use of any medical diagnostic instrument is a case of The same
machine is used, the same technic, the same posture, the same method
of development as in any other medical doctors office. It is medical
diagnosis, plain and unadulterated. The use of the same medical
instruments used to the same end that a physician uses them,
constitutes, in law, the use of the medical principles and practices. It
does not constitute a prior art rightto the Chiropractor.
(Fountain Head News, November 10, 1928, TWENTY-THREE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
424
CHAPTER 67
The Story Of
CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS
(Fountain Head News, January 19, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
From the beginning of time, feeble man has attempted to limit each
new idea born to his present-day concept. History is replete with
examples of where tomorrow has been forced by men of today to keep
itself within the purview of men who live in today. From the
beginning of time, as men outgrow their feebleness, they have been
stretching their age, broadening their horizon, pushing back those
limitations which they found themselves involuntarily hedged with.
Has man progressed because he reasoned it better, or because other
men forced him?
Electricity was born in a humble way, to accomplish crude
objectives. Strong-minded men of older days said limited uses were all
it was good for. Other men, visionaries, hair-brained fools, wild and
flighty fellows, saw electricity as a power; an energy; unlimited in its
uses; limited only by the limitations of men to know how to use it.
They saw it moving flying machines, moving sub-sea ships; saw it
skidding over the earth at frightful rates of speed; saw it shooting thru
the air at 186,000 miles per second; heard it carrying messages and
music thru the air. Everybody, of course, called them crazy because
the dreamer saw no limitations; called them crazy because the same
men said they did see limitations.
Airplanes were born to skip 100 feet off the earth, fall, and kill
somebody. Strong-minded individuals of the older order said that was
all they were good for. Other men, harum, skarum, thin-shelled,
peanut-thinkers, saw airplanes flying around the world, carrying
commerce, mail, and people of the world on their backs. The
educated, college-trained, intelligensia called them crazy because they
could see thousands of reasons why none of these dreams of a
heavier-than-air machine could be developed.
Radio was born to send forth a dot-and-dash from ship to shore.
Many studious professors and national figures in politics and
425
HISTORY REPEATS
business saw that that was all it was good forif it was good for that.
I recall attending the San Francisco Exposition and seeing Marconi
(himself) demonstrating wireless telephony from one part of the
building to another. Here was another addlebrain fellow trying to
sell blue-sky stock at 10 cents a share, to get money to develop
another foolish dream for the purpose of exploiting his
fellowman. He had few listeners and few buyers. He ranted and
raved about future potential possibilities of talking from one country
to anotheraround the world even, without wires. The vast majority
of commoners knew he was crazy, for talking was limited to the use
of wires. One by one, other dreamers and visionaries, crazy fools,
who knew not that it could not be done, bought stock and encouraged
the idea. Of course, college professors who had dabbled in physics
knew the limitations; hence wasted no time on such idle childish
prattle. I recall the day I decided to add myself to this growing list. I
got into radio. I have never regretted putting myself in that class,
because I have seen millions who came to scoff, live to praise, buy
radio receiving sets, and become addicts to the D-X hound
classification, trying to get Portland, Maine, or San Francisco, Calif.
Chiropractic, too, is no exception to this rule. It was born of a
definite set of principles. These, like electricity, airplanes, or radio, are
either sound in entirety or unsound in totality. If right, then it is right
all the way thru. If wrong, then it is wrong in its entirety. There are no
half-way stopping points to correct principles. There may be, and there
usually is, a temporary limit to the development of that idea by man in
his historical set-up; and there usually is a historical stepping-up of its
progress, year by year, gradually broadening its application, until
eventually the field of usefulness steps-up and steps-out until things
impossible yesterday are quite the ordinary today.
It is interesting for some of us to sit by and watch the passing
procession. I have seen Chiropractic come from its very birth. I have
seen thousands of people begin its study, profess its belief, and then
begin its constructive application. I have seen thousands begin its
study, profess its belief, and then begin its deliberate destruction. I
have seen many thousands of these get a smattering understanding of
its principles, and from that understanding on, stand still until they die,
refusing to gain more of its understand
426
A CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS
ings, refusing to grow with its developments, refusing to move on as
the mass moved on. I have seen, by contrast, a few stay with the going
group; grow, expand, develop, study everything consistent with that
principle, and prove that its application in practice was unlimited.
Some men are not afraid of the advent of a new idea. Others go
about with hesitation and fear. Some men know not that they know
not. They accept and grow. Other men know that they know. They
reject and decay. Still other men step out, absorb a portion of a new
idea, grow fearful and begin doubting the rest of it. Even Thomas
doubted. Some people like oyster stew, but refuse to eat the oyster.
Everything is supposed to have a limitation. Where that limitation is,
with anything, nobody knows except him who knows it, places it and
so proclaims himself in printers ink, only to be shoved to one side
tomorrow by the man who is denying its limitations. I have heard men
in our ranks say, Chiropractic has its limitations; but, if so, those
limitations are not within its principles and practices. Those
limitations, if there be such, are circumscribed entirely by the horizons
of men who arbitrarily refuse to move or be moved upon. I have seen
men get outside of the Chiropractic principle and practice; get inside
of the medical principle and practice; become imbued with the
correctness of the incorrectness of medical findings; bow to the
greater instability of the more generally accepted faiths, and forget that
they are adherents and devotees of a new principle and practice; and
run wild endorsing the older incorrect methods; rather than spend the
energy, time, labor, and faith necessary to develop themselves to a
more correct understanding of the deeper and undeveloped properties
lying dormant within themselves. Many a man stands still, in the third
floor back.
Those who see no limitations live out in an open forest, unhedged,
uncontrolled; forging a new country out of vast natural resources.
Those who see limitations are surrounded by a multitude of educators,
librarians and colleges galore. The one is an outcast without backing,
mental or physical. The other lives in the lap of luxury, in the cities
crowded gorges of modern minds. The one is a freak, a barnacle, an
unnecessary excresence that has drifted away from society and is
always disturbing the peace and
427
HISTORY REPEATS
comfort of the many. The other is a pampered pet, the orthodox, the
accepted member of the ultra-four-hundred. The one builds an internal
resistance, by vigorous mental and physical work; while the other sits
and softens and has it shot in from the external with the putrid pus of
rotten animals. Each is a problem to the other. Each is an enigma. The
one who goes cannot understand why the other stagnates; the one who
hesitates cannot understand why the other goes. No more can the
worker understand the drone, than the hobo can understand the
laborer; no more can the thinker who forges ahead understand the
ignorant who filches thots and lives amidst the ruins of dead mens
shoes of centuries long gone. The animal builds itself and cannot un-
derstand the blood-sucker; neither can the sycophanting tick
understand why the animal builds. The preponderance of precedent,
the mass of mass opinion, the general way the general run think, are
all against the pioneer who thinks out of today into tomorrow; who
reasons away from today and for tomorrow. And that
smug-self-complacency of the other exhibits itself sitting serenely
satisfied in his lot as of this hour, backed up by the larger group who
live yesterday today. Ignorance of vision has always been a handicap
to understanding of that vision. Ignorance is in the hands of the man,
while vision is in the minds of the few.
One shouts no limitations, but he is heard only in a whisper, for
all entrances are closed. The other whispers, all is limited and he is
heard in a shout for all avenues are open. One dies trying to get out a
new idea, but it is killed by those who refuse to have new ideas born,
contending that the present generation is enough, has enough, and
knows enough. But the world keeps on keeping on, the race is moved
upon by the coming race, and slowly evolutions produce revolutions
and revolutions produce evolutions and so all gradually step-up-and
yesterday is gone forever. Twas ever thus!
Examples galore could be cited of conflicts between one group that
dreamed, who tried to create, who helped to invent and produces a
progress; and the other group who resisted, ridiculed, and hurt
progress. Chiropractic and medicine are two extremes of groups. Both
are primarily interested in getting the sick well. Both antipodal,
directly opposites, each denying the principles and practices of the
other; both cant be right, either in principle or practice. Each group
has a 100 per cent type of people of its own.
428
A CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS
There are Chiropractors who believe Chiropractic is a 100 per cent
principle and practice; who preach it and live it. There are medical
men who believe medicine is a 100 per cent principle and practice;
who preach it and live it. Medicine is old. It has failed! Chiropractic is
new. It is succeeding! Each group also has a compromising,
middle-road, half-and-half group. There are Chiropractors who believe
in the progress of Chiropractic and then shackle it with the mental
ankylosis of medicine and surgery. There are medical men who
believe in the progress of medicine and then try to shackle it with the
mental ankylosis of half-and-half. There are Chiropractors who would
hold Chiropractic down to the retrogression of yesterday. There are
medical men who would like to raise medicine up to the modern
progress of Chiropractic. It is the age-old conflict of the man of
yesterday, either riding with the progress of today or dying with the
diehards of yesterday.
If Chiropractic is a principle, and if that principle be sound in one
dis-ease, then it is sound in all cases. If a vertebral subluxation reduces
the intervertebral foramina, produces pressures, destroys interference
with transmission between brain and body, land interferes with
continuity flow of mental impulses, and thus becomes the cause of any
one dis-ease, then it is a sound fundamental principle as the cause of
all dis-eases. That principle is either sound or unsound; right or
wrong. If right, then it is wholly right. If wrong, then it is totally
wrong. There can be no halfway stopping place between, that we can
call a halt on; no one-half that is without limitation; the other half
entirely with limitations. If electricity is energy and power, then so it is
for any purpose that energy or power can be made to work to do. If
airplanes are methods of transportation, then they cannot be unlimited
to the hauling of mail, and limited to the hauling of people, express, or
freight. If airplanes are methods of flying, then they cannot be
unlimited to flying within the border lines of one state, and limited to
flying within the border lines of one country. What radio is and radio
can do, is only limited to the scope of what energy or power can do,
now that the principle of sending that energy into ether is known. It is
only limited by the limitations of men who do not know how to use its
unlimited possibilities; so, too, with Chiropracticwhat it is and is
not; what it can do and cannot do. If there becomes a half-way
stopping point in
429
HISTORY REPEATS
the belief, actions, and writings of some of its profession, then those
half-way stopping points are stopping points in men, not in the
principles or practices of the thing itself.
In common with thousands of other Chiropractors, I have known of
innumerable cases of Brights disease, diabetes mellitus, cancer,
tuberculosis, syphilis, pernicious anemia, Potts disease, intus-
susception, hydrocephalus, phimosis, locomotor ataxia, transverse
melitis, arterio-sclerosis, abscesses of all kinds, cataract, glaucoma,
warts, moles, bunions, baldness, diphtheria, acute appendicitis, spinal
arthritis, etc., which have gone to them where Chiropractic principles
and practices have been exclusively used, and these cases have gotten
well. This, in itself, is proof not only of the correctness of the
principle, but also the development of correct use within the men
themselves who have correctly applied the correct principles to human
beings. I have also known many of these same types of cases to go to
other chiropractors, who have failed to use these Chiropractic
principles and practices, and any and all of them have failed to get
well. The first group would, naturally, say that Chiropractic was of
service to those types of cases. The second group would, naturally, say
that Chiropractic had its limitations and was of no value to any or all
of the above mentioned cases. Believing in the unlimited application
of Chiropractic, the first group would accept them, render service, and
get them well. Believing in the limited application of Chiropractic, the
second group would reject them, send them to physicians and
surgeons; or accept them and try to become physicians and surgeons
themselves without proper education or competent ability as
practitioners.
The writer is not ignoring the fact that there are many graduates of
Chiropractic schools, who call themselves Chiropractors and who
practice under the guise of rendering a Chiropractic service; who not
only take issue with, but practically deny the efficacy of many of the
cardinal principles of Chiropractic and limit the cardinal value of
Chiropractic practice in many cases. To these people, I do not hesitate
but hasten to again expound the facts which were originally started as
theories which have been subsequently proven as scientific; but which
they even yet refuse to investigate, look into, or find the truth of. That
such as these exist in our ranks, does not and cannot alter facts. There
are some (and some of them are of high standing, professionally
430
A CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS
socially, and educationally), who still believe and maintain the earth to
be flat. If I were to write an article on astronomy, should I hesitate to
proclaim the earth round because there is a certain group amongst us
who steadfastly deny it? If I were to write an article on Chiropractic,
should I hesitate to mention the fact that Chiropractic will do
tomorrow what it has done today; that it will do for others what it has
done for others; that it does not shake its foundation because some fail
to make it work; or should I hesitate to mention that Chiropractic is
premised upon the principle that the vertebral subluxation is the cause
of all dis-ease, including the list mentioned above, just to keep from
antagonizing the few disbelievers or because a few have failed with its
use?
It is hardly safe for any person today to say there are limitations to
electricity, airplanes, radio, automobiles, or Chiropractic. It is very
safe to make the definite statement that all limitations are not within
the principles, but within the men who try to apply them and find
themselves handicapped in the application of these principles, thru the
medium of mechanical or human necessities. Some men may actually
cry limitations to electric light, heavier-than-air flying machines,
transporting human voice thru air; but this does not make a limitation,
except within the scope of that mans understanding.
And, peculiar as it may seem, people who deny the all-inclusive
value of electricity, profit by it in many ways unbeknown to
themselves and contrary to their convictions; those who deny the
airplane will still receive letters brot by a heavier-than-air machine
which they contend cannot be done; listen-in on a radio, admire it, and
still say how impossible it is to pick up music out of the air. And,
peculiar as it may also seem, I know Chiropractors who call
themselves such, who try to use Chiropractic, who get some results
from the use of such, who wouldnt trust their lives to anything else,
who rant and rave at others who proclaim the thing they deny,
proselyte preferably and make a living therefrom. These same people
advertise themselves as Chiropractors, put out literature proclaiming
Chiropractic as the great boon to the human race, and then proclaim
the principles partly true, the practices partially impractical; the
medical principles and practices, altho contradictory, largely practical.
How peculiar that
431
HISTORY REPEATS
men who make their living by the use of a certain and definite
principle, will deny it; who could use an exacting practice but prefer to
limit its scope of service!
Men who, in the early days, saw the future of electricity, were
criticized by those who could not see it. And this criticism ran high,
became rancid and bitter. Such was expected. The geniuses expected
it. They took it like men. But, silently and quietly, they went on doing
the thing while others stood on the side-lines and scoffed.
Men, who in the early days, saw the future of the airplane, were
criticized by those who would not see it. Newspapers refused to run
the story about those early Wright Brothers flights at Kitty-Hawk.
They ridiculed and held up these men as examples of flighty and
irresponsible mentalities. Such was expected. The Wright Brothers
took it like men. But, silently and quietly, they went on developing the
application of the principle they knew to be right, and 25 years later,
they have been crowned as kings of the air, by the very men who
traduced them in years previous.
Men who, in the early days, saw the future of the radio, were
criticized by those who refused to see it. Scientists refused to
acknowledge that Marconi could do what he claimed; they refused to
listen-in, to know; they would not give him audience to prove that
what he said was a reality; they went their way and let him go his.
Such was expected. Marconi took it all with a certain serenity of
banking on what the future would also prove. Quietly and silently, he
went about perfecting his application of that principle and all know
too well what happened. Where are those who claimed limitations?
Many of them are dead; many of them today acknowledging; a few
still standing on the side-lines, questioning.
I had a very dear friend who refused to purchase or have a radio in
his home; not that he was opposed to it; not that he denied it, but he
was going to wait until it was perfected. That man is dead, and the
radio goes on perfecting itself, without his having had any of the
pleasures or joys that it could have brot into his home.
Men who, in the early days, dreamed the future of an improved
human race, bettered because of the adjustment of the cause of
432
A CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS
dis-ease, were criticized by those who said, medicine was right,
diagnosis was a necessity, treatments were essential. Medical men,
the medical profession, ridiculed D. D. Palmers principle; laughed at
his methods; arrested him and his follower,; prosecuted and
persecuted him and them; hounded them thru the courts, and legislated
against them. They denied his principle and practice; refused to listen
to the testimonials of those who got well of tuberculosis, Brights
disease, acute appendicitis, and other limited diseases. Such was
expected. D. D. Palmer and his loyal followers took it with a positive
knowledge that what they knew, they knew; what they could do, they
did; knowing that time was the great element in establishing a new
truth. It was not unexpected that some of his followers refused to
follow him all the way and attain the objectives he set; it was expected
that many of them would play fast and loose between the established
and that which would be; that many of them lived upon his name and
the name of his system and became everything else but. While many
are adjusting the subluxations for acute appendicitis, etc., etc., and
getting them well, many others claiming the use of the same system
are standing on the side-lines and shouting operation. While he was
concerned in what his followers thot and did, in those days, he was
more concerned in what the coming generations would think. So, he
builded better than he knew. He did not build tomorrow for the people
who would deny it today, but he did build tomorrow for those whose
mental scope would permit them to see tomorrow, today or tomorrow.
All of this again proves that those who cannot dotherefore dis-
claimdo not understand as do those who dotherefore who claim;
and those who deny do not apply as do those who affirm and apply.
Truth has a way of always finding its level. Time is the great leveler.
Meanwhile, some men come and go, shouting the unlimited praises of
Chiropractic; and some other men come and go, shouting the
unlimited praises of Chiropractic, denying little, if any, claims to it at
all. And both divisions will always exist within our ranks because it is
the difference in the degree of understanding between men and ability
to deliver, between those who succeed and those who fail.
Back to the back is a principle. It is sound or unsound; right or
wrong; all-inclusive or all-exclusive within itself. The limita-
433
HISTORY REPEATS
tions, if there be any, lie within the man who either does not
understand the principles sufficiently well to apply them; or, un-
derstanding the principles fully, cannot find the ways and means to
apply them to all the conditions that arise, for which they would be of
service if they could be applied; for which they are of service in the
hands of those men who have driven back those personal and limited
handicaps found within themselves.
Underlying all this observation of what some men think as against
what some others think; of what some write as against what some
others write, is something deeper than what is here brought outthe
prejudice that some men hold for some other men; the prejudice some
writers hold for the writings of some other men; or the personal
jealousy that some hold for the attainments of others. They retard the
growth and progress of the entire profession, by writing contrary to
direct issues when it is the indirect and petty issues, that are personal,
that at tap root are the basis of their opposition. When men can learn
to look at their professional principles and practices and positions as
impersonal, quicker progress will be made in the future of Chiroprac-
tic; and until that is laid to one side, one side must continue to keep on
keeping on accomplishing its great results, with the opposition trying
to deny doing the thing that is constantly being done.
(Fountain Head News, January 19, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS
AGO. Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
434
CHAPTER 68
The Story Of
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
(Fountain Head News, May 25, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
January 25th, 1929.
Dear B.J.:
Just finished reading the latest issue of the Fountain Head (News).
The first article, entitled A Chiropractic New Years Analysis,
proved interesting reading. The most interesting part was where you
tell that cancer, hydrocephalus, locomotor-ataxia, warts, moles,
bunions, et al, can be cured by straight Chiropractic. You forgot to
mention corns and fallen arches. I would like to see some patients you
have gotten well of the above mentioned diseases. Theoretically,
these conditions are easily corrected by Chiropractic, but thirteen
years of practicing straight Chiropractic has convinced Dr.
that in above mentioned conditions the theory will not work; and eight
years of practicing straight Chiropractic has convinced me it will not
work. Yea! Time and experience have proven to thousands of
Chiropractors that it will not work. When these thousands awoke to
the truth, it was too lateso they fell by the wayside, and found them-
selves shining shoes, doing carpenter work, plastering, and the like,
demoting themselves by compulsion.
Everywhere we hear the cry: Whats wrong with Chiropractic? Why
has its patronage diminished instead of increasing? Your own words
give the answeryou have taught your graduates to believe that in
Chiropractic they had a cure-all, and they spread your teaching to
the four corners of the earthpeople everywhere flocked to the
Chiropractors to rid themselves of pyorrhea, apical infection of teeth,
corns, bunions, stuttering, syphilis, warts, moles, and everything else
with which man is afflicted. And then came the Great Awakening, the
knockers out-numbered the boosters. What a pity! A great health-
giving science set back fifteen or twenty years, because its adherents
proclaimed to possess a cure-all. We cant fool the
435
HISTORY REPEATS
public any longer, we must producethe curiosity seekers no longer
patronize usthey tried us long ago for cancer, moles et al and found
by experience that it wouldnt work. So now we have to rebuild
upon a different premise: we must let the public know that we do get
sick people well of many, many ailments, but we do not possess a
cure-all.
I could keep on writing more facts, but whats the use? This much I
felt I just had to write, to get it off my chest.
Sincerely yours,

February 7, 1929.
Dear friend :
I have just returned from an eight-day lecture trip to Illinois and New
York State, and I trust you will pardon the delay in replying to your
letter of January 25th.
I want to thank you very kindly for your reaction to my New Years
Analysis article in the FHN. I appreciate your frank expression of
opinion, and I appreciate the kind way in which you have written what
you believe to be your convictions.
If I had more time, I would be glad to write you more about it; but if
I did, I would only have to repeat what I have said in the article.
As ever,
BJPAWM B.J.

February 11, 1929.

Dear B.J.:
Your letter just received, answering my letter of January 25th. You
do not seem to take my letter seriously, as your answer contains
nothing but evasions. What I wrote you was not to be read, laughed at,
and thrown in the scrap basket. I wrote facts, B.J., which you should
consider carefully for your welfare.
Get this! These letters are not written to you because I am hostile to
you or your schoolas I wish to remind you that both Doctor
and myself are Palmer GraduatesI want you to leave the
Goat-feathers out of Chiropractic, and help our science grow to be a
real drugless health service, built upon scientific findings and not upon
fantastical theories and claims that people with a little bit of
intelligence will not accept.
436
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
No one is to blame for the lack of support the profession is giving in
not sending students to your school but yourself. As long as you teach
your students that Chiropractic will correct warts, moles, bunions, etc.,
just so long will Doctor and I refuse to refer students to our
Alma Mater. I am sure hundreds of your graduates refuse to support
your school for the same reason. I am speaking for the Palmer
Graduates who graduated more than a few years ago, which has given
them time to profit by experience.
Think it over B.J.: talk and write to other old graduates of the P.S.C.,
and you will learnif you do not already knowwhat I write is true.
Good luck to you.
Very truly yours,

February 20, 1929.

Dear friend :
Answering yours of February 14th.
You have a right to build any kind of a fence around your rights. I
reserve the same right. You have a right to establish limitations as to
how far you shall walk from that right, that your reason or judgment
sees fit. So have I.
You have had several years, experience from which you have
profited. So have I. And, any right that you reserve to yourself, I
reserve to myself. Any right you reserve, I have no right to question
your motives. Any right I reserve, you have no right to question my
motives. We both can question judgments and evidence, and thus
reason out a solution, if there be a problem confronting us.
I do not question your motives, sincerity, or honesty in building up
your rights or tearing them down; neither can you call me evasive
because I desire to break down barriers that confront me in my right to
go further than you. If I see no barriers and can reason away your
barriers, then calling me evasive gets nowhere, for no facts have
been faced, no problem weighed, no evidence introduced, and no
solution offered.
The world is composed of two types of peoplethose who hold
everything within their concepts and limits, horizons, and rights;
437
HISTORY REPEATS
and those who did not know, and, wanting to find out, went into the
wilderness, cut down the virgin forest, and builded empires where man
had heretofore feared to tread into unknown territory.
You and I differ as to where the horizons are; we differ as to where
the fence of limitations should be builded; whether here or over there;
but, if a person is sick and nigh unto death, and I knew that
Chiropractic would save that life, I would be derelict of a sense of
justice, a spirit of equity, a duty to humanity, if I refused to send that
patient to you, merely because you builded your fence within my
fencemerely because I liked potatoes and you didnt; you liked
tomatoes and I didnt. I refer now back to yours of Feb. 11th, wherein
you say, As long as you teach your students that Chiropractic will
correct warts, moles, bunions, etc., just so long will Doctor and I
refuse to refer students to our Alma Mater. I would say that any man
who withheld his greater responsibilities because of a minor difference
of opinion, was indeed a man of constricted vision of his obligations.
He has a right to do so, but is it right that he do so?
Some Chiropractors seem convinced that Chiropractic is good for
dropsy, but not for hydrocephalus; some agree that it is good for
pathological growths, but not for warts; some have given
adjustments for skin eruptions, but ridicule the idea that it is good for
baldness; others contend that for heart-burn it is excellent, but laugh
at the idea of adjusting for appendicitis; some agree it is good for
boils, and others agree with you that it is no good for cancers; some
contend it is splendid in cases of rheumatic fever, but scorn its use in
syphilissome have given adjustments for all, and succeeded with
all; others have given adjustments for all, and failed on all. Did those
who succeeded find subluxations, adjust them, and get their sick well?
Did those who failed ignore subluxations, refuse to adjust them, use
something else, and fail to get their sick well? Was this a difference in
ChiropracTIC, or in the ChiropracTOR?
Let us reason this hydrocephalus business. Hydrocephalus is an
acute dropsy of the brain; a name given to a condition of excess
fluids. If we taboo hydrocephalusa condition of excess water
then we must taboo all conditions of excess water, anywhere. Why
exclude the brain, and include the body?
If this reasoning is sound, anything that is acute has not been
standing long. According to Chiropractic, anything that is of
438
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
short duration is easier to correct than that which has been standing a
long time. If we are to taboo hydrocephalus, which is acute excess
of water on the brain, because we cant do anything for it, it follows
that we must taboo chronic excesses of water in any part of the body;
therefore, to your word hydrocephalus, we must add the following:
Abdomen, ascites, hydroperitoneum, hydrocelia.
Amnion, hydramnios.
Brain and Membranes, hydrocephalus, hydrencephalus, hydro-
meninx, hydrocranium, wet-brain.
Chest, hydrothorax.
Conjunctiva, chemosis.
Ear, hydrotis, hydrotympanum, hydromyringa, hydromyrinx,
otohydrops.
Eye, hydrophthalmia, hydrophthalmus.
Eyelid, blepharedema.
Foot, podedema.
Gall-bladder, hydrochoecystis.
General, anascara, hydroncus, hydrosarca.
Heart, hydropericardium, hydrocardia.
Joints, hydrarthrosis.
Kidney, hydronephrosis, nephredema.
Larynx, edema glottidis.
Lungs, pneumonedema.
Ovary, hydroarium, hydrovarium.
Pericardium, hydropericardium.
Peritoneum, hydroperitaneum, ascites.
Scrotum, hydroscheocele.
Skin, edema, hydroderma, hygotderma.
Spermatic cord, hydrocele.
Spinal cord, hydrorhachis, hydromyelia.
Thorax, hydrothorax.
Toes, dactyledema.
Tunica vaginalis, hydrocele, hydrorchis.
Tympanum, hydrotympanum.
Ureter, hydroureter.
Uterus, hydrometra.
Uvula, staphyledema.
Vagina, hydrocolpocele.
439
HISTORY REPEATS
for they are all one and the same thing, except locality. If you would
adjust for dropsy of the legs, and attain results, then you are adjusting
for a chronic condition that is the same as in the brain, which was
acute, which you refused. I am confident that reasoning will stand
hitched, as being sound or unsound, either way, in its entirety.
Let us reason baldness a bit. People lose their hair because it is not
nourished and dies for the want of food; or the scalp becomes diseased
thru eruptions. Baldness is a name attached to one of two
conditions, as applied to the scalp. Other parts of the body can have
either condition. To baldness you must add those names also, where
there is absence of hair on other parts of the body. That will add many
more names. The absence of nutrient material to the various parts of
the body adds that great list of the anaemia family. They must also go
on the taboo list, for baldness is a condition because of lack of
nutrient material. To this taboo list, we must add those which come
from skin eruptions, regardless of locations. This will add many more
prominent names.
Let us reason appendicitis. Appendicitis is an inflammation of
the appendix. Is Chiropractic a philosophy in which we include or
exclude names? Is it a science of words? Or, is it an art that corrects
conditions? If you say conditions, then appendicitis is an
inflammation. If Chiropractors must taboo appendicitis, which is a
condition of inflammation, then all the inflammations must go. In one
blow, you and Dr. eliminate all fevers, acute or chronic, and
add about sixty more names.
Suppose I went thru the list of names suggested by you and Dr.
, which must be eliminated because Chiropractic was no good for
them, and followed each thru to its reasoning conclusion;neither
you nor Dr. would have anything left, because each of the
names suggested is but one condition of a mass of similar conditions
which appear anywhere or everywhere in the body. By the time I
analyze all your names, you have eliminated all the diseases of the
body.
Are you shadow-boxing? Side-stepping names? Are you afraid of
titles? You suffer with a plethora nightmare, and you hit and paw at
words without reasoning any thru to its conclusion.
440
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
How many causes for dis-ease shall we set up in the Chiropractic
principle? How many kinds of causes are there to adjust for dis-eases,
according to the Chiropractic practice? What is the cause of those
conditions for which Chiropractic is good? What is the cause of those
conditions for which Chiropractic is not good? What is the
difference in cause between those for which it is or is not good? Is
there a subluxation for those diseases for which Chiropractic is good,
and no subluxation in those conditions for which it is not good? Is
there a subluxation in one group of disease; and is a lack of eating
potatoes the cause in the other? Is an adjustment the proper approach
where there is a subluxation and potatoes the proper approach for the
other?
Is Chiropractic a principle and a practice for some diseases and not
others. If there is a limit, who sets that limit? Shall we take the limits
as established by the various people for themselves, add them, and
then everybody agree to not find a subluxation and not give
adjustments to the conditions that each sets aside? If we do this, what
would be left? Shall we make out a list of incurables, in which
Chiropractic finds subluxations, for which there is no adjustment? If
we do this, what would be left? If there is a list of diseases to be
diagnosed, which we cannot reach, whose diagnosis shall we accept
knowing that, even amongst the best, physicians make mistakes in
diagnosis and are wrong in 50 per cent of the gross? If we do this,
what would be left? And, if some say they find subluxations and
others say they do not find them, who is to say who is right? Youor
I? And, if some adjust subluxations, and others cannot, do not, or will
not, who is to say who is right? Youor I?
One man has adjusted subluxations for cancer, hydrocephalus,
locomotor-ataxia, warts, moles, bunions, et al (not excluding corns
and fallen arches) and has gotten them well. The next practitioner
denies anything can be done with Chiropractic for any of them, adding
a few more. Suppose one man adjusted subluxation in a case of
dropsy, and got him well. That is not a limitation to him. Somebody
else says he will adjust for dropsy, but Chiropractic is not good for
hydrocephalus. Shall we then include or exclude hydrocephalus ?
Suppose we follow this course consistentlywhat will we have in?
What have we thrown out? How much is left? Suppose a case comes
to a Chiropractor with locomotor-ataxia, which is on your out list,
441
HISTORY REPEATS
and it proves to be progressive paralysis which is on the in list
why should he be out? Suppose, in preference to following either, we
follow our dictates that dis-ease is a not-at-ease condition, due to an
interference to transmission of mental impulse flow, regardless of
name, organ, whether acute or chronic, whether diagnosed or not
should we include those excluded? Or, should we exclude those
included? If we should do either, why? If we should do either, why
should we ignore the Chiropractic principle of interference to
transmission and deny the adjustment of a subluxationthat being the
premise of Chiropractic? Why deny this principle part of the time, and
affirm the other part? How can The P.S.C. be consistent with its
graduates who have had experience? Shall we call a convention of
our profession and work out a certain list of names of diseases in
which subluxations are found, and then list by name those where sub-
luxations are not found? Shall we establish an approach list and also
a taboo list? Such a convention would be interesting, to say the
least.
One man would deny a case of appendicitis the right to get well
with Chiropractic, because it was appendicitis. Another
Chiropractor would say, with perhaps more or less experience than
some others, that he has had thirty cases of what reliable physicians
had diagnosed appendicitis, had not lost one, and had gotten them
all well. Which one knows? Which one found subluxations? Which
one did not? Were subluxations present in one group of cases and
absent in another, both groups being of the same kind in the same
town? Which one is a Chiropractor? Which one follows the
Chiropractic principle and practice? Which one is building upon
scientific principles, or is establishing fantastical theories? If one
man can, why cant another, providing he use the same degree of
skill? Whats wrong with Chiropractic? It seems apropos to ask that
question at this time.
You say you would like to see some patients that you have gotten
well of the above mentioned diseases. If you would come here right
now, I would cite a case of what ten competent expert diagnosticians
called locomotor-ataxia, wherein I found subluxation and I adjusted
it, and the case is practically well. You say: Theoretically, these
conditions are easily corrected by Chiropractic,. Does this case
sound like theory?
442
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
I was in New York. A Chiropractor brot a case of cancer of the
right breast to me for analysis. He had been adjusting here and there.
He was at his wits end to know what to do. The cancer was growing
larger, looking worse, and giving more pain. I went over his
spinographs, took NCM readings, checked back upon the readings,
told him where to adjust. He has been doing so since. A letter today
from him reports that the cancer is growing smaller, looking better,
and giving less pain. Cancer is caused by a subluxation interfering
with transmission. Find that locality, adjust it the right direction, and
your case will get well. You would like to see such a case? This is
another. You say: Theoretically, these conditions are easily corrected
by Chiropractic,. Does this case sound like theory? If I can, why
do you say it cant be done?
What a pity! A great health-giving system set back fifteen or twenty
years. And, pray tell, how can Chiropractic be a great
health-giving systema great health giving system, when it fails
on all the names that you, Dr. , and time and experience have
proved to thousands of Chiropractors that it wont work? What
makes such a monumental failure, as you describe Chiropractic to be,
great? What makes Chiropractic a health giving system when it
so gigantically fails to give health in so many ways to so many
diseases? Does strength appear best to you, in the guise of the
admission of incompetency? What do you mean health giving when
the entire tone of your letter of January 25th is a denial of my position
of accomplishment? In one breath you call Chiropracticin the
abstract, theoreticallyI supposea great health giving system,
and in the next deny yourself and affirm its failures to do that very
thing to thousands of Chiropractors.
Neither you nor I can set anything forward or backward. If it
succeeds, it sets itself where it of right belongs. If Chiropractic fails,
as you say it does, it deserves to die. If it succeeds, as I say it does,
neither you nor I can kill it. Theoretically these conditions are
easily corrected by Chiropractic, but thirteen years of practicing
straight Chiropractic has convinced Dr. that in above
mentioned conditions this theory will not work. Theories never
work. Theories are but theories. Theories are unestablished
ideas. At one time, Chiropractic was all theory in the mind of one
man. It has been gradually climbing
443
HISTORY REPEATS
out of the theory class, into the scientific class. Many Chiropractors
are still staying in the theory class and are still getting theory
results, such as you proclaim. You can be a straight Chiropractor
and still work with the straight theory of years ago, and still fail.
You can also be a straight Chiropractor of the present day and work
with scientific facts at your command and attain results accordingly.
Chiropractic is no longer a theoryit has not been for five years. If
you would get out of the theory class into the scientific work now
being done, you would not have written that letter of January 25th. I
have never under-estimated the supreme value of Chiropractic; neither
have I ever over-estimated the value of many Chiropractors who call
themselves Chiropractorswho prefer to stand still rather than grow
with our movement.
I am as vitally concerned in my welfare as anybody I know. I am also
as vitally concerned in your welfare as anybody I know. But it does
not enhance my or your welfare by building a high fence, close in, that
neither of us can jump over. I do increase your value to humanity
when I tear down your fences, tear down those about me, and tell you
to go on and do even greater wonders than you have ever done before;
build up a scientific approach which makes it possible; present the
method and means of making statements true; proving it dailybut, I
cannot make Chiropractors come here and drink, or think! That some
do not keep up with the procession, is no fault of mine, nor is it the
fault of Chiropractic, and certainly is not the fault of the patients who
are sick, who seek health. I am vitally concerned in the welfare of the
sick who have a God-given right to get well; whether that be for what
you call goat-feathers of my scientifically proven substantialities;
whether it be for the things you say cannot be done, or for the things
any other Chiropractor says can be done and is doing them. I am
vitally concerned in the preservation of Chiropractic as a distinct and
separate science for future generations. And, I want those rights to be
as close in or as far away as facts and results justify, no closer and no
farther.
You want Chiropractic built upon scientific findings. Tell me how
to make it such! Tell me whether I should listen to that Chiropractor
who had failed with Chiropractic, for cancer; or whether I should
follow my experience? Please tell me whether
444
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
I should listen to you, who disclaim any value in Chiropractic for
pyorrhea, apical infections for teeth, corns, syphilis, stuttering
cancer, hydrocephalus, locomotor-ataxia, warts, moles, bunions, et
al, including corns and fallen arches, or listen to Dr. in
West Virginia who says Chiropractic is no good in syphilis, Brights
disease, diabetes mellitus, tuberculosis, pernicious anaemia, Potts
disease, intussusception, hydrocephalus, phimosis, locomotor-ataxia,
transverse myelitis, arteriosclerosis, abscesses of all kinds, cataract,
glaucoma, warts, moles, bunions, baldness, diphtheria, acute
appendicitis, spinal arthritis, etc., (he enumerated twenty-twohow
many more does that etc. include?), many of which you might claim
Chiropractic of value to. Who is an authority? Who is a standard? How
many practitioners, standards, and authorities have we, to whom I can
sincerely turn, listen to, to tell me what Chiropractic is good for, so
that I may build upon scientific findings?
Am I to take medical men, osteopaths, or some Chiropractors, or any
of them, as a standard upon which to judge whether Chiropractic is
wrong; or are Chiropractors fooling the public? Now you say we here
are fooling the public on some diseases. Then comes Dr. and
he contends the same, on a different list, by asserting that Chiropractic
is good for some diseases, but is not good for the rest of them. Are you
or is he to be my standard? Just how can I reach some common-sense,
practical, rightly established standard?
Who is the man, or men, who possesses that little bit of in-
telligence that shall discriminate between goat-feathers, real
drugless health science, scientific findings, fantastical theories,
or claims? Is it you who deny some subjects; is it Dr. who
denies others; is it others who deny others; or is it the several thousand
who do not practice straight Chiropractic like you and I, but use
lights, electricity, radionics, to cure disease that Chiropractic cannot
reach? Are they the standard? And, these men, too, have as much
right to build their fence inside of your fence, as you have a right to
build your fence inside of mine. If you will answer these questions,
you will help me to solve this riddle.
While we are discussing this difference in what some think and others
disagree with, suppose we list the difference of opinion as expressed
by you and Dr. :
445
HISTORY REPEATS
Dr. , list
(Chiropractic no good for)
Syphilis
Brights disease
diabetes mellitus
tuberculosis
pernicious anaemia
Potts disease
Intussusception
hydrocephalus
phimosis
locomotor-ataxia
transverse myelitis
arterio-sclerosis
abscesses of all kinds
cataract
glaucoma
warts
moles
bunions
baldness
diphtheria
acute appendicitis
spinal arthritis
etc.
Your list
(Chiropractic no good for)
hydrocephalus
locomotor-ataxia
warts
moles
bunions
et al
cancer
corns
fallen arches
pyorrhea
apical infections of teeth
stuttering
446
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
His list indicates sixteen that you do not mention, unless you include
them in that et al. Your list includes six he does not mention, unless
he includes them in that etc. Add all he has (22) to those you have
which he hasnt (6), and we cut 28 diseases from two people alone. If
both of you would take the time to tabulate a list, both of you could
and would increase that list. This is not fictitious, a goat-feather,
fantastical theory, or a claim listing. It is a statement of
comparative fact, of two Chiropractors.
For years we have been gathering testimonials from many and varied
sources, regarding the efficacy of Chiropractic for diseases so-called,
as diagnosed. This list, compiled, includes everything from head to
toe, inside and outside, acute or chronic, fever or chills, wet or dry;
diagnosed and undiagnosed, etc. Its a veritable treasure-house of
accomplishment. To wander thru its thousands of affidavits,
testimonials, solicited and unsolicited, is to shame any man who calls
himself Chiropractor, who would even think that a certain name hung
on an indefinite condition, could not get well when its cause was
corrected. To thumb over the cases diagnosed as cancer,
hydrocephalus, inclusive of every name referred to in either list, in
another part of this letter, is to find signed affidavits, sworn to, of
people who had those names hung on them, who went to
Chiropractors, took adjustments and got well. This register of many
thousands of names has been gathering from 1895 down to this date.
These testimonials have been published in newspapers, have been
secured by Chiropractors, and sent us, signed by the people who once
had them, took adjustments, and now swear they are well. You say,
Theoretically these conditions are easily corrected by Chiropractic,
. Do these testimonials sound like theory?
A few pertinent questions naturally arise. Were those people sick?
Did they have what the testimonial says they had? Were they
incurable? Were any of them given up to die? Physicians said so! Did
these people get well, say of Brights Disease? Physicians passed
many of them for insurance! So, the testimonials reveal! Did these
people take adjustments? Chiropractors said so! Did they get well
under adjustments? Patients said so! And why do I repeat what others
said? Because the Chiropractor loves diagnosis, he loves to fondle
and caress those meaningless and useless names; he loves to hang a
crime onto a set of
447
HISTORY REPEATS
defenseless symptoms; therefore physicians ought to know, so I
mention him. And you advise me to take the experience of the field,
so when they send me testimonials by the thousands, including every
name you and Dr. list as incurable, and I find other Chiropractors have
given adjustments to the same name and sent me signed and sworn to
testimonials of their patients asserting that they got wellthat certainly
ought to be profiting from the experience of the field. To fall back
upon my experience since the birth of Chiropractic; upon my
experience of our immense clinics herewell, that just cant be
done because that is not of the field. Now that we have the facts
before us, and that introduces a contradiction between what you say
cant be done, and the testimonials of thousands which say it can be
done, I must raise the question as to whether you two are doing the
same thing, in the same way, to similar types of cases! As the teacher
of all of you, I have a right to raise that question more than anybody
else in our profession. If one man can and does, and another man
cannot and does not, then there is something wrong somewhere, in
one or the other, and it should be obvious where that responsibility
lies. Plain language? No plainer than the facts justify! Even as I write
this, my mail arrives with the January, 1929, issue of the Chiropractic
Digest, which, on page 4, contains a signed and sworn to affidavit of a
Mrs. Sharp who took Chiropractic adjustments and got well of
cancer. While you say it cannot be done, Drs. Wynn and Wynn,
down in Texas are doing it. Whats wrong with Chiropractic?
Nothing! Whats wrong with some Chiropractors? They dont know as
much about Chiropractic as they should, therefore they limit their
possibilities to how much they know. Know more about Chiropractic,
and you can do more with it!
Everywhere we hear the cry: Whats wrong with Chiropractic?
Why had its patronage diminished instead of increasing? Your own
words give the answer. You have said Chiropractic is no good for
a list of names; Dr. has said it is no good for another list of
diseases; you have said the theory will not work; you have said it
has so proved to thousands of Chiropractors that it will not work.
Then, if it will not work, it should fail. According to you, thats why
the patronage has diminished instead of increasing. Every man does
what he thinks. What he thinks is what he does. Thinking that
Chiropractic is no good
448
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
makes it no good, because he will not, does not, try those cases; hence
it does fail! Whose fault is it that Chiropractic fails when
Chiropractors make it fail? Chiropractors can refuse to take cases and
fail; or they can take the same cases and make it succeed! The fault
lies not in Chiropractic but in the Chiropractor. The fault does not lie
in those who claim Chiropractic to be a cruel, but in those who fail
to make it a cure-all when it could be made so if they but would.
I am offering you evidence that Chiropractic is a cure-all; that it
has been so proven in the hands of competent men and women. Not
that every case that went to a Chiropractor got well; but that cases of
all kinds have gotten well at the hands of Chiropractors. What do you
offer to prove that Chiropractic has failed? Evidence? No!
Unsupported statements of those who have failed? Yes! Does the
statement of failure offset the evidence of success? No! Before you
have established evidence to substantiate your case, it becomes
necessary to deny the evidence of those who have succeeded. Can this
be done?
You have a right to classify any disease or list of diseases, in your
mind and practice, as incurable, because you have tried and you
have failed to get them well. Any other Chiropractor has a right to
accept your rejections, and succeed in getting them well. But, your
failures do not give you the right to say that such cases cannot get well
with Chiropractic. Disparage your ability all your judgment thinks
best, but dont cast your shortcomings on Chiropractic.
To accept you alone as the standard, would mean to ignore all the
rest. Would that be fair to them? To accept you and Dr. ,
would mean to add some on his list that are not on yours. If I accept
both of you, would that be fair to the rest of the field? If I accept all
the rest, each would add or subtractwhat would be left for any of
us? For every mixer is, by the very process of mixing, admitting that
the things he mixes for are not amenable to Chiropractic adjustment!
And, am I to say that he is not a Chiropractor when he says he is?
Who am I to discount the classification or eliminate any ones
opinions? And then, there is the opposite group of Chiropractors, just
as great if not greater, who can pile up the cases on the credit side of
the ledger of human service: adding names of diseases that others have
given
449
HISTORY REPEATS
up to die, and getting them well. What right have I to discount them? I
cannot eliminate their opinions any more than yours. Evidence is
evidence; it must be weighed in its entirety, both for and against the
issue before us. When judicially weighed, without passion or
prejudice, I find you guilty of a crime committed in letting people die,
whom you otherwise could serve, and could save the life of, if you but
knew how! To give me the right to decide proper values is to put me
back where I amwhere you write and tell me my errors, faults, and
shortcomings, and thats why the school is where it is. You say so!
You say that I should listen to the field, and who is the field but
those who are in it?
If we were to judge this problem by what you or I, or you and I
think, it could be solved, because I could concede your principles in
The P.S.C., or you could concede what we believe in your practice;
but there are more than you and I concernedthere is Chiropractic as
is; the Chiropractor as he is; the sick people as they are. Then there are
the antipodal views of the multitudes who compose our profession.
The mixer says I am narrow and should incorporate all he uses. You
say I am too broad, and therefore should cut down teachings; should
cut out diseases to the limits of your experience. Concerned as I am,
I find myself between two rollerstoo broad for your experience;
too narrow for the experience of the mixer. You should say that the
mixer doesnt count; he does not use much Chiropractic. Tell that to
him and see what he says! The mixer would settle it easily by saying
that you dont count; you do not know how to make Chiropractic
broad, you should incorporate other principles and practices. Tell that
to you and see what you say! You are both wrong. If you both knew
Chiropractic as is, both would use Chiropractic and both of you
would get a larger percentage of all kinds of cases well, and find no
necessity to either narrow or broaden beyond what Chiropractic
actually is and can do.
The P.S.C. receives support from Chiropractors who have followed
its principles accurately and carefully, and have found that they work.
The P.S.C. receives support from many Chiropractors who agree with
our teachings and disagree with our practice. (The people of the South
who believed in enslaving the negro did not support Abraham Lincoln
in setting them freeI think that sound; but, back of those who
believed in the principle of
450
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
enslaving them, and behind the practice of liberating them, was a
greater principle and practice than eitherthe right of the Union to
exist, either all free or all slave!) So today there are various kinds of
Chiropractic (?) schools in the U.S. There is a kind to agree with each
kind of Chiropractic group. Some chiropractors believe in
radionics; so there is a Chiropractic-radionic school to which that
group send students. There is a group who believe in using everything
as a therapeutical agency, except Chiropractic adjustments; so there is
a Chiropractic College that caters for that support and teaches
everything but Chiropractic, and wins support from that group. If that
principle be sound, then, if The P.S.C. taught everything that
everybody believes, we would gain the support of everybody. Is that
what you mean when you say, I am sure hundreds of our graduates
refuse to support your school for the same reason? If we taught the
limitations that you believe, we would gain your support. If we taught
the limitations Dr. believes, we could gain his support. By the
time we got all the support by adding or suppressing all that
everybody wants added or suppressed, there wouldnt be much left to
Chiropracticwould there? Would you advise me to please
everybody? As it is now, we do not do this, and yet we have a larger
enrollment than all schools and colleges combinedeven in these
trying times. If I accept your advice and profit by experience of the
field, would that get it? If not, how? Is that why no one is to blame
for the lack of support the profession is giving in not sending students
to your school but yourself?
You contend we cant fool the public any longer, we must
produce, implying that it is I who have been fooling the public;
that the time long ago arrived when we must omit such and produce
results or quit misrepresenting ourselves and Chiropractic. No more
truthful statement is contained in your letter than that! Who was
fooling the publicthat man who adjusted that case of
locomotor-ataxia for a year and a half; or I, who took the same case,
used Chiropractic on her, and got her practically well in three
months? Have to produce, dont we? Who was fooling the
public,that boy who adjusted that cancer of the breast for over
one year, growing worse; or my use of scientific findings, and now
getting a report of her getting much better in two weeks? Have to
produce: dont we?
451
HISTORY REPEATS
From 1895 to 1929 we have been accused of fooling the public; first
by the medical men; then the osteopaths; now some Chiropractors.
Each in his turn has challenged our ability to find subluxations at all;
many subluxations or some subluxations. Medical men have
contended that there are no subluxations; no pressure upon nerves; no
interference to transmission. They deny there is a mental impulse
circulation; deny our ability to move a vertebra in a living body; and,
even if all this were true, and we could move them, they affirm that it
would not cure a single physical disease in the human body!
Osteopaths assert that all that is good in Chiropractic was stolen
from osteopathy, and all that is trash in Chiropractic we have stolen
from medicine. They grant some value, but think we go too far with a
single principle or practice. Some Chiropractors assert that there are
subluxations in some cases, not in the rest; some pressures in some
cases, not in the rest; some interferences in some cases, not in the rest;
there is a mental impulse circulation in some cases, none in the rest;
they assert our ability to move vertebrae in some, where it does good,
not in the rest; that it does get some sick well, not the rest. The only
difference I find between the assertions of medical men, osteopaths,
and some Chiropractors is in the degree of understanding of the
principle and practice of Chiropractic, which makes some believe
none of it; some believe some of it; and some believe all and prove all.
If we gathered all Chiropractors here for an addition of the things we
could do and an elimination of the things we could not do, what you
would deny, your neighbor would affirm. You would say it could not
be done; he would assert that he had done it. Is that reasoning
evasions?
If you or any other group of Chiropractors can tell how to solve this
enigma, I shall appreciate it.
You have construed my courteous answer of Feb. 7th, to your
communication of Jan. 25th, evasions. I did not then laugh at, nor
did I then throw your letter in the waste basket, as is evidenced by my
quoting from it. If you construed courtesy as synonymous with
evasions what will you construe this letter? This letter is hitting
squarely at facts. Will this letter get more considerate attention than
that? I am vitally concerned with principles and practices. I could
keep on writing more facts, but
452
WHO LIMITS FACTS?
whats the use? This much I felt I just had to write, to get it off my
chest.
This letter will convince you that I have taken your letter
seriously. This letter is not written to you because I am hostile to
youas I wish to remind you that we are still your teachers and
well-wishers.
As ever,
BJPAWM B.J.

March 7, 1929.
Dr. B. J. Palmer,
Davenport, Iowa.
Dear B.J.:
Thanks very much for your letter of February 20th.
I have a patient whom I am now adjusting for Bronchial Asthma
which, by the way, is one of the many diseases I treat. This patient
also has two corns, one on each great toe. As you say adjustments will
correct such a condition, I am writing to ask what the major usually is
in such cases? I am frank to confess that I have never given spinal
adjustments for corns, and that is why I am looking for information
regarding such.
If your answer should require that I make a neurocalometer reading
of this case, I wish to advise you in advance that I am in a position to
make a reading. A very close friend of mine has a neurocalometer
which is one of the reasons I dont own oneand as I have worked
with him in makings readings of cases before, I am sure I may have
access to the instrument again.
Awaiting your advice as to how I might best obtain results on the
cornsI am getting excellent results on the AsthmaI am
Very truly yours,

Davenport, Iowa, March 23, 1929.

Dear friend :
If you will refer to The Science, Art, and Philosophy of Chiropractic,
by D. D. Palmer (1910), on pages 39, 228, 317, 322, 440, 845, 853,
and 882, you will find the answers to your question.
As ever,
BJPAWM B.J.
(Fountain Head News, May 25, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
453
CHAPTER 69
The Story Of
ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSIS ANALYZED
(Fountain Head News, May 25, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
A recent State Bulletin contains an article under the caption,
Analysis and Diagnosis.
The article presents nothing new; it gives little information on the
question it discusses, therefore there is little to quote or refute.
Take both sides of these questionsHas Chiropractic Limitations;
or Should the Profession Diagnose; read the papers on both sides; sum
them judiciallywhat have you?
The side that is against diagnosis reasons the matter consistently,
logically and constantly on the facts of Chiropractic and the theories
of medicine. The rebuttal is devoid of facts; a lot of words, sarcasm,
irony, invectives, sophistries.
In the article mentioned we note this statement: We have in
Chiropractic the quickest and best way, in most cases, of determining
the location of a pathological condition. Pathology has a fixed
meaning in language. Pathology does not mean that which it denies.
Pathology could not include pressure upon nerves, interferences to
transmission, the reading of comparative spinal heats, for none of
these are admitted realities. Pathology is a condition at the
periphery of a nerve, not that which occurs along its path or at the
epiphery in the brain.
How can Chiropractic determine the location of a pathological
condition? Cancer is a pathology. How does Chiropractic locate
it? What is there to or in the Chiropractic principle or practice which
makes it the quickest and best way to locate cancer? If Chiropractic
be the quickest and best way, how come that it only applies in most
cases? What about the rest of them? Does Chiropractic locate the
pathological condition in most cases and medicine locate the rest?
What does this writer mean?
454
ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSIS ANALYZED
Later, this same author says: In the State of West Virginia we
legally have that privilege to a certain extentreferring to the right
to diagnose. What is means by to a certain extent? How much is
a certain? Is it noneor all? Is it 10 per cent or 90 per cent? Can
they diagnose cancer and not rheumatism? Who puts the limitations in
West Virginia? Who says you can diagnose this, and not that, and thus
limit to a certain extent? You either haveor you have not! There is
no half way, or split figures in such situations. The Supreme Court of
West Virginiain its civil suits decisionshas set the limits that none
but physicians can diagnose any case and do so legally. As
Chiropractors are not physicians, the fact is that to a certain extent
means none! Neither physicians nor Chiropractors set these
limitations. Supreme Courts do! What does this writer mean?
The next paragraph contains his greatest joker.
I could quote numerous instances of the use of such aids has done
more to boost Chiropractic than months of advertising in the
newspaper. By having diagnostic aids at our disposal to use on cases
when they are deemed necessary, we are able to catch the progress
toward health, enlighten the patient or perhaps refuse the case more
intelligently. We can thus defeat the propaganda of the medical men
and go them one better; for very few medical practitioners spend much
time in examining their patients.
What is the propaganda of the medical men? That we are not
competent to diagnose; that we are incompetent when we do! You
defeat this propaganda when you admit that very few medical
practitioners spend much time in examining their patients. You say
you go them one better! How? By advising your people to do the
very thing that very few medical practitioners spend much time in
doing? Is that the way to go them one better? This man has the
effrontery to advise Chiropractors to do that which he admits medical
men have learned is futile to do. Why dont medical men spend much
time in examining their patients? Because they know, by bitter
experience, that the field of diagnosis is fraught with hazards of
guess-work; which they, with all their laboratories, equipment and
experience, have not been able to overcome; that diagnosis is
empirical. This Chiropractor now suggests that Chiropractors take up
the study
455
HISTORY REPEATS
of that which he admits medical men have found useless; how does
this Chiropractor expect Chiropractors to make useful a useless
medical subject; that which he admits medical men admit has little
value? What does that writer mean?
When the future of Chiropractic must rest upon the advice of
Chiropractors who advise Chiropractors to do that which Chiro-
practors admit medical men dont do, then certainly Chiropractic is in
poor hands. When Chiropractors advise Chiropractors to do that which
medical men have tried and failed with, and admit it in their article,
then those Chiropractors are hard pressed to defend their reasons for
advising that we begin diagnosing.
Maybe I know little about diagnosing. It is probably true that I know
no more about it than the average physicianor Chiropractor; but this
much I do know, that it is poor logic to me for a Chiropractor to advise
me that I should diagnose and then in the argument he uses to tell me
why I should, he tells me that very few medical practitioners do it!
(Fountain Head News, May 25, 1929, TWENTY-TWO YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
456
CHAPTER 70
The Story Of
AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK
By Henry W. Bruhn
(Fountain Head News, June, 1930, TWENTY-ONE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
To the Dean and Members of The Faculty of
The P.S.C. and to P.S.C. Graduates,
Students, and all Chiropractic Friends.
On this 19th day of May, 1930, I entered upon my twelfth year of
service with The P.S.C. During the past eleven years, I have been in
personal contact with all matters pertaining to the financial side of the
institution and, during these years, much has transpired which I
believe will be of general interest to all concerned. Therefore, I
believe it is fitting that I should make a brief resume of the various
situations that have presented, realizing that those on the outside have,
from time to time, received information, sometimes correct and many
times very far from the truth. A frank statement on my part is given for
the purpose of clearing up, so to speak, erroneous ideas,
misinterpretation of facts and, in many instances, a general
misunderstanding.
Born and reared in Davenport, I am personally acquainted with the
birth of Chiropractic. During the early 90s when Dr. D. D. Palmer
was known as a magnetic healer, and then a little later on, the
beginning of the practice of Chiropractic, I can recall the local press
accounts of arrests and the many discussions, pro and con, as to the
merit of Chiropractic; the beginning of a school teaching Chiropractic,
which was located in the old Putnam Building on the south-west
corner of Second and Brady Streets; and the moving of the School to
Tenth and Brady Streets, starting with the purchase of a small piece of
property from Mr. James Clark Duncan, the owner and principal of the
Davenport Business College, which I had attended; and following
shortly after, the purchase of the property and the death of D. D.
Palmer, the business and Chiropractic activities were taken over by
D.Ds son, B.J.
457
HISTORY REPEATS
Previous to my connection with The P.S.C. I devoted many years to
the banking business. Therefore, my training during some fifteen years
had been along very conservative lines and, as B.J. once said during a
conference meeting, in referring to me, as being an ultra-conservative
Dutchman. It can therefore be readily understood that in discussion of
affairs my analysis would always be along conservative lines, but,
having the personal knowledge of the birth of Chiropractic, I had a
general background to the movements that were carried on so that I
was gradually able to dovetail in with the general plans, altho holding
on to my conservative ideas. My first day at The P.S.C. was May 19,
1919. After a brief introduction to my work and meeting the folks, I
felt practically at home when I found that my old friend, Dr. A. B.
Hender, was the Dean of the school; and, after reminiscing, recalling
old times, I felt as though I had been with The P.S.C. for many years. I
was placed in charge of the General Office and there I found plenty to
do. While the May, 1919, enrollment was practically over, yet there
were new students almost daily. We were crowded in a small office
space in the old Lanai Building. After going over the figures of the
general ledgers, while there was much activity, yet, the totals of net
assets were rather small. As nearly as I can recall, the net investment
was about $154,000.00. There were approximately seven hundred
students attending The P.S.C. All available classrooms were used and
in some instances the rooms were crowded. Adding new students
during June and July, I can recall Dr. Cronk coming into the office
announcing that, according to roll call that morning, there were 819
students in the School. The class-rooms in the Memorial Building and
the old Drill Hall were crowded to capacity. Everybody seemed to be
very happy, not only because of the number of students attending but
the prospects were for larger enrollments, and we needed more room.
This was the beginning of the expansion program of The P.S.C. and
plans were drawn for the erection of the present Administration
Building at an estimated cost of $80,000.00.
The May enrollment left us with a bank surplus in the neighborhood
of $30,000.00. We undertook the erection of an $80,000.00 building
with less than one-half of the cash on hand to complete its
construction. The 1919 September class came up to expectations. This
was followed by the January, 1920, enrollment
458
AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK
with some three hundred students, which was the largest January
enrollment in the history of the School. The Administration Building
was completed along in February, 1920. The printery was moved in
and the basement was then made ready for The P.S.C. Cafeteria.
Instead of using the second and third floors for the Faculty Offices and
the General Offices, Correspondence Department and General
Accounting, as had been planned, it was necessary to use the two
floors for class-rooms in order to provide facilities for the students
then numbering somewhere in the neighborhood of 1400. As stated
before, the estimated cost for the erection of the new Administration
Building was $80,000.00, but, when completed, the total cost was
$168,000.00 or more than double the original estimate. Next of
importance was the 1920 September enrollment. In round figures,
there were 600 enrolled. The class was christened the Noble 600.
While the large enrollments beginning with September, 1919, to and
including the May, 1920, enrollment enabled us to pay for the cost of
constructing the new Administration Building, yet with 600 students
added in September, 1920, we were again crowded for class rooms to
take care of the then over 2000 students attending.
With this crowded condition and our prospective list from the Field
indicating further increase in student enrollment for The P.S.C., it was
decided to plan and erect a modern class-room building. I do not recall
from what source I received the information as to the estimated cost
for erecting the new building but someone referred to the amount as
being $150,000.00 Personally, I wondered where we were going to get
the money and if I had known at that time that the finished cost would
be $410,000.00 I am inclined to believe that I would have passed out
of the picture. Additional property fronting on Brady Street had been
purchased. The buildings were removed and excavation begun and the
foundation for the new Class-Room Building completed before the
end of 1920. Our cash reserves were soon exhausted but we had to
find ways and means of completing the building sometime in 1921.
Many of you will recall our appeal to the Field to purchase P.S.C.
Gold Bonds. A total issue of $300,000.00 was provided by a first
mortgage trust deed to the American Trust Company of this city. Of
this sum $240,000.00 was subscribed and paid for by loyal friends of
the institution. These bonds matured serially
459
HISTORY REPEATS
during a period of ten years. The terms of the trust deed called for
payment of $10,000.00 semi-annually and, in order to meet the
semi-annual payments, the trust deed further provided that we were to
make monthly payment deposits in the sum of $3,600.00 so as to
cover semi-annual retirement of bonds and, also, to pay the interest on
the outstanding bonds. The trust deed and bonds were issued and
made available on July 1, 1921. The response to our appeal provided
sufficient funds to complete the Class-Room Building and have it
ready for September 1, 1921, in order to take care of the September,
1921, enrollment.
Many of you will recall the 1921 September class, 1000 strong, The
First 1000 Class. By the time all the new students were seated, using
fourteen class rooms, and the noses counted, the timekeeper reported a
total of 3300 students. The P.S.C. was looked upon as one of the main
institutions in the city of Davenport which provided activities as a
basis for a reasonably good business condition in the city. Students
and their families had to have a place to live; they must have a bite to
eat occasionally and must be clothed in order to meet the regulations
and ordinances of the city. So the conditions were very good in Dav-
enport, Iowa, even in spite of the fact that some of the old stand-by
institutions, factories, and industries were closed because of the
readjustment process after the World War.
September, 1921, proved to be the peak of enrollments in the history
of the School. It must be remembered that the large enrollment in
1921 was due to the most extraordinary and abnormal conditions.
Included in the student numbers, we had several hundred who were
sent to us through the Veterans Bureau of the Vocational Board of
Education for World War Veterans. Quite a goodly number were here
for a post graduate course. The P.S.C. offered free a four months
course to those who had served over seas or in any way had taken an
active part for the U.S.A. during 1917 and 1918. So the reason for the
large enrollment was a sum total of conditions and circumstances of a
most extraordinary kind.
During these periods of apparent growth, and almost overnight
multiplication of new students and cash receipts, it was almost
impossible for anyone to very accurately lay the plans for the future so
far as a financial background was concerned,
460
AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK
but everyone tried to do the best and assume a hopeful attitude that a
greater and better future was in store, but the reverse was true so far as
future enrollments were concerned. There was a gradual falling off,
and during the three years that followed, every class enrollment
showed a marked sign of decrease as compared to the like period for
the year previous.
The gradual decrease in student enrollments was of much concern to
everybody but, in addition to this situation, there were also some very
sudden changes taking place in the Field. Nearly every state legislature
was presented with some kind of a Chiropractic bill for the purpose of
legalizing and licensing the practice of Chiropractic. The states that
already had a Chiropractic law were considering changes and, in many
instances, with the idea of closing those states by increasing and
adding to the requirements for examination; but many states were
added to the list of so-called licensed states and where the
Chiropractors were not agreed on the kind of a law they desired, the
states remained open and we can recall the Go to jail policy in
California, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, and other states.
With the large number of students at The P.S.C. and other
Chiropractic Schools throughout the United States, the A.M.A. and its
subsidiary organizations became very active. The old school
recognized that Chiropractic with its thousands of students was soon
going to be a force that must be recognized as an agency that would
contend for part of the heretofore business and income of the medical
doctor and, therefore, Chiropractors must be vigorously dealt with
and the fight was on. In some states there were four or five different
factions, some for The P.S.C. and others against The P.S.C., groups of
straights and groups of mixers, groups of anti-B.J. and groups of
pro-B.J.; unified actions and unity of purpose were rather scarce
articles.
The first murmurings of a basic science law came from Wisconsin.
Some realized the extent of its vicious application to thwart
Chiropractic progress, others were willing to abide time, and still
others felt that further curtailing and limiting Chiropractic and
Chiropractors would make their situations more secure and give them
greater independence.
With this complex situation on one hand, running thru the years
1920 to 1923, came the introduction of the NCM, beginning
461
HISTORY REPEATS
with the analyzation of its merit during 1923 and the formal an-
nouncement during the early part of 1924. In the formation of plans
precedent to the presentation of the NCM to the Field, many phases of
the situation had to be carefully considered, not only from the
standpoint of its value as necessary in the program of gaining a better
understanding of Chiropractic but what the effect an introduction of an
instrument of that kind would have upon the Field in general.
After several months of deliberation and many conferences, a ten
year lease plan was decided upon and a contract was entered into with
the patentee which provided for a certain percentage of monies
received to be paid to the patentee as royalty. Hundreds of thousands
of dollars poured into The P.S.C. from all sections of the world. True,
this provided for the retirement of P.S.C. Gold Bonds and the payment
of all other accounts, notes, etc., leaving a very comfortable cash
reserve balance.
The P.S.C. was momentarily placed in a strong financial position, no
debts and one-half million in cash reserves. It was thoroughly known
and understood that with a ten years lease plan, the NCM Program to
be carried through for the period of years according to the lease
contract would require a very large sum of money. Men had to be
trained in NCM technic in order to carry on a Field school of
instruction. Eight men were sent out beginning with September, 1924,
going in different directions and calling on the lessees. This entailed
an expenditure of about $700.00 per month per man. Suits were filed
and prosecuted for the purpose of clearing the patent situation and
patent rights were finally granted during September, 1925.
Needless to say that in order to carry on all branches of activities in
connection with the leasing of the NCM many of the departments of
the School were augmented by additional employees. The first five
hundred instruments had to be replaced with a better and more rigidly
constructed and dependable instrument. While the expense of carrying
on the NCM program entailed many thousands of dollars each month,
it must be remembered, as stated before in this letter, that student
enrollment was gradually on the decline. We had more instructors than
the need required, but B.J. felt that the slump was only temporary, and
that it would not be a good policy to dismiss those who
462
AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK
were trained for the work when it would be only a matter of short time
when we would want to recall them. All were retained on a fair salary
basis, but it is sad to relate that the expected did not happen. As our
cash reserve was depleted month by month, it became absolutely
necessary to take strenuous steps towards reducing the Schools
overhead, and it must be understood that it is rather an easy matter to
increase the force of any institution, to add on and to build up, but it is
entirely different to retrench and get down to within the cash income
basis. Various means were employed during 1925, 1926 and 1927.
More money going out than money coming in. I can well recall the
making up of a statement for a period of twelve months, and the
monthly income was more than $26,000.00 less than the monthly total
paid out. Such a condition could not long continue. Something had to
be done because The P.S.C., after all, must be saved. Finally in 1927,
the School was forced to ask the Field to subscribe to a P.S.C. Gold
Note issue. The total authorized was $150,000.00. The total
subscribed for to date is $100,000.00.
In order to conserve the cash as much as possible, members of the
Faculty and department heads accepted one-half payment of salary in
cash and the balance in P.S.C. Gold Notes. Everyone was willing to
do his part in order to tide over the situation.
In addition to the Gold Note issue, we were forced to go into debt by
negotiating a loan for P.S.C. Building Company on the Memorial
Building. During these years, it was a hard matter to provide necessary
cash in the bank in order to make our weekly and semi-monthly
payroll. From week to week and from month to month, we wondered
how things were going to come out.
We carried on as best we could until the fore part of 1929 when we
realized that we were in rather a hard situation. Our bills were
accumulating. We were not able to pay for the merchandise
purchased. Our accounts were dragging out thirty, sixty and
sometimes ninety days after due. The concerns which we had dealt
with for years were willing to carry us along but we knew that
eventually the accounts had to be paid. Several conferences were held.
We discussed the situation from every angle, and along about May,
1929, we agreed that we must adopt a more drastic policy in order to
conserve what The P.S.C. stands for.
463
HISTORY REPEATS
The writer suggested that any plan we might decide upon should not
be put into operation until first consulting with the officers of the First
National Bank of the city of Davenport. Having been unable to make
payment of taxes, we were, in addition to the loan from the bank on
the Memorial Building, indebted to the bank for something like
$8000.00 for money the bank had advanced us to keep the property
from being sold for taxes. My suggestion prevailed and the president
and cashier of the First National Bank were called in. The officers
were pleased that we had the confidence in them and that we were
willing to put into operation any plan which they might suggest. The
result was that Mr. William M. Brandon, Cashier of the First National
Bank, was appointed financial administrator, assuming his duties in
July, 1929. Mr. Brandon made a very careful survey of the entire
situation, inquiring minutely into the activities and securing
information as to the various department operations and all the details
that entered into the business activities of the School. Mr. Brandon
was given every cooperation in order that his ideas and plans might be
worked and carried out as nearly as desired. Departments were merged
for the purpose of providing greater efficiency. Reduction and
eliminations were made wherever it was possible. We hoped that we
were on the right road and Mr. Brandon gave us much encouragement.
Everyone retained on The P.S.C. payroll realized the need and
necessity for greater application to his or her duties. Everyone was on
their toes eagerly awaiting an opportunity to do something worth
while and cooperation came from every way. Expenditures were cut
$4000.00 per month. Receipts were increased. The plan worked
fineless to pay out and more money coming in. We began paying
off; we were getting ahead; we were making a profit. We were going
and traveling in the right direction. We adopted the slogan to keep our
feet on the ground and continue to be firm, and it must be stated here
that members of the Faculty and department heads and other workers
throughout The P.S.C., some with salaries cut, others who realized
that increase in pay would necessarily have to be postponed, all
continued to carry on, more than willing to do their share. We still
have some time to go before we can boast that we have no debts and a
cash reserve but, unless something unusual happens, we will be in that
position before very lone.
464
AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK
Since July 1, 1929, we have accomplished the following: We have
reduced our bank indebtedness several thousand dollars; on July 1st,
1929, we owed on accounts payable something like $14,000.00 and
now we are paying our bills promptly and taking advantage of every
discount, and I dare say that there is no institution in the city of
Davenport whose credit is considered better than The P.S.C. In spite
of the fact that it had been predicted by business men (who are
supposed to know) that The P.S.C. was on the rocks and that it would
be only a short time until The P.S.C. would be no more, we are still
doing business. We have changed from a monthly fixed loss or deficit
to a monthly profit or surplus.
The P.S.C. is now an active, thriving business institution and always
a busy place. Everyone has taken upon themselves a fixed
responsibility. Members of the Faculty, even though on a reduced
salary basis, remain loyal to The P.S.C. and are carrying on their work
even though the Field offers them a greater and better opportunity
from the standpoint of financial remuneration. The P.S.C. Printery is a
busy place, due mainly to the efforts put forth by Mr. Ralph Evans,
who has given unselfishly of his efforts, and ability in order that The
P.S.C. Printery may provide the Chiropractic publications necessary
for the Field. The production of Chiropractic Educators has doubled
during the last year and the National Magazine, The Chiropractor,
(at one time thought wise to discontinue) is now more eagerly
anticipated month by month because it contains much that is valuable
for the advancement of Chiropractic. Our Sales Department shows
that The P.S.C. is relied upon for the furnishing of the Chiropractors
offices and our sales have nearly doubled. The Cafeteria has assumed
an entirely different atmosphere and throughout the institution every
department is busy and the workers are planning for a better and
greater P.S.C.
We are now not only paying our current bills and taxes as they come
due but we are also reducing our fixed indebtedness, having paid off
accommodation notes and part of the indebtedness to the bank and, in
addition to that, building up a cash reserve. We have a goodly daily
bank balance, and nobody is worrying; but it is necessary to hold fast
to our slogan to Keep our feet flat on the ground and continue to be
firm.
465
HISTORY REPEATS
Lastly, I have a very important bit of news. I am sure you will be
pleased to know that our matriculation records listing new students
from the 1st of January to date shows a 30 per cent increase over the
same period during 1929. The 1930 P.S.C. Lyceum and homecoming
will be held during the last week in August, beginning Sunday,
August 24th. Let us all see to it that the 1930 Lyceum will be recorded
as a week of profitable activity, thereby lending further
encouragement to the efforts put forth in our new plan of operation,
and I am sure that sincere and earnest cooperation by everyone will
spell success. Those of you in the Field, plan to be here for the full
week.
I have given this analysis in order that those who are on the outside,
who are in doubt and who entertain fears for the worse, may know that
we still have something worth while and much to be proud of.
Sincerely,
HWBLMM HENRY W. BRUHN,
P.S.C. Registrar and Auditor.
(Fountain Head News, June, 1930, TWENTY-ONE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
466
CHAPTER 71
The Story Of
PROPHESY?
(Fountain Head News, June, 1930, TWENTY-ONE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
Let me give a prophetic observation, after sizing up the general
financial, professional, and personal situation of our profession, with a
thot in view of telling you what is going to happen to each of us in
each of these situations.
The field is milling around, much like a herd of cattle who are being
driven by unseen, unexplainable forces. A few head this way; a few
head that way; a few try to run astray; a few do run amuck. There is
also a great big group that know just what they are doing, where they
are going. And then, there is also a third group that doesnt know
which way to turn, or whether to lie down and die; not knowing
whether the fight is worth the struggle.
Putting it into our understandable language, our profession is
gradually evolving into three groups. First, that group that is going
into mixing with adjunctive therapies, diagnosis instruments and
apparatus, etc. This group, generally speaking, has run the complete
gauntlet, or are doing so. This group divides itself into three groups:
(a) those who are positive they are on the right track, are defiant,
bragging about their rights, etc. (b) Those who are beginning to
waver; not so certain about the value of any or all of the stuff they
have bought, but are not yet willing to throw it away, take the total
loss and charge it up to experience. (c) Those who have run the
gauntlet; know that you cant burn the candle at both ends; that you
cant sit out on the outside of the branch and saw it off without taking
the bump that goes with the right to saw it off; who have found the
uselessness of useless expenditures and are making clean breasts of
the whole thing; cutting it all out and getting back into the
Chiropractic wagon again.
467
468 HISTORY REPEATS
Second group: This group doesnt know whether to make the plunge
or not. They look around; they feel the urge; the pressure to plunge
surrounds them on one side; the pressure upon the other side tells
them to be cautious and careful. One fellow tells them this therapy is
fine and this diagnostic instrument is great; another tries to reassure
them that only Chiropractic will win in the long run, etc. A percentage
of this group will fall by the wayside; they always do. There will be
another percentage that will automatically die in the scramble, go to
the professional scrap heap and be out of the picture. But, there will be
another percentage that will find themselves in the equation, come up
smiling, bob up with a sparkling, sincere conscience and go on with
their great lifes work.
Third group: This group consists of the real fellowsthose that
know now and always have known where they are going. They either
thot it thru before they came to school and took that definite stand; or,
they may have had it pounded into them at the Chiropractic school
they attended (and sometimes this happens in spite of some schools
and because of some others); or, they may have found themselves after
they got out into the held and had some sick patient who got well with
Chiropractic pound some Chiropractic into them. This third group is
growing stronger numerically, personally, professionally, and
financially. Their business is growing. Their clientele is of the finer
people.
As I attend more conventions, speak before more groups of
Chiropractors, I can see the three different groups before me. In the
first group they shake hands with me in a sheepish manner, they slide
up to me in a sneaking attitude. Their tongue is oily and slippery. They
say the finest things in a thieving, lying manner. I can read between
every word and get their real meaning. They think they fool me and I
sometimes (?) let them think so. More than likely, sometime during
the conversation, I drop a hint or a look which tells them that I am
wise to their subterfuging game. But they come to hear me talk
Chiropractic, and thats the big thing.
I think they come for one of three reasons: (1) to openly defy my
logic and reason to try and convince themselves that they were right
before they came; or, (2) they think I may say something that they
might miss hearing; or, (3) they come to sin-
468
PROPHESY
cerely try to help themselves find themselves to find out why they are
where they are. No matter what the motive that brings them, they are
always welcome to come to hear me because they will always hear
Chiropractic whenever I speak and none of it can hurt them and some
of it may do some of them some good.
In the second group, I can read the doubt that hangs around them.
There is no decision to anything they think, say, or do; they suggest
indecision. As they think, so they do radiate it to their patients; no
wonder their practice has slipped. They dont know where they are
going, therefore their patients dont know whether to stay on or quit.
In the third group, we have people of positive affirmation. They
know. They think straight. They speak positively, they act clean-cut.
Their patients are not left to float about running wild. They either
come or go, and while they are here they know exactly what to do
because they are so told.
Each of these three great groups is taking shape. Each is putting
himself into the group where he wants to get. The lines are fast taking
form. The demarcation is becoming clearer. The three groups are
organizing themselves into definite form. The whites are gathering
together. The blacks are getting themselves together. The grays are
becoming either white or black.
But this much I knoweach and every man is largely prompted by
the greed of the game. He is in Chiropractic for the money he can get
out of the sick with its use. That being the primal motive of the many I
can say to you without hesitation, its the whites who have the
business, who build the business, who hold the business, who get it
and keep it permanently. And, by the whites I mean those who confine
themselves to Chiropractic. All others are relegating themselves into
the professional discard and are rapidly eliminating themselves for
themselves by themselves.
(Fountain Head News, June, 1930, TWENTY-ONE YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
469
CHAPTER 72
The Story Of
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT
ACTUALLY MEAN?
(Fountain Head News, February, 1931, TWENTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
(Since my return home from over-seas, I have been
asked my opinion of the National Chiropractic Assn.
Without fear or favor, I herewith give you my analysis
of the situation as it stands.B.J.)

Let us analyze each association, study its history, its record of deeds.
Years ago The UCA was born in the basement of 828 Brady. It was
conceived by Hod Norton, Ernest Erz, and some seventeen others,
including B. J. Palmer.
One of its members was arrested in LaCrosse, Wis., for practicing
medicine without a license. Defense was demanded. He couldnt do
it alone. A group was needed to pool money. All others might be in
like predicament when they went out. An objective was before that
groupthe right of the sick to get well, with Chiropractic, must
remain unchallenged by any and all foreign enemies. They employed
the firm of Morris (Tom) and Hartwell (Fred).
B. J. Palmer was elected Secretary. He remained such until 1925. It
was an objective-business concern; conceived as such; managed as
such; run as such.
By objective-business is meant that it had an objective which was
served in a business-like manner.
The objective originally laid down was: Chiropractic was primary
and Chiropractors were secondary in its function; the message and
message bearerone always more important than the other. The
business policy laid down was: Every dollar collected was to be used
legitimately and economically to better
470
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
save and serve Chiropractic in its purity for posterity. The right of the
sick to get well with Chiropractic must remain unchallenged by any
and all foreign enemies.
That objective and business policy was guided for twenty years by
two menTom Morris as the legal head, and B. J. Palmer as the
Chiropractic head.
It grew; it thrived; it did things for Chiropracticthe TIC. And, in
serving Chiropractic, it automatically served Chiropractors, by
protecting the message for the message bearer, that the right of the
sick to get well with Chiropractic must remain unchallenged by any
and all foreign enemies.
It was a strong, growing organization. It guided legislation for
Chiropractic. It prevented detrimental legislation being passed by
medical, osteopathic, or Chiropractic interests, whether innocently,
ignorantly, or maliciously designed, that the right of the sick to get
well with Chiropractic must remain unchallenged by any and all
foreign enemies. It directed the path of state associationsfor
Chiropractic, by preventing the Chiropractor from losing sight of the
primary objective of why he was in businessa fault many of our
people have. It protected the Chiropractorfor Chiropractic, thereby
protecting the right of the sick to get well with Chiropractic, which
must remain unchallenged by any and all foreign enemies.
In 1924, B.J. made a trip around the world. While the cat was away,
the mice got their heads together into a conspiracy. They resented that
firm and deliberate hand which had held them to objectives for twenty
years; they rebelled against him who would not let them put their
hands into its exchequer and take its monies for personal use; they
schemed against him who took power from the Board of Directors
who wanted to hold semi-annual beer and booze parties at its expense,
running into thousands of dollars. The objectives of the UCA did not
include loot for its elected officers.
When B.J. returned, the skids were greased. B.J. was to go. Rather
than be forced out, B.J. took the hemlock and resigned.
Tom Morris was competent legally to run The UCA, but he was not
competent Chiropractically. Tom Morris assumed the legal reins and
tried to carry on both sides. Plots were laid
471
HISTORY REPEATS
against him, for he, too, had spent twenty years in building up its
objectives into a successful organization for the right of the sick to get
well with Chiropractic. He defeated them fairly well, but they
eventually got him.
Broken hearted, having sacrificed twenty of the best years of his life
to the upholding of this great health service, he finally passed out of
the picture.
The UCA now passed into the hands of the wrecking crewthose
who thought more of their own pleasures than a sacrificing service to
a causeto whom it mattered little whether Chiropractic was saved or
not; whether Chiropractic was kept pure for posterity or not; whether
the sick got well with Chiropractic or not.
Weaker men than B.J. or Tom Morris tried to carry on. The new men
did not have the confidence of the rank and file of our profession.
Amongst themselves, each knew too well what the other was after.
Membership began to drop; money ceased to come in. Under their
managership, it began to deny things the older UCA stood for. It
reversed policies, it denied fundamentals. It was slipping in numerical
and financial strength. Two members were engaged to travel from
coast to coast to solicit memberships and bolster up the old. As far as
can be ascertained, they did neither successfully. They blew hot and
cold; they made concessions; they misrepresented the former control
of the UCA (until checked); they actually weakened the organization
by reducing its numerical strength and financial income. They were a
liabilitynot an assetat the same time devouring money paying two
mens salaries and traveling expenses, always going together.
Naturally, and as is to be expected, the profession gravitated into two
groupsthose who were for a firm controlling hand, and those who
wanted to run wild without restraint. Those who were for that sort of
thing, joined the ACA and helped on its objectives, under the
leadership of Dr. Margetts, who has since faded out of the association
picture. These people gravitated to their common intereststhey
formed that kind of an organization that could and would best express
their indignation.
It stood for the right of the Chiropractor to govern himself,
independent of any man, regardless of who he was. It gathered
472
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
unto itself those who had felt the hard hand of the man who fought
their self-aggrandizement at the hands of its hard-earning and
sacrificing payments of dues. It gathered into its folds those who
wanted to add to or subtract something from Chiropractic. It drew
around itself those who wanted a license regardless of the cost to
Chiropracticin other words, those who opposed every policy of the
old UCA formed a new association wherein they could do as they
please, regardless of the price Chiropractic paid in so doing.
The ACA, therefore, was born of opposition to the UCA and all it
stood for. It was a playground for mixers who wanted the fruit of
Chiropractic without earning the right to Chiropractic by helping to
sustain it.
The simplified program of the ACA was to be opposite and in
opposition to the UCA. It had one fundamental which was strongly
urged and strictly adhered toto give to Chiropractors all that which
the old UCA denied to Chiropractic.
So far as Chiropractic was concerned, the ACA always was straw
baby organization.
With the ACA already at a low level in Chiropractic, and the UCA
rapidly slipping down to a low level in Chiropractic, it was but a
question of time until they would both reach the same non and
anti-Chiropractic level of service. Given time, they both stood for the
same things.
The ACA took the path of least resistance to start with. The UCA
was rapidly taking unto itself the paths of least resistance. Both
organizations were advocating anything medical anybody wanted;
granting every Chiropractor anything he wanted in Chiropractic;
or, reversing the language, granting everything medical any
Chiropractor wanted.
The UCA was now another straw-baby organization.
The ACA never was a strong organization as compared to the old
UCA. It had few members, little financial support, and no objectives
or business policy that favored Chiropractic. By few members is
herein meant, regular, bona fide, fully-paid-up memberships. I do not
here regard the $ a year affiliated members as any other than so
many names on a register. The UCA was getting weaker, month by
month; losing members; denying its
473
HISTORY REPEATS
debts; doing less for Chiropractic; granting greater liberties to
Chiropractors by actually permitting them to commit slow suicide
against themselves.
When any organization ceases to legitimately and objectively serve
those who pay its dues, they drop out, and it drops down. Both
organizations were existing in nameneither serving Chiropractic;
both on the wane and each divided the same field of the other; hence
oblivion and bankruptcy faced them both, given time.
Overtures were made to me, when UCA Secretary, to unite them. It
was impossible. The UCA was (then) serving Chiropractic, the ACA
was serving Chiropractors. When I passed out of the picture, overtures
were made to Tom Morris. It was still impossible. The same difference
in objectives and business policies existed in Tom Morris mind as in
mine, therefore the same barrier. When Tom Morris passed out of the
picture, and the UCA passed into weaker hands, overtures were again
made. It now became a possibility. Were not both serving the same
master? One thing positive faced them bothobliterationor
amalgamation.
Amalgamation has taken place. What has taken place? Two straw
organizations have been amalgamated into one straw child.
The strength of any Chiropractic organization rests solely and
alone in its Chiropractic objectives. The ACA never had any
Chiropractic objectives, for be it remembered it was born of prejudice
against a man and in opposition to the policies of the UCA. The UCA
once had them. The UCA did not now have any. Neither, alone, now
had any. Have they now unified any? Time will tell! Time has told
what has become of the UCA. And what I restate now is no different
than what I told the profession in 1925. I said then that the UCA
would live if it maintained its former objectives; that the UCA would
die if it lost them. Knowing the men who were directing it, I
prophesied that it would die. They thot more of themselves than they
did of Chiropractic.
Thruout this statement, a distinction and a difference exists between
fundamental objectives wherein Chiropractic has been the goal of one
association, and pleasing the Chiropractor as advocated and practiced
by the other
474
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
I shall make that clear by citing methods used:
The UCA, the ACA, and the CHB, as organizations, are similar to
non-profit-sharing, co-operative or mutual insurance companiesa
group united for a mutual purpose, spending the profits or losses
mutually upon its members.
The member, when he joins, assumes the burden of loss, if any, and
shares the profits, if any. With the older UCA, and now with the CHB,
there were no profitsthe assessments being arranged as cases and
defenses demanded. Surplus went into a sinking fund to meet possible
mal-practice judgments when such occurred.
Insurance companies enter into contracts with members to cover a
certain risk of loss; to indemnify the member if there is a loss. The
amount of the annual premium which the member pays is based upon
the kind of coverage he needsmore coverage, more premium.
This is how it worked out in two of these associations:
Association A: The premium was as low at $1.00 per person per
year, for state affiliations. In others, where there was no state
association affiliation, it fluctuated around a very low premium for the
association in question offered much for little, and gave little in return.
Suppose a member paying this low rate of premium were charged
with mal-practice, in which $50,000.00 damages were asked. This
association, thru its national counsel (who stayed at home and never
left his office to try its cases) would write a letter directing the
Chiropractor to engage a good lawyer, allowing him a stated amount,
advising the Chiropractor to advise the lawyer to not fight the case; to
have the lawyer call upon the one damaged (thru his counsel, of
course) to settle the case out of court as cheaply as possible.
Possibly it could be settled for $25.00, $50.00, or even $100.00 and
lawyers fees. The probabilities are that this insurance association got
out of the case for as little as $225.00 to $250.00. $50.00 went to
national counsel (who never left his office) $50.00 went to local
counsel who went thru the motions and plead guilty for his client
(under instructions of national counsel), and $100.00 to the injured
patient, and possibly $25.00 for court costs.
475
HISTORY REPEATS
If the insurance company were purely an insurance company, this
would be the consistent, logical, and business-like thing to do; to get
the company off as cheaply as possible. But, this purported to be a
Chiropractic organization, which meant that it held itself out to
Chiropractors to be something more than a purely selfish,
money-making organization. Any Chiropractor, thru any local
counsel, can plead guilty at any time without belonging to any
national organization. The object of belonging to a national protective
organization is that it can do what no local counsel could do alone,
viz., save him from pleading guilty; save him from the disgrace of
admitting guilt; save him from injuring his business by admitting he
injured a patient.
Every time this association advised its members to settle their cases
out of court, it asked that Chiropractor to plead guilty to injuring a
patient with Chiropractic. It asked the Chiropractor to admit that he
was mal-practicing Chiropractic and was practicing medicine and
surgery when he was practicing Chiropractic. (For substantiation of
this position, read Arthur Holmes book on Mal-Practice.)
To make it a practice of pleading guilty is the act of cowards. It is
the path of least resistance. It is the easiest way out for the
Chiropractor. It is the cheapest way out for the insurance asso-
ciationbut it places Chiropractic before the public as a dangerous
method, injuring sick people, which the Chiropractor admits by
pleading guilty to the charge. This ruins the business of the
Chiropractor so charged, via newspaper publicity, and it also costs a
general injury to all practicing Chiropractors within the area reached
by that publicity, as many of our Chiropractors can unfortunately
testify.
The old UCA did not and the modern CHB does not plead guilty. If
one of its members were charged with mal-practice, it stipulated that
the local Chiropractor secure a competent but reasonably-priced
counsel. He was instructed by our National Counsel that he must not
agree to or stipulate anything without our National Counsels consent
and knowledge. The member was instructed that the case would be
tried in the courts on its merits. A date was set for trial. Our National
Counsel spent time in his office preparing the trial. Then our National
Counsel traveled from his home state, to that distant state. Medical
and
476
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
Chiropractic experts from within our ranks, and sometimes from
without, were hired. These were transported to the scene of the trial
all this at association expense. The case was tried. It was fought thru
sometimes several days. Witnesses were subpoenaed; they were paid,
etc. In this way, the case would cost not less than $1,500.00, and
sometimes as much as $5,000,00, and in one case $10,000.00all of
which was paid by the Association. If convicted and judgment
assessed, the Association would pay damages alone up to $5,000.00.
But the Chiropractor did not plead guilty to injuring a patient with
Chiropractic; the Chiropractor did not admit publicly in open court,
and therefore in the public press, that he was malpracticing
Chiropractic; or mal-practicing medicine and surgery when
practicing Chiropractic; thus the good, fair, and clean name of
Chiropractic was preserved in its purity for posterity.
Obviously, there is a difference between $250.00 and $5,000.00,
which difference is paid into its treasury by the members, by and thru
assessments.
The older UCA was not and the present CHB is not purely and
solely an insurance company, for in and behind the CHB organization
is an objective, viz., that Chiropractic must at all times be protected in
all ways.
In the first organization, they listened to and did what the
Chiropractor wanted done, without the average Chiropractor knowing
what he wanted done; who asked the association to take the quickest
and easiest way out of a dilemma which he thot affected him alone,
disregarding the effect of his action so far as Chiropractic and all other
Chiropractors were concerned. What he thot he wanted was to get
quickly rid of the case.
In the second organization, or the older UCA and the present CHB,
the experience of the men behind was in charge of the trial of that
case and directed its activities, regardless of what the Chiropractor
thot he wanted. It was the men in behind who realized that more was
at stake than just one man; that there were Chiropractic ideals injected
into the issue, which were just as important, if not more so, than he;
therefore, these men pursued that program which they knew was best
for all concerned, in accordance with definite objectives laid down in
the formation
477
HISTORY REPEATS
of the association. The Chiropractor thot he was attacked. He wasnt.
It was Chiropractic that was being challenged, using him only as a
means to that end.
We who have run associations for many years (about twenty-five, to
be exact) understand that the average Chiropractor makes much out of
the immediate annual amount he pays to belong to one or the other of
these two kinds of associations. In one, it is a small amount with big
promises; and when the loss arises, they conduct the case as cheaply
as possible by skinning the main issue, because they havent the
finances with which to conduct a first class case in a first class
manner.
In one, Chiropractic is lost sight of in a desire to make its dues
appear cheapwhich they are. In the older UCA, and now in the
modern CHB, assessments are approximately $60.00 per year. The
association will agree to do certain things to cover risk; and when the
issue arises, be on the job in Chiropractors home town, have the
money on hand with which to do a first class job in a first class
manner. But let it be understood they will not let the Chiropractor
conduct that trial. That is done by older and more experienced heads
than his, whose vision of Chiropractic and its importance in this
equation is greater than his. In the older UCA and in the modern CHB,
Chiropractic is the primary and constant objective and to defend it is
expensive by comparison. Obviously, there is a difference in the sales
argument between these two associations, viz., one has a low cost,
the other a high cost. But equally obvious, altho not so glaring, is the
difference in deliveryone destructive to Chiropractic, the other
constructive.
Which one of these two kinds of program will the new national
protective association assume? It is hard to tell. They were both
pursuing the cheap program when they united. They were both
listening to the hew and cry of the average Chiropractor when they
united. Will they reverse this cheap program? Will they turn about and
adopt the former program of the older UCA and the modern CHB?
Time only will tell whether the men who control its destinies will see
the essential vision. I hope they will.
That there are individuals among its officers and membership, now,
who have that vision, is well known. That there are equally
478
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
as many, or more, who have never demonstrated Chiropractic vision at
all, is also well known. But, the future of that organization does not
depend upon what a few have on one side, or what a few have on the
other side, but what they aft, united, do with the association. Will they
unite on an agreed program of vision? Let us hope so.
The CHB is now and ever has been up on that high-priced,
high-standard basis. It has always placed Chiropractic first. It does not
plead guilty with its cases. It has yet to plead guilty on a single case
since it was formed. It will not admit that Chiropractic is the practice
of medicine or surgery; it defends every case on its meritsand it has
now a cash reserve that makes it possible to promptly and competently
defend any and all cases and pay judgments if such are assessed
against any of its members. The CHB stands unalterably for the
objective of protecting Chiropractic. We see no reason why it should
lower its standard to the level of any other organization for the
purpose of amalgamation, merely because there is a hew and cry
propaganda manufactured for that purpose. We do see a thousand
reasons why any other association should raise its standard to the level
of the CHB. When it does, then is plenty of time to talk amalgamation.
The average Chiropractor regards this issue as a conflict and
rankling sore in the side of the professionto have two associations
opposing each other, theoretically having the same function to
perform. But, have they? Smoke screens can be manufactured, but it
does not change the facts in and behind, as the Louisville conference
so befittingly brot forth. If the issues as herein presented are
considerately weighed, all thinking Chiropractors who have the better
interests of Chiropractic at heart will see that there is more at issue
than just a conflict between two groups; or a desire of any one man to
rule an organization, be it this one or that one.
While all that has been in the maelstrom, another substitute straw
child was born and was injected into the pictureThe International
Congress. Five years and five conferences have come to pass. Talk
lots of it; meetingsmany of them; several days of them each year
and not one Chiropractic objective has been written into its records
and agreed to by the mass group assembled.
479
HISTORY REPEATS
The strength of any Chiropractic organization rests solely and
alone in its Chiropractic objectives. The International Congress has
never dared pass any. No attempt has been made to pass any. Will
they ever have any? Time will tell! And what I restate now is no
different than what I have told the officers of that International
Congress from the beginning, and annually ever since. I said then, and
I have said annually, that The International Congress would live if it
set forth, adhered to, and deliberately maintained Chiropractic
objectives; that the International Congress would die if it went on, year
after year, without setting them forth. Knowing the men who are
directing its activities, I have consistently prophesied that it will die
unless they change policy.
I know the Chiropractic case quite thoroly; therefore, I now
prognose that the Chiropractic profession will be asked to marry the
national protective association with the International Congress; to
marry these two straw children. What then will the profession have? A
straw boy married to a straw girl. Being immatured, below puberty age
in Chiropractic, they will be sterile of any reproductive value to
Chiropractic.
Can the new united protective associations do anything? Yes! Will
the new united protective associations do anything? I have my serious
and grave doubts!
Why?
Because each, by itself, and because each, now united, consists of
the same old paths of least resistance; compromise; give every
Chiropractor anything he wants in Chiropractic and thus the more
quickly force him into his own downfall and ruin legally, legislatively,
commercially, as well as economically.
Deplore the fact as we may; talk independence as much as we like
the fact still exists that we grew and thrived when The UCA held truly
and sincerely to a policy of Chiropractors for Chiropractic, and
Chiropractic for Chiropractorsnever deviating from that principle,
objective, and business program. Bemoan it as you please, the fact still
remains that when B. J. Palmer conducted the UCA, it was a
successful organizationnot because B. J. Palmer ran it, but because
B. J. Palmer did not deviate from Chiropractic in its running.
480
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
Glance your eye down the list of the Officers and Board of Directors
of the new national protective organizations:
See who they are; look at their past deeds; investigate what they do
in their offices; what they have always stood for by way of association
affairsand then tell me what one can expect in their government of
this new united association, each blocking the other, if human nature
runs true to form.
For five years the International Congress has been nothing but one
group blocking another group; it has been bloc against bloc; it has
been conducted as badly as Congress in that respecteach keeping
the other from doing anything for Chiropractic.
In the ACA there has been no one man strong enough to rise above
its petty membership and direct its forces. Why? Because each and
every other man in the ACA was a leader. It had no leader, for all
were leaders. This was likewise true of the UCA after B. J. Palmer
and Tom Morris passed out of the picture. It then had fifty leaders.
This is likewise true of the International Congress. It was conceived of
a desire to get the leaders together. They have. Now none follow;
all direct. Reminds me of a Mexican or Chinese revolutionall
generals and no privates.
There are enough men on each side to block any definite program
that anybody on either side might propose. Suppose somebody tries to
put the new organization upon a sound Chiropractic footing. What
would happen? The ACA and its former policies would be completely
routed and repudiated. Would those ACA men permit this? Not if
human nature is human nature. The leopard cannot change his spots.
Suppose mixers tried to put this new organization on a mixers basis.
What would happen? That is hard to say. I think there are enough
straights to prevent it, but of this I am not so certain, for one of the
strongest men concerned in this amalgamation has recently gone
mixing. There are enough men on each side to prevent either side from
making any definite, positive policy program of value to Chiropractic.
There are some Chiropractors in that present united group that are so
prejudiced personally, and antagonistic Chiropractically, because of
the years past having developed it into them, that they will continue to
sacrifice everything Chiropractic, rather than yield now to its better
interests, even tho they
481
HISTORY REPEATS
know what those better interests are and they have been pointed out.
There are other Chiropractors in that combined group who are so
interested in the peace-at-any-cost, pacifistic, giving preference to
amalgamation glory, that they will sacrifice Chiropractic to attain any
or all those ends. There are some mighty fine, high principled
Chiropractors, also, in that present officership of the united
associations, who, having had no experience, think that certain ways
are the correct ways to attain certain ends.
I know well the man or men who have engineered this amal-
gamation. For them, their motives and sincerity, I have only the
highest admiration. They mean well. Hypothesizing that the past may
be assumed to be buried, which it isnt by a long way, the vital
question yet remainswhat can be the possible program that can
spring from such a mixed conglomeration of men, now that they have
(?) united what they had before disunited? Outside of those groups,
regardless of the facts, both for and against Chiropractic, there is and
has been existing one group of Chiropractors who have builded an
organization that thot more of Chiropractic than it did anything else;
who are opposed to a peace-at-any-price program if Chiropractic is
to be sacrificed; will not endorse any amalgamation where
Chiropractic comes off second best. If it can be shown that
Chiropractic is the first, great, and only objective of the amalgamation,
it might change the complexion of much. Can this be done, other than
with high-sounding titles, words, and promises, evangelical
enthusiasm, of which our profession has had too much? Time will tell!
If human nature will reverse itself on one side of the equation, and
every man lay down his cherished theories of self-independence, and
all resign themselves to do only that which is best for Chiropractic,
thenand not until thenwill this organization be of value to
Chiropractic. If that were done, the problem is solved; Chiropractic is
served; it will again gain favor in the eyes of the profession;
confidence will be restored; memberships will pick up; money will
pour in; and business will return into the offices of its members; for
coin of like returns itself, as it once did in the old days of the UCA.
In rebuttal to some of these statements, any one of these organ-
izations will say that they have been serving Chiropractic. They use
the name Chiropractic for their organization. But when
482
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
any organization will declare itself for everything medical, including
tonsilectomy by surgery, and deny the efficacy of Chiropractic
adjustments, is that serving Chiropractic? When another organization
will take page ads of medical apparatus and declare itself in favor of
medical methods in substitution for Chiropractic methods, is that
serving Chiropractic? When another organization will meet year after
year and its delegates are cautioned about discussing Chiropractic, for
fear that it will cause a rumpus in the path of a serene and happy
meeting, is that serving Chiropractic? Citations could be given
without end. It is like one Chiropractor is serving Chiropractic in
California. He has Chiropractic on his window, doors, literature, ads
in papers, etc. Go into his office and you cant get a Chiropractic
adjustment. Why? His place is so filled with everything but
Chiropractic that he hasnt room for an adjusting table. Is that serving
Chiropractic? Is advising State Associations to sell their Chiropractic
birthright for a mess of license pottage, serving Chiropractic? But why
cite more? You who read know most thoroly of what I speak.
Is there anybody in the ranks of the personnel of this united
association group strong enough to lay down constructive Chiropractic
objectives and pursue a business-like program and thus use that
organization to further Chiropractic? Of course there is! Its President
is one who could do it. Will he? The Board of Directors will block
him, and no matter what his intentions, he will be helpless. Its
amalgamator is a dynamic enthusiast. Will he do it? There will be
enough to block him from injecting any program he thinks right and
just. Other associations have done it before; they will do it again.
History repeats itself. They will use men when they need them; ditch
them when they dont want interference
This new organization can be made to be a dominant, strong factor
in the future of Chiropractic and be of incalculable value to
Chiropractors if:
1st. They will correctly and accurately define Chiropractic.
2nd. They will considerably and fully epitomize the field of service
to which Chiropractic is destined in serving the sick.
3rd. They will establish a plank in their program that they will not
compromise on the trials of mal-practice suits; that there
483
HISTORY REPEATS
will be a no pleading guilty policy; and no getting out of each suit
the cheapest way possible; that each suit must be tried on its merits.
Will this third plank be adopted? I have my doubts. The former
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the ACA who is now Chairman
of this Board of Directors, told me that the ACA had never tried a case
of mal-practice on its merits. Will the former ACA members reverse
its policy now? Time will tell! It always has.
4th. That all trials, whether charged with practicing medicine or any
other method, shall be tried on their merits, regardless of cost.
5th. No settling cases out of courts; no pleading guilty to save
financial expenses.
6th. A prompt and honest settlement of its legitimate debts to its
members.
7th. A definite policy program for their affiliated states, as regards
constructive legislation on Chiropractic; to aid and help pass
Chiropractic legislation; and to fight and help defeat any legislation
that injures Chiropractic.
Will this seventh plank be adopted? I again have my doubts. It has
ever been the policy of the old UCA to do that very thing. Thats why
legislation is as good as it is; and it was the meddlesome program of
the ACA, doing the contrary of that, that has put Chiropractic
legislation in the bad way it is in some of our states. Will either side
yield to the other side on this important question? Time will tell!
8th. A definite program should be definitely established with their
affiliated state associations of demanding a reasonable and fair
Chiropractic educational standard, both pre and post, so that schools
may live and new Chiropractic growth come into the profession to
take the place of those who are rapidly dying out.
Again the ACA comes in for condemnation on this score. In the
past, they have encouraged the raising of all standards, in instances, to
that of equalling a medical education. Will either side yield to the
other side on this important question that Chiropractic may live for
future generations?
484
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
9th. A definite and encouraging attitude upon the part of the parent
organization to all of its affiliated state organizations, that their annual
meeting programs shall be confined to inviting only Chiropractic
speakers; that only Chiropractic subjects be permitted on the
convention platform; and that only Chiropractic exhibits be permitted
on display in convention rooms.
10th. A definite and understandable practice program encouraging
and urging its members to confine their practice to that which
everybody knows is Chiropractic.
Will that plank be adopted, or will the old ACA Chairman do again
what he tried to do at the Louisville conferenceraise the
Chiropractic question to me: Give him 30 minutes to tell us what
Chiropractic is, which he knew then as well as everybody else in the
profession.
11th. To establish a platform of intelligent co-operation with
Chiropractic State Boards, urging a reasonable, fair, and just
interpretation of their Chiropractic practice acts to the end that
competent Chiropractors can secure a license, rather than building up
prohibitive walls as some are now doing.
12th. So build the business side of the finances of this organization
that no one Chiropractor within its ranks will be able to get fat fees out
of rendering it a service; to build up such a wall that no officer gets
pay for helping to help himself and others; that at no time can any
officer be able to build fictitious expense accountsall to the end that
every dollar of income shall be spent to pursue the fundamental
objectives of the purpose of the association.
To prove such can be done, let me cite the early history of The
UCA; let me also cite the present policy of The CHB.
Will that plank be followed? I have my doubts, for I know the
weakness of men, after having dealt with them for twenty years in the
UCA. When they can use money they didnt earn, it is easy to make it
go for purposes for which it was not intended. I do not speak
inadvisedly, neither do I now challenge the honesty of any man who is
on the staff of this united organization. I suggest that such a platform
is essential.
Can the present conglomerate officer control of the new organization
establish a program with any or all of these as its objec-
485
HISTORY REPEATS
tives? I have my doubts. When they can, and do, and will raise their
service standard up to such a high level, they will then but be being
what the old UCA once was when it was a flourishing and successful
association.
I am going to be asked to unite The CHB with this new organization.
When the new organization has built itself up to a program platform
equal to that of the CHB, then one or the other will automatically
cease to exist; for two associations with the same objectives cannot
live in the same profession. The reverse of that was what happened to
the ACA and the UCA. When the UCA got down to the ACA
non-Chiropractic level, then they were two bodies trying to occupy the
same space. One had to cease to exist; it had no cause for existence,
and was absorbed. It took six years for the UCA to come down. How
long will it take the new organization to come up?
I note that a certain individual has been selected to serve as National
Counsel. (The other man I do not know.) This man was trained under
Tom Morris. When Mr. Morris passed on, this man began to play the
path of least resistance. He was found to be a lawyer with no more
strength than his employers. He was not a leader. He was but a
lawyer, following his client. This man wrote a book on malpractice as
it applied to Chiropractic and Chiropractors. Recently he has been
called upon to decide questions reversing his lawful written and
printed citations. When he wanted to decide to favor his employers,
which contradicted his legal citations, he let other lawyers write the
letters.
Will he get back on the just and right path and follow his great
preceptor and successful teacher, Tom Morris? Will he humbly eat pie
and reverse his recent attitude and begin advocating and trying cases
according to what he knows is the just and right path for Chiropractic?
He can. Will he? If he does, confidence in the legal end of the new
association will be re-established; memberships will grow; money will
begin to flow in, and the association will accomplish its Chiropractic
objectives.
Meanwhile, the CHB stands for the various planks herein set forth. It
adopted them as its fundamentals. I was asked to assume the
leadership of this CHB. I refused to have anything to do with it unless
they placed Chiropractic first and adopted that policy program in
spirit and in toto. We have not yet and will not com-
486
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
promise any case, in trial, on its merits. We have an attorney who is as
sound for each and every plank in the above platform as I am
sincerely, conscientiously, and legally. And, should he ever fall short
of that standard, we will seek a man who can and will reach it.
Meanwhile, the CHB stands on a sound financial business basis. No
officer in it, no member in its ranks gets any salary regardless of how
much or how little work he does for its objectives. It has a cash
reserve practically equal to that which the UCA had in its hey-day of
its biggest membership. Those employees who do receive salary get a
modest stipend. Every dollar of income is being legitimately
expended, working for Chiropractic.
The CHB is a granite, he-man, full-sized, growing and successful,
all-Chiropractic organization.
There can be no amalgamation, as I see it (unless the directing
faculties are removed from my hands by the membership) until any or
all other organizations come up to and meet our level; or the CHB
goes down to theirsa situation which will not exist so long as I
direct the CHB activities. If such an occasion should arise, where the
CHB policy-program ceases to be 100 per cent for Chiropractic, then I
shall resign. The members will not be embarrassed by me, and they
can do with it what they please.
I am not opposed to the new organization. Being new, it is new. It
has yet to show what it can and will do. It possesses tremendous
potential possibilities. If it rises up to them, no one will rejoice more
than I, because it will be serving Chiropracticand thats all I am
interested in, or ever have been.
It is too soon yet to either condemn, condone, or endorse. There are
many entanglements in the way of immediate accomplishment. It is
going to take at least five years for a sincere evolution to take place in
many in its ranks. To merely record words to gain financial support,
and fail to deliver in Chiropractic work, does not now gain my
endorsement or support.
When that time comes when this new organization has unreservedly
adopted and is executing some such a platform as herein suggested,
then I shall be for that organization without reservation. When the
CHB becomes satisfied that the new organization
487
HISTORY REPEATS
is serving Chiropractic; has established a stable and sound program
with nothing but Chiropractic for its goal; is economically spending its
income to that end, then we shall withdraw all reservations, ask that
the CHB be dissolved and further ask that they be amalgamated into
one big national association. There is room for a dozen Chiropractic
organizations when each has a divided objective; but there is room for
only one Chiropractic organization when there is a Chiropractic
objective.
The present officers of the national association have a golden
opportunity to do something great and good for Chiropractic. Will
they? Time will tell! Meanwhile, I shall not jump from a CHB
certainty to an unknown united association quantity, especially when
they are born of mixed relationships which could flare and burst either
way.
Ten years have shown how the ACA failed to do anything
constructive for Chiropractic; on the reverse, have shown how it has
done much that was destructive. Six years have shown how the UCA
can drop from a strong association to one that was practically forced to
seek shelter to save its face. Five years have shown how a strong
group of strong men have gathered year after year and did nothing but
debate whether they ought to begin to get ready, to commence, to start
to do something either for or against Chiropractic; but, as yet, have
failed to do either. Time will tell whether the united association will
do better as one organization, or worse than they did as two separate
organizations. I refuse to be cajoled, urged, coerced, or budged from
what my reason proves are the facts in the case. I am just as set in
these convictions as Chiropractic is right. I am just as stubborn as
Chiropractic being right dictates. I have no other course.
If the new united association should fail the profession; if the
Congress continues to fail the profession, and its delegates continue to
get disgustedthen what?
Ever since 1924, the profession, its state associations, its national
protective associations, its International Congress have been seeking a
leader. Is he hiding in that new united group? Is he submerged in that
International Congress? If he is, drag him out, put him in control
against his will, make him work and save Chiropractic from its
traducers.
488
ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY MEAN?
Time will tell what the profession will do when they get thru playing
with Chiropractic.
Since writing the above, we have received two copies of The
Journal of The NCA.
In Vol. 1, No. 1, we note the following:
Page 2. All Together For Chiropractic!
In this same issue, we note the following advertisements:
Page 11. A radionic equipment for sale. Superior Bath Cabinet
Co.
Page 14. Urinalysis and Diet.
Pages 18 and 19. A center spread, double-page ad of the Calbro
Magnowave radionic diagnosis and treatment.
Page 25. An article that denies Chiropractic.
Page 26. Has a heading Work for the Chiropractic Profession.
This is followed by an ad asking you to send for Plasmodieum
Malaria and Parasities, Blood Smears, Pus Smears, Faeces, etc.
Page 30. Become a Doctor of Bio-Psychology. New Nasal
Technique. Gives instant relief in head colds, etc.
Page 31. Full page ad of Anabolic FoodLaxofood, etc.
Pages 32 and 33. Full page ad of Pathometrist treatment
methods.
Page 34. A Gold Mine of Foot Knowledge.
Page 37. Use Spinal Traction.
Again, let us shout itAll Together for Chiropractic!
In Vol. 1, No. 2, we note the following:
Page 5. Something to Crow About. The N.C.A. for Chiropractic
First, Last and All the Time.
If there be any doubt in the mind of anyone as to the
National Chiropractic Association being first, last and all the
time for Chiropractic.
Then follows a long list of words of what this association purports to
stand for. Let us glance over a few of them:
489
HISTORY REPEATS
To protect in every waythe philosophy, science, and art of
Chiropractic.
To gather and disseminate reliable information as to the
exactness of its science, the truth of its philosophy and the
benefits.
To bring about a more general understanding of the true
principles of Chiropractic.
To familiarize the general public with Chiropractic as means of
removing the cause of human ailments.
To do everything to bring about a complete development of
Chiropractic.
Then, to prove that all this is just mere words, let us glance over the
advertisements in the same issue.
Page 10. A Kruse Vapor Bath Cabinet, Magnetic Blanket for
sale.
Pages 16 and 17. A center spread, double-page ad of radionics,
again. This is a diagnosing as well as treating instrument. It
treats disease.
Page 20. Superior Bath Cabinet Co. Also, One Terpezone
Generator is for sale.
Page 21. Article on Diet Therapy. How to Treat Disease by diet.
Page 28. New Nasal Technique ad.
Page 29. Use Spinal Traction.
Page 30. When Chiropractic fails to get the sick well, take
anabolic food.
Page 33. Bio-Psychology. Buy books on irridiagnosis.
All this, evidently, is Something to Crow About.
This is substantial proof that The NCAfor Chiropractic first, last
and all the time. Is it?
All this is mentioned here, in the passing, as proof of our analysis of
the situation as it now stands.
490
CHAPTER 73
The Story Of
LOCATION OF D. D. PALMERS
FIVE PER CENT
By Kalvart K. Tidwell, D.C., Ph.C.
(Fountain Head News, October, 1931, TWENTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
In a recent article wherein the remark is made that Dr. D. D. Palmer
states clearly that about 5 per cent of displacements affecting nerves
occur in joints other than the vertebral column and that it is
Chiropractic to adjust them, Willard Carver would have
Chiropractors believe the location of D. D. Palmers 5 per cent of
luxated joints, causing disease, other than those of the backbone, to be
of a scattered nature, here and there among the various articulations of
the skeletal frame. He carries his thot further: It seem to me that it is
very clear that the Old Master could easily have been mistaken as to
the 5 per cent, for anybody knows, who thoroughly understands his
anatomy, that if, for instance, a thoracic vertebra of the regular type is
displaced there must be a displacement of the joints at the head of the
two ribs, and the joints at the necks of the two ribs, and usually where
the ribs join the condyle cartilages. It would seem that such is the
intent of the article written by Dr. Carver, for the same issue that
carries Carvers article (The Hawkeye Chiropractor, Vol. 6, No. 7,
May-June issue, 1931) also carries an editors comment as follows: If
the subluxation is in the spinal column, adjust it; if the subluxation is
in the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee, ankle or toe, adjust it. Adjust
the causative subluxation, wherever it may be. Remove the nerve
interference, the basic cause of disease. Thus the LOCATION of D.
D. Palmers 5 per cent luxated bones, causing disease, other than
those of the vertebral column, seems to be the lost chip in the wood
pile. If Dr. Carver only realized that it is so easy, very easy, to
misunderstand, to misinterpret, to misjudge, then he would discount
his own observations literally, for D. D. Palmer left a
491
HISTORY REPEATS
written record wherein the LOCATION of the 5 per cent of luxated
joints, other than the backbone, is specifically given.
From D. D. Palmers writings (1911), The Chiropractors
Adjuster, page 207, 4th paragraph, I quote:
I emphatically affirm, as I did 13 years ago, that about 95 percent of
diseases are caused by displaced vertebrae; the other 5 percent, including
corns and bunions, come from luxated joints other than those of the
backbone.
There are several other paragraphs wherein D.D. refers to this 5 per
cent, but the writer will now carry his reader back to D. D. Palmers
earlier writings and by quotation so indicate that he did make such
affirmation; and also the lost chip in the woodpile, that of the
LOCATION of the 5 per cent, is specifically referred tonot to be
found here or there among the 300 articulations of the skeletal frame,
but at a specific location.
In the Science of Chiropractic, Vol. I, 1906, page 3.54, D. D.
Palmer so emphasized the other 5 per cent to the extent of placing
such in parenthesis. Third paragraph:
We emphatically affirm that 95 percent of all diseases are caused by
displaced vertebrae. Corns and bunions (the other 5 percent) come from
luxated joints adjacent to the excrescence.
The above two quotations sum up practically all that D. D. Palmer
inferred when he spoke of corns and bunions, and Willard Carver
need not be ignorant of the LOCATION of the 5 per cent of luxated
joints, causing nerve pressure, other than those of the backbone, for in
a letter addressed to the writer he made it plain that he was in
possession of all of D. D. Palmers writings. The writer would ask Dr.
Carver the simple question, What did D. D. Palmer infer when he
spoke of the other 5 per cent coming from luxated joints ADJACENT
TO THE EXCRESCENCE? Can the answer be other than TOE
JOINTS?
(Fountain Head News, October, 1931, TWENTY YEARS AGO.
Published by The Palmer School of Chiropractic.)
492
CHAPTER 74
The Story Of
AND WHY NOT?
Chimpanzee: Good morning. I am Kay Kong of the Plunkett Shows. I am
looking for Dr. Clare. Chiropractor, of Alice, Texas.
Dr. Clare: I am happy to meet you, Mr. Kong. I am Dr. Clare. May I help you,
please?
493
HISTORY REPEATS
Chimpanzee: . . . and in addition to all the other things wrong with me, I have
a pain in my neckright here.
Dr. Clare: Why you poor fellow. Im certainly glad you came to a
CHIROPRACTOR. Well fix you up right away.
494
AND WHY NOT
Chimpanzee: Wait a minute, Doc. What is that thing? You arent going to give
me a shot, are you?
Dr. Clare: Of course Im not going to give you a shot, Kay. This is a
NEUROCALOMETER and it is going to help me find what is CAUSING your
troubleso just relax.
495
HISTORY REPEATS
Chimpanzee: Okay, Doc. As long as you dont give me a shot, Ill do anything
you say.
Dr. Clare: Here is your trouble, right here. Your first vertebra is
SUBLUXATED.
496
AND WHY NOT?
Chimpanzee: Well, if I have to be ADJUSTED, go aheadbut Im still not
sure it is not going to hurt.
Dr. Clare: This is going to make you feel a lot better, Kay, so just relax and you
will feel it only a little bit.
497
HISTORY REPEATS
Chimpanzee: Hey! What happened? That made my feet fly up just like it did
when Dr. B. J. Palmer adjusted me.
Dr. Clare: Surely it did, Kay. DR. PALMER taught me how to do this. It is all
over nowso just rest a while
498
AND WHY NOT?
Chimpanzee: Gee! Thanks a million, Dr. Clare. I feel fine. It surely is nice to
have you CHIROPRACTORS around when a fellow gets sick.
Dr. Clare: Im happy that I could help you, Kay. You can do us
CHIROPRACTORS a favor, too, if you will. Just tell everybody you meet how
simple it is to get well through CHIROPRACTIC.
499
CHAPTER 75
The Story Of
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
(Copyright, 1915Revised, 1951)
We hear much prattle about the science of medicine. We presume
that science is taken in its literal and scientific meaning. Science, as
a word, is used to cover a multitude of sins, and it becomes a question
in the mind of every student how far or how restricted he must draw
scientific lines.
Every man who studies in any measure deems himself a scientist,
dealing with facts of science. We have science of astronomy dealing
with mathematical figures, hypothetical distances, synthetical
aggregations, and this is so called science, dealing with things not a
part of our earth, yet a part of our constellation. We speak of science
of engineering, because we are dealing with materials.
Science is classified in application as an art; for instance, science of
music, and art of playing it; science of draftsmanship, and art of
building bridges. Science and art are co-related to extent that one tells
what and other builds by doing. They are sisters,one not being
practical until other is utilized, nor can one be utilized without
application. For every creation there must be an expression, and a
form of communication logically correct between the two.
To speak of science of medicine as a thing is incorrect. In its
assumption, as a science, it is either too limited or too broad. In its
limited sense it has no logic, in its breadth its logic is false. In either
event, it is a monument without a foundation, or there is no foundation
for the structure.
Science of medicine deals, in our imaginations, with known and
provable facts. Known and provable facts of science of medicine are
its quantitative ideas as regards chemical properties, the uses therefor,
physical properties and co-relation thereof for parts of the human
body, or other material bodies, studied and classified under head of
science of medicine.
500
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
Chemistry involves every common materiality, because nothing
exists from electron to man but what it assumes a chemical rela-
tionship of one form or another. Physics assumes attractiveness
between one element and another, many of which assume a definite
form for an expressed purpose, a few combinations of which we
know, many of which we do not. For instance, chemistry is applicable
in pathology, bacteriology, etc. Physics is assumed as a part of science
of medicine under head of anatomy, microscopy, histology, etc.
When term science is used, the public bow in reverence. The
appelation sounds broad, appears large, and commands apparent
respect. Not all (in fact, but little) of that labeled science is worthy
of respect which public unthinkingly give it. Should layman
investigate that which he respects because of its label science, he
would denounce it in no uncertain terms.
When the term art is used, average citizen sees wonders being
accomplished. He sees mysteries of universe being changed from evils
they (are taught) contain to rights man thinks they should have. Art is
like garbs, they are but wool over hair. The layman is a better judge of
the possibilities of art than those who work with it. Little titled art
ever measures up to standard it is said to possess or we are purposely
being forced to believe it accomplishes.
We grant, in point of science, that chemistry and physics are two
known and provable scientific facts in their investigation into
pathology and anatomy but there is always in and behind every
pathological condition, every anatomical formation or structure, a
something which is yet unknown and unprovable so far as realm of
narrow, restricted, medical, present-day application of science is
concerned. It always appeared that there was still a known and a
provable form of science which, while it did not assume phases of
chemical affinity, or mass itself to definite form as in anatomy or
physics, yet in realm of that constructive, destructive, analytical as
well as synthetical change always tends to prove specific reasons why,
how, where, and by whom these things were accomplished. We
commonly call this mental reasoning from known to unknown,
analysis and synthesis, which leads to philosophy as a conclusion.
Chemic of present science of medicine is to analysis of future science
of Chiropractic. End of normal
501
HISTORY REPEATS
medical science is anatomy, the end of normal Chiropractic science is
philosophy, the difference being that in one the foundation is material;
and in other, immaterial. One precedes product over producer; other
places first the producer and shows logically why producer makes
product into form, whether normal or abnormal.
Life is elusive and delusive; we have never seen it with naked eye or
microscope. It is not observable in heavens or bowels of earth.
Chemically it is not in any liquid, so far as separating it from all else is
concernedhence not being reduced to a material form it cannot be
handled, bottled, chemicalized, bot or sold, marketed or cornered as in
a trust. Not meeting even one of these essential qualities to be
incorporated within commonly accepted meaning of use of term
science of medicine, let alone all, it has long ago been denied,
SCIENTIFICALLY, as being either science or art. It has not been
proven nor are they able to handle it. SCIENCE of medicine does
not know life, spirit, soul, instinct, or any other title used on such
attributes.
If man today knew all of known that was to be known, or could
handle all of universe, he would be universal entity, an infinite so far
as intelligence goes. Man being but finite, as regards things material
and immaterial, it but proves by subtraction that there are many things
that he does not know and cannot use. It was but a few years ago that
microbes, bacteria and germs were unknown. They existed but
unknowingly to Egyptians, Romans, etc. Even as today the
microscope has brot them out, we have as many diseases (if not more)
now than then. Even as today we are finding smaller particles of
matter (the electron as compared with the atom) so will coming
generation do more in thot, spirit, Innate Intelligence than generation
here now or past. As practitioner thinks today he is infinite on his
considerations and knowledge of matter and their affinities so will
he learn that tomorrow he is but finite on intellectuality and its uses in
life, health and happiness.
Thus we conclude that science should be material plus immaterial,
one constructive thot and its antipode constructive of matter; and
while one apparently precedes other, act is so simultaneous that no
line of division exists. That means to say that in narrow and
present-day classifications and limitations of
502
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
science of medicine we have only known and provable facts, which
contain all that is material which can be dealt with under realm of
chemics and physics. Anything beyond that does not come within the
realm of SCIENCE of medicine. The science of the future will
weigh most heavily, as a matter of facta fact quite as solid, practical,
and necessary in dealing with manthe principle of constructive
ideation of thot and its power, and then go hand in hand with present
day science. Science of future will lose its individual identity. No
longer will we hear of science of medicine as tho those terms
encompassed everything needed to be complete. Science will be but
one-third, as today it is regarded as but one-half. Today we have
science as first half and art as its brother. Tomorrow we will add
philosophy as parents of son-science and daughter-art. Who can
conceive of children being born parentless? Sciences and arts (of
medicine) are assumed to have been given birth much like Topsy or as
Jesus. This is not reasonable, consistent, logical nor is either subject to
debate, for first utterance kills both. Topsy just grew. Jesus had an
immaculate birthno father. As science and art of medicine stand
today, there is no philosophy. As science and art of Chiropractic stand,
there is a definite philosophy behind it.
Thus rule of three is a practical application to Chiropractor, whereas
physician of today has only two of theoretical rules, neither of which
is thoroly and accurately based because of absence of third. Assume, if
you please, that Topsy had no parents. A science and art must be
constructed around that conceptwhat is product? Wont it be
fundamentally wrong? Assume, if you will, that Jesus had a mother
but no father, then construct around that hypothesis a religion centered
upon not only that but other miracles to uphold each other. As boy
tells his first lie, so must he repeat others to sustain first. As first did
not contain essence of truth, neither can any that follow be switched
back without reversing its first story. This is equally true of children of
medicine. Neither has had parentsso began, so continues the
parable.
That which is constructed, from its incipiency, upon hypothesis that
science is all within itself and that art is complete in execution, that
neither needs anything further to fulfill or strengthen
503
HISTORY REPEATS
outposts has, by that very exclusion of anything more, shown its
limitations. A reason WHY (philosophy) must exist before science can
have origin and certainly science could have no art without a means to
an end. But science of medicine has no philosophynone is
needednone is taughthence construction is without a reason.
Upon this seemingly illogical basis, medical men should have a right
to think, to discover or to modify older concepts.
Where medicine has its inception we are not told by history.
Whose mind first gave origin to parentless children we know not.
Actual giving of drugs is but living up to its science. Things pre-
scribed are but a part of great errorunderneath. In and behind all this
is a phantastical mystical perpetuated series of actions which have for
their doing no reason. It has been repeated by one generation after
another just as it is medically assumed that bodies come and go, exist
and reproduce by means of reflex action(bounding back on
themselves)or sympathy(by means unknown). Physicians of
today are like clocks, they run because theyre wound. They are
wound up in medical colleges, enter field to run down. Longer in
medical school tighter become springs; longer in field experimenting,
weaker medical springs become.
We wish, in balance of this story, to discuss two phases of this
colossal, universal, theoretical, but passing, wrongly conceived,
generated monstrosity.
We will introduce a few definitions of Diagnosis, follow with a
few standard authors viewpoints and finally close with Chiropractors
modifications and improvements upon old.
DIAGNOSIS:In general, a scientific determination or
discrimination, used in botany for the determination of plants for
classification, in medicine, for the determination of disease by their
symptoms. This discrimination OF A DISEASE embraces its points of
distinction from other diseases, its symptoms, their relation to one
another, and to the state of the different organs and functions of the
body, IN SO FAR AS THIS CAN BE APPRECIATED during life.
Diagnosis is usually spoken of in contrast with prognosism which
implies the judgment framed by the physician as to the issue OF THE
DISEASE, and also with prophylaxis, which refers to the warding off
OF DISEASE, when supposed to be impending.
(NEW WERNER EDITION ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA:
VOL. XXVL: C. FOR)
504
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
In the above, we find no mention of THE CAUSE of dis-ease. It is
confined to effects, what they are, where they exist, their color, how
bad they are, whether it should receive a generic title or a specific one,
whether tag should be 2 x 2 of a green color or whether it should be
14 x 22 of a combination of colors. (Bear in mind these comments, for
a contrast is in store for reader.)
Disease is an effect, always has been and will be. It is the condition
found at a periphery. To think that dis-ease must have a cause is to go
beyond narrow confines described within term science of medicine,
hence we will confine ourselves. We think we hear some of You
disputing that medicine does not ascribe a causewe will reiterate our
statement, stating it in another form which will bring its districts more
in line with the common acceptation. We will leave off our conclusion
and show progress by which we reach it in preference.
Disease is a pathological conditionif they can find ANOTHER
pathological condition which produced this, then cause of first disease
has been found. Each disease must have a diseasecause, thus every
disease had a precedent of its character. It will be impossible for them
scientifically to concede any other cause, except germs and a few
effective causative factors.
Where a material is changed, then it took another materiality to
change it. If a page of a book blew over it was because some material
agency came in direct contact and did the act, as your hand turned it.
To find whose hand is medical sleuths prima facie evidence. Then to
chastise the hand is the punishment so it would not repeat act. But,
should page turn over because of a gust of wind and all evidence
proved beyond a question of doubt that no material agency touched
the page, book or table upon which it rested, or came into room, or
was within a mile of place where change occurred, then all would be
mystery, and sympathy with another page was its cause. To assume
that wind moved itimpossible because wind is abstract, cannot be
scientized, chemicalized. They cannot find it when it is or is not
blowing. Hence mystery deepens for which an action DID occur for
which question, How did it turn? must be answered, for which an
answer is sevennot in truth but in theory.
505
HISTORY REPEATS
Above definition brings us clearly to issueevery end of diagnosis
is to determine what disease is, what relation of this disease is to
another, etc. Diagnosis confines itself to thoughts possible of disease
as disease. It does not include one fact, theory or idea outside of its
symptoms.
Diagnosis1. Med. THE ART OF RECOGNIZING THE PRESENCE OF
DISEASE from its signs or symptoms, AND DECIDING AS TO ITS CHAR-
ACTER. DiagnosticsDiagnosis as a branch of medicine. (WEBSTERS
NEW INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY OF 1910 EDITION). Diagnosis: The
art of discrimination of disease. Diagnostic: Pertaining to a diagnosis.
Diagnostics: The science of diagnosis. (MARCHS THESAURUS. DIC-
TIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE). Diagnose:TO DISCRIMI-
NATE OR DISTINGUISH THE NATURE OF DISEASE; to ascertain FROM
THE SYMPTOMS the true nature and SEAT OF A DISEASE. To make a
diagnosis of a disease.
A scientific determination or discrimination OF DISEASE by their symptoms.
The sign or symptom by which A DISEASE is known or distinguished from
others.
That branch of medical SCIENCE which deals with the STUDY OF THE
SYMPTOMS BY WHICH DISEASES are diagnosed or discriminated,
symptomatology.
Diagnostics are of two kinds: (1) The special or pathognomonic, which are
peculiar TO A CERTAIN DISEASE, and serve to distinguish it from ALL
OTHER DISEASES; and (2) the adjunct, or such as are common TO MANY
DISEASES.
Diagnosticate:To diagnose. (NEW REVISED ENCYCLOPAEDIC
DICTIONARY. VOLUME 11.) DiagnosisThe distinguishing, fixation, or in-
terpretation OF A DISEASE from its symptoms. Differential, the qualitative
distinguishing between two diseases or familiar character, by comparative
symptoms. Direct, the recognition of a disease from the existence of one or more
signs or symptoms, independently of or in relation with other symptoms, or with
age, sex, physical and mental characteristics, residence or occupation, or with the
family history. D. by Exclusion, the recognition of a disease by excluding all other
known conditions. D., Physical, the application of physical methods TO THE
STUDY OF DISEASE. DiagnosticsDetermining or confirming a diagnosis;
serving as sufficient evidence in a diagnosis. D. Incision, an incision (as through
the abdominal wall) made for diagnostic purposes. DiagnosticateTo make a
diagnosis. DiagnosticianOne skilled in making diagnoses. (ILLUSTRATED
DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE * * * * * GOULD.) DIAGNOSIS. This term is
derived from dia (through) and nosis (to know), and signifies distinction in
general; in medicine it is employed to designate the distinction of diseases.
It is necessary, before giving a detailed view of the diagnostic arrangement OF
DISEASES, to enter upon the general consideration of symptoms,
506
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
as the principal source on which the distinction OF DISEASES depends; and as
symptomatology, or the doctrine of symptoms, cannot properly be considered,
under diagnosis, we propose to treat of the symptoms and diagnosis of diseases
under the term SYMPTOMATOLOGY. (CYCLOPAEDIA of Medicine.
VOLUME 1.) Diagnose. Diagnosticate; to determine, by study of the history,
symptoms, etc., the nature OF A DISEASE. DiagnosisDiscrimination. That
part of medicine whose object is the recognition or determination of the nature OF
DISEASES and the knowledge of the pathognomonic signs of each. Clinical-
diagnosis based upon symptoms which present themselves independently of the
pathological changes which cause them. Differentialstudy of the signs which
one DISEASE can be accurately discriminated from another. D. by exclusion
diagnosis obtained by critically comparing DISEASES which have analogous
points with the affection under consideration, and after reviewing and finding,
some of the more important features lacking, arriving at but one possible
conclusion. Pathological-diagnosis based on the character of a lesion irrespective
of its location. Physicaldiscrimination OF DISEASES by physical signs offered
by auscultation, percussion, etc. Presumptive-diagnosis which is not based on
facts. Regionaltopographical. Retrospective-diagnosis based on a previous
affection, the true character of which can only be arrived at by studying the history
of the case and effects which present themselves. Symptomatic-diagnosis based on
the most salient symptoms presented by a case. Topographical-diagnosis of the
situation in which a lesion is located.
DiagnosticSymptom which is characteristic of a disease.
DiagnosticateTo diagnose.
DiagnosticationThe act of making a diagnosis. DiagnosticianOne
experienced in diagnosis. DiagnosticsArt of diagnosis.
(DUNGLISONS MEDICAL DICTIONARY. TWENTY-THIRD EDITION).

We here cease general definition as gleaned from usual run of

authentic and reliable medical dictionaries. Many average physicians
claim they are unable to do justice to a term in dictionary; hence, to
not make it seem that we have taken an unfair advantage of this
subject we desire to further make this article as exact as possible by
introducing chapters taken bodily from several of most eminent
medical writers and authorities upon that subjectmen who hold
eminent positions with and whose works are used as text-books in
colleges today.
CASE-TAKING AND DIAGNOSIS.
Diagnosis means more than naming a disease, and necessitates a knowledge of
etiologic factors, a correct estimate of the constitutional peculiarities of the
patient, the nature and extent of pathologic channel, the effect of
507
HISTORY REPEATS
age, occupation, residence, heredity, past ailments, and even personal char-
acteristics of the individual.
This author does here mention etilogic factors, and then proceeds
to mention samethe effect of age, occupation, etc., all and none of
which stand the most childish analysis. Old and young have same
dis-ease. Tuberculosis comes alike to farmer or city chap, rheumatism
comes to him who lives in 47th floor of a city sky-scraper or him who
lives on ground, in Alaska or torrid zone. Children do and do not have
what parents have. Past ailments could not occur with the babe and
do not occur with many adults; so it goes.
Accurate diagnosis and intelligent prognosis are prerequisite to effective
treatment. From text-books and lectures the student learns the known types; at the
bedside he finds that variation from the type and the personal equation must be
carefully studied.
In medicine, even more than in surgery, diagnosis demands a sufficiency of
facts, truthfully recorded, intelligently sifted, and viewed without bliss or
preconception. Self-deception, a narrowed mental vision which disregards new
facts of later development, or a cowardly adherence to erroneous preconception, is
disastrous.
Our knowledge of clinical symptoms in a given case depends either upon (a)
WHAT WE ARE TOLD or (b) WHAT WE SEE OR DETERMINE FOR
OURSELVES, i. e., they are either (a) SUBJECTIVE or (b) OBJECTIVE, the
latter group including bacteriologic and chemic tests as well as physical signs.
FOR THE FORMER, WE DEPEND UPON THE PATIENT, and often encounter
garrulity, stupidity, concealment, deceit or hypochondrical exaggeration. If the
patient is comatose or possesses no common language, we have no testimony save
that of outsiders, and in any event must exercise sound judgment, keen
discrimination and facility in cross-examination or we cannot give to those fallible
yet valuable subjective data their proper weight.
Please weigh carefully substance of above paragraph. There are but
two ways of proving a diagnosis both or either of which may be wrong
in detail or total. How can anything accurate be made upon that which
is invariably inaccurate? For instance, different diseases are diagnosed
purely by differing degrees of pain in a certain region. Can ANY
patient or ANY doctor tell, subjectively or objectively, HOW MUCH
pain the case may be suffering? Can pain be dished out like
potatoes, weighed on a scale? Then upon this construction is its basis
like sand; it is washed by every wave every minute, no two alike. To
build a home upon such is to have it washed and its character changed
by every drop that touches it.
508
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
To make a case history full, accurate, yet concise, to elicit the salient facts, and
assign to each its proper value and perspective demands that the observer be full
of knowledge, quick of perception, and capable of avoiding both omission and
verbosity. Certain routine inquiries are indispensable, and the student should be
painstaking in the days of his apprenticeship, though later, when a skilled
clinician, he can rapidly elicit the cardinal points of a case and arrive at correct
conclusions with a minimum waste of words and ink.
Certain single symptoms may name the disease, and such are turned
pathognomonic, but woe to the man who is betrayed into the habit of making
snap diagnoses. His opportunity passed when pathology came to her estate.
The quack never hesitates to make a diagnosis, but the physician of parts,
knowledge, AND HONESTY MUST OFTEN MAKE NONE OR AT BEST A
PROVISIONAL ONE, AND WAIT FOR MORE LIGHT. The quack never
acknowledges an error; the honest man, whatever his ability, must occasionally
confess one. The more ignorant or dishonest the man, the more dogmatic and
hasty are his diagnoses, for with breadth and depth of knowledge comes its
highest gift, a conception of its limitations.
We are considering facts which must be unbiased truthful view of a
question. That physician who wants facts must often make noneor
at best a provisional oneand wait for more light. Weigh these three
views. When he has all facts it is possible to get from a patient, either
objective (what the doctor sees) or subjective (what the patient tells)
then he, to be honest, must do one of three things: 1st, make no
diagnosis; 2nd, make it subject to changes; 3rd, wait until case
develops more. Meanwhile, what about patienthe is sick, he wants
medicine, he wants to get better. If a doctor was not paid until he
prescribed, he would lose no time in diagnosing so he could prescribe.
Sicknesses are never fixed. They reach only two climaxes, death or
health. Meanwhile, we wait for more light, or we prescribe
provisionally upon a provisional diagnosis or, if we want to be
honest we will give no drugs because we cannot make an honest
diagnosis. If every physician followed that advice, thered be no
diagnoses, no prescriptions because that covers every possible phase
of diagnosis leading to prescription.

Diagnosis by exclusion is a useful though round-about method of arriving in

the signs or symptoms presented by a given case, one or more inconsistent with
the diagnostic symptom group of all diseases save one. Modern advance has
greatly reduced the value of, and necessity for, the method.
509
HISTORY REPEATS
Typhoid, for example, need no longer be laboriously established by negation, but
may be directly and promptly diagnosed by the Widal test and diazo-re-action.
A therapeutic diagnosis is sometimes necessary, as, for example, in obscure
syphilitic infection when mercury and the iodides may banish doubt.
Many students and some practitioners habitually diagnose medical curiosities,
failing to thresh out the variations of the prosaic and simple before assuming the
long odds. On the other hand, it falls to the lot of every man to encounter rarities,
and their recognition means added credit and reputation.
The physician must work methodically, deliberately, and with open mind, but
once his opinion is formed it should find emphatic expression, and every
subsequent order and act be characterized by firmness and decision. If to these
qualities he adds that modest self-confidence, born of fullness of knowledge and
resource, his are the keys of the temple of fame. Such a man can deal with
intelligent patients frankly and freely, will not be afraid to call counsel nor feel
that his after conference with his consultant must be held in private, according to a
custom more honored in the breach than in the observance. There are few
intelligent families in which the physician cannot find a confidant with whom he
can talk freely and honestly, thereby increasing his usefulness and gaining
cooperation and support. Few physicians will use a visit of courtesy as means of
self-aggrandizement or the humiliation of a fellow practitioner, and one who
cannot deal fairly with all parties concerned is out of place in this day and
generation. Doubtless, fears and arguments, however, are not for the sick-room,
WHERE A CONFIDENT, CHEERY BEARING MAY MEAN MORE THAN
DRUGS.
The student should not memorize symptoms without proper consideration of
their general bearing, cause, or special and peculiar relations; rather let him learn
to associate with each disease that which is peculiar and specific. A multitude of
disease, for example, are febrile, but fevers are much alike as regards their general
symptomatology. This last he should learn thoroughly as of broad application, but
stamp especially upon his memory the peculiar type of fever or define variations
that any given disease presents. Furthermore, every student should try to get a
clear mental photograph of any ailment he is studying, and of the pathologic
changes that underlie and explain its symptoms. In his minds eye he should see
the man with typhoid, the chart, the physiognomy, attitude, rose spots, and more
than that the intestinal ulcers that underlie them. Such a method makes for
thoroughness and for quickness of perception and inference, and no man can take
an intelligent, comprehensive and concise case history who has not mastered these
principles.
Finally, and most emphatically, it should be stated that case-taking, recording
and reporting should be carried into every mans practice. Old case books well
kept are mines of knowledge, and the science of medicine would be greatly
enriched were the workers in city and hamlet alike to give to
510
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
its report of the usual cases now for the most part allowed to pass without record.
(MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS * * * * * GREENE.)
Dr. Greene has given us, in detail, what we learned in brief from
concise definitions quoted from dictionaries. Here we are told more of
process, there of constituency of diagnosis. Here we learn that the
question is fraught with many besetting difficulties; that we must rely,
in part, upon some confidant in family or among friends. All of this
but shows us how dependent man is, not only upon patient but upon
family, etc. Where is science of medicine when its possibilities for
failures but enlarge? If patient is frequently in error about what he
feels, where and how; if physician is frequently in doubt upon same
subjects, how is family to know any better? Can they tell how he feels,
where his pains are, or to what degree? Larger our scope of subject,
more complex, and the more possibilities for failures arise. We have,
as yet, merely scratched surfacewhat would it be if we were to
devote our lives to this subject alone? What a happy day it would be if
there were some way doctor could accurately KNOW what he was
doing even tho his patient be insane or a babe yet unable to speak?
What science could do IF they could find, in some absolute way, that
which they think they want to find. Surely, medicine is not there,
therefore it cannot have reached stage of being called science. It is
guess-work constantly modified by complications that multiply the
more we see.

THE PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF DIAGNOSIS.

DIAGNOSIS, in medicine, IS THE ART AND SCIENCE of observing and of
discriminatingly interpreting THE PHENOMENA OF DISEASE. In its study, a
knowledge of the PHENOMENA OF HEALTH is an essential prerequisite.
Unless familiar with the sounds elicited upon percussion of the normal chest, one
cannot decide whether or not the sound heard in a given case is indicative of
abnormal urine, he cannot hope to gain from urinalysis a clue as to the nature of A
CASE OF DISEASE. Unless one knows the appearance of a healthy brain, he
cannot determine whether the brain seen at a necropsy is or is not the seat of
morbid change. Unless one knows the function of a normal joint, he cannot affirm
that a joint under investigation has had its function impaired.
Above paragraph gives us no clue of a philosophy of analysis.
It is the art and science. A phenomena is, at best, that which
we do not understand or cannot explain within bounds of our
511
HISTORY REPEATS
comprehension. That being so, this author could not understand
health much less disease yet says that we cannot understand
disease until we understand health but calls them both phe-
nomena. Therefore, he understands and cannot explain either. All he
may say thruout his chapter upon either subject will be modified to
coincide with this concept. We will bear this in mind.

Having learned, by observation upon THE HEALTHY, to recognize when

departures FROM HEALTH have taken place, one must learn by observation of
the sick to appreciate the significance of such departures. No opportunity should
be lost to examine post mortem the organs and tissues that have been altered BY
DISEASE.
A knowledge of the affects of drugs upon healthy and unhealthy persons and
organs may likewise render easy a diagnosis.
The PHENOMENA indicative of the existence of disease are in a general way
termed symptoms. These may be either subjectiveknown only to the patients by
the sensations; or they may be objectivecapable of investigation by the sense of
the observer, aided, it may be, by the instrument of precision. Thus pain, vertigo,
nausea, ringing in the ears, are subjective symptoms, while high temperature,
vomiting, unsteadiness of motion, loss of voice, are objective symptoms.
Pain, vertigo, nausea, ringing in the ears are only such as patient
can be cognizant oftherefore objective to patient but subjective to
physician in diagnosis. Temperature, vomiting, unsteadiness of
motion, loss of voice are things physician can be directly aware of
thru observation, therefore objective to patient as well as doctor. At
any rate, all conditions are objective to patient, should his advice be
asked. But suppose patient be insane, an idiot, unconscious, or a babe,
only objective symptoms can be used for diagnosis; value of
subjective symptoms is lost. Diagnosis certainly cannot be complete.
If they are necessary at one time, surely not unnecessary at any other.
When our methods can be so resolved that we can determine what is
necessary to be done without need of any subjective or objective
symptoms and rely on more exact methods, then, and not until, can we
say we have reached a science.

The objective manifestations OF DISEASE may be further divided into

symptoms (in a restricted sense) and signs. While the two are not rigidly
separable, symptoms may be defined as manifestations of disordered func-
512
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
tion, signs as manifestations of altered structure. Disordered functions would be
such as the patient could tell he feels. Altered structure would be pathological
and such as could be seen. Thus cough is a symptom of laryngeal congestion
discovered by inspection with the mirror; the bronchial rales heard upon
auscultation, are signs. Difficulty in deglutition is a symptom; a pulsating tumor in
the chest, indicative of aneurism pressing upon the diaphragm and restricting its
movements, is a sign.
Thus, signs are in many cases directly explanatory of symptoms, and their
discovery is one step further in the diagnosis. It must not be forgotten, however,
that signs are not always to be found, a sign may not account in toto for the
symptoms with which it is associated; and that even when sufficient to explain the
symptom, the sign itself remains to be explained before the diagnosis is complete.
Like all other morbid PHENOMENA, signs must, therefore, be considered in
relation with all the evidence presented in a given case.
Certain signs that are not at once manifest, but that require for their study
special means of exploration, are termed physical signs. In its restricted sense, the
term physical signs is applied to the PHENOMENA elicited by special methods
(inspection, mensuration, palpatation, percussion, and auscultation), are used
chiefly in examination of the chest and abdomen, though often applied elsewhere;
while the signs elicited by examination of the blood, the urine, the sputum, the
feces, or by laryngoscopy, ophthalmoscopy, cystoscopy and the like, are not given
other qualifying designation than the special names describing the respective
processes. They might appropriately be termed instrumental signs and signs of
research.
PHENOMENA corresponding WITH LOGICAL DEDUCTIONS as to the
direct results of deranged function, including subjective and objective symptoms
and signs, are called RATIONAL SIGNS, in contra-distinction from physical
signs, which denote the mechanical condition of the structure examined. Thus, in
a case of valvular disease of the heart, weakness, vertigo, shortness of breath,
pallor and dropsy would be termed rational signs, while the area of cardiac
percussion-dullness and the character of the sounds heard upon auscultation
would be termed physical signs.
If certain symptoms are subjected to logical deductions, and
because of that fact are called rational signs then it would stand to
reason that all other symptoms that did not come under this
classification or division, even tho arbitrarily made, would be
ILLOGICAL deductions and therefore IRRATIONAL signs. Peculiar
how we trip ourselves over things that seem reasonable until layman
uses common-sense.

Symptoms may also be divided into general or constitutional symptoms and

local symptoms. General symptoms are these, like fever, depression,
513
HISTORY REPEATS
delirium, that may result from unbalancing of the organism as a whole, and are
common to affections of many kinds; while local symptoms are those, like
swelling or discoloration of a part and circumscribed pain or tenderness, that are
confined to a certain locality and result from localized morbid conditions usually
that of the organ or tissue diseases.
Symptoms caused by local disease not at the seat of manifestation and that are
not dependent upon mere mechanical influences or upon interference with related
function, but that arise indirectly, as a result of nervous irritation, are termed
reflex symptoms.. Thus, the difficulty of breathing occasioned by the pressure of a
mediastinal tumor upon the trachea is a local symptom, due to a mere mechanical
influence; dyspnea from deranged action of the heart is a symptom dependent
upon interference with related function; while asthmatoid condition dependent
upon disease of the nose is a reflex symptom. IT MUST NOT BE FORGOTTEN,
HOWEVER, THAT THE SAME SYMPTOM MAY AT ONE TIME BE LOCAL;
AT ANOTHER TIME, PART OF A GENERAL PROCESS; AT ANOTHER
TIME, REFLEX. Thus, vomiting may indicate local disease of the stomach; or it
may be part of the general disturbance caused by certain febrile diseases; or it may
reflexly indicate disease in the abdomen or in the brain.
Patient gives an objective symptom (to him), subjective symptom (to
the physician); then our troubles begin. Suppose three patients give
same symptom. From one it may be purely local; from second, same
symptom in same place is purely because of a disease all over his
body; from third, it is because of a disease in some distant part and
reflexed. How are we to know? Patient certainly cant tell. We cant
see a pain. Mystery grows deeper, chapter by chapter. Height we must
climb to learn how to guess, is stupendous.

Having, by a careful observation and interrogation, ascertained the present

condition of the patient and having, by inquiry, learned his family history (in
order to judge of the probable influence of hereditary disease, diathesis or
liability) and his previous history (anamnesis) of health or disease (including a
knowledge of his mode of life and of his surroundings, as well as the mode of
invasion of the disease under investigation and its course up to the moment of
examination), IT BECOMES NECESSARY TO INTERPRET THE
INFORMATION THUS GAINEDin other words, to make a diagnosis.
After you have gleaned everything from everybody and every source
possible, then you go into silent communion with the wee sma
voice and talk it all over with yourself. You eliminate what YOU
think of no value, weigh what YOU think necessary, come to a
conclusion. Then thats what the patient hasa diagnosis.
514
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
In making a diagnosis one has to consider not only the bearing of the signs and
symptoms individually and collectively, but also their relations with the
PHENOMENA of health and with each other. Further, one has to consider (and
this is what may, to some extent, be learned from reading) THE HISTORICAL
EXPERIENCE of the medical profession AS TO THE SIGNIFICANCE OF
CERTAIN SYMPTOMS AND GROUPS OF SYMPTOMS, and as to the relation
of certain symptoms and groups of symptoms with lesions observed post mortem.
Here sits a patient; he is sick; sickness exists within him, not in
another that may be related or not. This sickness is individualized to
this person. Now we learn that we must do more than to get all we can
from this patient, but also learn all we can from the historical
experienceas to the significance of certain symptoms and groups of
symptoms from others who have gone before. We wonder how far
back is necessary to understand THIS case? Is one generation enuf, or
must it be continued as far as records permit? Notwithstanding
complexities of A case, we must muddle it with complicated muddles
of multitudes of other cases that history may drag before us. If history
but repeats itself and if history of past has made a failure of these
phenomenon of health and disease, why dig up skeletons of our
buried mistakes and use those to increase the inefficiency of the
present?

A diagnosis may thus be made (1) by the inductive method, reasoning, upon
anatomical (structural) and physiological (functional) data, from the character of
the disturbance to the organ affected and the nature of the affection; (2) BY THE
HISTORICAL OR EMPIRICAL METHOD, relating upon the recorded
experience of other observers and upon ones own experience that certain
symptoms manifested under certain circumstances indicate the existence of a
definite malady; or (3) by the method of pathological association which is based
upon the fact that when certain symptoms have been observed during life, definite
lesions have been discovered after death. By analogy, the lessons of pathological
association may be applied in affections not necessarily of a fatal character. It is
obvious, therefore, that a knowledge of the various gross and minute morbid
changes occurring in the body generally or in a special organ, tissues or cells and
of the circumstances under which special changes are likely to occur is essential
for precision in diagnosis. The most satisfactory results are to be obtained when
all of the methods indicated can be concurrently availed of.
We are shown three methods: inductive, empirical, deductive. He
advises that best results are attained when all are used. Sec-
515
HISTORY REPEATS
ond is purely arbitrary. How can facts, as they exist be arbitrarily
changed to suit fancy of the physician?
Diagnosis may further be direct, differential or by exclusion. Diagnosis is said
to be direct when one or more of the signs are symptoms, independent of or in
relation with other symptoms or with the age, sex, physical and mental
characteristics, residence or occupation of the patient, or with his family history,
enable direct affirmation to be made of the nature of the malady. Thus, a
paroxysm of chill fever and sweating, in association with the presence in the
blood of characteristic parasites, permits a direct diagnosis of malarial fever to be
made.
Diagnosis is said to be discriminative or differential when the signs or
symptoms are suggestive of more THAN ONE DISEASE and a decision is
reached by comparison and contrast. It is necessary to compare the ideal pictures
of VARIOUS DISEASES in turn with the actual picture presents, in order to
establish the resemblance or unlikeness; finally affirming the nature of the case
with more or less certainty, according to the completeness and definiteness of the
observations made AND THE DEGREE OF KNOWLEDGE ON THE PART OF
THE CLINICIAN as to the conditions present in the respective affections under
review. Diagnosis is unusually differential, and as one is often compelled to
balance probabilities, with incomplete evidence before him, differential diagnosis
calls for the greatest knowledge and skill. Numerous examples of differential
diagnosis will be found throughout this book. Reference may here be made to
malarial fever, in case hematozoa are not demonstrable, and the fever of hepatic
suppuration or of pulmonary tuberculosis. Careful observation of the
temperaturecourse and painstaking physical examination may be required to
establish the points of difference.
Suppose the clinician did not have a complete degree of
knowledge of case, then his diagnosis could not be correct according
to case as it actually existed. That being true his prescription would
not be exactly what case should need providing medicine was proper
thing under those circumstances. Suppose the degree of knowledge
on the part of the clinician was but half of all that existsperhaps
patient cannot describe or pathology does not show, subjective
symptoms are not known, objective ones not observablethen what
about the diagnosisit is but half named, one-half titled. No one is to
blamesystem is not complete, not accurate. Only contention we are
raising at this time is that diagnosing is and should not be titled a
science, for there is nothing scientific in any of its stages. First
question asked by physician and first answer given by patient
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
do not give to either a completeness of what exists. Patient cannot tell
what he feels, patient cannot understand what patient tries to tell
complexities become muddled at outset upon which all depends that
passes between physician and his patient. Being no science there
could not exist an art any more accurate, hence medicine as an
art or science falls far short of even semblance of a garbled mass
of verbiage and consorted mental and physical action.

In diagnosis by exclusion one is unable to affirm the nature of the affection

directly; and even after comparison of the evident PHENOMENA with the
PHENOMENA of the respective diseases suggested, the points of resemblance are
not sufficiently great in number or in character to warrant an affirmative
conclusion in any one instance. It then becomes necessary to prove a negative; to
do which, reliance must be placed entirely upon points of unlikeness. One
endeavors to recall in the ideal picture of a certain malady some symptom or
association of symptoms so necessary that its absence from the actual case may
warrant a decided negative; or, on the other hand, to discover in the case before
him some symptoms or association of symptoms so incompatible with the ideal
picture of the malady under consideration as likewise to warrant a negative
conclusion. Thus, from the absence of what ought to be present and from the
presence of what ought to be absent, one from another of the conditions discussed
is set aside, until finally one remains that cannot be excluded; and there is reached
a more or less probable diagnosis.
Diagnosis by exclusion is the least satisfactory, as one can never be sure that he
has passed in review and has excluded all for the conditions that ought to be
excluded. Nevertheless, it sometimes affords most brilliant results. Thus, paralysis
of the left vocal band, associated with recurring cough and occasional dyspnoea
and dysphagia, every other suggested cause for which has been excluded, has to
lead to a correct diagnosis of aneurism of the arch of the aorta, not discoverable
by the most careful physical exploration.
As a rule, that diagnosis that best and most readily accounts for all of the
symptoms is the most likely to be correct. When any symptom is unaccounted for,
the diagnosis is at least incomplete, if not doubtful. Diagnosis of a common
disease, other things being equal, is not likely to be correct as that diagnosis of a
rare disease. On the other hand, statistics have no bearing upon the individual
case; the rare disease may be present and be overlooked from want of knowledge
or in consequence of superficial examination,
Last two paragraphs lead us to believe that even they have many
pitfalls and the more we read of subject, as they write it,
517
HISTORY REPEATS
the more of these covered over bear-pits we find. Last paragraph
above puts us more in doubt as to thoro work being satisfactory, as to
shoddy work being completeas to any method being correct, we are
in dark. Fundamental intent of thinking that if we could postively find
symptoms or pathology involved and that such information would lead
us straight to ultimate goal of health, is wrong, inconsistent and
illogical. Arrow is not only wrongly composed but its direction is
headed wrong.

More than one disease may be present in the same patient at the same time, but
certain diseases are held to be antagonistic and thus not likely to coexist: Data
bearing on this point are defective and are UNDERGOING REVISION AND
CORRECTION. NOT A FEW CASES HAVE BEEN RECORDED
CONTRADICTORY OF SOME OF THE TEACHINGS OF THE PAST. Hence,
in this work, little stress has been laid upon these antagonisms. On the other hand,
there are many lesions and morbid processes that are frequently found associated.
Such associations are specifically mentioned wherever it seemed likely that a
knowledge of their existence would be of service.
We have considered many complications. Now arises another, that
any one person may have several diseases which may fight each the
other or are friendly to each. Whether one does scrap with other or not
is mooted; it is undergoing revision, etc. What a mass of hypotheses
any one diagnostician must carry to discern all these, let alone names
of some several thousands of diseases. Surely, we think we begin to
see reason for failure of medicine.

One disease sometimes strongly predisposes to another. A knowledge of facts

of this nature is often of assistance in diagnosis, as well as in preventive treatment.
A knowledge OF THE COMPLICATIONS and sequelae that ordinarily or
exceptionally attend or follow certain diseases, independently of its bearing upon
therapeutics, is an important equipment for the diagnostician. This can be
acquired only by EXTENSIVE READINGS or by PROLONGED EXPERIENCE.
In anticipation of the latter source of information the former must be sedulously
cultivated. IN DEFAULT OF SUCH KNOWLEDGE, the mistake may be made of
diagnosticating a single well-marked condition, as, for instance, pleuritis, as the
whole of the disease; when, in reality, the condition may be but a comparatively
unimportant complication in the course of typhoid fever or an hepatic abscess.
Similarly, a sequela to some acute disease, remote in time or obscure in
symptoms, may be diagnosti-
518
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
cated, prognosticated and treated as an independent affection, OFTEN to the
grave detriment of the patient. Thus a temporary loss of knee-jerk following
unrecognized diphtheria has led to an incorrect diagnosis of locomotor ataxia.
Sometimes the initial PHENOMENA of disease escape observation, a chancre
may be concealed especially in the female, or scarlatina may occur without
eruption or appreciable fever, (thermometry not being restored to), and when the
latter PHENOMENA (such as syphilitic fever or scarlatinal drops) develop, the
case may be misinterpreted, unless this possibility of masked beginnings be borne
in mind.
Suppose we consider an M.D. just from college, no prolonged
experience, no extensive readings,in default of such
knowledgeof course, mistakes will be made providing that such
IS necessary to keep from making them. It would be injudicious to
call such a man to any case for who knows which case might
contain some such elements; and, if no such early graduate was
called, then none would ever possess that prolonged experience
and he would have to pursue the path of extensive readings and
gain experience in that way. No wonder people are experimented
with by novice, diagnosed this, that, and then opinion changed
when proven wrong. Humanity is substance upon which these facts
are deducedeach new physician for himself. Older the physician
(in practice) the safer to call, for he knows least about things he
knows he knows nothing about.

The so-called negative signs of disease should not be under-rated. The absence
of headache may assist in the exclusion of brain-tumor; the absence of albumin
and casts from the urine, after sufficiently careful and extended observation, may
be of great importance in discrimination among the causes of a train of symptoms,
including vertigo, optic neuritis, vomiting and paroxysmal dyspnoea; the absence
of rose-rash and of splenic enlargement may determine the diagnosis between
enteric influenza and typhoid fever. In recording cases it is necessary to note
negative joints in order to show that the injury or search has been made.
No less important is a knowledge of the morbid PHENOMENA that may be
CAUSED BY CERTAIN DRUGSnot merely by the narcotic agents, opium,
belladonna, and the like, but by such POISONS as mercury, arsenic and lead,
WHICH MAY PRODUCE SYMPTOMS CLOSELY RESEMBLING ACUTE
AND CHRONIC DISEASES OF COMMON OCCURRENCE OR MAY GIVE
RISE TO NERVOUS AND OTHER PHENOMENA PUZZLING IN THE
EXTREME. Similarly, common or unusual drug effects, perhaps due to
idiosyncrasy, occurring in the course of treatment MAY MASK THE
SYMPTOMS OF DISEASE, OR GIVE RISE TO ADDITIONAL PHENOM-
519
HISTORY REPEATS
ENA, that, unless caution be exercised, may LEAD TO ERROR IN
DIAGNOSIS.
And, once more, we recite another possibility. Not being satisfied
with ancestors, etc., we now find that a physician may complicate his
own case by giving drugs for symptoms, action of which he does not
know, cannot know until they are tried. Let us analyze this paragraph.
First, drugs will give rise to symptoms resembling diseases even if
given to a healthy person. That makes it hard to correctly diagnose.
Second, our patient is sick, we have prescribed certain drugs. This
gives rise to certain other symptoms which did not before exist, hence
changes symptoms, gives rise to something we did not expect, and we
are non-plussed at not only lack of results but enlargement of cases
troubles. Our symptoms have multiplied by physicians own acts.
Where do we cease, where is end, is there no limit to which our mind
can say we have reached science?

The data for diagnosis are obtained by observation and inquiry. Inquiry may
often have to be made of those about the patient, the latter being UNABLE OR
INCOMPETENT to answer; and not rarely the same questions will have to be
repeated in various ways and be controlled by questions requiring opposite
answers, in order that the clinician be not deceived, intentionally or otherwise.
Observation can be made while the questioning is proceeding; sometimes the
manner, method and form of a patients answers to questions are in themselves
part of the data acquired by observation. For example, in cases of aphasia, the
patient is unable to find words in which to express himself though he may
understand the questions put and may even believe that in his monotonous
repetition of certain words and phrases he has given an intelligent answer.
(ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS OF MENTAL DISORDERS.) To
decide the question whether a man be insane or not, it will in a great number of
cases, BE ONLY NECESSARY FOR THIS PURPOSE TO GIVE HIM THE
TREATMENT NECESSARY TO CURE AN INSANE PERSON, or at least to
place him under suitable care; in other cases THIS QUESTION WILL HAVE TO
BE DECIDED ON GROUNDS NOT DIRECTLY CONNECTED WITH THE
THERAPEUTIC OBJECT. The task will then be to examine whether a person is,
in consequence of mental derangement, incapable of disposing freely of his
person, his actions, and his fortune, whether he is responsible for a criminal
action; whether he is capable of taking proper care of his rights in a law-suit;
whether he deserves credit as a witness, or whether it is right he should undergo
the punishment to which he is condemned. But even where the
520
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
object is a merely therapeutic one, the decision of the question, whether or not a
man is insane, is of much greater importance than medical advice in any other
disease, in consequence of the resulting necessity of depriving the patients of their
personal liberty by sending them into an asylum.
We now approach a line of cases where we leave physiological and
pathological observation. We step into plain of that which any person
can answer for another. Any person can say whether another can or
cannot undress himself, whether he willfully committed murder or was
wild at the time, whether his actions are coherent or not. Even jurors,
composed of common laymen, are called upon, sworn and do legally
pass upon such questions. It is for laymen to say whether, in their
opinion, what physician witness said was right or wrong, whether
diagnosis was correct or not. In last analysis, jurors pass upon all these
points, in a few minutes, that physicians have quibbled over for years
and years and even spent years excavating ruins of nations long dead.
Galling part is that what laymen say is finalwhat physician says is
questionable and to be disputed by a jury of their peers. Here is one
instance where common-sense is applied to science of medicine.
In other respects also the diagnosis of mental derangement is different from
that of other diseases. In the latter case, patients ask for the medical man; and do
everything to facilitate the right diagnosis of the disease. But the insane patient is
in a great number of cases exceedingly reserved towards the medical man;
simulates, or is in consequence of his mental derangement, incapable of giving
exact information. The diagnosis is as important as in many cases IT IS
DIFFICULT.
If the patient is able and willing to give information about himself, the
examination of an insane person has to be carried out on the same principles as
that of other patients. One may first ask the name, age, profession, etc., then one
may proceed to the history of the case, then examine the mental state, and finish
with the examination of the bodily condition; in the latter, the examination of the
peripheral nervous system is of great importance.
We have not many complications and in one of our comments we
have suggested what could be done with insane. Where he refused to
give symptoms, then in many cases nothing could be gleaned. There
are many diseases that are never detected and could not be without
assistance of patient. In such cases all their diseases would pass by
unnoticed, unknown. For such cases we presume that prescriptions
would be given on general princi-
521
HISTORY REPEATS
pleshit or miss, I give you this and thus does science proceed
merrily along its way. Mere fact that there are hundreds of theories for
insanity, each a theory for a separate disease, would but complicate
location of pathological lobe or gyri affected. Diagnosis of each form
of insanity would put any sane man insane.

HISTORY OF THE CASE.The following points must be well considered:

(1) The HEREDITARY PREDISPOSITION.We must confine our inquires
to the occurrence of mental derangements in the direct ascending line of ancestors,
direct inheritance, but inquire ABOUT THE WHOLE CONSANGUINITY
(COLLATERAL INHERITANCE.) We must inquire if there are among the
relatives nervous diseases, which generally are not reckoned among the mental
disorders; if epilepsy, hypochondriasis or hysteria have occurred, or if there have
been cases of suicide in the family; also if other factors, which according to our
experience lead to degeneration, as consanguinity of the parents, alcoholism,
morphinism, etc.., have been or are present in the family.
(2) DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM FORMERLY PRESENT.It
must be especially inquired if hysterical, epileptic or epileptoid fits have occurred
in the previous life; also if meningitis, apoplectic fits or other organic diseases of
the brain and spinal cord have occurred.
(3) INJURIES TO THE HEAD.If there have been any, they must be
carefully taken into consideration with regard to origin, course and local effects.
(4) FOR INFORMATION RESPECTING PREVIOUS INTOXICATIONS
especially by alcohol, MORPHIA, COCAINE AND NICOTINEthe help of the
relatives will frequently be required, even if the patient is able to give satisfactory
information about other matters. Sometime the profession of the patient
innkeeper, commercial traveler for a wine or cigar merchantwill give a clue.
(5) A PREVIOUS ATTACK OF MENTAL DERANGEMENT, or detention in
an asylum has to be carefully considered in the history of the case.
(6) At last the question will have to be raised whether the CHARACTER of the
patient HAS CHANGED, and, if so, whether external influences, events in his
life, etc., have brought about this. This change of character may be shown by a
complete reverse of the former self, or by exaggeration of certain pecularities. A
man formerly moderate becomes, through incipient mental derangement, inclined
to all sorts of extravagance; a saving man becomes a spendthrift; a man formerly
indifferent to all religious things occupies himself constantly with the Bible, and
Hymn-book, goes to church, etc. Anxious care with regard to his own bodily state
becomes exaggerated
522
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
to an incessant fright lest something might have or has happened to him; a man
formerly trustful looks everything most carefully up and openly expresses his fear
that he may be robbed of something; a man formerly reserved in his character
becomes quite a recluse, etc.
Not content with our Washingtons Monument complications we are
destined to build them up to height of the Eiffel Tower and mayhap
reach a willing hand up to skies, thinking to reach Mars. To what we
already possess, to find what disease our patient has, we will add six
more with all of those ramifications. They are as follows:1. We
must question close relatives whether they have been insane. If they
answer no that may prove they have; should they answer yes then
we are positive. No insane person ever knows hes insane. Of
necessity, consider the 1st, 2nd and 3rd cousins on both sides of the
house, inquire carefully of their children and better not overlook the
grandchildren while youre about itbut inquire about THE
WHOLE consanguinity, therefore we have not misstated the facts. 2.
Not finding any traces of insanity in any of these, start all over again
and see if you cant find some one who has had Diseases of the
Nervous System. Finding nothing, reiterate your steps (3) and inquire
whether any were ever hit on the head with a rock back in the stone
age or fell off of the cliff in their cliff dwelling time. 4. Still, not
finding what you desire inquire of every male (and especially the
female, for she gives birth to the offspring), for information
respecting previous intoxications. Remember we are now running
down clues for the hereditary predisposition. We are not told how
many times they must have been intoxicated but we assume that once
is sufficient. Still finding no clue as to where this patient got this
disease, see (5) whether any of your ancients have ever had a
previous attack of mental derangement. Not finding this we must
continue our search. This author gives us but one more hopeperhaps
the character of the patient has changed. At last the villain was
caught red-handed in midst of his dirty deed. We have almost, but not
quite, reached pinnacle of our Tower in human ability to remember
limitations of possibilities of necessities to be able to pin proper color
and size of a tag on miscreant that brot this disease to our dear beloved
patient now awaiting result of our inquiries into his past.
523
HISTORY REPEATS
Although it is important to find the symptoms mentioned here, we must not on
the one hand forget that they all may be on the other hand. A mental derangement
is undoubtedly present, and on the other hand a few or all of them may be present
without there being any mental derangement. Therefore, they are only of value as
aids in diagnosis.
After we have done all of what we have stated above, we are now
told that it was all for naught, altho it was a good pastime, a good
mental recreation to take you away from the hard laborious intrigues
of suffering humanity. We quite understand that it is important to
find the symptoms mentioned here, but we must not further forget
that they may all be absent even tho our patient is insane. We might
spend some six hours chasing down his blue-book and find no traces
of anything of what we have been searching for notwithstanding that
mental derangement is undoubtedly present. After our exhaustless
search is completed we are notified that they told us to do that for
fun; for you may find the relatives had any one of the inherited
diseases and our present patient has no mental derangement. What is
the reason then? Therefore, they are only of value as aids in
diagnosis, said he, with an offhand fling of the head.

It is necessary for the diagnosis of mental derangement to prove that one

mental function or several or even all-have undergone a morbid change. We shall
therefore examine(I) Subjective censorial perception (hallucinations and
illusions); (II) The intellect; (III) The emotions; (IV) The power of reproducing
ideas (recollectional); (V) Consciousness; and (VI) The actions which result from
all the foregoing mental states.
I. Hallucinations and Illusions indicate changes in the central censorial
perception of the insane, which very frequently occur. We must examine whether
the hallucinations or illusions, respectively, occur in the sense of the hearing,
vision, smell or taste, in the sensation of the skin and the viscera, and in the
musculature sense, and not confine ourselves to finding them in one or other of
the senses. The greater the experience of the examining physician the easier it will
be for him to find out the hallucinations, with regard to which many patients are
very reserved. MUCH DEPENDS ON CLEVER QUESTIONING.
To the above six inherited phases we now add six sense additions.
We can readily appreciate that Much depends on clever questioning,
for by this time if we did not question cleverly we would deceive
ourselves into thinking we knew something and making patient think
sameif we but knew facts he would
524
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
have less respect for physicians than they have for themselves. If
patient will but let his mind wander into wildest vagaries that Hans
Christian Anderson, Aesop, George Ade, Jules Verne and other
writers have ever produced, and multiply them by one hundred, then
he can begin to grasp about one per cent of what physician gropes thru
to try and tell him what he has. Patient might as well close his eyes;
the first picture of any word that comes is what he could name it, and
would then be more accurate than what it is now diagnosed to be by
physicians.

The existence of hallucinations in the person examined does not prove the
mental derangement of that person. Hallucinations occur also in sane persons, in
hysterical, hypochondriacal and epileptic persons, and in states of intoxication, no
mental derangement, in the strict sense of the word, being present. But in all these
cases the person recognizes that he is subject to an hallucination. With regard
specially to the hallucinations of sane persons they occur only at long intervals or
only once in the whole life and mostly in the visual sense. The same is the case
with hysterical and also hypochondriacal persons. So far as they are not insane,
they recognize the abnormality of that state. In epileptic persons the hallucination
sometimes ushers in the epileptic attack (especially visual and auditory halluci-
nations) and appears therefore as part of it; in others the hallucination may take
the place of the epileptic attack (epileptoid hallucination.) In the hallucinations of
temporary intoxication, the poisoned person wealthy recognizes the abnormality
of his state; he stands above the hallucinations and assumes the position of an
observer recognizing them to be deception. If such a state of intoxication lasts a
long time and if the patient changes his standpoint towards these hallucinations,
believing them to be realities, he must be considered insane. That a person
recognizes hallucinations to be a morbid state is, however, proof that the person is
really sane. It often occurs in severe cases of insanity that patients recognize
temporarily their hallucinations as an abnormal state, or they sometimes say so
after they have been told, in order to appear sane. On the other hand, the insane
give an exact account of their hallucinations and call them abnormal; but on
further questioning they say that this disease has been made; that they had been
poisoned or hypnotized and that was the cause of the hallucinations (hypo-
chondrian paranoias, cocainism, etc.) But also the fact that certain persons do not
consider their hallucinations to be deception but truth does not prove that these
persons are insane, even if they stick to their idea in spite of all correction.
Ignorance of the physical laws, wants of education, but most of all superstition,
especially of a religious nature, may cause hallucinations to be taken as realities.
Much more difficult than the estimation of the diagnostic value of the
hallucinations, of which the patient informs the physician, is it to recognize
simulation, if the patient keens his hallucinations secret.
525
HISTORY REPEATS
We must now take recent mass of diagnostic features, throw them
into a basket, shake well, separate them into two piles. If you
recognize each objectyou are not insane; if you do not, you are. If
you know you have hallucinations, you are not insane; if you have
hallucinations and dont know it, thats a diagnostic symptom that
youre insanebut in either case tis well to have physician pass upon
them for you may still be insane in either and but think (insanely, of
course) that you do or do not know.

For the diagnosis of these the following points are of importance:

CERTAIN PECULIARITIES IN the BEHAVIOR of the patient; he will
suddenly look to the ceiling or into a corner of the room; he will prick up his ears
or incline his ear to one side; he will suddenly stop his speech and it seems as if
the patient at the moment busies himself with something else; at the same time he
will murmur in a low voice or even make a loud exclamation. The behavior of the
patient will have to be carefully examined when some food is offered to him,
whether he will take it at all.
(2) CERTAIN PECULIARITIES with regard TO THE BODY of the patient or
with regard to his roome. g., he may wrap up his head, especially his ears, with
a thick shawl, and stuff his ears with cotton-wool, to keep away auditory
hallucinations; he may stop the keyhole of his door with paper to prevent the
harmful entering of vapours, etc.
(3) The patient speaks about all sorts of things and persons far remote from or
about when he pretends to have received news. This or that he says to have
happened; this or that person he relates to have said so and so. Questioned how he
knows this he will reply evasively, I think so; it is true I have not heard or read
anything about it. His uncertainty and embarrassment will show that he does not
tell the truth.
(4) In some cases one has to convict the patient of concealing his hal-
lucinations, by keeping him secretly under observation whilst alone in the room.
The hallucinations can be recognized by his gesticulations and his talking, which
sometimes takes the form of a dialogue. Some patients reveal their hallucinations
without reserve in papers addressed to certain persons, whilst keeping them most
carefully secret in ordinary conversation. In most cases, however, the physician,
having from the symptoms mentioned above an indication of existence of
hallucinations, will, through openly telling the patient the facts, succeed in
overcoming his reserve.
It follows from all this that although the existence of insanity is not proved by
the present or former existence of hallucinations, nevertheless their presence in
several of the senses in a person not in a feverish state, together with his firm
belief in the objective reality of the hallucinations, is sufficient to prove that such
person is insane.
526
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
Life, as a physician, seems to be like a moving picture show. Film
after film passes before us, each picture with a different form of
advice as to what to watch for, what to inspect, how to snook into
lifes corners, where to find the specks of dust, and what significance
to put on every speck especially when its color, shape or size varies.
Now that hallucination film has passed in review, we see next
peculiarity pictures. Every peculiarity may prove that you are carrying
a hallucination or insanity. Please add this series to your list. By the
time we are thru being told what to do to diagnose an average case
that comes to us, it will pay to either geographically, typographically
or alphabetically list same for handy, quick and ready reference, for
certainly no mind can carry all this, let alone carrying what he will get
after he has found out how.

II. The Intellect can be morbidly affected in three ways.

(a) ABNORMAL ACCELERATION OF IDEAS. The patient shows this
through incessant talking, allowing nobody else to speak, and in a still greater
measure in not finishing a sentence just begun, but commencing another one,
speaking at random of this and that, and joining the ideas together, not after any
logical principle, but after the sound of the words (hallucination). To recognize
such patients, where there is acceleration of ideas, as insane, is not difficult, even
laymen calling them mad. It is much more difficult when acceleration keeps itself
within moderate limits, and where the patient through the courageous association
of his ideas can even make the impression of possessing great spirit and witticism
(hypomania). In this case often a long observation of the patients behavior and
actions will alone lead to a correct diagnosis of the disease.
(b) IMPERFECT DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTELLECT (imbecility,
complete idiocy, and when associated with certain changes of the osseous system,
cretinism), as well as morbid diminution thereof are in those well marked stages
easily recognizable, where every capacity of judgment is absent, and that patient is
not able to work even the simplest sums, so that the question of simulation only
arises. It becomes most difficult to say whether or not a person is insane, if the
mental weakness is not so very great, and if the patient is able to conceal the
weakness of his own judgment by reproducing the judgments of others which he
has heard. In that case the diagnosis can only be made by taking into
consideration the whole education of the person, by facts of the history of the
case, (former attacks of insanity, as a residue of which must be regarded the
mental weakness), by the actions of the patient, and by abnormal conditions of the
nervous system tending to prove insanity. With the help of all of these facts the
physician will be able to distinguish a person with little brain power from
527
HISTORY REPEATS
a mentally deranged one, especially with regard to education. A certain amount of
artfulness in trying to obtain personal advantages is no proof against mental
weakness.
(c) HALLUCINATIONS. That a perception is a hallucination can of course be
recognized at once from its subject-matter. If a man pretended to be God or Jesus
Christ, to be 1000 years old, to have killed 10,000 men, to have a head of glass,
etc., no further proof is wanted that the individual is suffering from delusion and
is insane.
We reach dizzy heights by climbing pairs of stairs. Only difference
between one flight and another is their different location. Same seems
also true of the diagnostic features that we meet as we come face to
face with one flight of diagnostic steps after another. To those we
already possess we will now add (a)(b)(c), etc. We must
necessarily carry a book to know where our references are. A
dictionary gives us definitions but we must have a book almost as
large to enumerate its alphabet. Diagnosis is a mighty great study, but
we must have a reference work to reference to find what we search
for.
The subject-matter, however, of a delusion may be perfectly like the error of a
sane person. A number of patients believe themselves to be possessed by the
devil; but sane people also believe in the existence of the devil, and believe
themselves to be bewitched, etc. In the former class, however, this belief has been
formed mostly contrary to former ties, through abnormal sensations, through
hallucinations, through an abnormal condition of their senses, in consequence of
which they accuse themselves of all sorts of wicked actions. The patients have
that idea only with regard to their own person, and besides that illusion, they also
show other signs of mental alienation, nothing whatever is able to persuade them
of the incorrectness of their ideas, and their belief governs all their doings. Sane
people, however, have brought the belief in a devil out of school and the teaching
of the clergyman, perceive the existence of the devil not only in themselves, but
also in other persons, if told differently they sometimes are persuaded of their
error. (Prejudices and errors planted for a long time and with energy into the
youthful mind will, later on in life, be removed with great difficulty, and with
regard thereto are very much like the delusions; the difference however, lies
mainly in the origin of those views. The sane person will go as usual after his
business, and the error will not influence his actions whilst in the insane person
the delusion decidedly influences his doings, and makes him unfit to look after his
affairs.
An idea may also be correct and objectively true and nevertheless be a
delusion. One of our patients (a case of hallucinatory paranoia from the lower, not
educated classes) maintained that he had a tapeworm in his
528
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
head. There were no symptoms of cysticercus cerebri. The postmortem ex-
amination, however, showed a number of cysticercus vesicles in the fourth
ventricle; there was no other change beside this. This patient had not, like a
physician, formed his diagnosis in consequence of the occurrence of certain
symptoms, but by interpreting certain illusions. Some of these occurring in the
intestines made him believe in the existence of a tapeworm, when he then
transferred to the head.
The morbid nature of the so-called fixed ideas can be proven not only by their
origin, but by the fact that, although not qualitatively impossible or unjustified,
they show through their quality (i. e., through their overpowering influence in the
mental life of the patient) the impossibility of correction or limitation through
other ideas. It is on the one hand relatively rare that errors are taken from
illusions, but on the other hand it is more frequent that illusions are taken for
excusable errors of a sane person or even for well-founded truth. The want of
knowledge of mental science among physicians, the limitation of the examination
to a few phrases or to one conversation, allow MISTAKES TO HAPPEN EVERY
DAY WHICH ARE OF THE GREATEST IMPORTANCES from a forensic point
of view. An exact knowledge of the history of the case, a most careful
examination of the whole patient, as well as sufficient knowledge of mental
science are necessary to guard against these mistakes. The relatives of the patient
are in many cases easily inclined to seek for those illusions a certain foundation,
and for them a small grain of truth is sufficient to interpret everything as a slight
error or as not improbable.
We have here to draw attention to certain hypochondriacal illusions, through
which specialists are often led to make a wrong diagnosis. A number of those
patients who complain of manifold maladies of the sexual apparatus, and who
have been treated by a specialist for some slight local disease (slight vaginal
catarrh, slight misplacement of the uterus, etc.) for months and years, belong to
the class of those who suffer from melancholia or hypochondriacal paranoia; their
disease is mostly of a hypochondriacal nature. The same is the case with some
patients who suffer from nose, larynx, and stomach, and who at last come into the
hands of the alienist as insane, after their disease has been treated for a long time
as local. These patients will tell us that their gastric catarrh is caused by poison
which some enemies have administered to them, and that pains in their larynx
came on immediately after the news of the Emperor Fredericks illness had
arrived, etc.
We have again to repeat here that to decide whether or not an idea be a
delusion, its genesis is of the greatest importance.
If it is proved that delusions are present, it is necessary especially for the
purpose of diagnosis of the form of insanity, to refer the delusions according to
their subject matter to a primordial derangement, for however manifold the
delusions of the insane may be, they always can be traced to certain primordial
derangements.
529
HISTORY REPEATS
We shall continue to preamble thru this authors remarks for they
have a bearing upon diagnosis, legally speaking, such as is used in
trials. He does not tend to simplify subject in least. On reverse,
magnifies the detail. If all he pronounces is vital to an exact and
truthful diagnosis to prove to himself so that he may be able to prove
to a court and jury that the man is or is not suffering with this or that,
then certainly it should be nonetheless necessary for him to know to
convince himself, if it were his patient and came to him for
prescription. That being true look at all that must be done. We will
proceed, for we think we are destined for Mars beyond a doubt.

Primordial derangements, which come here into consideration, are

(1) EXPANSIVE DELIRIUM (delirium maniacale), which in its slighter
stages contains only a certain over-estimation of bodily and mental capabilities,
and in its higher stages most absurd ideas of exaltation, (mania, mostly with a
certain limitation of the ideas of exaltation, progressive paralysis without any
limitation, alcoholism, epileptic mental derangement, several organical mental
derangements, multiple sclerosis.)
(2) DEPRESSION, which may be either melancholy, the patient imagining
himself to have committed a sin and all sorts of crimes; or hypochondriacal, the
patient fancying changes in his own body to have taken place. Both examples of
delusion occur in the above-named forms of insanity, (with the exception of
mania), and they especially form an important part of the symptoms of
melancholia and its different species. The depression is sometimes found as
delirium negationis, the patient indulging in denying and abnegating everything in
existence. Melancholy depression has mostly a religious subject-matter;
hypochondriacal depression most refers to the sexual organs (sexual delirium).
Persecution mania, as far as the persecutions are a punishment for the crimes of
the patient, is a consequence of that depression.
(3) PERSECUTION MANIA in a stricter sense (delirium persectuinois), the
patient imagining that other persons intend to do him harm, without his having
given, in his life or his actions, any reason or at least not a sufficient reason
therefor(especially in the different forms of paranoia, but also in progressive
paralysis, alcoholism, etc.)
(4) EXPANSIVE DELIRIUM combined with persecution mania. The patient
imagines himself to be persecuted by enemies who will prevent him from attaining
certain ambitious aims. In a very distinct and systematized form we find this
delirium in primary paranoia, occasionally also in alcoholism, in epileptic mental
derangements, less systematically in progressive paralysis.
530
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
(5) DELIRIUM METABOLISUM.Everything is changed: the attendants are
ministers in disguise, the other patients are not ill, and are only there under a
pretense and as informers, etc. This delirium is often the further development of
maniacal or melancholy illusions.
(6) DELIRIUM PALINGOSTICUM.The patient has seen and experienced
in former times, what happens at that very moment. (Deception of identifying
recollection.) That event of the moment is rightly perceived, but the recollection is
produced phantastically. In other cases delirium palingnosticum is caused by
incorrect perception of the present event, in consequence partly of want of
attention, partly of illusions, partly of dullness of consciousness.
Although the existence of unfounded delusions proves insanity; nevertheless,
insanity may also exist without any delusion. In idiocy, in acquired dementia in
many cases of melancholia, especially in its incipient state, in hypomania, in the
slighter forms of mania, and in circular psychoses, delusions may be entirely
absent.
The next pair of stairs, which lead us on, is to investigate delirium
phase. There are six steps, each of which is very broad and long. Who
is to tell but what attendant peculiar actions that might otherwise be
diagnosed as something else, might be directly due to any one of
these? No one can know until he has investigated them. How much
chaff we must wade thru to get a kernel of wheat appears unknown at
this writing. We will wade on.

III. Examination of the Emotions has to show

(a) Whether there is easy excitability (Emotivitaet); whether the patient now
laughs, then cries, without being a sufficient reason for so strong an outbreak of
the emotions.
(b) Whether the emotions are abnormally painful ones (psychaliga,
pherenalgis); whether the patient is grieved with everything he sees or
experiences, and becomes greatly depressed.
(c) Whether the patient is abnormally cheerful (psychical hedonis). The patient
is without cause constantly merry, and in high spirits, all his emotions being in an
abnormally pleasant direction.
(d) The patient has no emotions at all. No sign shows that he is capable of
receiving any impression; he is in a state of mental hebetude (oligoria).
(e) The emotions are abnormally perverted. In the majority of cases this
perversion can only be proved from previous acts, or through continual
observation. Sometimes the patient, if questioned about previous actions, will
explain the impulses resulting from the preverted emotions and the actions caused
thereby. To this class belong numerous derangements of sexual instinct; contrary
sexual feeling; paradoxia of the sexual emotions,
531
HISTORY REPEATS
exposure of the person (exhibitionists). Whilst psychalgia, abnormal mental grief,
is sometimes the only symptom of mental derangement or melancholia, the other
derangements of the emotions will only suffice for the proof of insanity in
connection with other symptoms (hedonia with abnormal increase of flow of
ideas; oligoria with abnormal decrease of the intellect, or melancholy or
hypochondriacal illusions).
To hallucination and delirium we add emotions with five distinct
divisions. If we could consider any one of these primarily and alone,
our minds could be more than at ease. But with the various sets, each
of its kind, come the many crosses, inbreeds and combinations that
inevitably must occur. We must be alert for the cross-breeds between
the types. Identity becomes lost in any one classwe form new
combinations at every turn. We can certainly admire and respect any
diagnostician that honestly attempts to know all that we have here
enumerated and do justice to his subject, not because he is right but
because of the great amount of study, concentration, memory and
clever questioning necessary to gain nothing of any value when they
have it. We can admire any man for his patiencebut there our
admiration ceases.
From the emotions which proceed from the state of bodily and mental health,
result the sense of health or illness. In the greater number of cases every sense of
illness is absent in insane persons It is abnormally exaggerated in some cases in
which there are melancholy and hypochondriacal illusions, and they form in these
cases the foundation of the judgment of the value of that sense of illness. But there
are also insane persons who have nearly a normal sense of illnessas, e.g.,
certain weak minded persons who, conscious of their mental inferiority, to escape
the storms of life, go to an asylum; the same is the case in periodical and circular
derangement produced by metastatic diseases of the brain; in the stage of
remission in progressive paralysis; in derangements following intoxication, etc.
Some of these conditions have been called folie aves conscience. We have to
separate it from all those cases in which the patient states that he suffers from
mental derangement, but considers it is produced by his enemies and persecutors,
and as a punishment for his former life. In these cases the sense of illness is not a
perception corresponding to the facts but a symptom and a production of the
illusion.
From all this it follows in the diagnosis of mental derangements, that an
existing sense of illness which corresponds on the whole to the abnormal
condition, does not exclude the existence of mental derangement.
IV. The examination of the Power of Recollection will have to discover
whether, considering the fact that in some cases of insanity (mania) there
532
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
exists an abnormal exaggeration of memory-power (hyperamnesis), there is not a
decrease of the power of recollectioni.e., of the ability to recall residues of
former impressions, and whether this decrease is total or partial. In the former, as
it exists in various forms of insanity, especially in the more advanced stages of
paretic and senile dementia, the power of recollection has entirely disappeared.
Here also memory in a stricter sensei.e., the possibility of fixing impressions
(residue of excitement), is completely extinguished, so that there is also no
recollection of things just past in consequence of non-perception of the
corresponding pictures. If weakness of memory is not present in a lesser degree,
we find in consequence of the indistinctness of the memory-pictures delusions of
recollection (paramnesiae.)
Where there are only partial amnesiac we shall have to distinguish (a) those
forms in which nothing of what has happened since the beginning of the disease is
present, but recollection of what has previously happened appears normal
(patients with a slight degree of senile dementia relate with great reliability events
of their youth, and do not recollect that half an hour ago somebody called to see
them.) (b) In rare cases only the recollection of things that have happened before
the commencement of the disease appears markedly disturbed or even
extinguished while facts which happened during the course of the disease are well
remembered. (c) In other cases partial amnesia consists in this, that only certain
days or hours are not present in recollection. To this belong hystero-epileptic
(somnambulous) and epileptic conditions of stupor and frenzy (frenzy may be
caused by various abnormal mental conditions). The inability to recollect is here
often due to the fact that the mind had no power to receive impressions during
these conditions.
It is only when there is proof of considerable weakness of memory existing
during the time of examination, that the existence of mental derangement is
established; and even there we have to take into consideration the physiological
loss of memory in consequence of old age. Partial amnesiac occur in hysterical
and epileptic persons. In examinations for forensic purposes, the question whether
there exists capability of recollection of the time of a certain action, may be of
greatest importance, and can generally be answered only with the help of other
proved symptoms of the disease.
V. The condition of consciousness, which forms the sum of the perceptions,
ideas and emotions existing in the life of the patient at the present time, follows
from the consideration of the mental faculties above referred to.
Complete loss of consciousnessi.e., absence of any psychical process is only
seen in the classical epileptic fit, in the apoplectic and in agonia. We have to
examine whether consciousness has been altered in such a manner that
perceptions and ideas do not reach perfect clearness, complete
or nearly complete amnesia existing at the same time (psychische Daem-
merzustaende) as is observed in epileptic and hysterical persons, in under
533
HISTORY REPEATS
the influence of alcohol, and in various forms of organic disease of the brain with
mental derangement. Of much greater importance, however, for the diagnosis of
insanity is the examination of the consciousness of the egoi.e., the comparing of
process in the consciousness of the egowith the outer world. This consciousness
of the ego represents the consciousness of being conscious. In every insane person
this highest stage of development of mental life is deranged. To prove that this
ego had undergone a morbid change is the principal task of the diagnosis of
insanity. In most cases the diagnosis will follow from the examination of the
different mental capabilities, as we have explained them above. If consciousness
of the ego is extinguished nevertheless most vivid perceptions and ideas may take
place in the consciousness, and they may induce actionsas e.g., in certain cases
of epileptic mental derangement and certain conditions of intoxication. In other
cases, the motor capability is paralyzed, and a multitude of delusions and
hallucinations are present (certain cases of stupor).
We have to mention here that abnormal condition of consciousness described
as double consciousness, as a division of the ego into two egos. This may take
place in such manner that the patient represents at different times different
personalities, this change sometimes occurring regularly (alternating
consciousness, double consciousnesse. g., in somnambulism), or that the patient
unites in himself at the same time two personalities (doubling of personality,
mostly with corresponding hallucinations, especially in paranoia).
In examining the mental condition, the physician will have to direct his
attention to the facial expression of the patient. This we mostly find to be either
monotonous, indicating vivid internal griefthe contraction of certain muscles
being exaggerated to statue-like rigidness (melancholia paranoia) or being a
complete blank unchanged by pleasant or unpleasant impressions (dementia).
The expression of the face may also be polymorphousi. e., there may be
abnormally sudden change from gaiety to depression, or from kindness to anger
(mania). There may be incongruity between the subject-matter of their ideas and
their facial expression. The patient has most abnormal ideas of exaltation without
changing his mien; others relate with an extremely important air most unimportant
matters, and others again speak about most indifferent things with an expression
of vivid astonishment. Some smile on hearing sad stories, others look grieved on
listening to jokes; sometimes sudden fits of laughing or crying occur. At last the
expression of face may be abnormally changed with regard to the movements of
single muscles. This causes the peculiar laugh, mad grin and grimaces, etc. It
would lead too far to speak here about the participation of single muscles in the
creation of these symptoms. The whole behavior also of the patient, the way he
dresses, whether he adorns himself specially or not, gives many noteworthy
indications. Slight deviations from the general form, a small ribbon in the
buttonhole, etc., may serve as important starting points for further investigations.
The pockets also of the pa-
534
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
tient ought to be examined; their contents often tell more than a long account of
the patient.
VI. Of Actions which are of importance in the diagnosis of mental disease, we
have first of all to mention the speech, the condition of which has been found out
at the preceding examination of the mental condition. As far as the speech gives
expression to the illusions (dysological derangements of speech) we need not
mention it again. On the other side, we see bradyalia, the slow and difficult way of
expressing themselves and answering, in melancholiacs, in consequence of the
painful effort any mental operation causes to them, in persons suffering from
dementia in consequence of the feebleness of all mental processes; in some
paranoiacs, in order to conceal their secrets, or in consequence of hypochondriac
ideas. This bradyalia occurs abruptly in hallucinatory states in consequence of the
distraction caused by the hallucinations. Sometimes new formation of words is
observed which are mostly incorrect (onomatoposdis; dysphrasie vesana).
Incessant rapid talking is found in mania, in progressive paralysis, etc.
(logorrhoea, Zungen-Delirium); and the words are not placed according to their
meaning, but according to their sound (alliteration). We have further to mention
that derangement of speech, in which the patients puts words devoid of meaning
and incoherent, into the form of a speech (verbigeration). Akataphasia has been
called that form of speech which almost exclusively occurs in idiots, in which the
patient speaks of himself in the third person, putting his Christian name instead of
I.
Of the greatest importance, however, for the diagnosis of mental disease is that
form of derangement of speech described as paralytic or as stumbling over
syllables (Sibenstolpern). This disturbance is sometimes so great and so
characteristic that from the first words of the patient the diagnosis may be made as
general paralysis, and it will be confirmed by further examination.
Although the derangements of speech mentioned above as a general rule
indicate mental disorder, other speech disturbances will be a help in confirming
the diagnosis and will therefore be valuable, but alone they are no proof of
insanity. To these belong also the dysphasia derangements (aphasia and
paraphasia, or word deafness, inability to understand spoken words
notwithstanding good hearing) and the derangements of articulation with their
manifold variations, which, however, cannot be described here.
The examination of the writing will, and on the whole, reflect the abnormal
conditions of speech mentioned above. As in some letters or syllables, or they
reverse them. The crossing or underlining of notes of exclamation indicate on the
one hand difficulty in thinking, and on the other an abnormally exaggerated
process of thought.
The disturbance also of reading (alexia and paralexia), in the examination of
which we have to take into consideration whether there are defects of eyesight,
will on the whole give analogous phenomena. We have only to mention that at the
commencement of severe organic mental de-
535
HISTORY REPEATS
rangement, a disturbance in reading is observedwhich however also occurs in
functional psychoses (hypochondriasis)in which the patient is able to read only
three, four, five consecutive words, but is unable to continue; in this case there is,
usually, intense objection to reading altogether.
As regards the actions of the patient, direct observation will only be possible
during a prolonged stay in an asylum under a competent physician. The discipline
in an asylum on the one hand the seclusion from the outer world, its tasks and
exciting and irritating influences on the other hand, may, however, show the
patient in quite a different light in the asylum from what he was before and from
what he will be again after having left it. In the examination of previous actions
we shall have to confront the patient and to try to get at his motives in order to
make the diagnosis. The abnormality of the motives is the proof of mental
derangement; we have, however, to take into consideration that the motive as such
may be right, but that the action has sprung from an insane mind, insofar as those
ideas, which under normal conditions may restrain a man from doing a certain
action, are abnormally weakenede. g., in some patients in dementia, aesthetic
and moral ideas are very much disordered or even totally extinguished.
There are also so-called impulsive actions, in which those restraining ideas are
present, but are at the moment of the action pressed back by the abnormally
increased power of the sensation, from which the impulse comes, as in raptus
melancholicus, epilepsy, etc. These conditions are also observed in imbeciles. I
do just what I think of: afterwards I consider it, said to us an imbecile, who had
committed an outrage against morals. But we have to direct our attention on the
examination not only to abnormal actions which have been done, but also to
actions which have not been done but ought to have been done at a given moment.
In certain insane persons it is of greater importance that they do not act when they
ought, that they perform an abnormal action. From all this it follows that an action
as such cannot be considered as proof of insanity, but that for this purpose all or
some of the co-efficients, which are necessary to commit or leave an action
undone, are abnormally deranged. If, however, insanity has been proved, it is
indifferent whether abnormal motives can be proved for one action in question or
not, because it is quite impossible to take, in a concrete case, all these co-efficients
into consideration.
As far as we have now spoken of diagnosis of mental disorders we have
supposed that the patient answers our questionsthat he speaks. But there are
often cases in which the patient does not speak, and we have then first to find out
the reason why.
(1) The patient does not speak, because he is deaf and dumb. In a dubious case
an expert will have to be consulted. If the patient is deaf and dumb, then he must
be considered insane, if he has not had any education, because deaf-mutes cannot
develop mentality without teaching, and remain imbeciles. A deaf-mute who has
had sufficient education can-
536
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
not be considered a priori as insane, although the law of all civilized nations
makes an allowance for this defect, where responsibility as to criminal acts comes
into question. Also, if the deaf-mute has had education, and has consequently
developed, we have to examine whethernot at all a rare casehe suffers from
some mental derangement. We ourselves saw lately a well-educated deaf-mute,
who, accused of an outrage against morals, had been declared sane by the first
expert, but afterwards examined by ourselves, with the help of a teacher of the
deaf and dumb, was declared to be a paranoiac, and was consequently acquitted.
(2) The patient does not speak, because he has no ideas to which he might give
expression, or because these ideas are of so little intensity that they cannot be
expressed by words, (idiocy; advanced stage of different forms of dementia.)
(3) The patient does not speak, because he is an aphasia, or he has a difficulty
in articulation. Here signs and gestures will have to take the place of words. From
these, as well as from the actions of the patients, we have to conclude whether
these derangements of speech are or are not the result of a general disease of the
brain in which the mind is involved.
(4) The patient does not speak, because certain delusions prevent him, of
which the most important are:
(a) Hypochondriacal delusions: the patient feels his tongue fixed and the jaws
closed, or he has no tongue, and believes he is not able to speak in consequence;
(b) ideas of persecution, mostly with auditory hallucinations; a voice has told him
that, as soon as he should speak, some dreadful fate should befall him, etc., (e) in
conditions of stupor or ecstasy, in which the patient lives in another world, and is
inaccessible to any questions and impressions.
The history of the case, the behavior of the patient, the actions or want of
actions, will prove that delusions are the cause of the absence of speech in the
patient and this again proves the existence of insanity.
The examination of the mental conditions has to be followed by an
examination of the body of the patient, in order to make the diagnosis more sure.
We may begin with the head. Abnormal sizeeither too large (hydrocephalus),
or too small (microcephalus), will warrant the conclusion that there is mental
derangement. If well marked, this alone may form the foundation of the diagnosis.
The skull has to be measured, and attention must be paid to deformities and scars.
Then we have to look for other defects (ears, teeth, mouth, genitals, hands, feet,
etc.,) which, according to our experience, are, with more or less right considered
as marks of degeneration.
Then follows examination of the cerebral nerves. The condition of the pupils
(mydriasis, myosis, their inequality, non-reaction to light, loss of accommodation
or both) and the nerves of the ocular muscles, the facial, and the hypoglossal
(fibrillary tremor of the tongue) have to be well ex-
537
HISTORY REPEATS
amined. Then follows the examination of the motility and sensibility of the
extremities and of the trunk; and of the tendon, skin, and visceral reflexes. Lastly,
the fundus of the eye, the ear, and the condition of the vascular system (superficial
arteries and the heart); and the internal organs, especially the bladder, have to be
examined, which latter must not be neglected, as medical treatment may be
applied (ischuris, paradox ischuria); stress must be laid upon the examination of
the urine.
From an exact examination of the body we may in a number of cases obtain
proof of disease of the brain, and that way explain a priori mental abnormalities.
Moreover, exact examination of the body is always necessary when the question is
to diagnose the particular form of mental disease.
When we have proved that there is abnormal derangement of the mental
faculties, we have to consider with what conditions mental derangement might
possibly be confounded.
The following will have to be taken into consideration:
(1) Certain hypochondriacs, who cannot be called insane in the general sense
of the word, state that they are not able to think, that they have no memory, and
that they have lost all interest and all feeling. The examination shows without any
difficulty that all these statements are without any foundation; that they go about
their business, and there is no defect whatever either of memory or intellect.
(2) Insanity may be confounded with certain feverish conditions, especially
meningitis and typhoid fever. With regard to the former bodily symptoms, spasms,
rigidity of the neck, etc., will give us the necessary indications; with regard to the
latter, examination of the spleen, the faeces, temperature, and the occurrence of
roseola. Want of caution in this respect has sometimes sent persons suffering from
typhoid fever to an asylum.
(3) Insanity may be confounded with hysterical, hystero-epileptic, and epileptic
attacks, which are apt to deceive us when the bodily symptoms have disappeared,
and only the physical changes remain. The history of the case, as well as the rapid
course, will lead us to the correct diagnosis. If such an attack extends over some
days, or still longer, we have to do with hysterical or epileptic insanity. The limits
are not certain.
(4) Insanity may be confounded with intoxication. The duration and intensity
will determine whether we have to do with a state of simple intoxication or with
acute mental derangement.
(5) Insanity may be simulated. (See Feigned Insanity).
(6) Further, we have to mention that there are certain persons, who, brought up
without any education, with bad surroundings, when scarcely grown up, give
themselves to all sorts of vice and to drink, and soon go from one crime to
another. Favored by a dissipated life, the only change from which is the prison,
insanity gradually develops, and we then have before us a compound of criminal
nature and insanity. This combination
538
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
has practically but little importance, because, with regard to responsibility, the
existence of mental derangement alone is decisive.
(7) Insanity may be concealed by the patient (dissimulation). In order to escape
from the asylum, to prevent legal control, and to frustrate observation intended to
prevent suicide or other violent actions, patients conceal their hallucinations,
melancholy delusions, and ideas of persecution, and they declare, on being
questioned, that they have no longer the symptoms which they had in former
times. The behavior, however, with regard to hallucinations (compare above),
intercepted letters, and observation when the patients think themselves
unobserved, especially during the night, will lead to discovery. The patients also
forget to play their role if there is some excitement or if they do not feel well (see
Insanity, Concealment of).
After the existence of insanity has been proven, the next task is to ascertain the
clinical form of the mental derangement. Although a minute explanation of the
differential diagnostic symptoms of the different forms is the task of mental
science in a special sense, we, however, will give some points important for the
special diagnosis. We may for this purpose divide mental derangements into those
which are accompanied by an abnormal decrease of intellect, by imbecility and
dementia, and those which occur without these forms.
We are still shifting and rambling thru an endless forest of
underbrush. It is to be hoped that some day we see not only light but
sunlight. Rule after rule has been propounded; our heads are in a
whirl. We could study these lines for years and not know as little as
the editors who conjured for months on what to write about next under
the head of mental diagnosis. It seems a shame and a waste of paper,
time and effort to rehash such a jargon of criescrosses that have no
bearing with a case; for very little if any of what is talked about is ever
used by anybody much less the authors who have written a book more
to be sold and to be quoted from, thereby giving them standard as an
authority upon which to be frequently called into consultation to
expound large fees as alienists. Nevertheless, we will wander and
reach our conclusionwhich will be short compared with all of this.

If in a patient abnormal weakness cannot be proven, then the existence of

organic disease of the braini. e., disease in which we are able to show
post-mortem morbid changes in the brainis excluded; the mental derangement is
then a functional one. In this case the disease may consist in a multitude of
hallucinations and in complete confusion; the question will then rise about
delirium hallucinatorium. Too rapid flow of ideas with powerful motor impulses
may be the foundation of the disease, and
539
HISTORY REPEATS
then it raises the question of mania or psychalgia, and depressive delusions may
be the foundation of the mental derangement (melancholia). If the history of the
case shows a regular change between the two latter forms, we have a circular
mental derangement. If the derangement is founded on the primary formation of
delusions with or without hallucinations, we have paranoia. If the history of the
case shows that those conditions occur periodically with certain intervals, we have
periodical mania, melancholia, or paranoia, respectively. We may make a further
subdivision of these forms of primary disease; according to their aetiology and
name the forms accordingly. So we may have, if epilepsy, hysteria, or chorea
preceded or accompany the disease, epileptic, hysterical mania, etc., if
intoxication is the cause, the name would have to be alcoholism, morphinomania,
as the case may be, etc. That through these aetiological relations the disease
received a certain form in other directions is understood.
If imbecility or dementia has been found, the question will have to be answered
whether it is mental stupor (with a chance of cure). To give the marks of this
disease is the task of special mental science. If this form be excluded, we may
classify the conditions of mental weakness in the following manner:
(1) It is the result of defective development of the brain (idiocy). If the history
of the case does not give us a clue, changes of the skull, as explained above, will
give the indications necessary for the diagnosis.
(2) It has developed secondarily out of one of the functional derangements
mentioned above, which did not terminate in recovery (secondary dementia). The
history of the case will give clearness, and sometimes the diagnosis may be safely
made without this, from the absence of symptoms of paralysis of the peripheral
nerves, and excluding dementia in organic mental disease, which we are about to
explain.
(3) Dementia in consequence of organic disease of the brain. The diagnosis
may be made by certain clinical facts, which either point to general disease of the
brain (paralytic dementia), senile atrophy of the brain, syphilitic disease of the
cerebral arteries, or to local disease (multiple sclerosis, tumor of the brain,
apoplectic fits, softening, etc.). Here also details must be left to special mental
science.
In some cases longer observation will be necessary before a certain diagnosis
can be made, especially if the clinical pictures are not pure, but represent mixed
forms, as sometimes happens, when very different aetiological causes come
together and produce a state (as, e. g., mania and alcoholism), especially also if
extensive insane inheritance, helps to form a peculiar clinical picture.
The diagnosis of mental derangements also raises the question when a patient
may be considered to be cured. This may be:
(1) If abnormal mental symptoms are no longer to be found.
(2) If the patient who has recovered recognizes fully the previous symptoms as
the product of mental disease.
540
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
The proof that a man living in an asylum has completely recovered and that no
residue and no weakening of the intellect remain, will be obtained if the man can
return to the former conditions, to his work and his vocation, and is able to
perform his duties as before his illness.
In spite of extensive diagnostic material, errors will always be possible and
may actually occur.
But it is more frequently the case, if there is any doubt whether the patient is
sane or insane that, on account of temporary remission of symptoms,
non-recognition or concealment of abnormal mental conditions, the alienist will
declare an insane patient sane than vice versa; it is highly improbable that mental
peculiarities, mental changes produced by external influences on the mind, should
be incorrectly used to prove insanity.
Lastly, we must mention another slight difficulty in the diagnosis e. g. those
cases in the so-called intermediary stage, in which there are doubtless
derangements of the mental functions but not insanity in a strict sense. To this
group belong those peculiar characters, which are in many cases created by insane
inheritance, and also some severe central neuroses, as epilepsy, chorea, and
hysteria, insofar as morbid changes of the intellect have not yet taken place, and
the derangements show themselves in their peculiar character; to this group also
belong, under the conditions last mentioned, the more severe forms of imperative
ideas, and intoxication by alcohol, morphia, etc.
In such cases IT IS ONLY AFTER LONG AND CAREFUL OBSERVATION
THAT THE ALIENIST WILL BE ABLE TO ANSWER THE QUESTION
whether the individual is insane or not, at least with regard to an eventual
sequestration or from a forensic point of view; IN SOME CASES HE WILL NOT
BE ABLE TO ANSWER THAT QUESTION EITHER IN THE AFFIRMATIVE
OR IN THE NEGATIVE. Considered from a purely scientific point of view, these
cases belong undoubtedly to mental disease. (DICTIONARY OF
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINEVOL. 1. E. MENDEL).
We have copied at full length this author on forms of recognition of
mental diagnosis. Where are we? He gives us our answer in his
summing paragraphin some cases he will not be able to answer
that question either in the affirmative or in the negative. Then why
lead us a thousand times around Robin Hoods barn just to show us a
wall that we cannot climb over, under, or get thru, when our object
was to get on tother side?
Why do we quote it here? Because this is a lecture on Diagnosis vs.
Analysis. We shall at the close question severely entire value of any
form of diagnosis, mental or physical, hence we must do justice to
their viewpoints upon their half of subject. As it were, this is a debate
upon which we must present their subject, then by contrast refute their
position. As they have been
541
HISTORY REPEATS
writing for years upon these questions, it would not be fair for us to
quote but one authorand a portion of thatthen pursue our subject;
for the uproar, when boiled down, would be equivalent to having it
said that we picked such an author that was leaning our way, or we
chose to quote such portions as gave us greater leeway in disputation.
We wish to be fair. We can only do this by quoting many and doing so
entirely. We trust that our readers will regard our efforts in that light.
We know you are as tired of reading it as we are of reviewing and
commenting thereon; we are aware that readers do not care for lengthy
dissertations upon dry subjects, but science knows no lack of effort, is
not drawn to epitome, neither does it leave unturned any essentiality
that is at all necessary to conclusively and clearly show the distinction.
And, the more is that necessary in a subject where one long thot
essentiality is to be proven radically wrong and that humanity had
been better off if it had never existed.
We have listened to the viewpoints of several authorsall with one
viewpoint of two divisions. Their intent, purpose, method,
accomplishments have been the same. These authors were searching
for physical and mental diagnoses. They succeeded, and after they
secured the much prized blue ribbon, what have they? We will
proceed.
DiagnosisThis, in its narrowest sense, consists in bestowing a name upon a
certain assemblage of pathological PHENOMENA. It should include also A
KNOWLEDGE OF THE CAUSAL FACTORS of the DISEASE; a determination
of ITS character with reference to type and severity; an estimate of the amount and
kind OF DAMAGE, both general and local, which has been sustained by the
organism; a forecast of probable course and duration OF THE MORBID
PROCESS; and a cognizance of personal characteristics of patient, whether
psychic or physical, inherited or acquired. Its final object is to be able TO TREAT
DISEASE intelligently, and the application of scientific methods to the complete
discrimination and recognition OF DISEASE constitutes that art of diagnosis.
This author has given us as supine a definition as possible, con-
sidering subject he defines. Definition may have been perfect, but we
shall maintain that IF IT WERE perfect, in every respect, it
accomplishes nothing when completed. All pertains to phe-
nomenadiseaseIts (disease) of the morbid processto
treat disease to recognize diseasethat constitutes the art of
diagnosis.
542
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
We are at a loss to know what he shall define as a knowledge of the
causal factors but we will read further and undoubtedly discover, but
we wager you now that he will find some material agent which causes
another material agent to change its normality to pathology.

A diagnosis is made by means OF SYMPTOMS, which constitute the

EVIDENCE upon which is based a judgment as to the nature of the case.
Symptoms, THE PHENOMENA CAUSED BY MORBID PROCESSES, are
divided into subjective, those which can be appreciated only by the patient, and
objective, comprising those which are detected by the personal examination made
by the physician. The term physical signs is by common consent applied to the
objective symptoms revealed by special methods of examination, used mainly in
determining the condition of the organs contained in the chest and abdomen.
Hardly had we the thot incorporated as a comment before we are
proven correct. We will now cite a knowledge of the causal factors
as follows:the phenomena CAUSED by morbid processesthat
which IS bad causes that which is natural to become unnatural. This
seems to us to be but a repetition of that thrice told tale of Eve
tempting Adam to eat of the apple. Because he did eat, the world and
everybody in it has been bad from that time to this. It but reiterates the
theory that evils of father shall be visited unto child even unto third
and fourth generation.

In addition to a knowledge of the symptoms, subjective or objective, which

may exist at the time of examination, it is necessary to ascertain the presence or
absence of HEREDITARY taints or tendencies, to know something about the
habits and occupation of the patient, to learn of past illnesses or injuries, and to
obtain a clear idea of the manner of onset and subsequent evolution of the present
disease. Finally, it is well to study the temperament and personal characteristics,
mainly psychical, of the individual patient so far as practicable.
The family and personal history, the history of the present illness, and the
results of the examination constitute the evidence upon which the final judgment
as to the nature of the case is to be based. A NECESSARILY
HETEROGENEOUS COLLECTION of facts MUST BE CLASSIFIED with
reference to their relative value and significance and compared with the previous
knowledge and experience of the diagnostician, after which a judgment may be
rendered AS NEARLY AS POSSIBLE in accordance with the facts. This
constitutes the second and final step in
543
HISTORY REPEATS
the making of a diagnosis. The process is thus seen to consist of two elements
observation, in its broadest sense, and reasoning, applied to the results of the
observation.
Certain terms of some practical value and convenience are used to qualify a
diagnosis, as follows (the definitions are largely from Foster) Diagnosis:1
Anatomical.Based on a knowledge that not only of symptoms or
PHENOMENA, but also of definite anatomical alterations on which the
PHENOMENA depend: or a post-mortem diagnosis.
2Clinical.Based upon the symptoms manifested during life.
3By exclusion.Reached by a deductive process, all the affections which
present salient points of similarity with the one to be diagnosticated being
reviewed in turn, and each successively discarded as one or more of its essential
features are missed in a given case, until but one possibility remains, which is
accepted as the true one.
4.Differential.The process of distinguishing between different diseases
which resemble one another more or less closely.
5.Direct.The symptoms are of such a nature that they point to the presence
of one special disease, and are not capable of misinterpretation.
6.Pathological.Of the nature of a lesion, without regard to its situation.
7.Retrospective.Of some antecedent disease or injury, the nature of
whichcan be deduced only from the history given and from the persistent
effects.
SYMPTOMS.
1.Constitutional.Those that may result from unbalancing of the organism
as a whole, and are common to affections of many kinds.
2.Direct.Those that depend directly upon the disease.
3.General.Constitutional. (See above.)
4.Indirect.Which result from localized disease, and are usually confined to
the site of the diseases, organ or tissue.
SIGNS:
1.Physical.Already defined.
2.Rational.Signs and symptoms, subjective or objective, corresponding to
the alterations in structure and mechanical conditions discovered by physical
examination.
3.Stethoscopic.Those discovered by auscultation.
DIFFICULTIES IN DIAGNOSIS:
FOR VARIOUS REASONS IT MAY BE DIFFICULT OR IMPOSSIBLE TO
MAKE A DIAGNOSIS. The most important of these reasons are as follows:
1.The subjective symptoms may be PUZZLING OR INCONGRUOUS
544
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
2.The objective symptoms and signs may be ILL-DEFINED, OBSCURE, or,
if present, AS DISCOVERED LATER, MAY BE IMPOSSIBLE OF
DETECTION by the most searching examination e. g., a beginning, small
perinephritic abscess in an unusually obese patient, which can not be palpated
until it reaches a certain size.
3.Certain symptoms essential to a diagnosis MAY NOT APPEAR UNTIL
THE DISEASE HAS ADVANCED to a certain stagee. g., the splenic
enlargement and rose rash of typhoid fever.
4.Several diseases, each of which in other cases may constitute the sole
morbid process, MAY CO-EXIST, one as the primary or main disease, the others
attending as complications or sequelae. One or more of the secondary lesions may
be recognized, and the underlying or primary disease or condition be
overlookede. g., pleurisy with effusion occurring as a result of previously
unrecognized pulmonary tuberculosis, and masking the primary lesion in the
lungs.
5.THE RARITY OF A DISEASE may lead to its non-recognition because of
unfamiliarity with its history and symptomatology, and perhaps the consequent
failure to elicit all the diagnostic data.
6.THE LACK OF A FULL AND ACCURATE HISTORY is at times a
serious hindrance in making a diagnosis. The patient may be DEAF AND DUMB
or SPEAK AN UNFAMILIAR TONGUE, or he may be UNCONSCIOUS,
DELIRIOUS, MENTALLY UNSOUND, or so IGNORANT and STUPID that no
reliable information can be obtained from him, and intelligent friends or relatives
may not be available. On the other hand, in consequence of a variety of motives,
ESSENTIAL FACTS MAY BE CONCEALED by the patient or the friends.
7.DRUG SYMPTOMS, unless unknown and due allowance made of them,
may so disguise, add to, or simulate certain diseases that the diagnosis may be
shrouded in uncertainty.
8.The diagnostician must be a good observer, and at the same time be able to
reason correctly. As Huxley well says: Scientific reasoning differs from ordinary
reasoning in just the same way as scientific observation and experiment differ
from ordinary observation and experimentthat is to say, strives to be accurate;
and it is just as hard to reason accurately as it is to observe accurately. In
scientific reasoning general rules are collected from the observation of many
particular cases; and when these general rules are established, conclusions are
deducted from them, just as in every-day life. If a boy says that marbles are hard,
he has drawn a conclusion as to marbles in general from the marbles he happens
to have seen and felt, and has reasoned in that mode which is technically termed
induction. If he declines to try to break a marble with his teeth, it is because he
consciously, or unconsciously, performs the converse operation of deduction from
the general rule marbles are too hard to break with ones teeth. * * * * * The man
of science, in fact, simply uses with scrupulous exactness the methods which we
all, habitually and at every moment, use carelessly.
545
HISTORY REPEATS
There are seven ways of finding methods of diagnosis, four ways to
detect symptoms, three ways to detect signs that are observable; then
he leads us into eight valid reasons why there are Difficulties of
Diagnosis. Foreightvarious reasons it may be difficult or
impossible to make a diagnosis.

While medicine is TO A CERTAIN EXTENT a science, and requires scientific

modes of reasoning, MEDICAL ART IS, in a large proportion of cases OBLIGED
TO REASON FROM PROBABILITIES as premises, and its FINAL RESULTS
CAN NOT BE EXPRESSED IN THE EXACT FORMULAE OF THE
MATHEMATICIAN. IN OBEDIENCE TO SOME LAW WHICH WE DO NOT
YET KNOW, 2 AND 2 DO NOT ALWAYS MAKE 4 IN THE REACTIONS OF
THE HUMAN BODY, otherwise patients would not be encountered who present
serious symptoms after a medical dose of morphine, or blaze out with urticaria
after eating strawberries.
At proper times and in their places, we have commented upon one or
more of these eight Difficulties. We have seen the futility of trying
to ascertain anything definite or conclusive in this wild imaginative
series of vagaries as to knowing what patient has. Above paragraph
sustains our comments, with exception that we would go even further
and say that ENTIRE system is futile. He admits, in part, what we
would prefer in total. Medicine is a scienceto a certain extent
leaving much to be supplied; medical art is,obliged to reason
from probabilities thus, neither science nor art of medicine is com-
pletewe must guess, fiddle-de-dee, fiddle-dee-dum; turn roulette
wheel and wherever it stops, thats what patient gets. Diagnosis leads
to prescription to aid patient, if possible, yet even here we learn its
final results cannot be expressed in exact formulae of the
mathematician. To elaborate upon what he means he says In
obedience to some law which we do not yet know, 2 and 2 do not
always make 4 in the reactions of the human body. We will try. If
they do, we hit it; if they dont we missed it. Lets try again with
something else. Hence its a game of chance, with the dice or other
gambling device loaded by the Innate Intelligence against you.

OBTAINING EVIDENCE:The diagnostician acquires the facts upon which

he is to form an opinion: (1) by interrogationinquiry of the patient or his
friends; (2) by observationan examination, mainly objective
546
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
of the patient. Information obtained by interrogation is called the History or
Anamonesis (remembrance); that derived from observation, the Present
Conditions or Status Praesens.
From a purely scientific and diagnostic point of view, the first questions
addressed to the patient will be with reference to his ancestry; next, in regard to
his personal history antecedent to the present disease; then as to the existing
disease, followed by a careful and systematic examination, first of the general
condition; then of special organs, one by one, together with such chemical,
microscopical, bacteriological, and other investigations as appear to be demanded.
But for obvious reasons this order of pursuing the investigation is for the most
part impracticable, and consumes an unnecessary amount of time.
In the vast majority of cases the facts are acquired by the physician in the
reverse order. The first question asked is, In what way do you feel ill? Of what
are you complaining? Or the patient will volunteer a statement as to his
subjective sensations. The question or the statement will direct attention at once to
the probable or possible seat or nature of the diseases. Further inquiries are put as
to the duration and character of the morbid sensations. During these interrogations
the physician attentively scrutinizes the general aspect of the patient in search of
obvious objective symptoms. The pulse, respiration, and temperature are taken.
The organ or part which appears to be most at fault is first examined, after which
due attention is paid to other portions of the body Finally, the family and social
history may be ascertained.
This is the logical order of investigation, as conditioned by actual
circumstances. It is a matter of indifference as to the sequence in which the
symptoms are learned, provided that the examination is sufficiently intelligent and
systematic to be sure of eliciting all the facts, and the facts when obtained are so
arranged in the mind of the physician that they form a clear and coherent picture,
and are capable of being recorded in an orderly manner. It is to be remembered in
this connection that in many cases it is just as necessary to note negative facts
i.e., the absence of certain symptoms or signs as it is to ascertain the presence of
others. (DIAGNOSTICS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE * * * * BUTLER )
DISEASEDIAGNOSIS.
GENERAL CONSIDERATION.The general principles only of diagnosis
will be here discussed. Special diagnoses will be treated of in connection with the
several diseases to which they have reference.
In many respects diagnosis is a subject of great interest and importance. First,
in a scientific point of view, it is essential that all knowledge should be accurate.
Secondly, accuracy of diagnosis, founded upon a sound pathology, enables us to
frame a scientific classification of disease in its diverse forms. Thirdly, it is by an
accurate determination of the nature of THE DISEASE which may be present in
any given case that we are able to anticipate its course, and to employ the RIGHT
KIND of REMEDIES in its treatment. IT IS IMPERFECTION OF DIAGNOSIS
WHICH
547
HISTORY REPEATS
LEADS IN MANY INSTANCES TO AN UNDER-ESTIMATE OF THE VALUE
OF THERAPEUTICAL AGENTS; for when the nature of A DISEASE IS
MISTAKEN WE ARE LED TO EMPLOY IMPROPER AND UNSUITABLE
REMEDIES, the failure of which is then erroneously attributed to the inefficiency
of the agents, and not to the unfairness of the treatment employed. If our diagnosis
had been correct or complete, the remedy employed would more often have had
the desired effect.
We will please bear in mind that which is emphasized in that
paragraph. I shall have occasion to repeat those facts, in another form,
before this lecture is finished.

In order to arrive at a diagnosis we must study the PHENOMENA or

characters of each individual case, and then trace its connection with those groups
of symptoms which have been previously recognized and described as belonging
to special or distinct classes of disease. Assuming that the classification has been
already made, we proceed to deal with the means which enable us to identify each
individual case, and to connect with previously classified forms of disease.
MEANS OF DIAGNOSIS:To obtain accuracy in diagnosis we must be
prepared with a knowledge of the several forms and the varieties which disease
assumes; we must be familiar also with the functions and structures of the several
organs of the body in health. It is by observing and comparing the changes
wrought by disease in these functions and structures that we are enabled to
discover the presence of, and to determine the nature of, THE MORBID
PROCESS going on. In forming, then, a diagnosis in any particular case, the
physician must, as far as possible, keep in view the real or the ideal condition of
the patient in a stage of health. He must endeavor to place him in as natural a
position as may be, and as little disturbed by the presence of his attendant, or by
external circumstances, as possible. The physician must then obtain a history from
the patient himself or from others of the incidents of the disease and having done
this he must proceed to investigate for himself the condition of the patient.
1: Previous history of the patientThe history implies of course a statement of
the age and sex of the patient, as of his home and his employment, each of which
may have a special relation to disease. It should also include an inquiry into the
antecedent generations of the patient, and how far he may have any proclivity to
congenital disease of malformation. This inquiry should have reference to both
positive and negative facts. It should extend not only to the previous existence of
disease in the family, but also to the absence of particular diseases or types of con-
stitution. The patients history should include a statement as regards the diseases
and injuries from which he may previously have suffered; the remedies used for
them, and the climate and other influences to which he has been exposed. Nor
must the physician neglect to ascertain the history of any children that the patient
may have had, as the nature of disease
548
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
from which the offspring have suffered in many instances throws light upon the
health of the patient.
2: History of present illness. The history of the present illness should include
the determination of the date of its commencement; its probable cause, its earliest
PHENOMENA and its progress as influenced by external circumstances,
including treatment.
3: The present condition of the patient.Here we have to deal with two classes
of PHENOMENA: namely (a) those feelings or facts of self-consciousness which
the patient describes to ussubjective phenomena; and (b) those signs which we
ourselves observeobjective PHENOMENA.
(a). Subjective PHENOMENA.The patient describes his feelingsas of
strength or weakness, or numbness, tingling or pain, of wakefulness or wandering;
he can tell of affections of vision, of hearing, of smell, or of taste; of
breathlessness, cough, palpitation, or of feelings of sinking or faintness, of
difficulty of swallowing, thirst, lost appetite, nausea, or sickness, or various
sensations and actions connected with the abdomen; of feelings associated with
the genitourinary organs, such as pain or difficulty in passing water; of cramps,
spasms, or other alterations of sensation or motility; or disturbances of sensibility
and activity, etc. Each of these signs of deviation from health will have its own
value and significance. The physician must at the same time carefully note how far
the condition of the patient is in accordance with his statements, and whether
there may not be present some reason or cause for concealment or for
exaggeration.
(b) Objective PHENOMENA.In studying the objective phenomena
connected with disease, the physician makes use of his special senses, assisted by
the several instruments with which modern science has provided him.
First, in matters of eyesight, he sees the general aspect and expression of the
patient, which will include the colour of the skin (such as may result from the
fullness or emptiness of the blood-vessels, from the yellowness caused by
jaundice, from the blueness of cyanosis, or from pigmentation, etc.); the presence
and character of cutaneous eruptions (especially in the axanthemata); the
expression proper, such as that of ease or suffering, and of depression or
excitement; the conditions of obesity and plethoria, or of wasting and
bloodlessness. He will also observe the position of the patienthow he lies, or
sits, or stands; how he breathes; the appearance of the eyes, the tongue, etc.
Further, the sense of sight will be employed in determining conditions of a local
or less general nature. Observation must be made of the size, the shape, and
movements of parts, and of their expansion or contraction. With the aid of special
instruments, such as the ophthalmoscope, the laryngoscope, the cystoscope, the
various speculae, sounds, etc., the physician will be able to examine parts of the
body of the patient beyond the reach of the unassisted eye. The chest-measurer or
the stethometer will render more exact the information already obtained by the eye
and hand as to the size and mobility of parts. The use of each of the several
instruments above mentioned, as a means of diagnosis, will be found described
under the heads of their respective names, or in the articles on PHYSICAL
EXAMINATION
549
HISTORY REPEATS
The sense of hearing tells of the character of the breathing, the voice and
speech of the patient, including cough, hoarseness or aphonia, aphasia, etc., but
the ear is especially applied to the study by auscultation of the sounds produced in
connection with the heart, the lungs, and other organs. The signs thus elicited will
be found fully described elsewhere.
The sense of touch, or feeling, will communicate a knowledge of the
temperature, of moisture or dryness, of size, shape, elevation or depression, of
smoothness or roughness, of the pulse or pulsation, vibration, fremitus, or extent
of movement, resistance, softness, or hardness, and of fluctuation. The accuracy of
the results of these observations by touch may be tested by the use of the
thermometer, the calipers, and the tape-measure.
The sense of smell aids diagnosis in certain cases. The general odour of the
patient may be observed in small-pox, in rheumatism, and some wasting diseases
(such as phythisis), and in syphilis; and the odour of particular parts and
secretions, as the urine in diabetes, the faeces in jaundice, etc., and in cases of the
use of certain drugs, or in poisoning. Information is also afforded by the odour of
certain discharges, as in ozaena, leucorrhoea, cancer, etc.
The sense of taste is seldom employed in clinical investigation, but the
physician may make use of the patients taste, as in testing the urine in diabetes.
Further aids in diagnosis.Having thus summarily described the employment
of the special senses in diagnosis, and given examples of their use, we may briefly
mention some other agencies of more general application. The acuteness of the
patients sense of touch may be determined by the aesthesiometer. The capacity of
the lungs may be measured by spirometer; the strength of muscles by the
dyanometer; the contractility of muscles by galvanism; and the force and character
of the pulse are determined by the sphygmograph. Constant use is found for the
microscope, the test-tube, the spectroscope, the endoscope, and polariscope,
which aid in determining the character of the various secretions or morbid
products that require to be submitted to investigation. The result of treatment may
also be mentioned as an aid to diagnosis, as, for example, when an indurated sore
yields to the use of mercury. Again, the knowledge that a person has been in a
malarious district enables us to decide on the intermittent nature of certain
symptoms that may be present. In some cases it may be necessary to render a
patient insensible by anaesthetics, with a view to making a complete examination,
or investigating feigned diseases. The administration of small doses of charcoal
has been suggested as a means of determining the presence of a passage through
the bowels when more or less obstruction exists.
Such, then, are the means used for taking note of those deviations from health
which occur in the several functions and structures of the body, and which
constitute what are known as the symptoms and signs of disease; these are terms
which will be found more especially treated of under the heads, DISEASE,
Symptoms and Signs of, and PHYSICAL EXAMINATION.
550
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
THE DIFFICULTIES OF DIAGNOSIS.It need scarcely be said that THE
PRACTICE OF DIAGNOSIS IS NOT FREE FROM GREAT DIFFICULTIES.
We know how hard it is to obtain in ordinary daily life a reliable account or
description of any past or present event. There must be still greater difficulty in
obtaining an accurate medical history of a patients case. (1) He has to tell of facts
of which particularly he may know much, but scientifically very little. (2) He may
be forgetful or ignorant on points about which we most need to be informed. (3)
He may be inclined to exaggerate or to suppress facts of material import. (4) Nor
are the difficulties less in regard to the objective phenomena with which we have
to deal. The symptoms of a disease are not always so clear and definite as to mark
its naturethat is, to be pathogenomonic. (5) They are more often slight,
undefined, obscure, and to be found with difficulty. (6) The symptoms of one
disease may very closely resemble those of another, (7) whilst those of the same
disease will very closely resemble those of another, (8) whilst those of the same
disease will vary at different stages, (9) and in different individuals. (10) Again
the symptoms of a disease may be complicated by the co-existence of those of
another disease; (11) whilst a symptom sufficiently striking in itself may be
common to, and present in, several different diseases. We need only mention, for
example, feverishness, pain, cough, breathlessness, and blood-spitting.
We are here led to believe that when a patient has a pain or feels hot
practically he may know much, but scientifically he knows very
little. Does scientist, when he has pain, feel that pain any the more
merely because he thinks he has more in his brain than anybody else?
Does laborer, who feels pain, feel it any the less merely because he
uses his hands? Can it be that it takes knowledge to feel pain, heat or
any other symptom? Can it be that the babe does not feel any pain,
merely because he has NO intelligencescientifically? I suppose
we are to assume that when a patient who is ignorant, is sick, he
doesnt know where the pain is? Cant he put his hand onthe place?
It doesnt seem to make any difference whether he says his side pains,
puts his hand over right abdominal region, physician seems quick to
DIAGNOSE it appendicitis. Assuming this be all true, that it takes an
educated man to be a scientist and only a scientist can be a
diagnosticianthen of what value is it when there are eight valid
reasons why they can make mistakes and frankly admit that state of
affairs? This author gives one paragraph to things he cant tell about
for There must be still greater difficulty in obtaining an ACCURATE
medical history of a patients case; then why berate the man who
suffers pain, cant tell HOW MUCH pain any more than you can,
merely because
551
HISTORY REPEATS
he hasnt an education and you haveyou both seem on a par to me,
only one is on a par with, and other without.

These are some of the difficulties which he has to study the operation of
disease in life, has to contend with. He must come prepared for the duty with a
knowledge, as we have already said, of the body, its structure and its functions in
health, and with a knowledge, too, of those combinations of morbid actions which
constitute special forms of disease. For, as regards this latter knowledge, all the
observations made would remain as isolated PHENOMENA if they could not in
each case be grouped as constituting distinct disease.
We have thus indicated the difficulties of obtaining ACCURATE knowledge as
regards both the subjective and objective PHENOMENA. The difficulties are not
less when the exercise of the intellectual and reasoning faculties is called upon to
analyze, to compare, and to group these PHENOMENA.
The physician may commence his inquiry by tracing up the history of the case
and its several incidents, a method which is called the synthetical; or he may
commence by ascertaining the present condition of the patient, and going at it
backwards in his inquirya method which is known as the analytical. As a
general rule, both methods are combined in the practice of diagnosis.
Observers can sometimes arrive at a direct diagnosis, aided by the presence of
some characteristic system or sign of disease. When diseases which are essentially
different have symptoms more or less common to both the physician will have to
institute a comparison between them, until he finds sufficient evidence, in the
presence or in the absence of some distinctive symptom or sign, to satisfy him as
to the nature of the disease which is present. By being able thus to trace the
absence or the presence of a given symptom, he may be able to exclude the
possibility of the existence of one or other of the diseases under investigation.
These modes of investigation will be found illustrated in the diagnosis of the
several diseases described throughout this work.
In conclusion, it must be remembered that these investigations, which call for
the exercise of the highest mental faculties, should be conducted without prejudice
and without haste. We should never be ready to accept as clear that which is
obscure, as established that which is open to question above all, we should
remember that, though to err is human, it is our duty to endeavor to ascertain in
each and every case, before commencing its treatment, what its real nature is, AS
FAR AS IT MAY BE POSSIBLE FOR US TO DO SO. It cannot be too often
repeated that the application of a right remedy depends on an accurate diagnosis,
and that the prevention and the cure of disease are the aims and ultimate objects of
our science. (DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE. QUAINVOL. 1.)
552
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
We quote a paragraph from the Preface of Physical Diagnosis by
Richard C. Cabot, M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine in Harvard
University.
To gain genuine familiarity with all the technical processes described in most
books on physical diagnosissuch familiarity as makes one competent to use
them with due regard for the sources and limits of error inherent in them
NEEDS MORE THAN ONE LIFE-TIME OF ONE MAN. But unless one has
ones self used a technical process long enough to gain this sort of mastery over it,
one cannot properly describe it, far less recommend it to others.

Having covered a vast area of territory to do justice to our subject,

we reach conclusion that dictionaries and authorities agree with our
earlier statements that mental or physical diagnosis is but recognition
of symptoms. To ascertain, for example, whether faeces is reddish or
brownish in color and which shade of each, whether there is blood in
it or not, and what quantity of red or white corpuscles each contains,
whether food is digested or not, or to what extent it is or is not; to
ascertain whether there is or is not an excess of bile as determined by
microscopical and chemical study of vomitus; to know whether there
is a bitter or sweet taste in mouth in morning, what color is eye-ball
to put it short anything that may be abnormal, diseased, pathological,
sick,that is what he searches, gleans, studies to exactly know its
location, color, character, quantity, degree, etc., etc., ad infinitum.
EFFECTwhere it is, what it is, why it is, what causes it, are some
of many theories that cause dozens of others and himself to rack their
brains for many lifetimes. To make an average diagnosis of average
case, to be within reason, to do patient justice, to secure evidence
about all possible weaknesses, of all his body and how one plays upon
anotherwould take average physician eight hours and then he would
not know all. Average person has several diseases in different parts
to sift these, to weigh the significance of each, its relation to another,
would be equivalent to jumping to see both sides of the world at once
and then find, after studying for years to accomplish that, that it cannot
be done and is worthless when you have its shadow cooped.
553
HISTORY REPEATS
To put this statement of diagnosis, as it is, we give following
definition:
DIAGNOSISDoctor quizzically questions, patient timidly
answers; doctor looks wise, patient grows scared; information is
grabbagged into an empirical assemblage of hypothetical symptoms to
mystically prescribe arbitrary medicines in dogmatic quantities for a
superstitious stimulation or fanatical inhibition of mythical mental
what-not. Diagnosis is probably Meningo-Encephalitisits
prescription is Metamidophenylhenylparmaethoxquinolin.
You are sick, or believe you areyou go to a physician (it makes no
difference which one or to how many, from which school he had
origin, what method he uses, how long he takes, how much he
knowsthe procedure is the same in all). His first aim is to make you
feel at home, then begin a systematic quizzical history of your case.
He will start back with your ancestors, to your parents, childhood, find
out state of health of each, known hereditary taints. Then he meanders
thru your childhood to find diseases you had thenthey frequently
play an important part in present sickness. He follows you into age of
puberty, when you came around, was it painful, etc. He chases you
into wifehood, what are sexual difficulties, diseases incident thereto.
He inquires as to children, how many and sex. Then he finally rounds
up with a very minute, exacting series of questions in which you tell
every ache and pain that you know or can imagine heightened by his
questioning which probably drags out some that you had long since
forgotten. After all of this, you disrobe and he palpates, auscultates
your body from neck and back to your chest, heart, lungs, and sex
organs. He will study your gait, blood circulation, nervous irritability.
He will continue to question, finally throwing all into a scrap-bag and
picking whatever comes first to his mind then determine that is your
disease.
After having accomplished all of this, serious appellation must be
attached. Cat must have a number tag which will say This is a molers
catus-felinus blackus. Having prescribed mythical Latin title, we are
now ready for next step, that of prescribing; but just before entering
the next room of medical science, let us
556
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
tarry and see what one of our most eminent authorities has to say as
regards THE ACCURACY of this system.
We have spent many pages just to reach end of book, as it were. We
have been wandering down thru halls, alley-ways, thru ball-rooms,
pantries, etc., of old castle just to see where it all would terminate. We
have purchased a ticket, we have been on train, headed for where we
knew not, going to a destination we knew not. We have now come to
that endfor what purpose was diagnosis? Of what value is it? What
is the great accomplishment that it makes? Are they (or we) better off
because of it?
Many people are impressed with things giganticit must be right for
look at its size. Others sayit must be true for look at the good men
who follow it by thousands. How can we question itdozens of books
have been printed upon that subject. Certainly it cannot be wrong
see the eminent position held by people who write these books. It
surely does not behoove us to say it is wrongit is the very corner
stone of medicine. The world acknowledged its use, judges concede it
in lawtherefore who has audacity to question its righteousness or
use? For answer to these I will say it is wrong. Because everybody be-
lieves it is no reason that it is right. Because law and judges kowtow
that does not prove it scientific. I further maintain that it is not
scientific; it is impossible to so list it because it is guesswork, from
start to finish; there is no possibility of ever making or bringing it
within realms of science. So long as anything human has to do with
the impossible, it cannot be brot within scope of making 2 times 2
equal 4. So long as first hypothesis of medicine is not exact, nothing
that follows can be any better. Theory of diagnosis, prescription,
treatment, etc., has not advanced the world forward one iota, it has
retarded our progress, stunted our mental abilities and physical
possibilities. The world would have been better off had no diagnosis
ever been known or a drop of medicine ever prescribed. It never made
more life, but checked it.
At this juncture we wish to quote, not in toto but in portion, extracts
from an article entitled How May The Science of Therapeutics Be
Advanced? by Joseph L. Miller, M.D. (Chicago) printed in full in
Journal of the American Medical Assn., Sept. 21, 1912.
555
HISTORY REPEATS
The present unsatisfactory state of therapeutics has not been due chiefly to the
lack of properly trained clinical minds, but rather to the insecure foundation on
which to establish rational therapeutics. The few valuable empirical remedies now
at our command give us only a faint conception of the fruitless efforts of
thousands of earnest workers in this field. In the majority of instances the
attention of the physician was attracted to these remedies by lay people, who in
using countless vegetables had detected some with real curative powers.
With this haphazard method of selecting therapeutic agents, it is not surprising
that many fallacious observations were made and certain drugs acquired
unwarranted repute as remedial substances, until, as the result of the accumulation
of ages, we are now burdened with a mass of drugs without remedial qualities, or
at least without these powers being definitely proved.... The therapeutic value or
worthlessness of many of these drugs can, however, be worked out only at the
bedside.
It appears that often, while their discussion of the etiology, pathology,
symptomatology, diagnosis and prognosis of disease is of highly scientific
character, when they pass on the realm of therapeutics, there is a vagueness which
is not in keeping with the previous discussion. If we admit that this is true, what
explanations may be offered? Are therapeutic facts really more elusive than those
of pathology and diagnosis, and if so, why? Here it appears A FACTOR IS
INTRODUCED WHICH, TO MY MIND, IS MORE RESPONSIBLE THAN
ANY OTHER ELEMENT FOR THE DIFFERENT STATUS OF
THERAPEUTICS, AND WE WILL SAY, DIAGNOSIS.
This paper aims to deal with contrasts between diagnosis, its
purposeits successes or failures. In above quotations we have a very
recent authority telling us that this condition must be given medicine
as late as above publication. He lays Diagnosis as foundation error
upon which all others are reared. We will continue to quote from this
article, even tho some of it may seem to be retrenching from our
subject matter, yet, as foundation is comment in preference to after
consequences we are justified in continuing to see what THEIR
experience brings forth as a success.

The teacher of clinical medicine having carefully demonstrated his patient, may
feel somewhat embarrassed in admitting that, while with our present knowledge of
medicine, there is little to be expected from any form of drug treatment. It is,
however, only just to our students that we take this stand provided we are certain
of our position, rather than give them a list of drugs that have been recommended
in the disease, which our knowledge of pathology and pharmacology as well also
as personal clinical experience has shown, are valueless.
556
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
The investigation of another group of cases offers almost insurmountable
difficulties. I refer especially to that class of functional nervous disturbances
grouped under the class neurasthenia. Manyand perhaps mostof the
therapeutic fallacies now in our medical literature are due to the misleading results
obtained from treating this class of cases.
The limitation of drug therapy is better understood, and has led to development
along the lines of diet, hygiene, etc. Most encouraging is the stand taken by many
of our patients that they prefer to be treated if possible without taking a lot of
medicine. Our teachers in medicine are each year growing more conservative.
Each year will register the elimination of some therapeutic fallacy and herald the
acquisition of therapeutic knowledge gained by scientific investigation.
At this juncture we wish to emphasize this authors statement where
he said In the majority of instances the attention of the physician was
attracted to these remedies by LAY people. So frequently is argument
raised: How can you discuss questions that you have not been taught
in college? etc., ad infinitum. This is a refutation on that from one
who proves its opposite.

MISTAKEN DIAGNOSIS
Dr. Richard Cabot, of Boston, is a man who is deservedly held in HIGH repute
by the ENTIRE medical profession throughout the country as an
EXCEEDINGLY able exponent OF MEDICAL SCIENCE AND PRACTICE. He
holds a chair of medicine in Harvard University; is the author of a STANDARD
TEXT BOOK on physical DIAGNOSIS; enjoys a LARGE and SUCCESSFUL
practice; is a man of EXCEPTIONALLY high personal character and integrity;
and is, in addition, one of those REALLY GREAT personalities in medicine
whose influence and work have extended beyond the confines of his own calling,
and have told effectively in the direction of wise philanthropy and practical
sociology.
At the last convention of the American Medical Association, held in St. Louis,
this gentleman, WITH A COURAGE AND INTELLECTUAL HONESTY which
marks him, (if any further indication should be necessary) as a GREAT man,
presented a unique and THOUGHT-PROVOKING paper, prepared out of his own
personal experience, entitled, A STUDY OF MISTAKEN DIAGNOSIS in
which he analyzed the clinical history of ONE THOUSAND CASES, diagnosed
by himself in the Massachusetts General Hospital, WHICH AFTERWARD
CAME TO AUTOPSY, comparing the showings of the post-mortem examination
with the clinical findings. The paper has recently been published in the Journal of
the American Medical Association, and makes EXCEEDINGLY interesting and
instructive reading.
Certainly no more of a eulogy could be desired of one who was
having his funeral sermon preached, at his bier, than this
557
HISTORY REPEATS
MEDICAL magazine gives to Dr. Cabot. Get it thoroly impressed,
what an eminent man this is. It has to do with what he has said about
one thousand cases that he diagnosed in the Massachusetts
General Hospital which afterward died, and were then dissected,
from which a comparison was made between what he said the
diagnosis WAS and what he found it to be (when the patient was
opened). The idea-is-you say a cow is in a room that youve never
been in. You guessed at it, of course. The door is openedit proves to
be a canary, a bed-stead or an electric fan. This man made one
thousand guesses on one thousand rooms heed never been inhow
many times did he miss it? How many did he hit it? Thats the VITAL
QUESTION OF THIS ENTIRE LECTURE.
In commenting further we must not overlook that Dr. Cabot has at
his command a trained, expert corps of experts, each with his
laboratory and laboratorical equipment in that Massachusetts General
Hospital. He has a similar corps, equipment and laboratories over at
Harvard (where the post-mortem examinations were taken). He had
at his command all that (1) brains, (2) money, (3) experience, could
bring to his command. What more could any man DEMAND upon
which TO SUCCEED?

The analysis, as may be supposed, is A VERY comprehensive one, embracing

almost EVERY TYPE OF DISEASE in VARIOUS STAGES and manifestations,
and represents A CAREFUL AND SYSTEMATIC INVESTIGATION of EVERY
CASE, both BEFORE AND AFTER DEATH. Its NET RESULT shows that the
DIAGNOSIS WAS CORRECT IN ABOUT FIFTY PER CENT of the ENTIRE
aggregation of cases; in THE OTHER fifty per cent, THE POST-MORTEM
DEMONSTRATED THAT HE WAS MISTAKEN IN HIS DIAGNOSIS, either
by commission or omission, i. e., HE HAD either DIAGNOSED CONDITIONS
WHICH WERE NOT present, or HAD OVERLOOKED THOSE THAT WERE
there, and it must be borne in mind that IN THIS FIFTY PER CENT OF
CORRECT diagnoses there were A LARGE NUMBER of cases of diseases whose
MANIFESTATIONS ARE SO PLAIN THAT THE MEREST TYRO in medicine
WOULD RECOGNIZE THEM almost AT A GLANCE; such, for instance, as
typhoid fever, diabetes, pneumonia, meningitis, valvular disease of the heart, and
others which present a well-marked and easily recognized group of symptoms. It
is therefore plain that, IF all of these SIMPLE CASES HAD BEEN ELIMI-
NATED THE proportion of MISTAKES WOULD HAVE BEEN GREATER; for,
according to Dr. Cabots statements, the percentage of CORRECT DIAGNOSIS
reached the low figure of SIXTEEN per cent in acute nephritis,
558
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
TWENTY-TWO per cent in chronic myocarditis, THIRTY-THREE per cent in
broncho-pneumonia, and so on.
Horrors of horrors50 per cent right, 50 per cent wrong. Can it be
that is all we can show for progression of the science of medicine?
Thousands, yea millions, of men, using millions of dollars, with
everything that dead and live bodies can give, vivisected and
dissected, from head to toecan only produce that? And of the 50 per
cent that he was right uponthe merest tyro in medicine would
recognize them ALMOST AT A GLANCE. Think of it! If these
cases had been eliminatedthat is if those cases where door was
open, he looked in and saw the cow, and was therefore diagnosed
cow, had been eliminated, mistakes would have been far greater. In
other words, if those cases where the door was open had been
eliminated, the mistakes where door was closed would have been far
greater. In other words, including those cases where door was open, he
was correct in but 16 per cent, then what would it have been had all
doors been closedwould it have dropped below 6 per cent?
Appalling, is not strong enuf.
Now, if the man of Dr. Cabots RECOGNIZED SUPREMACY IN THE
FIELD OF DIAGNOSIS with the courage and candor to face THE REAL
FACTS, confesses that he is ONLY ABLE to make correct diagnosis in something
like fifty per cent of all the cases he undertakesAND CONSIDERABLY LESS
THAN THAT in those diseases which make anything like a tax upon expert
skillWHAT IS THE IRRESISTIBLE CONCLUSION CONCERNING THE
THOUSANDS OF PRACTICING PHYSICIANS WHOSE SKILL IN THIS
DIRECTION IS ADMITTEDLY FAR BELOW THAT OF DR. CABOT, who
have not the facilities that lie at his command, and whose opportunities for
verification or disproof are practically nil?
Let us draw this picture. It will illustrate the truth of paragraph
above. Imagine two institutions, each of which is endowed with
endless millions for sake of science. One is Harvard, the other a
hospital. Each has a corps of physicians, each a specialist in his line,
each with his laboratory and all equipment that money can buy, is
invented or needed. Now comes a patient, presided over by this
eminent manDr. Cabot. He and his hospital corps use every bit of
individual intelligence they possess; they hold consultation and use
combined intelligence; they test with everything they possess, then
they test combined, then they finally DIAGNOSE what the case has.
They did this with one thousand cases who DIED. When cases were
dead, their
559
HISTORY REPEATS
bodies were transferred to the Harvard dissection room. Now comes
the corpse, presided over by this eminent manDr. Cabot. He and his
University corps use every bit of individual intelligence they possess,
they hold consultation and use combined intelligence, they test with
everything they possess, then they test combined, then they finally
DIAGNOSE what body had. They did this on one thousand cases
that came to them as corpses. Then clinical findings were compared
with dissectional findingsthey were right in but a total of 50 per
cent. 500 cases were DIAGNOSED WRONG. Regardless of
disease, they were not picked, they included almost every type of dis-
ease in various stages and manifestations.
Imagine the contrast. Heres any one of the 100,000 practitioners of
medicine, in any city in the U. S., excluding perhaps about 10 experts
in the 5 largest cities. This still leaves us a balance of 99,950
physicians. Their experience?4 years in a mercenary institution.
Their knowledge?sufficient to skin thru their college exams and
State Board work. Their equipment?a mere handful of books in one
section of a library; maybe an instrument or two; perhaps a urinalysis
test tube. Thats about as far as it goes with 95 per cent. They take one
or two medical magazines; work is too technical; it does not hold
interest. They do not study . . . what is science NOW to them? They
want dollars, join lodges, churches, attend public meetings, become
public political leaders of community. WHAT MUST BE THEIR
PERCENTAGE OF MISTAKEN DIAGNOSES? This article
sayswhat is the irresistible conclusion concerning the
THOUSANDS of practicing physicians WHOSE SKILL IN THIS
DIRECTION IS ADMITTEDLY FAR BELOW THAT OF DR.
CABOT?
Dr. Cabot has specialized on this ONE AND EXCLUSIVE
SUBJECT. All other practitioners study all subjects, treat all, in fact
do 100 times more than Dr. Cabot. Where is the science and art of
medicine? Have we shattered an idol?

Now, there is nothing in this state of things, in itself, at all derogatory to the
intelligence and efficiency of the physician. No one who has the most elementary
appreciation of the condition and difficulties surrounding medical diagnosis
ranging all the way from individual idiosyncrasies to pathologi-
560
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
cal variationswill for a moment misinterpret the showing made by the analysis.
And that a man like Cabot should deliberately undertake and frankly publish such
an analysis displays A SINCERITY OF MIND, A LOVE OF TRUTH and A
DEVOTION TO SCIENCE which can hardly be too highly commended. SUCH A
SPIRIT AMONG ITS EXPONENTS WILL NOT AWAKEN, BUT
STRENGTHEN, PUBLIC FAITH IN MEDICINE.
This commentator does not belittle physician in his attempt to do
impossible. His excuse would be similar to following: John Jones is
trying to talk to Mars. We should emulate, revere and immortalize this
attempt. But, he failed to talks to Mars, because it was too far away.
That is not the talkers fault, he couldnt help how far away Mars was.
We have at great length enumerated the tremendous impossibilities of
the physician. We did that just to meet the argument of this paragraph.
Suppose Western Union were to deliver but 50 per cent of the
messages it received; suppose any grocery store were to deliver but 50
per cent of the orders it received; suppose but 50 per cent of the
automobiles that were sold could run; suppose 50 per cent of the
telephones installed would not talk; suppose 50 per cent of the
Daltons Burroughs or National Cash Registers would not do that for
which they were built; SUPPOSE 50 PER CENT OF DIAGNOSES
WERE FAILURES, DID NOT ACCOMPLISH THAT FOR WHICH
THEY WERE MADE AND HANDED DOWN THRU
CENTURIESSUCH A SPIRIT AMONG ITS EXPONENTS
WILL NOT WEAKEN, BUT STRENGTHEN, PUBLIC FAITH in
Western Union, grocery store, automobiles, telephones, Daltons,
Burroughs RegisterIN MEDICINE. In brief, it is summed in one
wordIMPOSSIBLE!

Nevertheless, WE CANNOT EVADE the net significance of Dr. Cabots frank

analysis that THE PRESENT STATUS OF MEDICAL diagnosis is represented
by something LESS THAN A FIFTY PER CENT STANDARD OF
EFFICIENCY, OR AT LEAST OF ACCURACY. From which we may fitly
deduce three lessons: first, the propriety of a modest and unpretentious bearing
toward each other and the public; second, the importance of VERIFYING or
correcting OUR CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS, WHEREVER POSSIBLE, BY AN
AUTOPSY; third, the value of a FRANK AND HONEST DISCUSSION of our
mistakes, which is doubtless of more real profit than the customary tiresome
recital of our notableAND OFTEN ACCIDENTAL SUCCESSES.
(Medical Brief Editorial, Dec. 1910.)
561
HISTORY REPEATS
Following brief statement along same line is taken from London
Mail of June 24, 1907:
MISTAKEN DIAGNOSES.
In the annual report on the work of the Metropolitan Asylum Board, published
today, it is noted that the cases of mistaken diagnosis admitted number 2,151. The
percentage of error amongst cases certified as scarlet fever was 5.2 and amongst
diphtheria cases 16.3.
The mistakes amongst cases certified as enteric fever were very numerous,
being 33.7 per cent for all hospitals, and attaining the extraordinarily high figure
of 52.1 per cent amongst the admissions at the Southwestern Hospital.
An investigation by the hospital investigating committee showed that autopsies
upon patients that died in Bellevue Hospital showed that 47.7 per cent of the
diagnoses of diseases in that hospital were mistaken. The superintendent of that
hospital is reported to have said that that was a very good showing, and that in the
Massachusetts hospitals the average of erroneous diagnoses ran higher than 50 per
cent.
As the doctors believe that different diseases call for different remedies, that
each disease is caused by a different germ and can be healed only by a microbe
whose business in the economy of things is to destroy that particular disease
producer, the disastrous consequences of missing the disease and its germ in half
the cases and prescribing the wrong microbe in the form of a serum or in some
other preparation may well be imagined. It is not to be wondered at that the
patients became the subjects of an autopsy, to find that their death more than
likely resulted from the mistaken diagnosis of some doctor, whose good intentions
may be conceded after the death of his patient and a revealing autopsy.

Following brief article is extracted from The Truth Teller of May

1st, 1915, and is from a different institution than that just given.
MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS AND STATISTICS.
The inaccuracy of medical diagnosis is becoming almost a scandal. Of course,
no one can expect a physician to know the hidden, and many of the errors
recorded at autopsies are of conditions which gave no signs of symptoms during
life. To have known them would have required clairvoyance. Still it is rather
disconcerting to learn from some statistics published by Dr. Horst Oertel,
Scientific Director of the Russell Sage Institute of Pathology, New York (The
American Underwriter), that in one of the best-known hospitals with every facility
for diagnosis, in only 22.5 per cent of the autopsies was the diagnosis confirmed.
In 14 per cent it was partly correct and in 34.1 per cent it was entirely wrong or
not made at all. Death certificates can be of little value for statistical purposes
when to these difficulties are added carelessness, haste and ignorance. In the study
562
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
of the state of public health and its changes, we must then make great allowance
for error. We can not be sure of many of the alleged changes in frequency of any
affection. Public safety really demands that there shall be an autopsy after every
death, but there is no use discussing it because public opinion will not tolerate it.
Nevertheless, it ought to be possible to post all hospital cases, and the good
resulting will gradually educate the public to a tolerance of the practice in outside
cases and then a demand for it will follow. We ought not to wait for the
millennium to bring good things, but bring about the millennium by the good
things we create. So lets get to work in the matter of finding out what kills so
many people prematurely.American Medicine.
If you really get to work and find out the cause of so many premature deaths,
you will discover that the allopathic mistakes in diagnosis are entirely
overshadowed by allopathic mistakes in treatment. When a system of treatment
consists principally in administering poisonous doses of everything used as
medicines, a realization of that fact ought to supply all needed information as to
the causes of premature death where it is used. It is only a refusal to know the
facts that shrouds the matter.

Following newspaper article appeared in Boston as a news item and

is from still a third institution:
BELLEVUE DOCTORS WRONG IN NEARLY HALF OF CASES.
Startling Figures in Official Report Admitted By Those In Charge.
Proof Is In Autopsy.
Want more dead patients carved up as check and guide on diagnosis.
The statement made by the Hospital Investigating Committee that 47.7 per cent
of the deaths at Bellevue are due to causes incorrectly diagnosed has provoked a
flood of defensive statements from medical men, especially those connected with
Bellevue and allied institutions.
The Hospital Investigation Committee cites the figures in support of its
recommendation that the law be changed so that great leeway will be given for
autopsies at hospitals, the purpose in this being, as the report frankly admits,
THAT THE DOCTORS CAN FIND OUT AFTER THE PATIENT IS DEAD
WHAT WAS THE MATTER WITH HIM AND HOW HE SHOULD HAVE
BEEN TREATED.
The report was made to the Board of Estimate which appointed the committee.
It is expected that the proposal to permit wholesale autopsies will meet with
spirited opposition.
Dr. OHanlon, Superintendent of Bellevue, said today that he considered the
average of correct diagnosis, as reported by the committee, to be very good. He
cited the Massachusetts General Hospital, where, he said, the average of erroneous
diagnoses ran higher than 50 per cent.
563
HISTORY REPEATS
ADMIT ERRORS IN MORE THAN THIRD OF CASES.
The statement that 47.7 per cent of the Bellevue diagnoses were proved wrong
by autopsies was made by Dr. Horst Oertel, who examined into 388 cases at
Bellevue before reaching his findings. But sensational as these figures sound,
THEY ARE NOT REMARKABLE, according to Dr. John W. Brannan, President
of the Board of Trustees of Bellevue and Allied Hospitals (the others being
Fordham, Harlem and Gouverneur).
Dr. Brannan said today:
I think that percentage is a little high, perhaps due to the fact that the
investigators took the first diagnosis slips and not the final diagnosis slips, in
many of the cases. In my opinion the errors in diagnosing amount to about 35 per
cent. BUT THAT IS THE CASE IN ALL HOSPITALS. WELL INFORMED
MEDICAL MEN ARE NOT SURPRISED BY THE BELLEVUE FIGURES.
Following is an Editorial advertisement quoted from Medical Brief
of September, 1912:
DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS. Presented through an Analysis of 385
Cases.By Richard C. Cabot, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Medicine,
Harvard Medical School. Second Edition. Octavo of 764 pages, illustrated.
Philadelphia and London: W. B. Saunders Company, 1912. Cloth, $5.50 net.
Dr. Cabots reputation as a diagnostician is too well established throughout the
length and breadth of the land to need any tooting from our modest trumpet. By
the same token, the merit of this presentation of the subject from his pen may, and
doubtless will, be taken for granted wherever his name is known. The feature of
the work which especially impresses us is that it has achieved the rare
accomplishment of reducing the empirical aspect of diagnosis to a scientific basis.
The underlying principles of diagnosis are, of course, the principles of the various
sciences to which they pertainof physics, acoustics, chemistry, physiology, and
what not. BUT DIAGNOSIS ITSELF IS, AFTER ALL, AND MUST EVER BE,
AN EMPIRICAL AFFAIR. This Dr. Cabot recognizes, and he himself has
contributed as extensively as any one man to its EMPIRICAL data. But even in
his impiricism he is a scientist, and has here, in this excellent book, classified his
data according to the statistical and experimental method, so as to serve as
trust-worthy guiding rules for clinical practice. It is an unique and diagrammatic
summary of the case, side of diagnosis.
Following is an editorial comment in Journal of American Medical
Assn of March 27, 1915:
WHY PHYSICIANS ERR IN DIAGNOSIS.
Since the announcement by Cabot that post-morten findings reveal a high
percentage of incorrect clinical diagnoses, the question as to the reason
564
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
is important. In many institutions special attention has been devoted to the
problem, and in the city of New York it was made the subject of a municipal
report.
ERRORS IN DIAGNOSIS ARE DUE TO CERTAIN DEFINITE CAUSES.
The large percentage of such errors are avoidable, but only by ascertaining
wherein the defect lies can improvement be possible.
Sad to confess, mistakes from incomplete examination form the largest class.
Nearly all avoidable blunders result from this cause. Insufficient examinations are
due usually to lack of time, sometimes to laziness. There are, of course, patients
who object to complete and thorough examination. This can never be a
satisfactory excuse; a case should be relinquished when it cannot be sufficiently
studied. It is better, warns Abrahams, to lose a patient than to lose a reputation.
There is, then, one class of mistakes which can be condoned. This class is
bounded by human limitations. The others are avoidable. Mistakes due to gross
ignorance and faulty judgment may be overcome and are being overcome by
increased preliminary requirements and other improvements in medical education
and by an endeavor on the part of most physicians to keep abreast with the
advance in medical knowledge. Mistakes due to lack of time and thorough study
will be overcome when physicians resolve to study each case thoroughly with the
use of the many available accessories to medical practice.

Following Book Notice appeared in Journal of American Medical

Assn of March 27th, 1915:
In this volume, Dr. Cabot offers the second installment of his collection OF
MEDICAL PUZZLES, together with his solutions, and comments on methods of
diagnosis. The cases are selected to illustrate certain symptoms, vertigo, diarrhea,
dyspepsia, hematemesis, melena, hemoptysis, edema of the face and of the legs,
polyuria, fainting, hoarseness, pallor, delirium, ascites and abdominal
enlargement. As in the previous volume, each chapter is preceded by diagrams
showing how often one may expect to find a given symptom resulting from any
one of the several diseases which may cause it. We agree with Dr. Cabot that A
LACK OF SKILL IN HISTORY TAKING SEEMS TO MISLEAD US MORE
OFTEN THAN FAULTY PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. So far as chronic cases
are concerned; we believe, however, that in more acute cases, and in those chronic
illnesses treated throughout their entire course by the physician, HIS FAILURE
TO ARRIVE AT A CORRECT DIAGNOSIS LIES CHIEFLY IN NEGLECT OF
CAREFUL PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. The great lesson to be gathered from a
reading of Dr. Cabots cases is that an orderly arrangement of facts of history and
routine physical and laboratory examination will as a rule point to the probable
diagnosis. THERE ARE, OF COURSE, MANY INSTANCES IN WHICH THE
OBTAINABLE EVIDENCE IS INSUFFICIENT, AND HENCE THE
DIAGNOSIS REMAINS IN DOUBT. While a limited number of such
565
HISTORY REPEATS
SPECULATIVE diagnoses are of didatic value in teaching the limitations of
medical skill, WE DOUBT THE DESIRABILITY OF INCLUDING CERTAIN
OF THE MORE INDEFINITE CASES IN WHICH THE CONCLUSIONS AS
TO DIAGNOSIS ARE NECESSARILY OPEN TO QUESTION, AND WHERE
ONE GUESS IS AS GOOD AS ANOTHER. In the main, a perusal of several
cases illustrating a given symptom leaves the reader with a clear picture of many
of the practical problems of diagnosis which he himself has encountered, and he
has a lively sympathy with Dr. Cabot WHEN THE CAREFULLY THOUGHT
OUT DIAGNOSIS IS DISCOUNTED BY SUBSEQUENT EVENTS. HONEST
CONFESSION IS GOOD FOR THE MEDICAL SOUL. A careful reading of this
collection of case histories is bound to stimulate the reader to more orderly and
complete utilization of the sources of information in the study of his patients.

Appearing under Correspondence in Journal of American Medical

Assn of Jan. 11th, 1913, are following two letters. One was directed
by a physician of Chicago to Dr. Cabot and other was Dr. Cabots
reply:
THE DIAGNOSIS DOUBTS OF DR. CABOT.
TO THE EDITOR:
Dr. Richard C. Cabots industrious article Diagnostic Pitfalls Identified
During a Study of Three Thousand Autopsies (The Journal A. M. A., Dec. 28,
1912, p. 2295) is dangerous. Some harm, as I shall presently show, has already
been done. The premises are quite inadequate to warrant the conclusions, and I
thoroughly disagree with the deductions that are made. Three thousand cases form
an imposing array, it is true, but when they remain improperly classified they
constitute merely a variegated assortment of insufficiently differentiated units that
is more apt to muddle than to clarify statistical research. To collect a large series
of cases of acute and chronic diseases, complicated and uncomplicated by
preceding or accompanying lesionscases seen throughout the course of the
disease or only for a few days or a few hourscases studied before and after the
advent of modern diagnostic methodscases seen in a perfunctory way and cases
thoroughly studied by new doctors and by oldand then to utilize this jumble
of heterogeneous material to formulate generalities is wrong. THE PREMISES
ALSO INCLUDE INFALLIBILITY OF PATHOLOGIC AS AGAINST
CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS. Here the element of care, thoroughness and the
personal equation enter with equal force. And what of the purely functional
disturbances that have no tangible autopsy mark? Is the diagnosis of acute uremia,
for instance, necessarily incorrect because nothing tangible is found at autopsy?
What is the post-mortem evidence of a death from uremia?
Taking up singly few of the percentage of diagnostic success, is it not
preposterous to assert that the diagnosis of acute nephritis was correctly
566
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
made in only 16 per cent (and incidentally, how do you diagnose chronic
glomerulonephritis during life?) and of chronic nephritis in 50 per cent? How is
this possible unless the simplest routine examinations of the urine were omitted?
Can acute pericarditis be missed in 80 per cent, and acute endocarditis in 61 per
cent of the cases? It seems quite incredible, if the patients were examined at all.
Peptic ulcer was incorrectly interpreted in 44 per cent of the cases; why, and what
diagnosis was made? And where are duodenal ulcer and gall-stones (not
mentioned in this table) that could most readily be confused with gastric ulcer?
And does this tabledoes the whole articleinclude the borderland cases of this
type in which the necessary exploratory operation was performed? I doubt
seriously whether active phthisis is missed in 41 per cent of cases, nowadays;
activity is usually associated with tubercle bacilli in the sputum, is it not? Of
course, if they are not looked for, one might make the diagnosis of bronchitis.
Most senior students, I really believe, would be able to recognize a mitral or an
aortic stenosis in more than 69 per cent and 61 per cent of the cases, and lobar
pneumonia would not be misinterpreted or overlooked in nearly a quarter of the
patients. How can a modern medical man consider the diagnosis of malaria a
diagnostic pitfall because in these statistics the diagnosis is often given of
phthisis, hepatic syphilis, hepatic abscess and urinary infections? Was the blood
examined? Let me recall the fact that in malaria, a typical parasite, easy of
identification, is said to circulate in the blood. But why go further?
The main conclusion to be drawn from Dr. Cabots paper is that UN-
PARDONABLE CARELESS WORK WAS DONE BY THE ATTENDING
PHYSICIANS IN THE 3,000 CASES THAT FOUND THEIR WAY TO DR.
CABOTS AUTOPSY TABLE. One can hardly assume that these cases were all
studied in the Massachusetts General Hospital, for THIS WOULD
CONSTITUTE TOO CRUSHING AN ARRAIGNMENT OF THE CLINICAL
WORK DONE IN THIS VENERABLE AND JUSTLY CELEBRATED IN-
STITUTION. I have seen 152 consecutive cases correctly diagnosed in every
clinical detail in the service of Dr. Ortner in Vienna, and that was sixteen years
ago. Dr. Cabots diagnostic pitfalls are not pitfalls at all for the man with five
senses and a conscience; they are pitfalls only for the blind, and the blind should
not lead. The whole argument is illogical; fifty men are not necessarily a centipede
because one man is a biped.
A certain number of disorders cannot, of course, in the very nature of things be
correctly interpreted during life, although their number is relatively very small and
growing smaller (where in the statistics is the diagnosis impossible?) another
small proportion requires an exploratory operation; still others are purely
functional in character and have no uniform, characteristic or grossly determinable
anatomic substratum; other diseases that Cabot enumerates are merely
syndromes of manifold origin and due to a variety of underlying causes. But I
maintain that the overwhelming majority of cases are today diagnosed correctly,
provided the proper care is exercised and the proper technic is employed. Of
course against stupidity the gods themselves strive in vain. WE ALL HAVE
OUR PERCENTAGE
567
HISTORY REPEATS
OF ERROR, but it is not a question of greater or less virtuosity at all; it is a
common-sense question of securing specifications before figuring on a contract.
One should not proclaim ex cathedra that tailors cannot make clothes, because of
3,000 suits the majority were misfits, unless one acknowledges at the same time
that most of the tailors for some inscrutable reason failed to take the necessary
measurements. AND ONE SHOULD NOT ARGUE FROM BOSTON AND
OVER THE SIGNATURE OF AN ILLUSTRIOUS NAME AND IN THE
LEADING PLACE OF OUR MOST PROMINENT MEDICAL JOURNAL
THAT DOCTORS COMMONLY FAIL TO MAKE PROPER DIAGNOSES,
UNLESS ONE ACKNOWLEDGES TACITLY OR OPENLY THAT THIS IS
DUE TO THEIR FAILURE TO EXERCISE ORDINARY CARE OR TO USE
THE PROPER METHODS PRESCRIBED FOR ELICITING NEEDED FACTS.
I know that such criminal negligence is not tolerated in the larger Chicago
Hospitals, nor is it at all common among general practitioners, EVEN AMONG
THE OVERWORKED AND UNDERPAID COUNTRY PRACTITIONERS IN
THIS SECTION OF THE COUNTRY. One rarely encounters an actual bull of
the kind that seems to thrive rampant in herds in Dr. Cabots china-shop.
My criticism is inspired by an article in the Chicago Tribune, Saturday,
December 28, under the caption Wrong Diagnosis Common, Asserts Richard
Cabot. THIS THING WAS WAVED AT ME TWICE IN ONE DAY. WHAT
MEAT, THIS MUST BE TO OUR FRIENDS, THE ENEMY, AND WHAT
AMMUNITION FOR THOSE WHO GLEEFULLY, IN THE NAME OF THE
PROFIT, SHOOT AT DOCTORS, DRUGS AND THE DEVIL! IT IS A PITY
THAT A THING OF THIS SORT SHOULD COME BEFORE THE PUBLIC
NOW, WHEN WE ARE TRYING SO HARD TO GAIN THE CONFIDENCE OF
THE LAITY, TO EDUCATE THE PEOPLE OVER TO THE CAUSE OF
LEGITIMATE MEDICINE AND TO DISPEL THE ATTITUDE OF AMUSED
SUSPICION SO GENERALLY ADOPTED TOWARD US. THERAPEUTIC
NIHILISM HAS HAD US BY THE THROAT; NOW BEWARE OF
DIAGNOSTIC PESSIMISM. Duckworth warned us long ago that the doctrinaire
in medicine, as in politics or other matters, is commonly a dangerous person.
Alfred C. Croftan, M. D., Chicago.

(A proof of the preceding was sent to Dr. Cabot, who replies:)

TO THE EDITOR:I hoped to read such objections as Dr. Croftans. THEY
HELP TO BRING OUT THE TRUTH. BEFORE I KNEW THE FACTS I USED
TO FEEL JUST AS HE DOES. WHEN HE HAS HAD THREE THOUSAND
CLINICAL DIAGNOSES CRITICIZED AT AUTOPSY BY AN
INDEPENDENT AND UNPREJUDICED PATHOLOGIST WHO MAKES
FULL BACTERIOLOGIC AND HISTOLOGIC EXAMINATIONS OF EVERY
CASE, HE WILL FIND, I BELIEVE, THAT THE FACTS ARE NOT LESS
UNPLEASANT THAN I HAVE STATED THEM TO BE. HE WILL KNOW
THAT HIS MOST SCRUPULOUS AND CAREFUL EXAMINATION OF THE
PRECORDIA OFTEN FAILS TO REVEAL ACUTE PERICARDITIS WHEN IT
IS PRESENT! THAT HIS EXAMINATION OF
568
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
THE URINE WILL NOT ALWAYS DISTINGUISH EITHER ACUTE OR
CHRONIC NEPHRITIS FROM MITRAL STENOSIS AND AORTIC STENO-
SIS ARE SOMETIMES OVERLOOKED BY THE BEST DIAGNOSTICIANS.
His questions may be answered briefly as follows:
Duodenal ulcer is included with gastric ulcer under the general term peptic
ulcer. Many active cases of tuberculosis show no bacilli in the sputum. Malaria is
listed as a diagnostic pitfall simply because I saw in one year three practitioners
(not connected with any hospital) fall into it. Acute uremia can be excluded when
we find post mortem a purulent meningitis and a pair of sound kidneys. It is to
such evidence that I refer. Doctrinaires are the bane of medicine. WE NEED MEN
WHO WILL WORK AND FACE THE FACTS. FAILING THAT, GENERAL
DENUNCIATIONS DO NOT HELP. RICHARD C. CABOT, M. D., Boston.

We have reached conclusiondiagnosis is not reliable, satisfactory,

leads to nothing definite or scientific. We are groping in dark.
Assuming we are right in 50 per cent we are prescribing WRONG in
50 per cent. If drugs go to place for which they are given . . . heart
medicines go to heart; liver pills go to liver . . . then if we diagnosed
wrong, we have prescribed wrong. If heart is normal, we diagnose it
heart trouble, prescribe for heart, our drugs go therewe will make
a disease in that location It is guess-work in at least 50 per cent of
cases.
Chiropractic, by contrast, IS a science. What the unknown may be is
immaterial. We care not what affection may be; where disease is is not
of sufficient importance to be weighed heavily. All that is important,
in diagnosis, is unimportant to us. All that is necessary to know, to
lead to prescription, in medicine, is unnecessary for us to know to lead
to adjustment.
Here comes a patient. He says he is sick; perhaps hes right, perhaps
not. Maybe he thinks its heart and he might be right or wrong.
Physicians have differed as to what they called his trouble, differed
where it was, and have prescribed different drugsit matters not to
us.
Let us analyze this man. His brain is in his skull. His brain makes
power for his bodyproven by fact that when his head is cut off, his
body dies; proven by fact that when hes hanged hes dead. This
power, made by brain, reaches all parts of his body by and thru spinal
cord which is encased within spinal column . . . a mass of soft matter
entirely surrounded by solid links of bone.
569
HISTORY REPEATS
This cord sends forth branches. They have their exit thru intervertebral
foramina, which are notches on superior and inferior lateral surfaces
of vertebrae which compose this flexible and flexuous backbone. If
any vertebra becomes disarranged, out of alignment, subluxated, it
will make these notches smaller, pinch nerve, make its diameter
smaller, hinder flow of this nerve-force from brain to organ for which
destined. Every tissue in body is connected to some portion of brain by
and thru some nerve-fibre which connects tissue cell with brain cell.
Starting at tissue cell, fibre passes in, by and between tissues on its
way to eventually go thru this opening, thence to become an integral
part of this spinal cord which goes to brain and there ramifies into its
every lobe and convolution. Every organ of body that can become
diseased is fed by forces which come from brain, via this backbone.
If 100 per cent of diagnoses were correct, it would not be equal to 1
per cent of correct analyses, from the mankind viewpoint. One deals
with effects and other with cause. Supposing 100 per cent of effects
were properly diagnosed, what does it amount to after you have it?
Supposing, on reverse, that 1 per cent of analyses were correct; that 1
per cent knowledge OF CAUSE leads to 1 per cent of correct
adjustment and that leads to 1 per cent of correct health, and that 1 per
cent of health delivered to humanity is more than a physician can de-
liver with 100 per cent correct diagnoses; for then begins more
guess-work as to the percentage of correct prescriptions.
In the minds of majority of people, a diagnosis is pre-eminent. There
seems to be a superstitious longing in minds of many to know just
what they have; doesnt make any difference whether it is cirrhosis,
eczema, bronchial pneumonia, appendicitis, enteritisthey want it
named, they want to know what they are carrying around on the inside
just as if that knowledge had some value attached to it. We dont care
whether we have a tape-worm or a seat-worm. Given a knowledge of
subluxation, and if that knowledge be but 1 per cent right, it is worth
more than would be 100 per cent correct diagnoses with some
7-jointed name attached.
We review: physician looks at symptoms, he diagnoses, he tells you
what you have, tells it to you in a Latin name and you look
570
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
up to him, O! How glad I am that man knows! You feel as though
he is your second father, he knows so many words, and you place
yourself under his treatment, with confidence.
Assume a patient came to Chiropractorlatter is blindfolded
(cannot see); he is not permitted to say one word; his ears are stuffed
with cotton so he cannot hear (as in asthma, etc.). Have his patient
prepared, i.e., his entire spine bared. He will carefully ANALYZE
position of vertebrae and find a SUBLUXATION causing disease for
which physician may OR MAY NOT have diagnosed. This
Chiropractor, with NO GUESS-WORK KNOWLEDGE of physical or
mental diagnosis, symptomatology or pathology, will proceed to adjust
subluxation, and in time his case will be dismissed WELL of every
disease . . . HE KNEW NOT WHAT AND CARES LESS. We call
that character of work SCIENCE in its fullest and broadest sense. Any
person who can do that, repeatedly, on case after case, is an ARTIST
of finest quality. Chiropractor radically abhors guessing; physician ig-
nores precision. One would not have work of other; other refuses to
investigate claims of tother. It will be a long time before we
harmonize.

ANALYSIS: A RESOLUTION OF ANYTHING, whether an object of the

senses or of the intellect, INTO CONSTITUENT PARTS OR ELEMENTS; an
examination of component parts, SEPARATELY OR IN THEIR RELATION TO
THE WHOLE, as the words which compose a sentence, the tones of a tune, or the
simple propositions which enter into an argument. (WEBSTERS NEW
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY, 1910 EDITION).
ANALYSIS: RESOLUTION INTO PARTS. Composition-Resolution. Digest,
Investigation, Answers, Numbering, Organization, Disorganization,
Ratiocination-Instinct Trail. (MARCHS THESAURUS DICTIONARY OF THE
ENGLISH LANGUAGE).
ANALYSIS: (1) A loosing, releasing; (2) A DISSOLVING, THE RES-
OLUTION OF A WHOLE INTO ITS PARTS, analysis opposed to genesis or
synthesis; in logic, THE REDUCTION OF THE IMPERFECT FIGURES INTO
THE PERFECT ONES; (3) THE SOLUTION OF A PROBLEM, etc., to
unloose-backward.
1. Gen: The act of analyzing; the state of being analyzed; the result of such
investigation. THE SEPARATION OF ANYTHING PHYSICAL, MENTAL, or a
mere conception into ITS CONSTITUENT ELEMENTS.
(NEW REVISED ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY. VOLUME 1).
571
HISTORY REPEATS
ANALYSIS: To resolve anything, of whatever character, into its constituent
elements. (NEW REVISED ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY VOLUME 1).
ANALYSIS: PSYCHOLOGICALThe reduction to simpler conductions of
complicated mental states. THE DISCOVERY OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES
UNDERLYING CONCRETE PSYCHOLOGICAL PHENOMENA.
(DICTIONARY OF PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE VOL. 1).
ANALYSIS: The resolution of compound bodies into simpler, or constituent
parts. (GOULDS ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE).
ANALYSISResolution of anything in its component parts; an examination
to determine the composition of any given substance. (DUNGLISONS
MEDICAL DICTIONARY.)
Analysis is not generally used medically; its only application is
with sputum, urine, etc. When material elements can be separated
then thats analysis medically speaking. Beyond that it has no
further significance. We have taken a word that has no general or
broad therapeutical value, put it within bounds of an anti-therapeutical
science, broadened its meaning very much and placed thereon our own
interpretation.
We have resolved MAN into his component parts, mental and
physical, health and disease, natural and unnatural. We have further
resolved cause and effect, located each so far as that knowledge could
be provable and workable to end of improving man. In pursuing this
course of analysis, some subjects much increase in relative value,
others decrease. Importance of symptoms, diagnosis has decreased to
nil. Necessity of locating CAUSE has reached the 100 per cent stage.
A knowledge of latter ALONE accomplishes all desireda
knowledge of former ALONE accomplishes nothing. Contrast, in our
opinion, needs no further elaboration.
Brain is seat or originating place of all power, force or energy.
Spinal cord is great cable transmitter, nerves branching therefrom the
smaller segmental distributors of life force. Its place of origin being
mind, its product must be in keeping mental impulses. Origin being in
brain, its place of expression, the organ, then life in all human being is
in brain but is expressed at peripherytissue cell. Life,
physiologically considered, has a beginning at brain cell but has
personification at tissue cell. Skull being a solid encased structure,
spinal column being segmental, it would analytically, stand that
possibility of any interference
572
DIAGNOSIS VS. ANALYSIS
of mental impulse manufacture would be nil. Spinal cord being
entirely surrounded by segmental structure pieces, it would be more
reasonable that should any one or more of these pieces get out of
proper position, it would seriously hinder function of these
transmitting bodiesspinal cord or nerves. Exit of its branches, being
thru intervertebral foramina and possibility of those being decreased
would lie in vertebral subluxation being increased, then it would be
reasonably seen that THE CAUSE of all disease would lie in spine as
there is only place wherein it was possible for a vertebral derangement
to occur which would in any way produce a pressure or restriction of a
hard substance aroundas of bone or nerves. Without this hypothesis,
it would be impossible to hinder flow of life from brain to tissue cell.
In hundreds, yes, many thousands of cases, subluxations have been
analyzed, without Chiropractor having even slightest knowledge of
what ailments patient might have, what had been diagnosedbut
spine proved subluxation. This was sufficient. Chiropractor verified
his work at every stage, carefully reverified, adjusted subluxation. In
time his patient got wellat least THE PATIENT SAID he was well,
and such physicians as again re-examined and re-diagnosed have said
he was well.
Frequently physicians come back to us with Very few patients have
a sufficient knowledge of anatomy, physiology, symptomatology or
pathology to know when they are well. 75 per cent of a diagnosis is
made by patient describing his symptoms to his doctor. If patients are
intelligent enough to give symptoms reliable enough for physician to
pronounce a diagnosis, why arent they sufficiently intelligent to tell
when they DONT feel those symptomsare well? Its a poor rule
that wont work both ways.
Analysis, as will be seen from foregoing, is a two-edged sword.
First, it eliminates guess-work, eliminates error of wrong prescriptions
and, above all, casts off AS UNRELIABLE all hypotheses upon
which medicine rests in constantly living in garden-patch of
decomposition, dissolution and diseases. Second, it makes every step
of work absolutely accurate; it adds to our human facts; it multiplies
our usefulness because we adjust, they treat effects. It goes even
farther, it makes man a scientific thinking and acting machine and his
corrections of deformities
573
HISTORY REPEATS
and malpositions a scientific and accurate study, an essence to be
relied upon at any and all times, under all conditions. It makes THE
CAUSE of every disease, acute or chronic, a surface study, rather than
a deeply emboweled problem.
DIAGNOSIS is guess-work, a sorceress witchcraft, philosophers
stone in the gloaming, always in demand, never being worked toward,
hence never reached.
ANALYSIS is art, science and philosophy personifiedit puts into
mans head and hands the greatest possible benefit for good. He has a
stock unlimited, without end. It gives a conclusion upon all questions
and returns to man that which he always worked towardshealth,
happiness and life an eternal blessing.
We herewith, then, append our definition of analysis, Chiro-
practically considered.
ANALYSIS:Resolving of functions, normal and abnormal, with
their comparative quantities, back to location and character of their
cause or causes, and the consideration of constituent manifestations of
life involved; tracing or retracing of material abnormalities, forward or
backward, to their source of Innate Intelligence origin; detailed
segregation, step by step, of original principles from mental creation to
physical expression or vice versa. (THE SCIENCE OF
CHIROPRACTIC VOL. III PALMER 1908.)
574
Chapter 76
The Story Of
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND
INDUCTIONS Vs.
CLINICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
(Copyright 1918Revised 1951)
It is not often we come before you with a complete subject and when
we do it must be as other faculty members under the circumstances
open an argumentbring forth its phasesand close it. We appear
before you in a morning, whereas the faculty member has a month in
which to cover his ground.
There is one purpose you have for being here, one reason why we
are. You study menso do we. You have been seeing man
differently; if you had seen him as we have, you would not be here.
You come to get our viewpoints. It is not necessary to think all we
dowhere he came from, or where he is going. You are content to get
our viewpoints of man while here. Man lives and we study his school
of life. He is one of the living animals hence presents for us a good
schooling. Man and the school in which he lives, is our daily theme,
altho many constrict it.
When you and we were born, educationally we knew nothing
Innately we were wise. As time passed, we observed, saw things from
new viewpoints. Whatever we centralize upon, we look at and analyze
its divisions. We started where we knew nothing, and broadened as far
as measured thought would allow. This morning we focalize this
subject and see what it amounts to. METHOD of research of medical
profession will be compared with PROCESS found necessary to
elaborate Chiropractic.
Medical research is what it is because of certain findings in
LABORATORIES, upon which branched certain laboratory in-
ductions. Chiropractic is based upon CLINICAL findings, therefore
clinical deductions. As to which is right we leave you to decide after
we have presented the pros and cons.
575
HISTORY REPEATS
Four terms will be usedLaboratory-Clinical-Findings and
Deductions. Let us analyze these and see their significance.
Laboratory:1. Orig., the workroom of a chemist; hence a place devoted to
experimental study in a branch of natural science, or to the application of
scientific principles in testing and analysis or in the preparation of drugs,
chemicals, explosives, etc., as, a chemical, physical, or biological laboratory; by
extension, a place where something is prepared or some operation is performed.
(Webster).
Laboratory. A room fitted up with apparatus for conducting experiments
(chemical, physiological and the like), making analyses, manufacturing drugs,
etc. (Stedmans Medical Dictionary.)
A laboratory is a room or a series of rooms where every standard and
criterion or process of reasoning is denied to things being reasoned
upon or upon which reason is used. Man who conducts laboratorical
experiment uses REASON in his process yet denies that process to
things upon which he works. I, a man, AM a reasoning being, yet that
upon which I work in the laboratory, never reasoned, couldnt reason,
had none of the wherewithal with which to reason. The matter is
wood, animal or humanit did not think, it is composed of chemicals
and materialities. Laboratory experiments with material agencies,
when applied to other like agencies will attempt to induce a concrete
disease to disappear in a known or unknown case. A certain agency,
when given to a specific being, will try to cause a material disease to
disappear. Dyspepsia is a material disease in a material man. If pepsin,
(a material agency), were given to (material) man, (material) dyspepsia
would disappear. It is virtually a question of materialities in
combination and their results.
There are several kinds of laboratories: Laboratory in which
CHEMICAL findings and inductions are reached; TOXICOLOG-
ICAL experiments, as to what will and will not poison animals and
humans; laboratory in which DISSECTION occurs in the interest of
finding something material existing which was not known before;
PATHOLOGICAL laboratory, where tissues are examined and
verified as to size, weights and colors; laboratory in which
BACTERIOLOGICAL conditions are being searched for cancer and
other germs; in which animals are experimented uponserums and
anti-serums given to guinea pigs, cows, dogs, monkeys, etc., to see
whether they develop certain conditions or
576
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
not; PHYSIOLOGICAL laboratory wherein certain chemical tests or
tests of physics are demonstrated. A laboratory is where something
indirect is used thinking to reach a conclusion on the direct. They
work upon a cowif it succeedsform a conclusion as to what
would work upon man. Laboratory work studies structure, forming a
conclusion as to what it should be able to do. Laboratory would prove
tubes were circular; that they wouldnt roll would be a conclusion as
to what they would and could not do.

Clinic. Instruction of a class of medical students by the examination and

treatment of the patients in the presence of the pupils. B. The gathering of a
number of students at a clinical lecture. .. (Webster).
Clinic. An institution in which medical attention is given to patients who live
at home, not requiring hospital service. 2. An institution in which medical
instruction is given to students by means of demonstrations in the presence of the
sick. 3. A clinical lecture. (Stedman).
Clinical. Relating to the bedside of a patient or to the course of his disease. 2.
Noting the symptoms and course of a disease as distinguished from the anatomical
changes. 3. Relating to a clinic. (Stedman).
Clinical, by way of definition, possesses all the contrast of thot and
introduces opposite. Clinic is where immaterialism enters everything
materialistic; where very process of reasoning is admitted to be the
method of procedure in elucidation. A patient comes, you dont know
whether he is sick or not. He says he is. There is mental activity upon
his part, and faith upon yours. Just the opposite of what is done in
laboratory; there you take nothing for granted which cant be proven
and seen. Ask patient in laboratorythere is none. Process of
reasoning with patient is method used to illustrate facts. In a
laboratory you have no patient to deduce with. In clinic you use ideas
and facts of patient as being of value and encompass your personal
deductions in connection therewith. You and patient do these things
together. In laboratory you are alone, except as you have something
indirect.
In laboratory expert can tell whether cancer or tumor, its character
and from what organ. In clinic, diagnosis is based on information
patient gives doctor. Questions are answered and upon strength of
these comes approximate correctness of diagnosis, providing
diagnosis be employed.
577
HISTORY REPEATS
There is an attitude in a clinic of spiritual and physical cooperation
between patient and doctor. There is thot and body of patient, and
spirit and body of doctor, and doctor and patient together are working
to find effects as regards that case. Sympathy is expressed by doctor
and confidence by patient and both are abstract; neither could be
considered rational in laboratory.
Clinic aims to find abstract agency which, when successfully
returned to body, will restore health in a known or unknown case.
Here you deal directly with thing involved. You find that which is
abstract, which is harmonious in restoring it to your patient. Clinical
work studies function, normal or abnormal, therefore student is able to
say what has been done or should be. It is not so in laboratory. There
are nine or more laboratories but only one clinic.

Finding:That which is found, discovered, invented, come upon or provided;

especially, that which a journeyman artisan finds. (Webster). If before germs,
were not known, the microscope was made and by looking thru this, microbes
were found this would be considered as a laboratorical finding. If the flesh of a
patient was tender, the area red and inflamed and a subluxation found in that
region, then that would be a clinical finding.
InductionAct or process of reasoning from a part to a whole, from particulars
to generals, or from the individual to the universal, also, the result or inference so
reached. By Aristotle induction, or epagogue, was treated as a subordinate form of
reasoning, consisting, when perfect, of a complete enumeration of all the
particulars comprised under the inferred generalization; hence called induction by
simple enumeration. The great advance over this view was the inductive method,
or philosophical induction, of Bacon, which consists in the INFERRING that
what has been observed or established in respect to a part, individual, or species,
may, on the ground of analogy, be affirmed or received of the whole to which it
belongs. Such INFERENCE ascends from the parts to the whole, and forms, from
the general analogy of nature, or special presumptions in the case, conclusions
which have greater or less degree of force, and which may be strengthened or
weakened by subsequent experience and experiment, but which, in the long run,
by reason of repeated observations, will rectify themselves. Induction is the
process by which we conclude that what is true of certain individuals of a class, is
true of the whole class, or that what is true at certain times will be true in similar
circumstances at all times. (Webster).
DeductionAct or process of deducing; mediate inference in which the
conclusion follows necessarily from a full understanding of given data or
propositions;contrasted with induction. (Webster).
578
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
If patient feels well, retires by an open window, in morning has
cold, then a laboratorical deduction would be that draft caused the
cold, heat applied would relax muscles and patient might be cured. If
case comes to Chiropractor and makes same statement of fact,
Chiropractor analyzes, finds a subluxation, adjusts it and patient gets
wellit is a clinical deduction to say subluxation was cause as
subsequent facts prove.
We have used the word finding in this connection, because finding
is an established fact. A microbe is a finding and cannot be denied. A
laboratory finding therefore is that which has been found in laboratory
not found in any other place or way. Without laboratory we would not
have known a tissue cell or electrons, etc. It is but logical that as
microscopes of higher power are made so will they find material forms
not heretofore known; as telescopes of greater power are
manufactured so will we know contents of other planets not
understood. Findings are logical and consistent, it would be folly to
deny these.
We used word deduction because it is interpreted to mean one of
two things. It is a definite conclusion reached and used as a working
hypothesis upon which to reach further findings.
For example: Laboratory experts have examined sputa of tubercular
patients. They have found tuberculosis bacillithis is the finding over
which there is no dispute; then comes the laboratory induction that,
because germs are there AND NO OTHER CAUSE IS KNOWN, they
cause tuberculosis in which they were foundover this induction
there is considerable dispute. They claim the finding causes disease;
we say the finding is a scavenger to disease produced by other causes
now known.
Let us take laboratory thought into other planes. Assume, an artist
works in laboratory. He theorizes about what he expects to do after he
secures his paints. Inventor would dream about invention when he got
ready to assemble materials. Architect would plan and change his
plans again and again when he found they did not work. There have
been many theories evolved in laboratories that were perfect paper
successes; but when started to work on real, they failed. We have had
experience in that line.
There have been seven Hy-Lo table patterns. Every one was a paper
success, but when tested they were complete failures. Only
579
HISTORY REPEATS
table that never got on paper was the one that came truetable we
have now. Laboratory Hy-Los were theories but clinical Hy-Lo was a
reality.
Supposing these comparisons were taken into clinic where ideal of
the real was worked upon. Sculptor would work from a mold and artist
from a model. Inventor would experiment upon invention. Architect
would build with materials and know he was right.
People who work in laboratories do so with a certain theory; they
have methods of procedure. Laboratory tests are made under working
hypotheses.
FirstTo work from unknown to knowncontrary to our
pedagogical conclusions. They assume today, that a germ causes
cancer. They dont know it, but they hunt for prima facie evidence to
prove that it does. SecondThey argue that to know how to do is to
be able to do, therefore they try to find how to do. If they once find
out, they will tell us, and they use the laboratory to that end. Third
They multiply or subtract material elements until desired consistency
is resurrected or vanished (to meet his comprehension). That is a part
of use to which they put laboratory. FourthThey assume a theory,
then attempt to prove it by ELIMINATION of those things which
cannot work. All that work with it, they gather. This is a process of
subtraction of real.
Laboratorical method is to take a part of a subject and believe that
represents what whole would do. They establish fact, then force
everything else to it.
Clinical theory is antipodal, in fact its opposite. As we give these
distinctions, you must make application to clinical problem as you
know and have observedsee if it is true.
FirstTo work from known to unknown. You know there is a
subluxation, you know you adjust it, then unknown quantities of
disease and health, life and death, begin their play.
SecondTo be able to do is to know how to do. You are able to
adjust subluxation therefore you can tell how to do it. Quite frequently
a definite result is attained by accident, and later repeated intentionally
because of having been done once.
580
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
ThirdTo so make possible a rearrangement of disarranged parts to
end that elements present can be equally distributed. This has been
one principle of clinic.
FourthAssume facts and prove their origin by analysis of elements
that make entire object what it is.
FifthClinical method is to take entire subject and then know that
all parts are in direct relation each to other to make the whole. They
establish facts and everything is in harmony by way of relationship.
Therapeutically speaking, you ask questions, patient answers, you
form an opinion, diagnose case, which leads to a study of chemical
elements in excess or lacking; then the study of what will dilute or
increase; then follows prescription of that which is believed will
accomplish desired end. Laboratory leads to chemist, chemist to
physician, physician to operating room, latter leading to cemetery.
Chiropractically speaking, we start with assumption that subluxation
exists, analyze location, determine its approximation and adjust it,
leading to delivery of returned health. These are clinical conclusions
upon which we work.
We have referred several times to laboratorical findings and
laboratorical inductions, also clinical findings and clinical deductions.
Distinction is made.
A microbe is a laboratorical finding, he never was and cannot be
found outside of laboratory. Altho existing clinically it cannot be
proven, except theoretically. Clinically we are not denying the finding,
but when the laboratorical induction is reached that we have found
the microbe and because we know no other cause of disease, he is
itthis is an illogical laboratorical induction which the clinical
deduction can not sustain. Laboratorical finding is correct but
laboratorical induction is wrong.
In our clinics, we find a subluxation; this is clinical finding.
Subluxation makes intervertebral foramina smaller. This decreases
diameter and circumference of lumen, produces pressure upon nerves,
limits their carrying capacity, interferes with even and continuous flow
of mental impulses from brain to tissue cell, hence makes an abnormal
effect at periphery. Former is surely correct, latter a clinical deduction.
Finding is truewhether
581
HISTORY REPEATS
deduction is correct or not must be tested by application of reversal of
conditions involved. If reduction of subluxation was accomplished and
results disappeared, working under this hypothesis, it would prove our
clinical deduction was correct.
As proof of statement just made, let us quote this article from The
Canada Lancet of June, 1916. It will be noted that essence of this
article, by way of its insertion here, is contained in the last line. . .
FOR THE ACTUAL TEST ON MAN DECIDES THE TRUTH OF
THE THEORY. In other language, it takes the CLINIC to prove
TRUTH. Any laboratory can tell untruths, as evidenced by his
comparisons of germs causing disease.
TESTING THE GERM THEORY ON HUMAN BEINGS.
Editor Canada Lancet,
The Germans are largely responsible for two widely accepted theories, viz.:
1st. That their army is invincible.
2nd. That disease is caused by germsboth theories have been challenged by
Canadians. The reasons for questioning the germ theory are mainly three, viz:
1st. The divergent views of bacteriologists as to which germ caused the
disease.
2nd. The stronger claim of the bio-chemic theory.
3rd. The absence of germs at the onset of disease (as the following sample
cases show.)
(a) A man crossing a river broke through the ice, was rescued, later became ill,
and the doctor, fearing pneumonia, tested for pneumonia coccithere were none
present; when the pneumonia developed they appeared.
(b) After an oyster supper some men had cramps and diarrhoea, followed by
typhoid feverno Eberth bacilli were present in the first stools but were present
later.
(c) Hurrying, a girl arrived at her shop sweating; as the shop was cold, she
became very chilly; next day complained of a sore throat, but no Klebs-Loffler
bacilli were found; later, when a diphtheratic patch appeared, the bacilli were
present.
Here in each case the bacilli followed the onset of the disease.
Believing that the above germs were the result and not the cause of the
diseases, tests of the germs of diphtheria, typhoid and pneumonia were made.
The first test was whether the Klebs-Loffler bacilli would cause diphtheria,
and about 50,000 were swallowed without any result; later 100,000, 500,000 and
a million and more were swallowed, and in no case did they cause any ill-effect.
582
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
The series of tests was to decide whether the Eberth bacillus would cause
typhoid, but each test was negative; even when millions were swallowed. The
third series of tests showed that one could swallow a million (and over)
pneumo-cocci without causing pneumonia, or any disturbance.
The investigations covered about two years and forty-five (45) different tests
were made giving an average of fifteen tests each. I personally tested each germ
(culture) before allowing the others to do so; and six persons (3 male, 3 female)
knowingly took part in the tests and in no case did any symptom of the disease
follow.
The germs were swallowed in each case, and were given in milk, water, bread,
cheese, meat, head-cheese, fish, and applesalso tested on the tongue.
Most of the cultures were grown by myselfsome from stock tubes furnished
by Parke, Davis & Co., and one tube furnished by the Toronto Board of Health
through one of their bacteriologists.
As the tests were carefully made, they prove that there is not the danger from
germs that bacteriologists claim; they also may stimulate other Canadians to
undertake further experimental work, for the actual test on man decides the truth
of the theory. Jno. B. Fraser, M.D., C.M.
Laboratorically speaking, a tissue cell can be put under a microscope, it shows
no activity, the microscopic laboratory induction is that it is nothing more than
what it represents. What more does it represent than cellular walls? The chemical
laboratory names the chemical elements, found, hence it represents walls, skeletal
frame and chemicalsthe laboratory induction isit has no life and never did
have any is sustained. Their findings and conclusions are not consistent.
Assume a case has been poisoned, the clinical findings include the vomitus
which matter is transferred to the laboratory. Here the character of the poison is
investigated, a laboratorical induction made that certain antidote of opposite
character is necessary to remove the first poisonsuch induction is not rightly
based.
In the laboratory, the following ideas have been enlarged. Dissection,
Chemistry, Bacteriology, Physiology, Diagnosis, Urinalysis, Toxicology.
Dissection as in surgery, Chemistry, giving origin to new combinations of materia
medica. Bacteriology to find in impregnable man the microbic cause of his
disease. Pathology to identifying disease by saying that if a certain tissue
construction is of certain color, size, weight, consistency, it is a fibroid cancer,
etc.
Physiology is one of those misapplied theories, e. g., take a frogs leg, attach
electrodes at opposite ends, turn on electricity, if it jumps it contracts, if it doesnt,
it cant, this forms an induction that if the dead frogs leg was in a live frog then
that which would have moved it if in the living animal is a form of electricity for
electricity moved it when dead, hence electricity would move it if alive, the action
being reflex in the dead, so is it in the live.
583
HISTORY REPEATS
Diagnosis is another far-fetched conclusion. Symptoms are gleaned from the
clinic, but diagnosis is based upon authorities who are weighed carefully in the
laboratory of the library. Should authors differ, diagnosis changes accordingly;
writers are the standby, not clinical findings.
LABORATORY DONTS.
The Laboratory News gives the following timely donts for the guidance of
general physicians in the use of the laboratory:
Dont expect the laboratory alone to make the diagnosis, prognosis and suggest
all the treatment of a case. The laboratory does not pretend to push aside clinical
symptomatology. The Medical Brief, Jan., 1915.
LABORATORY DOCTORS.
The Wassermann Laboratory is equipped with every facility to aid in the
diagnosis or exclusion of specific infection, active or latent. Wassermann
reactions, dark field examinations, lumbar puncture, provocative, intravenous
injections, etc. Thos. MacRae, M. D.
SCIENTIFIC MADNESS.
Letter received announcing the re-opening of a diagnosis laboratory. It is taken
for granted that physicians are incompetent to diagnose their cases and he is now
expected to hire so-called experts to tell him what name to apply to his cases. Oh,
dear.
The laboratory method has control, mostly, of professional men; simple,
homely, common-sense diagnosis and treatment is seldom any longer available. It
is a change, but not for the better; physicians and patients more and more fail to
understand each other. The more technical the medical practice, the worse for
both doctor and patient. Today it is infections, reactions, examinations,
punctures, injections, vaccinations, exclusions, inclusions, diagnoses by
specialists and specifics; all mostly meaningless, useless, hyper-scientific, costly,
presumptuous, and all inferior to simple observation, good food, water, exercise
and reasonable hygiene. (Health Culture, July, 1914.)

Toxicology is threshed within confines of laboratory notwith-

standing that no two clinical cases are alike. In laboratory a set
antidote is prescribed for specific findings. These are inconsistencies
as a superficial application of same in clinic amplifies.
We want to be explicit, because we prove Chiropractic correct as far
as it proves incorrectness of medicine by contrast.
We have recited laboratorical findings and inductions which change
yearly, monthly and almost daily. Nothing fixednothing standard
nothing set. A wealthy son of a wealthy father made a model of Spinal
Cord from Grays Anatomy, believing him to be most accurate. Later,
he changed again, to another
584
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
and he has been changing annually; finally he gave up all illustrations
and made a model according to his inductions. You think anatomy, of
all laboratorical inductions, is finished subject, it cant be wrong, isnt
subject to improvement or correction; havent they dissected, seen
and known whereof they draw? Here, as in other laboratorical
inductions, we see error in profusion. Therefore these findings and
inductions are not set.
The world has been and is sick. Diseases of today are those of
ancients. Severity has not been decreased and he who says that
diphtheria, smallpox, etc., have been diminished, loses sight that for
the disease we eradicate we give birth to another equally as bad or
worse. That being true, RESULT of APPLICATION of laboratorical
findings and deductions TO PATIENT is equivalent to universal
FAILURE and we dont think any one will say that position is
inconsistent. We are not denying laboratorical findings altho
questioning laboratorical inductions. If findings were correct and
inductions wrongwhen applied to patient in clinic it has met with
failure from beginning of time with that system until today.
Investigate Chiropractic clinical findings. Dissectionif our Clinical
nerve tracing findings are true we have found a new and distinct
nervous system not given, described or taught as anatomy. Chemistry
is of no value, because clinical findings find it unnecessary and, in
clinical deductions, find it dangerous, hence use neither prescriptions,
potions, drugs, pills nor anything of like character that stimulates or
inhibits.
If our position is correct clinically, bacteriology is wrong as to
inductions, not as to findings; pathology as a finding, is true, but as a
necessity to get patient well, is fallacious; physiology, as taught, is
wrong because based on 99 per cent anatomy and 1 per cent activity
superinduced by a combination of physics and chemistry, so life is
denied according to percentage; diagnosis on gross cases is 50 per
cent wrong and as high as 80 per cent on types, as deduced by their
clinical findings and deductions and verified by the laboratorical
findings and inductions. It is too far wrong for you and me to consider
as bearing any scientific phase. This percentage is based upon Author
Cabot, Americas greatest diagnostician. As to toxicology, if our
clinical position
585
HISTORY REPEATS
be correct, its teachings are wrong. If you swallow acid, take its
antidote. If clinical analysis be considered, it is immaterial that
urinalysis be taken. What does it matter materially what is externally
found?
Study clinical deductions by contrast. Who is there so inconsistent as
to say that people are not LIVING units? According to physiological
laboratorical induction there is no individual spiritually alive, because
physiology accords no soul to you and me. Common-sense restrains us
to deny that induction. Clinical deduction in brief isall anatomy has
Innate lifespiritual life works thru us in form of cycles. Cycles
possess power of intelligence which has a common-God-source.
According to clinical deductions, anatomy can be disarrangedthat
disarranged anatomy can be palpated. Palpation of this discloses
existence of vertebral subluxation. A vertebral subluxation, we
maintain clinically, interferes with flow of intellectual life as formerly
elucidated and cycles, intelligence and even God in its expression thru
us are made manifest in the disorganized effects for which laboratory
was given birth. We maintain clinically, that these four steps, (in
reality one), when interfered with, make for a minus or plus quantity
of function, necessitating study of equations which prove that effects
can be distant from where cause exists. Cause, when found, introduces
its adjustment which when given and changed effect is watched, we
clinically note that there is Intellectual Adaptation taking place. All
these are clinical deductionsthings that you have a common
privilege with me to watch taking place today and tomorrow in our
work. None of these could be proven in a laboratory, because you
have not the patient to consider. Think what that means as a contrast.
Toxicology is study of poisons and their antidotes. If stomach is
normal, clinically, it would reject poison coming into it. If stomach is
not normal, then poison enters. Being nonresistant it is absorbed and
carried thruout body. Thing to do, clinically, is, by adjustment, get
stomach to normal tonus rejecting that which is poisonous.
Cause when perverted induces change as in disease. Cause when
adjusted induces change as in ease. Clinical observation alone proves
transformation from normal to abnormal and
586
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
disease to ease; as they come in proper form, character, degree and in
timeall of which brings forth retracing. This can only be deduced in
clinic.
We maintain further that anatomy is builded in transverse sections.
Consider anatomy with its completed system of sections and man is a
meric system.
Watch our next thot because it will be carried thru all clinical
deductions. It is a fundamentalin which the clinic bears us out
unite intelligence existing in human brain with demonstrated clinical
fact of Intellectual Adaptation occurring in tissue pathological cell,
and, when together, it will deny following laboratorical inductions and
findings.
1st, reflex action; 2nd, sympathetic nervous system as a system of
sympathy (Dont understand me to say that there are not these
nerves. We are denying sympathy. We would not deny a hose but if
it was beer that went thru not waterwe would deny that it was
water); 3rd, physiological induction of cellular division,
karyokinesis; 4th, materia medica; 5th, therapeutics; 6th, pathological
surgery; 7th, bacteriology as cause of disease; 8th, value of diagnosis;
9th, all anatomy as true; 10th, principle of antidotal toxicology; 11th,
Wallerian degeneration.
Acknowledging power of Intelligence in tissue cell it brings forth,
clinically speaking, what you and we in common can observe
Analysis, Chiropractic Orthopedy, Nerve TracingSerous
CirculationResponsive ActionDirect Nerve SystemCellular
ExpansionRetracingRejection of Poisons, Palmer depletion and
repletion, etc.
Clinical findings and deductions do not change yearly, monthly or
daily. They are fixed because realtrue. We are not studying things
indirect and saying what we hope the direct will be. We study the
direct and say what the direct has done and is.
Same world has been and is sick. World has same diseases it always
has had and in same severity, but there is to be a change because
clinical deductions are now utilized in preference to laboratorical
inductions. When we apply clinical findings and deductions to patient,
we have SUCCESS. World of future is to be better.
587
HISTORY REPEATS
It is occasionally heard that we are not in a position to reach
scientific clinical deductions because those most interested are not
medical men, hence have no training with which to observe and are
without experience. In refutation of this on May 1st, 1909, The P. S.
C. began a tabulation of its cases that entered upon clinics only. This
period shows 9,200 cases listed. This is so many people with all types
of diseases, from head to toe, acute to chronic, infectious and
contagious, to those not so considered, all nationalities and colors
separate clinics being maintained for several of these as is obvious
from their nature. This quantity is equaled by few places in the world,
therefore sufficient to undo what effect such statements have made.
Statistics show that 75 per cent were chronics, coming after other
professions have given them up as hopeless or incurablemany even
to saying they could not live.
As a matter of record, statistics show that average stay was 4 months
or 120 days, not allowing for holidays or vacations. Longest stay is
one case of 18 months period and others to one or two adjustments in
acute subluxations. 85 per cent have been dismissed wella record
upon which we prove accuracy of deductions made in this paper. 15
per cent left before we had proper opportunity to make calculations
therefore dont know what might have been shown.
We have made bold statements against laboratorical findings and
conclusions in favor of clinical findings and conclusions. We are not
making them unguardedly when we say that laboratorical findings and
conclusions are not consistent, reasonable or successful when applied
to patient. We are making it even broader when we say further that
clinical findings and deductions have brought forth almost a new art,
science, philosophy and nomenclature and are successful. We shall not
ask you to accept our viewpoints upon negative of this subject, but
shall quote authors which show that they agree. As to positive of this,
let our clinic and its results speak. We read first from La Tribune
Medicale, A French Medical Magazine.
A REVIEW AND FORECAST OF THE TREATMENT OF TUBERCULOSIS
By Louis Renton.
During the past two years WE HAVE NOT MATERIALLY PROGRESSED in
the treatment of tuberculosis. Not only HAVE THERE BEEN NO NEW
DISCOVERIES, but some of the more recent forms of treatment.
588
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
at first heralded with much enthusiasm, HAVE NOW BEEN FOUND OF
QUESTIONED UTILITY. This statement applies especially to the tuberculin
treatment and to the serum therapy.
The antituberculous serum therapy was introduced shortly after the
antidiphtheratic serum had proved so successful. It is based upon the principle of
passive immunization obtained by the inoculation of antibodies prepared by some
other organism but the antituberculous serums in the market DO NOT ATTAIN to
this standard. In the first place they are furnished by animals that have not become
immune to the disease, and, secondly, the hypervaccinated animals are incapable
of dissolving the bacilli present in their own organisms but sometimes harbor
them for months or years in a virulent condition, though, inert. Moreover, THE
SERUMS ARE NOT PROPERLY STANDARDIZED, so the inconstancy of their
action makes it difficult to determine in what cases to use them. On the whole they
seem to have given the best results in the acute forms, and in the acute
exacerbations of chronic forms. NOT MUCH IS TO BE HOPED from the serum
therapy in its present status.
SCIENTIFICALLY THE ACTION OF TUBERCULIN IS VERY INEXACT
AND IT HAS REALLY NEVER BEEN POSSIBLE TO IMMUNIZE AGAINST
DISEASE. Moreover, the local and general reactions which they set up RENDER
THEIR ACTION UNCERTAIN. A favorable effect can only be produced when
the organism is possessed of A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF RESISTANCE, to the
invading bacilli, and tuberculin is therefore contradicted in the graver acute
lesions.
Lately a number of writers have united IN DISCREDITING the usefulness of
tuberculin. Dluski has collected important statistics showing that its effects are not
in any way superior to those obtained by the dietetic and hygienic treatment.
Bernard and Halbron CONSIDER IT A DANGEROUS MODE OF
TREATMENT, AS IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO GAUGE ITS EFFECTS, especially
AS IT HAS NO CURATIVE ACTION in the absolute sense of the word. Jousset
has never observed either arrest or prevention of the tuberculous process
following its use, and finally Schroder states that while it favors the production of
fibrous tissue in the tuberculous focus, no appreciable gain in the length of life
has been noted.
Serum therapy and tuberculin treatment may then be regarded as steps of
progress, methods promoting cure, BUT IN NO WAY AS SPECIFICS. At the
present time the treatment of tuberculosis is still based upon the tripod, fresh air,
rest and diet. The most useful adjuvants are remineralization, recalcification,
heliumtherapy, opotherapy, etc.
IF WE COULD ONLY UNDERSTAND the mechanism of the spontaneous
cure, it would be a great step toward the solution of the scientific treatment of
tuberculosis.
Other investigators contend that it is only in chemiotherapy that the solution is
to be found. We have already tested, AND WITHOUT RESULT, a series of
substances, from the irrepressible arsenic to the various calcium salts, employed in
Robins method of remineralization and Ferriers recalci-
589
HISTORY REPEATS
fication; also radium salts have been used. Robins and Ferriers methods as well
as the radium salts have a beneficial action on the tuberculous tissue and on the
system in general BUT DO NOT IN ANY WAY AFFECT THE BACILLI, neither
in culture nor in test animals.
Probably the study of the ferments and of physiological chemistry OFFERS
MORE THAN ANY PREVIOUS LINE of study.
Several therapeutic possibilities arise from this knowledge. It is, for instance,
POSSIBLE that by attempting to digest WAX the lipase in the digestive glands
and their juices WOULD BECOME powerful enough to cope with the waxy
envelope of the bacilli; or by introducing wax antigen into the animal organism
wax antibodies may form.
Fiessinger has given weekly injections of wax in oil to guinea pigs. In
collaboration with Richet the author HAS ALSO ENDEAVORED to immunize
animals by injections of wax, BUT WITHOUT RESULT so far. We have given
wax by mouth to patients IN THE HOPE of augmenting their lipasic power, but
IT IS YET TOO EARLY to judge of the result, and ATTEMPTS to obtain a
modification of the bacilli by growing them on waxy media have been fruitless.
It would PERHAPS be necessary to utilize the envelope of the Koch bacillus
itself to obtain immunization.
Lately Linden and Meissen have reported 90 per cent cures in experiment
animal with Finklers remedy. This is composed of a mixture of aniline dyes in
combination with iodine and a copper salt. In man pulmonary tuberculosis and
lupus especially showed great improvement and many cures. SUCK
STATEMENTS, HOWEVER, NEED VERIFICATION.
I repeat that until we have discovered A TRUE SCIENTIFIC METHOD OF
TREATMENT it is difficult to judge of the value of any given treatment on
account of the normal coefficient of improvement, that is to say, every new
mode of treatment, provided it be harmless, always gives satisfactory results AT
LEAST IN THE BEGINNING, ON ACCOUNT OF THE PSYCHIC EFFECT.
We can only speak of a remedy as antituberculous after its value has been proven
by experiments.
A REVIEW OF THE RECENT WORK OF THE PANCREAS IN RELATION
TO DIABETES.
The first suggestion that the pancreas constitutes an important factor in the
pathogenesis of diabetes came from Lancereaux, who, however, FAILED to
support his theory. It was only after Mering and Minkowski demonstrated that
extirpation of the pancreas in animals was followed by symptoms of a grave form
of diabetes, that investigators accepted Lancereauxs theory and continued
experiments along this line. Dissenting views were, however, held by many, along
this line, as for instance Ainsi, Sunner and Ture, who showed that no glycosuria
DEVELOPED IN 26 DOGS OF 63 IN WHICH THE PANCREAS HAD BEEN
REMOVED.
Pfluger concluded from these results that pancreatic diabetes is caused by
lesions of the nerves going from the duodenum to the pancreas, and
590
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
that these nerves PROBABLY regulate the secretion of an antidiabetic ferment. In
other words, he THINKS that diabetes is of nervous origin.
Pfluger HAS NOT been able to produce the same condition in larger animals,
like the dog.
Tiberti and Simaroni have removed the duodenum and the whole intestinal
tract in both dogs and lower animals without diabetes developed. These
experiments, they maintain, disprove Pflugers theory of the nerve impulses from
the duodenum to the pancreas. This gains further support by the experiments of
Minkowski, who found that removal of the duodenum does not cause diabetes,
provided the pancreas remains uninjured in the operation, or that pancreatic tissue
be transplanted subcutaneously.
It has been shown that subcutaneous transplantation of pancreatic tissue
prevents the development of diabetes and that the disease becomes manifest
immediately if the transplanted tissue is again removed.
A number of theories have been advanced to explain these phenomena.

SURGICAL TREATMENT OF EXOPHTHALMIC GOITER:

SOME INTERNISTS VIEWS AND SURGICAL
EXPERIENCE.
By Martin B. Tinker, B.S., M.D., Ithaca, N. Y.
Over fifteen years ago a medical man, and not a surgeon, R. J. Mobius, of
Liepzig, presented some of the strongest arguments yet advanced for the surgical
treatment of goiter Writing in 1896 he presented evidence to show that
exophthalmic goiter produces a general systematic poisoning, which would
explain all the manifestations of the disease; that cure under the usual medical
measures is extremely doubtful; in nearly all cases improvement is only
temporary, and that recurrence with advance of the disease is the rule; that partial
excision of the thyroid removes the source of the poisoning and reduces secretion
to a relatively harmless amount, and that there can be no question of the
completeness and permanency of surgical cure.
Osler, writing in the same year, prefaced his recommendations as to treatment
by the statement that medical methods are extremely uncertain, and gave the
results of operative treatment as known at that time. Although surgical treatment
was suggested by these distinguished internists as long as fifteen years ago, very
little had been done with the operative treatment of exophthalmic goiter in this
country until five years ago. The first considerable series of operations undertaken
in this country were then being performed. In the 1906 edition of Osler we find
the following: After three months careful treatment, if the patient is not better,
the question should be considered of surgical treatment. Removal of part of the
thyroid gland offers the best hope of permanent cure.
Oslers advice that surgical treatment should be recommended if the patient is
not better after three months, careful medical treatment, if it
591
HISTORY REPEATS
were generally followed, would save many lives and restore to efficiency many
others who do not die. All who have seen the condition of many of these
neglected cases will agree with Oslers further statement that much valuable time
is lost in trying various remedies. Sometimes this is the fault of the patient who
refuses to accept the advice of a competent physician. Quite as frequently the
physician is at fault. Remedy after remedy is tried for a period of months or years.
Usually the patient gets discouraged FROM FAILURE TO GET ADEQUATE
RELIEF and changes doctors many times, but each new physician as he sees the
case for the first time HAS SOME NEW MEDICAL FAD to try and so the case
goes on for years until the favorable time for operative treatment has passed.

QUININE SULPHATE IN THE TREATMENT OF BASEDOWS DISEASE.

This remedy was first employed in goitre by Lancereaux and Paulesco (Journ.
de med. et chir. prat., 1912), and after having given improvement in several cases
BUT CURES IN NONE, IT HAS BEEN ABANDONED BY MOST
THERAPEUTISTS. Sermensan gave it in very small doses daily for four months
to a woman who had tried various treatments without relief. When small doses are
not effective the drug may be pushed to its physiological limit.
Taken together, these symptoms make up a picture with which we are all
familiar. THE DISORDER IS NOT A FUNCTIONAL ONE. I CONFESS THAT I
HAVE ALL A SURGEONS SKEPTICISM WITH REGARD TO
FUNCTIONAL DISORDERS. I DO NOT THINK IT RIGHT TO CALL A
DISORDER A FUNCTIONAL ONE BECAUSE WE DO NOT HAPPEN TO
KNOW THE ORGANIC LESION THAT CAUSES IT. IT IS NOT
CONSISTENT WITH SCIENTIFIC WORK TO ASSUME THAT A THING
DOES NOT EXIST BECAUSE IT HAS NOT YET BEEN SEEN.
Some authors indeed have been so ingenious as to be able to diagnose the
position of an ulcer in the stomach by the time at which the pain began. I do not
know if they do so still, but I expect they do, FOR IF A POSITIVE
STATEMENT, RIGHT OR WRONG, ONCE GETS PRINTED IN A BOOK IT
APPARENTLY BECOMES IMMORTAL.
HYPERCHLORHYDRIA.The third symptom which I should like to discuss
because of the frequency of its presence in cases of supposed ulcer of the
duodenum is what is known as hyperchlorhydria. I am not quite sure that I
understand all that is implied by this word, or that physicians who make use of the
word are agreed among themselves as to its exact significance. Etymologically I
have no doubt, from the high authorities that use it, it is quite correct, and there is
no doubt that any layman who is told that he is suffering from a complaint WITH
SUCH A NAME MUST BE DULY IMPRESSED THEREBY. BUT I CAN NOT
FREE MYSELF FROM THE UNEASY SUSPICION THAT THIS IS ONE OF
THOSE LONG AND IMPRESSIVE WORDS THAT ARE COINED FROM
TIME TO TIME, IF NOT FOR THE ACTUAL PURPOSE OF CONCEALING
WHAT WE DO NOT KNOW, AT ANY RATE POSSESSING THAT EFFECT.
IT DOES
592
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
NOT MATTER SO VERY MUCH, PERHAPS, IF IT ONLY HIDES OUR
IGNORANCE FROM OUR PATIENTS. THE DAYS OF THE EARLY
VICTORIAN PHYSICIAN HAVE NOT GONE BY YET, AND FAITH, OR
WHAT WE TERM SUGGESTION, STILL PLAYS A GREAT PART IN
TREATMENT. BUT IT DOES MATTER A VERY GREAT DEAL IF IT
CONCEALS OUR IGNORANCE FROM OURSELVES, AND OF THAT I AM
AFRAID THERE IS SOME DANGER.
As preposterous as it seems a book purporting to reasonably teach
LIFE, denies its existence. Even a child concedes this, but it takes
scientists to scientifically deny this simple premise. For fear you might
think we are far-stretching facts, we quote entire that portion of
Preface. Let us not overlook that, in a Preface, an author presents his
foundation or working plan, the outline upon which his book is
written. This quotation is from Kirkes Physiology 21st Edition and
his been deduced in laboratory.
But PHYSIOLOGY is not only intimately related in this way to its sister
science, ANATOMY, but sciences of CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS must also be
considered. Indeed, PHYSIOLOGY HAS BEEN SOMETIMES DEFINED AS
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS to life.
That is to say, the same laws that regulate the behavior of the mineral or inorganic
world are also to be found operating in the region of organic beings. If we wish
for an example of this we may again go to the eye; the branch of physics called
optics teaches us, among other things, the manner in which images of objects are
produced by lenses; these same laws regulate the formation of the images of
external objects upon the sensitive layer of the back of the eye by the series of
lenses in the front of that organ. An example of the application of chemical laws
to living processes is seen in digestion; the food contains certain chemical
substances which are acted on in a chemical way by the various digestive juices in
order to render them of service to the organism.
The question arises, however IS THERE anything else? Are there any other
laws THAN THOSE OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY to be reckoned with? IS
THERE, FOR INSTANCE, SUCH A THING AS VITAL FORCE? IT MAY BE
FRANKLY ADMITTED THAT PHYSIOLOGISTS AT PRESENT ARE NOT
ABLE TO EXPLAIN ALL VITAL PHENOMENA BY THE LAWS OF THE
PHYSICAL WORLD; BUT AS KNOWLEDGE INCREASES IT IS MORE AND
MORE ABUNDANTLY SHOWN THAT THE SUPPOSITION OF ANY
SPECIAL OR VITAL FORCE IS UNNECESSARY; and it should be distinctly
recognized that when, in future pages, it is necessary TO ALLUDE TO VITAL
ACTION, it is not because we believe in any specific vital energy, but merely
because the phrase IS A CONVENIENT ONE for expressing something THAT
WE DO NOT FULLY UNDERSTAND, something that cannot at present be
brought into line with the physical and chemical forces that operate in the
inorganic world.
593
HISTORY REPEATS
But just as there is no hard-and-fast line between physiology AND ITS
ALLIES pathology, anatomy, physics, and chemistry, so also there is no absolute
separation between its three great divisions; physical, chemical, and so-called vital
processes have to be considered together.
Physiology is a comparatively young science. Though Harvey more than three
hundred years ago laid the foundation of our science by his discovery of the
circulation of the blood, it is only during the last half century that active growth
has occurred. The reasons for this recent progress come under two headings; those
relating to observation and those relating to experiment.
The method of observation consists in accurately noting things as they occur in
nature; IN OTHER WORDS, THE KNOWLEDGE OF ANATOMY must be
accurate before correct deductions as to function are possible The instrument by
which such correct observations can be made is PAR EXCELLENCE, from the
physiologists standpoint, THE MICROSCOPE, (which never saw life) and it is
the extended use of THE MICROSCOPE, and the knowledge of minute anatomy
resulting from that use, which has formed one of the greatest stimuli to the
successful progress of physiology during the last sixty years.
But, important as observation is, it is not the most important method; the
METHOD OF EXPERIMENT is still more essential. This consists, not in being
content with mere reasonings from structures or occurrences seen in nature, but in
producing ARTIFICIALLY changed relationships between the structures, and
thus causing new combinations that if one had waited for NATURE HERSELF
TO PRODUCE MIGHT HAVE BEEN WAITED FOR INDEFINITELY.
Anatomy is important, but mere anatomy has often led people astray when they
have tried to reason how an organ works from the structure only. Experiment is
much more important; that is, ONE TESTS ONES THEORIES by seeing
whether the occurrences actually take place as one supposes; and thus the
deductions are confirmed or corrected. IT IS THE UNIVERSAL USE OF THIS
METHOD THAT HAS MADE PHYSIOLOGY WHAT IT IS. Instead of sitting
down and trying to reason out how the living machine works, physiologists have
actually TRIED THE EXPERIMENT, and so learnt much more than could
possibly have been gained by mere cogitation. Many experiments involve the use
of living animals, but the discovery of anaesthetics, which renders such
experiments painless, has got rid of any objection to experiments on the score of
pain.

Our next quotation is from The Internal Secretions and THE

PRINCIPLES OF MEDICINE by Sajous. Subject is broad, title such
as we have under discussion, author the greatest upon subjects he
deigns to discuss. His two volumes are greatest of their kind, past and
present. It covers four main divisions of medicine, viz.: Physiology,
General Pathology, General Therapeutics, Im-
594
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
munity. We turn to HIS Preface and see what foundation may
contain, thinking he will open a clue and give more light. Note
carefully his discussion of relative values between laboratorical and
clinical work.
The present status of Medicine precludes any apology for the publication of a
work such as this. Professor Sollmann, a prominent member of the Council of
Pharmacy of the American Medical Association, wrote, only this year (1908): A
generation ago therapeutics was an art, promising to develop into a science. At
present it cannot be classed as an art, nor as a science; it can only be classed as a
confusion. Indeed, Oslers public declaration that of the action of drugs we
know little though we put them into bodies the action of which we know less,
sustained by Llewellys E. Barkers estimate published about the same time, that
drugs of unknown physiological action cannot conscientiously be set to act upon
bodily tissue in disease in which we are ignorant of deviations from the normal,
involves the conclusion that our ignorance applies to disease as well as to thera-
peuticsIN A WORD, TO ALL THAT WHICH ENDOWS US WITH THE
RIGHT TO ACCEPT, WITH ANY DEGREE OF SELF-RESPECT, THE
CONFIDENCE WHICH SUFFERING HUMANITY PLACES IN US.
It is not my purpose to take issue with these FRANK expressions of opinion. In
fact, were I to do so, I would conceal similar conclusions reached nearly twenty
years ago, when as editor of the Annual of the Universal Medical Science, it
became my lot to collate, with the valued collaboration of many associates, the
multitude of data, clinical and experimental, which were accumulating from year
to year. Nor do they conflict with the prevailing estimate of the therapeutic worth
of medicine among the best-informed medical men abroad. Skodas dictum of
several years standing, that we can diagnose disease, describe it, and get a grasp
of it, but we dare not expect by any means to cure it, has drifted along, on the
ripples of time, until, hardly one year ago (1907), the president of a prominent
British society, Dr. A. H. Brampton, found it opportune to declare that if any
daring member has introduced a subject bearing on medical treatment, it has been
with an apologetic air and humble mien, well knowing that if his remarks had any
reference to the utility of drugs in the treatment of disease they would be subjected
to good-humored banter, and received by those sitting in the seat of the scornful
with amused incredulity.
NEVER, when it came to tracing a pathological condition, the effect of a
remedy, the nature of a symptom, or any in fact, of the many phenomena which to
us practitioners are of paramount importance in diagnosis or therapeutics, WAS
IT POSSIBLE TO TRACE TO ITS SOURCE THE CHAIN OF EVENTS
THROUGH WHICH A NORMAL FUNCTION HAD MORE OR LESS
SUDDENLY BECOME ABNORMAL. Invariably was it found that either the
physiologists had failed altogether to discern the nature of that function, or if an
attempt had been made by them to explain it, that it was laden with so many
INCONSISTENT AND OBVIOUSLY MU-
595
HISTORY REPEATS
TUALLY CONTRADICTORY CONCLUSIONS thatalthough perhaps quite
scientific in their eyesit was more misleading than helpful in the explanation of
the morbid condition analyzed.
The late Sir Michael Foster also closed a study on metabolism in the last
edition of his text-book with the statement that, apparently simple process through
which the blood acquires its oxygen from the air in the pulmonary alveoli is at
present unknown to physiologists, their gasometric experiments being, as stated
by Pembrey, very discordant and inadequate to explain the absorption of
oxygen by the lungs.
Our first need to interpret intelligently gastro-intestinal infections, is a clear
understanding of ferments. A most able physiologist, Benjamin Moore, wrote
recently: Little is known regarding the chemical nature of enzymes, because all
attempts to isolate them in a state of purity have hitherto failed. Another
authority, Halliburton, also writes: The process through which the digested
food-stuffs are absorbed from the alimentary canal is quite as obscure. Thus,
Howell writes: The energy that controls absorption residesin the wall of the
intestine, presumably in the epithelial cells, and constitutes a special form of
inhibition which is not yet understood. According to Beddard, we know nothing
of the path taken by the products of proteid and carbohydrate digestion. Howell
also says: The form in which proteid is absorbed remains a mystery. Howell
states The proteids of the blood, which are supposed to be so important for the
nutrition of the tissues, are practically indiffusible, so far as we know. It is
difficulty to explain their passage from the blood through the capillary walls into
the lymph.
The problem of nutrition is evidently no more solved by physiologists than
those of respiration and tissue metabolism. The consequences to us are quite as
deplorable.
The third great question IS THE MANNER IN WHICH FUNCTION IS
INCITED IN AN ORGAN. As shown by Claude Bernard, over fifty years ago,
this is due to dilation of the arteries of that organ; more blood passing through it,
it functionates. Notwithstanding considerable work done upon the problem ever
since, THE MANNER IN WHICH THIS FUNCTION IS CARRIED OUT IS
QUITE UNKNOWN. Naturally, to admit more blood into an organ, the nutrient
arteries must be dilated. Now, in his summary of vasomotor actions, Foster, for
instance, says, referring to the presence of dilator nerves in muscles: There is no
adequate evidence that these vasodilator fibers serve as channels for tonic dilating
impulses or influences. While Landois, in the last edition of his text-book, holds
that although a center for vasodilator or vessel-relaxing nerves has not yet been
demonstrated, the existence of such a center in the medulla may nevertheless be
suspected. J. G. Curtis states that it is not known whether a vasodilator center is
present in the bulb. The actual state of the question is aptly summarized by H. C.
Chapman, when he says: Though numerous explanations have been offered of the
manner in which the vasodilator nerves act, it must be admitted that none of them
are satisfactory, and that it is not yet understood how this stimulation causes
dilation of the blood vessels.
596
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
Now, the bearing of this physiological process upon pathogenesis and
therapeutics may be said to be limited only by the total number of diseases to
which the human frame is exposed, since all disorders are functional or organic,
and all organic diseases impair function at a given time. A possible exception
suggests itself, namely, the nervous system. But here, again, the deus ex machina
of the function as a whole, THE NERVE IMPULSE, HAS REMAINED
HIDDEN. As Landois says, THE NATURE OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL
NERVE-STIMULUS IN THE NORMAL BODY IS NOT KNOWN. This
accounts for the prevailing discouragement among the devotees of a great
specialty, neurology, as expressed in the recent statement of a very diligent worker
in that line, Joseph Collins, that we know very little more concerning the
etiology, pathogenesis, AND THE CLINICAL DISPLAY of the majority of
nervous diseases, organic and functional, than we did twenty years ago.
A great physiologist, Professor Pawlaw, of St. Petersburg, wrote a few years
ago, stating that physicians had pointed out the existence of gastric secretory
nervesa question which, I may add, has been greatly elucidated, thanks to his
own labors: Physiologists, on the other hand, had fruitlessly endeavored for
decades to arrive at definite results upon this question. This is a striking, but by no
means isolated, instance where the physician gives a more certain verdict
concerning physiological processes than the physiologist himself; nor is it indeed
strange. THE WORLD OF PATHOLOGICAL PHENOMENA IS NOTHING
BUT AN ENDLESS SERIES OF THE MOST DIFFERENT AND UNUSUAL
COMBINATIONS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL OCCURRENCES WHICH NEVER
MAKE THEIR APPEARANCE IN THE NORMAL COURSE OF LIFE. It is a
series of physiological experiments which Nature and life institute, often with
such an interlinking of events as could never enter into the mind of the present-
day physiologist, and which could scarcely be called into existence by means of
the technical resources at our command. CLINICAL OBSERVATION WILL
CONSEQUENTLY ALWAYS REMAIN A RICH MINE OF PHYSIOLOGICAL
FACTS. There are precedents, therefore, upon which legitimate belief may be
based that the conclusions I have reached are sound.

Apropos of the general text of this article, following is an extract

taken from Journal of The American Medical Assn., under date of
March 29, 1913, from article of Medical Education and Hospitals,
by Arthur D. Bevan, M.D.
The development of the science of medicine came with the birth of modern
pathology and bacteriology and with rapid advances in anatomy, especially in
histology and embryology, and in physiology and in the effort, just begun, to
make a modern scientific pharmacology. These so-called laboratory branches of
medicine have made great strides in the last thirty years. The development of these
sciences has made the science of medicine possible. Acknowledging fully the
great debt medicine owes
597
HISTORY REPEATS
to these laboratory branches and without seeking to belittle them in any way, I
desire to claim the highest place for clinical medicine itself, the science which
utilizes the sciences of anatomy, physiology, pathology, bacteriology,
pharmacology, chemistry, physicsin fact, all knowledgein the effort to seek
the cause of disease, to prevent disease, to cure disease, and to relieve the
individual of suffering and deformity. I have sometimes heard my laboratory
friends say that the only purely scientific side of medicine is the laboratory side,
the research side, and once one of them said to me: What have the clinicians done
to compare with the cure of diphtheria by antitoxin?
What have the clinicians done? Take but a hurried glance at medical history
and you will find that the clinicians discovered vaccination, introduced anesthesia,
and discovered antiseptic and aseptic surgery; a clinician, Ogston, even
discovered the pus microbe; the clinicians have saved thousands of lives by a
clinical study of the cause and cure of appendicitis, a work in which your own
Reginald Fitz took a leading part. More lives are saved by modern surgery each
year in appendix lesions alone than are saved by all the specifics so far discovered
by the laboratory workers, including those for diphtheria, cerebro-spinal
meningitis, and hydrophobia. Think of the thousands of lives that have been saved
by the clinician through modern aseptic surgery each year! As a clinical triumph
which compares favorably with the introduction of antitoxin in diphtheria, cere-
bro-spinal meningitis, and hydrophobia. Take the saving of 90 per cent of our
cases of general peritonitis early operated on as compared with the former
mortality of over 90 per cent; consider the splendid piece of clinical research work
of Kocher in the surgery of the thyroid gland for which he received the Nobel
prize; the modern kidney work controlled by the X-ray and other scientific means
of diagnosis; the modern bone work made possible by the X-ray and aseptic
surgery; and the stomach work, gall-bladder work, prostate work, etc.; and in the
specialities think of the magnificent work that has been done in neurology,
pediatrics, eye, ear, nose and throat, dermatology, orthopedics, in fact in every
department of clinical medicine.
I do not wish to make any unkind comparisons or to detract in any way from
the splendid achievements of our laboratory colleagues. I do want, however, at the
beginning of this discussion to insist that the patient, the living, human being with
his diseases, is the unit about which the science of medicine is built; that the study
of this living, human being is just as scientific as the study of a rabbit or a
guinea-pig or a test-tube full of pathogenic germs; that the hospital and dispensary
can and should be as scientifically conducted as the teaching laboratory; that
clinical research is as scientific as laboratory research; that the highest type, the
ultimate object of all medical research is clinical research in which the effort is
made to discover the cause and cure of disease. I must insist also that the scheme
of medical education must be directed by the medical man, the clinician, assisted
by, but not controlled by, his colleagues in anatomy, physiology, pathology and
pharmacology.
598
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
Following quotation is from Medical Brief(December, 1911.)
RELATION OF THE LABORATORY TO MEDICINE.
A most interesting and instructive address was delivered at the recent thirtieth
annual meeting of the Ontario Medical Association by Professor Norman Mac L.
Harris on this subject, full of pregnant suggestions and SIGNIFICANT TRUTHS.
Incidentally Professor Harris pointed out, what is so frequently overlooked by the
teachers, and even the workers in medicine, the enormous debt incurred by
medicine to the other departments of natural scienceto chemistry, physics and
biology, and even to that least natural and most arbitrary of all sciences,
mathematics. BUT THE BULK OF HIS REMARKS WAS ADDRESSED TO AN
ATTEMPT AT DEFINING AND DETERMINING THE EXACT ROLE THAT
THE LABORATORY PLAYS IN THE PRACTICAL ASPECT OF MODERN
MEDICINE.
The speaker enumerated four prime functions fulfilled by the laboratory in its
relation to medicine, namely, the inductive method of the impartation of problems
in hand, and the opportunity for research and experiment. He believes that the
didactic lecture in the course of the medical student, so far from playing the entire
role as the imparter of knowledge, has in these modern days assumed the humble
duties of handmaid to the laboratory course; and he commends it as fostering the
spirit of research and perhaps even gaining some recruits for the task of serious
investigation He points out that the methods employed in laboratory work tend to
cultivate in the student habits of accuracy, carefulness and thoroughness which are
destined to last him throughout his career, whether as a physician or as an
investigator. He emphasized the importance of an application of all that is known
in the realm of exact science to the problem of medicine for this practical use of
the laboratory. And finally he declares that the laboratory more than justifies its
existence in constituting the great testing place of ideas and theories, whether
coming from within its own walls or from those outside.
With these characterizations of the laboratory we, in the main, must cordially
agree, nor would we be supposed to offer the least criticism either of Professor
Harris subject-matter or of his way of presenting it. WE DO, HOWEVER,
DESIRE TO POINT OUT THAT THE VERY ATTRIBUTES OF THE
LABORATORY WHICH HE SPECIFICALLY COMMENDS (AND WHICH
WE COMMEND TOO) HAVE EACH OF THEM AN EQUALLY SPECIFIC
AND EMPHATIC DANGER. The cultivation of the inductive method of
imparting knowledge, if carried to excess, DESTROYS THE POWER OF
IMAGINATION WITHOUT WHICH ALL KNOWLEDGE IS BARREN AND
VALUELESS. The cultivation of the powers of observation, to the EXCLUSION
OF THE FACULTIES OF LOGICAL ANALYSIS LEADS TO A SLAVISH
DEPENDENCE UPON THE BONDAGE OF SHEER FACTS AS THOUGH
FACTS OF THEMSELVES REPRESENTED THE TRUTH. THE RIGID
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF SCIENCE TO PROBLEMS IN HAND, IF
PRESSED TO EXTREMES, SHUTS OUT OF CONSIDERATION THE
UNKNOWN FACTOR WHICH ENTERS INTO EVERY PROBLEM OF
MEDICINE.
599
HISTORY REPEATS
And the spirit of research and investigation, excellent as it is in its proper place, is
A DANGEROUS THING IN SMALL QUANTITIES BEING JUST ENOUGH
TO DISTURB A PRACTICAL MIND AND NOT ENOUGH TO MAKE A
GOOD INVESTIGATOR.
The whole situation may be summed up in the comprehensive statement that
the laboratory represents the indictive inductive viewpoint of medicine. Now the
inductive method, in any department of knowledge and work, is a most useful and
valuable phase, if one bears constantly in mind its limitations and dangers. BUT
INDUCTION HAS NEVER CREATED A SINGLE IDEA WORTH
MENTIONING. IT IS NOT IN THE NATURE OF INDUCTION TO BE
CREATIVE. ALL CREATIVE MOVEMENTS HAVE BEEN DEDUCTIVE IN
THEIR ORIGIN. THE CREATORS IN SCIENCE BIG AND LITTLE, HAVE
ALWAYS BEEN THE MEN WHO HAVING MARSHALLED AND
CLASSIFIED THEIR FACTS? HAVE SAID THESE FACTS DO NOT
ACCOUNT FOR THE SITUATIONTHERE IS SOMETHING BEYOND
THEM TO WHICH THEY ARE MERE CONTRIBUTORS OR FROM WHICH
THEY SPRINT.
The inductive aspect of things is, after all, a barren aspect. INDUCTION IS, IN
THE END, MERELY A CHECK UPON DEDUCTION.
Thus regarded, we heartily endorse all that Professor Harris, and others before
him, have concerning the value of the laboratory in medicine. Our readers know
that we have consistently and persistently advocated the utilization of the
laboratory and its methods, both in and out of school. But we feel constrained to
point out, as a certain great mathematician did of mathematics, that you can get no
more out of the laboratory than you put into it.

THE DOCTOR HIMSELF.

MATERIAL INSTEAD OF SICK PEOPLE.
We hear a new word in the mouths of so-called up-to-date doctors. It is
material. They do not speak of patients any more. They talk about material. IN
OTHER WORDS, THEY HAVE FORGOTTEN WHY PEOPLE CONSULT
THEM. They are looking at the patient through a lens which sees only
interesting cases.
THEY HAVE FORGOTTEN THE HUMAN SIDE OF THE PRACTICE OF
MEDICINE. They have gone mad on latter-day science and view with scorn the
old-fashioned doctor who tried to sympathize with his patient, who views him as
a sick man who needs not only an examination and the proper medicine, but a
little human sympathy and consolation as well.
This attitude is often engendered by a too long residence in a hospital by
medical men who can not stand the grind and hurry of such work. THEY
BECOME AUTOMATONS AND LOOK UPON EVERY CASE THAT COMES
TO THEM AS SO MUCH MATERIAL TO BE GONE OVER, TO BE
SCRUTINIZED AND OFTEN TO BE EVEN DEPRIVED
600
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
OF MEDICINE WHILE AWAITING THE ONCOMING OF INTERESTING,
SYMPTOMS.
This frame of mind is only too quickly seen by the sick man and his relatives
and friends and IS SIMPLY ANOTHER REASON WHY THE PUBLIC IS
LOSING CONFIDENCE IN THE MEDICAL PROFESSION AND IS SEEKING
RELIEF AND CONSOLATION IN THE MANY CULTS AND FAITH CURES
THAT ARE SPRINGING UP ABOUT US.
They are losing ground on account of this pernicious attitude. They are
committing a grave error not only in so allowing themselves to assume this COLD
BLOODED POSITION, but of encouraging the young men in medicine in the
same way.
The medical student apes the ways of his teachers, and we must confess that
many teachers of medicine have become such material doctors. Let us have a
little more humanity and let it be so mixed with our scientific impulses that the
sick may not have occasion to look upon his doctor as a scientific observer, but
rather as a friend and helper.
The day will be a gloomy one for the profession of medicine when they have
all become materialized as so many have already become. Throw off this bad
influence and get back to the good old days when the doctor was the counselor,
the medical attendant, the father-confessor and the prop and support of his
clientele.
Well people may be interested and eager to hear all about scientific medicine,
but when they become sick they want no more talk on science, on material, or
interesting cases; BUT THEY WANT RELIEF. Let us give it to them. Doctors
should remember that their function is to heal the sick. Stick to your bacon and
administer comfort as well as medicine. If you do this, you will be thrice blessed.
If you do not, you will soon find that as medical men you are marooned in a
slough of failure, while your patients whom you regarded as material HAVE
EITHER PASSED AWAY INTO ETERNITY OR HAVE BECOME THE
CLIENTELE OF THE CHRISTIAN SCIENTISTS, THE EMMANUELISTS OR
SOME OTHER CULT.
THE PENDULUM HAS SWUNG TOO FAR INTO THEORY, there is no
doubt about that, but it will soon reach its proper amplitude and the medical clock
will keep better time than ever.
The profession is evolving rapidly from the old to the new line of thought.
What was shrewdly guessed at twenty years ago we are just coming to know. Just
so far as science discloses truth and gives us the better way, it is good; BUT
WHEN IT TAKES FROM US BELIEFS FOUNDED ON EXPERIENCE, EVEN
THOUGH THEY MAY BE MORE OR LESS EMPIRIC, GIVING US
NOTHING BETTER AND MORE TANGIBLE IN RETURN, IT BECOMES A
CURSE
HOW FAR IS MEDICINE A SCIENCE?
The question is often asked, Is medicine a science or an art? And various
answers are given to the question, according to the angle from
601
HISTORY REPEATS
which the subject is viewed. Striking the mean between the two extreme views
represented in these replies, it would seem that the true characterization of
medicine is that it is partly a science and partly an art, and that those features of it
which represent an art frequently take upon them the character of science. A
PURE SCIENCE, OF COURSE, MEDICINE IS NOT, AND NEVER CAN
BECOME. But that is raising a question far too nice for discussion in the pages of
a journal of practical medicine.
Indeed, the whole question is usually regarded as being of academic interest,
rather than of practical moment. However, it is not, we think, so utterly devoid of
practical, every-day significance as might at first blush appear. For, just as creeds
have a great psychological influence in determining conduct, so the conception of
his work which possesses the physicians mind will, to a large degree, determine
the manner in which he does it, and its ultimate value to the principles and
practice of medicine at large.
IF SCIENCE BE UNDERSTOOD TO MEAN ACCURATE CLASSIFIED
KNOWLEDGE, THEN IT MUST BE CONFESSED THAT MANY OF OUR
MEDICAL AGENTS ARE NOT SCIENTIFICALLY PREPARED, AND MUCH
OF OUR KNOWLEDGE OF DISEASE IS STILL CHAOTIC. The processes of
disease are so subtle and intricate and its language so obscure, that only by dint of
long observation, close reasoning, and hard work can they be properly interpreted
and the application of the needed remedy be made with anything approaching
uniformity. THE PHYSICIAN DOES NOT LIVE WHO DOES NOT MAKE
FREQUENT MISTAKES IN DIAGNOSIS AND THEREFORE IN
TREATMENT. But we do not think it can therefore be truthfully affirmed that
medicine is simply an art, and can not become a science. The argument that our
knowledge of disease and of medicines is the result of empiricism does not, in
your opinion, demand such a conclusion.
THAT MUCH OF OUR KNOWLEDGEALMOST ALL OF IT, IN
PRACTICEIS EMPIRICAL MAY BE FREELY ADMITTED. But it does not
follow that because it is acquired in this way, our knowledge is not, and never
becomes, scientific. The manner of acquiring knowledge does not, of itself, affect
its scientific character. FOR THAT MATTER ALL THE KNOWLEDGE THAT
THE WORLD POSSESSES WAS ACQUIRED BY EMPIRIC
EXPERIMENTATION, AND A GREAT DEAL OF IT BY THE PUREST
ACCIDENT. The principles of nature, which have prevailed from all eternity,
have, to the extent of our knowledge of them been empirically discovered, AND
MANY OF THEM BY MERE ACCIDENT. Yet no one ventures to question their
scientific nature. So that any accurate knowledge which we may possess of disease
and drugs may be equally scientific, in spite of the empirical manner of its
acquirement.
It is not how we acquired knowledge that determines its scientific or
non-scientific character, but what we have done, and are doing, with the
knowledge after it has been acquired. Theres the rub. It is this consideration
which lends the question its practical significance, and gives every practicing
physician a personal, working role in the solution which
602
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
medicine presents to the query. If the doctor is content to accept each separate and
isolated experience in his practice sheerly as an empirical experiment and let it go
at that, then his calling will continue to be merely an art, and a poor art into the
bargain, and his experience will contribute nothing of value to the growing
science of medicine. AND IT IS TO BE FEARED THAT THE HABIT WHICH
PREVAILS AMONG SO MANY PHYSICIANS (PROBABLY THE
MAJORITY OF THEM) OF USING STEREOTYPED TREATMENT FOR
DISEASES ACCORDING TO A PHRASEOLOGY AND NOMENCLATURE
ARBITRARILY ARRANGED IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE GENERAL
ESTIMATION OF MEDICINE AS AN ART AND NOT A SCIENCE.
The bearing of this remark is in the application of it, as old Commodore Busby
used to say. The question for each physician to ask himself is not the academic
question, Is medicine a science (?) but the intimate, personal question, Am I doing
my part toward making medicine a science? MEDICAL SCIENCE IS YET IN
ITS DAWN, and A VERY EARLY DAWN AT THAT. It behooves all physicians
to study, closely and intelligently, the relation between symptomatology and drug
therapy; to make careful records of his observations and experiences; to free
himself from the fetish of nomenclature and phraseology and dig down for himself
into pathology and pharmacology; and to do his part toward establishing the
practice of medicine, even in its humblest relations, upon the foundation of
scientific provings.
DRUGS AND THEIR ACTION.
It must not be understood that Dr. Sacks is arguing for therapeutic nihilism, or
even skepticism. Rather, he is arguing against a fatuous therapeutic enthusiasm
which attributes impossible virtues to drugs and fills the market and the records
with all sorts of chimeric cures. In this respect, scientific medicine stands in
danger of degenerating into quackery; and Dr. Sacks, article is a kind of nugatory
check upon this sort of drug fetish.
In looking over a daily newspaper one may see on the same page an
announcement of the launching of a new battleship and the report of a meeting of
a peace committee. We read of nations sending delegates to THE HAGUE
TRIBUNAL and at the same time placing an order for a few more dreadnaughts.
We meet with the same conditions in the medical press. Volumes are written
on the value of prevention of disease. Tuberculosis congresses convene all over
the world, and pages are filled with announcements of the discovery of new
remedies and cure-alls. The number of drugs and preparations increases so fast
that it seems that the powerful armament to fight disease is many times more
formidable than the armament to fight war.
At present we have a committee of physicians, and pharmacists engaged in the
revision of the Pharmacopoeia and the National Formulary will become enriched
by several valuable additions, and a few more dozen remedies will receive
recognition. THE NUMBER OF DRUGS THAT ARE
603
HISTORY REPEATS
RECOGNIZED AND NOT RECOGNIZED IS SO GREAT THAT IT IS A
MATTER OF SOME DIFFICULTY TO REMEMBER THEIR NAMES TO SAY
NOTHING OF THEIR THERAPEUTIC OR EVEN PHYSICAL PROPERTIES.
I do not propose to enter into a discussion of the value of various drugs such as
are kept in the pharmacy to supply the daily demand, but I want to note here the
fact that of the gorgeous array of bottles, jars and vials that are lined up on the
shelves of the drug store, ONLY COMPARATIVELY FEW ARE ACTUALLY
USED IN EVERYDAY PRACTICE. I had some bottles on the shelves that I had
no opportunity to use for a period of ten years of activity as a pharmacist. Some
glass stoppers became so much grown in with the neck of the bottle that in order
to remove them it became necessary to break the container in order to get at the
contents. OF WHAT EARTHLY USE ARE SUCH DRUGS KEPT IN STOCK
FOR THE SAKE OF THEIR NAME IN THE DIRECTORY? Is it only to fill up
the books with print, or to give working material for the student and teachers of
medicine and pharmacy? IS IT ONLY TO FURNISH TO THE DRUG STORE
AN ATTRACTIVE DISPLAY TO DRAW TRADE, OR TO SERVE AS A
COLLECTION OF CURIOSITIES FOR A DRUG EXHIBITION? The modern
pharmacist has recognized the fact that the thing has outlived its time; HE
UNCEREMONIOUSLY RELEGATES THE TINCTURE BOTTLES AND THE
SALT JARS TO THE BACK OF THE STORE AND UTILIZES THE
VALUABLE SPACE THUS CREATED FOR THE INSTALLMENT OF A
MAGNIFICENT SODA FOUNTAIN OR A DRY GOODS COUNTER.
It is a general opinion among the medical and pharmaceutical professions that
the U. S. Pharmacopoeia should be simplified. The foremost men in medicine are
of the opinion that disease should be prevented or fought at its very beginning by
means of hygenic measures and not by drugs.
It is much easier to prevent death from tuberculosis by early diagnosis and
timely hygienic treatment than to fill up the lung cavities with drugs.
It is much easier to cure cancer by early diagnosis and timely surgical treatment
than to cure it by means of specific, juices.
Much has been accomplished lately by means of a specific serum. Diphtheria is
cured by a specific antitoxin, and not by drugs. But how many diseases can you
cure by means of specific drugs? And how many specific drugs do we possess,
official or non-official? SALICYLATES FOR RHEUMATISM, QUININE FOR
MALARIA, MERCURY FOR SYPHILIS. I DONT KNOW OF MANY MORE.
How many diseases can we cure by means of drugs that are not specific? THE
FACT IS THAT THE MAJORITY OF ACUTE DISEASES CAN NOT BE
INFLUENCED BY DRUGS AT ALL. THEY RUN THEIR REGULAR
COURSE: THE PATIENT GETS WELL WHETHER YOU TREAT HIM OR
NOT, AND VERY OFTEN IN SPITE OF THE TREATMENT, MEASLES,
SCARLET FEVER, PNEUMONIA CAN NOT BE CURED; THEY CAN ONLY
BE TREATED; AND THEN THE CON-
604
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
SCIENTIOUS PHYSICIAN DOES NOT TREAT THE DISEASE AT ALL, HE
TREATS THE PATIENT. Have you any curative drugs for bubonic plague? How
many cures have been accomplished by means of drugs in the cholera epidemics?
In this respect a pound of carbolic acid does more good outside of the body than
inside of it. And if carbolic acid were more freely used for external purposes there
would be less demand for carbolic acid derivatives for internal administration, and
we consume tons of it annually. A few simple remedies judiciously used are
usually sufficient to tide a patient over some acute illness. IF, HOWEVER, WE
COME ACROSS A FORMIDABLE DISEASE, VERY LITTLE CAN BE DONE
BY MEANS OF DRUGS.
I want to cite here a few instances which more than anything else illustrate the
futility of drugs in the treatment of serious diseases. In the capacity of pharmacist
I had a chance to follow up these cases from the beginning to the end, since, while
the patient may frequently change his doctor, he invariably sticks to the same
druggist to whom he brings all his prescriptions, and who is the patients general
adviser.
Case I.Mrs. B., aged 45, housewife, came to my store complaining of
heart-burn. I advised bicarbonate of soda, which gave her temporary relief. Then I
gave Mist. rhei et sodae, and after that she went to a physician who diagnosed the
case as dyspepsia. A course of treatment followed consisting of various
preparations of pepsinofficial and nonofficial, ETHICAL and NON-ETHICAL.
It made her worse, and she went back to my R. & S. mixture. She consulted many
other physicians, who prescribed for her more drugs with similar results. At last
she went to a specialist who began to wash her stomach daily, forbade her to eat,
and prescribed some more medicine. As her condition grew steadily worse, she
went to one of the great dispensaries in our city where a thorough physical and
clinical diagnosis was made, and the case was found to be one of cancer of the
stomach. The tumor was so extensivethere being involvement of the liver at the
same timethe condition of the woman was so bad that an operation could not be
performed, and death occurred shortly afterwards.
Case II.Mrs. P., aged 24, married, had two children; wife of a poor peddler.
She began to have trouble with digestionconstipation alternating with
diarrhoea; severe weakness, loss of appetite. She became a regular customer for
home remedies at my drug store. My clerk sold her some beef, wine and iron.
Finally she decided to see a doctor, who began to prescribe for her various
remedies, such as elivie alkali, elixir peptenzyme, etc. These and other remedies
not doing her any good, she went to a specialist, who prescribed ovoferrin. She
began to cough slightly, so bought a bottle of wild cherry and tar; then she tried
white pine expectorant. The doctors gave her various mixtures of ammonium
carbonate, ammonium chloride and thiocol. I lost track of her. Recently I met her
husband, who told me that some charitable society had sent his wife to a
sanitarium for consumptives, where she died.
605
HISTORY REPEATS
Case III.Mr. K., 29 years, machinist, married. He had been working over
some kind of a patent, and the strain of overwork and worry made him very weak.
He lost his appetite, became thin and pale and had pains in his stomach. At the
beginning he tried home remedies, but since he made good wages he liked to be
treated by doctors. HE CONSULTED SEVERAL PHYSICIANS, EACH
MAKING A DIFFERENT DIAGNOSIS AND PRESCRIBING DIFFERENT
REMEDIES. Getting no relief, he consulted a professor of medicine who charged
him ten dollars a visit, changing to another specialist who charged him five dollars
a visit. After several (fourteen) visits to the latter, experiencing no relief from the
stomach pumping, bismuth taking, fasting, etc., and having spent all his money,
he visited the same clinic as patient No. 1. There, after being kept under
observation for a short time, and careful examination having been made of his
urine, the case was found to be one of diabetes mellitus; the stomach troubles
being but secondary symptoms of the former disease.
I could cite more cases of the same nature, but even these few will illustrate the
FACT THAT EMPIRICAL DRUG TREATMENT IS OF SMALL AVAIL
WHEN A PHYSICIAN MEETS A FORMIDABLE CHRONIC DISEASE. It also
plainly shows that when a patient for some reason or other does not respond to
treatment, the PHYSICIAN GROWS DESPERATE, LOSES HIS CONFIDENCE
IN THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA AND AT ONCE RESORTS TO ALL KINDS
OF DRUGS IN THE FUTILE ATTEMPT.

The following quotations are taken from the first two chapters of
Physiology of The Nervous System by Morat. It can be said there
are few equals upon this subject, Morat being regarded as one of the
best. He opens his book with several chapters of philosophical theory
of what man should be, viewing him as he does, while sitting before a
desk, recalling man as he has seen him in the clinic, his logic is
superb. The latter chapters are multiplications of series of experiments
in various laboratories at his command. All former deductions are
contradicted by latter findings and thus he flounders to the finish. We
shall quote those ideas, from fore part, that sustain logical clinical
positions that he as well as we consider. He attempts to prove
laboratory inductions in clinic and frankly and honestly contradicts
himself saying that what is found in the laboratory is not true in the
clinic. His book is a masterful product but sympathetic in his
pleadings for consideration because he set out to do so much and falls
so far short. He set forth to do that which no one before him had
accomplished, viz.:to prove laboratorical inductions in the clinic
and establish truthful clinical deductions thereupon. His failures
606
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
are pitiable. He closes the book by literally sayingI have written a
mass of contradictions. What does it amount to? The pleasure I have
gotten while doing it.
In every living being A DOUBLE CURRENT OF MATTER AND ENERGY
is present, running in a DEFINITE direction which never varies.
The nervous system does not provide force, it utilizes it (transmits). It is the
(Mental Intelligence) nervous system which decides at what moment the energy
accumulated by the living being shall be liberated, in the nervous system all
movement induces sensation, all sensation induces movement.
THE RELATIONS BETWEEN CAUSE AND EFFECT which elsewhere seem
so simple are here on this account extremely complicated and modified. The cause
of an act cannot be in the future, but may be in the MEMORY of a previous act of
the same nature remembered as being either USEFUL OR HURTFUL and which
on this account determines the direction given to the movement. There must
ALWAYS BE AN AIM, a general or particular tendency determined by the
sensory nature of the LIVING being, but this aim is an effect and not a cause.
A kind of natural area, common to both sciences, exists which the former
endeavors to appropriate by pushing farther back the boundaries separating it
from the latter.
INNERVATION.
In the living being all the phenomena appertaining to crude matter are
observable, but the converse does not hold good. It is obvious that A BEING
ENDOWED WITH LIFE POSSESSES CHARACTERISTICS AND PRESENTS
MANIFESTATIONS FOR WHICH IN DEAD MATTER WE CAN FIND NO
PARALLEL. Here is brought before our notice a fact of a PURELY INTERNAL
NATURE, ELUDING OBSERVATION AS IT IS GENERALLY
UNDERSTOOD IN SCIENCE, BUT WHICH COMMON SENSE
CONSTRAINS US TO ATTRIBUTE TO BEING RESEMBLING OURSELVES,
while at the same time denying it to all objects in which this resemblance cannot
be discerned.
This reciprocal link not only controls the relations of the LIVING being with
all surrounding objects; it is also, and simultaneously, THE DISTINCTIVE
FEATURE of its organization. From this double link, so frail in itself, and yet so
intimate, proceeds THE UNITY OF BEING ENDOWED WITH LIFE.
SENSIBILITY AND DETERMINISM.A science having for aim the study of
a being so constituted, SHOULD NEVER LOSE SIGHT OF THIS DOUBLE
CHARACTER. How can that which IS INVISIBLE in the element become
apparent in the whole? To these questions we can find no answer.
In the past, and even at the present time, PHYSIOLOGY HAS OVER-
LOOKED, AND STILL OVERLOOKS, THE FACT OF THE BEING WHICH IT
STUDIES POSSESSING SENSIBILITY; AND HAS IN EVERY CASE
REFUSED TO ACKNOWLEDGE THIS SENSIBILITY AS A CAS-
607
HISTORY REPEATS
UAL OR CONDITIONING INFLUENCE IN THE DETERMINISM OF VITAL
phenomena. It has carefully arranged the balance-sheet of the forces of the
organism, WHILE TAKING NO INTEREST IN THE FUNCTION which
regulates their employment. AS PHYSICAL SCIENCE FINDS NO PLACE FOR
SENSIBILITY, NEITHER HAS PHYSIOLOGY ACCORDED IT ONE. THE
TIME SEEMS TO HAVE ARRIVED FOR A REACTION AGAINST THESE
EXAGGERATIONS. In the living being, just as movement depends on sensation,
so does sensation depend on movement. IN BOTH CASES THE NATURE OF
THE LINK IS UNKNOWN TO US; BUT NONE THE LESS DOES THIS LINK
EXIST, and is IN BIOLOGY THE FOUNDATION of all that distinguishes it
FROM PURE PHYSICS.
EXCITABILITY AND SENSIBILITY.All living matter is excitable; or, to
put it otherwise, it responds to actions directed against it, by an expenditure of the
special energy WHICH CONSTANTLY ACCUMULATES INTERNALLY. This
motor reaction is NEVER HAPHAZARD, butand this fact is demonstrated by
experimentis always directed with the DEFINITE aim of preservation of life in
the substance stimulated. Excitability is therefore not merely a motor
manifestation, but is duplicated BY AN INTERNAL FACT OF RUDIMENTARY
CONSCIOUSNESS. ACTION AND REACTION.In other words, the LIVING
being reacts against actions reaching it from the external world, and in so doing
OBEYS A GENERAL, UNIVERSAL, AND INDEED FUNDAMENTAL LAW,
one of the first enshrined in the physical code, A LAW, OBEDIENCE TO
WHICH NO LIVING BODY IN NATURE CAN ESCAPE.
The study of the nervous system is a kind of nodal point in the exposition of
physiological science.
(This subject has been thoroughly covered in an article by Arthur M.
Deitz, M.D., appearing in the Journal of The American Medical
Association, September 23, 1911, entitled, The Experimental
Methodand is known as Study 16, Lesson 4 of Dr. Palmers series
of Lectures and will appear by itself some day when this library is
printed, although applicable here.)

Just a brief comment upon application of laboratory in our work. We

have been twenty-one years in Chiropractic (1916). There is no other
institution which can say so much about our work as ourselves. No
other has had so much experience, gone thru birth and development as
we. No other person can recite to you what we propose to do this
morning, because no other has been thru its growth. You get the
advantage of experience, age, labor, inventor-men behind. We do
many things differently in our school, not only in Chiropractic but in
all its steps. We do these because we originated the things, therefore,
know
608
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
why. No one appreciates his invention as does the inventor. Many a
patent is sent to patent office and is not understoodhe who examines
it thinks he understands, but he does not do it justice. We are not
different to be peculiar or odd, but because our work is of that
construction, and had it not been thus you would not attain results you
do. To deny peculiarity is to obligate yourself to something wrong.
Therefore, we take you step by step into changes which we have
constructed, and show, under clinical instruction, that it became
necessary, and later, give clinical findings and deductions. We want
you to remember you are in our clinic, have been thru seventeen years
and its various stagestherefore put yourself where we are today.
Imagine a case coming to your clinic. He TELLS and reasons how
and where he is sick. He explains degree and characterall of which
shows he is a REASONING being, has intellectual life. Now comes
first dispute in contrast to that induction which has been learned in
laboratory. There, physiological matter had no life,in clinic there is.
Chiropractically and clinically speaking then, first thing we observed
seventeen years ago was people were alivenot dead. Every patient
who goes to a physician is looked at by himaccording to
laboratorical inductionsas having no life.
M.D. looked thru a microscope, Chiropractor talked to his subject;
one reached laboratorical induction based on laboratorical findings,
other reached a clinical deduction based on clinical findings.
Physician tells us candidly that our patient is all chemistry and
physics. Chiropractor reasons that if a body is only large enuf for two
elements and third comes, arrangements must be made in his every
department to take care of third. Laboratorical findings of chemistry
and physics are not denied but to these we add third consideration
spiritualityand now that third is blended into two it neutralizes each
to a greatly modified state so that neither can assume such a dual
grandiose state in science. It modifies viewpoint, value of function,
manner of action and which precedes other in command and being the
general. Call it soul, spirit, Innate or what you pleaseit does not
change or deny its presence.
Laboratory weighs quantities present or not present in any structure.
Clinic is solely a question of quality present or not.
609
HISTORY REPEATS
All of life is a question of quantity of its quality; establishing of
balance. Person who is sick is unbalanced; insanity is such a state.
Sole question in all secretions and excretions is one of a balance in
quantity. First and as a direct result, quality. When quantity is
unbalanced then quality follows in like degree. It is impossible to have
perfect quantity and imperfect quality. But, many are the cases where
quantity is imperfect and quality is equally so.
Quality is immaterial when quantity is unbalanced. We care nothing
about what laboratory proves as regards quantity. It may be right or
wrong and mean nothing to clinician. Clinic will prove quantity and
settle essential question as to what should be established to normal.
Can laboratory or clinic establish normal? No! Can a rule, a
regulation, a law be established whereby laboratory can see, feel or
know what is normal as to quantity? No! Each man is an expression of
law unto himself. His Innate and his Innate alone knows what is
normal to him, for him. Whatever laboratory may think it establishes
as a normal quantity for one, could not be made to apply to any other,
for no people are alike, living under similar circumstances; hence, no
matter what standard was approximately established, it would not be
exact, for next person would be different and under different
circumstances.
Innate is alone the judge as to quantity. Quantity alone counts when
health or dis-ease is desired or present. We can but clinically adjust
man to his normal, then Innate establishes quantity after which quality
follows.
Laboratory, peculiar as it may seem, takes something from body of
patient, examines it and finds that which they had half been hoping
they would findand, usually we find just what were hunting for.
Having found it then comes the deduction that is the making of an idea
for the case.
Clinic, by contrast, takes nothing from body, neither does it examine
it but finds out what patient has to say about himself, how he feels,
where, when and how; past and present. Having received history then
comes deduction, that is, shaping of our ideas to what we have heard.
Laboratory takes a piece of goods, cuts it according to its width and
length; stitches it together, makes a cloak, and then calls in a
610
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
woman and tells her this is her cloak notwithstanding the laboratory
has never seen the woman. Cloak may be too large or too small, too
long or too short. That is immaterial; it is HER coat and she must wear
it because it was especially made for her by sight and measurements
and facts unseen.
Clinic is tailor. He has his customer before him. He measures him,
asks questions as to likes and dislikes, cuts goods according to
preference and matches complexion, shape and form of his buyer; fits
it several times before finishing job. Suit, under such circumstances, is
a fit because it was made after consultation with the man. The man
determined his suit and every particular in it.
The P.S.C. is a school of deductionworking from inwards
outwards. Chiropractic is a result of deduction. Chiropractor, to be a
success, should be a deductor of first quality.
One of first deductions Chiropractic made was that man was a
material, chemical AND SPIRITUAL being. Later, we found that life
had specific paths, a definite place of origin, systematically arranged
paths of conduction, regular place of origin, systematically arranged
paths of conduction, regular places of expression which eventually
became our CYCLES. As we took life into our study of man, it
modified our viewpoints of him as a chemical and material thing.
What was regarded as dual, divided and gave enough to make a
triplicate. Addition of this clinical deduction changes laboratorical
induction. It seems simple to think that this squabble is over ones
denial and others admission as to whether man is alive or notyet
such is science.
If that clinical deduction was true, then the very resolution thru
which we put man was a fundamental altho, at that time, we could not
say how important spirit was, how much matter was moved by spirit or
how much chemicals were controlled, secreted and excreted by Innate
Intelligence. Resolving of man into a triunity, rather than a biunity,
was a process of ANALYSIS which henceforth became a primary
study and took place of diagnosis. As we took on one, we lopped off
portions of two. To know that three worked as a totality did not give
us DETAILED insight, hence investigation was to be made to every
organ and function, whether known or unknown including so-called
ductless glands, etc. No matter how complexed wrong laboratorical
findings and deductions are, they are headed nowhere; but no
611
HISTORY REPEATS
matter where clinical findings and deductions looked they were truth,
even tho simple.
Having analyzed man as a living material chemical being, we found
that he had, in common with all, one origin of lifeGodwhich
centered at his brain, and, if sick, expression was interfered with and
that introduced the interruptionideasomewhere. If ease was
perfect flow of harmony from source to circumference, then disease
was its interference WHERE this interruption was, and must be
between source and expression which led to clinical method of
PALPATION. Palpation, at first, was an idea; later it developed into a
science. You can see how, in natural course of events, palpation had to
be.
In our first clinical deduction we conceded that there was life;
second, that life needed analyzing; and when thru, we found it passed
thru an interference. Then came the logical thot: EXACTLY locate
THIS PLACE of interruption. First patient had to come, under new
clinical planit was Harvey Lillard. He had deafness. Its cause was
located, adjusted, hearing restored. We were righton this case.
Other cases of deafness camesame location ascertainedsame
results. This strengthened facts. Having rightly located cause of ONE
dis-ease, it was a question of pursuing same course for other dis-eases.
This process was like entering darkest Africano man had been
there, no one had set guide posts, land-marks or stakes. It was
untraveled territory, inhabited by innumerable dangers. We were
explorers into man, whom we thot we knew, only to find that he was
just discovered and we were outskirting the coast line. It took us
several years to accurately divide the spine, each vertebra to its
respective area, thru which passed nerves that carried life from brain
thru foramina. Repeated testing of findings brot forth deductions that
proved themselves. From atlas to coccyx, each had its territory, zone
or district that it was central or functional-operator in times of
harmony or trouble. This divisional method of knowing which was
which and where was where, was counted as a system, needed men
who understand it; hence, its recordings, study and understanding
were that of A MERIC SYSTEM.
We knew there was something specifically wrong in places found.
What was that something? Palpation found it in gross but, what was it
in detail? Having clinically divided man into an
612
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
intellectual mechanical schematic arrangement, it became necessary to
use analysis to palpation ends to detect character of this mechanical
disarrangement; and when found, it took the form of A VERTEBRAL
SUBLUXATION. Having deduced clinical factdid authorities
agree? We could find none that mentioned such; on the reverse,
hearing of our hypothesis, they would deny its possibilities. This also
could only be proven in clinic. If it could have been a finding in
laboratory, it would have beenit was not . . . therefore, it could not
be.
Finding a screw loose, what was more natural than to tighten it?
Seeing a plank loose, what was more natural than to fasten it? Seeing
a carburetor not working, why not adjust it? Finding a mechanical
defect in spine, what was more natural than it should be adjusted? If a
chemist had found this condition he would have said Having found a
screw loose, what is more natural than to soak it in Apioline
Cypridol; or a surgeon to say Seeing a plank loose, what is more
natural than to cut out the plank and contiguous structures to keep
them from getting loose also. As it was, the man who saw it first was
not a chemist or surgeon but a layman mechanically inclined and his
idea was to ADJUST subluxation, not to soak or cut. Clinical logic
told us if anything is wrong, fix it; if a dislocation, set it; if a
subluxation, put it in apposition. We did that and thru twenty-one
years we have introduced over two hundred ways and means of
correcting this to be able to teach to-day the specific recoil adjustment.
There were those who were satisfied with a method of cracking
backs, punching its bumps, etc. With us, it was a question of
analyzing man until principle was deciphered, which when perverted
made subluxation possible; and use THAT PRINCIPLE, inverted, to
its correction. It was not complexity but simplicity; not superstition but
a principle; not moves but ONE specific application that was right for
all conditions. There is only one way in which every dislocation,
fracture and subluxation occursexaggeration of natural movement;
reversal of that corrects it. No fracture, dislocation or subluxation is
produced slowly, it is always when Innate is off guard and with a
quick recoil blow. Same is true of its correction, only retracing takes
place. This adjustment could not have been introduced in laboratory.
Before you could give an adjustment, you have to have a vertebrate
with
613
HISTORY REPEATS
a subluxation, it being a live total man we dealt with in contrast with
dead sections.
Having corrected this mechanical disarrangement into a mechanical
trueness, observing that effects which the patient previously said he
had now were gone, question arose as to HOW this had come about.
(We concede that patients who give symptoms to irregulars are
mistaken, hypochondriacs, etc., but if those self-same patients went to
a regular those same symptoms would be good enuf for him to make
a diagnosis upon, prescribe and charge therefor. If patients symptoms
are good enuf to lead to diagnosis, they are good enuf to tell when
well.) A is sourceB interruptionand C effect. You adjusted B
thru what did C get the change and what was nature of that change?
Was it stimulation? Did you do something never done before? You
induced a change . . . how? It was for us to find that something that
connected that interrupted place in back with organ where disease
was. Nearer we struck right place in back, the more tender it was,
especially if acute. As we pressed on RIGHT SPOT (in back)
sensations would be felt at effect even tho in big toe. If you had a
telephone receiver at ear and heard somebody talking you would
analyze that somebody was at other end, location of which you did not
know but wanted toit would then be a question of TRAILING
PATH OF WIRE. We started from where interruption existed, traced
that feeling, sensitive, aching nerve to where effect was. Doing this
with thousands of cases, in various and all parts of body for any and
all diseases, in both sexes and colors, verified our meric system and
taught (1) that either the present system of neurology was not
complete and had not yet dissected all nerves that were or (2) we had
discovered a complete set of functional nerves not heretofore known
or considered in existence in man. New fibres were discovered, new
paths for older fibres found and so on until we played havoc with that
system more particularly known as sympathetic including cranial
nerves. This eventually ended in NERVE TRACING, which today is a
science. We found that new paths are quite regular although
sometimes irregular.
At this interjecture, note that every progressive step made
dove-tailed into every other part that followed. It is as if the building
was entirely and completely planned before we dug the
614
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
cellar; in truth such was the case, we had man as our model to analyze;
he was built perfect but nobody had observed him.
We now knew definitely that we connected where cause was to
where effect had beennerve tracing from effect to cause or cause to
effect. But when this effect disappeared, what was it that brought
about the change? Dis-ease was intangible, abstract, altho damage was
observable in concrete and material; being immaterial what was that
which was of like characteristics, that changed dis-ease to ease? There
was solution because it occurred and was demonstrated in the clinic by
words of patient,that the pain which was, is not now. Changes do
not happen, mysteriously occur, nor are circumstances controlled by
nothing. They work under inevitable lawwhat was the law that
caused these changes for which we could offer no explanation and for
which no elucidation had been so far offered? Could it be that the law
which made us, managed us in life, health and natural death also
controlled us in health to sickness and sickness to health again? Innate
Intelligence gave us continuous life. When that continuity was broken,
life was on the zig-zag; broken life meant dis-ease, not ease. What was
more natural than under adjustment this discontinuity between Innate
and Thons body was again continuous and ease restored? Process
Innate used to change disease to ease was one of ADAPTATION to
circumstances. Form would vary according to nature, degree, length of
time standing, area involved, location, etc., of effects. IN-
TELLECTUAL ADAPTATION occurred, wherein amount of life at
tissue cell that was formerly wrong, was balanced with amount made
for it in brain cell. Adjustment could be given to the live who were
sick. Would they get well? Life then became an element of value
following adjustmentwe permitted it to be applied to tissue cell
where before it could not.
If our clinical results were attained, without anything that stimulated
or inhibited function, then did stimulation or inhibition cure dis-ease?
There was nothing in this simple, one-second, adjustment of
subluxation that offered stimulation or inhibition. For constipation or
diarrhoeaadjustment was same at same spot. Same was true of other
contrasting dis-eases. If same move stimulated, in one case, how did it
inhibit in its opposite? If it had a changed effect and Chiropractor did
not work with that thot in mind and did not realize that one movement
would stimu-
615
HISTORY REPEATS
late and another movement exactly alike would inhibit, then did body
make a stimulation of one and an inhibition of other? If so, has the
body power to divert, direct and transform that which approaches it for
healing purposes? If so, can the body thusly cure itself? Can same
degree of push that sends boy down hillpull him back?
Under medicine, functions are of two kinds: excess or minus. If in
excess, an inhibitor is given with thot of paralyzing action, thus
reducing to what physician thinks it should be. If it doesnt come
down enough, dose is increased, thus they experiment until they
somewhere near reach that stage thot necessary. Should action be
below par, then a stimulant is given for purpose of quickening action,
increasing it to what physician thinks it should be. If it doesnt quite
reach that standard, then they increase dose until it reaches somewhere
near standard they think it should be. Stimulation and inhibition are
laboratorical inductions experimented with in clinic.
There is nothing in Chiropractic adjustment that aims to or does
stimulate or inhibit function. It but places abnormal positioned
vertebra into normal position, following which intervertebral foramina
is opened and normal continuity of forces is RESTORED from where
they were in abundance to where they were in minus; thus secret of
health was found to be RESTORATION, not stimulation or inhibition.
Our patients would tell, in our clinics, how at one time they were
hot, other times they were cold; that they urinated too much or too
little; or some part was paralyzed and others moved too fast; or they
had diarrhoea or constipation; or they had melancholia; and others
were raving maniacs. Here was a contrast in expression, and where
effect is in contrast so is there a contradiction in cause. Like cause
produces like effect, is working fact in logicit must hold true here
as elsewhere. If effect was different, then cause changed accordingly.
Location proved to be same; for instance, constipation and diarrhoea
had same location for subluxation as did Brights Disease or diabetes
or maniac and melancholic, etc., but fluctuation in effects gave
another viewpoint. It was not necessary to use a laboratorical
thermometer to prove rise or lowering of temperaturepatient could
and did so express feelings. Neither was a gallon necessary to
616
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
measure urinepatient was a good enuf criterion even tho his
calculations could not weigh the dram. Even tho laboratory findings
were true in such causes there were hundreds in which no test was
possible as to degree of sanity or insanity, exact cellular size of tumors
or how much rheumatic uric acid one had, compared with another.
These were questions of relevancy considered only in bulk, but be
considered they must, as they existed. Careful analysis showed that all
sick were so because of an EXCESS OR MINUS of one function or
more in combination. What was more natural then than this
combination be studied as fluctuations of life action? When
diagnosed, a name was easier if name was wanted; but why a name
when its knowledge gleaned nothing? (Location of cause was
deciphered under meric system because when patient told us clinically
WHERE he felt bad we told him WHERE cause was.) What good
were names when each case differed, demanding a different
complexitywas not a knowledge of PRINCIPLE upon which ALL
diseases were being produced of greater essentiality? Out of this
theory of clinical elucidation came forth EQUATIONS. We in-
troduced electrical illustration of resistance. Much resistance lowered
amount sent thru nerve; lesser resistance, lowered function as in
constipation. The less the subluxation, less resistance, the greater or
heightened function as in diarrhoea. We can have only three degrees
of electricity (1) just enuf; (2) too little; (3) too much. Same is true of
life currents as transported thru nerves to our bodies. So, after all, only
two diseases are possible in a human body, not thousands that physics
and chemistry have been playing with for centuries.
When this fluctuation, up or down, is manifest, where quantity of
disease is varied, what was more natural than we should say that
disease is subject to quantitative degrees? Rather than study how
patient felt and name itwe analyzed functions and referred to
conditions by their equations rather than name. If a patient complained
of wanting cold water and it felt good in throat or stomachthis
indicated EXCESS HEAT, designated equationally as C plus,
meaning caloricity in too great a quantity. Equations became a fact
C plus in head or C minus in feet. Understanding of equations added
nothing to our knowledge of cause or use in correction but it
elucidated symptoms upon which great stress was placed by
physicians. Nothing was gained by
617
HISTORY REPEATS
saying one form of C plus was 104, therefore was diphtheria; and
another form, same location, was 101, hence tonsilitis.
This could only be proven in clinicnot in laboratoryfor there all
tissue is cold and is functionless, there is no plus or minus. All these
were true in our observation of cases as they transpired.
We had cases of genu varnum or genu valgum or various spinal
curvatures. We adjusted vertebral subluxation; leg or spine
straightened. We did nothing to legapplied no instrumentsbut it
straightened. Adjustment of cause of a deformity caused deformity to
be no more and definitely assumed its normal shape, as did other
deformitiesout of that eventually grew, week by week, Chiropractic
Orthopedy. Consider tibia and fibula. They possess a certain tensile
strength and support a definite weight, which resistance is in ratio to
burden of body above. If, by a subluxation and its consequential
effects, this tensile strength is reduced, tibia and fibula will weaken
and bend in ratio to their weakness, no more nor less. Deformity is in
bones, but its incipient cause is in subluxation which, when adjusted,
restores to bones their normal form by intellectual adaptation.
Deformity has disappeared because its cause was adjusted. There is a
marked distinction between Orthopedic Surgery and Chiropractic
Orthopedy. Orthopedic Surgery uses whatever means, in whatever
form deemed necessary, directly applied to malformity to force it into
what is deemed its proper shape. Assuming their logic is good, as a
means of correction, and ours good as to cause, then no matter what
they did that straightened leg, our cause being existent the bones
would go back to their former condition because there was nothing in
what they did to give to these bones more tensile strength necessary to
sustain load when braces or supports were removed even tho leg was
then forcibly straightened. Chiropractic Orthopedy reversed
procedureadjusted cause, letting deformity regrow into shape with
intellectual adaptative forces same as it grew crooked because of this
self-same intellectual adaptation: We followed natural processes and
fell back on them to undo what was done during their absence.
We found, under observations in our clinic, that people would say
I have been sick for ten yearsI have been taking adjustments for
four weeks but I am suffering with attacks, the
618
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
like of which I have not had for eight years. I have them again in the
same place and in the same way. Another case would say, When I
took sick, eight years ago, I had a burning in my stomach and I have
not had that for six years, now I have it again. Having a large clinic,
our observations became broad. There was no class of cases, sexes or
ages that were exempt to this usual, general and peculiar line of
observation. Attacks would return, vary as to duration but come they
would. Time in which rebuilding would occur was much shorter than
as it came. As certain symptoms came on, so would they return and
pass away in methodical precision; they would not skip places or play
hide-and-seek. In some cases this change would occur mildly altho
they had a severe case, other mild cases would revert to health with
severe and short attackschanges were innumerable but come they
would and could be expected. So prominent became our
understanding that if we did not get changes, in one form or another, it
became proof that adjustment was not being properly given in right
place, or, it was beyond the power of the patient to cure himself. If we
didnt meet this apparently discouraging feature to patient, it caused us
to question even ability of Chiropractic to get results. What is more
natural than as a case got sick, so will he get well, thus science of
RETRACING? Retracing is in every case in OUR clinic. Order of
procedure must be reversed to revert dis-ease to ease. Dis-ease is a
matter of growth, it did not come on at once, neither will it go away
the sameunless it be acute. Being chronic, it grew; to get well it
must ungrowtime differing only. Watching this, in hundreds of
cases for many years we learned to regard it as a scientific premise
upon which to deduct progress or lack thereof. No Chiropractors
knowledge is complete without it nor can he be of the utmost service
to his patient without involving it in daily practice from which his
patients counsel. It is clinically reasonable and logical.
One afternoon we were called to a home. Father, mother and four
children were laid out as if intoxicatedptomaine poisoning. They
had eaten canned tomatoes. We adjusted one specific place in each. In
two minutes they were vomiting. Nature of foods eaten, how long ago
they had eaten them, how long it took for poison to act, what portion
was poisoned, or learning symptoms first then naming dis-ease would
not have gained further
619
HISTORY REPEATS
working knowledge of cause. Facts, as stated above, were learned
after they were upphysician would be compelled to learn them first.
Reasoning is somewhat same as for Chiropractic Orthopedy. If
stomach is in normal tonus, any poison received either thru food, drink
or air, will be ejected with a virility that would astonish person not
acquainted with facts. If resistance of stomach is below par then a
solid poison can act according to degree of non-resistance. Suppose
resistance is reduced 25 per cent, this leaves 75 per cent resistance.
Suppose the poison introduced is 100 per cent. 75 per cent will be
ejected because of the 75 per cent resistance and 25 per cent will
remain because of 25 per cent non-resistance. Figures are hypothetical
but illustration plain. If stomach does not reject solid poison (as
liquids or foods) or lungs an obnoxious gas or skin an antitoxin or
virus, it is because stomach, lungs or tissues do not possess sufficient
resistancy with which to do so. Under adjustment, stomach, lungs or
other tissues receive necessary forces and reject unnatural intruder.
Chiropractors have, many times, caused organs to act within the
minute in emergency cases. We would rather risk a patient to an
adjustment, under asphyxiation, than to any drug; work out all water
and use an adjustment, than any whiskey or stimulant as in drowning;
risk adjustments in so-called infectious or contagious diseases, than to
resort to toxins or viruses which are more dangerous than dis-ease. For
every poison your body intentionally makes its antidote, IF it can and
channels are unobstructed for proper deposition. Forces within make
all acids and alkalis necessary for every natural and almost every
unnatural emergency, because of thoro flow of life forces within. Fre-
quently vaccination will not take, because resistance is greater. This
brings to mind that particular study of CHIROPRACTIC
TOXICOLOGY and how an adjustment of cause induces rapid natural
changes that otherwise are artificially induced by stimulants and
purgatives in form of antidotes. Clinic facts have worked themselves
out on a large number of seemingly impossible cases, therefore this
clinical finding and deduction is final. As to suicidal intentsif this
person did not have atlas subluxation he would have no reason for
thinking such.
Now comes a case of pregnancyaverage case. She has pictures of
terror of first childbirth or is tired of child-bearingit is
620
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
a long, tedious tuga strong pull and then final strain. Probably
instruments deliver child and mother suffers from that time on; for
undue strains produce as many subluxations as falls or injuries. Child
is born with subluxation in 90 per cent of present births. He (or she)
starts life with evil that makes functions abnormal in one or more
places. It is our experience that 75 per cent of births are followed by
subluxations which bring on a subsequent chain of womens
diseases from which mothers suffer balance of life. Many a woman
was healthy until that period; from then on has been sickly. Child-birth
is a natural function; it should be carried thru with as much ease as to
carry a loaded stomach; she should deliver child as naturally as an
evacuation of bowels. To that woman who has natural bowel action,
constipation is far-fetched. Yet all women look forward with dread to
birth of every child. As bowels and rectum expand to issue fecal
matter, why should not uterus and vagina expand to issue child? We
recall one case that took adjustments previous to conception, up to
night of birth. She retired, went to sleep, at 2 a. m. had slight pains.
Doctor was called; before he could arrive child was born with no
labora natural delivery. Clinical findings and deductions prove
themselves to be true and applicable in such cases. Frequent repetition
of this principle to many cases has proven it practical, hence what is
more natural than that we should establish that study known as
CHIROPRACTIC OBSTETRICS which adjusts cause in preference
to that for which other practitioners find forceps and instruments
necessary? Obstetrics has a fixed idea in mind of womenof ether
and surgery. Chiropractic saves worry, for it begins at other end and
adjusts her. It is natural to smilesmile with pain isnt natural,
although we think many people smile that way.
An individual came to clinic with a hot right arm. It was feverish.
Left arm was natural. Pulse beat and blood pressure tests showed same
in both yet one arm was hot, other natural. Does blood heat body?
Yes, say physiology, anatomy and authors. Same blood makes one
revolution of body in three minutes. Blood which was in right arm,
that made it hot, was there three minutes later, then why didnt it heat
cool arm? Why didnt that blood which kept left arm natural, when it
reached the
621
HISTORY REPEATS
right arm, cool it? Why did same blood that kept circulating between
two arms all day, keep one warm and other cool? Why this
permanency with a three minute fluctuating heating fluid? Did blood
change heat to accommodate location? If that be the explanation, did
blood heat arm or did arm cool blood? Which was incipient
prime-mover of other? When such a question arose we did not go to
laboratory for a finding and induction but took it to clinic to study its
findings and deductions. Let us test our case and see what results
materialize. We found a vertebral subluxation. Nerve-tracing proved
nerve on right was tender even unto fingers which were hot; nerves on
left were not. There was a light pressure upon right and none upon
left. We adjusted subluxation, tenderness disappeared, temperature
became normal to his and our touch. We reversed order; produced a
subluxation to left; it made pressure. We let it rest for a minute, hand
and arm became hot, nerve-tracing proved tenderness on left and none
on right, all of which changes took place almost immediately, as to
temperature, but it took a few minutes for nerves to manifest
tenderness. Regardless of which arm was hotpulse-beat and blood
pressure tests showed same. Clinical test proved that blood did not
heat bodythat mental impulses did if interfered with; that a light
pressure equaled resistance which equaled heat. Insight which this test
gave elaborated our study of pathological conditions; heat was a factor
(either minus or excess) and few cases are without some manifestation
of its insolvency. This is one of many deductions that could only have
been made in clinic and not then without Chiropractic possibilities to
prove it.
One by one, all former clinical deductions tended to elucidate later
deductions because it became necessary to involve them to reach this.
As one point is cleared it leads to another. More new deductions
reached, more there is ahead. Researches of past are almost totally
wrong and must be rebuilt before they are of practical use. Whatever
they discovered that is of value has no practical application, and all
that has application is of no practical account. As we reached one step
in our upward progress we saw another to decipher and it was
necessary to use step we stood upon to reach higher one. Thus ladder
of Chiropractic art, science and philosophy is composed of rungs each
of which fits into every other one, all necessary where they are but
adaptable
622
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
in shifting positions to meet trying needs of each specific case upon
which tried. This could only have been deduced in clinicnot in
laboratory.
Symptomatology is that which patient tells usthis is clinical
procedure. Pathology is that which is observablethis is laboratory
method. Both are inadequate and the little known of each is
inaccurate, unreliable and non-dependable. Each is invested with an
intricate gauze of guess-work and a mass of know-nothing surrounds
that. Muscle, bone, ligament, blood and a few other elementary tissues
are surrounded with less than some other tissues. Digestion, excretion
and a few more of primary functions are fairly well understood. It does
not take much of a layman to understand that muscles are involved in
constipation and excretions involved in faecesanything layman can
guess at, physician hits at, hence one is as accurate in guessing as
other at diagnosis. But one subject both have been, are, and will be at
sea about, viz., those tissues and glands which have to do with secre-
tions and excretions that make for acids and alkalies, their origins,
distributions and purposes. Only clinic observation could elucidate
this problem, yet there is last place investigated.
In going into clinical history of certain cases, in which secretions
and excretions were abnormally expressed, there was no known
explanation. Why had man a thyroid, appendix, adrenal, spleenwhat
were their functions? Anatomies, physiologies, symptomatologies,
pathologiesall were silent as the sphinx. Why this, that and other
ductless glands; why placed where they are; what do they do, if
anything? They constitute an endless chain. It is clear these glands are
for use. Our deductions are based upon 1st, observation of cases; 2nd,
analyzation of those cases Chiropractically; 3rd, adjustment and its
results; 4th, elimination of symptoms; 5th, study of procedure of how
this took place as daily gleaned from changed symptoms as given
direct from our patient who was experiencing and watching his change
under our direction as to what to watch and where.
A simple example:Patients left arm is of natural size. Right arm is
emaciated. We are told that blood stream carries nourishing element.
Pulse beat same in bothblood pressure tests equal. Blood that is in
this arm three minutes ago, goes to other arm because it takes three
minutes for one drop of blood
623
HISTORY REPEATS
to make a thorough circulation of a body. Same blood that nourished
left arm, is in right; why isnt right arm nourished? (Same explanation
holds as logically good for heating body as its nourishmenttoo much
function to one thing is like too many cooks.)
Blood circulation was soon delegated to its proper spherethat of
carrying oxygen to body and carbon dioxide from; lymphatic
circulation for carrying lymph to glands. To this list we already have
an addition, that of cycle thru nervous system which begin at brain and
ends there, making a cycle by way of tissue cells thru two different
nerve fibres. To tints list of clinical deductions we add one more for
consideration, that of SEROUS CIRCULATION for carrying of
serum (possessing food values) to all glands of body from which acids
and alkalis are made, and carrying waste matters back to and ending in
kidneys. Sphere of these four, applied correctly, has cleared, to our
comprehension, many problems that we approached; and it will, we
think, clear many more to others to whom same problems are even
now stumbling blocks.
Here are two armsone is normal, other shriveled. Physiologically
speaking, that which has occurred is Wallerian degeneration, named
after Dr. Waller. Degeneration means decomposition or disintegration.
Pathologically speaking, it might be called atrophy, and such-like
terms. Materia medically speaking, should such a patient appear
before a physician he would prescribe and of late would possibly
apply a battery, etc., all to end that smaller arm would not attain size
of its matetherefore it is degeneration because there can be no
regeneration. If arm could regenerate it did not degenerate. Should an
arm decompose, there is no hope that it will grow again, because it has
disintegrated, fallen to pieces bit by bit. Chiropractically speaking, that
case entered our clinics, we found a subluxation, etc., etc., hence that
arm, said to be degenerated by physiological process of Wallerian
degeneration, has again reached size of its mate. Having proven that
regeneration can occur, then by that very clinical fact it proves it was
not degenerated. What was process physiologically? Arm is composed
of tissue cells, which are but walls and liquids. Should liquid leave its
tissue cell or all liquids, in part, leave all tissue cells of that arm, then
condition existent is that of DEPLETION; same as, should we prick a
rubber balloon and it
624
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
collapses, we have no less balloon than before even tho in minute
form as compared to formerly. To replenish with gas is to REPLETE
its form. To restore liquids to each tissue cell of depleted arm, is to
replete it to former shape and size. This has been accomplished, hence
proving that degeneration is impossible and repletion possible.
Physiological process then is that of PALMER DEPLETION, not
Wallerian degeneration. Restorative process to one is impossible, to
other natural. Neither physiology nor pathology knows of depletion
because those deductions are based on observation of laboratory.
DEPLETION AND REPLETION are known to Chiropractors for they
are clinical findings and deductions.
There are people coming to us who are so cleanIvory soapit
floatsthey use it every morning. Yet in spite of the morning,
afternoon and evening bath in hot water, the body smells. They cant
keep clean. Their sickly condition is such that abnormal excretion is
there. Soap upon outside takes dirt off but doesnt take it out. All the
soap in the world will not clean some persons. Many evil minded
could be preached to indefinitelyspiritual soap merely scrubs
surface. Bodies that are healthy have a pure, sweet and refining odor.
Labor as they might, odor is not offensive, whether they bathed or not.
There is little objection to odor of some animals but we seriously
object to monkeys for it is on them we find vermin and such live on
bodies not healthy. Clinically, the way to be clean is to get body to
secrete and excrete in its natural way. Therefore those things which
stimulate and thereby endeavor to clean the skin or brain are not
lasting. To have a clean body is to have a healthy one and how could
we get it by tickling outside as in treating effects? To put peroxide on
a running cancer is to apply one odor to kill another, neither
neutralizes opposite completely, hence two odors, not one. This is
general principle those preparations have which tend to kill unclean
odors. Out of a broader concept of this hypothesis, that all bodies
should be mentally and physically clean, came that natural study
CHIROPRACTIC HYGIENE, which means that the body shall
cleanse itself from inside outside. Soap you use is made of oil taken
from other bodies. Why not make your own? Your body should be in
such condition that it could do this. Person who bathes two or three
times a day is not as
625
HISTORY REPEATS
healthy as kid in street who picks up dirty banana and eats it. General
condition, as clinically proven, is that Chiropractic brings hygiene
from your inside to outside and this is as good spiritually as
physically.
If a man offers better light than your kerosene lamp, you ask him to
explain. He tells you about wires and juice. It must sound
reasonable before you permit him to tear house and floors up to put
them in. One they are in he must make good with demonstration. You
ask him to explain principle of electricity, where it comes from, how it
flows, and how resistance makes for light, etc. Unless he does you pay
no bills that he submits.
If another offers better heat than fireplace, you want to know how.
Central heating plant is new in preference to individual room heating
system. Before he pipes your home for hot water or steam heat he
must make good with explanation. Perhaps you would see it tested and
proven in some other house firstthats natural and, knowing his
goods, he shows! You are convinced and give him permit to proceed.
Thats position we find medical man in. He says he has a system, in
existence for centuries, not quite as old as the Pyramids but almost.
Its good enuf altho he changes trimmings daily. He offers to make
good in you, he tries, fails; tries and fails again; and has been doing
this on your grandfather, father and experiments on you until we have
awakened, finally, to realization that his system is guess-work; his
method experimentation; his results may-be. We demand an
explanation as to how and what does these thingsif they are done.
He has blustered, floundered, wandered and walked the circle until it
no longer deserves our confidences. He has told us glands have no
ducts, yet do what glands with ducts do; he has told us sympathy is
by means unknown and does things known; that reflex is like a
mirror that offsets and thats how we liveand many other
explanations that even children would not consider toys if they could
be manufactured.
We come forth with what the system is, of how your body and mine
have been built, organized and run daily. How, when wrong it needs
fixing and how that can be done without loss of parts or destroying
functions. This paper is our explanation. If this
626
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
does not appeal to reason, common-sense and judgment, dont let
others work on you until they offer better.
Where once was strong odorthere is none, it has ceased to be.
They could see change of urine, color, sizes, walking abilities, facial
expression, etc., but logical question still arose, thru what and by what
PROCESS did these occur? One by one, they admit our reasons for
changing are logical.
We raise questionDoes blood heat body? NOMental Impulses.
Does blood nourish body? NoSerous Circulation. Are there diseases
of secretions and excretions being clinically changed under our system
without any known laboratory explanation? YES. There are two
circulations known, blood and lymph. There are two more to be
known, that you and we study today in common, Cycles and Serous.
This makes unto man, four circulationseach separate from other
although united for general work.
Is it possible for tissue cells to divide endlessly as physiology
teaches? Is it possible for karyokinesiswhere one divides into two,
two into four, ad infinitum to the end that one tissue cell may form a
world? Is it ridiculous, yet that is the assumption upon which
physiology builds you. Clinically it is not logical, reasonable or
consistent. What does take place? As you hold in your hand an acorn,
so do you contain that which is oak tree of fifty years hence. Put acorn
in ground, sun keeps it warm, rain moistens it, its microscopic cells
expand. Give this process time, and tree is product. As you plant male
seed, and wife plants hers, two form the blastoderm. It expands for
280 days; the producta child. No one cell could have made a
universe, no one cell a child, and yet we are told that laboratory
reaches induction that this is process as to how a liver regenerates
itself during its three score and ten. Were this true, death would be an
unknown quantity for there would be no end to where a unit cell could
divide itself; the only death under that hypothesis would be murder.
This is not fact.
Do functions occur by reflex action? Inconsistency is the thought.
They respond by Intellectual Adaptation. Actions, different from
preceding impression do not reflect as does sun over a mirror or as a
ball reflects from a wall. There is no change in reflection; everything
taking place is a constant change from
627
HISTORY REPEATS
impression to interpretationinterpretation to powerpower to active
function. For fear of being misunderstood what is meant by change,
we will explain. Hand us one silver dollar and we return you four
silver quarters. We have given you change altho of same value.
Should you give a five dollar bill and we return six silver dollars we
have returned change WITH INTEREST showing it was worth
more to us than you for same space of time. Should, tho, you pass to
us with your right hand a $10 bill, we received it in our left, passed it
to right and that hand returned it to your leftthen we have
REFLECTED THE SAME bill thru a process without modification.
This is hypothesis of life. At some nodal point your tissue receives an
impression. This is said to travel to another nodal point, which
transfers it to another and then given loop-the-loop and returned back
to origin or some other place which just as goodno change is
granted, no rearrangement permitted. Life is a direct intellectual
responsive action. Skin receives an impression of intense heat. This
impression passes quickly to a direct nerve fibre terminating at brain
where your mind interprets impression and sounds keynote of danger.
A message is telegraphed to proper brain headquarters where
musculature-contractive-power is sent forthwith to jerk away your
finger which is saved being burned. Should a burn occur, a water
blister is formed to act as a water pad which is a non-conductor of heat
to adjacent subcutaneous tissues. Thus a change of form, character and
value occurs thruout this cyclechange has added interest, it has
multiplied itself and increased its usefulness, otherwise why have
such? This latter plan is not reflex, former is. We have proved
clinically that functions are direct.
Is sympathy at work? We can only tell referring to their dictionary,
final definition being by means unknown. We cant say whether, by
such a process, they are right or wrong, but we would most
strenuously object to having a person say, If your patients get well,
how? and we would answer by means unknown, or to profess that
phase of ignorance to all common fundamental subjects we reason
upon. Are we working by means unknown? Is this the end of all
laboratorical induction? Forgive the thought that medicine is
thousands of years old and yet you live by means unknown. We
live, reproduce and die by specific, certain, definite methods, known at
least to our
628
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
Maker. What are they? That was our duty. Mere fact that it was not
known in laboratory did not deter us from studying THE OBJECT
ITSELF and there learning upon what plan it did run, deciphering it,
laying secrets open to public inspection and even tho proven fatally
wrong, we will have started a series of clinical investigations that will
some day be brought forth in rightness. We feel we have it in
Chiropractic. It brings man clear and straight facts that your clinic
proves in every case.
These facts, deduced in the Clinic, when taken to laboratory, have
been proven true, regardless of how contradictory they seem to former
laboratory inductions.
We said that clinically anatomy had Innate Life. Go to osteological
studio, which is a laboratory, and we show a pair of ribs which were
fractured transversely, one above other. Two segments of each were
not set in apposition, slightly misplaced and overriding. This made the
point of union weaker than if they had been properly set. Noting the
weakness, Innate Intelligence built forth an exostosis from inferior
surface of superior union downward to meet exostosis built from
superior surface of inferior point of union, two meeting at a common
point; but, rather than unite exotoses and make a solid joint (which
would have interfered with expansion and contraction as in inhalation
and exhalation) Innate built a cartilage on tip of each, interjected a
bursa and made a movable and naturally oilable additional perfect
articulation. We could show hundreds of examples of like character,
but we have aimed, here, to inject a concrete example substantiative of
the thot. We bring this up purely to show that clinical deduction, that
man is a thinking, reasoning being, can be proven in a laboratory
WORKING TO THAT END.
Clinically we said there was subluxation in spine; but laboratory
expert said this is not true. It is impossible to have a subluxation of a
vertebra, said Grays Anatomy (but a few years ago) so solidly were
these locked and tied by ligaments, cartilages and muscles that two
teams of Percherons, opposing each the other, could not pull them
apart. Then we opened our Spinographic Laboratory, brot people there
with subluxations, spinographed them, made graphic reproduction of
conditions existing. These photographs were inspected by men of note
and worth in scien-
629
HISTORY REPEATS
tific world. They agreed that what we found was true, of worthy
consideration and new to world of science.
Physician has his common laboratory tests. Patient has fever
temperature runs to 103 and 104. He says urine smells sweetish, so
urinalysis is taken, shows presence of sugar. As far as we are
concerned of what value is that? Clinically, none. A patient enters our
clinic, we make a definite palpation, analyze spine with digital
exactness, take that case to our laboratory and prove that what we felt
existed in fact. We stated that exostoses and ankyloses disappeared
under adjustmentsit was follyuntil further demonstrations were
proven in our laboratory.
What difference does it make whether urine dribbles 10 drops per
minute or oozes 20; trickles sugar or sputters vinegarnozzle is a
poor place to study causesfaucet would have been headquarters. We
are content to let physician make his tests if he will let us adjust
subluxation.
Our general clinical FINDINGS should be in common accord with
medical laboratorical FINDINGS as facts are factsbacteria is
bacteria. There are many clinical findings brot forth lately that have
been proven but laboratory inducers will not accept them. Whether
this is prejudice, ignorance, inability to see, wont listen or dont care
to reason, whether it interferes with financial considerations or not, is
not for us to say, but in science we should be open for truth regardless
of source, provided it proves itself.
As we concede, to them, finding of microbe, they should concede
unto us finding of subluxation. Therefore, we are more liberal. As we
concede raise in temperature, he should also concede equations. As
they concede persons being psychic, they should concede our Innate
Intelligence. As we concede their idea of resistance in infectious
diseasesthat is if a person was non-resistant he would catch a
diseaseso should they concede to us that if we adjust subluxation
person would be resistant and he would get well. As they concede
necessity of external tonics to belch stomach, so should they concede
that if stomach had internal force it would clean itself. As they
concede necessity for external antidotes, so should they accept our
clinical findings of internal rejection in preference. Do they? We are
more liberal unto their findings than they unto ours.
630
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
We shall compare a few laboratorical inductions with clinical
deductions and see what we get. Has dissection found life in a tissue
cell? Do we find life in clinicis Innate prominent in dissection room
as life is in clinic? Work with death and you see it. Work with
suffering life and you make it at ease.
Could chemistry bring forth analysis of human causes and effects?
Suppose we found a vertebral subluxation, it was cause and
indigestion effecthow could we use chemistry assuming that we
know it? To know what chemicals were or were not wouldnt help to
adjust subluxation. Knowledge of chemistry on kindred subjects
would not teach which way subluxation existed. Hence, that induction
of chemistry, gleaned in laboratory, would not helpproviding we
knew itto work forth deduction of clinic. Of what use to
bacteriology would palpation be? They search for bacteria to find
external cause of diseaseChiropractor forgets bugs and palpates
spine to get internal cause. If laboratorical induction of germs is
correct then no medical man will ever palpate a spine expecting
therein to find THE cause of disease unless he palpates for germs, and
methinks they are too small to see much less to feel. If Chiropractor
locates herein cause of disease he will never credit germ with having
gotten ahead of subluxation. Therefore conclusions of laboratory and
clinic are opposites. Of what use, to pathology, is a Meric System?
Pathologists want to look at condition to see whether red or brown,
sputa is coagulated or not, what size tumor is and whether an
operation would be profitableto patientor not, which resolves
itself intowhat is condition of condition? Chiropractor finds it
immaterial whether one or other, cancer, tumor or wart, rheumatism,
gout or itch. WHERE is it; give us a line on its location. One plays
what he can hear or see strongly to fore, other wants what he feels and
positioneach wants the opposite of other. How could surgery utilize
a subluxation? Surgery is used 1st, to amputate; 2nd, to section on or
from body certain pathologies; 3rd, to set dislocations and fractures;
and thus far and no more end boundaries of surgery. Did a surgeon of
today say he has always known subluxations of vertebrae he
misrepresents facts for no author is on record as having assumed that
such was true. If vertebral subluxation approached a surgeon it would
be one of things he knew, viz., dislocations or fracture. To what end
could diagnosis use nerve tracing? Diag-
631
HISTORY REPEATS
nosis is a compilation of things patient says, where and how he feels
added to what the physician sees or hears, then mass assumes
complexed form out of which comes a definite name. Chiropractor
having palpated a spine finds a subluxation. Starting at effect he will
let it lead him to spine and get THE specific subluxation. Symptoms
lead to name, analysis to subluxation. Laboratorical and clinical
deductions are antipodes in purposes, values and applications. Could
prognosis do what Intellectual Adaptation does? Prognosis is what A
thinks As medicines will do to B without considering what Bs Innate
is going to do to B and As medicinestherefore its a guess.
Intellectual Adaptation is a known quantity in all alike therefore A
tells B that if Bs Innate works hell get well but itll be Bs Innate that
did it, not As adjustment. Does urinalysis take place of Equations? Is
Orthopedic Surgery and Chiropractic Orthopedy doing same good for
the race?
This lecture has a purpose. Many agree Chiropractic gets results in
clinic and youre willing to admit only in part that the basis under
which it exists is right.
If their method of procedure is correct, (and there are those amongst
you who are prone to believe it so, and you may hold that opinion
justly, it is not for us to say) why didnt they possess Chiropractic with
its consequential results, years ago? OR, if their hypothesis of
laboratory study is correct, why should there have been necessity for
Chiropractic? If their laboratory work is correct, their clinics should
prove it. They would have been all success and no necessity for us. If
they were right we would not be here. If there had been no clinical
failures, there would be no Chiropractic. Fire insurance is for fires,
undertakers for dead people; Chiropractic was made by failures of
medical men in the same sense.
If OUR clinical procedure is correct and successful, could it have
been done with THEIR laboratorical system? If we had used their
inductions, we would have reiterated what they are doing. If our
findings are wrong, why are not our applications in this clinic,
failures? You are a student of Chiropractic. Concede in morning, to a
prospective patient, laboratorical induction that bacteria CAUSES
disease; could you, in the afternoon, go to this tubercular patient and
adjust a vertebral subluxation as its
632
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
cause? You cannot use laboratorical induction with a clinical de-
duction, the two CANT go together. They contradict.
If laboratorical surgery be needed in appendicitis why aim to restore
cycles from the subluxation? If necessary to REMOVE appendix why
aim to GIVE CYCLES? Imagine a president of a Chiropractic (?)
school, addressing a class, saying:In a case of appendicitis, find the
subluxation and adjust it. If you dont get results in ten minutes adjust
it again. If you dont get results in twenty minutes, call a surgeon and
have him operate. Do you live such a contradiction? We would give
an ADJUSTMENT and rest content.
If materia medica is proper laboratorically speaking, why then, in
clinic, change drug and dose until patient dies or quits? If right STICK
with it. If wrong CHANGE theory. If treating effects according to
laboratorical therapeutics is proper, why give an adjustment as cause
in clinic? We are raising these questions for students who have not yet
been weaned from milk bottle.
If laboratory finding of no life as in physiology, is true, why ask
your patient to use intelligence to help you? Why say relax, please.
Why ask intellectually to help when laboratorically you have been told
there is no life? If laboratorically they find no subluxation, why should
you, in clinic, adjust one? We are drawing sharp lines as to
teachingsnot what they may concede exists in twenty or thirty years,
or what most progressive even concede now. If laboratorical
pathology leads to diagnosis and this trails to materia medica, why use
process of analysis with a Meric System in clinic? If laboratorical
findings of reflex be true, why trifle with direct cycles from brain cell
to tissue cell and back? Why use clinical nerve tracing to bring out this
phase, when sympathy is laboratorically said to be correct? Can you
admit one and use other? Can you be a medical man in theory and a
Chiropractor in practice? That could be ironically put in these forms:
could a gorilla live in our home, can a cow typewrite, or can a rose run
an automobile?
After all is said and done, and our faults and successes recorded in
this paper, rights and wrongs of two methods or systems deduced to
their proper standings, this is the final issue.
Laboratorical and clinical findings are not as yet disputed by either
side as against other. Deductions are at great variancehow can
either be proven right?
HISTORY REPEATS
Those things found are subject to proof by the eye, scale, ther-
mometer, chemistry, physics, etc. Those conditions which exist as
deductions cannot be proven by any of these, regardless of whether
laboratorical or clinical. They are conclusions of thotfor once thot is
taken into findings it loses relationships. Bacteria is a finding and is
true, but to assert that germ causes a disease can never be proven
except in logic. Finding of a subluxation is true but deduction that it
produces pressures upon nerves, cuts off current, etc., cannot be
proven and exists only in logic. Minute we kill man to prove that
germs cause dis-easethat moment we have removed all evidence
upon which to prove. Minute our patient is dead, that moment do all
conditions change, hence clinical deduction remains shrouded in
mystery as before.
There remain but two final tests in which to cast laboratorical and
clinical deductions to see which is right: 1st, clinical results; 2nd,
reason. It remains for each deduction to test itself upon given cases
and see which application gets his patient well or fails; or, it remains
for minds of thinking men to study each proposition carefully and pass
judgment upon which he thinks more reasonable, logical, consistent
with facts, and then condone or condemn. If these are tests usedthen
we bank on Chiropractic meeting both.
Nothing is so impossible, inconsistent and illogical as theories
evolved by medical men and certain it is their deductions are failures
in clinic. To all minds, Chiropractic deductions are reasonable, meet
every demand made upon them, and clinic proves its right to be called
the champion holder of successful deductions.
Medicine, in theory and practice, is based upon laboratorical
findings and inductions. Chiropractic is based upon clinical findings
and deductions. As you accept Chiropractic clinical deductions, you
reject in ratio medical laboratorical inductions, so Chiropractic is more
than learning to punch the back. Only yesterday, came a letter from
a physician in England. He wanted to learn the punch. There is
much to learn that is new, progressive and true. Learning is easy,
hardest part of learning being to forget that which is old, retrogressive
and wrong.
Only possible dispute between Chiropractic and Medicine is that we
question their laboratorical inductions and base our case on their
clinical failures. They may question our clinical findings
634
LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS
and deductions but when they come to our clinic, talk with our
patients and find what is done, notwithstanding they hold their
laboratorical inductions and conclusions in mind, they say, I am at a
lossdumbfoundedshockedI dont know how to explain what
you do because it doesnt coincide with what should be. Their
laboratorical inductions wont hold good when tried in our clinicyet
our clinic work holds when taken to their laboratory. It has been so in
everything tested. They may claim that some of our clinical
conclusions wont hold in their laboratory which we concede because
there is a portion of work in our clinic that has not yet been tested.
That which is true in the live must be so of the dead.
You students have taken adjustments. It may be Mrs. Jones took
adjustments and got results. You became interested. You talked to
Chiropractorgot interested in the school and here you are. Your
ambition probably is I want to get there, study anatomy, physiology,
symptomatology, bacteriology, learn to punch and be a Chiropractor,
get rich and be a man of society, and you are not altogether to blame.
Chiropractor probably has not shown you contrasts as we have tried to
do, consequently you came with a fixed notion of what Chiropractic
is, of what it consists and what you will study while here. You are here
a monththings are not what you thot. You are here two months,
Here is something lectured upon this morning that I never dreamed
of. I didnt think that was Chiropractic. On all sides, from beginning
to end, you meet something new and say, It is greater than I thot
when home, a larger subject than I had dreamed of. There is so much
to learnwill I ever get thru it? While these things are crowding in on
me, I get despondent, blue and dont believe I do credit to myself and
the School. You absorb more than you think. Majority are surprised
that we dont teach what medical schools do and yet you concede that
what they teach is a failure. You admit their principles are wrong and
yet ask us to teach what they do. If we taught what they teach, we
would lead you to failure. We teach what our clinic and observations
lead us to know is true. Your studies will not be that of medicine.
Medical man comes and must be made over. His viewpoints must be
changedhe is to be a new man in thothe must lose all he knew
about medicine.
635
HISTORY REPEATS
This morning you have a fair outline of things that transpired that
caused us to change viewpoints. Even though these have been proven,
there are those who still prefer to admire the old that have been proven
wrong, than to respect that which is right which is new
We said logically that laboratorical method does not reach con-
clusion that bears facts. Clinical deduction is reachedmake the sick
well. It behooves you as students to pay careful, strict attention to
clinic. There you get information much needed when you get into field
and yet it is the part of which you make a minor education. Use clinic
as a means of proving theories. Your past policy has been for
laboratory to prove all things of life altho it manifests opposite. Clinic
proves all things of life and nothing of death.
636
CHAPTER 77
The Story Of
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
(Copyright 1917Revised, 1951)
To properly understand symptomatology it is necessary to
understand human mind in its many psychological divisions. To
intelligently comprehend pathology, it is necessary that student know
various subdivisions of anatomy. So is it equally true that before you
can understand symptomatology and pathology of wet and dry man
you must know Serous Circulation, for upon former is based abnormal
conditions of latters normal. As symptomatology is to mentality, as
pathology is to anatomy, so are wet and dry manifestations to Serous
Circulation.
In each division we must have the normal before we can have the
abnormal. Before you can understand what mind with pain thinks, you
must know mind without pain; otherwise you could never get a mind
with pain back to a mind without pain. Before you can understand
what abnormal conditions matter can get into, you must know matter
as it is; otherwise it would be useless to picture retracing backward to
normal. So is it also true that before you can appreciate wet and dry
man, you must know what degree of moistness matter should be in to
be in its natural state.
Steps are from normal to abnormal; unnatural to natural.
It would be consistent, here, to review Serous Circulation; state its
beginning, ending, bleedings and tissues in which such take place; to
outline glands, both with ducts and without; to mention acids and
alkalies; approximate quantities of each; relative locations of each;
time it takes to pass from one to another; but, in presenting
pathological expressions of secretions and excretions, we take it for
granted that you have studied tissues and their fluids as presented
under topic head of Serous Circulation in Volume 2, The Science of
Chiropractic, Library Series. If you have not perused that first, then all
we shall here say is like Greek without a lexicon.
637
HISTORY REPEATS
There are many ways to analyze man, viz., physical, mental,
spiritual, etc.
Analysis that is here necessary is more wet and dry. In presenting
this dissolution we are aware that it will give to old facts a new odd
face. Man has always been just what he is, but somehow we now
seemingly are dividing him into different sections than heretofore.
Electricity has existed from beginning of time. Man did not analyze air
and ether, subtract and divide all of its elements until recently. Fact
that it was not done before upsets no facts, it merely adds a new one.

The constant stumbling block of originators is that they must be

confronted with old laws based upon older order of things. Laws of
physics have said that which is heavier than air could not remain in
air. As proof, they would raise a rock and you would see it fall to
earth. This common test was carried into laboratories where
commonness was magnified, photographed, microscoped;
microscoped into multitudinous scientific tests which more elaborately
proved the original.
But, the world do move. Man will think. Reason will decipher. He
does produce. As a result, come motor, gasoline combustion,
propellers, oiled silk, out of which come laws of aeronautics, which
set aside laws of physics to such an extent that they are
revolutionized. Yesterday laws of physics said nothing heavier than
air could remain in it. Today laws of physics admit that their former
premise was untrue.

Of all research that has been given human body, from time
immemorial to date, three divisions of man have been ignored or
studied seemingly without practical and reachable results, viz.,
psychical, fluidic and neurotic.
Psychical we have analyzed in our Chiropractic way, in other
publications devoted to that purpose.
Neurotic we have also divided almost simultaneously with psychical,
for they are closely related.
This analysis deals with secretions and excretions of man; their
origin, distribution, character; quantity under environment.
638
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
and other circumstances where they should be normal but are not.

Perhaps no one has given this question such scrutiny, in light of

bases of past, as Sajous. His research is exhaustive, his writings
voluminous. His work was caretaking. But it was all done in light of
principles and rules well laid down, of impossible past. If fundamental
under which he proceeded had been right, what he was after would
have been found years before his time. Fact that he ultimately failed to
discover was not his fault; it was the flaw of the man or men who laid
foundation for him which he trod after they were long dead and
buried. His error was in staying in rut and trying to prove where their
rut was not long enuf or broad enuf.
In this analysis we shall stand by no rules, laid or constructed. We
shall radically depart from all and construct a working passage
originally our own.
In quoting from Sajous, Encyclopedia of Internal Secretions, we
do so merely to prove that, after all, he admits he accomplishes
nothing constructive. He adds to accumulative knowledge of things
that are not so. He does not add one valuable idea that is usable in
reconstructing man.

Preface of the above named work, date of September 1, 1908, makes

following terse remarks:

The present status of medicine precludes any apology for the publication of a
work such as this. Professor Sollmann, a prominent member of the Council of
Pharmacy of the American Medical Association, wrote, only this year (1908): A
generation ago therapeutics was an art, promising to develop into a science. At
present it cannot be classed as an art nor as a science; it can only be classed as a
confusion. Indeed, Oslers public declaration: That of the action of drugs we
know little, though we put them into bodies the actions of which we know less,
sustained by Llewellys F. Barkers estimate published about the same time: That
drugs of unknown physiological action cannot conscientiously be set to act upon
bodily tissue in disease in which we are ignorant of deviations from the normal,
involves the conclusion that our ignorance applies to disease as well as to thera-
peuticsin a word, to all that which endows us with the right to accept with any
degree of self-respect the confidence which suffering humanity places in us.
639
HISTORY REPEATS
It is not my purpose to take issue with these frank expressions of opinion. In
fact, were I to do so, I would conceal similar conclusions reached nearly twenty
years ago, when, as editor of the Annual of the American Medical Sciences, it
became my lot to collate, with the valued collaboration of many associates, the
multitude of data, clinical and experimental, which were accumulating from year
to year. Nor do they conflict with the prevailing estimate of the therapeutic worth
of medicine among the best informed medical men abroad. Skodas dictum of
several years, standing, that we can diagnose disease, describe it, and get a grasp
of it, but we dare not expect by any means to cure it, has drifted along, on the
ripples of time, until hardly one year ago (1901) the president of a prominent
British society, Dr. A. H. Brampton, found it opportune to declare that: If any
daring member has introduced a subject bearing on medical treatment, it has been
with an apologetic air and humble mien, well knowing that if his remarks had any
reference to the utility of drugs in the treatment of disease they would be subjected
to good-humored banter, and received by those sitting in the seat of the scornful
with amused incredulity. My aim now, as it was when Internal Secretions, was
first projected, is to indicate what to me, at least, appears to be the main cause of
the deplorable state of practical Medicine, and, if possible, to eliminating it.
When, twenty years ago, I was brought face to face with the mass of
heterogeneous material we term the Medical Sciences and with the yearly crop
of contradictory theories upon each disease, mode of treatment, etc., I soon
realized that some gigantic flaw should alone account for so great a confusion. In
the preface of the 1888 issue, I had stated that the Annual, was intended to
become a helpmate to the practitioner in his efforts to relieve suffering, and to
assist the investigator by correlating facts, thus enabling him the better to
compare. Whether such comparison was indulged in by others I cannot say, but
the fact remains that, as far as my own position in the matter was concerned, I
began then and there to seek for the flaw referred to. I must frankly confess that its
identity was not difficult to find, namely: The invalidity of Physiology. Never,
when it came to tracing a pathological condition, the effect of a remedy, the nature
of a symptom, or any, in fact, of the many phenomena which to us practitioners
are of paramount importance in diagnosis or therapeutics, was it possible to trace
to its source the chain of events thru which a normal function had more or less
suddenly become abnormal. Invariably was it found that either the physiologists
had failed altogether to discern the nature of that function, or, if an attempt had
been made by them to explain it, that it was laden with so many inconsistent and
obviously mutually contradictory conclusions thatalthough perhaps quite
scientific in their eyesit was more misleading than helpful in the explanation of
the morbid condition analyzed.
To illustrate these statements, I will submit a few of the more salient de-
ficiencies referred to. The process of respiration, which includes pulmonary
respiration and oxygenation of the blood and tissues, at once asserts itself as of
capital importance, since it involves the functions of all organs, the vital
640
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
process, and also every morbid process. In January, 1903, I urged that this
function as taught by physiologists failed to satisfy our needs, and suggested new
paths for research. Two years later, Professor Chas. R. Barnes of the Botanical
department of the University of Chicago wrote, I found to my great surprise that
animal physiologists have concerned themselves very little with the essential
problems of respiration. Then, naming our best-known textbooks on physiology,
he added: I found no treatment whatever, indeed, no mention whatever, of the
real problem of respiration, that is, of what is happening in the tissues, the process
of which these external phenomena are the sign. The late Sir Michael Foster also
closed a study on metabolism in the last edition of his textbook with the statement
that, after all, consists mostly of guesses and gaps. Even the apparently simple
process through which the blood acquires its oxygen from the air in the
pulmonary alveoli is at present unknown to physiologists, their gasometric
experiments being, as stated by Pembrey, very discordant, and inadequate to
explain the absorption of oxygen by the lungs.
If the full meaning of these deficiencies is apprehended, their appalling
consequences will appear.
Another great function is nutrition. Our first need to interpret intelligently
gastro-intestinal infections, is a clear understanding of ferments. A most able
physiologist, Benjamin Moore, wrote recently: Little is known regarding the
chemical nature of enzymes, because all attempt to isolate them in a state of purity
has hitherto failed, another authority, Halliburton, also writes: The process thru
which the digested foodstuffs are absorbed from the alimentary canal is quite as
obscure. Thus, Howell writes: The energy that controls absorption resides . . . in
the wall of the intestine, presumably in the epithelial cells, and constitutes a
special form of inhibition which is not yet understood. According to Beddard,
we know nothing of the path taken by the products of proteid and carbohydrate
digestion. Howell also says: The form in which proteid is absorbed remains . . . a
mystery. Again, if, as textbooks on physiology teach, the foodstuffs, duly
prepared, were taken up at all by the blood they should be found in the latter. But,
as stated by Mendel, Beyond the intestinal wall, in the blood and lymph-stream,
the cleavage products seem, for the most part, to be missing. Finally, once in the
blood, the fluid proteids should be readily diffusible to penetrate freely to the
tissue cell. Howell states: The proteids of the blood, which are supposed to be so
important for the nutrition of the tissues, are practically indiffusible, so far as we
know. It is difficult to explain their passage from the blood through the capillary
walls into the lymph.
The problem of nutrition is evidently no more solved by physiologists than
those of respiration and tissue metabolism. The consequences to us are quite as
deplorable. Asiatic cholera, typhoid, infantile diarrhoea and kindred disorders are
closely related with all intestinal functions, and in absorption lies the keynote to
general infection. How can we possibly obtain a clear conception of all those
dread diseases with such a foundation as physiology affords us?
641
HISTORY REPEATS
The third great question is the manner in which function is incited in an organ.
As shown by Claude Bernard, over fifty years ago, this is due to dilation of the
arteries of that organ; more blood passing through it, it functionates.
Notwithstanding considerable work done upon the problem ever since, the manner
in which this function is carried out is quite unknown. Naturally, to admit more
blood into an organ, the nutrient arteries must be dilated. Now, in his summary of
vasomotor action, Foster, for instance, says, referring to the presence of dilator
nerves in muscles: There is no adequate evidence that these vasodilator fibres
serve as channels for tonic dilating impulses or influences. While Landois, in the
last edition of his textbook, holds that although a center for vasodilator or
vessel-relaxing nerves had not yet been demonstrated, the existence of such a
center in the medulla may nevertheless be suspected. J. G. Curtis states that it is
not known whether a vasodilator center is present in the bulb. The actual state of
the question is aptly summarized by H. C. Chapman, when he says: Though
numerous explanations have been offered of the manner in which the vasodilator
nerves act, it must be admitted that none of them are satisfactory, and that it is not
yet understood how this stimulation causes dilation of the blood vessels.
Now, the bearing of this physiological process upon pathogenesis and
therapeutics may be said to be limited only by the total number of diseases to
which the human frame is exposed, since all disorders are functional or organic,
and all organic diseases impair function at a given time. A possible exception
suggests itself, namely, the nervous system. But here, again, the deus ex machina
of the function as a whole, THE NERVE IMPULSE, has remained hidden. As
Landois says, the nature of the physiological nerve-stimulus in the normal body
is not known. This accounts for the prevailing discouragement among the
devotees of a great specialty, neurology, as expressed in the recent statement of a
very diligent worker in that line, Joseph Collins, that we know very little more
concerning the etiology, pathogenesis, and the clinical display of the majority of
nervous diseases, organic and functional, than we did twenty years ago.
These are but a few of the evident shortcomings of physiology; others will be
referred to in the body of the work. I wish to state, however, that their
enumeration is not inspired by a spirit of criticism; they are mentioned because
each deficiency is subjected to a searching inquiry in the second volume with a
view of its elimination. Indeed, anyone who has examined physiological lore as
closely as I have, cannot but admire the enormous and patient labor that
physiologists have devoted to the solution of the multitude of problems which the
functions of the human organism involve, including the many unsolved ones to
which I refer. But I must now, after writing the second volume, emphasize a
feature which I merely suggested in the first volume, viz., that their failure to
explain the many functions referred to is due to the fact that they have overlooked
the cardinal functions of the organs to which I have given special attentionthe
adrenals, the thyroid, the pituitary body and the leukocytes.
642
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
As the text will show, various branches of biology have been studied, but many
of the facts which have served to elucidate function were obtained from
CLINICAL medicine. A great physiologist, Professor Pawlow, of St. Petersburg,
wrote a few years ago, after stating that physicians had pointed out the existence
of gastric secretory nervesa question which, I may add, has been greatly
elucidated, thanks to his own labors. Physiologists, on the other hand, had
fruitlessly endeavored for decades to arrive at definite results upon this question.
This is a striking, but by no means isolated, instance where the physician gives a
more certain verdict concerning physiological processes than the physiologist
himself; nor is it indeed strange. The world of pathological phenomena is nothing
but an endless series of the most different and unusual combinations of
physiological occurrences which never make their appearance in the normal
course of life. It is a series of physiological experiments which Nature and life
institute, often with such an interlinking of events as could never enter into the
mind of the present-day physiologist, and which could scarcely be called into
existence by means of technical resources at our command. CLINICAL
observation will consequently ALWAYS remain a rich mine of physiological
facts. There are precedents, therefore, upon which a legitimate belief may be
based that the conclusions I have reached are sound. They afford, moreover, a
clear explanation of the inability of physiologists to discern the functions my
researches have led me to discover; they are partly hidden in a field that
physiologists could not legitimately be expected to scrutinize, owing to its
vastness. In this connection it is mainly, therefore, as a contribution of
pathological biology to normal biology, of which physiology is a subdivision, that
the two volumes of Internal Secretions are offered.
The final conclusions to which I have ledthose submitted in the second
volumeare not offered as mere theories, but as solutions carefully worked out
from the abundant material at my disposal. My labors as editor of the Annual of
the Universal Medical Sciences, and the Cyclopaedia of Practical Medicine,
having shown that it was to the habit of theorizing with a few facts as foundation
into which investigators, and particularly laboratory workers, have fallen, that the
confusion which characterizes the Medicine of our day was due, the following
working plan was adopted; the literature of each subject, my own experimental
and clinical observations, etc., were collected, subdivided and filed.
These details are given not only with the object of aiding others who might
wish to work on parallel lines, but to illustrate another salient feature brought to
light by my editorial work upon the Annual and the Cyclopaedia, namely, that
the present unsatisfactory condition of Medicine is due to the fact that
investigators do not avail themselves of the enormous array of solid data available
to ascertain the truth. Blinded by the fallacious idea that the worth of a
contribution to our knowledge should be gauged solely by the new experiments
and clinical observations it adds to those already available, they lose sight of the
fact that such experiments and observations are but bricks and mortar out of which
a coherent and truly useful Medicineone indeed worthy of ranking as a
sciencecan be built.
643
HISTORY REPEATS
The conception of Medicine presented in the second volumeand fore-
shadowed in the firstis submitted only as an effort in this direction. It aims to
replace the empirical and hazardous use of remedies which has undermined
increasingly the confidence of our best observers in them, by a system of
therapeutics based on solidly established facts which makes it possible to trace
every phase of their action to its source.
The work introduces no elixir of life, no universal panacea, or even a new
serum; the weapons recommended are available to all, viz.: The identical remedies
which for years have been in daily usethe forty or fifty that have stood the test
of time. It shows, I believe, that it is not because we have been lacking agents
capable of successfully coping with disease that confidence in remedies has been
steadily decreasing, but because they were used blindly and often, therefore,
injudiciously.

You ask me what man is, chemically analyzed, and we would say he
is but water and dust.
(a) Water, in its myriads of combinations, too many for any one
mind to know correctly. Combinations, chemicalized in endless
seesawing, relating and interrelating until it staggers chemist or
laboratorical expert. For this reason alone, if for no other, we shall not
attempt to track our feet into their failure footsteps. (b) Dust, in very
highly organized and specialized forms.
Putting it in other and crude language, it can be said that man is a
childs mud pie highly chemicalized and specialized. Just as mud pie
is beyond comprehension of child-mind, so is human mudpie beyond
comprehension of adults trained mind. No mind, youth or adult,
trained or ignorant, knows an atom or drop of water, much less
chemicals and tissues out of which both come.
Human dust is organized into what we have grossly seen fit to call
osseous, nervous, muscular, ligamentous, connective and other
primitive tissues. Only difference between one and other is, none at
beginning and all at ending, organization being process between.
Steel, bricks, mortar, wood and other dusts that go into our
skyscrapers are originally from same mother earth. Different processes
of heat, time and other elements make one dust a steel and another
dust a brick.
Water, as commonly understood, is composed of H2O. In it are
vegetable and animal matters which when extracted make it aqua pure.
Take life out of it and it is pure, even tho lifeless.
644
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Water, as it floats or osmoses thruout body, is composed of living
water, or lifeless water, plus all compounds and mixtures of
multitudinous compounds it gets out of foods in transition from
moment it enters body until it leaves it.
Water, fluids, liquids, secretions, excretions, bile, and other granular
juices are generic titles which beg our ignorance. We know there is a
difference, yet of exact nature, action and reaction we are at a loss to
know whence they start, pass thru or leave human body.
We shall not worry reader with our admitted ignorance of these
things. We are confessing, at outset, that which Sajous had to admit
when he finished.
Given organized dust, chemicalized water, add a psychical
individuality and you have a natural, living, reasoning object, be it
vegetable, animal or human. Natural objects providing organizing of
dust, chemicalizing of fluids and adding of psychical self are all mixed
in crucible by Father Time and nursed to maturity in cradle of Mother
Nature Should any of this blending be attempted by Educated Man, in
any of his artificial laboratories, that moment it loses its naturalness
and ceases to exist as it should if in a human body or composite form.
When man lives, he is dust plus water (mud) plus his soul, which
keeps it well stirred and freely passing on in flowing process. When
man dies, we separate soulwhich is neither dust nor fluidfrom
mud and then it ceases to start, pass on or pass out. After man has
been dead for some time, water becomes separated from dust, it ceases
to be mud, gradually dries and soon we have bone dry dust composed
of dust minerals and dust salts. We have disorganized water and
destroyed naturalness of dust.
A man dies. Process is one of a separation of soul from water and
dust. His organized water-dust is not dead. Suppose we cremate
the remains. All that occurs is separation of waters from dusts.
Should you see actual performance, you would note mist that arises
this is water leaving. Ashes are dust.
It takes but a fraction of a moment for soul to leave dusty water.
How long it takes to separate water from dust depends upon in what
proportions they have existed up to time of death.
645
HISTORY REPEATS
Living man, composed of elements, material, which we have
analyzed him into above, should be MOIST, to be normal.
Living man, however, is rarely normal; therefore he is usually wet or
super-wet; dry or super-dry. Whether it is one or the other depends
upon whether fluids are of right quantity and quality or whether tissue
cells are of sufficient quantity and quality to balance or not.
Everything in life is a question of balance. Too much goodness is no
good; too much badness cant exist. Person worth while fits rule.
There is so much bad in best of us, and so much good in worst of us,
that it hardly behooves any of us to talk about the rest of usjust a
good balance of a trifle of each. Liquors, the weed, fevers or anything
else that is bad are only such because they are out of balance. Average
person is an extremist; did he strike balance, extreme could not be
condemned.

In gross when man is wetor super-wetits case of too much

water for tissuescells are floodedas in dropsy.
In gross when man is dryor super-dryits case of too many
tissues for watercells crumbleas in chalky rheumatism.
These are concrete examples. They exist endlessly when detailed.
Man is either well or sick. Being well, we can only study anatomy
and physiology. Being sick, we can only study anatomy or pathology,
or abnormal physiology or symptomatology. Pathology is but sick
anatomy. Symptomatology is but sick physiology.
In sense we use it here, abnormal is a relative term in tissue and
CHEMICAL QUANTITY in speaking of anatomy or pathology. In
same sense, sick is a relative term in action or FUNCTIONAL
QUALITY as used in physiology or symptomatology.
In speaking of QUANTITY we mean whether there is too much
water for tissues or too little water for tissues. QUALITY is relative
as to how pleasant or unpleasant physiology or symptomatology
is.
646
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
When QUANTITY of water and tissues is normal, QUALITY is
normal. QUALITY is product of QUANTITY. Proper QUALITY is
produced by proper QUANTITY properly mixed. Mix quantities
abnormally and quality is abnormal to same degree and extent, no
more or less.
Example: Concrete and its proper quantity mixture, therefore quality,
is a good example. Concrete is made of matters and has a function that
is comparative to supportive tissues in physiology. It can be abnormal
and comparative to pathology as well as to symptomatology.
Hypothetically, suppose we are mixing for a wall. Ingredients are 4
of sand, 2 of rock, 1 of cement, to 6 of water. This constitutes a good
mixture and will adhere closely, stand up well and make a firm quality
of wall.
Suppose we have a mixture of 4 of sand, 2 of rock, 1 of cement and
12 of water. We have same quantity of other matters, but we have
added twice as much water. This will thin sand, rock and cement to
where it will pour much as does diarrhoeait is too thin. It will not
adhere, it will not stand up, but makes a poor quality of wall. It is too
thin. Ever hear tell of blood being too thin?
Suppose, on reverse, we have a mixture of 4 of sand, 2 of rock, 1 of
cement and 3 of water. We have same quantity of other basic
materials, but we have decreased quantity of water by one-half. This
will make mixture so thick that it will not pour; congestion occurs in
vessels it should pass from and out of, as in costiveness of bowels.
Such cement will make a wall with holes.
Between extremes cited there can be many shades, fractions and
degrees; infinitesimal details of anything above 6 of water in excess
of, to anything below 3 of water in minus-quantities, plus or minus,
can be whatever container can contain, or whatever receptacles can go
without and still hang together without blowing away as common
dust.
Even after science has got thru scientizing in its LAST degree, it will
still be plus or minus of what it should be a good mixture in quantity
and quality. They may quibble and squabble over shades and terms,
but basic fact remains same: From where we stand it is always up or
down.
647
HISTORY REPEATS
There may exist many figures to designate distance above, but it will
still be plus even when scientific men have reached last degree of
comprehension. Same may also be true of distance below, but it will
still be below whether one or one million. To know degree adds
nothing to human knowledge; to know relative and comparative
condition adds much to our usefulness.
Another example: In our younger days we made mud pies. One quart
of road dust and one pint of gutter water made a fine mud pie. It was
neither too thin nor too thick. It worked and stuck and patted nicely
between our palms. But, two quarts of dust and one pint of water made
it so dry that it would not stick together, it fell to pieces. But one pint
of dust and one pint of water made it so wet that it was sloppy and
made our hands muddy with its slop.
By inverse ratio, opposite could be as justly true.
One pint of water to one quart of dust would make a fine mud pie,
but one pint of water to one quart of dust made it too dry, as two pints
of water to one quart of dust made it too wet.
In both examples we have cited, we mixed quantities of dust and
water. This is true, in human body, only so far as we deal with matter
in transit, in passage thru us. That dust which is organized and which
is of use as bodily tissues is a known and fixed quantity, exception
being only as we deal with tumors. (As this is not a talk on tumors, we
will deal exclusively, for purpose of this text, with excretions and
secretions.)
In all examples in human body, it is water which fluctuates; not
quantity of dust which is made too thin or too thick. Mans organs
remain a fixed given quantity, but fluids which enter, tarry and pass
thru are in transition; are normal in quantity, hence quality of output or
function is interfered with and becomes manifest in many
symptomatologies and pathologies of organs and secretions and
excretions.
Generically speaking, where organs are a fixed quantity and fluids
are in excess, title of dropsy can be aptly applied. Too little tissue
floats in too much water; too little tissue only in that it has TOO
MUCH WATER to float in.
Generically speaking, where organs are a fixed quantity and fluids
are in minus, title of body drought can be aptly applied.
648
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Too much tissue floats in too little water; too much tissue only in
that it has TOO LITTLE WATER to float in.
In all this mass of symptomatology and pathology that is taught by
many means, by vision and sense, common-sense and nonsense, we
have a super-abundance of diagnoses and terms for those conditions
which indicate an excess of fluids here or there or everywhere. But
when it comes to giving a name to those conditions in which there is a
minus of fluids here, there or everywhere, we are at sea for want of
any medical term to indicate what we mean.
We are compelled to borrow an agricultural term, body drought, to
make ourself understood. This accounts for title of this talk: The Wet
and the Dry Man.

After all, what great difference exists between farm of man and man
of farm? One has a farm to plant seed inother has seed to plant in
HIS farm. One has a farm which has seed, which needs to be watered;
other has seed planted in his body farm, which needs watering. Farmer
knows, as does humaner, that once seed is properly planted and
properly watered it will grow. But each also knows that too much
water will rot his seed, as too little water will make it too dry to sprout
and expand.
Watering human body, causing various waters to reach out to all
parts of his body thru many different channels is very little, if any,
different from irrigation idea now in vogue in many otherwise arid
parts of good fertile soil.

What is good for goose may be bad for gander. One mans food may
be anothers poison.
That condition which is manifest as a dis-ease in one part of body is
but one-half of dis-ease. Take a given case of dropsy, where we have
an excess of water in feet. Some other part of body has gone dry to
supply that part with its excess water. Take a given case of too dry
feet, where there isnt enuf fluid in feet. Kidneys have gone wet to
take from feet their water. Its a case of robbing Peter to pay Paul. We
notice objective symptom, study it, diagnose it, treat it, regard it as
whole, and when
649
HISTORY REPEATS
we fail it was because it was too bad to be driven from body.
Subjective symptoms and pathology are usually more important than
objective. We should find them, get their location, trace major, adjust
it. As soon as subjective is gone, objective cannot exist.
Body must at all times strike its balance, either in normal or
abnormal, wet or dry, here or there. Mouth shows a temperature of
102 degrees. Too much heat in mouth; but balance of body will show
cold feet. (Cold feet usually go with hot heads.) Have an excess of a
tumor in one place and that which made it has been robbing Peter for
some other time. What tapeworm gets, body of patient does not.
Absence of one arm makes other do double work and grow twice as
strong. Examples are endlessbody does strike its balance between
objective, seen or known symptoms, and pathology and their direct
opposites in subjective or unknown symptoms and pathology. (For
more insight on this question, see Majors and Minors.)
If pump does more, per hour or per day, than is needed, we drain
well but flood land. If pump does less, per hour or per day, than
needed, we flood well but drain land. Either condition is bad for crops.
Too much drowns seed; too little dries it up.
To make comparison more consistent, we must regard fluid as a
constantly passing commodity. It is never in a state of staying. It, like
mental impulses, must be in transit at all times, otherwise stagnation
occurs. We say that we think WITH our brains. We dont, we cant.
We think THRU them. We think only as force flows THRU brain.
Electricity does not give us light. It is traveling or flowing electricity
which does. Electricity must be in motion to secure resistance of
carbon; it is this resistance to a traveling current which gives heat, and
heat is light.
Having read Serous Circulation in Volume 2, you are aware that
kidneys are to it what blood is to blood circulation. Just as heart sucks
in venous blood from system and pulmonary blood from lungs, just so
does it also push forward and out arterial blood to system and push
venous blood forward into lungs to be oxygenated. Kidneys are pumps
which sap to them all refuse fluid from all parts of body, put it thru
themselves, which is the last filter, and then shove it on into reservoir
to await convenience in disposition to outer world. They are the great
final medium in
650
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
controlling principles of supply and demand; upon THEIR action rests
largely question of SYSTEMATIC quantity and quality. In questions
of valuation there would be little difference, in our opinion, between
lungs, heart and kidneys. Without one life would depart quicker than
with another; but in living, one is equally as important as another.
Kidneys can be aptly said to sap from body and push it forward to
bladder. System drains its areas to kidneys. Kidneys receive it, make
an internal secretion of it, pass it on and dump it into bladder.
We have a method by which we can tell rhythmic pulsations of
heart; lungs have a known respiration and exhalation. We do not know
contractions and relaxations necessary for glands, including kidneys in
this category. They have such, and each would be as rapid as
conditions necessitated.
For purposes of explanation only, we are going to assume that
normal contractions and relaxations of kidneys are 100 per minute
too many perhaps, but this figure can best be divided to bring out a
comparison. As a result of 100 contractions, it can regulate to a nicety
amount of fluids which will come to it from body side and by so
regulating it can hold back whatever would be in excess. Kidneys are
like sponges; every time they squeeze they exude onward a fluid
which we shall now call urine. As a result of the 100 contractions a
minute, we are issuing forth to bladder 100 given quantities of urine to
be expelled.
Suppose kidneys were to contract 200 times per minute. They would
draw towards same, from systemic serous circulation, twice the
amount of fluids to be normal. Body goes dry, but we urinate twice the
amount we should. What comes in one side of kidneys must go out
other. It must strike its balance. Just as we see objective of too
frequent urination, so does subjective exist, also, of drying body.
Suppose kidneys were inactive, paralyzed, contracting only 50 times
per minute. They would fail to draw towards same from systemic
circulation normal quantities of urea. Only one-half of what it should
will come. Body is taking IN, per mouth, approximately usual
quantity; as a result the body becomes waterlogged and we have
dropsy somewhere. What fails to come into kidneys, fails to pass thru,
therefore is retained in body
651
HISTORY REPEATS
Objective symptom is lack of urination. Subjective is that our body
has too much water somewhere.

Human body is fearfully and wonderfully made. Starting water at its

natural entrance, mouth, it then goes to stomach, to intestines, at
which time it begins a dual existence. After passing thru its many
transitions, it will be eliminated in two ways, viz., perspiration to skin,
urine to bladder. It could be called a superficial or insensible
elimination and a deep or sensible elimination. Ratio, of course, is
largely of bladder as carrying majority.
It is a well-known and established fact now that when kidneys
overact, skin goes dry; and vice versa, when kidneys cease to act in
normal pulsations, skin becomes excessively wet. When kidneys drain
body, they remove from superficial tissues chemical elements and
by-products they must needs have. When kidneys cease to draw sap
from body, they dam back into tissues elements and by-products
kidneys should drain off.
When kidneys work too rapidly, skin suffers for want of per-
spiration; it becomes dry, itching; blackheads, pimples and other like
rashes appear as in all eruptive fevers. If kidneys cease to act, odor of
urine is detected in pits of body, as in groin and avillae.
As a result of this simple and general observation, four possible
conditions stand forth as an axiom:
1. We can and do have a wet external or superficial body with a dry
internal or deep.
2. We can and do have a dry outside skin with a wet body internally.
3. If kidneys overwork and secrete too much, far beyond normal,
they may even drain all superficial and deep tissues, producing a
dry outside and inside.
4. If kidneys underwork and secrete and excrete too little, far
beyond normal, they may dam back all superficial and deep
tissues, producing a flooded inside and outside.
In using terms wet and dry, we mean them as contradistinctive
or excessive between moist, which is normal state of tissues in this
comparison.
652
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Idea herein laid down is a simple principle of common-sense, which
is uncommon when applied to human body. Heretofore, either
objective OR subjective has been discovered and made basis of
diagnosis. Now we have learned to take both objective AND
subjective to make a deduction as to origin lying midway between one
and other and reduce it to normal to temper excess of one with minus
of other, thus bringing excess internal wet man and minus external dry
man (or vice versa) so that he is moist all over.
Principle here brought forth is fact of irrigation, of evaporation, of
refrigeration. Human body was original irrigational system upon
which all irrigation theories and systems have been worked out. It was
the first machine which utilized now well-known principles of
evaporation and radiation for cooling off cylinders and other tissues. It
was likewise first padded box to utilize principles of retention of heat
and evaporation of flowing fluids to make heat and cold at will. Innate
heats and cools her body, in parts or in toto as circumstances demand.
Fundamental principles incorporated in farming, making deserts
fertile; machinery, locomotion; producing ice and transporting heats
we ignore in human body and in our dealing with same principles
when abnormal in them.

Man must drink water or other fluids to live. True, man must do
other things also to live, but in this we are confining ourselves to one
idea as far as it goes to study of secretory and excretory anatomy and
pathology, physiology and its symptomatology.
Man must eat, and practically everything he eats contains fluids in
largest percentage. All that he eats, be it vegetable or animal, could
not have been contained in its present form were it not for waters, in
solution, which made it possible.
These vegetables and meats enter mouth, and there mix with fluids;
pass thru throat to stomach, and there mix with more of them; enter
intestines and there dissolution process continues. Dissolution of
what? Separation of one kind of fluid by actions of other fluids to
make it into a third kind of fluid so that it will not only be acceptable
but subject to assimilation in tissues farther on to which it must go.
653
HISTORY REPEATS
Passing thru walls of intestines it begins a 72-hour grind to be passed
from one gland to another, to be volley-balled backwards and
forwards, passing thru many glands of our human laboratory, one after
another; constantly changing its form either by subtraction or addition;
elimination or absorption. So multitudinous are the many forms which
this original common form of secretion starts, that no man has been
able to name them or their different combinations of chemical
elements. Some of most common are known, such as bile, splenic
fluid, thyroid juice, etc., but when it comes to minor glands scientists
become muddled, addled and confused.
We make no claim to pick it up where they leave off; neither do we
claim to know what they know as well as they know it. Our only claim
of originality, as outlined under lecture of Serous Circulation, is to
outline a practical working basis of general passage of secretions and
excretions as a totality, their origins and finals and how their functions
can be, in detail or in gross, interfered with, and what is necessary to
be done to get them to working normally, either in detail or gross.
It is the observation, taken as a whole, new viewpoint on old matter,
new construction placed upon those observations, that makes this
subject of value. Whether it agrees with what science has worked out
on paper, matters little. Vital issue is, just as Sajous has declared, does
it work out in clinical deductions? And therefore we are pleased to say
it has been tried on many thousands of cases and not found wanting on
any. Between May 1, 1909, and May 1, 1917, over 17,000 cases were
registered in our open clinics, so opportunity for proving or disproving
was not wanting.
(At this juncture student should stop, review Serous Circulation, if
he hasnt already done so, then come back and pick up the thread of
this outline.)
Suppose we had a perfect boiler and engine, with no water, no
steam, therefore no motion in engine. What good is it? Suppose we
had a perfect human boiler and muscular motors, with no water, no
combustion in tissue cells, therefore no motion as a direct result and
heat as a by-product, and a liquid by-product waste to cool off.
Without water, what good is it?
Suppose we had a perfect engine. It has joints which must be oiled.
Oils are by-products of excrescences, offals. Suppose we
654
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
had no water to have by-products made from in other tanks, therefore
no oils to lubricate its joints; therefore stiff action, friction, hot-boxes,
and metals run, etc. Water and its byproducts are essential to
prevent these things. Our human machine is no different. It has joints
which must be oiled; and, if they are not, all that occurs in any other
engine occurs in this.
Plant an acorn in ground. Given dust in which to plant it, given
elements of time and heat, it still would cease to grow until moisture is
added. Growth is but EXPANSION of materials it already contains.
Growth of foetus is but an enlargement of materials contained in
embryo. As moisture is added to acorn, its minute and microscopic
cells expand, shoot forth for greater space and as a consequence we
have what is commonly called growth. Growth of any kind is but
expansion. Expansion in all instances is dependent upon moisture as a
primary impeller.
Dry tissues dissolve, separate, do not cling together. Elements of
which they were composed pass thru dissolution rather than
enlargement. Only element which is added to anything that is going
thru condition called growth, is fluid in some one of its many forms.
Only difference between weight of a man of 30 who weighs 150 and
the man of 30 years who weighs 100 pounds is difference in ratio of
water in their bodies. Only difference in size is one of individual size
of his cells. In the baby it has same number, but they are smaller than
in an adult.
Every tissue structure in body has same form. Bones, muscles,
ligaments, cartilages, connective and supportive tissuesall must
expand as individual enlarges from baby to adult. We are constantly
shedding tissues of each of various and many kinds. These must be
replenished, and they are by newly expanded cells which come to take
place of those just lost. To perform this function, calls for a constant
flow of fluid to do it with.
For example, take a tree. In winter it sleeps. In spring the sap
flows upward thru heart of tree. New growth of wood from center
outward, occurs; new branches expand, new leaves spring forth. This
continues all summeror so long as sap continues to flow upward and
outward. In fall water begins to recede and just that soon growth
begins to stop and tree lies dormant. Do anything to bark which would
interfere seriously with downward flow of this sap, thru bark of tree,
and tree will
655
HISTORY REPEATS
die, i.e., cease to expand. A woodsman, desiring to kill a tree, cuts a
circular niche all around bark of tree. It isnt long until all growth
ceases.

Digestion is a condition brot about by fluids working on solids

which contain fluids which must be extracted. To bring this about,
juices which come from glands which empty into stomach and
intestines must be in normal quantity and quality. Suppose one of
these juices were absent, dried up, too thick or too thin, reduced to a
poisonous essence or was so watery that its dilution made it of no
value? We know you will agree that digestion would be impaired just
to that extent.
By way of concrete example: Patient complains of indigestion, as
commonly understood; goes to a physician; he examines case,
examines vomitus, and finally announces that case doesnt get gastric
juice into stomach. He prescribes an extract more than likely made
from stomach of a goat or bull. This is wrong end from which to work.
Kidneys have been, for some time, overworking to end that they sap
from body fluid that should go to stomach glands and make gastric
juices; but, because of its being sidetracked, goes to kidneys and out.
No wonder case had indigestion. Stomach glands were secondary.
Kidneys were first. Another example of very opposite: Kidneys have
been for some time underworking. They wont take fluid from body. It
is dammed back into system. For some time liver has been over-
working; manufacturing too much bile. Natural direction of all fluids
is onward. Urine and bile are both working backwardsinto system
rather than towards its external. Bile makes a jaundice case; intestine
does not get its bile; digestion is again interfered with. Intestine would
be a secondary organ and kidneys and liver would be primary in this
major.
We merely cite one organ and one gland. This could occur with any
in any part of alimentary tract.
In electricity there are problems of hooking up in series or in
multiples. Same is apparent here. Glands, or organs, may all be
working abnormally in unison, or they may all be working on dry side,
or acid-making glands may be on wet side and alkali ones on dry side,
or vice versa. Alkali glands may have gone dry, acid glands making
their normal quantitycombinations that
656
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
could and do happen are seemingly so endless that it does not behoove
us to attempt to make this a chapter on digestive symptomatology or
pathology. Each case that presents itself is a problem unto itself and
must be so solved to get direct and indirect facts that major may be
accurately located. No matter how long you may adjust a wrong
major, it will not do that which you want done on a correct one.

It is but a short step from indigestion to auto-intoxication (self-

poisoning) and its broad field. Poisons as commonly understood are
usually taken into body in a fluidic form or exist as extracts as
withdrawn from vegetables in our bodies and pass around body as a
fluid.
In Volume 5 of The Science of Chiropractic, Library Series, is to be
found a very explanatory subject on Poisons. We do not desire to
reprint it here, altho subject matter, as covered there, would fit
appropriately here. Fundamentals well laid down in that chapter are
really an elaboration of this portion of our Wet and Dry Man subject.

By way of hasty review, we will quote a portion from pages 286-7-8

of 1916 edition, on definitions:
The definition that I would offer would be based upon the knowledge that man
is a triunity: (1) immaterial which moves the (2) mechanical, thereby producing
the (3) chemical. These three phases must always meet hand in hand and work
together, and are important in the order named. A definition would not be
complete unless the three commingle, therefore: poison is any substance,
introduced into, or manufactured within, the living body upon which Innate
Intelligence, after becoming cognizant of its presence through the interpretation of
the vibrations set up in the tissue cells, and knowing that such substance cannot be
utilized in metabolism, but if allowed to remain in the body will be assimilated by
the tissue cells and do damage, begins a systematic process of elimination from
the body. Again the definition could be modified to mean, Any substance which
was made for utilization in one place in one organized being, but by and through
abnormal functions was abnormally changed from one place to another for which
it was not intended, will be a poison to the latter place. Or, Any and every
chemical substance, made by the Innate Intelligence, was made for a purpose. To
transplant it, artificially, into some other object for which tit was not made by
Innate Intelligence is to create of it a poison. Or, any chemical made within the
body of any organized mechanical subject, having
657
HISTORY REPEATS
in process of constant formation one or more chemical combinations, direct and
guided through the creation, transmission and expression stages by an
intelligence, the product of which may abnormally occur in excess, then that
excess of chemicals becomes a poison to the body, although a normal amount be
not a poison. The amounts and normalities thereof are to be judged entirely by
Innate Intelligence, not Educated man; food for the object for which intended, but
poison to the object for which it was not intended.
This follows the old motto that Food for one is poison for another. This being
true, we find, then, four possibilities that enter into the study of poisons in the
body.
First: MISPLACED GLANDULAR PRODUCTS; that is to say, when thyroid
juice in Mr. A. has been transposed from the thyroid gland to the liver. That is
misplaced glandular product in the same individual.
Second: EXCESS OF GLANDULAR PRODUCT: as, when the liver produces
more bile than needed, than is normal. The bile in excess of normal becomes a
poison to that body. That amount which is normal is not a poison even though
chemistry might show that the chemical action of that which is in excess was
identically the same as that which was normal. The fact remains, however, that the
excess quantity is a poison.
Third: TRANSPOSITION OF ANY NATURAL SECRETION, plus or minus,
from A to B, or from an animal into man, or vice versa; that is to say, a thyroid
secretion from a dog forced into man would be that much of a poison to man.
Fourth: THAT WHICH INNATE INTELLIGENCE CANNOT USE IN
METABOLISM. Any secretion, whether injected from outside to inside, whether
in excess from inside and transposed, or whether misplaced from one gland to
another, if that secretion or excretion is not for bodily good, then that proves it is
objectionable to Innate and will be excreted as a poison.
Poison is a word expressing the contempt that Innate holds for that secretion or
excretion in the body in her attempt to expel it. Educated man is not aware of
Innates attitude toward secretions and excretions until such time as Innate has
acted upon it, which act is indicative of Innates attitude, which proves that it is
poison.

There is but one eruptive fever, viz., a fever with which there is an
eruption.
Imagine a condition, based upon premise that kidneys are
underworking, paralyzed, if you please. They refuse to drain from
body its just and reasonable poisons. They are being manufactured so
long as body lives. Not being able to go out thru kidneys, poisons are
compelled to back up and come out thru skin.
658
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
There is no way of approximating percentage of liquid refuse which
should leave by skin and which should leave by kidneys. But, for
purposes of explanation, let us assume that it is 75 per cent by way of
kidneys and 25 per cent by way of skin. If kidneys carry off but 25 per
cent, then 75 per cent must go by way of skin.
To this condition add a general fever. What is net result? An
ERUPTIVE fever. Eruption comes from skin carrying an overload of
poison, to which you now add fever, and you have a hot skin which
closes pores. As a result, you have an eruption much like volcano of
Kilauea.
An eruption among volcanologists is that state of affairs where
there is a manufacture of heat and gases beneath crust of skin of earth
and there is no usual or natural exit. Manufacture of one and an
abnormal retention of same, sooner or later demands an eruption for
exit.
Condition that happens to volcanoes is same condition which
happens to skins. Surface of skin of earth is in no way different from
surface of skin of human body.
We are led to believe that there is a difference, in some instances
slight, in others very great, between different manifestations of
eruptive fevers. Volcanologists make same distinctions between
different forms of volcanic eruptions. But after both are thru,
conditions underlying all are same.
There is little, if any, difference between scarlet fever, measles,
rubeola, chickenpox, variola or smallpox. They are relative terms
expressive of relative conditions. In all, underlying conditions are
identical except in degree.
More poison, less heat, indicates one phase. Less poison, more
heatanother phase. There is little use for any squabble over
diagnosis of any of these.
If a subluxation occurs, produces pressure upon nerves, hinders flow
of secretory or excretory function to kidneys, kidneys are paralyzed,
they refuse to sap fluid poisons from body. This dams back poisons
into system, into skin, then skin carries an overload. Certainly no one
would contend that subluxation or any of its intermediate steps were
catching.
659
HISTORY REPEATS
One person may have a trifle more color, one pustule may be pitted
whereas another is not, one poison may be green or another yellow
what matters? Why waste time haggling over rotten specks?
Conditions are important. Get back to their cause!
It does not matter much whether poison is manufactured; is kept
internal or external, using these words as heretofore explained. It is
essential to know whether liver is poisoning itself, or stomach, or
whether liver is damming back its fluids into skin as in jaundice, or
whether addition of heat in skin with a general poisoning is making an
eruptive fever. This knowledge is what determines location of major
and upon that depends whether case drags to a chronic or a reversal of
conditions is quickly brought about in acute cases.
When approaching a case, it is very easy to determine: First, that
there is a fever, it is general over body, most at CP and least at
furthermost extremities. This requires no great judgment, intelligence
or hyper-education of symptomatology or pathology. Second, that
kidneys have not been carrying off their excretions in quantity as per
usual. This proves that if they dont and cant go one way, they are
going to get out thru other great emunctory, if possibleskin.
Knowing major, what matters it whether you can as intelligently and
scientifically squabble over whether this is a mild case of smallpox or
whether it is a severe case of chickenpox, when line between is but
splitting hairs and neither one, if right, would get your case well?
This construction on all eruptive feversgranting no exceptionsis
as true as any fact could be. Proof exists in such unlimited quantity
that only a fool or knave would dispute it. Any Chiropractor is
competent to prove its correctness at any time upon any number of
cases.
If it is true that body is even now suffering with an overload of
poisons, dammed back, what is logical sequence of what happens
when more poison is artificially, educationally and forcibly injected
into body? In what way can more poison relieve congestion of too
much? Suppose excess was an acidand nobody knowsdoes
injection of an alkali so dilute it that it can and will get back to
kidneys and do what they could not do before? Vice twista does not
make it one whit better.
660
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Call addition of poisons what you will, serum, anti-toxin or vaccine,
it matters little, condition remains same, except to add more poison to
overload which we are now trying to get rid of. Its a question of
construction at fundamentals.
Serum does not loosen skin and help it to dump its load; it does not
cause kidneys to get into quicker or greater action and draw back that
which they formerly refused to pass outit gets between the two and
aims to do something which is not clearly deduced by scientists (?)
who do it.
(Should reader desire to go into this question more thoroly, we
suggest he read Are Diseases Contagious or Infectious in Volume 5
referred to above. We also discuss epidemic phase of question. )
Diseases are questions of combinations of various functions, in
different degrees, in different localities.
Suppose a secretion could not become an excretion, via kidneys, it
would needs go to skin and there have exit. If it came in excess
quantities, it would produce dropsy if it was thin and copious in its
flow. Suppose same condition existed, but it came in excess quantities
and was thick and viscid in its flow, it would produce pimples,
blackheads, whiteheads, acne, eczema, rash, chap, etc.
Suppose either of these conditions existed in a localized region, then
dropsy or eczema would be confined to that region only. If it were
general, then effect would be likewise.
Suppose to either of these conditions, localized or general, there
should be added a fever. In localized region, it would be a fever WITH
rash. Should rash be general, red in color, and fever generalone of
many forms of an eruptive fever would be net result.
Skin diseases are as multitudinous as imagination and interpretation
of various glands, poisons, localities, degrees, combinations, etc.
Instead of wasting needless and useless hours studying types, which
exist twice in same way, in same degree, in same combination in two
people, how much better it is to weigh relative difference between
broad fundamental conditions, thus striking at roots of things.
661
HISTORY REPEATS
It is not uncommon, with measles, to have them checked so they
never come out, they are driven back in and you should worry.
When that occurs be satisfied that that for which you were working
has occurred. Fluids should be retraced backward. Why worry when
that for which you are working has occurred?
Skin disorders are a specialty with scientists, physicians and
surgeons. It is but one of many conditions that are simply and
practically analyzed into a solution that is easy and divisible. Instead
of taking unknown and magnifying it, we take wet and dry man and
microscope it to small form.

Glands are of many kinds, each with a duty all its own which cannot
be duplicated or doubled with any other. They are of various sizes,
some large, others small; they are distributed from brain to feet; each
has an internal as well as external secretion and excretion.
Some of these glands are known to have ducts; others, we are told,
are in doubt. There is none in doubt, in our opinion. Functions of
some are known and many are unknown, altho it is supposed, which
leaves everything begging. It matters little whether we know every
gland and its every function or not so long as we can pull throttle and
increase or shut off power which regulates them all, irrespective of
location or duty.
Glands are known and unknown conditioning facts of hundreds of
diseases named and unnamed. It is believed is very common when
referring to glandular troubles. Safest way, when in doubt, is to
remove them. Therefore glandularotomy is a growing hobby among
surgeons.
All glands in human body, duct or without, known or unknown
function, are but a part of a great chain of Serous Circulation. They
are connected directly and indirectly with each other. Their first
source of supply and their final dumping ground for their refuse are
same. Change is that of an intermediary. Gland is of importance only
so far as it is a local spot in which a local may be involved; outside of
that, beginning and ending are important points to know.
662
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Man was born to die. He was given life to sustain, to prolong and to
produce and reproduce his kind. This is done thru a special series of
sex organs given unto each sex. Majority of organs are glands.
Man, after birth, is a productive animal. Not so, tho, with that
portion of him called sex. These organs and glands are reproductive.
They select from body those fluids necessary to reproduction. Neither
sex alone, however, is capable of doing this. It takes dual productions
to make individual reproduction.
Neither would any of this be possible, as a unit or dual, were it not
for various combinations of fluids both secreted and excreted at proper
times and under proper circumstances. Thus, fluids are important for
reproduction. Without them, male and female or both may be sterile,
dry, barren, non-productive.
Take individuals who are barren, give correct adjustment, and they
become productive. This has been brot about in so many cases that it
is an axiom.
Assume that it were possible that a young man, in bloom of health,
virility, productive and reproductive, becomes arbitrarily and at will, a
masturbator. (As a matter of fact, it cant occur this way, but for
purposes of hypothesis only, we are assuming that it could be.) Let
him do that act of practicing this habit and it is but a question of time
until he will gradually lose his memory, become lethargic and finally
become a raving maniac. He becomes nothing short of insane.
Act is with sex. Effect is with brain. What connection exists between
sex organs in pelvis and brain in skull which connects the two? What
connection exists between excess excrescence at sex organs and
diminution manifest in brain? What tie binds excess use of sterility
with lacking use of thinking?
As a matter of fact, sex organs produce a secretion which is brain
food, with which mentality stands up, without which it totters. When
masturbation is practiced, it drains food from brain, starves it, dries it
and manifestation is characteristic.
Investigate every case of spasm family, epilepsy, and in variably
masturbation is practiced. If case has spasms only and does not
practice masturbation, then it is not epilepsy. Largest percentage of
insane cases in average institution are sex perverts
663
HISTORY REPEATS
in one form or another. Abuses of sex functions drain body of sex
foods and brain suffers. His thots become sticky, thick and gummed;
eventually to lose all reason because thereof.
It is but a step from overuse of sex to gonorrheal-rheumatism, sex
infections, etc.
In given case of sex-insanity, known so scientifically and so ably
written about by Kraft-Ebbing as Psychopathia-Sexualis, what is to be
done? Adjustments alone prove sufficient. If unnatural habit can
naturally cease, fluids will remain in body, go to their natural places in
normal quantities, and reason is restored. Fault lies not in a wrong
secretion or excretion but in its unnaturally being forced out of body,
rather than a natural use of it in brain via body.
In given case of epilepsy, subluxation of atlas is necessary because
that has to do with spasm.
Wet and Dry Man has much to do with self-production as well as
dual self-reproduction. We might make these comparisons as broad as
manifestations of pathology which encyclopaedias alone try to cover,
but we much prefer laying down broad fundamental principles and
letting you make application to any symptoms which appear under any
condition

There is another form of insanity that is frequently met with. It

resents no symptoms of sex-insanity, neither is there any direct
insanity residing in an otherwise healthy body. It does, tho, come
squarely within purview of being a secretory-excretory-insanity.
If kidneys are working overtime or underdoing, the brain, with rest
of body, becomes too dry or too wet. Same form of insanity can be
had assuming that atlas determines locality to be involved and kidneys
are working overtime or undertime and manifestation is first noticed in
weakest place, which would be brain.
We speak of weakest place because it is local subluxation which
determines where general condition will find its greatest dumping
ground for its excess, if such it be, or will be drained first if it be a
minus condition.
Examples: Kidneys are working overtime. Fluids are not being
carried out of body. They are being dammed back into Serous
664
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
Circulation. They must go some place. Logically, they will dump first
and most into weakest place to offer resistance to their penetration.
This place is brain, if an atlas subluxation exists. Brain becomes
waterlogged. Thinking is cloudy and thots are anything but clear. Who
ever saw a hydrocephalous case with a clear-thinking brain?
Kidneys work overtime. Fluids are being carried out of body in
excess quantity. Body is drained of that which it should naturally
retain a period of approximately 72 hours. Tissues, when working
normally, have a selective and retentive power on that which comes to
them. When atlas subluxation exists, it weakens selective and retentive
power of brain cells upon fluids, lets them go, and brain suffers first
and most for want of fluids which kidneys are draining. Brain
becomes dry. Thinking is cloudy and thots lose their logical sequence.
Who ever saw a case of advanced diabetes with a normal thinking
brain?
This is called wet-brain-insanity or dry-brain-insanity because it is
premised on that condition. Sanity and insanity are comparative terms
of state of brain, which is seat of reason. As the brain, so thot.
In this connection we must remember that it is only educated brain
which becomes insane, never innate brain. Chain of consequences
which follows educated brain insanity with its educated body insane
movements is endless, for body action accommodates itself to quality
of brain thot, no more and no less.
Let us, by way of review, weigh, briefly, some of many conditions
which can and do occur from involvement of each primary function
under consideration of wet and dry man.
1X has to do with EXPANSION of tissue cells. If tissue cell
center (and it matters little which kind of tissue we consider) is dry,
cells cannot expand, come forth and take place of those which we lose
by natural growth or by those demanded as result of contusions,
impaction, concussions, compactions, percussions, burns, fractures,
etc. Not getting tissues, body wastes for want of cells to take place of
those we lose.
Very opposite may occur and produce identically same condition. If
tissue cell center is crowded with water, more than it can use, it
becomes clogged, puffed and hence could not issue nor-
665
HISTORY REPEATS
mal ratio of cells, consequently function would be sadly impaired.
Center could no more perform its function than a dropsical leg can
move about freely and support body of owner.
2T has to do with SECRETION proper in all tissues, more
particularly glands of all kinds, large or small. If unit of construction,
tissue cell, is dry then chemical combination becomes reduced to an
essence, it becomes a poison to that extent and quantity is decreased
and its quality increased. If cell is waterlogged, chemical combination
is diluted to that extent that its quantity is increased and its quality
decreased.
3E has to do with EXCRETION proper in all tissues. If cell is dry,
then quantity which issues from that cell which should go to another
place is diminished to a smaller quantity and higher state of essence. If
cell is waterlogged, chemical excreted is increased in quantity, altho
decreased in quality to where no other part receives what it should.
With secretion subject to being reduced to an essence and excretion
subject to being increased to a dilution, it takes no great imagination to
show where any one organ or gland might trail an entire series of
conditions, one of which might be considered major when it might be
minor.
As a given example, note jaundice. Every other fluid is either diluted
or essenced with bile. Entire system of secretions and excretions is
disorganized. It would be without reason to blame every fluid for its
condition when liver is over-secreting and same thing is being
dammed back into system by kidneys.
4Y has to do with REPRODUCTION in all sex organs, male or
female. If organs are dry, seminal fluids are decreased, dry-births
occur, etc. If organs are water-logged, tissues become dropsical,
tissues are crowded for want of space, hence cant do their normal
duty. Just as there trails a series of symptoms following a dry-birth, so
does mother find it difficult to carry a child if she has dropsy of
abdomen
5C has to do with CALORICITY; that portion which furnishes
oils which help in process of combustion. Man is much like gasoline
engine. It must have electric spark, gasoline, oxygen, gasoline gas, a
cylinder and a circulating cooler. Tissue cell is cylinder, mental
impulse is spark, intercellular serous flow is
666
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
gasoline; blood carries oxygen to and carbon from. Mix these
ingredients well and you have a serous gas which mental impulse
explodes and you have caloricity as a by-product. Intracellular serous
urea flow cools cell after explosions.
So far as this subject is concerned, we are concerned in heat and to
get this it is necessary to have gasoline (serum). If these calorific
fluids are in minus, heat is accordingly raised and retained in body and
we get a fever for want of sufficient intracellular circulation to cool
cell-cylinder. If calorific fluids are in excess, then cylinder is flooded
with too rich a mixture, combustion is accordingly reduced and heat is
depreciably subnormal as in a dropsical leg.
6M has to do with MOTORICITY in muscular structures,
superficial as well as deep. If muscular secretions are in minus,
muscles get no lubrication and they work stiff and hard same as any
moving part of any machine which was not kept well oiled. If same
secretions are in excess, then muscles are waterlogged, and move only
with greatest difficulty.
7R has to do with REPARATIVE functions of all tissues. Fracture
a bone; it must be united with symphysis or exostosis, which is but
expanded osseous cells coming from an ossific tissue cell center. If
cells do not get their fluids they cannot expand in sufficient quanity, a
lack of reparation is noticeable and fracture refuses to knit or unite. If
same cell-center should be waterlogged, then cells would have greatest
difficulty getting out of tissue cell-center, from where they were
expanded, to where they are needed. In case of abrasions, contusions,
or fractures, such excess fluidity would reduce adhesion qualities, by
dilution, of cells should they properly be placed where they were
needed.
8N has to do with NUTRITION of all parts of body. Nutrition is a
property of selection by individual cell of fluidic materials it most
needs to perform its particular duty in metabolism.
If secretions are minus, cell could not select what it needs, cell
becomes depleted, emaciation occurs and anaemia exists. This is
usually blamed onto blood; but, thank goodness, blood era is passing
out and serum age is coming into its own. If secretions were in excess,
then body would be overfed and hypertrophic conditions would exist
such as a very much enlarged arm, leg or body, commonly known as
elephantiasis.
667
HISTORY REPEATS
In case of anaemia, REPLETION is needed. In case of elephantiasis,
DEPLETION must occur. This is brought about by a correct analysis
of case, determining majors according to localities involved, always
adding KP as determining conditioning factor.
By way of interjection, let us assume a case of local paralysis of an
arm. We recall a case of a boy of 8, son of a physician of Portland,
Oregon, who came into our pit. History showed trauma occurring as
result of a fall from a hayloft two years previous. Ever since, left arm
has been completely paralyzed and upper part of right arm. Father
(physician) was uncertain whether it was result of accident or infantile
paralysis. Knowledge of palpation and analysis soon cleared
difference. Left arm had greatly diminished in size, right arm was
much smaller. Physiologists tell us Wallerian degeneration has
occurred. Degeneration has a fixed definition meaning to die, to
decay, to be dead. And, what is dead cannot by any manner of means
be returned to life. There was no denegation in this arm. Tissues had
become depleted, tissue cells had collapsed, hence no nutrition, hence
lifeless so far as use was concerned. When subluxation is adjusted
each tissue cell will have returned to its selective-assimilative action,
cell will enlarge, get its food, have its strength, and arm will fill out to
normal size. REPLETION will have taken place. There was no
degeneration.
9There are 9 primary functions. The 8 just given are all efferent
functions, meaning thereby that they flow from brain to body. The 9th
is afferent and deals with afferent half of the 8 preceding. Each
efferent function, upon its completion, or lack of it, either in excess or
minus, gives rise to a certain corresponding vibration of matter, which
vibration, when it reaches mind in brain is interpreted and known
there as SENSORY function. The 9th function is always adaptative to
the other 8. QUALITY of 9th, or sensory function, is based upon
QUANTITY of the 8 that get into action. If one of the 8 is less than
normal, feeling will be less; if one of the 8 is in excess? then feeling is
likewise.

Hastily reviewing, we have introduced, under this subject:

principle of growth.
principle of digestion.
668
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
principle of self-auto-intoxication.
principle of eruptions with eruptive fevers.
principle of skin disorders.
principle of glandular enlargements or diminishments.
principle of self-production and dual-reproduction.
principle of sex-insanity.
principle of wet-and-dry-insanity.
principle of reparation.
involving of each of primary functions.
This covers quite a multitude of bodily sins. We have involved many
of the important systems of body. It does not need elaboration to show
that when any one subject is so broad as to include endless symptoms
and diseases that cover that range, that it must be important and
worthy of deepest consideration in analyzation of cases and their
adjustment.

Man can study man in two different ways: First, as an anatomical

and pathological, physiological and symptomatological, and chemical
being, accepting standards of past on all these. Second, as a spiritual,
electrical, mechanical, irrigational and chemical producing being.
Former can be studied by such routes and means that very little be
known of second. Second can be studied in such a manner that very
little of first need be known.
Putting same statement in another way: A man may be away up in
G on first line of subjects and know practically nothing of second
line. If he is, hes a physician and thats why he thinks Chiropractor
knows little. Another man may know a great deal about second line of
studies and know practically little of first. If he is, hes a Chiropractor
and thats why he thinks physician is of little practical value.
Its a question of viewpoint. First thinks his subjects, as he studied
them, are all essential. His patients die. Second thinks his subjects, as
he studies them, all essential. His patients live. Who knows?
Speaking of spiritualspirit of man (his Innate) is always right;
always all-right; always in unlimited quantity and of proper quality.
Second, after spiritual has entered man, it becomes human
electrical, therefore if first is normal, electrical
669
HISTORY REPEATS
activities are going to be normal, can flow and will flow if no
obstructions are artificially or abnormally imposed. Third, if human
electrical forces cant flow, because of some obstruction,
mechanical machine cant work and mechanical motions must stop,
and chemical product of that machine is being interfered with.
Fourth, if machine stops running, the pump, which was one of engines
it ran, must stop pumping and human farm suffers for want or excess
of waters it does or does not, should or should not get, therefore
chemical goes to bad.
Putting same question in pungent form: It is best obtained by
working from first premises to consequences, step by step:
1stUniversal Intelligence............. Its consequence is
2ndInnate Intelligence................. Its consequence is
3rdHuman Electricity.................. Its consequence is
4thMechanical Action................. Its consequence is
5thChemical Equations. This is process of analysis, not synthesis. In
making this, we have considered only abstract side, knowing you will
see this could not be without concrete matter thru which to perform it.

Dry or Wet man conditions can be direct or indirect:

Local or general.
Involve a system or systems.
Be confined or interrelated.
Major or minor.
Pathological or consequential.
Negative or positive.
One part dry and another wet.
Inside wet, outside dry.
Outside wet, inside dry.
Adaptative or retracing symptoms, and
Be normal to abnormal condition which they tend to assist.

That region of human body which is most important is spine.

When kidneys drain bodies they poison themselves with essences.
When they dam back fluids, they poison other tissues with an excess.
With 99 per cent of human beings, who consider themselves more or
less well, walking poison factories, it is little
670
THE WET AND THE DRY MAN
wonder that epidemics are so common and that a trifle more or less of
additional external artificial poison puts them down with a superficial
rash which becomes havoc playground for health officers to fiddle and
piffle with under quarantine.
Says one cynic: Do you mean to tell me that everybody who gets
down with smallpox must have a subluxation? If subluxations are
caused by accidents, must all these people who get down in a district
with smallpox, all have same accident and produce same subluxation
at same time? The answer is simple: They all had same subluxation
previously; poisons were in their bodies before advent of contagion
or infection.
There is no way of accurately saying, but it is our opinion that 50 per
cent of dis-eases of human body are directly or indirectly attributable
or contributable to suffering that tissues undergo for want of proper
quantity and quality of products having a source at kidneys with
consequential subluxation.

There has long been a mysterious line of cases which would go to

physician after physician and baffle them all as to diagnosis. It was not
because certain objective symptoms could not be ascertained, but
because they were so complex that they could not be classified and
systematized as with others. Knowing no source or ending, they could
not give definite information about them. It was this class that caused
us to analyze the known and proceed to the unknown: to proceed from
simple to complex.
We confess openly and frankly our concrete ignorance of many
laboratorical facts regarding any or all of statements herein given. We
make no claims to being a laboratorical fiend or having dieted
ourselves on nth degree of superficiality of their tactics or methods.
But this we do claim, that every statement herein made is solely,
entirely and exclusively based upon observations in clinic, day after
day; yea, year after year. There is no statement herein made that wont
stand most elaborate and careful scrutiny of clinical cases, both
theoretical and practical. And, after all, what matters it whether
laboratoryproves or disproves so long as clinic always proves that
sick can be made well under known hypothesis based upon its own?
671
HISTORY REPEATS
Howard Nutting said, before UCA Convention, when referring to
specific adjusting, or major work, following: So when you adjust the
DIRECT cause of any abnormal condition AND NO OTHER you will
find that when the condition of the organ in question is normal that the
other subluxations are automatically adjusted by Innate Intelligence.
Hypothetically, let us assume a case:
Dry muscles of legs.
Contractured ligaments, difficult walking.
Straining to walk, adaptatively produces a subluxation.
Dry muscles become moist.
Contractured ligaments relax to contractions that are normal.
Subluxation now adjusts itself to normal, without other means
than internal.
All net symptoms which occurred from subluxations are gone.

History repeats itself.

Ancient Greeks had sole idea that ALL dis-eases came from one of
two premises:
1stHeat, or its absence.
2ndWater, or its absence.
Think over dis-eases in which acute or chronic fever, acute or
chronic chilliness, excessive or minus secretions or excretions
occurred, and you will be surprised to note that they include
diseases by thousands, as now commonly diagnosed and listed in
usual works on that subject.
At one time we gathered a list of them, intending to include in this
talk. It grew so voluminous that we soon gave up such a thot.
Ever as history repeats itself we are here and now, with this
subject, going backward to theory of, Greeks to go forward to
original present-day principles.
Obvious appears to again be last thing we think, see or do!
672
CHAPTER 78
The Story Of
MAJORS AND MINORS
(Copyright 1918Revised 1951)
PRELIMINARY HISTORY OF ADJUSTMENT
First patient who received a Chiropractic adjustment was Harvey
Lillard, a colored man. Incident, in brief, follows: He had been deaf 17
years, so much so that from Fourth Floor of building where he was
janitor he could not hear wagons moving or street cars rolling on
streets below. When asked how he became deaf, he explained: While
in a cramped, stooped position I felt and heard something pop in my
back. Immediately, I went deaf. To a student who was observant, that
would be an accidental eye-opener, and it was to D. D. Palmer who
asked, What is the connection between the back and hearing in the
ears? He examined the back. By good fortune, in first case in which a
spine was examined with that thot in view, a LARGE bump was
found. It was not a common bump we feel today in palpation, but so
prominent it could be seen with eye.
Following consequential reasoning occurred: If there was no bump
when hearing was good, and production of this bump destroyed
hearing, why doesnt reduction of bump restore hearing? First attempt
to correct what is now a subluxation, was then made. Patient was put
upon floor, face down, and a shove-like movement given. Bump
was reduced by first three shoves, and in three days hearing was
restored. Harvey could hear a watch tick at average distance.
Next question was: if the reduction of one bump in one man restores
hearing, why wont a similar bump, in other people, produce deafness;
and if it does, why wouldnt reduction of these bumps, in the same
way, restore their hearing? It was tried on others. By a peculiar series
of circumstances, results did not come as readily in their cases, but
eventually they came.
Then third question arose: If a bump in the back caused deafness,
why not other parts of spine produce other dis-ease? So our question
has gradually enlarged until by a systematic systemic
673
HISTORY REPEATS
series of investigations, covering years, we have Chiropractic of today.
Education advanced. After a period we ceased calling them
bumps. They became dislocations. We, at a later time, were
impressed with idea that this bump was not a dislocation. It was, in
reality, not a dislocation but partial, more assuming character of a
luxation, yet not a luxation. It was a subluxation.
When we had assumed, as a matter of education, that breadth of
ideas where they became subluxations, we no longer assumed to
shove. We developed the push and pull principle, which was of
various forms and methods.
We began, at a following period, to study spine from a ME-
CHANICAL point of view. Until this time, only people who attempted
to study spine, as a machine, were osteopaths, although pathologically
they still regarded man as chemistry and physics.
We confined our observations of mechanical ideas to spine, so much
so that we brought out Knowledge of the Kinematics of the Spine,
both normal and abnormal, as to position, apposition and subluxations.
We then began study of pathological, traumatic and anomalous
conditions of spine. At that time began gathering of osteological
collection which we now possess, for purpose of elucidating theories
then held and propagation of others.
It became necessary that we know the human spine. That was
keynote to study of CAUSE of diseases of man. We studied spines of
all characters and thousands of other bones, that we might better reach
a new thot or idea in progress. How well that has been done you know
today. Hours, months and years were spent in study of dead bones to
be able to give thoughts that may be taught in a few minutes. Yet it
took years to reach conclusions given in a few minutes.
When we studied spine, mechanically speaking, we realized that
treatment was far-fetched in its application, as describing the thing
we attempted to do. Being a machine, mechanically constructed,
mechanically subluxated, it should be mechanically ADJUSTED.
Then came word adjustment.
Approximately six years ago (1918) we began a series of clinical
tests or investigations from a new viewpoint. We refer to
674
MAJORS AND MINORS
Spinograph. Until that period X-Ray had not been used in its
application to human spines in living individuals for purpose of
ascertaining approximate detailed apposition of vertebraenormal,
abnormal and traumatic. When we made our first series of
Spinographs we were first to touch this vital question. There existed
no previous technique for our observations or work. It became
necessary to develop a system of taking spinographs to prove that
subluxations existed, where and of what character.
We began tabulating these observations, which today we are ready to
say makes another step. These conclusions are based on readings and
studies of over 50,000 spinographs, all of which were taken in our
laboratory with this definite end in view.
It is no longer sufficient to say we adjust with recoil. We are ready
for our next step, which you may call 206, altho I prefer
Toggle-Recoil because of its application by new series of ob-
servations made from spinographic facts.
History is his-story, his in this case being author who has lived
it, been cause for a large majority of it, therefore source of facts here
recorded could not be improved.
FOUR VIEWPOINTS OF AREA ADJUSTED
From question of area of spine worked upon, there have been four
viewpoints in adjusting work.
1. Originally we shoved but one of the back-bones and our patient
got well. All of this was pure accident, for we did not know why this
place should, neither was there a rule for application. Ask where to
shove for this or that and we didnt know. Spine was unexplored
territory.
2. Being unexplored territory, wishing to get our case well
irrespective of what he had, knowing that it came from the spine
somewhere, we shoved every back bone at each sitting each day.
We began at 7th cervical and went clear down to sacrumwe did not
shove cervical vertebrae in those days, we were afraid to. We shoved
them all, one by one, on ground that (a) we didnt know where to
shove for any one particular trouble; (b) we had no meric system,
spine was not mapped out; (c) therefore hit them all to be sure to hit
one involved. It was not a hit-or-miss proposition, it was a hit-em-all
method so we couldnt help but get the one involved. It was a case of
lazy mans load;
675
HISTORY REPEATS
being too indolent to think or reason we made a shot-gun series of
shoves. Much like Uncle Howard Nutting says he got the burglar
in his house. He started at the garret, went clear down to the cellar,
shooting into every corner where a burglar could hide, therefore, he
was sure he got the burglar.
Notwithstanding this extreme shot-gun method was in vogue in
Chiropractic styles of 1896-7; nothwithstanding a major application of
our meric system began in 1898, and major application went out of
style and has been ever since; yet, inconsistent as it now appears, there
is one lone advocate in our ranks who insists upon
every-vertebra-adjustment idea today. Not being taught today in any
Chiropractic school, not being known by largest majority of our ranks,
it is not known except to oldest Chiropractors, hence when it is sprung
at some meeting, it awakens a bit of interest not because of its reason
or logic or brilliancy of deduction but because of its startling
contrasting nature.
3. Third viewpoint came following deduction of radiation of nerves
from specific parts of spine to specific organs of body. Meric system
being basis, specific system of adjustment came into vogue. We
now adjusted only those subluxations for which patient had a dis-ease.
It eliminated useless and concentrated on useful. It was direct, a
subluxation for a dis-ease. Thus its titlespecific.
4. Fourth viewpoint is our present Majors and Minors wherein we
even make specific system a major and minor one in reality. Under
this system we classify symptoms of four given troubles above and
possibly find that two or three of the diseases this case has are
adaptative to one or two subluxations, hence are minors of major;
adjustment of the latter taking care of the former. (More of this
appears later.)
There have been in reality four periods in history of Chiropractic
moves. First, shove, with its variations from Nos. 1 to 78; second,
push and pull, with its changes from Nos. 79 to 200; third, recoil, with
its modes from Nos. 201 to 205; fourth, period of toggle-recoil or
206.
606 CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS COMPARED
WITH 206 AJUSTIC MOVES
Our experience in this series of moves has been similar to that of Dr.
Ehrlich, with Salvarsan, commercially known as 606.
676
MAJORS AND MINORS
We have our 206 in series of old moves as he had his 606 chemical
experiments.
A Chiropractor who graduated from this School in 1896, is using old
moves, from Nos. 1 to 6, unless he has taken post-graduate work; for,
remember, first move was given on September 15, 1895. A
Chiropractors professional age can be judged by whatever move he
may be using at this time. If shoving, you can date him; if pushing or
pulling, you can give him a later date; if using recoil, he is more
recent; but if using toggle-recoil, you can date him as of latest of late.
Let us not in these different steps disparage older moves, for each
move was good in its time and place. Each represented elimination of
bad qualities of moves preceding it. It incorporated good characteristic
of moves gone before. It was improvement by elimination and
addition. 10 per cent of Move 2 would be better than 100 per cent of
Move 1. We would rather today know and use 1 per cent of 206
than 100 per cent of 205, or whatever moves preceded it, because of
greater value, knowledge and result value in application.
It is said, upon reliable authority, that twenty years ago, when
Ehrlich was a medical student in Berlin, as he made his rounds in
clinics, he saw a preponderance of syphilis. Being a sincere student,
an honest investigator, and a man with his heart with humanity, he
made a vow that if it was within realm of his possibilities he would die
leaving world a SPECIFIC for syphilis. It took twenty years of
constant, Sunday and week-day long hours, vigilant work to reach
(what he thought) conclusion of that vow. Twenty years this man
sacrificed social activities and financial possibilities to reach that
pinnacle.
Ehrlich, during twenty years, made 606 different chemical
experiments, different chemical equations. He would perform one
experiment, test serum, watch results to find that it succeeded in part
and failed in larger part. He retained that which (he thought) was
good, and that which was bad he eliminated; and by a process of
addition and subtraction for twenty years and 605 experiments he
reached 606.
It would be impossible, almost superhuman, to believe that Ehrlich
did all this work alone. He had assistants. They worked with him from
his first until last. It would hardly be expected
677
HISTORY REPEATS
that every first assistant remained until last. It would be supposed that
some would leave at some intermediate period, thinking they were in
possession of THE GREATEST SPECIFIC, and would hasten to be
THE FIRST to proclaim it to the world. Ehrlich put up with many
unpleasantnesses with assistants, but be it to worlds credit, no matter
what statement was made by assistants bearing upon this specific, the
world did not credit them, nor did they consider any specific until
EHRLICH announced it.
Supposing one of Ehrlichs assistants left him in some of earlier
years, entered a medical school, and began teaching these things. This
man was a shadow and did not possess constructive genius of Ehrlich,
he would not care to advance the work, but entered school TO SELL
that which had been advanced up to that time. If an assistant in
services of Ehrlich, while upon his 150th experiment, opened a
school, he would naturally sell 150 and all behind that time rather
than afterward. Supposing another assistant had stayed with Ehrlich
between 225 and 320, and then started a school. He could not teach
more than he knew, so it would not be exceptional to find there are
many degrees of Ehrlichs experimentation upon the market today. To
sincere student, physician who is working earnestly, conscientiously,
constructively, one who wanted best, they would credit nothing but
606; although, be it to discredit of a small portion of that profession,
there were those who grabbed any early experiment to rush to world
with claims that Ehrlich could not make, knowing that in advertising
of their relationships there would be FINANCIAL gain.
Ehrlich finally attained his 606, that serum which when given to
syphilitics, male or female, black or white, did attain results he
wanted. Even today, these claims have not been disproven. They stand
as a matter of record. Every case now practiced upon succeeds in
getting results wanted, and every physician who uses Ehrlichs 606
gets results Ehrlich says he can.
A SPECIFIC WAS MOST DESIRED
Webster defines Specific as: 4. Med. a Exerting a PECULIAR
INFLUENCE over any part of the body; preventing or curing disease
by a PECULIAR adaptation; as, quinine is a specific for malaria.
Dunglison has to say:Specific. Remedial
678
MAJORS AND MINORS
agent to which IS ATTRIBUTED the special property of removing
some particular disease; examples are mercury in syphilis and quinine
in malaria. Dorland says:Specific. 3. A remedy specifically
indicated for any particular disease. Stedman says:Specific. 3. A
remedy having a definite curative action in relation to a particular
disease or symptom, as quinine in relation to malaria, or mercury to
syphilis. None do the word justice, in my opinion. If asked to define
the term, medically speaking, we would offer this:A specific is that
which, when applied internally or externally, would be of such a
character, in reaction, thus always securing same result assuming that
dosage was in relation to severity of disease, all else being equal.
But, no two people are alike in health or sickness; no two physicians
agree on diagnosis or prescription, hence, all else is never equal. A
specific is as far from a possibility, IN MEDICINE, as a porcupine can
play a pipe-organ. It possesses, as fundamentals, too many elements of
guess.
As is usual, in all unnatural methods applied to pathology, which is
so because nature is not natural, there comes the dangerous afterclap.
In attaining results they trail a record that is worse. Individual loses
sight, becomes deaf, sores break out, or he dies because of serous
poisoning. Today, while 606 IS a specific, cure is more destructive
than disease.
When we say results have been attained, we mean desired results
have been secured. Desiring to divide 3 into 6, we add 2 and 2. Result
is 4, hence we get what we want, but that is not correct solution to
problem. Medical men have studied cases. They have realized that a
poison existed in body which they say causes disease. They want an
antidote. They have antidote. It is given to person to neutralize poison
previously in body. Specific serum antidote is injected, it does
neutralize poison. Person is now neutral, chemically speaking. THIS
was THE object desired. It has been accomplished. That man may live
or die, is immaterial; THE object most desired by physician has been
accomplished. That man continues to be sick, or gets worse, or dies, is
beside fact. Results worked for have been reached.
Assuming, as a matter of history and record, you were in practice of
medicine, making a specialty of syphilis, and you became a student of
Ehrlich. Would you, in approaching this master
679
HISTORY REPEATS
1. Ask him for that which he denied?
2. Demand of him that which HE proved a failure?
3. Go to some of his EARLIER students to get that which Ehrlich
refused to give?
4. Why do Ehrlichs earlier assistants refuse to teach that which
Ehrlich now proclaims a success?
5. Why do they teach that which Ehrlich now proclaims a failure ?
6. Why do not Ehrlichs pupils teach Ehrlichs 606?
7. Suppose you went to Ehrlich, who had spent 20 years, tried 606
faithful experiments, made 605 comparative failures, secured his
coveted specific, and asked him for a mixed assortment; an
allotment, such as 7 come 11; 13 and 23; 69, 205, 319, 406, 523; but
you did not care for 606 which HE said was best of all. What would
HE say to you?
8. Would he sell anything short of his best, knowing that human life
and successful chemistry depended upon his best?
9. If Ehrlichs aim were money, would he not give anything you
wanted and would pay for?
10. If his purpose were to rob health at expense of human life,
would he have gone on sacrificing year after year?
11. If Ehrlich were after money, why did he suffer ostracism,
ridicule and financial deprivation, when he could have cashed in at
any time and proclaimed to world that he had his specific and made a
fortune?
12. Even though subsequent conditions proved patient had secured
something worse than disease, Ehrlich would sell nothing but best at
different periods he sold, if he sold.
13. What right would YOU have to criticize HIS ideas, HIS
methods or HIS experiments, from HIS point of view?
14. If he sold 605, he did not sell anything short of that. He would
not step down to that which was a failure to him, for cash. He was
conscientious, truthful, true to humanity, true to his vow made 20
years previous in behalf of syphilitic sufferers.
We have originated, in 23 years, (1895 to 1918) some 206 ways of
shoving, pushing and pulling, or recoiling subluxations. It may
680
MAJORS AND MINORS
be said to our credit that some years ago we made a vow, never at that
time having heard of Ehrlich. We would establish a universal
adjustment which would accomplish most possible results, to greatest
number of vertebrate family, which could be applied in shortest
possible time, to greatest range and variety of cases, from mildest to
severe types, acute or chronic, with least inconvenience in time, labor
or cost to patient and ourselves; that this adjustment must be simple
enough for layman and thereby great enough for savant. It was to be
of that character that it could be used by majority of people the world
over. This vow has not been reached yet. We are gradually
establishing a system whereby it can be cut in time, labor and cost by
you to patient.
It is, in general application, all we could desire with exception that it
is not yet in use by world at large. Time only will reach that portion of
our vow.
Health, today, is comparatively cheap to what it was under older
systems. Today you give an adjustment in a second and accomplish
what no medicines or operation have ever done.
We, too wanted a specific. We wanted our knowledge, work, and
application to such a nice point that we could say, Under my finger is
the cause of this condition! so it would be true of man or woman,
black or white, red or yellow, no matter where he lives, regardless of
climatic surroundings, high or low, mountain or valley, on desert or
ocean. We wanted A SPECIFIC where it could always be applied
identically the samenot many ways, but one.
We wanted this work of fixing human machine to as nice a point as
work of any other mechanic who listens to knock, rattle, buzz,
whir or purr of any other engine; determine its character and
location; and then, quickly and effectively adjust it. Is there any reason
why you or we could not determine LOCATION of knock (for
pain is human protest of something wrong and every knock is a
boost) and immediately let that determine LOCATION of its cause?
There are two kinds of mechanics: One knows little about his
machine, will tinker and experiment, hoping to stumble onto what is
wrong and after much labor, waste of time and material, will turn it
over to somebody else, who will also tinker and thus
681
HISTORY REPEATS
pass the buck down the line, finally ditch it to the junk shop as a bad
job. Other KNOWS his machine and business, will listen to rhythm
that isnt natural, determine at which exact point CAUSE of trouble is,
take a minute or two to adjust it until regulated, and pass normal
working machine back into useful productive channels of commerce.
ABILITY TO DO is what determines bungler or mechanic. That
man is best educated who is most useful. We most desired that our
work of correcting causes of wrongs of human machines should be as
efficient as was work of building human machines in first place. Just
as Mother Nature and Father Time builded machines correctly, with
all parts in their place and doing their duty, so must we also be so
thoroly trained to detect those conditions, when wrong, find their
causes; and with assistance of Mother Nature and Father Time,
possess ability to restore them to their original duty. How wonderful
our work is, is hard for layman to conceive. No matter what the
trouble, where located, degree or character, you and we can, today,
locate its cause exactly, correctly and expertly fix it same as any other
machinist in any other line of mechanical work; and when thru, return
normal working human machine back into useful productive channels
of mental and physical enterprises.
Is there a single reason why we shouldnt be expected to be as
intelligent and as practical with human machines as any other
mechanic with any other machine? Is there any reason why we
shouldnt expect as much of human machinists as any other? Does
change in color of skin, fat or slim, tall or short, change fundamental?
Is there any reason why, having determined principle and practice
which succeeds in one, we can not establish a rule and make it
applicable to all like conditions and circumstances and accomplish
like results? These were some of our desires when we began to think
about vertebrates as sick animals.
We wanted a SPECIFIC in sense that one principle and one
application was goodan adjustment which would be good for every
dis-ease in human bodywhether contagious, infectious or not; acute
fevers as well as chronic disabilities. You, perhaps, have not attained
that stage where simplicity is grandeur. You believe that complexity
only represents value; would prefer 2,000
682
MAJORS AND MINORS
pounds of coal to 1 carat of diamond. But assume practical and logical
position that all good things are simple, and that law of nature, when
known, is simpleand its rules and principles are only complex so far
as we do not understand. Therefore, in our P.S.C. we have worked for
simplicity, never complexity.
We further wanted to get this knowledge titled Chiropractic where
we could give A SPECIFIC REASON for every conclusion of thot or
act, for every securing of results, that we could explain reasons for
everything specifically. That could not be done unless we understood
clearly, thoroughly and reliably our cycles.
Supposing a P.S.C. graduate branched off in a school, during period
when SHOVING vertebrae. What is that school teaching if its still in
existence? They might not be teaching shove as we taught it; they may
have invented new ways of SHOVING. There is that kind of a school
in existence today, and there are some of these practitioners still
practicing with shove, satisfied and contented.
Supposing another party kicked off during period of PUSH AND
PULL. He could not have taught more than he knew. He might not be
using, today, shoves or pulls as we invented them, yet they are still
under that common principle. We have not originated all shoves or
pulls in vogue, but we have developed the few principles in fulfilling
our vow. There are graduates of these graduates, sometimes even to
12th and 15th handed; each adding his conception or detracting
therefrom, teaching unto others their way of PUSHING OR
PULLING. Thus does best work of those times lose its identity, not by
refusing to progress but by subtraction process of passing from hand
to hand. It matters little to have it said that another originated new way
to apply an old principle. To scheme a new shape, form of hand-saw
or method of using hand-saw never would have invented buzz or band
saw run by power. It is new principles that move science forward; not
new ways of using old. We have seen, tried, not once or twice but
thoroughly and sincerely, 206 moves or methods of working for a
specific, and only today we have reached a relative specific.
Supposing, at this period, you became a student of Chiropractic. Let
yourself answer these questions in justice to our work.
1. Would you ask for our failure methods of adjusting?
683
HISTORY REPEATS
2. Would you demand that you be taught these failures, and in
event we refused would you go to a school that would?
3. What right have you to presume to deny our statements, proclaim
them wrong or impossible to extent of doing something else you think
better, not knowing?
4. Would you hire some of our earlier graduates, (or their graduates)
to teach that which The P.S.C. has refused to countenance?
5. Why do The P.S.C.s earlier graduates teach that which The
P.S.C. now proclaims a short-coming? Why didnt they advance NEW
PRINCIPLES?
6. Why dont P.S.C. pupils teach The P.S.C.s 206 (at this time) in
preference to old moves?
7. Supposing you come to The P.S.C. which represents twenty-three
years of development in the art, which has tried 206 experiments, has
made 205 comparative failures, has not even today secured its coveted
specific, and you asked those people for a mixed, heterogeneous
assortment, such as 14, 22, 36, 84, 96, 127, moves, or you wanted the
Ely, Tom Thumb, break moves, but that you did not particularly care
about 206, altho it might as well be thrown inwhat SHOULD The
P.S.C. say to you?
8. Should The P.S.C. advise use of its failures?
9. Is your experience more valuable than ours in this work?
10. Should it sell short of its best, knowing that lives hang in
balance, upon use of that which you use? Are we being just to the
sick? This morning came a call requesting us to see a man who had
fallen yesterday. He is paralyzed in extremities; they have given up his
life, saying today is all he can live. That life hangs in balance. What
will we use? Only that which we know to be THE BEST. When
health, life and happiness hang in balance, and even though that life be
short or long, best is none too good to use.
11. Assume that money were purpose of this institution, couldnt we
earn more by selling that which you want, that which they get by
going to other places? We should sell anything YOU ask and could
pay for.
684
MAJORS AND MINORS
12. If money were ultimate aim, couldnt we make more by selling
that which competition gives, thus eliminating competitionfor no
one can teach HIS work better than he to whom it IS HIS WORK!
13. If The P.S.C. wanted silver worse than science, why do we suffer
gaff of competition with its attendant evils, promises and false gods,
when we could better cash in what they cash for, thus eliminating
them?
14. The P.S.C. does not advise you to use anything short of its 206
at this time. It is conscientious, truthful and true to sick humanity. In
personal work we use nothing short of our best, and our work will
compare with best. 206 secures results when all else has failed; will
secure quicker results when other moves have failed. We use one
adjustment, regardless of location or character of disease. If any one
has work at stake, where eyes of world are upon them, it is our work,
for should we fail then goes forth condemnation. We have more at
stake than all and we use but 206 today. The P.S.C. is conscientious,
truthful and true to sick humanity and our vow for their welfare.
We demand that which we cannot get, we want that which we are
told not to touch. Mankind lets alone that which he KNOWS to be
wrong. Therefore, we teach wrongs that you might know best better.
SUBLUXATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS
SCIENTIFICALLY CONSIDERED
A VERTEBRAL SUBLUXATION is effect of a natural motion
exaggerated, following an accidental or awkward concussion of forces
applied in a TOGGLED recoil manner, centering at some particular
vertebra, wherein gravity force is not equal to resistance of entering
force.
AN ADJUSTMENT is recharged position, brought about by a
reversal of its causative necessity of a particular vertebra or vertebrae,
following a concussion of forces intentionally and intellectually
applied in a TOGGLED recoil manner; gravity force being greater
than resistance of body penetrated.
Following ascertaining of posterior subluxation, you determine
whether posterior left or posterior right. These are lateral flexions
beyond normal position, remaining fixed. For instance, a
685
HISTORY REPEATS
P. S. and a P. I. subluxation are extension and hyperextension beyond
normal extensionability remaining fixed. All that is left to consider is
the P. R. S., P. R. I., P. L. S., and P. L. I., and corresponding
subluxations of the atlas which are differently described. These
positions are composite degrees between flexion and extension.
Let us study origin of a subluxation. We want to lay a foundation
before reaching a conclusion. To give you a conclusion without
foundation, you could not appreciate its application.
A man falls; there is a concussion of forces; gravity weight must be
either weaker or stronger than penetration and resistance of ground.
Fall on a haystackno subluxation. Fall upon sidewalka
subluxation.
When we fall upon sidewalk, does concussion of forces spread over
an area or concentrate and focalize? Fact and effect prove they
concentrate and focalize because if any trauma occurs, its one of
three thingsa fracture as greatest; a dislocation as next; and a
subluxation as least. Therefore, to produce a fracture, dislocation or
subluxation concussions of forces must TOGGLE.
A concussion of forcesdoes it last weeks, hours, a matter of
minutes and seconds, or a momentary and instantaneous shock? What
do your senses say? Frights, jars and shocks are not matters of hours
and weeks, they are RAPID.
To PRODUCE a subluxation, dislocation or fracture, forces are
toggled AND RECOILED. They first focalize, then come rapid. All
subluxations, fractures and dislocations are produced by a
TOGGLED-RECOIL, not by forces spreading over area and weeks of
time.
MASS, VELOCITY, RESISTANCE AND
CLEAVAGE INTRODUCED
Consider physics. Given three bodies, under gravity conditions,
center is to be moved without changing position of ones above or
below. Following elements enter: First, question of mass; second,
velocity; third, resistance; fourth, cleavage. Quantity of mass is
immaterial in this question, for velocity alone determines amount of
resistance. Greater velocity of movement, less resistance; less
resistance, greater cleavage that exists as result
686
MAJORS AND MINORS
of velocity of mass. Lesser that velocity of mass, greater resistance and
less cleavage.
Object itself is so much mass or matter. Velocity is speed which
moves it. Resistance is amount of gravity weight registered when
motion is attempted. Cleavage is reduction of resistance as one goes
quickly past other two. For instance, to move center mass SLOWLY,
in its relation, would by gravity weight make resistance great.
Cleavage would be slight because velocity is slow. Reverse that
process. Gravity weight is identically same but we move middle object
with great velocity. This reduces resistance to a minimum and
cleavage is great because of lessened resistance.
That is problem we confront in adjusting subluxations. We have a
certain amount of mass in recent state. It is even more than this.
Vertebrae are held into position by ligaments, cartilages, etc. This
binding is equivalent to increasing bulk and gravity weight of mass,
thus increasing necessity for greater velocity. Mass is small in itself,
but large when considered in the light of moorings. You must move
one piece of mass without moving other two; because they are not
subluxated and one is. Attempt to reduce gravity weight by slow
movement, you make resistance great, and have practically no
cleavage; but, introduce, velocity, when you adjust this subluxation,
mass being same, you lessen resistance, cleavage is great, and you
accomplish what you want without disturbing mass above and below.
When concussion of forces is introduced in our adjustments, and is
done rapidly, we decrease resistance and increase cleavage. In
concussion of forces, in TOGGLE-RECOIL application, be it in
PRODUCTION of a fracture, dislocation or subluxation, or in
REDUCTION of fracture, dislocation or subluxation, does that
concussion of forces increase or decrease resistance; increase or
decrease cleavage? If slow, resistance would increase, cleavage would
be less; if fast, resistance is decreased and cleavage increased. That is
a common fact, but we introduce it here, thinking you will get
principle of why we use one correct mechanical principle with one
correct mechanical movement rather than many principles and many
movements.
Assuming a bullet leaves a gun and tears its way SLOWLY through
a plank; lead will spread, gash and leave behind an
687
HISTORY REPEATS
awfully ragged, jagged hole. That was great damage of dum-dum
bullet. It was destructive to life. Greater its speed, cleaner its
penetrating power. A bullet going rapidly through same plank would
cut as clean a hole as though bored. Lead hasnt time to spread and
gash, cleavage is too great, showing that questions of mass, cleavage,
gravity weight, resistance and cleavage are displaced when velocity is
added to moving body.
Greater the resistance, more bruising done to tissue. Greater the
cleavage, less injury and hurt to patient. When you see a blue spot
over a vertebra, following a series of adjustments, so called,
adjustments were of slow velocity. That is why tissues are bruised.
With velocity you reduce bruising of tissue, soreness being a result of
little cleavage.
TWO METHODS OF APPROACHING
CORRECTION OF SUBLUXATIONS
Subluxations are attempted to be, or are adjusted, in one of two
ways. First, OPPOSE order of their origin; or, second, REVERSE
order of origin.
To oppose order of originis a question of brute, muscular strength,
or weight, covering several vertebrae. It is gravity weight WITHOUT
consideration of velocity, cleavage, or reduction of friction; tug and a
pull in use of weight where, for instance, MUCH DOES LITTLE; a
dilution of endeavor, proven by continuation of subluxation in a large
percentage of patients; friction is increased because there is little
reduction of malalignment, attendant with much bruising and soreness
of contiguous structures.
Physicians of this age and day do this sort of thing. They oppose
order of origin of fractures and dislocations in setting them. They
first etherize case to artificially force muscles to relax; then they tug
and pull, with help of several assistants holding one part or another
until they finally get it drawn into its former proper place.
How different is work of a very few famous bone-setters who
were outside pale of medical education, ethics and procedure; such
men as Sweet, Reese, et al., who have and possess and exclusively use
that happy knack of snapping fractures, dislocations, etc., back into
situ in but a seconds time.
688
MAJORS AND MINORS
It is not that Sweet or Reese have some personal charm or trick that
is to their families alone, as tho born of royal purple. They are but
using a simple common-sense mechanical principle which every
mechanic and everybody else knows, but which is totally absent in
theory or practice of medicine and surgery.
In second orderto reverse order of its origin,
(A) We will first use a TOGGLE FORCE. Every bit of force used in
adjusting a subluxation will be concentrated and focalized to a point.
Notice that we do in reduction, reversed, what was done in production.
(B) We RECOIL force, and that is exactly what was done in
production, in that instance LITTLE DOES MUCH.
(C) WE LAND OUR FORCES, deliver blow. In doing that, in
reduction, we are reversing what was done in production, proven by
subluxations non-existence after we have applied force to
subluxation.
(D) Cleavage, will occur because it happened in production;
therefore, must occur in reduction. In that way we reduce friction to a
minimum, and mass above and below remains intact.
Subluxation is no more. We have a correct alignment, vertebra in
situ, no bruising of tissue. Only difference in reversing its order,
between production and reduction, is that in one, a toggle-recoil
landed, cleavage force is AWKWARDLY AND ACCIDENTALLY
APPLIED; and, in other, toggle-recoil landed, cleavage force is
INTELLIGENTLY applied. We have reversed order by inverting that
which made it, and utilized every principle in reduction that occurred
in productionomitting none.
205 AND ITS IMPROVEMENT, 206
To date, many are using RECOIL ADJUSTMENT, as commonly
understood. Thot or idea of TOGGLING recoil has not been brought
clinically to your attention. From time to time word has been
mentioned; it has been referred to, but it has been years in process,
therefore we could not use, talk about or think of publicly adjusting
with it.
It is now no longer sufficient to say, I use a RECOIL adjustment.
You must use TOGGLE-RECOIL. Word toggle is applied because of
additional comprehensive value.
689
HISTORY REPEATS
You have seen a bolt-cutter, and know that it is a mechanical device
with handles several times longer than cutting portion. Little force
exerted at handle means great power in jaws where bolt is cut. A
woman can, with a toggle bolt-cutter, cut a bolt as big as my thumb as
easily as you could a piece of cloth with a pair of shears. Reason is,
bolt-cutter works upon principle of TOGGLEit concentrates its
force to one point, and that is better than spreading a great deal of
force over a broad surface. Little does much.
No matter how you hold toggle, it is always FROM YOUnever
TOWARDS. You never hold bolt-cutter from you and cut toward
yourselfit is not a toggle if you do.
Party cutting bolt can draw handles together slowly and still cut bolt.
That same party can also click handles together with extreme rapidity,
a spring-like movement, and bolt will cut much cleaner and easier.
You argue that bolt requires a definite amount of force to cut it. What
difference does it make whether you cut it fast or slowly, that being
true? The slower, the greater the friction and power to overcome
cleavage; cutting bolt slowly actually requires more power to do it.
The faster, the lesser the friction and power to increase cleavage;
cutting bolt rapidly actually requires less power to do it.
MAKING GRAVITY WORK
A NATURAL recoilthere are artificial attemptsMUST
ALWAYS BE IN LINE OF GRAVITY. It must be ABOVE gravity if
you wish to introduce a recoil, and a recoil increases velocity by using
law of gravity. A pile driver never drives upward or sidewiseit is
always IN LINE OF GRAVITYdownward. We now have two
fundamentals that must get fixed in mind; toggle must be FROM US
and gravity must BE DOWNWARD.
Many OLD moves in vogue today use push-and-pull principle. We
might even say many of old modern moves are of recoil principle.
BUT, there is only ONE way of applying and using toggle-recoil.
First, we SHOVED by mere dead weight, giving no thought to
velocity, cleavage, or as to how we should land force of blow. To aid
gravity, we used heavy canvas bags of shot, weighing from 100 to 150
pounds placed over our shoulders. We were
690
MAJORS AND MINORS
then PUSHING bump into place. Then came the question of a PUSH
AND PULL. We would pull vertebrae apart and attempt to push them
with dead gravity weight. Then came third idea; laying patient UPON
HIS BACK and placing hands under cervical vertebrae, combining
principle of thrust and twisting of head. This has a resemblance to, but
not even an application of, recoil because head is turned as far as
possible and then quick jerk is given laterally and UPWARD. But, no
longer can we say that TOGGLE-recoil can be given in that way
because we must introduce question of recoil, which IS IN LINE OF
GRAVITY, and never in pulling upwards or sidewise. It must be
DOWNWARD to introduce recoil. We cannot TOGGLE that way
because toggle is FROM US and never toward us. That work is NOT
recoil and it CANNOT be used with toggle-recoil. Shove system, or
push and pull, cannot work with recoil, or toggle cannot work with
them either.
You cannot toggle without recoil and recoil without toggle, but
where patient lies upon his back you can neither toggle nor recoil
because neither works in line of mechanical principle upon which it is
based.
Subluxations are produced by accidental toggle recoils which are in
line with GRAVITY and ABOVE object which offers resistance. To
toggle WITH recoil it must be ABOVE recoil; recoil must be in line
with GRAVITY or ABOVE object recoiled, and that which IS toggled
AND recoiled must be BENEATH, NOT ABOVE, your hands.
Fractures, dislocations and subluxations are brought about by
ACCIDENTAL toggled recoils. They can be PARTIALLY adjusted
by a push and pull; more easily adjusted by a recoil; and most nearly
adjusted by toggle-recoil. We have seen cases where a man who was
paralyzed fell down stairs, and, on getting up, could walk. There is no
way of explaining circumstances of that character except by principle
of accidental toggle-recoil, landing of blow, reduction of cause,
restoration of current, then cycles come into play. People got well in
days when we shoved, when we pushed and pulled, when we recoiled,
and they have been getting well when we toggle the recoil. While that
is all true, thoroughness, percentage, etc., have increased as we
perfected our application in accordance with known laws. We have
been
691
HISTORY REPEATS
getting better results in a larger per cent of cases of worse character
this year than before.
We have seen many give a shove, a push-and-pull, and others recoil,
and their patients have gotten well. But same cases, under
toggle-recoil would get well sooner with less effort upon part of
Chiropractor and with less severity upon patient. Effort, time, cost and
permanency are in ratio to which principle is used.
Success of boys in field is relative as they use different degrees of
accuracy with different principles. One could be perfect in push and
not secure as good results as he who used an inefficient degree of push
or pull. Or, one who recoils might be very poor but so much better
than shove or push and pull that there would be no comparison. And
so it is with TOGGLE-RECOIL. Let him be ever so raw, it supersedes
all qualities of other adjustments that he stands out head and shoulders
above rest. Do we not say that worst Chiropractor in our ranks is a god
along-side of best physician? This is not because he knows so much
more than an M.D. who knows so many things that are not true.
Chiropractor knows little, but its true. M.D. has a great deal of
knowledge he cant use; Chiropractor has a little, but he uses it well.
A bolt-cutter is a toggler, but it does not toggle TOWARD hands
that operate it; neither does it need recoiling to toggle. Toggling
SLOWLY bolt will be cut; to do it fast is to RECOIL that toggle. To
recoil the toggle is to toggle FROM YOU with a RECOIL effect.
To recoil-the-toggle is to make toggle primary and RECOIL
secondary; toggle the aim and RECOIL the means; toggle the sight
and RECOIL the bullet. To toggle-the-recoil (reverse of former) is to
make recoil primary and TOGGLE secondary; recoil the aim and
TOGGLE the means; recoil the sight and TOGGLE the bullet.
Toggle and recoil should be simultaneous. Above comparison is
given that student might secure a better idea of value of each in
relation to each other. To recoil or toggle ALONE is not to get the
best.
Many find adjusting laborious. It is because you do not recoil. If you
recoiled, it would be light and easy. Absence of recoil makes work
hard and heavy. There is nothing difficult about
692
MAJORS AND MINORS
toggling the bolt, and there is nothing hard about toggling and
recoiling on the back. You take that same principle, apply it to
backbone, and do same with object beneath your hands.
To shove or push or pull is to use stiff arm action. To RECOIL is to
deliver a blow, land it and get away quickly. To TOGGLE recoil is to
use all joints loose, all muscles elastic until moment of action then all
joints act in line of their movement and both sets of muscles contract
and relax simultaneously. After action has been performed, get away
as quickly, if not more so, than when you came.
Alight hammer will drive a spike in hickory, if recoiled. Toggle the
recoil and you may adjust subluxations with concentrated forces with
an equal ease.
Awhile ago we made a point. All P. L. and P. R. subluxations can be
adjusted with usual recoil. They can be better adjusted with
toggle-recoil. But all of P. R. S., P. R. I., P. L. S. and P. L. I. and
corresponding subluxations of atlas, differently designated, can be
adjusted only with toggle-recoil As they are in majority they have been
ones upon which we have failed most. We said at that time they were
in nature of KINKS and wrenches. That is true, and only by
toggle-recoil can they be reduced.
For P. R. S. or other combinational vertebral twists we are now
advocating, exclusively, 206 which consists in an additional twist of
wrist at time of toggling the recoil. It untwists the kink such as no
other has done. It must be given quickly to be effective, otherwise
damage is a possibility.
While, thruout this article, we refer to the toggle-recoil as an
improvement upon all which has gone before, this is true only in sense
that we found recoil adjustment in itself was good for one or two
direction subluxations, but did not quite secure desired results when
we had three-direction subluxations. Example: For a P. R. subluxation
recoil was sufficient. For a P. R. S. subluxation you should use the
toggle-recoil. However, the more toggle-recoil is used, more it is
found to be applicable to all directions. Perhaps an explanation for this
contradiction would be better. Recoil indicates speed with which
you deliver from you, hence speed with which you must take away.
Toggle indicates more directions of motions to end of concentrating
much force to little place so that little does much. Toggle indicates
693
HISTORY REPEATS
concentration while recoil indicates speed. No matter whether you
were working on a P. subluxation, concentration and speed would
both be essential. Yet, while this viewpoint is true. toggle-recoil (on
three-direction subluxations) is delivered slightly different than is a
toggle-recoil on any one or two-direction subluxations. Let us
construct direction of motion, one by one. For a posterior subluxation,
patient prone, direction of motion would be directly opposite, which
would be anterior. One direction only considered. For a P. R.
subluxation, patient prone, direction of motion of adjustment would be
directly opposite, which would be anterior left. Each of these could be
given with a toggle-recoil but in a straight direction as indicated.
But, all this now changes when we have a three-direction subluxation.
For a P. R. S. subluxation, patient prone, direction of motion of
adjustment would be directly opposite, which would be anterior, left
and inferior, DIFFERENCE TAKING PLACE IN TOG-
GLE-RECOIL IN A CORK-SCREW MOTION FROM WHAT
WAS TO WHAT IT IS TO BE.
CREDITING SINCERITY
Let us review subjects discussed. We introduced history of changes
from 1 to 206. We raised question as to which stage of this
progress was better to use at this date. We then proceeded to explain
latest principle and how it was better than all that preceded.
D. D. Palmer discovered underlying principle of all our work, viz.,
subluxation theory and its needing adjustment. Its elucidation,
broadening and specific scientific features, method of procedure to
best accomplish end, remained for us to work out and force
recognition not only in theoretical field but in laboratorical and
clinical tests. Two persons whose names were Palmer (Father and
Son) are indelibly saturated with work of Chiropractic. Now that D. D.
Palmer has passed away, to whom does Chiropractic more rightfully
belong, you or us?
Can it be that we are short-sighted enough in our administrative
policy to not recognize that your success is ours? We want The P.S.C.
to grow, to get larger, to add to worlds store of information and
health. This can only be reached thru our graduates. Should they fail,
enrollment of The P.S.C. must fail. Success of The P.S.C. graduate
depends upon what he is taught
694
MAJORS AND MINORS
while with us. His success is ours; and ours no greater than his. We
desire that The P.S.C. be a success, greater, year by year. This cannot
be a fact unless our product succeeds. It would be suicide of The
P.S.C. to teach our boys those things which would fail; hence we drill
our boys to do ONLY those things which give greatest percentage of
results.
We have been twenty-three years investigating various methods. WE
have grown thru these stages that we might save time upon part of our
students. Twenty-three years should prove certain facts to any
observant person; that being true and our Faculty conscientious, we
desire to give only that which we know to be THE best. Are we not
constructing a greater growth by making OUR product grow greater
then why not teach that which succeeds MOST? That, we are doing.
Vital question is: Some boys use most anything short of best. If they
possess THE best they mix in several of older stages, apparently to
fool patient and deceive him, thinking he gets more for his money.
This does not meet our scientific or clinical contention, but places it
upon a skeptical and financial one. IF old moves were more successful
in securing BETTER results, wouldnt we be justified in teaching,
using and endorsing them? Then, why dont we?
Suppose YOU were Edison, would you drag forth candle to read by?
Would you bring spinning wheel out of garret, or spin by the modern
loom; ride on a horse or electric-car? Would you, if you were Ehrlich,
use anything short of 606? If a Chiropractor, would you prescribe
dope to your patient? Neither would you use ANY MOVE short of
206 if you were a B. J. or any other student who had welfare of
patient at stake and regarded all other elements as secondary.
DOING ONE THING RIGHT OR MANY
THINGS WRONG?
Arts, sciences and philosophies are perpetuated in ratio as they exist
for themselves. You follow painting, inventing or philosophizing FOR
MONEY and you not only fail to get money, but lose the art you
failed to develop.
Paint for arts sake; invent because world needs improvement; study
because a world necessity exists and delivers that which it
695
HISTORY REPEATS
needs, and money is a CONSEQUENCE which you could not avoid
coming your way. As a consequence, it multiplied in ratio to aptitude
in art, improvement in invention and destiny of necessity.
Some Chiropractors feel they must keep doing something
irrespective of what or its consequences. Medicine is of same nature.
They have been doing SOMETHING for centuries; then they try
again doing everything until somebody IS done. Such a
propaganda is a failure. They try this, that and other thing; in fact,
everything suggested regardless of how ridiculous or illogical. More
things, compounds, devices, contrivances they compile, greater is their
delight, the more they have accomplished and the more patient seems
pleased and is willing to pay for.
Average patient would rather be wafted into heaven having much
done for him that is a crafty failure, than have a straightforward
practical fellow do some mute momentous right thing and get well in a
hurry. Latter plan arouses his disgust. It is toadying to this former
condition that loses identities of arts, sciences and philosophies of
worth.
Of medicinesthere are thousands for each disease, millions for all
diseases. Pharmacopoeia drop a few thousand and add a few more
each year. They originate, try and renounce; then originate some more.
Of surgerythere are hundreds of thousands of instruments and
tables. They go thru same rigamarole.
Of orthopedical instrumentshistory is full of torturing devices;
first used on criminals, then tried on sick until man goes the end of
flighty imagination then resurrects some older ones and repeats cycle.
Out of this conglomeration has builded a systemwe could not
dignify it by calling it an art or science, let alone philosophythat is
one world-wide, all encompassing complexed confused theory.
WHICH TO GIVE OR USE? is immortal question. Diagnosis is
but a question of observation and use of senses, BUT what to give is
purely a question of hit or miss; selection is so voluminous.
696
MAJORS AND MINORS
What to give is easy. What not to give is hard. Meanwhile patient is
experiment until patience ceases to be a virtue.
Present trend of medicine is to get FROM complexity to a
SPECIFIC SIMPLICITY. Now theyre investigating serum theory,
thinking that within its possibilities lies a specific for every and all
diseases.
Some idea of vast accumulating traffic in vaccines and serums may
be gained from fact that fifty-six establishments held licenses
December 31, 1914, issued by the Treasury Department of the Federal
Government, in accordance with Act of Congress approved July 1,
1902, entitled, An act to regulate the sale of viruses, serums, toxins,
and analagous products in the District of Columbia, to regulate
interstate traffic in said articles, and for other purposes. Following is
a list of products which one company alone was licensed to place
upon market, according to Public Health Reports for January 22,1915:
Antianthrax serum.
Antidysenteric serum.
Antimeningococcic serum.
Antipneumonic serum.
Antirabic virus.
Antistreptococcic serum.
Antitetanic serum.
Diphtheria antitoxin.
Normal horse serum.
Tuberculins.
Vaccine virus.
Bacterial vaccines prepared from acne bacillus.
Cholera vibrio.
Colon bacillus.
Diphtheria bacillus.
Friedlander bacillus.
Gonococcus.
Influenza bacillus.
Meningococcus.
Micrococcus catarrhalis.
Micrococcusneoformans.
Paratyphoid bacillus A.
Paratyphoid bacillus B.
Pertussis bacillus.
697
HISTORY REPEATS
Plague bacillus.
Pneumococcus pseudodiptheria bacillus.
Pyocyaneus bacillus.
Staphylococcus albus.
Staphylococcus aureus.
Streptococcus pyogenes, and typhoid bacillus.
Sensitized bacterial vaccines, etc., 31 in all.
Tis said that man is an imitatora monkey smiling at his features
that reflect back in sympathy thru mirror of human failures and
successes. Tis further said that we evolve, revolve and resolve same
again, at a later period.
Medicine had its origination, its fling; humanity has had its fill and
now its decadence is upon us. Chiropractic had its birth, its
development and use. It faces either fulfillment or failure. At this
critical time in our period, how far are Chiropractors going to ape
medical man? To what degree will Chiropractors push Chiropractic to
ape medicine? Many decry this supposition. Those who are in close
touch with individual and collective work of Chiropractors at large,
know such is true.
KNOWING TOO MUCH THAT ISNT SO
To say that ignorance is a blessing for the sick is a peculiar way of
putting a new thot in a new dress. The less the majority of
Chiropractors know about unnecessary subjects, better off is patient.
Example: We recall a physician, attending The P.S.C. This man had a
wonderful education in subjects which Chiropractor finds
unnecessary. It came his turn to adjust. He was given a case of hernia.
He adjusted for several weeksno results. Another case of hernia was
being adjusted by a man who knew Chiropractic subjects only, who
was next table to him. Excellent results were coming to him. The
reason? M.D. knew so much about his case, therefore knew so many
things that were possibilities, that could happen if he did this or that,
that the man actually couldnt give a good or competent adjustment.
Knowledge produced fear; fear produced timidity. Other man did not
know these inside conditions, these dangerous futures, if, so he
proceeded to do what he had been Chiropractically instructed was
necessary, viz., that vertebra had to be adjusted, and he moved it
fearless of what dangers lurked inside. His case was getting well
rapidly. When we found these conditions, we reversed adjusters and
cases. Sick one began to get well; well
698
MAJORS AND MINORS
one began to get sick. Same fears; same confidences. Presence of this
profound education made intelligent man incompetent;
incompetency begot its kind; hence failure. Absence of this profound
education made ignorant man confident; confidence begets activity;
activity begets health.
We have long felt that one of greatest hindrances to actual good of
physician to his patient is superfine fear that is manufactured in him
by his superfine colleges with their superfine educations of so many
things that may be true and be valueless, which, entering his mind,
show him how helpless he is; then, realizing it, he does not (because
he cannot) do any good.
KNOWING ONE THING THAT IS TRUE
We have also felt that reverse of this was true with Chiropractor. On
comes a case of tuberculosis of spine. A dangerous condition, perhaps.
Average Chiropractor has little knowledge of actual destruction of
tissue, perhaps has not seen a case at close range, does not
comprehend that he might maim his case by breaking those soft bones,
etc. In this ignorance is his practical strength. He palpates outside
without knowing inside; he detects subluxation, gives adjustment, gets
his case well. Retrospectively, some physician reviews inside
conditions, then Chiropractor realizes what a risk he took even after
case is well.
Medical man knows inside conditions to perfection. He is helpless to
help humanity. In this inside information are so many things that are
all so true that their horror makes this man fearful to try. In this is his
weakness. Chiropractor knows outside conditions to perfection. He is
of value to humanity. In this outside information are but a few things
that are also true, and simpleness of it makes him confident to give
adjustments.
Medical man is an educated man; Chiropractor, by comparison, is
notquantity considered only. Medical man is a man of constant fear;
Chiropractor, by comparison, is notservice considered. Medical man
is a failure in practice; Chiropractor, by comparison, is a success
results considered. One knows so many things that are or are not so;
so many things and theories that will or will not work that dont help
patient, that he is in a constant state of helplessness; he suffers with
mental professional paresis and physical practical paralysis. Burden of
what he knows is so much greater than burden of what he can do that
699
HISTORY REPEATS
contrast is well marked. With Chiropractor, reverse is true; burden of
what he can do is so much greater than excess baggage of what he
thinks he knows that contrast is as well marked this way as it is by
contrast in other.
There is a certain amount of education every Chiropractor wants
needs. That must be carefully selected and confine itself to subjects he
needs to know and no more. He must go into those subjects only so
far as he finds his mind does not become fearful of subject. When he
finds mental nausea taking place, it is time to stop that subject and go
no further. Medical men are suffering with education-congestion.
Theory after theory being exploded does not beget confidence in their
theory, themselves or medicine as a profession. Chiropractor (maybe)
suffers from a desire to have an education-stagnation. His one central
ideaspineis his pivotal idea, thot and action. He adjusts one by
one, people get well; this makes him positive in his manner, speech
and liberty necessary to continue that work.
Too much education makes a coward of best of men. Too little
education makes average man dangerous. But, there is a happy
medium, a necessary quantity and quality of which makes useless man
useful. Medical colleges, right now, are manufacturing useless
medical cowards. Chiropractic schools are beginning to lean that way,
slightly balancing in favor of cowards. Pendulum will find its level.
We are bitterly opposed to that kind of education which makes a
man know so many things that are not so, that wont work out, that do
no good, that are experiments without a practical application, merely
to end of getting a license to then find that such is true of all he has
learned. We are strongly in favor of that kind of education that
induces a man to know all views of any subject which are true, that
will work out, that accomplish good, that are facts which when
applied do the thing they set out to do; a license then becomes an
appendage and not the issue itself.
PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF ONE TRUE
IDEA OR MANY WRONG ONES
How many moves must we study, learn to use and apply to
patients to have the dozens-of-moves-for-each-disease compared to
hundreds-of-medicines-for-each-disease likeness? How many
principles of moves must we incorporate and mix to be
700
MAJORS AND MINORS
perfect medical apes? How many table devices must we invent to see
our reflections thru their surgical mirror?
They give medicines in mouth, nose, ear, eye, rectum, urethra and
then inject thru superficial skin. We adjust standing at head, driving
from shoulders, laying patient on his back, face down, on his ribs, face
back up in air and back down in hole. We try to adjust with patient
standing; suspended, lying, sitting, on his side. Chiropractors adjust
with hammer-and-mallet, straps around body, vibrators, thrillers,
manipulators, concussors and hands. Betwixt and between some use
transverse move; Ely, Break, Plunge, Coiner, Recoil, etc., ad
infinitum. We adjust on splitnose, boot-jack, with and without sternum
support, with and without belly brace, on tables straight, on tables
crooked, on tables forward and backward, on tables concave and
convex, with and without pillows and other contraptions that give to
our office appearance of a museum.
Some Chiropractors take five minutes to make their analysis, others
thirty minutes to make an examination inside and out. Others take
the necessary one minute to give an adjustment, others take sixty
minutes to give their treatments and tickle orifices. And, WHAT is
it they adjust or treat? Some confine themselves to specific work of
palpating, analyzing and adjusting vertebral subluxations. Others there
are who seemingly find it necessary to examine entire body and
adjust mandible, muscles of legs, viscera of abdomen, gullets to
guts, larynx to lethargy; gene to gastritis. Some Chiropractors
adjust thru undershirt, shirt, chemise, corset, corset-cover, dress and
trimmings; others require bare skin. No wonder patient, as he travels,
does not know how to prepare for a Chiropractic adjustment.
Thus complexities are but begun. As profession enlarges, numbers
increase, the taint he thinks needed will but contaminate our passages.
WHAT MUST A CHIROPRACTOR KNOW?
Today, seeming great problem to a prospective student is What do I
need to know; what school teaches it? What he thinks he needs
depends upon which many-sided traducer he gets advice from. Each,
of course, sustains what HE mixes with. After he has attended some
school, secured that which he was
701
HISTORY REPEATS
told he would need, he enters field, only to find that other people had
their notions and added to what he now makes much more that he
wasnt taught. Hence, great questionWhat position do I get him in;
what adjuncts are necessary; what move is proper; what kind of a
table do I put him on? If he follows pace Mr. Apostate sets, his office
will soon contain bird cage, hat-box, band-box and even to a sand-box
spit-boxall to improve health of those that pay.
Older the experience of physician, less he uses of anything. This is
true of Chiropractors. Reason forces itself upon even a fool, later than
sooner.
IS CHIROPRACTIC SCIENTIFIC?
We say CHIROPRACTIC is a SCIENCE. Is it? Mathematics IS a
science. Let us compare them.
2 x 2 equals 4; 2 subtracted from 5 leaves 3; 2 plus 4 equals 6, not
sometimes BUT ALWAYS. It matters not whether these examples
were done 2,000 years ago, today or tomorrow; its always been the
same, in same way with same result. It matters not whether figured by
an Arabian, Chinaman, Russian or American. Neither does method or
fact change regardless of what applied. We can weigh potatoes,
measure a board, multiply distance to Mars, give depths of craters,
heights of mountains or number of vertebral subluxations; conditions
are always same.
Behind mathematics is a law of figures beneath which are principles
and then rules. Various figures, words, principles and rules are mere
educational interpretations of law that education might better
understand and use works of law. Law, itself, does not need principles
and rules, much less words, letters and assemblages of them. Figures
in multiplication, division, subtraction and addition are unknown to
Mother Nature; they are mans invention and device.
Law of mathematics is FIXED; its principles and rules being in tune
therewith are no worse. It is not given for ANY mathematician to
change it. He may have theories, inconsistencies or reasons for
changing, but change he CANNOT. Suppose he desired to have 2 plus
2 make 5; or 2 from 5 leave 4; or 2 plus 4 equal 7, would it make it
so?
What would be state of commerce or finance if EACH
MATHEMATICIAN were allowed to have a system of his own?
702
MAJORS AND MINORS
If merchant banks today with $2,000; banker claims, according to HIS
figures, he had only $500it would be a great note, wouldnt it?
Is Chiropractic a science?
Chiropractic is study of vertebrates. Its interpretation is work of
human beings. It is the endeavor of man to formulate, out of law, a
system of principles and rules that we might better know how to work.
Law, itself, does not need our principles and rules to carry on its
production and reproduction, but we need them to understand what is
done and how, by law. Diagnosis, pathology, symptomatology,
prescription, operations, etc., are quite foreign to Innate Intelligence;
these are educated mans devices and experiments.
Travel with us, as a patient, from office to office of Chiropractors.
Visit twenty; note that each has a way, method, procedure,
explanation, application, result, different from one preceding. No two
are alike; each has a system of Chiropractic mathematics of his own.
Every day hes changing; each nationality goes at it differently; for
each dis-ease each has a different explanation; to what its applied
makes a difference in result, and so it goes ad infinitum.
Each man is a rule of human mathematics unto himself; there is no
cause to resort to any adjunct or mixing device in practice. We had a
FIXED rule all alike. We must admit that there is a LAW of universal
action but when man gets it, its quite conglomerated in principles and
rules. And, WHO makes it so? Each Chiropractor.
Chiropractic IS a science; but, not all that which is exhibited as
Chiropractic is to be regarded as scientific. In and behind all that
which is seen is a science even if the user has it not, knows it not and
practices it not. Reversing statement, is what ALL Chiropractors are
telling, using, giving and gelling scientific? NO!
Patient doesnt know whether to strip or keep on his shirthe
doesnt know whether to lie face down or uphe doesnt know
whether to prepare for 14th Woodman or Buffalo degree or 1st degree
of Masonry. Each Chiropractor he bumps into is a new experience, a
new order to join, a new manner of initiation to go thru.
703
HISTORY REPEATS
Intelligence who made us, did so according to law of science. As we
unfold ourselves, we prove the science. As we study that unfoldment
we investigate the science that made us. As we compound our
existences, we study how to work in tune with that law. Altho its law
to Source, it is but science and art to us. Why dont we practice that
which we have unfolded by learning and learned by unfolding? Thats
the question here involved.
Years ago, there was no FIXED law in mathematics; followed by a
great series of men, each with HIS explanation. TIME has weeded out
their garden of inconsistencies. Even now, there is a FIXED LAW for
human beings; we are cottoning the skirted edges, followed by a chain
of thinkers, each with HIS interpretation. TIME only will weed out
immaterial; TIME only will put into their place that which will be
fertile.
We can but individually try to be the best; try to be as sincere and
conscientious with our work as mathematicians were with their work,
and then let time ripen the product.
At present, judged by heterogeneous work done by Chiropractors,
Chiropractic is NOT a science and no one knows this better than
mixers who give no reason for their making it not a science than the
greed for money in preference to guarantee for maximum.
Perhaps another good reason for mixer can be established on
common ground that, when palpating a case, he cannot see from
external what is internal. Writer has had as much experience as any
other Chiropractor in our ranks. It has been his unique experience to
have been in this work for 23 years (1918); to have seen tens of
thousands of cases; to have palpated them by thousands; to have seen
worst of the worse; to have met problems of our profession as well as
those of other professions. Yet, notwithstanding this vast opportunity,
we admit frankly that 25 per cent of palpations we make (which are as
accurately made as experience can make them) are in error, not in
omission but in commission. Certain conditions appear so-and-so from
external, only to have spinograph reveal them some other way. No
human agency can tell, in 100 per cent of cases, what exists in, of and
about vertebrae themselves.
This percentage could not have been determined without constant
and daily use of spinograph. Average Chiropractor in
704
MAJORS AND MINORS
field has not such an aid at his command, hence his mistakes must be
of equal number. Instead, then, of trying to correct his errors in a
Chiropractic manner with spinograph, he adjusts as his palpation
shows. If subluxation, from palpation, is one way and that would
prove to be wrong if spinograph were used, then certainly 25 per cent
of cases will be negative. This justifies him, as he views it, to begin
that pernicious practice of mixing on this 25 per cent in which
Chiropractic fails. Chiropractic has not failed; he simply failed to get
all accurate facts in an accurate manner.
Conceding that Chiropractor aims to be sincere, then he who
mixes for reason above stated, will purchase an X-Ray at no greater
cost than many of the mixing devices, will take spinographs of cases
upon which he fails; and, under the readings he will then make, he will
turn defeat to victory at no loss to Chiropractic principle or his own
convictions as well as those of patient. For every Chiropractic
problem, there exists a Chiropractic solution.
A fool there was, he made his prayer, even as you and I, says
Kipling.
When approaching a Chiropractic school it must be with one of two
fixed purposes in view: 1st, to learn CHIROPRACTIC, specific, pure
and unadulterated; or, 2nd, to study that which is called Chiropractic
where mixing is admitted and devices complete and fully cover the
field.
When Chiropractor enters field to practice he must do so with one of
two fixed intentions: 1st, to be a CHIROPRACTOR in all that title
applies, to practice only THE best with a fixed determination to
educate the people from what they think they want to what he
KNOWS they need; or, 2nd, to publicly admit hes a mixer and ready
to serve people anything they ask for if they have the price to pay for
service at charge he demands.
Chiropractic saysand you have been taughtthat ONE
subluxation produces ONE effect in ONE organ. It further maintains
that a SPECIFIC man was well on a SPECIFIC date; having a fall in a
SPECIFIC manner, there occurred a SPECIFIC concussion of forces
which concentrated at a SPECIFIC place, recoiled a SPECIFIC
subluxation, making smaller a SPECIFIC foramina, producing
pressure on SPECIFIC nerves going to a
705
HISTORY REPEATS
SPECIFIC place, interfering with a SPECIFIC function or functions,
on its way to a SPECIFIC organ, thereby producing a SPECIFIC
effect to which is given a SPECIFIC name.
To correct this, Chiropractic says, Introduce intellectually and
intentionally a reversed condition of SPECIFIC concussion of forces
with a SPECIFIC toggle-recoil, in a SPECIFIC manner, at a
SPECIFIC subluxation, to increase size of a SPECIFIC foramina, to
reduce SPECIFIC pressure, to restore SPECIFIC function on its way
to a SPECIFIC organ, to improve SPECIFIC effect thereby restoring
SPECIFIC health coming from a SPECIFIC source. Note, we have a
SPECIFIC origination; SPECIFIC transmission; SPECIFIC
expression; SPECIFIC interference and SPECIFIC adjustment.
All of this simple but great feature is being abused in our vain and
self-edifying attempts to ape medical men and medicine for money
because patients ask for it. Whereas, once M.D. gave a shotgun
prescription, now he is trying to give a SPECIFIC. Whereas,
Chiropractic IS a specific, Chiropractor is laboring hard to deliver it in
shotgun manner.
There are three reasons for M.D.s failure in his MEDICAL
COMPLEXITYFirst, his miscarriage to get results, therefore he
tried again; second, his patients, insistence upon results and again
failing; third, his eagerness for something to sell patient who
inquires for a change to get results because he failed.
There are three reasons for CHIROPRACTIC COMPLEXITY. First,
patients request us to ape medical man; second, Chiropractors havent
backbone enough to refuse to ape him; and third, their greed for
money and something different from other fellow next door.
There are three reasons for CHIROPRACTORS SPECIFIC. First,
he has an EXACT knowledge of cause; second, he has a PRECISE
adjustment; third, he has a reliable SOURCE of health which wont
fail him. Delivery of HEALTH by mixing Chiropractor is not
because of his mixing but in spite of it.
M.D. is working toward that WHICH WE HAVE but he has not;
and, Chiropractor is working toward that which M.D. has and AWAY
FROM THAT which we have. M.D., in reality, WANTS
CHIROPRACTIC with its SPECIFIC features: and we
706
MAJORS AND MINORS
Chiropractors, WITH specific feature, want his shotgun prescriptions.
CHIROPRACTIC IS SPECIFIC (and you know what we mean by
specific) or it is nothing. Obliterate complexity, cut out GENERAL
adjustments; palpate or spinograph, or both, SUBLUXATION MOST
ESSENTIAL TO EACH CASE, ADJUST THAT DAILY AND DO
NOTHING MORE.
A MAJOR DEFINED
Major is that subluxation which, because of importance of symptoms
resultant therefrom, makes it, first of all, most vital to health or life of
case under analysis.
At one time every patient who now comes to Chiropractor, was well.
At this stage a subluxation occurred, went thru Chiropractic cycle,
until he is now sick. Change from health to sickness was acting under
definite law. We are sound only as we work with it; we get sick when
we work opposite to its demands.
Previous to birth we go thru formation period. After birth, and up to
thirty we pass thru developmental period. From thirty on, we preserve
form. 1st, we make the form; 2nd, we enlarge it; 3rd, we tend to
sustain it.
Physiology has its triple division: health, sickness, death. Whether
we are healthy until we die is a question of manifestation of this law.
Whether our period of health is short or long is a question of how soon
sickness steps in and thus manifests the absence of law. This law is as
true in psychics as of materialism.
We are constantly growing, bringing forth new cells and vitality;
each to take place of old. If new comes forth and takes place of old, all
is well and health is its by-product.
INNATE AS A HUMAN BOOKKEEPER
Every day is a book-keeping system; it establishes a balance sheet of
its own. If we enter the day with health and leave it in same way we
have an established survival value balance-sheet; meaning that
surviving net result is normal.
ACCUMULATIVE DESTRUCTIVE SURVIVAL
VALUE
Assume 30 days. On first, man has a fall, gets a subluxation. Even at
end of first day, when balance-sheet is struck it will be
707
HISTORY REPEATS
noticed that there is a destructive activity at work. Multiply this by 30
days and you have a destructive accumulative survival value and man
is sick. Continue this principle indefinitely and you have a chronic
disease. Survival value is destructive and has been daily
accumulating, piling upon itself.
One mans loss is anothers gain. Health and dis-ease are time
comparatives. Balance must be struck. As destruction accumulates,
construction weakens. As health decreases, sickness is increasing.
Original subluxation began to lessen normal vitality. Dis-ease is
manifestation of absence of force. As subluxation is a survival value,
so is its effect; longer it exists, weaker becomes contractive survival
value because destructive accumulation has been going on.
ACCUMULATIVE CONSTRUCTIVE SURVIVAL
VALUE
At the end of 30 days this patient comes to Chiropractor who finds
subluxation and adjusts it. We start at that point where destruction of
accumulated survival value is greatest. Reversal of above must now
take place. Moment we release more vitality to go to sick place, then
constructive principle works. At end of the 1st day, net balance-sheet
result is that accumulated survival value is greater than destructive
survival value. By inverse ratio, tables turn. The 30th day of the
destructive accumulative survival becomes 1st day of constructive
accumulative survival period. The 29th becomes our 2nd; 28th our
3rd; principle of destruction now changing to construction.
At end of every day survival value is accumulating in a constructive
manner. Multiply these days and it is but a question of days until our
case has been restored to where he was before he took sick. Law
retraced itself in reduction, in like manner that it did in production.
Maximum of health is a question of survival value. Dis-ease is a
comparative weighing of maximum of health and minimum of health
in same individual at two separate and distinct times, between which
times destructive accumulative survival value and constructive
accumulative survival value principles bring about both changes.
Whether a person gets well or not, is somewhat a question of vitality.
Is there any approximate rule by which we can tell
708
MAJORS AND MINORS
what the vitality is? There is one that is invariable. If body of patient is
thickly covered with hair, it can be stated that vitality is or was good.
If body is devoid of this, opposite will be quite generally true. If hair
on head and finger-nails grow rapidly and require frequent cutting or
trimming, this is also a good indication that body growth is strong and
fast. If opposite is true, then reverse of this would be most noticeable.
If finger-nails are brittle, chip off or are wavy, it is a good indication
that strength is lower than normal.
DIRECT AND ADAPTATIVE SYMPTOMS
With major work many things show up, by exclusion, that have not
been observed under any other method or process. These deductions
can be reached by observation; nature of that being subtraction rather
than multiplication. Reasoning used by all diagnosticians is that of
seeing how much can be added or multiplied to attain an end; this is
induction. Our process being reverse, we attain an entirely opposite
product.
Studying major work brings very distinctly two broad classifications
of symptoms: direct and adaptative. Under meric system we have
superior and inferior divisions. Example: Female has suppressed
menstruation. Fact that case has an occipital headache which bears a
strong resemblance to abdominal feeling, is an adaptative series of
symptoms. You would adjust subluxation which makes direct
symptoms and not do anything for adaptative symptoms. As soon as
menstruation becomes normal, occipital headache disappears.
As another example: Case may be one of jaundice, too much bile
being made by liver, excess being dammed back into body, more
particularly glands, thus diluting their internal secretions and
poisoning their purposes. This would extend into a series of adaptative
symptoms which would only be equaled by amount of excess bile
being scattered and where it was going. To correct this case, under
major work, you would adjust to restore normal manufacture of bile
and pay no attention to whatever erratic symptoms you would notice
in digestion, etc.
As still another example (which could be extended endlessly) an
acute vertebral subluxation occurs. It manifests its effects with an
excess heat in intervertebral disks; an osteomalacia exists thruout
several vertebrae; acute angular basis of a curva-
709
HISTORY REPEATS
ture is present. All of these additional symptoms which followed
major one would be adaptative to incipient cause. We would find
major, adjust it exclusively, paying no attention to any other and its
correction would not only get curvature straight, but by so doing
gradually all other effects would disappearall because of correct
persistent work upon this one all inclusive major.
Patient, when describing his or her condition, will spend two-thirds
of time on adaptative symptoms and about one-third on direct. It
behooves you to separate one from other, which is an art in itself and
requires a keen analytical insight of our families and species to
correctly accomplish.
Under all major work, we do not adjust a single subluxation which
leads to any adaptative symptom. We would adjust only subluxation
which leads to direct symptoms, after which all adaptative symptoms
would become adaptative to normal. They are adaptative in change
from health to sickness; they will be adaptative in change from
sickness to health. All adaptative symptoms are normal to abnormal.
Notwithstanding they are normal, they are attempts upon part of body
to balance abnormal to normal by other circuitous abnormal routes
this is adaptation to circumstances.
After liver has been established to balance, bile is normal, no excess
exists, no poisoning of other secretions could exist. When direct
symptoms are gone, then digestion and all other adaptative symptoms
are gone without additional work at additional places.
Close observation in this field proves that over 75 per cent of all our
cases and over 75 per cent of all symptoms of each case are
adaptative. We find we can eliminate much adjusting subluxations
we formerly adjusted and get 75 per cent better results.
In study of majors and minors, many students are at sea as to which
diseases are major and minor; which symptoms are major and which
minor. So varied and so complicated and so interblended are many
symptoms of majority of cases that this is a condition upon which no
rules can be positively laid. Judgment necessary to separate them is
brot about by close clinical observation and experience based thereon.
All laboratory training that any person might gain would not be worth
a picayune in de-
710
MAJORS AND MINORS
termining these facts. Only clinician is capable of separating one from
other.
In general this much can be said: certain symptoms produce others
by way of adaptation. First class we have called direct symptoms,
others are all adaptative. Direct symptoms are major, all others being
minor.
Examples that could be cited are endless, which is solely a question
of two viewpoints. Close observation in clinic will make any
observant person very proficient in discriminating between one and
other. Average Chiropractor in average Chiropractors office will be a
life-time deducting these comparisons and establishing truth of which
is which. If, tho, it is possible for him to attend our Pit classes for a
few months, we can present sufficient cases to make fast and broad
lines, establishing such certain and positive classifications that he can
then discriminate for himself upon any case that may come before
him.
Confusion that may arise, in any attempt at classification, is based
upon fact that any dis-ease which may be regarded as direct can also
be adaptative and likewise is reverse true.
As no two cases are alike, it is impossible, except in a general way,
to give much direct and applicable information here. It is secured only
by word of mouth in actual class work, where case or cases in
question are before us.
IMPORTANCE OF LOCATION
Chiropractic analysis is but a simple resolution of locating
geography of effect and connecting it with geography of cause. This
question of majors and minors is more a question of geography
(location) than it is a question of character of symptoms. 85 per cent of
symptoms given by cases have little value, not because they are not
accurate, not because they are merely symptoms, but because they
have no relevancy to geography which is so important to us. About 15
per cent of symptoms given have a direct geographical value.
Focalizing value of every case, to a Chiropractor is: Where is THE
subluxation? Thus the end of his work is to geographically locate
place. If symptoms are of value, it is only so when they work to this
end.
711
HISTORY REPEATS
Example: It is immaterial whether the feeling of the patient in the
stomach indicates a burning, itching, gnawing sensation or whether it
feels full from a tumor or of gas. One of these is as significant as
other, for all indicate geography (stomach) being involved.
CHIROPRACTICALLY MEETING CHIROPRACTIC
PROBLEMS
Here was a problem. Having observed conditions, recognized them,
what was correct manner to take care of them?
1st. Chiropractor in field took this as a shortcoming of Chiropractic;
it was a lameduck excuse for proving to him limitations of principle
and its application, hence it was an excellent excuse to justify his
mixing. What Chiropractic couldnt do, mixing might therefore be
tried by stimulating or inhibiting them and getting back to same net
results as any physician with his drugs, or osteopath with his
manipulations. It matters not whether the method be stretching or
bathing, the 24-hour balance-sheet struck average and case was no
nearer health at conclusion of experiment. This did not solve problem.
2nd. The P.S.C. hypothesis was that for every Chiropractic problem
there was a Chiropractic solution. We went back to our old stand-by
that every person had, at all times, 100 per cent of curative forces
resident within his body. If, in a certain set of conditions, our cases did
not get well it must be because we were distributing our curative
forces to too many places and not getting a survival value that could
accumulate, day by day. Lets adjust fewer places and concentrate
forces to one most vital to life of patient.
Many Chiropractors justify their mixing because they get these cases
which will not get well under Specific System work. If they will now
omit mixing, try to do Major work they will have a smaller majority of
cases to fail on; their scope will now include all those cases they
formerly failed on; their ability will have increased materially.
Chiropractic will once more be the complete subject that they desire it
to be, scientifically as well as practically.
Only difference between results today and yesterday is in
percentage. When we ask an ancient why he does not use most
modern principles and practices, he usually replies: I am getting
712
MAJORS AND MINORS
results and why should I worry? True, out of 1,000 cases he is getting
same percentage today, with ancient methods, that we got in earlier
days with same methods. As method gradually climbed scale of
efficiency, so did percentage of results increase. He who still uses the
shoves, gets shoves percentage, which is far less than he who uses
modern toggle-recoil.
We prefer to believe in inherent goodness of all men and women.
We prefer to feel that every Chiropractor wants to rely absolutely upon
Chiropractic providing it measures up to this expectation. This it has
not done in past; this it will do in future if Chiropractor will put into
practice Major principles herein set down in a conscientious and
correct manner. If any Chiropractor, from this time onward, prefers
being a chiropractoid and mix, it is because he prefers being dishonest
and a grafter and to dishonor a philosophy, science and art rather than
to be constructive of its purity. Contempt is only too good to be given
that man or woman who prefers being crooked when easier way is to
be straight. When any Chiropractor will inconvenience himself to lie
to his patients, when he could tell the truth, then such person should
be treated with absolute contempt by sick public as he is not in
business for health, but money.
Method of getting all sick people well with Chiropractic is now
before every Chiropractor. Excuses are not in order.
PATHOLOGICAL FAMILIES AND SPECIES
Mother Nature divides herself into Vegetable, Animal and Mineral.
Each of these is divisible into Families and each Family into its
Species.
Among the Animal, we have bovine, equine, canine, simians,
reptilians, amphibians, vertebrate, homo, etc. Each of these is divisible
into classifications which we need not enumerate here.
Families are as numerous as possible great divisions of functions, no
more nor less. And, even with these, it is a question how far we can go
with division of colors when there is but one colorwhite, black
being its absence. Life is but motion; motion is but function; function
is but mental impulse; so, after all, it is non-divisible. But, students
have seen fit to try to arbitrarily divide that which cannot be done.
713
HISTORY REPEATS
Nine primary functions, which are entirely arbitrary, are:
1. Calorific. 6. Reproduction.
2. Motor. 7. Reparation.
3. Secretory. 8. Nutrition.
4. Excretory. 9. Sensory.
5. Expansion.
(In Vol. 2, The Science of Chiropractic Library (Palmer), is found a
lengthy article descriptive of each of these functional divisions, with
an outline of boundary lines of each, with examples to make it clear.
For that reason we will not reproduce such here. In monograph, After
Tomorrow, What? (Palmer), is a lengthy explanation of plus or minus
of function and why no consideration other than these two can be
given, hence it will not be duplicated here.)
Let us take each of these functions and tabulate it:
Function Plus Minus Character Family
Calorific x Fever.
x Absence of, in the fever
family.
Motor x Permanent Contracture.
x Off and On. Spasms.
x Permanent Paralysis, and Prolapsis.
Secretory x Poison. (wet symptoms)
x (dry symptoms)
Excretory x (wet symptoms)
(dry symptoms)
Expansion x Tumors.
x (?)
Reproduction x Monstrosities. (Not a path-
ological family.)
x Paralysis.
Reparation x Tumor. (Hypertrophy)
x Anaemia.
Nutrition x Tumor. (Obesity)
x Anaemia (Emaciation.)
Sensory x Sensations (Hyperas-
thesia.)
x Sensations (Anesthesia.)
It will be noticed that we have only neglected to classify any of the
above into the degenerative family. This is because degeneration of
tissue is a combination of three families, viz.: fever, nutrition and
reparation. When fever is plus, nutrition absent and reparation minus,
degeneration of tissue must always ensue irrespective of where, when
or how
714
MAJORS AND MINORS
We wish to interject a physiological truth here not generally known,
at least not studied or taught in pathologies as clearly as it should be.
Speaking of degeneration of tissue we must differentiate between
degeneration OF TISSUE and degeneration OF EXCRETIONS.
Cancers, lupus, caries, ulcers, etc., are present degeneration OF
TISSUES. Catarrh, no matter where, is but degeneration OF
EXCRETIONS of tissues. Mucus of catarrh is but degenerated fluids.
So far as major is concerned, same rule applies.
In studying cases, you should focalize everything to end of
determining family, going into species only so far as it proves family.
This is but another way of raising same question of whether quality of
symptom is of value or whether quality should be ascertained only to
end of locating its major subluxation.
Type of case, which is clearly one of a distinct family, is rare. You
will get very few cases of FEVER FAMILY, without any
complicating other species of symptoms. It may be typhoid fever,
malaria fever, eruptive fever or bilious fever or something else which
takes it out of fever family alone and complicates one family with
another; as typhoid fever is general but involves Peyers patches in
abdomen; malaria fever involves fever and poison families; eruptive
fevers involve same two families but produce latter stage of erupting it
to skin instead of carrying same off by kidneys, and so we might go on
with complications of mixtures of families and thus producing an
endless array of species.
We could put this in another way. There are but nine primary
functions, hence but nine primary families. There are but two ways in
which each primary functional-family could be involved, hence but
eighteen ways in which there can be species. Begin to cross these
eighteen species, in different organs of body in their complications
and you have multiplied hybrids until it takes a book on
symptomatology 500 pages to even scratch surface.
It is hybrid of species which makes particular case before us difficult
of elucidation. By analyzing case, from species to family, from quality
of symptom back to its character to determine location, no difficulty
should be noticed in determining major for adjustment.
715
HISTORY REPEATS
In Honolulu we saw a flower show with over 5,000 species of
Hibiscus, which is their National Flower. While there are 5,000
species there is but 1 family. Difference exists in crossing species.
Symptoms are same way. There are 5,000 times 5,000 species of
symptoms and you become dazed by maze of them, but by working
for family to which they are all subject, no difficulty should be
experienced.
Every book on symptomatology is herein boiled down to nine
familieswith their plus and minus species. Knowing symptoms and
studying all cases from that angle only, then 500 pages of symptoms
species are necessary. Knowing families, it is not necessary to know
minute detail of all species.
Two things are essential to reproduce third. Learn family and
location in which it exists and these two facts will positively determine
location of major subluxation.
Family plus Location }equals Major.
We do not know of a single dis-ease to which this does not apply.
At present writing, we do not know of a single pathology which
wont fit to this rule. There are those cases where it may even be
necessary to get species of symptoms to finally round up correct
family; but, if so, it will be done for purpose of determining family
rather than to end of a more elaborate species for diagnostic purpose.
Just as anatomy does this, in a broad sense, so do physiology and
pathology make same classification into families of each individual.
Following are some of more marked: paralyses, degenerations,
tumors, fevers, prolapses, contractures, poisons, spasms, etc.
Under each family comes its many species; different kinds of the
same.
We shall enumerate some here because of their value in checking up
major subluxation. Having found family, major usually is far more
easily ascertained, because in some of them, it is usually always in one
place.
716
MAJORS AND MINORS
NINE FAMILIES AND THEIR ONE WIFE
Paralyses:monoplegia, paraplegia, hemiplegia, dual hemiplegia,
multiple monoplegia, spastic paralysis, infantile paralysis, anterior
acute poliomyelitis, etc.
Degenerations:cancers, ulcers, scrofulas, tuberculosis, boils,
syphilis, necroses, curvatures, etc.
Tumors:sarcoma, carcinoma, lipoma, osteoma, neuroma, myoma,
fibroids, fatty, cystic, hypertrophy, etc.
Fevers:malaria, typhoid, diphtheria, appendicitis, tonsilitis, scarlet,
measles, small-pox, yellow, etc.
Prolapses:hernia, ruptures, prolapses of hemorrhoidsbleeding,
itching, protruding, etc.
Contractures:educated, voluntary, motor, inco-ordination, cramps,
torticollis, curvatures, tetanus.
Poisons:wet and dry man, dropsy, seroedema, jaundice, ureamia,
skin diseases, etc.
Spasms:epilepsy, chorea, paroxysms, tremors, convulsions, St.
Vitus dance, apoplexy, twitching eye-balls, etc.
Anaemia:any and all cases wherein depletion of tissue has
occurred; contrasting from the degeneration of tissue.
Sensation:Such as hyperesthesia, anesthesia, etc. As this is
adaptative responsive mental interpretation of physical conditions, it
cannot be construed as being direct or in a family except by inverse
ratio to condition from which it is reversed in its cycle.
All sensation is but an internal mental interpretation of external
physical conditions. If external conditions are normal, then internal
mental interpretations are normal. If external physical conditions are
abnormal, pathological, feverish, contractured, etc., then internal
mental interpretation is equivalent. Sensation is solely adaptative upon
condition from which it has its origin and cannot be taken into
consideration as a factor in determining major. Instead of weighing
characteristics of pain, weigh more carefully conditions which gave
origin to pain. Pain is purely mental, is located in mind in brain
condition which gave pain birth is located somewhere else external
to that brain and it is that which determines major, not pain or other
sensation.
717
HISTORY REPEATS
In counting above functions you will note ten titles. Nine of them are
families. Tenthsensationis indirectly involved in them all in equal
degree or of varying kinds.
Example:Pain or ache might be mild or severe in any one of nine
families described. It is secondary to each and all. We mention this
that it might not be misconstrued in importance in determining any
factor connected with its major. It is one of the species symptoms
connected with all. It is a diagnostic feature and is only of value to you
and us so far as it helps us to determine FAMILY and LOCATION.
HOW TO DETERMINE MAJORS
Students find it difficult to solve problem as to how writer can stand
in Pit Class and frequently pick major without one word of
explanation from patient; or do so upon a very meager amount of
history. In brief, we weigh as far more important the major facts than
the minor ones; or, far more important is gross study rather than
minute. It is possible to go so far into so much minute history of
pathology or symptomatology that student can very easily lose sight of
thing he is after. This is evidenced by fact that physician who has been
trained in laboratory (which is but an exhaustive study of detail) loses
sight of essentials, becomes confused in his maze of detail, and finds
that he knows so much about his case that he is unable to come to any
conclusion.
Trees are trees, just as horses are horses or cows are cows. In great
gross there is little difference between one tree and another, one horse
and another, or one cow and another. Go into a forest and a tree is a
tree; step into a stable and a horse is a horse, same as a cow is a cow.
Same is also true of all disease (as an entity) but as a dis-ease, it is but
a condition of matter.
If you care to go into minute qualities of trees, cows or horses, there
is no end to minute complications which mans mind can make of
difference between one and other. Same is true of diseases (as entities)
or of dis-eases (as conditions).
Our plea here is for gross study rather than detail elaboration. When
you have ascertained the family, it is not always material as to the
species. Whatever questions that might be asked, leading to quality of
function, would be solely to end of locating vertebral subluxation.
718
MAJORS AND MINORS
A patient suffers with a MAJOR DIS-EASE, comes to you for
adjustments FOR THAT. He gives history, symptomatology and
pathology. You analyze spine, find major subluxation according to his
history.
What objections can there be to change from specific adjusting and
major adjusting? What harm would occur should a change occur from
one plan to another? There can be but one most important change,
viz., patient will think that he is not getting enough to do him any
good. Notwithstanding that he goes to Chiropractor to have his heart
trouble adjusted, he will maintain that because he is not being adjusted
for the four other troubles he has, even tho they are minors, he will
quit and go to some Chiropractor who will give him specific
adjustments for all his troubles. Putting it plainly, patient is quitting
because he is not getting enough for his money and time or because he
does not see some improvement in a minor complaint.
Suppose a sick individual goes to a physician and complains of heart
burn. It is this he wants medicine for. Does he quit him because same
physician is not giving him drugs and noting an improvement in
roaring of ear, in catarrh of nose and other complaints? Hardly.
Suppose another person with a prolapsis of the womb goes to a
surgeon and an operation is decided upon. Does patient grow
dissatisfied because he did not remove other organs that were
suffering previous to advent of this one worst one?
While it may appear that patients might think that new method is
underadjusting them, only patients themselves could tell, if they
would, how many times they have been overadjusted by adjusting
too many places too often.
Chiropractors have told me that they have, now and then, lost a case,
under major work, not because case was dissatisfied with what he was
getting, but because he thot he was not getting enuf for his time and
money. Is patient better judge of methods or quantity of drugs,
operationor adjustments?
What a patient thinks he wants or gets is entirely a matter of
education, a matter of explanation upon part of Chiropractor. If he
does not explain, we will take it for granted that patient will not
understand and will leave him because of no comprehension of the
work itself.
719
HISTORY REPEATS
SUMMING UP
Use one SPECIFIC kind of adjusting table, and let all the field be
alike. Let us have one definite adjustment, and let all do alike; one
SPECIFIC major subluxation for each case, adjust that, and get our
case well quickly; secure one SPECIFIC result in each case, for upon
that strength lies the value in public opinion of our work. Let us do
this united as a profession.
Specific successes are better than shot-gun failures. We have
shot-gun adjustments, shot-gun adjusting tables, and shot-gun
methods. Specific work is KNOWING; shot-gun work is GUESSING.
A person who travels from Chiropractor to Chiropractor says there is
no science to Chiropractic for there are no two alike, all differand
he is logically right.
206 is not, in reality, a NEW move, which information might be a
disappointment. It is only an improvement upon an old move, and
such has been true from No. 1 to 206. There have been no new
moves; each was a shade of improvement upon the one before. So it is
one move improved two hundred and five times.
You have now a clearer interpretation of 205; and when you get
the next little twist of the wrist added to the little you have of 205 it
will help, if you but apply the additional interpretation on the work
you have previously had.
To you who have not grasped what we meant by toggle-recoil
adjustment, I hope this explanation will give a clearer comprehension.
Bear in mind, in conclusion, four fundamental principles:
First, you must toggle your forces; concentrating them to a point;
Second, you must recoil that toggle; meaning when you have reached
your object get away;
Third, you must land your blow that it might affect the velocity of
the mass; and
Fourth, by so doing you reduce friction by reduction of cleavage,
and mass moves freer.
206 is not the production of a minute, hour or day; neither is this
lecture given from off-hand theories, or given birth within
720
MAJORS AND MINORS
a few days. This work was in large measure elucidated over four years
ago, and 206, as an adjustment, has been in use in private problem
cases for over that period in proving statements we here, and only
now, make public to our classes and clinic for that period of time.
We have attempted, in this paper, to give reasons why specific work
is preferable to general adjustment. We have aimed to present the
history of moves, introducing latest and its exact features.
Contrary to usual custom, moves are given birth like mushrooms.
The P.S.C. has never had occasion to entirely deny any premises yet
brot forth, as they are the result of: 1st, logical correctness; 2nd, their
testing on actual cases; 3rd, considerate and more than unreasonable
comparison; 4th, sanctioned by The P.S.C. Faculty before presenting
to you in lecture form.
721
CHAPTER 79
The Story Of
PARADOXES
(This lecture was delivered before the 3rd Annual Lyceum of the
Chiropractors of the world held at Davenport, Iowa, in 1916).
THE PARADOX OF THE LYCEUM.
This is a paradox. High registration this evening on second day of
our Lyceum is 3064. Tonights Daily Times outdid itself in giving an
Editorial welcome to city of Davenport. This has never been done
before. They also had one column on front page and two columns
inside, almost an unparalleled act.

PARADOX OF MAYOR.
Voice: Dr. Palmer, has Davenport a Mayor? (Mayor did not deliver
an Address of Welcome.)
Dr. Palmer: A Paradox.
Webster says: A paradox: a tenet or proposition contrary to
received opinion; also an assertion or sentiment seemingly contra-
dictory, or opposed to common sense, but that yet may be true in fact.

PARADOX (Jessie B. Rittenhouse.)

I WENT out to the woods today
To hide away from you,
From you a thousand miles away
But you came, too.
And yet the old dull thought would stay,
My spirit to benumb
If you were but a mile away
You would not come

Far reaching effect of paradoxes stops at no one division of human

thot or labor, hence we study them under respective headings.
722
PARADOXES
1. General.
2. Religious.
3. Medical.
4. Legal.
5. Chiropractic.
a. study.
b. business.
c. financial.
d. legislative.

GENERAL PARADOXES.
We will handle paradoxes from different sources, allowing future to
settle fact.
PARADOX OF EDUCATION.
Education, IN THEORY, conceives that last word has not been said,
last thot has not been thunk, last word has not been written or printed,
upon any particular subject.
As an application, medicine and medical men sayWe know VERY
little of human body; we know nothing of application of drugs;
surgery is a field we are just opening; there is much to know about
sickness and health, death and life.
Medical education, IN PRACTICE, says all that is worth saying has
been said; all worth thinking has been thunk; everything worth
printing has been printed. Let us say we have thot a new new
hypothesis of life and death, sickness and health; found a subluxation
where before none was known; discovered something better in way of
a remedial method; can do the thing he fails on, and paradox is true.
His open-closed mind says you have nothing new, nothing practical,
you accomplish nothing.
Medical education, IN THEORY, says there is much to know, and
medical education, IN PRACTICE, says there is nothing more to
know.
Why? From whom? Medical men who pose as being liberal, most
eager to be of service to sick.
Is this paradox confined to medicine and Chiropractic? Columbus
believed there was another world, Isabella gave him money, he found
the world and returned with evidence, and
723
HISTORY REPEATS
Isabella caused him to die in a dungeon. Did not Bruno, Galileo,
Luther, Cervitus, Franklin, Edison, Wright Bros., Marconi, Palmer and
others go thru same?
Medicine, in theory, needs progress. Chiropractic, in practice, proves
Chiropractic is progress, that it is an addition to education, yet its
reception is paradoxical from those to whom its reception should be
most inviting.

PARADOX OF DISPLAY.
Some people believe that important discoveries are attended with
pomp and ceremony, that great men are born in homes of rich, of
parentage of brains and noted achievement and are kept alive by being
nurtured under favorable circumstances. Let some John D. Rockefeller
establish a Rockefeller Institute and donate a million to find a hook
worm, let a new kind of bug be found in their laboratory, and it is
heralded with magazine articles and free page space in papers.
Nothing that was heralded with gush and clamor, that came with
trumpeting of horns, that people became crazy for immediately with
millions behind it, has stood test of time and become generally useful
in ages to come.
Paradox is true. Everything of value, that eventually forced itself into
greatness throughout history, was born of humble environment, came
in rags and tatters from ignorant men, and thrived only under
friction enuf to discourage any idea. Pick out least possible man to do
great thing and from him it came. Pick out most possible men to carry
it on, once it is known, and from them you get greatest opposition. We
have in this school at present time a poetand we know it. He
spontaneously strings off the most thotful poetry seemingly as though
inspired. You wonder what fishermans shack he came from. Yet,
paradoxically, hidden behind that uncouth exterior is the poetic soul.
Let a man go down the street with a silk hat, Prince Albert coat, gold
headed cane, patent leather pumps, and you turn to look and wonder
what great man that is. Paradox is true. That man isnt great. If he had
brains of more than passing note he wouldnt wear a silk hat to make
people think he had them. That man uses his head as a hatrack, not as
a vehicle for thot. Our men who have been made great by general
acclaim, judged
724
PARADOXES
by work and works, deeds made and given to public freely; whose
aims and objects surpassed their means and possibilities, never wear
silk hats and Prince Albert coats. Men of greatness have ideas which
are great; their all goes into idea for service, not into clothes for effect
of self.
Great men are simple men, not complex. They do not care, clothes or
no clothes. Ideas are important, not dress.
Note Thomas A. Edison, Henry Ford, Luther Burbank; in fact, the
great men of your city, be it large or small. There are few great men,
hence near-greats are in majority.

PARADOX OF CONSERVATISM.
Seemingly certain business men, and some Chiropractors, believe
that business should be conducted with secrecy and conservatism. You
dont call it by that name. You dignify it by ethics of the profession
and dress it by trying to make male-advertising-business into a
female-ethical-profession. Outward dress never changed facts
underneath.
We do not know of any business that has succeeded but what always
laid brains and business open to public investigation. This school has
no secrets. We tell too much sometimes, yet we believe in public
knowing all facts. There are some businesses that maintain a secret
policy. Bell Telephone Company, Express Companies, American
Steel Corporation, and other national as well as local corporations,
have been advocating a newspaper campaign of education, are taking
public into their confidence and telling them facts.
Paradox is true. If you wish to succeed in business, the public must
be your ally. Frankness and publicity count. Chiropractors have
received more publicity as a result of friction resulting from court
trials than any other means at their command. Win or lose, they win in
publicity. That which is right has nothing to fear from spotlight of
public criticism; they profit. Once public knows, you can bank on
them if it is constructive to their interest and they know it.
Why do men in a business or profession do former and not latter?
Because average business is of such a character and has been
conducted in such a manner that they are compelled to
725
HISTORY REPEATS
shrink from one and not expose themselves to other without involving
their acts and heaping upon themselves public condemnation.
Medical profession is a glaring example. They will not advertise; it
is unethical. They restrict any man from advertising even tho he
wants to. Reason is apparent. Medicine is fostered by ignorance,
nursed on incompetency and thrives in darkness. To hold this up to
public gaze is to prove that upon which they live and without which
they would die. Secrecy is as necessary for them as manure for
mushrooms. To endorse publicity would be to kill confidence of
public mind.
Physician has his code of ethics one of which is Thou shalt not
advertise and pay for it. An ethical physician will not insert a display
ad, pay for it, and tell people who he is, where he is and what he does.
He will appreciate it, if he is called in on an accident case, to have his
name mentioned; or, if he performs an operation, he does not object to
having that toldin short he wants and asks for unobjectionable
without objectionable. It doesnt take ethics to be a beggar, or a
hobo to be a failure.
Medical idea is well impressed upon public mind. They know
medicine, what it does and does not do. There is no need of
advertising MEDICINE. It is physician that needs advertisement and it
is reference to himself he appreciates whenever it doesnt cost.
Chiropractor also has business principles one of which is Thou
shalt buy all the space pocket-book permits. Chiropractor buys space
same as any merchant having meritorious goods to sell. He wants to
tell people about himself, about his idea, its work and what it does.
Chiropractic idea is new, it has prejudices and deep-seated
viewpoints of older idea to up-root and un-earth. There is a need that
people be taught what it is, what it is not, what it does and does not,
and no better means exists than thru public press.
Medical idea is admittedly a failure. It fails to cure sick. Operations
are always a success, BUT. Practice of medicine is a failure in
hands of competent. To advertise is to exploit failure. They dont dare
advertise; to do so would be to show that incom-
726
PARADOXES
petent medicine in hands of competent medical practitioners was a
failure; it would be holding up to public gaze, with spot-light glare on
their bungling work. They dont advertise for they have nothing TO
advertise.
Chiropractic idea is admittedly a success. It does get sick well. Its
patients are walking advertisements. Practice of Chiropractic is a
success in hands of its most incompetent. To educate public by means
of publicity of what Chiropractic is, is not, and what it can do means
to increase the ever-spreading ring faster than could and would be
done by word of mouth or patients alone. To give publicity to
Chiropractic work is to bring smiles to face of Chiropractor.
There is a difference between advertising failures OF A
PROFESSION and making publicity campaign material out of
successes OF A BUSINESS. Chiropractor has goods to sell worthy of
investigation. He places them on open market, they are subject to
criticism; there is no dark closet methods or secret conclaves to hush
matters. Having confidence in his goods he puts them to test and
makes mention that A pleased customer is our best advertisement.
Paradox is: physician wont advertise because he has nothing TO
advertise. Chiropractic wants publicity because acid test increases its
popularity.
Chiropractic profession is a glaring example of opposite. They have
something to tell people; they have results they want to explain. They
place no restrictions on publicity; on reverse, seek opportunities.
Reason is apparent. Chiropractic has a hypothesis that is tenable,
practical, reasonable, appeals to commonsense; its application is based
on making sick well, prolonging life and making birth easier. Such a
premise grows best when people know those facts. To prove such is to
cause people to support one and ignore other which it supplants.
Publicity is as necessary to Chiropractic as secrecy is to medicine.
Those businesses which pay have nothing to conceal. They throw
wide their doors, everything to everybody, invite inspection, ask for
suggestions, and appreciate criticism of their methods.
Have something to say, say it and shut up.
727
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF REVERSES.
Its a queer world. Sometimes the good are happy, and sometimes
the wicked are. There is such a thing as being so good that our nerves
get outside of our clothes and stay out.
For example: Minister who used to raw-hide his children to make
them go to church to be good, and lied about it, to his neighbors, when
caught. Sometimes those who devote much thot to their health grow ill
doing so, while those who abuse their bodies God gave them
sometimes seem to thrive. Note person who diets; hes always a
dyspeptic. Note woodsman who throws in anything; hes a giant and
we are jealous. Eat and the world eats with you; diet and you die-it
alone. Women who crave children remain barren, philosophers work
at boiler-making, nincompoops fill high offices, and where an electric
light attracts thousands a solitary poet will get out of bed to see the sun
rise. A truly curious world, in which most of round holes are stuffed
with square pegs and vice twista! Worst of all is that the principle of
paradoxes, which governs distribution of lifes disadvantages, is so
that the longer you study it the less able you are to analyze it by
present standards of education, and the more it paradoxes upon itself.

PARADOX OF CREDITS.
It is a peculiar world. People who do things should be honored, and
people who do not should not. Paradox is true. Person who doesnt do
things is honored, while person who does is not. Eradicating the
individual and basing our calculation upon a cold accomplishment
basis, what has J. B. Murphy done, what have many other men done in
medical world? Yet intentions are to erect a million dollar memorial to
him. Dr. Murphy did not do one practical thing to advance the world.
He performed many marvelous and exacting operations for
individuals, made a trifle more accurate diagnosis than others, possibly
invented the Murphy Buttonbut he left nothing behind from which
the world grows better or advances to better take care of itself. He did
not make world more independent nor did he help man to better help
himself. He made man more dependent upon medical profession. Yet
a man who is really doing something for the
728
PARADOXES
world, solving some of worlds big problems, is prolonging life
naturally, introducing a system and simplifying it for common
everyday use by common every day people, is relieving pain for future
as well as present, is deciphering natural principles into rules of
vertebrate growthyet he is little understood and hardly known.

PARADOX OF NEGATIVE.
Seemingly the world loves a living negative, and seemingly honors
its dead positives. World, though, fights living positives but forgets its
dead negatives.

PARADOX OF ENDOWMENT.
An institution doing practical work is one that needs most severely
an endowment. What we could do with a mere hundred thousand
dollars; hundreds of thousands more people we could reach in one
way or another. But institution that sets pace does not get endowment.
Reason is simple. We are presenting a NEW idea. People who take up
a new idea are paradoxical peoplethose from whom you would least
expect it. This being a health subject, physicians should be first to
investigatethey are last. It being an intellectual subject, you would
expect thinkers to study itparadoxically, they are last. Those who
first get it are the sick down-and-outer, laborer, who doesnt make
thinking a business. He gets, tries, passes on good word and from him
it is stepped up, by degrees, to brains. Then brains force physician and
wealthy man into it, then comes endowment. Between time of laborer
and endower is a long period for growth, gradual and very slow with
merit. After awhile, when stairs to rich mans approval have been
reached, endowment will come; and then, paradoxically, we wont
need it. Yet institution which is useless gets endowment and
institution that is useful doesnt get it.

PARADOX OF GIVING TO GET.

The more you give away the more you get back. The more you give
the more you receive, to give and receive again, and in giving and
receiving comes accumulation of interest on principal.
729
HISTORY REPEATS
Were anybody to tell you that the way to receive is to give away, you
might not believe it. Paradox is true. The more we gave away last
year, the more of you decided to come. Moral is, if you want business,
get it same way. Give service away, and plenty, to your patients and
they will give patients, and plenty, back to you.

PARADOX OF LECTURING.
Lecturers learn to lecture by lecturing, not by sitting thinking it over.
First time we lectured to a public audience was in a barn. We sat
sticks of wood on end and convinced every blockhead that we were
right. Talking teaches you to talk. Every Chiropractor should be a
public speaker. It would give an added valuation to our profession of a
million dollars a year. How are you learning to talk? By talking. They
give away, thus give to themselves what they didnt have; courage,
language, front, ability, etc.

PARADOX OF STUDYING.
Students learn to study by studying, not by time at movies, cribbing,
skinching, beating time and time-keeper. In studying they put thot,
time, effort and elucidation into it, giving of themselves for themselves
to themselves. Practitioners work for a practice by practicingthus
gain back what they try hard to hand to others; confidence, reward,
success. Teacher is his own best pupil and, paradoxically, best
students are their own best teachers. Teacher who teaches knows best
his subject because he puts more into it. You make muscle by using
muscle; you dont make muscle by having a masseur work it for you,
as some idle rich seem to think.
There are two ways of stating this paradox.
1. You draw from others what you give them.
2. You draw towards yourself what you radiate.

PARADOX OF UNFIT.
Sane carry burden of insane. Honest man sustains thief. Chiropractor
who aims to save life carries burden of a war ma-
730
PARADOXES
chine which kills. Moral citizen maintains morals court. Producer is
taxed to keep life in non-producer. Industrious feed lazy. He who
works, at a profit, gives of that profit to clothe hobo. No matter who,
where, what, or whyman who wants to get ahead must not only
carry his burden but he must shoulder burden of man who wont, and
carry them both to get his own to pinnacle.
Laborer is worthy of his hire; yea, and laborer is worthy of ten hires
for he must do ten mens work to carry burden of nine blood-suckers
who leech upon him.
There are men who strive to be of service; they earn and give much.
They are of value not only to striver but to non-moving individual.
Why does he carry his burden, manufacture in excess to carry burdens
of other laborers, and in addition give to him who neither spins nor
toils? He does because he enjoys doing; he carries others, burdens for
pleasure of carrying.
Unfit should labor, they dont. Those who labor should confine it,
they dont. He who doesnt labor should not have, he has. He who
labors should have all he earns, he cant. Activity and its rewards are a
paradox. Harder a man works, more others sit by and let him. They
shouldnt but they do.

PARADOX OF PEACE.
Upon one side of stage of The Birth of a Nation, in which Bessie
Love was a star, is a paradox, a quotation from GrantTo maintain
peace, prepare for war. Greatest peacemakers were greatest warriors.
Grant, Lincoln, Washington, Napoleon, all were homelike, peaceful
men. None enjoyed a fight, yet once they got into one they realized it
was only way to maintain peace.

PARADOX OF LARGE PRACTICES.

You want a large practice. Paradox shows how to get it. You think
the way to have a large practice is to put in long hours. Paradox is you
should cut your hours. Largest practices are owned by men who put
least number of hours in offices. Smallest businesses are run,
paradoxically, by men who put in most hours. And, herein lies
psychology successful man understands and utilizes. Having short
hours crowds his office with people. They
731
HISTORY REPEATS
see many there and their imagination has full sway. They meet, talk,
know each others cases and each tells other how much better they are
feeling today than yesterday, etc. Having long hours lets a patient
come in any time. He is alone, remains so, has his adjustment, lies
down, gets up and goes without meeting any other person. If he is in
your office 30 minutes or an hour, meets no one, effect is that your
business isnt large or its running down.

PARADOX OF MINORITY.
You have an idea that majority rules. Paradox is that minority rules.
There is always one rich man in every church who dominates financial
policy and dictates what minister shall theologically say; a Richard
Crocker, a Tammany in every political game; a machine, a ring,
somewhere. Gang is run by minority boss who dictates to majority
mass. Every House or Senate has its party affiliations and party lines
when it votes upon issues; what about Senate and House floor
leadersthey are minority? This is true in legislation and legislatures.
If you get ahold of boss, majority follows. In politics, business, social
activities, aggressor is the protector; he who affirms is on defensive; it
should be reverse. And this much may also be said: medical devil who
is aggressive accomplishes more, even tho in minority, than
Chiropractic angel who is passive, even tho he be majority.

PARADOX OF INFERIORS.
In philosophies, sciences and arts, particularly in practice of
medicine, aim has been to adjust the world to man. Didnt The A. M.
A. go to Panama, take care of dangerous swamps by dragging
petroleum from Pennsylvania, to spread them, to kill mosquitoes from
making human beings sick-adjusting the world to man. Doesnt each
minister of each denomination try to get the world to worship, think
and do according to his interpretation of Christ? Isnt it the general
premise of all religions to believe that God doesnt know what, how or
when to act until man persuades Him, thus fitting to God the world?
Doesnt the lawyer make legislation to run the world, in its each and
every endeaver, leaving practically nothing for God to reason upon?
732
PARADOXES
Doesnt lawyer lay down rules and regulations in this generation for
future peoples to be controlled by? If this isnt a desire to adjust
present world to future worlds, what is it? Doesnt physician treat
people, their sicknesses and disabilities with other things taken from
same world, thus adjusting one part of world to another so man can
live in it?
Paradox is again true. In philosophies, sciences and arts minister
should know that the world is right but that man is not in tune. That
God knew how, when and where and man hasnt properly and
correctly interpreted conditions so he can adjust himself to God.
Lawyer should study, preach and practice the external, internal and
eternal law of Universe and direct his attentions to its application in
courts and juries rather than one of technicalities based upon frailties
of selfishnesses of man. If man would adjust himself to Law of God,
paradox would make itself felt. Doctor should adjust man to world
that he could be in harmony with it and thus learn to get along without
the doctor. Instead of manufacturing dis-eases he should learn how to
reduce them.
Chiropractor, knowingly or unknowingly, lives above paradox. We
say knowingly because philosophy, science and art he utilizes upon
the sick is based upon premise of adjusting God to man. We say
unknowingly because while he practices and preaches one, his
everyday line of reasoning, religions, legal tendencies, sicknesses
usually are based on opposite premise. He is as bad as the lawyer who
believes in Law of God on Sunday but makes his living with
Statutes of Man other six days; as bad as physician who prays to the
Law of God on Sunday but practices medicine and surgery as a
cure-all on week days. Paradox says Remember the week-day to keep
it Holy. Chiropractic is the paradox. We no longer try to adjust world
to man, we are going to adjust man to world.

RELIGIOUS PARADOXES.
Now, a few paradoxes along lines you may not like, but which you
will nevertheless find true.
733
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF CHURCH.
People who support churches do not need them, people who need
them cannot support them. Certain people go into streets to take care
of people who do not go in church, and we have Salvation Army who
are looked down upon by people of church. Lowly Nazarene never
erected a building in which to pray to God. He walked in highways
and byways and preached to handfuls. He never created
hand-embroidered clothes done in gold thread, neither did he establish
a ritual, nor did he ask that you pray to HIM as savior of people.
Neither did he erect a cross and put himself on it and ask you to make
similar things of gold and silver and pray to them in preference to
God.
Today we pray in massive, magnificent edifices that cost from a
hundred to two or three hundred thousand dollars. That wasnt the
teaching of Christ. Paradox is with us. Nowhere did Christ sayGo
to Methodist church and worship me. Come to Presbyterian church
and give your soul to me. He saidHonor thy Father. Yet today 99
per cent of every prayer, 99 per cent of every service, all images and
idols, are of Christ, and God is 1 per cent left. Christ was Godly; but
modern Christians believe in Christ. The paradox!
People who need message of God, assuming that organized-
religious-bodies are carrying Christs message on, are down-and-
outers, people whose morals are below par, whose tendencies to break
responsibilities of life are maximumthose are people who need
message of church. These are thieves, prostitutes and murderers; either
at large or in houses of retention. Did you ever hear about pillars, men
and women who support churches, visiting assignation houses, dives
and penitentiaries? Ever see them stop by the way-side and give an
encouraging hand to a needy soul? Paradox is, you will find them
gathering at somebodys house at 4 oclock tea parties talking
ABOUT such things, taking a collection for such as these in some
foreign country, washing their hands clean thinking money supplied
suffices the deed.

PARADOX OF MINISTER.
A minister is one who ad-ministers. Average ministerwho
doesnt ministerdoesnt like such talk and arguments. It hurts
734
PARADOXES
because what Christ did is well known; what modern teacher is not
doing is well known and yet he presumes to be a disciple of Christ.
Minister is presumed to stand for truth. The paradox is true. Face him
with these truths and he hurls back Infidel. Its truth that hurts the
minister. He preaches one thing in pulpit that he doesnt believe, and
heart to heart tells you something else. We know, because we come in
contact with them. We have a Ministerial Alliance in our city. Several
years ago this Alliance proposed to denounce us in their pulpits. The
Rev. Father said,I am not going to do this unless I know what you
stand for. I told him, and he saidI wont denounce you. The
Baptist minister came. He saidI agree with you, but I dare not say
it from the pulpit. Next Sunday various ministers denounced us, and
on following Monday we got a phone call from the clinic, asking if we
knew what was attracting such crowds of visitors. They were curiosity
seekersthey wanted to see the man who created such activity on part
of ministers. We were anointed a devil. Christians should shun evil,
yet paradox was truethey came to see the devil. They came to scoff
and remained to praise.

PARADOX OF MISSIONARY.
Missionary work is giving from those who have to those who
havent; a giving from less needy to more needy; a more equal
dispensation from fortunate to unfortunate. Our churches have foreign
as well as home missionaries. When those at home have taken care of
those at home who havent, then is time to talk FOREIGN
missionaries. Our churches persist in giving to foreign missionaries
when multitudes at home are destitute, hungry, cold and homeless.
What did Christ do? Did he ignore local and feed foreign?
Every nation has a religion characteristically its own, native is
content with his religion be it what it may; they are more content with
their religion without ours than they are without theirs when they get
ours; native practices his natural religion with far more fervor, honesty
and uprightness than he does ours when it have been imported for his
benefit. Home people are more content with us than without us, we
give foreigner a religion not as good as his own when home people
need ours as bad as it is.
735
HISTORY REPEATS
We give the all-the-year-round summer foreigner winter clothing, as
a foreign missionary tribute, when people at home are freezing in
winter. We build palaces of churches in foreign lands when those
natives would be better off with their natural hoo-doo doctors who do
nothing but pray, which can do no harm and as much cannot be said of
drugs or knives.
They would be better off without that which we spend good money
to send. We gather pennies and nickels, Sunday after Sunday, for
foreigner, to find it takes $9,000 in salaries to finally get $1,000 into
average foreign country, balance having been spent along the line to
get it to him. It costs $10,000 to convert average foreigner to
Christianity and then hes only converted in words and actions for
time being. Let something unexpected arise and in one minute hes
practicing his native kahunaism with all the fervor of his ancestors. It
takes $10,000 to convert one foreigner and it costs more thousands to
get that $10,000 over there. How far and how much good those
thousands of dollars would do at home. Paradox is still true, Christ
preached at home and Christians go away from home.
Christianity preaches against rum and liquor and against taking of
human life; yet wherever missionary has gone there has also gone
whisky, bullets and venereal diseases. We are speaking now of earlier
missionaries. What about China, Japan, Hawaiian Islands, Cuba,
India, etc.?

PARADOX OF COMMANDMENTS.
The Ten Commandments are presumed to encompass the Golden
Rule; they are so broad and long that the latitude and longitude cover
every human endeavor. Yet, they have failed. They are ten in number,
nine are negative and only one remains positive. Thou Shalt NOT
do this or that. Tell a boy he must NOT and he WILL. Tell humanity
they shall NOT and they will violate an oath to do it. Commandments
were written to prevent doing the thing they fasten upon you. The
paradox! Who ever wrote the Commandments did not know
psychology or he would have written them in positive and then they
would have accomplished, at least, more than they do. KEEP
SMILING suggests a smile; it suggests KEEP smiling. Some wag,
thinking to improve upon our phraseology, invented DONT
WORRY.
736
PARADOXES
The negativeness of the DONT makes you want to do it. It is
WORRY, the word suggests the thing they wanted to take you from.

PARADOX OF CHRISTS HEALING.

Christ went about healing sick by laying on of hands, and this was a
part of religion of Christianity. There are only three religious
denominations today which believe this and follow it, and those are,
Mormon church, Christian Science and Emmanuel Movement. In
former it is basic principle, in latter it is a side-branch of the
organization and came as a subsequent thot. All churches have same
bible, but there are physicians in their congregations, too many with
their fingers on pulse of church. Even minister who saysI believe in
Christ and principles that Christ advocatedthereby says he believes
in healing of sick by laying on of handswhen he gets sick, calls a
physician and takes drugs or submits to surgery. The paradox is upon
him.
Altho admittedly a part of Christian faith as laid down by Christ,
Christian Science becomes a target for ridicule, sarcasm and irony
from every Christian denomination preacher who was taught to be
kind and considerate of others opinions and force his idea upon none.
Be a Christian, heal by laying on of hands and heathen is upon you.
Who is the heathen? The person who professes to be a Christian.
Who is a Christian? Man who attends church. Who attends church?
Man who believes in Christs healing by laying on of hands and its
enemies are drugs and operations. Who believes in drugs and
operations? Christian who does not believe in laying on of hands.
Some paradoxes.

PARADOX OF GOD-LIKE HUMAN-BUTCHER.

Physician goes to church, prays with a vim and fervor to the great
immortal, omnipotent and all-wise God who made earth and knew
how to make man and woman. He goes to hospital in afternoon and
removes an appendix from one patient, an ovary from another, and
tonsils from a child, and thereby says in actions (which speak louder
than words)God, You dont know how to make a man, woman or
child. If You would come down from
737
HISTORY REPEATS
Your pedestal on high, sit in our surgical pit for a few days, learn
anatomy for four years from our anatomists, meet our preliminary
educational qualifications, put in so many academic hours on certain
subjects, qualify for a degree from a recognized college, pass our State
Medical Board of Examiners, secure a licenseYou would find what
organs are useless, thereby making Yourself proficient to properly
make human beings from now on.
Chiropractor removes nothing, takes nothing away, gives nothing to
body. We say, frankly, in broad religious sense God knows what
He is doing, knows how to make human beings, and what organs they
should have, knows what children need, and it does not behoove us to
dictate to Him. We take children as God made them, adjust God at
ease with them, then they are happy and healthy. Who is infidel,
agnostic, atheistthat man who denies God knowledge of how to
make people, or that man who says by actions, God, You DO
KNOW how to make the human family without suggestions from us?
It is the paradox that makes thinkers laugh.

PARADOX OF RELIGIOUS-SCIENTIST.
Who does not believe in God? Man who lives in concrete, scientist,
who believes nothing he cannot prove. Who does believe in God?
That man who lives abstract or lives with abstract and concrete united.
Paradox is that scientists are not only modern Doubting Thomass,
they are scientific denyers.
Who is the man who lives in abstract, believes in God, but lives in
concrete and denies God? That man who believes in the God of
yester-year for people of those days but does not believe in the God of
today for people of now. In what way does this produce a paradox? He
believes in Christs God of Christs time, in healing by laying on of
hands of then but does not believe in Christs God of our time,
because he scoffs at Christian Science, Emmanuel Movement and any
doctrine which smacks of dogma, creed or sect which places it out
of realm of SCIENCE as above defined.
There is a distinction between church-believer in Christ and
Christianbeliever in God. Paradox shows there is a wide range
between churchianity and Christianity.
738
PARADOXES
PARADOX OF GOD AND WAR.
Germany says war is for purpose of protecting her commercial
interests. Paradox is that nothing more damaging to commercial
interests could happen than war.
Christianity teaches us to love thy brother as thyself. More murders
are committed in name of God than for any and all causes combined.
Religion makes fanatics who would commit wholesale murder for
Gods sake, be their God who he may. Each Ruler prays to the same
and one God, then notifies soldiers that God is on our side, when
paradox would show that God gives life and is with no person who
deliberately and unnaturally takes it, via wanton murder, be it the unit
or wholesale; for State, nation or king.

MEDICAL PARADOXES.
PARADOX OF PERVERSITY.
Medical man says drugs cure. A paradox. Less drugs you take the
better off you are. Same drugs given to sick to get them well would
make well man sick. It is always sick who take drugs to get well; those
who are well dont need them, showing that drugs dont make or give
health because when you are well you get sick without drugs and
when you are well you keep well without them. Medical man says,
We remove your appendix, you will be better off without it. It is one
of the useless organs. Paradox. Let appendix alone and you will be
better off physically and financially. Only one who is better off by
removal of appendix is surgeon. Statistics prove that 78 per cent of
deaths that occur from appendicitis are of acute stage where
operations occur. 22 per cent only die of chronic appendicitis; and,
who could die of chronic appendictis if his appendix were removed in
acute stage? Surgeon says, You must have an immediate operation or
you cannot live. Paradox. It is surgeon who must have immediate
operation in order to live; if you dont have operation immediately you
will live without operation. When your malady becomes chronic, and
you live, he loses and you gain. Sicker you are more physicians you
have. More physicians you have, sicker you are. Sickness and
physicians go together same as do health and no doctors, no doctors
and health.
739
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF TRAVELER.
We had it brought home yesterday, by case of one of our wealthiest
men. He took sick, tried local doctors, went to specialists in Chicago,
then to Mayos, to Europe and while in Berlin to another great
specialist. This doctor saidI know not where you come from,
except America, but the man you need is Palmer, at Davenport, Iowa,
U. S. A. Man arrived yesterday, he came to see me. Paradox. He
went from home in search of health, while health was at home. We
used to go to school together.

PARADOXES OF INVERSION.
When our hands are frozen, we thaw them with snow or ice water,
colder the better. In olden times feverish cases were given hot water to
drink. A feverish case once went to well and drank freely of COLD
water and got well. How could he remain sick? Wasnt the water, well
water? Physician learned something. Since then they are given cold
water and ice packs. Where did physician learn it? At school where he
went for that purpose? Or, at bedside where he was supposed to do
and cure? Who suggested cure? The one cured. Who learned the cure?
The one who was supposed to give it. Thus is it always. Patient
teaches doctor. Doctor gets pay for taking from patient that which he
is supposed to give him. He profits most who profited least; he who
profited least profits most

PARADOX OF MEDICINE.
Medicines cure, says physician. Medicines hinder cure. Your body
is sick, it already has poisons to contend with. Give it drugs (and drugs
are only of value as they are poisonous and cause reaction) and body
now has two poisons to counteract, instead of one. Poisons, made to
kill, act quickly. Poisons of physicians kill just as surely, but slowly.
One is deliberate murder, other is dying by the best medical aid.
Give sick man, in one dose, what he gets in 100 doses and it would be
murder, for which state would murder man who murdered the man
Give sick man, in 100 doses, what would kill him in one dose, and it is
chemical intelligence. In one intent is to murder; in the other intent is
to try and prolong life. Mere fact that physician fails to act his intent is
a minor matter for we do not measure intents
740
PARADOXES
by accomplishments with physicians. They live in a paradoxical
immunization Nature only cures. There is no Nature in Pills,
powders and potions; they are punk.

PARADOX OF HOW.
Cure is not brought about by inhibition or stimulation. Every drug or
treatment of any or all kinds that come from outside to inside have that
end in view. They CANT cure. When therapeutical practitioners learn
the paradox, viz., they must cease outside stimulation and inhibition
and let inside restoration occur, then and not until CAN their cases get
well. This is in line with all religion, Christian Science, Emmanuel
Movement, logic, facts, truth and Chiropractic.

PARADOX OF HYGIENE.
We read about immaculate operation rooms done up in tile and white
paint, nurses in white carbolized clothes and hands; operators with
gauze and uniforms; instruments boiled and par-boiled. We read about
hospitals with purified air and sterilized water, pasteurized milk, and
thus goes the tale. We are importuned about foods, bodies and clothes;
warned against infection and contagion. But, paradoxically, healthy
children, robust and sturdy rascals are those who roam streets with
clothes of filth and possibly live on garbage of swill-barrel, empty
box-car, etc. We know one sounds, looks and feels nice but other
produces big men of future and only ask you review past great men to
get proof. Cleanliness of body is like cleanliness of soul, it must come
from within. Ivory soap and Gold Dust Twins cant scrub out dirt of
body and neither can some one man jerk out dirt of soul by jumping
on a platform or gaining great newspaper space.

PARADOX OF SUCCESS.
Success consists of things which succeed. Success is original with
Innate and must flow from inside out. Many think success is a
question of surface finish. Any health principle which is of greatest
value to most sick people at least cost to themthat only is a great
device. Its greatness lies in its usefulness. That man is best educated
who is most useful.
741
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF FAILURE.
Medicine is a complexed educational failure process. It is all surface.
It deals with materialities. Physician calls it SCIENCE of medicine.
Medicine consists of such subjects, handled in such manner as to
come within purview of SCIENCE. Science consists of things THAT
CAN BE PROVEN. It is materialistic. Comparative to electricity and
electrical terms, it would consist of motors, wires, dynamos, glass,
copper, rubber and other material ingredients There are no such
subtile conditions as watts, kilowatt, E. M. F., resistance, current,
leakage, ohms, etc., because those are immaterial terms applicable to
conditions immaterial. Foolish would be that man who called himself
an electrician who scorned electricity when dealing with subject
merely because it wasnt scientific and wasnt material. Medical
education is a veneer and believes in front. It puts on or gives from
outside to change something existing inside. It is a failure outside
trying to improve upon success inside. Because of this position it has
failed to get the sick well.
Chiropractic is the paradox. It is a simplified classified success idea.
Surface, according to Chiropractic, must change as flow from inside
determines necessary quantity and quality. As this flow from inside
outside is that of an immateriality, it makes for an internal substance.
Because of this right-about-face policy it has succeeded where all else
has failed. Medicine is EDUCATION. Chiropractic is paradoxical
KNOWLEDGE.

PARADOX OF ASSISTANCE.
Tree roots have split great rocks. Water falls into a crack in a rock, it
freezes and splits asunder the boulder. Roots of trees grow under
cement sidewalks and crack sidewalks. Constant dropping of water
will wear holes in granite. Nature, in her tremendous power and with
marvelous speed upset San Francisco one day, threw buildings to
ground and made earth tremble for hundreds of miles. Nature makes
islands near Alaska disappear over night, and some place else another
comes up over night. How wonderful is the tremendous power of
Nature. We have stood over that 17 acre patch of molten lava at the
Volcano of Kilauea in Hawaiian Islands. We have watched
Halemaumau for hours; seen its lakes, mountains and islands; its
waves of lava
742
PARADOXES
beat against its shores. We have observed its fountains gush hundreds
of feet highand all this was a manifestation of the force of Nature.
Then we look in our Davenport paper and see an advertisement
Take Carters Little Liver Pills TO ASSIST NATURE. Paradox is
true. When it comes to medical science, the body needs Pink Pills for
Pale People to move bowels. Nature does not need assistance of
Carters Little Liver Pills. The King is Dead, Long Live the King.

PARADOX OF CONSCIOUSNESS.
We speak of our sub-conscious mind, our sub-liminal self. Sub
means cellar, below, inferior, subservient. Yet that which is sub-
conscious is SUPER-conscious. That which you disregard as being
sub-conscious, which you snap your fingers at, is the real you. It is
your very existence. That which is most is called least. That which is
least is called most. You are born with two intellectual possibilities.
One is complete at birth, as much so as it will ever be. This is Innate
Intelligence and remains such thru your existence. Innate Intelligence
knows; and, knowing, sends from inside outward that which you
internally need to live. It is this factor you call SUB-CONSCIOUS. At
birth you begin to save, horde and remember impressions that come
from outside. It is this mind that is born a blank, that you develop,
knowing more at death than at birth. It is this you call CONSCIOUS
mind. We think of process that goes on in womb of woman. In 280
days a child, either girl or boy, will be completely, normally, perfectly,
beautifully formed. It comes forth into world with a happy smile, to
bless our lives. That child was made by a SUPERconscious being,
NOT a SUBconscious. The Paradox. Mind that is born a blank, that
imitates everything it does, couldnt make one tissue cell, calls Thon
who builds an entire body the insignificant factor. Insignificant fellow
IS significant. Significant fellow is insignificant. Paradox is true.

LEGAL PARADOXES.
PARADOX OF LAW.
Lawyer is said to practice law. There is but one law in this
universe, viz., Law of God. All that which man makes and mistakes
law is statutes, selfish devices of man intended for man.
743
HISTORY REPEATS
He who is called a lawyer should be an attorney; that which he
practices is statutes, not law. What he does is as far removed from
practicing law, as what God does is as distantly removed from being
practice of statutes. Its but a quibble on terms but so long as education
hinges on them, they should be properly interpreted and applicably
applied.

PARADOX OF LAW-BREAKER.
They call you and me law-breakers. We accept the honor. Lawyer is
a law-breaker. He is a worse law-breaker than you or we. We break a
statute by reason of circumstances over which we have no control. He
is a law-breaker because somebody pays him to break a law. He
does it for money. Every attorney who directs a case is on one side to
sustain, or other to break the law. Here is paradox. We send lawyer
to legislature to make a law, and when he comes back we pay him
individually to break the law we paid him by public taxation to
make. Lawyer is a paradox. Difference is, you and we break a legal
law illegally. Lawyer breaks a legal law legally. He is honored
and we are dishonored. We serve time in jail, he is banquetted. When
you and we break a law, we pay the public money. When he breaks
a law, public pays him. He has been taught for years how to break
law with finesseyou and we break it stubbornly. He makes laws
purposely to break them. No laws could be made unless older ones
were broken. If no new laws were made, lawyer would go broke. If
he were broke there would be no lawyers to make laws to break. He
gets us coming and going, meanwhile builds the thing to tear it down,
getting paid both ways. He makes to break; we break to make. He
makes faster than we break. He has us arrested to make, or break,
according to which side is paying him. If no laws could be broken,
thered be no lawyers.

PARADOX OF THAT WHICH IS, ISNT.

Medicine is medicine. Chiropractic is Chiropractic. Practice of
medicine is one thing and practice of Chiropractic another. It is
conceded that principles and art of medicine are not taught in
Chiropractic schools: and that principles and art of Chiropractic
744
PARADOXES
are not taught in medical schools. Neither does or practices other.
Textbooks of one differ as much from other as night from day. As
religion is exclusively a philosophy, having no science or art, so
medicine is exclusively a science, possibly an art, but it has no
philosophy. Sciences keep as far removed from sects, dogmas and
creeds as possible. Chiropractic admittedly has a philosophy, science
and art.
Medicine is not Chiropractic. Chiropractic is not medicine. One
scoffs at other and other refuses to believe in one. Each regards
disease and dis-ease as different things, having different causes,
produced by different routes and method of curing disease of one and
adjusting of cause in other oppose each other. Physician regards
disease as an entity. Chiropractor regards dis-ease as a condition of
not-at-ease.
Medicine is science according to a former paradox. Chiropractic is
a philosophy, science and art. From study, one is as near to being other
as success is to failure. Yet, paradox is true. Let a lawyer enter subject,
go to legislature, draw up a statute and word a defining clause broadly,
and he can make that which isnt is; and that which is isnt. If he
legally draws a statute which says a cat is a dog, then so it is; even tho
as a FACT everybody knows a cat is NOT a dog.

PARADOX OF FEE.
A physician refuses to adjust subluxation as cause of (condition)
dis-ease. Chiropractor refuses to give drugs to cure (entity) disease.
Yet medical practice act says:Any one who does anything, in any
manner, shape or form, FOR A FEE is practicing medicine.
Chiropractor, or any layman, can prescribe drugs, medicines and use
knife and if he does not charge a fee, is NOT guilty of violating any
medical statute. But, even tho he practices that which is in fact NOT
practice of medicine and CHARGES A FEE, then he is doing that
which isnt. Lawyer makes Friday-pork fish on Friday.
When is Chiropractic not practice of medicine? When NO fee is
charged. When is Chiropractic practice of medicine? When a fee IS
charged.
745
HISTORY REPEATS
MEDICO-LEGAL PARADOX.
Practice of medicine is supposed to be for purpose of curing sick.
Purpose of statutes to regulate practice of medicine is supposed to be
in interests of safeguarding people against incompetent practitioners
of medicine. Above series of paradoxes proves that it is solely for
purpose of protecting certain dollars from being side-tracked from
pockets where some think they belong, to pockets of those who want
them. Dollars belong to sick man; the doctor forces him to spend them
as he (the doctor) wants him to. Sick man may be a successful
business man or farmer, use excellent judgment in building a business,
in buying and selling goods; or be a large property owner and
tax-payer and use excellent judgment in buying and selling of horses,
cows and hogs; they all may use keen discrimination in selection of
their wives; but, when sick, all this is for naught. They cant tell a
good doctor from a bad one. Doctors must do this for him. It is a More
Disease, for More Dopes, for More Dollars, for More Doctors trust.
Practice of medicine and laws that regulate it are a paradox on
WEALTH that accumulates from it, NOT HEALTH that should
accrue from it to people. It is an attempt to make legal the act of
buzzard to feast upon carcass of whom it will, even to creating carrion
upon which it feeds.

CHIROPRACTIC PARADOXES.
PARADOX OF A SCHOOL.
The P.S.C. is a school of Chiropractic. It is largest institution
teaching Chiropractic. We have in mind a college which sells
diplomas, also an International University of Chiropractic. Oc-
casionally it has a student. It has an office, a spine and a book. Largest
institution, paradoxically, has smallest name. Smallest institution,
paradoxically, has largest name. Little fellow wants to appear big, and
big wants to be small.

PARADOX OF IGNORANT.
That man who has been thru college, looks upon him who hasnt as
ignorant. He who is self-made and has accomplished things looks
upon him who has been thru college and accomplished nothing as
ignorant. Who is ignorant? If deeds, not
746
PARADOXES
words, count then one is educated and tother is not. If being of
service is being best educated, then book-lore counts for naught and
accomplishments are everything.

PARADOX OF EDUCATED.
We educate man ostensibly to make him useful. We cram him full of
education to make him apparently useful. Paradox is true. More we
educate, more useless he becomes. Hot-housing the human artificially
forces that which should come naturally slower. More he educates
himself, more useful he is. A man does not need go to school to
educate himself, it is everywhere surrounding him if he will get it.
Environment is full of facts. Big men at tops of ladders are self taught.
Going to school doesnt hurt, but usually it makes the average man
bad. Responsibility is gained by self-reliance. Responsibility is gained
by individually assuming the thing. Modern education is a cramming,
in transference, from books to brains, with insipid absorption.
A person educated in a beanery is as important as one educated in a
brainery. Output from brainery, as a rule, gives no less attention to
their food tanks by reason of having had their thought mills adjusted
by expert cerebrum manipulators. On other hand, graduate from
beanery, quite often develops into a logician but seldom reaches depth
where he lives exclusively from others toil. This is largely true of all
graduates from schools of useful service.
It is not hard to find cobbler who knows more about human soul
than his father confessor knows about sole of the shoe, yet the father
exacts from the cobbler more for services than he is willing to pay
cobbler.
So it is in many avocations. Person trained in domestic economy
knows more of political economy than dictators of national policies
know of domestic affairs as pertain to average family. Who gets best
pay?
Man who builds an automobile is apt to know more in regard to
actual needs of man who buys it and hires it run at so much per week,
than needs of builder, yet buyer goes to congress and builder goes to
work.
747
HISTORY REPEATS
We once knew a lawyer who could talk eloquently, earnestly and
intelligently about three divisions of space and almost make you
believe that there was a fourth division, yet he could not tie his shoe
strings in a bow knot; his ten-year-old daughter tied them for him; she
knew more in regard to application than he did. Later he was elected
public prosecutor and the daughter recently lost her job as tutor in
public school because she got married to a carpenter instead of to
some one who could not drive a nail but had influence with those who
control destiny.
To hear Doc I. Killem tell it, he knew all there was to know about
materia medica. He knew so much that he absolutely refused to
counsel with any M.D. outside of his particular school. We heard him
say once that homeopaths didnt know enough to give a raw egg to a
poisoned pup, yet people elected him to state senate in order that he
might formulate rules for medical jurisprudence. You and we knew
mothers who were more successful in healing sick than Moorman was.
All of this and much more prove that knights of pick or shovel,
trowel or saw, printers stick or ruler, gaff hook or marlin spike,
beanery or bakery, plow or hoe, throttle or brake are better fitted to
rule themselves than others to rule them.
We educate from little to much. Leaving school he must learn to
forget, to know. World whips him from pillar to post until he has
learned much that he doesnt know must be boiled to little he should
know. Why know 1000 things that are not so and cant work? Why
not know 10 things that are so and work?

PARADOX OF INCOMPETENCY.
Physician of today is a man of stupendous accomplishments 99 and
99-100ths of which are not so. He can breed bugs, transfer skin,
remove organs galore, cut off legs and grow them on other animals,
chemicalize until you are dizzy, look thru microscopes and see things
that dont exist, theorize for years about public health, quarantine
infantile paralysis, build institutions to care for insane and criminals,
hospitals for sick and infirm, invent schemes to work muscles of
paralyzed infantile children by thousandsall of which is nil because
they dont prevent any of them from getting where they are. Anybody
can tell thousands of ways of removing ashes after a firewhat world
cries out for is one
748
PARADOXES
man who can tell ONE successful way of preventing fire. Physician is
an educated fool. Individually, he knows thousands of things that are
not so; collectively their profession knows hundreds of thousands of
things that are not so. Reason is obvious. When any man tries to
explain electrical problems upon a material basis, ignoring electrical
abstract conditions, he must invent explanations that dont explain;
guesswork and experimentation follow until dooms-day. He is trying
to make Y2 the 1. As well make hot without cold, height without
depth, good without bad, motors without electricity as scientific
human bodies without unscientific life. Man who works with life,
says it has none.
ANYBODY can learn to do a STUNT! Lots of people can learn to
do lots of STUNTS! But whats the use? A STUNTS a STUNT. Its
no key to a persons real capacity.
You dont have to be a skilled handicraftsman to roll a cigarette with
one hand and light a match with your thumb nail. Thats a STUNT.
Vaudeville musician may not know one note from another but he
plays everything from Swiss bells to cello. Thats a STUNT.
Hindu magician eats in dairy lunch but he can bring forth a
ten-course dinner from a plug hat. Thats a STUNT.
STUNTS are entertaining, but who hires a STUNTSTER to do
practical work. You cant estimate inherent ability in light of STUNTS
that folks do.
Ordinary, everyday, successful performance in ordinary, everyday
walks of life is only indication of capacity and ability.
You can lead a physician to bed-side, same as tomb-stone men are
led to a newly-made grave. He can do medical STUNTS till cows
some homeunusual things that tax ones imagination. Those are
STUNTS.
A surgeon can graft skin from your arm to your nose, transfer blood
from one body to another, remove a leg from a male dog on-to a
female dog, inject monkeys with cows serum and breed bugs of
endless character. Those are STUNTS.
But that doesnt tell anything.
They dont serve to let you know what YOU should expect when
sick and paying bills.
749
HISTORY REPEATS
Theyre STUNTSinteresting to listen to, diverting to witness, fill
newspaper space with and build reputations upon, but of no earthly
use to folks like you and me, when we get sick.
For its the commonplace, yours-and-mine, every-day experiences
that classify it for us.
We have relied on its every-day performance From thousands of
practitioners upon millions of people, to prove its ability and establish
its utility.
P.S.C. Chiropractors were not trained to waste time to do STUNTS.
They have been instructed to give SERVICE to sickGET THEM
WELL, the quicker the sooner.
And that they have served purpose for which they were intended is
amply affirmed by those who have gone to them.
When THRU having STUNTS performed ON YOU, call on
Chiropractor AND GET WELL.
Its the consistent performer on whom the world has come to rely.
Its consistent performance we look to in judging quality, value and
intrinsic merit.
STUNTS arent the sort of things that give a clue to innate capacity
and native efficiency of Chiropractor in every-day service.
Its obvious things we do on EVERY casewhen no one is
lookingthat establish us, not things we do when were on ethical
parade.
Perhaps thats reason for unprecedented success which Chiro-
practors have met in adjusting vertebral subluxation in such as you
and me, for this and that.
We have never undertaken to do STUNTS with Chiropractic.
Chiropractor is paradox. He knows little, knows he knows little,
therefore he is wise. He cannot do all or any of things enumerated
above. He knows that 1/2 and 1/2 make 1, that immateriality and
materiality must be together, in balance, or were dead. His simple
premise is correct and complete. He knows subluxation, how to adjust
it and thus corrects cause of all dis-ease.
750
PARADOXES
A ham never weighs so much as when its half cured. When it has
soaked in all the pickle that it can, it has to sweat out most of it in
smoke house before it is any real good. And when youve soaked up
all information you can hold, you will have to forget half of it before
you will be of any real use.

PARADOX OF BACKBONE.
Nobody knows how old the world is or how long man has been here.
Modern recorded civilization is of but a few thousand years. Modern
history repeats itself. Medical history is at least 5,000 years of
accumulative experimentation. In theory of medicine, everything from
air to bottom of ocean; from North, South, East and West, of every
land has been tried for cure of dis-easeall have failed. In study of
human body they have searched heaven and earth for things with
which to divide anatomy to better know it. They have studied all
things dead. Of all this research, books are full. That which has been
totally ignored, even to text-books, has been life and back-bone of
man. Paradoxically, they have been left until 1895 gave them to world.
Nobody knew woman was on earth until Remington let her use
typewriters. Most important part of man came last; the least important
came first.

PARADOX OF DIS-EASE.
Watch for paradox. Too little education is a dangerous thing. It
makes you afraid of nothing. Too much education is also dangerous. It
makes you afraid of everything. The paradox. We know not enough,
we know too little. We should establish a happy medium between not
knowing anything and knowing everything. Our education should
consist of as many things that are so, that will work, that we
understand, comprehend, utilize and not one bit more. Medical
education is stupendous, notwithstanding it consists of hundreds of
thousands of things that are not so, wont or cant be made to succeed
and neither does he understand them therefore he cant utilize them in
getting sick well. Therefore we are harmless only because we are safe.
Physician is at all times dangerous because he possesses legal power
to use things he doesnt, cant or wont comprehend.
751
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF HERNIA.
We are reminded of experience of Dr. Fortin. He knew so many
things when he came here, that he was an educated fool. He sat in our
pit day after day telling wondrous stories of things we didnt know, yet
we were teacher, he was pupil. We became tired of this irrelevant
prattle. We wanted him to listen and he knew enough to know when it
was time. One day he awakened with a start. There was a farmer boy,
next to him, in clinic, adjusting for a hernia. He knew that boy was
going to kill that man. Dr. Fortin knew all anatomical, physiological,
pathological, microscopic, chemical, etc., dangers that patient was
running by laying himself over that divided table and letting that
ignorant farmer boy pound his back. Dr. Fortins medical and
osteopathic teaching was uppermost; and, instead of adjusting his
hernia patient Chiropractically, he slipped tables together and tapped
fellow mildly on back. But, patient under care of ignorant farmer boy
WAS GETTING WELL, and Dr. Fortins wasnt. Finally, light
dawned. He opened his mental windows, let all old wrong notions fly
out, and then he was ignorant as was farmer boy. Today Dr. Fortin
knows nothing, he knows he knows nothing, therefore he is wise.
Today he is a successful, thoro, practicing Chiropractor. The paradox.

PARADOX OF PATHOLOGY.
Less you know about disease (entity) or dis-ease (condition), more
help you can be to patient. More you know about pathology, less you
help, and paradox is upon you. Physician wouldnt give a genuine
adjustment for hernia. He knew so much ABOUT THE DISEASE that
he feared consequence. Chiropractor knew only how to give
adjustment. He knew caution only.

PARADOX OF PURSUED.
Supposedly Chiropractors want to live for Chiropractic and prefer to
see Chiropractic live than die, because it is from its propagation they
make their living. Chiropractic should live, so Chiropractors could
make their living from it. Chiropractors make no distinction between
themselves and that which makes them; between tic and tor. If it
became necessary they would kill tic so tor could live, little
realizing that when tic is no
752
PARADOXES
more, neither is tor. Chiropractors build organizations with which
they want a license from state. They want license, to quit fighting, to
live. The paradox. They get license, they quit fighting. Life they think
theyve got is death nick-named. In funeral procession peace-hearse
with corpse always precedes living mourners on their way to
cemetery.

PARADOX OF GROWTH.
Growth, paradoxically, never occurs from peace but from struggle
for existence. There is no law but that of God, Mother Nature and
Father Time. We are told that once upon a time this earth was covered
with water, that it contained no living objects but fish. Later, water
receded and left land devoid of living things. Big fish chased little fish
close to shore; to get away, they scrambled out on shore. Eventually
amphibian, half fish and half animal. He was an alligator with fishs
tail, fishs scaly eyes but he had short legs low and close to ground.
Then came struggle of little amphibians, of one kind and another, to
get away from large ones pursuing him. He ran farther away from
water and in running legs grew longer and raised his body higher from
ground. Eventually horse and such as his kind appeared. Then came
struggle of one long legged animal to get away from stronger of his
kind. Eventually four legged animal that was being pursued had to
climb trees and then came such as squirrel. All this as a result of
pursued to get away from pursuer. But, when that time appeared when
one four legged animal could climb tree after another animal of similar
kind, then came flying squirrel that contained webbed skin between
legs and body. Flying squirrels could and did chase each other from
tree to tree, run down trees and over ground to another tree and thus
stronger pursued weaker. Out of this combination of pursuit eventually
came bird that lives in trees entirely and rarely touches ground except
to get food. Thus struggle has ever gone on between fishes, am-
phibians, animals, squirrels, flying animals, birds, etc.

PARADOX OF PROGRESS.
Progress has always come from pursued, never pursuer. Submarine
is an attempt of surface boat to elude pursuer. Air-ship is an imitation
of natures way of eluding those who chase on
753
HISTORY REPEATS
land. It is friction occasioned by razor rubbing against a whetstone
harder than itself that puts keen edge.
Paradoxically, Chiropractic has made most wonderful growth of any
medical or non-medical subject in historywith one exception. In
strength of thot, numbers, growth, territory, finance, school
enrollment, there is but one equal. This was not brot about entirely
because of inherent merit in its premise for many other good ideas
have come and gone which possessed as good or better. It was not
because of Innate quality of personnel of its adherents. History is
replete with examples of growth under adverse circumstances, but we
do not know another which has had as many, or as bad, or as personal,
as vituperative, as multitudinous as Chiropractic. Primarily, idea had
merit. That merit awoke jealousy in all systems it displaced with busi-
ness. This drew forth fire worthy of our best. This caused us to build
better than we knew. Opposition drew attention to our greater merit
and we grew IN SPITE OF our efforts more than BECAUSE OF
them. Being pursued, we schemed, studied, figured, calculated
closely, devised ways and means of eluding our pursuer. That we
succeeded in refusing to be caught was due to fault of pursuer, not
success of pursued.
When Chiropractor wants a license to prevent being chased, he
defeats his end of continuing to grow. Progress consists in the
continuance of that struggle, not in devising ways and means of
preventing it.

PARADOX OF MORE BUSINESS.

Average Chiropractor, leaving school upon graduation, thinks most
business is where there are no Chiropractors. On reverse most
business is found where people know most about Chiropractic and,
paradoxically, that is where most Chiropractors are. But, says the local
man who is in business, I dont want more Chiropractors to come
where I am. The field is crowded. Paradox proves true. If he would
help to get more people to go to Chiropractic schools thus bring back
more Chiropractors to his town, county or state, it would help him
directly and be an aid to his business; for, with more Chiropractors
more people are educated to Chiropractic, thus more Chiropractic
business for all.
754
PARADOXES
PARADOX OF LESS FRICTION.
When average Chiropractor leaves school he prefers a locality where
he will be distantly removed from friction, where pursuer will not
bother him. According to paradoxes this is a mistake. His reason for
going to such a district is to be removed from trouble. That being true,
paradoxically, place to get away from trouble is to go where it is. New
district has yet to have its legal fights. Old locality that has had its
fights is now being let alone, if it hasnt reached that stage. Less
trouble is to be had where most trouble has been.

PARADOX OF ORIGINALITY.
Chiropractic is new; it is an addition to former knowledge held of
the body. Paradox is true. Chiropractic is not new, neither does it add
anything to what was formerly known.
Innate Intelligence had to know all that we think we know or Thon
could not have built human bodies as she did, for purpose that they
have been daily used for millions of years. All the Chiropractic
hypothesis brings to humanity, today, is but a new, therefore different,
interpretation of human body that had not been assembled in that form
previous to our advent.
There is nothing new under the sun, is an old adage yet true.
Chiropractor holds no conception of human body that is contrary to
common-sense or that was not previously known by any reasonable,
logical thinkeror physician himselfexcepting that what he knew
was but a piece-meal of what we have collaborated and assembled
thus making it a new arrangement of education.
Assume that Chiropractic consists of 100 ideas assembled and that
this assembly makes for a new philosophy, science and art of which
the world was not aware before. Assume further that one hundred
physicians knew all this except that each physician knew but one idea
each of this assembled productthus he knows collectively all that we
know as units, except that we have assembled that which he didnt or
couldnt. He built his practice upon one idea; we built ours upon 100
ideas. If 100 physicians, with their individual one idea, had ever
assembled themselves and each gave his one idea to other 99, then
each would have known 100 ideas that we know and Chiropractic
would have been his and not ours.
755
HISTORY REPEATS
Everybody knows that to cut a mans head off means to kill balance
of body because brain is source and seat of brain and bodys life.
Nothing new in that! Everybody knows that spinal cord, if cut, at any
one particular place would produce a paralysis of all parts below place
cut, because spinal cord is great carrier of life currents from brain to
body below. Nothing new about that!
Everybody knows that to cut a spinal nerve, as it leaves spinal cord
on its way to some part of body, is equal to a death of those tissues
supplied with nerve currents by and thru that nerve. Nothing new in
that!
Every physician knows that brain is composed of sections and each
section manufactures power for some particular part of body.
Vivisection has definitely located these brain centers; to stimulate a
brain center is to stimulate some organ in some part of body; to inhibit
some brain-center is to produce like effect in that part of body to
which those nerves radiate, via spinal cord and spinal nerves. Nothing
new about that!
Likewise does every doctor know that that connection between brain
and muscle is a nerve, that that which goes from brain to muscle
which can be stimulated or inhibited is a subtle unknown force most
ably likened to electricity, which is not material and cannot be seen
with a microscope or tested by physics; that it is only best likened to
tests of mind or physics. Nothing new about that!
Every physician knows that to let a man fall off a building, fracture
vertebra, let a bone produce pressure upon spinal cord and thus
disconnect flow of nerve-force is equal to total paralysis below point
of pressure. He also knows that any fracture which would produce
pressure upon any spinal nerve at or near its exit from spinal cord is
equal to paralysis of tissues to which those nerves go. Nothing new in
those premises!
Every surgeon also knows that kinks, strains and sprains of back do
occur and that orthopedy aims to put traction or tension upon
back-bone to release these pressures. Same surgeon also knows that he
tries, by surgery, to reset these segments to release pressure that
nerve-forces can get thru to restore function. Nothing new in this!
756
PARADOXES
Yet, when Chiropractor assembles these ideas, advocates vertebral
subluxation with its spinal-cord or spinal-nerve pressures in spinal
foramina or intervertebral foramina and that method of reduction of
these is by bloodless methods and establishes a broad and universal
restoration of health theory upon samethey raise cry impossible
notwithstanding what it is based upon.
Public and scientist knew these to be true but he didnt know that he
knew them until we changed face of them, placed them in logical
sequence and told him about them. Then he withdraws into his
dogmatic shell or admits truth. Usually paradox is true. He denies that
which he affirms and he affirms that which he denies.
Theres a reason why he admits each of these premises, in unit, yet
denies them in assembly. When separated and one by one they are
called to his attention, he sees where they can be made to fit into some
part of his medical assembly, therefore he admits their correctness.
When, tho, our assembly is brot contrasted to his attention he sees
where Chiropractic assembly denies practically every one of his
individual parts of medical assembly.

PARADOX OF LADDER.
Every ladder has a bottom and a top. Man at bottom believes
progress comes from men who are educated. Man at bottom wants to
be man at top. As he views man at top, from his viewpoint at bottom,
he thinks only difference between them is a four years, college
education. To be educated consists, as he views it, of long training
sitting at a desk in school, academy, college and university. Man at top
of every ladder takes paradoxical view of same question. He has
reached top because he is self-made, usually having little book work in
schools. He believes in education only to that extent that it is practical
and useful. He maintains that most teaching in our educational
institutions is theoretical and not of value in business; it might be good
so far as manufacturing pedants is concerned; education might make
good for more education; but in business it is too much theory. When
it comes to employment of men, he believes in advancing that man
who enters his factory or office as office boy. He aims to have a
stepping up process, in direct ratio as man makes himself proficient.
757
HISTORY REPEATS
Majority of people, and these are those at bottom of ladderand
again an instance of where minority rulebelieve that spending four
years between walls of colleges pouring over musty books and dusty
laboratories listening to spell-binders makes for knowledgeit
doesnt; it makes for educated fools. Minority of people at top of
ladderand again an instance of where majority do not rulemake a
broad distinction between college educated fool and factory bred man
of knowledge. It is possiblealtho rarethat college trains a practical
man. Where colleges improve one, they spoil 99. He can be practical
in spite of education but he possesses knowledge because of office
work.

PARADOX OF BRAINS.
Hundreds of positions that pay from $2,000 up to $100,000 annually
are hunting for quality of brains necessary to be worth salary to
business demanding them. Thousands of men of brawn want salary of
man of brains but they either cant, dont or wont introduce brains
necessary. Man after man is tried and sidetracked to try another man to
eventually be disappointed in getting executive who can rise above
mob of muscle workers. Man at top, looks down on man below, telling
him there is lots of room above; opportunity was never greater than
now. Yet man below continues to use brawn and then wonders how
man above is drawing down his salary.

PARADOX OF PREJUDICE.
You believe that all progress in history comes from educated men.
Paradox is true. All progress comes from ignorant men.
(These terms should be defined that our construction will not be
misconstrued. College bred man considers as ignorant everybody
who has not had college disadvantages and environment. It matters
little, whether this man he considers ignorant is a very accomplished
and useful man, or not. He will acknowledge he is useful in spite of
his ignorance and not because of it, usually adding, who knows what
this same man could have done had he been educated as I am. It is
only necessary to ask him what he has done; much as an old man once
chided a young fop for standing on street corner smoking cigarettes.
Said the old man:My son if you would save your body and brain
by not
758
PARADOXES
smoking cigarettes, some day you might own this magnificent
building. Said the young fellow:Do you own it? Reply was
No. Young fellow then replied: I do.)
Wright, Marconi, Tesla, Edison, Burbank, Napoleon,etc., go on
down through names in philosophies, sciences and arts. They were
common, lowly men, greatest example of which was Christ himself.
D. D. Palmer was a man who had no education along our particular
line. Look what he started, what has been outcome. Whatever these
men have done for the world came thru their initiative, that which
came from within outward. They had it in, all it needed was
opportunity to bring it out. If opportunity did not exist, they made one.
If barriers existed, they tore them down and waded thru debris. Too
much schooling biases any persons opinions. If you dont think, other
fellow thinks all the more. Book worm isnt worth snap of finger. Star
graduates who go out from any school, we will buy five years from
now at five cents on the dollar of what they now think they are worth.
Quiet, plodding fellow, clod-hopper, we wont try to buy, because his
future is an unknown quantity, it might be high. That man who reads
books eventually believes in them; believing in them he follows them
explicitly and thus repeats dead mens opinions and actions. This is an
age of progress, beating other men to something new. None comes
from books for no sooner does it enter book than it becomes dead.
Poet of Sierras was once asked where his library was and his answer
was:Books are for men who cant think. I have none. I write
them. You can know so much from books that you havent an
original thot. You dont use YOUR brain.
There isnt one idea in medical annals, that has stood the test of 100
years and is still being used that was brot to front by a medical man.
Circulation of blood by Harveyand look what he suffered at hands
of his brethren for daring to think. All ideas brot out by medical men
are theories, here today, gone tomorrow. Germs, serums, toxins, etc.,
passing phantasms. Anatomy, of course, is another thing. We refer to
theories of physiology, pathology, bacteriology, diet, etiology and
methods of treatment. All those progressive steps which are practical
and stand up under most critical acid tests for long periods have
invariably come from laymen who never studied medicine yet used
brains God gave them. This paradox is applicable to other industries
and en-
759
HISTORY REPEATS
deavors. Aeroplane did not come from men of transportation
greatnessit came from bicycle menders. Electrical genius did not
spring from electrical families or laboratories of colleges but from
railroad station agentEdison. Examples are endless.
Unquestionably most vital issue is Chiropractic which represents
greatest step in health matters this or any other century has yet
produced. Did it spring from a medically trained mind or one who had
been in a medical family to whom it came by natural birth? D. D.
Palmer was a fish peddler, grocery store keeper, a bee raiser, a farmer,
a school teacher.

PARADOX OF DIFFICULTY.
In exact ratio as above paradox is true, so is it also a fact, proven
hundreds of times, that hardest student to grasp and understand
Chiropractic is regularly trained medical man. More medicine he has,
the harder. Less college work, better for him in our work. His mind is
filled with rubbish that he thinks as precious as gold. We must spend
valuable time convincing him that all is not gold that glitters. When he
realizes it is brass, brass has little value compared to gold, then and
not before does he unload. When cobwebs have been removed, we are
ready to fill garret with something substantial which he can use.
Rather, by far, have an average farmer begin at bottom in our school
and work up than to have his opposite in medical man. One comes
with a clean slate, willing to learn facts without stubborn prejudice.

PARADOX OF MASTERY.
Each Chiropractor wants to be a success. Success is a combination
of elements all of which come from within. Unless Chiropractor has
mastered self, he could not master anything else, much less
subluxation with adjustment. Successful method of adjusting must
flow from within. If Chiropractor hasnt been a success working for
others, he would not be a success working for self. If, tho, he has been
a success as a laborer he would be as an employer. No one should give
orders who cant take them.
By time Chiropractor has learned success, working for others, he has
found that persiflage, verbiage and fol-de-rols did not do it. It was cold
hard facts not frills and furbelows that counted.
760
PARADOXES
That man can go to a Chiropractic school, see beauty of an object in
its simple lines, appreciate mighty because its right, and can grasp a
big idea simply garbed. Chiropractic will appeal to his successful
nature because its greatness lies in its simpleness. Neither will he
attempt to complex it as soon as he becomes in sole possession of his
diploma. He will be honest with patrons, believing in right being right.
That man who has been a failure as an employer who goes to a
Chiropractic school to learn a graft, an easy meal ticket, much money
with little labor, brings to us a failure mind. He hasnt elements of
success properly mixed. This fellow sees nothing right, no greatness in
great things or ideasto him all must be exaggerated, intensified or
magnified. He has been searching hard for complex and if it doesnt
exist he will make it, either in school or practice. Whether it is ruinous
or not, right or wrong, seems to matter little.
Paradox is that successful Chiropractor believes in simplicity to
maintain greatness; failure believes in complexity and then wonders
why he is committing suicide.

PARADOX OF GREATNESS.
Greatness, in reality, that lies in Chiropractic can never be increased
or decreased by Chiropractors. That which is great in tic is inherent,
innate. Nothing tor can do will bring that forth. His fort is in
demonstration. Chiropractic is great to public, only so far as
Chiropractors make its greatness useful. Chiropractors are great only if
they understand greatness of ChiropracTIC.
Then comes paradox. Chiropractor thinks he learned it all when in
school; his diploma is an indication he has finished, topped-off so to
speak, his education. He may have graduated 5 or 10 years ago.
Nothing new could have been developed or interpreted SINCE his
day. Chiropractic being a new subject is constantly going thru a
revision and elaboration process. Whittling has not finished. He
accomplishes some good but thinks it much. He rarely takes a balance
sheet of shortcomings, therefore hardly realizes how much more he
might learn that we have learned, did he but come back to school.
761
HISTORY REPEATS
Chiropractor is a progressive fellow, otherwise why would he have
taken up Chiropractic. But, once he has it, he enters field to deliver
what he was taught. Paradoxically, he becomes worst enemy
Chiropractic has. He makes a bit of money, more than he ever had
before. It spoils him; hence greatest, strongest and most intelligent
opposition to continued and further GROWTH of Chiropractic comes
from within our ranks professionally rather than from without. A
former paradox shows how we profit by being pursued but this
paradox shows how we die by inherent and internal stagnation.
Chiropractor concedes that much progress has been made up until
his advent into Chiropractic. He may even see that an idea of value has
been developed while he was in school. But, actions speak louder than
words; there has been little or no change since he LEFT school. Altho
a graduate of years ago, he knows as much today as boy fresh from
school with all development since his graduation. Sheldon, Business
Philosopher, says that An institution is no stronger than combined
strengths of its each and every unit; and same institution is no weaker
than combined weaknesses of its same each and every unit. As much
might be said about our profession. To increase our strength, by
eliminating our weaknesses, is fundamental intent of Annual
Lyceums. You come to give and to take; to learn and to teach; to put
into pot something you have a surplus of and take from pot some of
surplus of somebody else. Lyceum should be an Annual Pilgrimage of
every onefor your store of stock will reduce; your batteries will run
low and here is where all is renewed.
Chiropractor, of all persons, should be most eager to get latest, best,
most progressivebut he isnt. Even tho you adjust backbones, that is
no indication you have any. Paradox.

PARADOX OF QUANTITY.
Directly in line with former paradox comes this. At one time it was a
question of quantity of subluxations adjusted to get quantity of results.
Recent developmental work proves paradox.
LESS that is done, if done RIGHT, quicker case gets well.
MORE that is done, if done WRONG, slower case gets well.
762
PARADOXES
LESS you do, more probable it is right. MORE you do, more
probable it is wrong. Man who does less puts more thot into what he is
doing and has a firmer comprehension of what, why and where. Man
who does more puts little if any thot into what he is doing, it being a
hit-or-miss system of what, why and where. Man who does little is
conscientious and honest. Man who does much is a grafter and not
distantly removed from purse-snatcher.
ONE subluxation, if adjusted daily, if RIGHT will get patient well in
a hurry. Twelve subluxations, adjusted daily, if WRONG will never
get case well and usually put him in bed.

PARADOX OF STRETCHING MACHINE.

Principle of traction, in its application to human bodies, is 400 years
old. A man is placed into some kind of a harness, straps applied to his
head, neck, shoulders at one end, and his feet, legs or hips at other.
Windlass idea is then put into play and one part stretched while other
remains a fixed quantity.
Notwithstanding it has been discarded by orthopedic surgeons for
these many years as having therapeutical value, there is a certain class
of mixerpractors who desire to adjoin it to Chiropractic. Theory,
application and net result are same with them as with surgeons.
Theory advanced by them is1st. If there is an ankylosis,
stretching tends to break this up, separates the vertebrae, etc. 2nd. If
there are subluxations, it requires these ligaments be stretched so
vertebra can be moved, it being admitted that ligaments surrounding
subluxation are on a worse tension than those of other places. It is
conceded, by these people, that subluxation produces certain
pathological changes which, under tension and traction, should be
improved.
In case of ankylosis, uniting of these bodies makes that THE LAST
PLACE to stretch; and where everything is free and pliable the first
place. When ligaments are contractured, those stretch last and all rest
give first. So paradox is before us again. Place that needs traction
least, gets it most. Place that gets it most, needs it least.
Why then does he who calls himself a Chiropractor desire a traction
table? Because he applies perverse side of paradox and has not ability
to knowingly or unknowingly see its opposite.
763
HISTORY REPEATS
PARADOX OF REGULATION.
Legislatures are composed of men we select to get together and
figure ways and means of protecting society against those things
which are dangerous to life, limb and property. Regulatory legislation
governs only those things which are dangerous to people of a
community. Religion or Christian Science is not dangeroustherefore
such as this is not regulated. Saloons and prostitution are dangerous to
life and health, therefore they are regulated. Chiropractic, admittedly,
could do no harm even tho for sake of argument we admit it could do
no good. Because physicians want us regulated (by themselves) they
argue it is dangerous; for only under cloak of its being dangerous can
they get it regulated by state, by themselves. This hue and cry about
higher preliminary education (AN INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT
See Vol. XXVI Palmer 1951) is done to make it appear that education,
of a steenth degree, removes danger. As a scientific premise, a Chiro-
practor will tell you that Chiropractic is harmless and that Chiro-
practor could not make his patient worse even tho he did them no
good. These individuals who admit that tic and tor could not do
harm, and because of that fact should NOT be regulated by state any
more than a religion, will go pell-mell to a legislature, give up good
hard earned dollars to spend good money to chase bad money to ask a
legislature TO regulate us, thus admitting we are harmful, therefore
should be regulated. Paradox. Its a funny world, this.

PARADOX OF GETTING MONEY.

Average student of Chiropractic enters Chiropractic because he has
been sick, took adjustments, got well and wants to spread good work.
He realizes it has merit. Merit alone does not entirely appeal to him. If
it were only a weekly wage net result no matter how many people
came to him after he was a Chiropractor, majority would stay out. In
addition to merit he knows it has, he realizes it has a money making
propensity.
Former quality must exist before latter could be possible. One is a
circumstance leading to other. Great fault is that majority of
Chiropractors, leaving school, glue minds upon money first and
getting sick well second. Money should be a consequence
764
PARADOXES
and not primal object; frequently it is vice versa and then boys wonder
why they dont get rich.
To make moneydo not think, dream, reason or study money. To
get moneyconsider, peruse, explain and learn better and cheaper
ways and means of getting more sick people well. Give more in health
than they give in money and they will gladly pay more money than
you give in health. Paradox here is contrast between a code of ethics
which has always shrouded businesses called professions and a certain
code of business principles which surround professions which are
businesses. Marshall Field said: The customer is always right. Why
should selling health be considered different from any other business?
In what way does business need a different salesmanship than a
profession, both being able to do thing they set out to do? Medicine
and physicians couldnt do the thing, therefore they had to set up a
separate and different selling code than exists in all other or-
ganizations. They have had to force world to believe that selling
failures was something more than a business, it was a profession, viz.,
a professing to do but not doing it. PRACTICE of medicine where
they PRACTICE on you and me. World of selling things can be
divided into selling of treatment of disease on one side and selling of
merchandise by merchants on other. You do that which is worth more
than you get and youll soon get more than its worth. Our plea is that
Chiropractic be placed on a legitimate business plan. Any plan that
Marshall Field, Wanamaker or any other reliable merchant can use to
sell his goods is equally as good for us for we have a commodity same
as his, both are in demand by public and we are here to serve the
supply.
You all want to make money. Forget it. To make money, dont chase
dollar. One fellow went out of this school with idea that he was going
to land millionaire patients and then he would be rich. He was going
to have his old teeth removed because they didnt look stylish; he was
going to wear a silk hat, and ultra fashionable clothes when he went to
locate in a city, so he could land a millionaire for a patient. We told
him we hoped he got millionaire patients, but we felt sure he wouldnt
because millionaires are millionaires because they have brains, and
they are looking for brains in other people. Therefore we knew he
wouldnt have any. He is still trying to catch a millionaire. Paradox!
765
HISTORY REPEATS
A certain man years ago saw fit to disagree, which of course was his
privilege. He left our school, and gravitated. Any old fish can float
down stream, but it takes a live one to swim up! He gravitated, floated
down stream, and after graduation located in a western town. It
happened that we had as patients people in a nearby city who were
immensely wealthy. They went west to the town where this fellow
located, and telegraphed us to know if he was competent, and if not,
who was. We repliedHe is not the man you want. So and so,
located 85 miles from you is all right, or So-and-so, located 75 miles
from you. Those men did not gravitate to get cheaper goods, at cut
rate time to get a diploma. And so this fellow lost a clique of
millionaires he might have had. He was penny wise, and it took
several years to show he was pound foolish.
You must get the sick well, if you want to make money. We know
Chiropractors who, the minute a patient comes into office, get their
eyes on patients pocketbook, wondering how much he is good for.
Then there is another type of Chiropractor who, as soon as patient
comes in, wonders how he can get his man well. That fellow has the
business, other type has not. In this day and age you cant fool sick
people. Physicians need not worry you, but watch out for patienthe
will corner you if not on the square. Average patient has gone rounds
of doctors. He knows more about himself and shysters in doctors than
anybody else. He has picked up information during this
experimentation incubation period. Patient is watching you. He wants
to know whether you are honest or not. There is something about your
manner, conversation, inflection, manner of thinking, mode of
reasoning that unconsciously betrays you if you are putting money
phase first. Take other type. There is something about him that is
sincere, rings true, stamps him a thoroughbred, a blue ribbon winner,
and patient feels that personality, and saysthat is the man I want to
take care of me, because I know he wants to help me. Man who puts
money first is a sneak in his heart, a crook in his mind; and what a
man thinks, so is he.
SERVICE precedes financial consideration. Imagine any man who
has been sick for years. His doctor bill grows annually. His wife takes
sick, her hospital bill grows. It keeps his nose to grindstone for years.
Every bit of weekly profit, over living expenses, goes to doctor. IF
Chiropractor GETS THAT FAMILY WELL,
766
PARADOXES
wouldnt they pay for it, and pay well? BUT, they must get SERVICE
to GET WELL. Fail to get that man well and he begrudges every
dollar.

PARADOX OF DIPLOMA.
There are those who consider diplomas on walls in lieu of ideas in
their heads. Imagine average patient. He enters Chiropractors office,
glances over walls, sees many diplomas. He does not know whether
they were bought or earned. Average conception is that any man who
has many diplomas ought to know a great deal more than another who
has but one or two at most. If this patient would compute time put in
school by possessor, he would find in many instances it would require
between 15 and 30 years of actual time. This paradox is in direct line
with a former where book education takes precedence over individual
knowledge.
Some Chiropractors think diplomas on your walls bring business.
Paradox is true. Most business comes to him who has least number of
diplomas. Having no diplomas we think, thinking we reason. Knowing
that we reason, you come to partake at fountain. If we had M.D., D.O.,
D.C., P.D.Q., D.F., X.Y.Z., N.G.all degrees, diplomas on wall,
many of which we bought, you would sayMy what a wonderfully
wise guy. When you talked with us and found we hadnt that amount
of time in school you would realize we were not only ignorant but a
crook. That is dangerous. Here is a man with ten diplomas hanging on
his wallhe bought nine of them, earned other one. You go into his
office, see all diplomas, expect a great deal, and dont get it. Here is
another man who hasnt any diploma. Go into his office, talk with
him, and it takes only one minute to see he is honest.
We had a physician come into our office last summer. Said he:
Doctor, I suppose you are a physician? We said, Your supposition
is wrong. But you are a college bred man?
No, we are a mother-bred man.
Pardon me, what I mean is that you are an educated man? No,
pardon us, we are a fool.
He said, Your looks belie you.
Perhaps.
But I wanted to study under you. What degrees do you hold?
767
HISTORY REPEATS
None, but it is 102 in the shade. (We were hot under the collar.)
He said, I beg of you not to jest, I am speaking in all seriousness. I
wanted to know what degrees you hold before I decided to study
under you.
We hold no college degrees. We know nothing, and we know it,
and if you want us to teach you what we know that we dont know, we
will charge for it.
He said, I will think it over.
Good afternoon.
Next morning he planked down.
Paradox is true. Average patient goes into Chiropractors office
because he wants to get well. Man with many diplomas might not be
able to comprehensively explain work he assumes to follow. Man with
one diploma, coming from a capable school, might be able to go into
thoro detail and explain understandingly all ins and outs of his
profession. Keeping people well necessitates knowledge. This comes
from man who has little schooling but what he has was of best and
was every bit workable.
Discoverer of Chiropractic had no diplomas on his wall.

PARADOX OF CHARITY.
Do charity patients pay? If they paid, would they be charity? This
paradox works both ways. Getting it for nothing, they should be
boosters. Being charity cases, costing nothing, they become knockers
because their conscience feels that everybody knows they are a
comparative leech to one who does pay.
Getting adjustments free, there is another class who work that much
harder to prove they did appreciate what you gave. They recite what
you did and why you didnt charge; they cite you as a benefactor, a
humanitarian, one who does his charity work at home. They are
stepping stones from people of their position up to people with money
who can pay.
Do charity patients pay? You say no? Paradox is true. They do pay.
If charity patients paid they wouldnt be charity patients, would they?
They dont pay, yet they do. Servant girl cant afford to pay. You get
her well. Perhaps she had trouble in her knee and she served with a
limp. Some morning her mistress
768
PARADOXES
notices with surprise her maid does not limp, asks her what she has
been taking. Girl tells her she has been going to a Chiropractor, and
something about adjustment. Mistress investigates, finds what it is and
passes it on. Mistress pays, and you get a line of good patients who
pay a thousand times over for poor girls account. Yes, charity patients
pay. Paradox is true. Every time a patient goes to a Chiropractor to get
well, he gets a back-set.
Who is who, and which is which, no person can tell until tested. It
appears to be a better plan to charge each case, make a statement for
account and present them a receipted bill.

PARADOX OF CHIRO-PRACTIC.
Name Chiropractic is taken from Greek and means hand done.
At time this name was applied, it was an ART. All we knew then was
what we did. Getting people well from what we did, we next wanted
to know HOW we did it, out of which came SCIENCE. Having
established way to get sick people well, we deciphered WHY, and
then came PHILOSOPHY.
Chiropractic expressed art; it is not broad enuf, today, to include
philosophy. Name is established; there is no way of changing it.
This paradox is like patient who always came late to find several
ahead. One day she came real early, to find she was first, when she
said:Im first at last, I always was behind before. Name that
should be last came first, and name applied first should be done now.
Every other development begins with a reason WHY, then
establishes WAY, and last comes accomplishment. Chiropractic is
again a paradox as it was developed opposite to everything else.

PARADOX OF INDEPENDENCY.
Way to get a big business is to be independent of small business. We
were talking to Dr. Moore of Spokane. Some time ago he wrote us
about Lyceum. If you dont want to come, dont. That is what
brought him. He wanted to see the school that could get along without
him. All others were begging.
If you want a business to make you independent, be independent of
that business. But, you say, you havent any business.
769
HISTORY REPEATS
Be independent anyway, and get business. You all know of big
practice Dr. Dueringer had. We want to tell you an incident which
happened in his office. We dropped in there one day and noticed two
women waiting. One was a large, pompous, expensively gowned
woman, other a little, meek, downtrodden, stooped-over Italian
woman, who did scrubbing in one of office buildings. They
represented two extreme types. Out came Heinrich. Vell, ladies,
which one of you comes first, eh? Up jumps silks and satins and
saysDr. Dueringer, I am very anxious to see you at once. Ach, I
dont care nuddings about thatwhich one of you came first. The
little woman got up enough courage to say I think I did. He said
All right, you come in and get ready. Then turning to the society
womanYou vait! You vait!
The woman didnt like it. After doctor had gone in with Italian scrub
woman, she turned to us and remarkedRather a peculiar chap, isnt
he? I am insulted at his manner, very indignant at being treated so.
We told her if she knew him she would like him; but she didnt
answer. Finally she said Do you know the doctor very well? No,
nobody does. We know him as well as any of his friends. She said,
Well, on second thought, I like him. People who live in affluence are
so accustomed to having people stand around when we speak, and
favor us on account of our money, that it is a pleasure to know there is
someone who doesnt. It shows he is interested in something more
than money, therefore he must be interested in my health. I am going
to wait for him. The lady was Mrs. Duke, of tobacco millionaire
family. Way to have a business you are independent of, is to be inde-
pendent of business you have. There should be a degree of courtesy
but there is too much toadying for business. When we learned years
ago to be independent of business? business began coming and it
didnt come until we did; and yet nobody is out after more business
than we. Difference is between man who is willing to grovel in dirt at
10 cents per for a small business and him who is willing to be
courteously independent and stand firm on big business principle
methods. To get big business, some Chiropractors think they must
compromise on anything and everything patient expresses a desire to
have. Persons who insist on having something that is of a
compromised nature abhor fellow who gives it to them merely because
they asked for it. By
770
PARADOXES
inverse ratio, they endorse that person who intelligently and firmly
convinces them what they ask for is not to their interests and refuses to
give it.

PARADOX OF YOUR SUNDAY-BEST.

When you go visiting you always put on your best dress to get dirty
on train. When you visit friends, you put on your best clothes and act
parlor manners. If you ever come to Kiro-Hill-Top and do that, out
you go. Our motto in our guest rooms is Be Yourself. If you lounge
around at home in negligee, we want you to be free to do that in our
home, too.

PARADOX OF LEARNING.
You think you learn a great deal in school. You learn nothing. You
dont enter or matriculate in school until day you leave, then comes
schooling. You only learn by doing. You do nothing hereyou
merely get ready to do. Schooling comes when you go out. That is
when you learn.

PARADOX OF WHAT.
You seem to think the more you do, the more business you will get.
This is not true. Less you do, if done right, quicker your case gets
well. We know a Chiropractic school not more than a thousand miles
awaythat believes in giving their patients everything they can crowd
into their building, and they havent patients to give it to. We know
another institution that does practically next to nothing for patients,
but little they do is right, and they have 1,500 patients a day to do it
on. Just as that is true of schools, so is it true with individual
Chiropractors.

PARADOX OF PRICE CUTTING.

Worst evil that exists in our ranks today is price cutting. As we travel
around country, there are three types of Chiropractors. 1st.
Chiropractor who charges a price which is reasonable and
commensurate with quality of service rendered. 2nd. Fellow who
thinks he must cut prices and try to get business from other fellow
because he is cheaper. 3rd. Lowest type that peddles ad-
771
HISTORY REPEATS
justments for anything he can geteven a dime. We know of a fellow
in Bay City, Michigan, who walked from house to house trying to sell
adjustments at ten cents per, a jitney price. That fellow pulled his
vertebra out of place carrying his table so much, and he died from
enlargement of heart. Paradox.
While this fellow is worst type, we have Chiropractor who starts in
at a dollar, somebody cuts to seventy-five cents, you cut to fifty, he
cuts again, then you cut, and the first thing you know you are out of
business. You think to increase business by cutting prices, but with
professional people paradox is true. When you start knifing each other
both lose. When your neighbor cuts, what are you to do? RAISE
YOUR PRICE and you will keep everything you have and get all of
his. Why? People are like sheep, they follow leader. They want to
have those things the rich have. Man who pays $2.50 for his
adjustments is rich man; poor man wants to go where rich man does.
We have seen this paradox proven true.
TO CUT or not to cut. That is the question.
Whether it is not better in the end
To let the chap who knows not the worth
Have the business at cut-throat prices, or
To take up arms against his competition,
And by opposing cut for cut, end it.
To cutand by cutting put the other cutter
Out of businesstis a consummation
Devoutly to be wished. To cutto slash
Perchance myself to get it in the neck
Ayetheres the rub; for when one starts to meet
The other fellows prices, tis like as not,
Hes up against it good and hard.
To cut and to slash is not to end the confusion
And the many evils the trade is pestered with;
Nay, nay, Pauline; tis but the forerunner
Of debt and mortgage such a course portends.
Tis well to get the price the goods are worth
And not be bluffed into selling them for what
So-and-so will sell his goods for.
Price cutting cloth appear unseemly
772
PARADOXES
And fit only for the man who knows not
What his goods are worth, and who, ere long,
By stress of making vain comparison,
Twixt bank account and liabilities,
Will make his exit from the business.
IRA J. OMALLEY,
Member of Rotary Club, Chicago.

PARADOX OF VICTORY.
Up to a few years ago this school was not a success. We were
working hard to make it, but we were not getting ahead the way it
seemed we should. Paradox! Since then we have systematically been
doing opposite from what we reasoned was thing to do, and success
has come.
One time Gov. Morris went to St. Louis, to try a case. He had his
indictment, he walked the floor all night and morning, hunting for its
inconsistency, for flaw to throw it out of court, and at noon he brought
it to us in despair and said, B.J., that indictment is perfect. We
casually read first lineDistrict Court, County of St. Louis, State of
St. Louis. Tom, what state are we in? He thought we must be
joking, so answered State of perplexity, I guess. No, what state are
we in geographically? In the state of Missouri! We handed over the
paper and said Read top line. One glance, and he exclaimed By,
Jove, you are right! THE OBVIOUS WAS LAST THING HE SAW.
He went into court, presented his proposition and case was thrown out
and there has been no prosecution against that man since. It was a
typographical error, a stenographers mistake, but it threw case out of
court.
OBVIOUS IS LAST THINK WE THINK, SEE OR DO.
You hunt for success. It consists of things which are inside,
something no-one can give you. What you want to do, paradoxically,
is to open up flood gates of your inner nature to yourself RE
NATURAL
GET THE IDEA, ALL ELSE FOLLOWS!
773
Table of Contents
HISTORY REPEATS
Page
Foreword .................................................................................VII
A WORD OF EXPLANATION .............................................VIII
Chapter 1. CHIROPRACTIC HISTORY, by D. D. Palmer ......................... 1
2. TAKE OFF THE BRAKE, by Uncle Howard Nutting ............... 3
3. CHIROPRACTIC RAYS OF LIGHT ........................................ 7
4. THE PALMER FAMILY ......................................................... 21
5. A P.S.C. DINNER ................................................................... 25
6. LOYALTY ............................................................................... 26
7. WHAT HAPPENED IN 1910FORTY YEARS AGO,
by Miss Ruth Hay .................................................................... 29
8. EXTEMPORANEOUS AND COMPLIMENTARY
ADDRESS DELIVERED AT THE P.S.C. MARCH 7,
1910FORTY-ONE YEARS AGO, By George W.
Scott, Mayor of Davenport ....................................................... 34
9. B.J.S REMINISCENCES ....................................................... 38
10. SYMBOLS OF CHIROPRACTIC ........................................... 40
11. CYCLES ............................................................................... 43
12. SCIENCE OR MONEYWHICH? By T. J. Owens, D.C. ...... 60
13. DR. D. D. PALMER AS A MAN ............................................ 64
14. IMMORTALITY, by D. D. Palmer .......................................... 65
15. A LETTER WRITTEN TO S. M. LANGWORTHY, D.C.,
BY D. D. PALMER, WHEN HE WAS CONFINED IN
SCOTT COUNTY JAIL, April, 1906 ...................................... 69
16. JUDGE BARKERS INSTRUCTION TO THE JURY ........... 72
17. D. D. PALMERS ADDRESS TO THE JUDGE ..................... 79
18. WHY DOESNT MR. PALMER PAY HIS FINE? .............. 81
19. TRUTH CRUSHED TO EARTH WILL RISE AGAIN. ...... 82
20. DR. D. D. PALMER TALKS IN JAIL .................................... 84
21. THE HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF CHIROPRACTIC,
by D. D. Palmer ....................................................................... 86
22. THANKSGIVINGA Toast by Uncle Howard Nutting ......... 91
23. CELL TISSUES AS BASIS OF LIFE ...................................... 93
24. STRAY THOUGHTS ON CHIROPRACTIC AND THE
P.S.C., by Shegetaro Morikubo ................................................ 97
25. WHAT I DONT KNOW ABOUT CHIROPRACTIC,
by Uncle Howard Nutting ...................................................... 100
26. THE HISTORY OF CHIROPRACTIC,
by Uncle Howard Nutting ...................................................... 104
27. U.C.A.WHAT? By Uncle Howard Nutting ........................ 108
28. A LITTLE CHAT WITH THE BOYS ................................... 111
775
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
29. THE STORY OF CHIROPRACTIC ...................................... 115
30. IS EACH HUMAN BODY AN INTELLIGENT UNIT
OR A UNIT DEPENDING UPON INTELLIGENCE OF
SOME OTHER? .................................................................... 119
31. THE POSSIBILITIES OF CHIROPRACTIC,
by Uncle Howard Nutting ...................................................... 131
32. PYRAMIDS OF LIFE ............................................................ 135
33. DAVENPORT MAY LOSE LARGE ENTERPRISE............. 144
34. MEMORIAL SERVICE (In Respect to D. D. Palmer) ........... 154
35. PRESENTATION OF D. D. PALMERS PERSONAL
BELONGINGS TO B. J. PALMERAddress by
Col. Sol Long ......................................................................... 169
36. REMARKS AT THE LAYING OF CORNER STONE OF
D. D. PALMER MEMORIAL, by D. A. Williams ................. 176
37. WHAT IS GENIUS? By J. M. Loban .................................... 178
38. THE FIRST SHALL BE LAST AND THE LAST
SHALL BE FIRST ................................................................. 181
39. TRAITS OF GREAT MEN .................................................... 183
40. BUILD YOUR BUSINESS ON A FOUNDATION OF
CONFIDENCE ...................................................................... 186
41. PROGRESS ........................................................................... 189
42. THE BOHEMIAN TWINS .................................................... 191
43. ASSISTANT TO PEARY VISITS PALMER SCHOOL ....... 194
44. IMPOSSIBILITY OF MOVING VERTEBRAE .................... 196
45. HOLLER OUT LOUD ........................................................... 200
46. SCHOOL AND FIELD PROBLEMS AND
THEIR SOLUTIONS ............................................................. 203
47. BIRTH OF THE NEUROCALOMETER .............................. 230
48. SPRINTER OR MARATHON .............................................. 302
49. EMPHASIZING ONE VERY VITAL POINT ....................... 311
50. SOME ONE ELSE DOES IT ................................................. 312
51. THE NEUROCALOMETER IS WRONG ............................. 318
52. DEFINING MY POSITION ................................................... 343
53. HAND-ME-DOWNS OR TAILOR MADE? ..................... 347
54. ITS HARD TO REVERSE ................................................... 349
55. SEAS, SAILORS, AND COMPASSES ................................. 351
56. THE ELEPHANT AND THE KITTEN ................................. 357
57. A NECESSARY RECONSTRUCTION OF
FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES .......................................... 358
58. AN IMPORTANT ANGLE ................................................... 363
59. DROPPING BY THE WAYSIDEAND WHY .................. 367
60. THE ALL-IMPORTANT BURNING QUESTION ............... 375
61. A PUZZLE AND HOW TO DEFEAT IT .............................. 378
62. FACING FACTS, by W. B. Halsted, D.C. ............................. 384
63. AN ANSWER TO THE ONLY MAN WHO HAS
QUESTIONED PRIOR ARTS RIGHTS ................................ 396
776
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
64. THE PROGRESSIVE CHIROPRACTOR ............................. 405
65. WHERE THERE IS NO VISION
(From Virginia News Letter) .................................................. 408
66. IS CHIROPRACTIC THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY?
IS SPINOGRAPHY A PRACTICE OF MEDICAL
X-RAY?
ARE SPINOGRAPH AND NCM USING MEDICAL
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES?
ARE THEY MEDICAL ADJUNCTS BEING USED
BY CHIROPRACTORS? ...................................................... 413
67. A CHIROPRACTIC NEW YEARS ANALYSIS ................. 425
68. WHO LIMITS FACTS? ......................................................... 435
69. ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSIS ANALYZED .................. 454
70. AN INSIDE OPTIMISTIC OUTLOOK,
by Henry W. Bruhn ................................................................ 457
71. PROPHESY? ......................................................................... 467
72. ACA-UCA UNIONWHAT DOES IT
ACTUALLY MEAN? ............................................................ 470
73. LOCATION OF D. D. PALMERS FIVE PER CENT,
By Kalvart K. Tidwell, D.C. .................................................. 491
74. AND WHY NOT? .............................................................. 493
75. DIAGNOSIS vs. ANALYSIS ................................................ 500
76. LABORATORICAL FINDINGS AND INDUCTIONS VS.
CLINICAL FINDINGS AND DEDUCTIONS ...................... 575
77. THE WET AND THE DRY MAN ........................................ 637
78. MAJORS AND MINORS ...................................................... 673
Preliminary History of Adjustment ........................................ 673
Four Viewpoints of Area Adjusted ........................................ 675
606 Chemical Experiments Compared with 206
Adjustic Moves ............................................................. 676
A Specific Was Most Desired ................................................ 678
Subluxations and Adjustments Scientifically Considered ..... 685
Mass, Velocity, Resistance and Cleavage Introduced ............ 686
Two Methods of Approaching Correction of Subluxations ... 688
205 And Its Improvement, 206 .............................................. 689
Making Gravity Work ............................................................ 690
Crediting Sincerity ................................................................. 694
Doing One Thing Right or Many Things Wrong? ................. 695
Knowing Too Much That Isnt So ......................................... 698
Knowing One Thing That Is True .......................................... 699
Practical Application of One True Idea or
Many Wrong Ones ........................................................... 700
What Must a Chiropractor Know? ......................................... 701
Is Chiropractic Scientific? .................................................. 702
A Major Defined .................................................................... 707
Innate As a Human Bookkeeper ............................................ 707
777
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Accumulative DESTRUCTIVE Survival Value .................... 707
Accumulative CONSTRUCTIVE Survival Value ................. 708
Direct and Adaptative Symptoms .......................................... 709
Importance of Location .......................................................... 711
Chiropractically Meeting Chiropractic Problems ................... 712
Pathological Families and Species ......................................... 713
Nine Families and Their One Wife ........................................ 717
How to Determine Majors ..................................................... 718
Summing Up .......................................................................... 720
79. PARADOXES ....................................................................... 722
778